Eaton Series e Modelos Product Branded PDF 56e2cff9633ec 75

3500 PSI Fixed Displacement Mobile Vane Pumps
VQH Series (Supplement to Catalog 353)
Single 35VQH Double 3525VQH
Thru-Drive 35VQHT*S
Single and Thru-
Drive Pumps
VQH Series fixed displace- Available Pump Frame For installation dimensions,
ment single and double vane sizes are: please refer to VQ pump sec-
pumps employ a new rotor Single and Thru-Drive pumps: tion in Cat. 353 “Vane Pump
design that enhances pres- 25, 35, and 45 and Motor Design Guide for
sure capability and efficiency Mobile Equipment.”
over the 20th design VQ Double Pumps:
pumps. VQH cartridge kits 2520, 3520, 3525, 4520,
are interchangeable with 4525 and 4535
those of VQ series. In order
to accommodate high pres-
sure requirements, the VQH
pump housing is upgraded to
ductile iron. The VQH installa-
tion dimensions are exactly
the same as VQ pumps.
DELIVERY TYPICAL DEL. TYPICAL INPUT

USGPM DISPL. MAX. MAX. L/MIN (USGPM) KW (HP)
@1200 RPM CM3/R MAX. CONTINUOUS PEAK @ MAX. SPEED @ MAX. SPEED WEIGHT
FRAME SIZES 100 PSI (IN3/R) R/MIN BAR (PSI) BAR (PSI) & PRESSURE & PRESSURE KG (LB)
25VQH 12 40,2 (2.45) 2700 241 (3500) 262 (3800) 89 (24) 45 (60) 14,5 (32)
14 45,4 (2.77) 2700 241 (3500) 262 (3800) 104 (28) 51 (69)
17 55,2 (3.37) 2500 241 (3500) 262 (3800) 120 (32) 57 (77)
19 61,3 (3.74) 2500 241 (3500) 262 (3800) 140,1 (37) 66 (88)
21 67,5 (4.12) 2500 241 (3500) 262 (3800) 159 (42) 73 (98)
35VQH 25 81,6 (4.98) 2500 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 189,3 (50) 82 (110) 22,7 (50)
30 97,7 (5.96) 2500 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 227,1 (60) 98 (132)
35 112,8 (6.88) 2400 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 255,5 (68) 106 (142)
38 121,6 (7.42) 2400 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 272,5 (72) 116 (155)
45VQH 42 138,7 (8.46) 2200 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 282 (75) 123 (165) 34,1 (75)
47 151,9 (9.27) 2200 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 315 (83) 137 (184)
50 162,3 (9.90) 2200 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 335 (89) 143 (192)
57 190,2 (11.61) 2200 228 (3300) 248 (3600) 382,3 (101) 165 (221)
60 193,4 (11.80) 2200 207 (3000) 248 (3600) 397,5 (105) 158 (212)
2 EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004

Double Pumps
Performance Data
Shaft End Pump

USGPM DISPL. MAX. L/MIN (USGPM) KW (HP)
@1200 RPM CM3/R MAX. CONTINUOUS @ MAX. SPEED @ MAX. SPEED
MODEL SERIES 100 PSI (IN3/R) R/MIN BAR (PSI) & PRESSURE & PRESSURE
2520 12 40,2 (2.45) 2700 241 (3500) 89 (24) 45 (60)
14 45,4 (2.77) 2700 241 (3500) 104 (28) 51 (69)
17 55,2 (3.37) 2500 241 (3500) 120 (32) 57 (77)
19 61,3 (3.74) 2500 241 (3500) 140,1 (37) 66 (88)
21 67,5 (4.12) 2500 241 (3500) 159 (42) 73 (98)
3520 25 81,6 (4.98) 2500 228 (3300) 189,3 (50) 82 (110)
30 97,7 (5.96) 2500 228 (3300) 227,1 (60) 98 (132)
35 112,8 (6.88) 2400 228 (3300) 255,5 (68) 106 (142)
38 121,6 (7.42) 2400 228 (3300) 272,5 (72) 116 (155)
3525 25 81,6 (4.98) 2500 228 (3300) 189,3 (50) 82 (110)
30 97,7 (5.96) 2500 228 (3300) 227,1 (60) 98 (132)
35 112,8 (6.88) 2400 228 (3300) 255,5 (68) 106 (142)
38 121,6 (7.42) 2400 228 (3300) 272,5 (72) 116 (155)
4520 42 138,7 (8.46) 2200 228 (3300) 282 (75) 123 (165)
47 151,9 (9.27) 2200 228 (3300) 315 (83) 137 (184)
50 162,3 (9.90) 2200 228 (3300) 335 (89) 143 (192)
57 190,2 (11.61) 2200 228 (3300) 382,3 (101) 165 (221)
60 193,4 (11.80) 2200 207 (3000) 397,5 (105) 158 (212)
4525 42 138,7 (8.46) 2200 228 (3300) 282 (75) 123 (165)
47 151,9 (9.27) 2200 228 (3300) 315 (83) 137 (184)
50 162,3 (9.90) 2200 228 (3300) 335 (89) 143 (192)
57 190,2 (11.61) 2200 228 (3300) 382,3 (101) 165 (221)
60 193,4 (11.80) 2200 207 (3000) 397,5 (105) 158 (212)
4535 42 138,7 (8.46) 2200 228 (3300) 282 (75) 123 (165)
47 151,9 (9.27) 2200 228 (3300) 315 (83) 137 (184)
50 162,3 (9.90) 2200 228 (3300) 335 (89) 143 (192)
57 190,2 (11.61) 2200 228 (3300) 382,3 (101) 165 (221)
60 193,4 (11.80) 2200 207 (3000) 425 (112.4) 158 (212)
EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004 3

Double Pumps
Performance Data
Cover End Pump

USGPM DISPL. MAX. L/MIN (USGPM) KW (HP)
@1200 RPM CM3/R MAX. CONTINUOUS @ MAX. SPEED @ MAX. SPEED WEIGHT
MODEL SERIES 100 PSI (IN3/R) R/MIN BAR (PSI) & PRESSURE & PRESSURE KG (LB)
2520 5 18,0 (1.10) 2700 228 (3300) 44,5 (12) 21 (28) 20,5 (45)
8 27,4 (1.67) 2700 228 (3300) 68,5 (18) 31 (42)
11 36,4 (2.22) 2700 228 (3300) 93,9 (25) 42 (56)
12 39,5 (2.41) 2700 228 (3300) 103 (27) 44 (59)
14 45,9 (2.80) 2700 207 (3000) 121,9 (32) 51 (68)
3520 5 18,0 (1.10) 2700 228 (3300) 44,5 (12) 21 (28) 34,0 (75)
8 27,4 (1.67) 2700 228 (3300) 68,5 (18) 31 (42)
11 36,4 (2.22) 2700 228 (3300) 93,9 (25) 42 (56)
12 39,5 (2.41) 2700 228 (3300) 103 (27) 44 (59)
14 45,9 (2.80) 2700 207 (3000) 121,9 (32) 51 (68)
3525 12 40,2 (2.45) 2700 241 (3500) 89 (24) 45 (60) 34,5 (76)
14 45,4 (2.77) 2700 241 (3500) 104 (28) 51 (69)
17 55,2 (3.37) 2500 241 (3500) 120 (32) 57 (77)
19 61,3 (3.74) 2500 241 (3500) 140,1 (37) 66 (88)
21 67,5 (4.12) 2500 241 (3500) 159 (42) 73 (98)
4520 5 18,0 (1.10) 2700 228 (3300) 44,5 (12) 21 (28) 43,0 (95)
8 27,4 (1.67) 2700 228 (3300) 68,5 (18) 31 (42)
11 36,4 (2.22) 2700 228 (3300) 93,9 (25) 42 (56)
12 39,5 (2.41) 2700 228 (3300) 103 (27) 44 (59)
14 45,9 (2.80) 2700 207 (3000) 121,9 (32) 51 (68)
4525 12 40,2 (2.45) 2700 241 (3500) 89 (24) 45 (60) 46,0 (101)
14 45,4 (2.77) 2700 241 (3500) 104 (28) 51 (69)
17 55,2 (3.37) 2500 241 (3500) 120 (32) 57 (77)
19 61,3 (3.74) 2500 241 (3500) 140,1 (37) 66 (88)
21 67,5 (4.12) 2500 241 (3500) 159 (42) 73 (98)
4535 25 81,6 (4.98) 2500 228 (3300) 189,3 (50) 82 (110) 53.5 (118)
30 97,7 (5.96) 2500 228 (3300) 227,1 (60) 98 (132)
35 112,8 (6.88) 2400 228 (3300) 255,5 (68) 106 (142)
38 121,6 (7.42) 2400 228 (3300) 272,5 (72) 116 (155)

Model Codes
Single Pump
(F3)-25VQH (S) 21 A (S)-11 C 30 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1F3 - Viton seals 5 Port Connections 7 Shaft type 8 Outlet positions

Omit if not required. SERIES CODE INLET OUTLET With standard pilot, single (Viewed from cover end of
shaft seal pump)
2 All A SAE SAE
Intravane pump series 1 – Straight keyed A – Opposite inlet
4-bolt 4-bolt
Standard bearing flg. flg. 11 – Splined B – 90° CCW from inlet
25VQH 86 – Straight keyed, heavy C – In line with inlet
All AM* Metric Metric
35VQH 4-bolt 4-bolt duty D – 90° CW from inlet
45VQH flg. flg. With standard pilot, double
9 Design
25VQH B SAE SAE shaft seal
3 Pilot designation 123 – Splined (not available on
str. thd. str. thd.
45VQH) 10 Rotation
S – SAE per ISO 3019/1 25VQH C SAE SAE
(SAE J744) 4-bolt str.thd. 130 – Splined (for 45VQH only) (Viewed form shaft end of
Omit for standard pilot. flg. With SAE pilot, single or dou- pump)
ble shaft seal L - Left hand
25VQH D SAE SAE
4 Geometric displacement str. thd. 4-bolt 203 – Straight keyed, heavy (counterclockwise)
Code = SAE rating (USgpm) flg. duty Omit for right hand.
at 1200 r/min and 7 297 – Splined
* Same as code “A” port connections, except
bar (100 psi metric threads for fastening flanges. Note: For options other than listed in the model
code, i.e. shafts, ports, displacements and
FRAME CODE
SIZE (USGPM) CM3R IN3/R mountings, contact your Vickers representative.
6 Mounting & shaft seal
25VQH 12 40,2 2.45 assembly
14 45,4 2.77 F – Foot mounting with single
17 55,2 3.37 shaft seal
19 61,3 3.74 S – Flange mount and double
shaft seal
21 67,5 4.12
Omit for flange mount with
35VQH 25 81,6 4.98 single shaft seal.
30 97,7 5.96
35 112,8 6.88
38 121,6 7.42
45VQH 42 138,7 8.46
47 151,9 9.27
50 162,3 9.90
57 190,2 11.61
60 193,4 11.80

Model Codes
Double Pump
(without integral valves)
(F3)-2520VQH (S) 12 A 11 (S)-123 CC 30 (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 F3 - Viton seals 6 Geometric displacement - With standard pilot, double DC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from
cover end pump shaft seal inlet
Omit if not required. DD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW
Code= SAE rating (USgpm) at 123 – Splined (not available on
2 Intravane pump series 45**VQ) from inlet
1200 r/min and 7 bar
2520VQH (100 psi) 130 – Splined (for 45**VQ
only) Series 4535VQ
3525VQH FRAME CODE With No.1 outlet opposite
4525VQH SIZE (USGPM) CM3R IN3/R With SAE pilot, single or dou-
ble shaft seal inlet:
3520VQH **20VQH 5 18,0 1.10 AA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
4520VQH 203 – Straight keyed, heavy duty
8 27,4 1.67 297 – Splined AB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW
4535VQH from inlet
11 36,4 2.22
3 12 39,5 2.41 AC - No. 2 outlet inline with
Pilot designation 9 Port orientation inlet
S – SAE per ISO 3019/1 (SAE 14 45,9 2.80
(Viewed from cover end of AD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from
J744) **25VQH 12 40,2 2.45 inlet
pump)
Omit for standard pilot. 14 45,4 2.77 With No.1 outlet 90 CW from
All series except 4535VQ
4
17 55,2 3.37 With No.1 outlet opposite inlet:
Geometric displacement - BA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
19 61,3 3.74 inlet:
Shaft end pump BB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW
21 67,5 4.12 AA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW
Code = SAE rating (USgpm) from inlet from inlet
at 1200 r/min and 7 4535VQH 25 81,6 4.98 BC - No. 2 outlet inline with
AB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW
bar (100 psi 30 97,7 5.96 from inlet inlet
FRAME CODE 35 112,8 6.88 AC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from BD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from
SIZE (USGPM) CM3R IN3/R inlet
38 121,6 7.42 inlet
25VQH 12 40,2 2.45 AD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW With No.1 outlet inline with
14 45,4 2.77 7 Mounting & shaft seal from inlet inlet:
With No.1 outlet 90 CCW CA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
17 55,2 3.37 assembly
from inlet: CB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW
19 61,3 3.74 S – Flange mount and double from inlet
BA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW
21 67,5 4.12 shaft seal CC - No. 2 outlet inline inlet
from inlet
35VQH 25 81,6 4.98 Omit for flange mount with CD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from
BB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW
single shaft seal. inlet
30 97,7 5.96 from inlet
BC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from With No.1 outlet 90 CW from
35 112,8 6.88 8 Shaft type
inlet inlet:
38 121,6 7.42 With standard pilot, single DA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
BD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW
45VQH 42 138,7 8.46 shaft seal from inlet DB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW
47 151,9 9.27 1 – Straight keyed With No.1 outlet inline with from inlet
50 162,3 9.90 11 – Splined inlet: DC - No. 2 outlet inline with
86 – Straight keyed, heavy duty CA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW inlet
57 190,2 11.61
from inlet DD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from
60 193,4 11.80 inlet
CB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW
5 Port connections from inlet
10 Design
CC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from
PUMP
SERIES CODE INLET OUTLET NO.1 OUTLET NO. 2 inlet
CD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW
All A SAE 4-bolt flg SAE 4-bolt flg. SAE 4-bolt flg. from inlet 11
Shaft rotation
All AM* Metric 4-bolt flg. Metric 4-bolt flg. Metric 4-bolt flg. With No.1 outlet 90 CW from (Viewed form shaft end of
2520VQH C SAE 4-bolt flg. SAE str. thd. SAE str. thd. inlet: pump)
All but DA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW L - Left hand (counterclockwise)
4535VQH E SAE 4-bolt flg. SAE 4-bolt flg. SAE str. thd. from inlet Omit for right hand.
2520VQH F SAE 4-bolt flg. SAE str. thd. SAE 4-bolt flg. DB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW Note: For options other than listed in the model
from inlet code, i.e. shafts, ports, displacements and
*Same as code “A” port connections, except metric threads for fastening flanges.
mountings, contact your Vickers representative.

Model Codes
Double Pump
(with integral valves)
(F3)-2520VQH (S) F 12 E 11 (S)- 297 CC 6 D 30(L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 F3 - Viton seals 7 Geometric displacement - 10 Port orientation 11 Controlled flow rate
Omit if not required. cover end pump (Viewed from cover end of USgpm
Code = SAE rating (USgpm) at pump) 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10 or 12 USgpm
2 Intravane pump series 1200 r/min and 7 bar With No.1 outlet opposite
(100 psi) inlet: 12 Relief valve setting - bar
2520VQH
3520VQH FRAME CODE AA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW (psi)
4520VQH SIZE (USGPM) CM3R IN3/R from inlet C – 52 (750) G – 121 (1750)
**20VQ 5 18,0 1.10 AB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW D – 70 (1000) H – 140 (2000)
3 Pilot designation from inlet E – 86 (1250) J – 155 (2250)
8 27,4 1.67
S – SAE per ISO 3019/1 AC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from F – 100 (1500) K – 175 (2500)
11 36,4 2.22 inlet
(SAE J744)
Omit for standard pilot. 12 39,5 2.41 AD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW 13 Design
14 45,9 2.80 from inlet (Viewed form shaft end of
4 Integral valve options With No.1 outlet 90 CCW pump)
8 Mounting & shaft seal from inlet: L - Left hand (counterclockwise)
F – Flow control and relief
assembly BA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW Omit for right hand.
P – Priority valve and relief
from inlet
S – Flange mount and double
5 Geometric displacement - shaft seal BB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW 14 Shaft Rotation
from inlet
shaft end pump Omit for flange mount with (Viewed form shaft end of
BC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from
Code = SAE rating (USgpm) at single shaft seal. pump)
inlet
1200 r/min and 7 bar BD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW L - Left hand (counterclockwise)
(100 psi) 9 Shaft type
from inlet Omit for right hand.
FRAME CODE With standard pilot, single With No.1 outlet inline with
SIZE (USGPM) CM3R IN3/R shaft seal Note: For options other than listed in the model
inlet:
2520VQH 12 40,2 2.45 code, i.e. shafts, ports, displacements and
1 – Straight keyed CA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW
mountings, contact your Vickers representative.
14 45,4 2.77 11 – Splined from inlet
17 55,2 3.37 86 – Straight keyed, heavy duty CB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW
With standard pilot, double from inlet
19 61,3 3.74
shaft seal CC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from
21 67,5 4.12 123 – Splined (not available on inlet
35VQH 25 81,6 4.98 4520VQH) CD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW
30 97,7 5.96 130 – Splined (for 4520VQH from inlet
35 112,8 6.88 only) With No.1 outlet 90 CW from
With SAE pilot, single or dou- inlet:
38 121,6 7.42
ble shaft seal DA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW
45VQH 42 138,7 8.46 203 – Straight keyed, heavy from inlet
47 151,9 9.27 duty DB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW
50 162,3 9.90 297 – Splined from inlet
57 190,2 11.61 DC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from
inlet
60 193,4 11.80
6 Port connections
PUMP
SERIES CODE INLET OUTLET NO.1 OUTLET NO. 2 TANK
2520VQ C SAE 4- SAE SAE SAE
only bolt flg. str. thd. str. thd. str. thd.
All E SAE 4- SAE 4- SAE SAE
pumps bolt flg. bolt flg str. thd. str. thd.

Model Codes
Thru-drive Single Pump
(F3)–25VQHT B S 21 A M S - 2 203 C A 20 R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 F3 - Viton seals 5Geometric displacement - 6 SAE Port connections 12 Adapter mounting

Omit if not required. shaft end pump 4-bolt flange port connection orientation
Code = SAE rating (USgpm) (Viewed from cover end of
2 Series designation at 1200 rpm and 6,9 7 Metric threads on port pump)
25VQHT Standard bearing bar (100 psi) connections “A” “B”
35VQHT PUMP (Omit for inch threads) CODE ADAPTER ADAPTER
45VQHT SERIES CODE CM3R IN3/R A Rotated 45˚ In line with
2*VQHT 12 40,2 2.45 8 Double shaft seal CW with pump mtg.
3 Thru-drive connection 14 45,4 2.77 respect to flg.
S – Double shaft seal pump mtg.
mounting adapter (2-bolt) – Single seal
17 55,2 3.37 flg.
SAE DESIGNATION 19 61,3 3.74 9 B Rotated 45˚ Rotated 90˚
Code J744C J744 Oct83 Coupling for tandem CCW with with
21 67,5 4.12
pump respect to respect to
A A 82-2 3*VQHT 25 81, 6 4.98
2 – SAE splined coupling pump mtg. pumpmtg.
B B 101-2 30 97, 7 5.96 flg. flg.
included with pump
BP Special mounting with 35 112, 8 6.88
spacer for Vickers 10 Shaft
PVE 12/19/21 38 121, 6 7.42 13 Design
45VQHT 42 138,7 8.46 203 – Heavy duty straight key Subject to change. Installation
C C 127-2 297 – Splined
(not available on 25VQT) 47 157,9 9.27 dimensions remain the same
50 162,3 9.90 for designs -20 through -29.
11 Outlet positions
4 Front mounting flange 57 190.2 11.61 (Viewed from cover end of 14 Shaft rotation
SAE DESIGNATION 60 193,4 11.80 pump) (Viewed from shaft end of
Model A – Opposite inlet pump)
Series J744C J744 Oct83 B – 90˚ CCW from inlet L – Left hand (counterclockwise)
2*VQT B 101-2 C – In line with inlet R – Right hand (clockwise)
3*VQT C 127-2 D – 90˚ CW from inlet
Note: For options other than listed in the
45VQT C 127-2
model code, i.e. shafts, ports, displacements
and mountings, contact your Vickers
representative.

Notes

Notes

Notes

Eaton Eaton Eaton
14615 Lone Oak Road 20 Rosamond Road Dr.-Reckeweg-Str. 1
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 Footscray D-76532 Baden-Baden
USA Victoria 3011 Germany
Tel: 952 937-9800 Australia Tel: (49) 7221 682-0
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (49) 7221 682-788
www.hydraulics.eaton.com Fax: (61) 3 9318 5714
© 2004 Eaton Corporation

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUVN-MC001-E
February 2004
Vickers®
Piston Pumps
Axial Piston Pumps

Fixed and Variable Displacement
PFB 5, PFB 10, PFB 20
PVB 5/6, PVB 10/15, PVB 20/29, PVB 45 and PVB 90 to SAE
PVB 5/6, PVB 10/15, PVB 20/29 to DIN/ISO 3019, Part 2
GB-2379B
Contents
Basic characteristicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.3

General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.3
Functional symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.3
Model Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.4
Operating data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.5
Minimum Inlet Pressure Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.5–A.6
Performance data @ 1500 r/min drive speed:
PFB5, PFB10, PFB20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.7
PVB5, PVB6, PVB10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.8
PVB15, PVB20, PVB29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.9
PVB45, PVB90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10
Performance data @ 1800 r/min drive speed:
PFB5, PFB10, PFB20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.11
PVB5, PVB6, PVB10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12
PVB15, PVB20, PVB29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.13
PVB45, PVB90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14
Control data for PVB pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.15
Noise levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.16
Installation data
PFB5 SAE flange mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.17
PFB10 SAE flange mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.18
PFB20 SAE flange mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.19
PVB5/6 SAE flange mounting C & CM pressure compensator controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20
PVB5/6 side ported thru shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.21
PVB10/15 SAE flange mounting C & CM pressure compensator control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.22
PVB10/15 side ported thru shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.23
PVB5/6 & PVB10/15 M lever control, & H handwheel control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.24
PVB20/29 SAE flange mounting C & CM pressure compensator control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.25
PVB20/29 side ported thru shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.26
PVB45 flanged mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.27
PVB45 foot mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.28
PVB90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.29
PVB5/6, PVB10/15 & PVB20/29 CC & CMC pressure compensator and adjustable maximum displacement stop . . . . . . A.30
PVB5 – 29 CG Remote control compensator, CVP Load sensing & –S30 drain port option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.31
PVB5/6, PVB10/15, PVB20/29 DIN/ISO models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.32
Installation data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.33
A.2
Basic Characteristics Typical Section
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axial piston pumps Variable displacement model with compensator control “C” or “CM”
Operating pressure . . . . . up to 210 bar
(3000 psi)
Displacement . . . . . 10,5 to 197,5 cm3/r
(0.64 to 12 in3/r)
Drive speed . . . . . . . . . up to 3600 r/min
General Description
Both fixed and variable displacement
models make up this range of axial
piston pumps. Their high performance
ratings and efficiencies are achieved
with a variety of hydraulic fluids. Fixed
displacement models are noted for their
volumetric and mechanical efficiencies.
Variable displacement models can
closely match pressure and/or flow
demand with a control selected from:
Pressure compensator with or
without a remote control facility.
Pressure compensator with
adjustable displacement control.
Load sensing compensator.
Mechanical (lever) control.
Handwheel control
Functional Symbols
PFB PVB
Fixed displacement Variable displacement
models models
With handwheel,
or lever.
With pressure With pressure compensator With CVP load sensing

compensator (C or CM) arranged for remote control and pressure limiter
(simplified symbol) C(M)G (detailed symbol)
A.3
Model Codes
P * B ** - (F)- (M) * * (F) (X) (*)-** - ** - (C) - (G) - (L) - ** - ****
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Basic models 9 Shaft type 13 Pressure compensator variations

F = Fixed displacement type N = Metric, to DIN/ISO 3019, Part 2 PVB5 to 29 models only:
V = Variable displacement type and VDMA 24560, Part 1 G = Remotely adjustable pressure
Y = SAE models P*B5 to 15 only. setting.
2 Displacement Omit for 20 thru 90 models Omit when not required.
PFB and PVB models:
10 Pump design number 14 Control location
5 = 10,55 cm3/r (0.64 in3/r)
10 = 21,10 cm3/r (1.29 in3/r) 10 = PFB20 PVB5 to 15 models with “H”, “M” or “V”
20 = 42,80 cm3/r (2.61 in3/r) 30 = PFB10 controls only:
PVB models only: 31 = PVB10 and PVB15 L = Left hand, when viewed at shaft
6 = 13,81 cm3/r (0.84 in3/r) 20 = all other models end.
15 = 33,00 cm3/r (2.01 in3/r) Omit for right hand, or when a pressure
29 = 61,60 cm3/r (3.76 in3/r) 11 Displacement control options compensator is fitted.
45 = 94,50 cm3/r (5.76 in3/r) PVB models only.
90 = 197,50 cm3/r (12.0 in3/r) C = Pressure compensator. Pressure 15 Control design number
adjustment range: PVB models only.
3 Foot mounting option PVB90: 19 to 210 bar (275 to 10 = “H” and “M”controls;
3000 psi) also “C” control for PVB90
F = Foot mounting option for PVB45 and
All other models: 17 to 210 bar 11 = “C” and “CM” controls.
PVB90 models.
(250 to 3000 psi) 12 = “CVP” control.
Omit for flange mounting.
Also used as prefix for item 12 20 = “CG” control.
Note. For foot mounting brackets. for
other models see bottom of page. Note. For PVB6, 15 and 29 models, the
user must ensure that the max. pressure 16 Special design options
4 Mounting flange setting never exceeds 140 or 100 bar For PFB5 and PVB5 to 29 only:.
M = Metric, to DIN/ISO 3019, Part 2 (2000 or 1500 psi) dependent on the S.30 = Extra drain port to permit
and VDMA 24560, Part 1 type of fluid being used. vertical “shaft-up” installation.
Omit for SAE mounting flange
CM = Pressure compensator. Option
For PVB5 to PVB29 pressure
for all sizes except PVB90.
5 Shaft rotation compensated models only:
Pressure adjustment range:
Viewed at shaft end GE1 = 10% minimum displacement.
PVB45: 10 to 100 bar (150 to
R = Clockwise when pressure compensated.
1500 psi)
L = Anticlockwise (not avalable for All other sizes: (17 to 100 bar
PFB10 and PFB20) For all models:
(250 to 1500 psi)
GEVS= Pressure setting knob with
CVP = Load sensing with pressure
key lock.
6 Displacement zone limiter.
PVB models only. Omit when not required.
S = One side of center (pressure PVB5 to 15 only:
compensated models only) H = Handwheel control
D = Both sides of center (Handwheel M = Lever control
and lever controlled models only) V = No control (As for “M” type but
Omit for PFB models. without lever.)
Omit for PFB models. Foot bracket mounting kits
7 Flanged main ports Order separately if required. Kits include
F = PVB45 and PVB90 models only. 12 Maximum displacement pump fixing bolts.
Omit for P*B5 to 29 inclusive. adjustment
PVB5 to 29 models only: Model Part For pump sizes:
C = “C” or “CM”compensator, and code number
8 Thru shaft option FB-A-10 422582 P*B5/6
PVB5 to 29 only: with 12
Omit when not required. FB-B-10 422583 P*B10/15 and PFB20
X = Thru shaft (with side entry ports) FB-C-10 422584 PVB20/29
Omit for PVB45 and PVB 90, or if not
required.
A.4
Operating Data
Pressure and Speed Limits
Basic model Geometric Maximum shaft Maximum outlet

designation dispalcement, speed (r/min) pressure, bar (psi)
cm3/r (in3/r)
Anti-wear Water-in– Water- Anti–wear Water Water-in–
hydraulic oil glycol hydraulic glycol oil
oil emulsion oil emulsion
(40%/60%) (40%/60%)
PFB5 10,55 (0.64) 3600 210 (3000)

PFB10 21,10 (1.29) 3200 1800 1800 210 (3000) 175 (2500) 175 (2500)
PFB20 42,80 (2.61) 2400 175(2500)
PVB5 10,55 (0.64) 210 (3000) 140 (2000) 140 (2000)

PVB6 13,81 (0.84) 140 (2000) 100 (1500) 100 (1500)
PVB10 21,10 (1.29) 210 (3000) 140 (2000) 140 (2000)
PVB15 33,00 (2.01) 1800 1800 1800 140 (2000) 100 (1500) 100 (1500)
PVB20 42,80 (2.61) 210 (3000) 140 (2000) 140 (2000)
PVB29 61,60 (3.76) 140 (2000) 100 (1500) 100 (1500)
PVB45 94,50 (5.76) 210 (3000) 140 (2000) 140 (2000)
PVB90 197,50 (12.0) 1800 1200 1200 210 (3000) 140 (2000) 140 (2000)
Maximum Inlet Pressure

All pumps except PVB5/6/10/15 with H, M or V controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0 bar (15 psi)
PVB5/6/10/15 with H, M or V controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As “Max. outlet pressure” above
for appropriate size.
Case Drain Pressure
See “Installation data” section, on page A.33.
Minimum Inlet Pressure

See following graphs.
Based on oil viscosity of 21 cSt (102 SUS) and at 50C (120F).
PFB5 and PVB5 PVB6
psi bar bar psi psi bar bar psi

Supercharge pressure
1,8 0,8 1,8 0,8

10 10
Absolute pressure
Absolute pressure
30 1,6 0,6 30 1,6 0,6
1,4 0,4 1,4 0,4

25 5 25 5
1,2 0,2 1,2 0,2
20 20
1,0 0 0 1,0 0 0
15 Vacuum: 15 Vacuum:
0,8 170 m bar 0,8 170 m bar
10 0,6 (5 Hg) 10 0,6 (5 Hg)
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
3200
Drive speed, r/min Drive speed, r/min
A.5
Operating Data Minimum Inlet Pressure (cont’d)
PFB10 and PVB10 PVB15

15
1,8 0,8 2,0 1,0
Absolute pressure
Absolute pressure
30 10
1,6 1,8 0,8
0,6 30 10
25 1,6 0,6
1,4 0,4 25
5 1,4 0,4
20 5
1,2 0,2 20
1,2 0,2
15 1,0 0 0 15 1,0 0
Vacuum: 0
Vacuum:
10 0,8 170 m bar 10 0,8 170 m bar
(5 Hg)
0,6 0,6 (5 Hg)
0 2000 2400 2800 3200 1200 1800 2400 3000
PFB20 PVB20 and PVB29

40 25
1,8 0,8 2,6 1,6
25 10 35 2,4 1,4 20
Absolute pressure
Absolute pressure
1,6 0,6 2,2 1,2

30 2,0 1,0 15
20 1,4 0,4
5 1,8 0,8
25 10
0,2 1,6 0,6
1,2
20 1,4 0,4 5
15 1,0 0 0 1,2 0,2
Vacuum: 15 0 0
1,0
0,8 170 m bar Vacuum:
0,8
10 (5 Hg) 10 170 m bar
0,6 0,6 (5 Hg)
0 600 1200 1800 2400 0 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
PVB45 PVB90
1,8 1,8
0,8 0,8
25 10 25 10
1,6 1,6
Absolute pressure
Absolute pressure
0,6 0,6
1,4 0,4 1,4 0,4 5
20 5 20
1,2 0,2 1,2 0,2
15 1,0 0 0 15 1,0 0 0
Vacuum: Vacuum:
0,8 170 m bar 0,8 170 m bar
10 (5 Hg) 10 (5 Hg)
0,6 0,6
0 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 0 1200 1400 1600 1800
A.6
Performance Data at 1500 r/min Drive Speed
With oil at 21cSt (102 SUS) and at 49C (120F): Atmospheric inlet
For data at drive speed of 1800 r/min, see pages A.11 to
A.14
PFB5
US gpm L/min kW hp Nm lbf in
100
400
80 10 40
300
60 5 20 30
10
4 15 200
40 5 20
3
10 5
20 2 100
5 10
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
Efficiency, % Delivery Input power Torque
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PFB10
100 US gpm L/min kW hp Nm lbf in
80 800
25
80
60 10 40 15 20 600
60
8 30 15
40 10 400
6 20 40
10
20 4 200
5 20
10 5
2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PFB20
250
2000
80
30 200
20 1500
60
150
20 80 15 20
1000
40 60 100
10
10 40 10
20 50 500
20 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 175 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 psi
Outlet pressure
A.7
Performance Data at 1500 r/min Drive Speed (cont’d)
For data at drive speed of 1800 r/min, see pages A.11 to A.14
PVB5 US gpm L/min kW hp Nm lbf in
100
400
80 10 40
60 20 300
5 10 30
4 15
40 1 5 200
3 20
10 5
2 2 100
20 10
1 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
1 = Delivery with compensator setting of 100 bar (1500 psi)
PVB6
300
80 25 6 8
30
6 250
5
60 20 6 200
4 20
4 15 150
40 3 4
10 3 100
2 2 10
20 2 1 2
5 50
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 140 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB10
30
80 20 800
25 80
60 10 40 15 20 600
60
8 30 15
40 1 10 400
6 20 40
2 10
20 4 200
5 20
2 10 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
A.8
100 800
80 700
80
600
14 60
60 15 60 8 10 500
400
6 8 40
40 10 40 1 300
6
4
20 2 4 20 200
20 5
2 100
2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 140 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB20
250
2000
80 30 200
20 1500
60 150
20 80 15 20
1000
40 60 100
1 10
10 40 3 4 10
20 2 50 500
20 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
1 = Delivery with compensator setting of 35 bar (500 psi) 3 = Delivery with compensator setting of 175 bar (2500 psi)
PVB29
250
80 2000
30 200
25 100 20 1500
60 150
20 80 15 20
2 3 1000
40 15 60 100
1 10
10 40 4 10
20 50 500
5 20 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 140 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 psi
Outlet pressure
A.9
PVB45
400
80
3000
60 60 80 300
60 2000
40 150 200
40 40
30 100 2 40
20 1 1000
20 20 100
50 20
10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB90
175 1000
80 125 8000
150
800
60 100 125 6000
75 100 600
80 300
40 75 4000
60 50 400
200 2
40 1 50
20 200 2000
20 100 25
25
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
A.10
Performance Data at 1800 r/min Drive Speed
PFB5
US gpm L/min kW hp Nm lbf in
100
400
80 40
15 300
60 25 10
6 30
5 20 10
40 4 20 200
15
3 5
10 5
20 2 10 100
1 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PFB10
25 35
80 800
30
50 20 80
60 12 25 600
40 15 60
10 20
40 8 30 15 400
10 40
6 20 10
20 4 20 200
10 5 5
2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PFB20
250
2000
80
25 200
30 1500
60 20 150
20 80 15 20 1000
40 100
60 10
20 10 40 10 50 500
20 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 175 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 psi
Outlet pressure
A.11
100
400
80
40
15
25 10 300
60 6
20 30
5 10
40 4 15 1 200
20
3 5
10 2 5
20 2 10 100
1 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB6 US gpm L/min

100 kW hp Nm lbf in
10 300
80 8 30 7 30
250
6 8
60 25
6 5 200
20 6 20
4 150
40 4 15 3 4
3 100
10 1 2 2 10
20 2 2 50
5 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 140 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB10
25 35
80 800
30
20 80
50 25
60 12 600
40 15 60
10 20
40 8 30 1 15 400
10 40
6 20 2 10
20 4 20 200
5 5
2 10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
A.12

100 800
80 700
80
600
20 80 10 16 60
60 14 500
15 60 8 10 400
1 40
40 6 8 300
10 40 6
4 200
20 2 4 20
5 20 2 2 100
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 140 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB20
250
2000
80
200
25
30 1500
60 20 150
20 80 15 20 1000
40 100
60 1
3 4 10
20 10 40 2 10 50 500
20 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB29 US gpm L/min

100 kW hp Nm lbf in
250
80 2000
25 200
30 120 30 1500
60 20 150
25 100
20 80 2 3 15 20 1000
40 100
15 60 1
4 10
20 10 40 10 50 500
5 20 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 140 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 psi
Outlet pressure
A.13
For data at drive speed of 1500 r/min, see pages A.7 to
A.10
PVB45
400
80
3000
80
60 100 300
200 60 80 2000
50
40 200
40 150 60
2 40
30 100 1 40 1000
20 20 20 100
10 50 20
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
PVB90
1000
80 150 200 8000
125 175 800
60 150 6000
100 125 600
100 400
40 80 75 100 4000
300 400
60 2 50 75
200 1
20 40 50 200 2000
20 100 25
25
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 210 bar
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 psi
Outlet pressure
A.14
Control Data for PVB Pumps
Controls available as indicated in “Model “CG” Pressure Compensator, “M” Lever Control
Code” section. Remotely Controlled Provides mechanical or manual variation
Same as the “C” compensator, but of pump delivery in approximate
“C” and “CM” Pressure arranged for remote pressure proportion to the angular movement from
Compensators adjustment by suitable pilot controls. the center position. This control may be
Automatically adjusts pump delivery at One or more pilot relief valves (e.g. operated on both sides of center
pre-adjusted pressure to match system C-175-*) and/or pilot directional valves, permitting bi-directional flow
demand. Delivery can decrease rapidly in series or in parallel, can provide many characteristics. The pintle-mounted lever
from maximum to zero through a varied remote pilot systems. control must be secured by suitable
pressure gradient typically 4 to 6 bar (60 linkage to maintain desired settings;
to 90 psi) with normal circuit volumes. Your Vickers representative will be both extremes of pintle travel are limited
pleased to advise on optimum by internal stops to approx. 17.5 from
For pressure adjustment ranges see arrangements for individual applications.
“Model Code”. center.
Note: “CV” Load Sensing Comensator, Control torques (approx. at 1500 r/min).
1. When using PVB6, 15 or 29 pumps Remotely Controlled PVB5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,8 Nm @ 210 bar
with “C” type compensators ther user Automatically matches pump delivery to (33 lbf in at 3000 psi)
must ensure that the maximum system demand at a pressure PVB6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,7 Nm @ 138 bar
pressure setting never exceeds 140 approximately 17 bar (250 psi) above (24 lbf in at 2000 psi)
or 100 bar (2000 or 1500 psi) load pressure. This pressure difference PVB10 and PVB15 . . 7,5 Nm @ 70 bar
dependent on the type of fluid being can be created by: (66 lbf in at 1000 psi)
used. – a variable flow restrictor (non-
Caution. It is possible to compensated flow control) or the Note: Torque varies with pressure and
mechanically adjust the spool opening of a directional control speed.
compensator up to 210 bar valve.
(3000 psi). “GE1” Minimum Displacement
2. It is recommended that, as for other Both forms can be used with fixed and Control
types of positive pump, a relief valve variable speed pump drives. In the latter Option for C(M)(C) and CG(C)
should be fitted externally as case a fixed restrictor can provide pre- compensators to limit the minimum
protection against overloads. Where set, near-constant pump flow displacement, in the fully compensated
a relatively large amount of fluid is independent of drive speed, provided mode, to nominally 10% of full
directly subject to compensator that the speed exceeds that which gives displacement.
pressure, it may be possible to omit the required flow at full displacement. An
external pressure limiter must be added Hydraulic Fluids
the relief valve. Consult your Vickers All pumps can be used with anti-wear
representative. to prevent overloading the pump; see
“Functional Symbols” page A.3. hydraulic oils, water glycols and
“CC” and “CMC” Pressure water-in-oil (invert) emulsions. It is
The matching of pump pressure and possible to use these pumps with high
Compensators with Adjustable Max.
delivery to system demands provides water base fluids (e.g. 5%/95%
Displacement Stop
power matching and conservation by oil-in-water emulsion) at pressures up to
The pressure compensator section
minimizing system power wastage. 70 bar (1000 psi). However, first consult
performs as described above. The
adjustable stop allows the maximum your Vickers representative.
“H” Handwheel Control
pump delivery to be adjusted between Provides manual variation or selection of The extreme operating viscosity range
25 to 100%. To assist priming, adjust the pump delivery. The control can be is from 220 to 13 cSt (1020 to70 SUS)
stop setting to provide at least 40% of operated on both sides of center for all pumps (except where 5%/95%
the maximum displacement. permitting bi-directional flow emulsions are used). The
characteristics. recommended running range is 54 to
Approximate change of displacement 13 cSt. (245 to 70 SUS)
per one turn of handwheel is:
PVB5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,6 cm3 (0.16 in3) The viscosity of 5%/95% emulsions is
PVB6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,4 cm3 (0.21 in3) near-constant at about 1 or 2 cSt
PVB10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,2 cm3 (0.32 in3) (<35 SUS).
PVB15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,2 cm3 (0.5 in3)
A.15
Temperature Limits * To obtain maximum service life from both - Drive Methods
Minimum ambient . . . . . . . –20C (–4F) fluid and hydraulic system, 65C (150F) Direct co-axial drive through a suitable
Maximum ambient. . . +70C (+158F) normally is the maximum temperature except flexible coupling is preferred. If an
for water-containing fluids. Whatever the indirect drive is to be used, first consult
Fluid Temperatures actual temperature range, ensure that your Vickers representative.
Mineral Water- viscosities stay within the limits specified in
oil containing Filtration Requirements
“Hydraulic Fluids” section.
Mininmum –20C +10C 20/18/14 or ISO 18/14..
(–4F) (+50F) Drive Requirements:
- Direction of Rotation
Maximum* +80C +54C
Clockwise or anti-clockwise (viewed at
(+176F) (+129F) shaft end) to order; see also “Model
Code”, and “Installation Dimensions”
sections.
Noise Levels
* Typical values equivalent to NFPA
Noise level – dB(A)*
Speed r/min Pressure bar (psi) Stroke PVB5 PVB6 PVB10 PVB15 PVB20 PVB29
Full flow 51 52 54 58 – –
35 (500)
Cutoff 51 51 44 47 – –
Full flow 54 55 56 60 – –
70 (1000)
Cutoff 52 54 49 54 – –
1000
Full flow 56 57 60 62 – –
140 (2000)
Cutoff 58 56 55 59 – –
Full flow 60 – 61 – – –
210 (3000)
Cutoff 59 – 59 – – –
Full flow 50 51 55 60 – –
35 (500)
Cutoff 52 51 48 51 – –
Full flow 54 55 57 61 74 70
70 (1000)
Cutoff 56 57 51 54 – –
1200
Full flow 59 59 60 63 74 73
140 (2000)
Cutoff 59 60 54 58 69 76
Full flow 60 – 62 – 78 –
210 (3000)
Cutoff 61 – 56 – – –
Full flow 54 54 58 63 – –
35 (500)
Cutoff 52 52 51 52 – –
Full flow 58 58 60 64 – –
70 (1000)
Cutoff 57 57 55 55 – –
1500
Full flow 61 62 62 66 – –
140 (2000)
Cutoff 62 59 62 59 – –
Full flow 64 – 65 –– – –
210 (3000)
Cutoff 62 – 63 –– – –
Full flow 57 58 61 64 – –
35 (500)
Cutoff 55 57 55 56 – –
Full flow 60 61 63 67 76 77
70 (1000)
Cutoff 59 58 59 60 – –
1800
Full flow 63 66 65 69 81 81
140 (2000)
Cutoff 62 63 62 64 75 81
Full flow 64 – 67 – 81 –
210 (3000)
Cutoff 64 – 65 – – –
A.16
PFB5 SAE Flange Mounting 3rd angle
projection
Installation Dimensions in mm (inches)
Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed

outline; kit FB-A-10 comprises foot
bracket and two pump fixing bolts bolts. Case drain port 9/16-18 UNF-2B for
Order separately, if required. SAE O-ring fittings: 2 ports
4 holes 44,5
3/ –16 UNC-2B thread
8
142,2 (5.6)
(1.75)
(foot bracket) 106,4 85,9
(4.19) (3.4)
135 (5.3) 12,7
Ø95,3 (0.5)
(3.75 dia)
34
(1.34)
Ø130
69,8 (5.12 dia)
(2.75)
12,7
(0.5) Alternate
drain port
12,7 12,7
79,2 (0.5)
2 holes (0.5)
(3.125) 32,5
Ø11,1 (0.437 dia)
50,8 (2.0)
(pump flange) 127,0 (1.28)
(5.0) 59,4
152,4 4 holes Ø11,1 (2.34)
(0.437 dia) 93 (3.7)
(6.0)
Key: 4,8 (0.19) Square

98,6 x 25,4 (1.0) long
(3.9)
21,13/21,00
(0.832/0.827)
ROTATION
43,7
OUT IN
(1.72)
103,1 Ø82,55/82,50
A B (3.250/3.248 dia)
(4.06)
43,7 NI
OUT
47,3
(1.72) ROTATION (1.86)
Ø19,05/19,02
(0.750/0.749 dia)
57,2 7,6 6,4

(2.25) (0.3) (0.25)
Inlet/outlet ports:
11/16-12 UNF-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings.
View on rear end of pump Detail of shaft, key

and locating diameter
A.17
PFB10 SAE Flange Mounting

Case drain port 3/4-16 UNF-2B for SAE
outline; kit FB-B-10 comprises foot O-ring fittings: 2 ports
bracket and two pump fixing bolts bolts.
Order separately, if required.
B
87,9
A (3.46)
Ø120,6
(4.75 dia) 12,7
2 holes in pump flange: (0.5)
Ø174,8 Ø14,3 (0.563 dia)
(6.88 dia)
180,8 45,7
(7.12) (1.80)
92,1
(3.63)
12,7
(0.5)
Alternative drain
98,6 12,7 port
D
(3.9) (0.5)
146 4 holes: 50,8
E
(5.75) Ø11,2 (0.44 dia) (2.0)
177,8
(7.0)
Key:
114,3 6,35 (0.25) Square 9,5
(4.5) (0.375)
25,12/24,87
ROTATION (0.989/0.979)
OUT IN 62,7 (2.47)
Ø101,60/101,55
A B (4.000/3.998 dia)
133,3 (5.25)
Ø22,22/22,20
(0.875/0.874 dia)
62,0
(2.44)
C
Inlet/outlet ports:
Detail of shaft, key
View on rear end of pump
Pump A B C D* E*
type
PFB10-*-30 44,4 213,9 33,3 26,9 59,4
(1.75) (8.42) (1.31) (1.06) (2.34)
PFB10-*Y-30 58,7 228,1 47,6 41,1 73,7
(2.31) (8.98) (1.87) (1.62) (2.9)
*Omit for foot bracket models)
A.18
PFB20 SAE Flange Mounting

outline; kit FB-B-10 comprises foot
bracket and two pump fixing bolts bolts. Case drain port 3/4-16 UNF-2B
Order separately, if required. for SAE O-ring fittings: 2 ports
262,9
Ø120,6 (10.32)
58,7 130,0
178,0 (4.75 dia)
(2.31) (5.12)
(7.0) Ø174,8
2 holes
R.H. Shaft Rotation
(6.9 dia) 14,2
Ø14,3 (0.56 dia)
(0.56)
181,0
(7.13)
4 holes
Ø11,1 43,7
(0.437 dia) (1.72)
92,1
(3.63)
41,0 Alternative
(1.61) 12,7 drain port
12,7 98,3
(0.5) (3.87) (0.5)
146,0 73,6 50,8
(5.75) (2.9) (2.0)
92,7
171,4 (3.65)
(6.75)
47,8
(1.88) 9,5
Key: (0.375)
144,3 7,9 (0.31) Square
(5.7)
35,33/35,08
(1.391/1.381)
146,0 Ø101,60/101,55
152,4 (6.0) A B (5.75) (4.000/3.998 dia)
73,2
(2.88)
7,8 Ø31,75/31,70
(0.31) (1.250/1.248 dia)
82,5
(3.25)
Inlet/outlet ports (see table):
Shaft Inlet Outlet
rotation port port
RH B A
LH A B
A.19
PVB5/6 SAE Flange Mounting:
Pressure Compensator Control - “C” and “CM”

See also “Control Data” section, page Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed
A.15. outline; kit FB-A-10 comprises foot Case drain port 9/16-18 UNF-2B for
bracket and two pump fixing bolts bolts. SAE O-ring fittings: 2 ports
Order separately, if required. 44,4
177 (6.9)
(1.75)
Compensator position for: 162,8 (6.41)
R.H. rotation models
L.H. rotation models 108,7 (4.23)
106,4 69,8
(4.19) R20,6 (2.75)
135 (5.3) Height (0.8 rad) 12,7
R.H. Shaft
of foot bracket Rotation (0.5)
2 holes
Ø11,1 (0.437 dia)
33,5
(pump flange)
(1.32)
Ø130
69,8 (5.12 dia)
(2.75)
12,7
(0.5)
79,4 12,7
R47,8 (3.125) (0.5)
(1.9 rad) 59,4
50,8 (2.0)
127,0 (2.34)
4 holes (5.0)
3/ –16 UNC-2B thread 4 holes Ø11,1 93 (3.7)
8 152,4
(foot bracket) (6.0) (0.437 dia) 163,5 (6.44)
Caution: While pump is operating do Key: 4,8 (0.19) Square

not back compensator adjustment x 25,4 (1.0) long
screw out beyond dimension shown.
84,8 28,4 21,13/21,00

(3.34) (1.12) (0.832/0.827)
Ø82,55/82,50
79,2 (3.250/3.248 dia)
(3.12)
A B Ø19,05/19,02
38,1 (0.750/0.749 dia)
(1.50) 52,3
(2.06)
6,4
(0.25)
57,2 Alternate drain Detail of shaft, key
(2.25) port and locating diameter
135,9
(5.35)
Inlet/outlet ports (see table): Shaft Inlet Outlet

11/16-12 UNF-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings. rotation port port
RH A B
View on rear end of pump LH B A
A.20
PVB5/6 Thru-Shaft Models (with Side Ports)

Maximum output torque is 40 Nm (354 For other dimensions and installation
lbf in), less unput torque at system data see page A.20.
pressure, see performance curves:
At 1500 r/min drive speed, page A.8.
At 1800 r/min drive speed, page A.12.
4,77/4,75 (0.188/0.187) Outlet port for RH rotation models;

square key both ends Inlet port for LH rotation models:
153,2 15/16-12 UN-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings.
(6.03)
17,91/17,78
(0.705/0.700)
29,5
(1.16) A B
Ø15,82/15,8
(0.623/0.622 dia)
177,0 165,1
(6.97) (6.50)
213,4
(8.40)
Inlet port for RH rotation models;
Outlet port for LH rotation models: 73,15
15/16-12 UN-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings. (2.88)
51,3
(2.02)
A.21
PVB10/15 SAE Flange Mounting
Installation Dimensions in mm (inches) Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed

See also “Control Data” section, page outline; kit FB-B-10 comprises foot
bracket and two pump fixing bolts bolts. Case drain port .750-16 UNF-2B for
A.15. SAE O-ring fittings: 2 ports
58,7 207,8
(2.31) (8.18)
193,8
Compensator position for: (7.63)
R.H. rotation models 123,7
L.H. rotation models (4.87)
74,7
Ø120,6 Ø174,8
(2.94)
(4.75 dia) (6.88 dia) 12,7
(0.5)
174,6
(6.9)
.500-13 UNC
-2B 45,7
thd. 4 holes (1.80)
2 holes
Ø14,3 92,1
(0.563 dia) R.H. Shaft
(3.63)
Rotation
41,1
98,6 (1.62)
(3.9) 146 12,7 12,7 (0.5)
(5.75) (0.5)
73,7 50,8 (2.0)
187 4 holes (2.9)
(7.36) Ø11,2 (0.44 dia)
189,0
Caution: While pump is operating do (7.44)
not back compensator adjustment
89,3 137,1
(3.5) max (5.4) max
28,4 84,8 Key: 6,4 (0.25) Square
(1.12) (3.34) x 22,3 (0.88) long 9,5
23,9 28,4 (1.12) (0.375)
(0.94)
25,12/24,87
(0.989/0.979)
82,5 (3.25)
52,3 (2.1)
Ø101,60/101,55
A B (4.000/3.998 dia)
65 (2.56)
Ø22,22/22,20
(0.875/0.874 dia)
66,5 Alternative drain port
(2.62)
Inlet/outlet ports (see table): 47,8
1.625-12 UN-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings. (1.88)

Shaft Inlet Outlet
rotation port port
RH A B
LH B A
A.22
Maximum output torque is 83 Nm (735 lbf For other dimensions and installation
in), less unput torque at system pressure, data see page A.22.
see performance curves:
At 1500 r/min drive speed, pages A.8 &
A.9.
At 1800 r/min drive speed, page A.12 &
A.13.
4,79/4,76 (0.1885/0.1875) Outlet port for RH rotation models;
174,5 square key x 25,4 (1.0) long Inlet port for LH rotation models:
(6.87) 15/8-12 UN-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings.
21,13/21,00
(0.832/0.827)
31,75 (1.25)
A B
Ø19,05/19,02
308,8 (0.750/0.749 dia)
196,9
(12.16) (7.75)
Inlet port for RH rotation models;
Outlet port for LH rotation models:
15/8-12 UN-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings. 90,4
(3.56)
65,3
(2.57)
A.23
PVB5/6 and PVB10/15 Manual/Mechanical Controls
Lever Control - “M” and No Control - “V”

Units with this control may be operated on
both sides of center permitting bi-directional
fluid flow characteristics. A
35
B
76,2 (3.0) 6,4
R 9,7 (0.25)
(0.38 rad)
Position 1 Position 2
Ø6,4
(0.25 dia)
127
(5.0)
A B
Lever may be set at 15,7

any position in 360 (0.62)
circle. Ensure clamp
Shaft Lever Outlet bolt is fully tightened. Pump A B
rotation position port type
Ø17,40/17,27
RH 1 A (0.685/0.680 dia) PVB5/6 153 68,9
2 B (6.02) (2.7)
LH 1 B PVB10/15 204 99,9
2 A No Control - “V” (8.04) (3.93)
Handwheel Control - “H”

Units with this control may be operated on
both sides of center permitting bi-directional
fluid flow characteristics.
Max. flow adjustment. A
Adjust and lock B
to limit max. flow. 37,3 (1.47) Ø57,2
15,7 C
(2.25 dia)
(0.62) R24
Ø6,3 (0.95 rad)
Position 1
(2.25 dia)
62 (2.5 )
Caution! max.
Loosen lock
screw before A B
turning handle. 43,7
Re-tighten after (1.72 )
adjusting flow.
65,7 Position 2 35,3 (1.39)

(2.6)
Shaft Pointer Handwheel Outlet Pump A B C
rotation position rotation from zero port type
RH 1 Clockwise A PVB5/6 200 129 70,6
2 Counter-clockwise B (7.87) (5.08) (2.78)
1 Clockwise B PVB10/15 250 140 93,5
LH
2 Counter-clockwise A (9.84) (5.51) (3.68)
A.24
PVB20/29 SAE Flange Mounting
Installation Dimensions in mm (inches) Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed

See also “Control Data” section, page outline; kit FB-C-10 comprises foot
bracket and two pump fixing bolts bolts. Case drain port .750-16 UNF-2B
A.15. for SAE O-ring fittings: 2 ports
58,9 295,0
(2.32) (11.62)
221,7
226,0
(8.9) 123,4 (8.73)
(4.86)
181,0 Ø146,0 84,8
2 holes (7.125) (5.75 dia) (3.44)
R.H. Shaft 15,7
Ø17,5 (0.69 dia) Rotation
(0.62)
Ø212,8
(8.38 dia)
215,9
(8.5)
4 holes 53,8
Ø17,5 (2.1)
(0.69 dia)
109,5
(4.31)
39,9
(1.6)
15,7 50,8 50,8 17,3 (0.68)
(0.62) (2.0) (2.0)
234,9 19,0
(9.25) 76,2 (3.0)
(0.75)
265,2 128,5
(10.5) (5.1)
Caution: While pump is operating do

not back compensator adjustment
28,4
84,8 (3.34)
(1.12) Key: 7,9 (0.31) Square
x 31,7 (1.25) long 9,5
41,1 (1.62)
(0.37)
35,33/35,08
(1.391/1.381)
95,2 (3.75)
66,5 (2.62)
189,0 Ø127,00/126,95
A B (7.44) (5.000/4.998 dia)
59,2 (2.3)
Ø31,75/31,70
(1.250/1.248 dia)
82,5
(3.25) Alternative drain port
Inlet/outlet ports (see table): 47,7
1.625-12 UNF-2B thread for SAE O-ring fittings. (1.88)

Shaft Inlet Outlet
rotation port port
RH A B
LH B A
A.25
Maximum output torque is 159 Nm For other dimensions and installation

(1408 lbf in), less unput torque at data see page A.25.
system pressure, see performance
curves:
At 1500 r/min drive speed, page A.9
At 1800 r/min drive speed, page A.13
365,25
(14.38)
306,1 Key: 6,35 (0.25) square
(12.05) 85,3 x 25,4 (1.0) long
(3.36)
29,96
(1.14)
69,85 93,2
(2.75) (3.67)
Ø25,37/25,35
(0.999/0.998 dia)
Ø38,1 35,7
(1.50 dia) (1.406)
235,7 .500-13 UNC-2B thread 8 places
(9.28) for 11/2 SAE 4-bolt flange
277,1
(10.91)
58,9 (2.32) min.
Port B:
Outlet port for RH rotation models. B
Inlet port for LH rotation models.
111,2 148,8 260,0

(4.38) (5.86) (10.24)
Port A:
Inlet port for RH rotation models.
Outlet port for LH rotation models. A
A.26
PVB45 Flange-Mounted Model
407,0
(16.0)
145,3
(5.72)
81,79 308,0
(3.22) (12.13)
Compensator adjuster: 15,75
38,1 (1.5) A/F hex. (0.62)
Drain connection: 1.0625-12 UNF 2B 35,0 CAUTION:

thread for SAE O-ring fittings (2 ports). (1.38) While pump is
operating do not
Key 38,1 (1.5) back compensator adjuster
11,1 (0.437) square screw out beyond this
dimension.
Ø152,4/152,35
(6,000/5.998 dia) 49,43
(1.945/1.935)
110,3
(4.34)
Ø44,45/44,40
(1.750/1.748 dia)
66,67 (2.625)
187,4 Alternative drain port.
(7.38)
299,0
(11.77)
127,0
.3750-16 UNC 2B thread x 4 slots 19,8 (0.78) wide for (5.0)
12,0 (0.47) deep for lifting mounting bolts. (Use of backing
eye-bolt. washers is recommended)
312 4
(12.3)
290
(11.42) 161,6 IN
77,8 101,6
(6,34) (3.062) (4.0)
square OUT
141,0
(5,55)
To suit SAE 4-bolt port flanges: 2 ports Ø50,8

8 holes .500–13 UNC 2B thread (2.0 dia)
x 27,0 (1.06) deep
200,2 (7,88) 42,9 (1.688)
square Direction of
shaft rotation
View on shaft end of pump View on rear end of pump
A.27
PVB45 Foot-Mounted Model
For other dimensions and installation

data see page A.27 .
69,1
(2.72)
66,67
(2.625)
317,4
(12.5)
165,1
(6,5)
square
146,0
(5.75)
25,4
282,6 (1,0)
(11.125) 104,4 165,1 21,8
333,4 (4.1) (6.5) (0.86)
(13.125)
62 62 60,4 60,4
(2.5) (2.5) (2.38) (2.38)
352,6 206,5
(13.9) (8.13)
4 holes Ø16,7 (0.68 dia)
1 hole Ø8,5 (0.335 dia) for 1 hole Ø8,5 (0.335 dia) for
dowelling; front foot only dowelling; rear foot only
A.28
PVB90
Foot mounting option (designated by

Model Code = “F”) is shown in dotted
outline. An alternative base mounting 68,25 396,7
facility is provided by four tapped holes (2.69) (15.62)
in the bottom face of the pump - see 365
page A.30. (14.4)
351,5
Compensator adjuster: (13.84)
38,1 (1.5) A/F hex. 156,5
(6.16) 35,0
Drain connection: CAUTION:
1.3125-12 UN 2B thread for SAE (1.38)
While pump is
O-ring fittings (2 ports). 38,1 operating do not
Key 11,1 (0.437) square (1.5) back compensator

x 44,5 (1.75) long adjuster screw out beyond
this dimension.
127,0 (5.0)
49,40/49,15
(1.945/1.935)
111,2 (4.38)
Ø152,4/152,35 Ø44,45/44,40
(6,000/5.998 dia) (1.750/1.748 dia)
12,7
(0.5) Drain connection:
1.3125-12 UN 2B thread
Location of tappings for lifting
eye-bolts,: 2 at shaft end; 1 at rear: 79,2 215,9 4 holes Ø16,7 (0.66 dia)
.3750-16 UNC 2B thread x 12,0 (0.47) (3.12) (8.5)
deep. 130,0
(5.12) 260,3
187,5 (10.25)
329
(12.95) (7.38)
Ø228,6 (9.0 dia) 4 holes Ø20,6 (0.81 dia) at 45 from 139,7
vertical/ horizontal center lines. (5.5)
63,5 center line to 88,9
(2.5) drain port (5.5)
2 ports
Ø60,4 (2.4 dia)
163,8 167,6
(10.24) (10.48)
200 A B
50,8
(7,9)
(2.0)
square
190,5 139,7
(7.5) (5,5)
To suit SAE 4-bolt port flanges:

8 holes .500-13 UNC 2B thread x 27,0 (1.06) deep
393,7 View on rear end of pump
(15.5)
438,1 Shaft Inlet Outlet
(17.25) rotation port port
View on shaft end of pump RH A B
LH B A
A.29
PVB90 cont’d
Detail of tappings in base of pump.
Shaft end 212,7

of pump (8.375)
4 holes tapped .6250-12

130,2 UNC-2B x 28 (1.1) deep
(5.125)
PVB5/6, PVB 10/15 and PVB20/29 with Pressure Compensator

and Adjustable Maximum Displacement Stop:
Control Types “CC” and “CMC”
For general dimensions and
installation data of these pumps,
see pages A.20, A.22 and A.25 Note.
Compensator position for:
Caution: While pump is operating do PVB5/6-*LSY (LH rotation models) and
not back compensator adjustment PVB10/15 -*RSY (RH rotation models)
screw out beyond dimension shown. PVB20/29 -**SY (RH and LH rotation models)
A Fully extended 28,4 28,4
(1.12) (1.12)
B F E
17,3
(0.68) H
23.9
(0.94
A/F
G
C
D
A B
Adjusting rod
Minimum delivery position (screw flush
with nut); do not adjust below flush. Note.
Compensator position for:
PVB5/6-*RSY (RH rotation models) and
PVB10/15 -*LSY (LH rotation models)
Pump A B C D E F G H
type
PVB5/6 233 195 50 22,9 76,2 94,4 94,4 _
(9.17) (7.68) (1.97) (0.9) (3.0) (3.72) (3.72)
PVB10/15 266 226 52,3 25,1 118 70,8 90,2 23,8
(10.47) (8.9) (2.06) (0.99) (4.65) (2.79) (3.55) (0.94)
PVB20/29 294 254 66,5 41,9 _ 53,3 104,4 41,1
(11.56) (10.0) (2.62) (1.65) (2.1) (4.11) (1.62)
A.30
PVB5 to 29 with “CG” Remote Control of Compensator
Type “GEVS” .4375-20UNF-2B thread for SAE Caution: Effective

“CG” control models, connect to compensator setting will be
compensator control setting
43 74,6 external valve.
plus remote relief valve setting.
(1.7) (2.94) Note. Do not operate pump with
this port plugged. Adjustment procedure
1. Turn remote pressure control
(such as C-175) anti-clockwise to
minimum setting.
2. Turn compensator adjustment plug
Ø35 (1.4 dia) to desired minimum pressure - 17
bar (250 psi) or higher.
3. Full pressure range can now be
obtained with remote pressure
control.
45,0
(1.77)
Location as shown for: Location as shown in dotted outline for:
PVB5/6 LH rotation models, PVB5/6 RH rotation models and
PVB10/15 RH rotation models and PVB10/15 LH rotation models.
PVB20/29 LH and RH rotation models.
“CVP” Load Sensing with Pressure Limiter

Load sensing control port:
55,0 45,5 .4375-20 UNF-2B thread
(2.17) (1.8) for SAE O-ring fittings.
40,69 22,0
(1.6) (0.87)
19,0 (0.75)
Ø28,5
Location as shown for: to mounting (1.12 dia) PVB5/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 (7.51)
PVB5/6 LH rotation models, face
PVB10/15 RH rotation models and PVB10/15 . . . . . . . . . . . 222 (8.75)
PVB20/29 LH and RH rotation models. PVB20/29 . . . . . . . . . . . 250 (9.84)
Vertical “Shaft-up” Installation - “S30” Drain Port

Option, for PVB5 to 29
Pump Port tapping A

type
PFB5 .562518UNF-2B 28,7 (3.85)
A
PVB5/6 .5625 18UNF-2B 19 (0.75)
PVB10/15 .7500 16UNF-2B 29,3 (1.15)
PVB20/29 .7500 16UNF-2B 38,9 (1.53)
Additional drain port
A.31
PVB5/6; PVB10/15; PVB20/29 – DIN/ISO Models
For dimensions/data not shown refer to corresponding SAE models.
PVB5/6 – Pressure Compensated Control – “C” and “CM”

44,5 (1.75)
Key: 6,0 (0.236) square
x 22,5 (0.89) long 7,24 (0.285)
22,5 (0.886)
Ø80,0
(3.15 dia)
2 holes
Ø11,3 (0.44 dia) Ø20,0
(0.787 dia)
109,0 36,0
(4.29) (1.42)

52,5 (2.07)
Key: 8,0 (0.315) square 9,24 (0.364)
x 28,0 (1.1) long
28,0 (1.1)
Ø100,0
(3.937 dia)
2 holes
Ø14,25
(0.56 dia) Ø25,0
(0.984 dia)
140 42,0 (1.65)
(5.51)

68,9 (2.71)
Key: 10,0 (0.39) square
x 35,0 (1.38) long 9,24 (0.364)
35,0 (1.38)
Ø125,0
(4.92 dia)
2 holes
Ø18,25 (0.72 dia) Ø32,0
(1.26 dia)
180,0 58,0
(7.08) (2.28)
A.32
Mass, approx. Installation Data Starting
Flange Mounting Models Horizontal mounting is resommended to Before starting, fill case with system fluid
PFB5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 kg (11 lb) maintain necessary case fluid level. through the uppermost drain port.
PFB10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 kg (22 lb) Vertical “shaft-up” installation is possible Housing must be kept full at all times to
PFB20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 kg (42 lb) with pumps ordered to include the extra provide internal lubrication.When first
PVB5/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 kg (18 lb) drain port denoted by the “S30” feature; starting it may be necessary to bleed air
PVB10/15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 kg (33 lb) see “Model Code”. In all cases the drain from pump outlet to permit priming and
PVB20/29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 kg (57 lb) line must be full size, unrestricted and to reduce noise. Bleed by loosening an
PVB45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 kg* (211 lb) connected from the uppermost drain port outlet connection until a clear stream of
PVB90s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 kg (230 lb) directly to the reservoir in such a manner fluid appears. An air bleed valve,
* Also foot mounting models. that the housing remains filled with fluid. ABS-03, is available for this purpose.
Combined foot/flange mounting
Piping of drain line must prevent
models.
siphoning. Pipe drain line so that it
Ordering Procedure
Foot Bracket Kits
terminates below fluid level. No other Before ordering, check availability with
FB-A-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,8 kg (4 lb)
lines are to be connected to this drain your Vickers reprecentative.
FB-B-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,3 kg (5 lb)
FB-C-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,5 kg (12 lb) line.
Caution must be exercised to
never exceed the following unit
case pressures:
0,7 bar (10 psi) for PFB10 only.
0,35 bar (5psi) for all other models.
A.33
DuraForce™ HPR
Self-regulating Pump for Open Loop Operation
Table of Contents
Contents
The open loop 4 Gear pumps 19
Specifications and performance 5 Type of control 22
Model codes 6 Load sensing LS 23
Operational parameters LP. LS with hydraulic pressure cut-off 24
Life time recommendations 8 TL2. LS with hyperbolic power limitation 25
HPR suction speed 8 E1L. LS with electric override 26
Filtration 9 Dimensions
Pressure fluids 10 Single pumps 28
Eaton LSC-System 11 Double pumps back-to-back 29
Noise reduction 12 Multiple pumps 30
SPU silencer 12 Modular system features 32
Torque transmission 14
Mounting flange 15
Drive shaft 17
PTO through drive 18
Output shaft 18
2 EATON Series HPR Self Regulating Pump E-PUPI-MC008-E2 September 2011

Design Characteristics
1 LS-Regulator
Optimum utilisation of power • High pressure axial piston pump in swash plate design
for open loop systems
2 Swash Plate • Clockwise or counter clockwise rotation
Hydrostatic bearing
• Self-priming at high nominal speed
3 Piston-Slipper Assembly
21° swash angle • Higher rotating speed by tank pressurization or swash
angle reduction
4 Housing • Adaptive noise optimization SPU
Monoshell for high rigidity
• Decompression fluid is drained via pump housing for
5 Valve Plate Housing suction side stability
Highly integrated
• Exact and rugged load sensing controls
6 Actuator Piston • SAE high pressure ports
Long-lived and precise
• SAE mounting flange with ANSI or SAE spline shaft
7 Through Shaft
• Through shaft SAE A, B, B-B, C, D and E
For additional pumps
• Optional tandem and multiple pumps
8 Cylinder Barrel
Compact due to 21° technology
Product Advantages
9 Suction Port • Energy saving operation by “flow on demand” control
Good suction capacity also without
• Dynamic response
tank pressurization
• Excellent suction up to rated speed
10 SPU
Reduction of pressure pulsation over the • Noise optimization over the entire range of operation
entire range of operation, maintenance-free • Optimum interaction with Eaton LSC-Directional
Control Valves and LinTronic
• Compact design
• High power density
• High pressure rating
• High reliability
• Long working life
EATON Series HPR Self Regulating Pump E-PUPI-MC008-E2 September 2011 3

Open Loop Representation of hydraulic components in an open loop
circuit: HPR regulating pump with load sensing function
for energy saving, flow on demand control and VW load
sensing directional control valves for load-independent,
synchronous movements of actuators without uninten-
tional interaction. The system is complemented with
proven Eaton products such as electronic controls, swing
drives and hydraulic motors.
Function Diagram
L
B
A
Tank B
B
Filter Cooler
LS
L
HPR R E1L T LS P
Manifold
U
P
T
Circuit Diagram
Tank
Filter Cooler
A X1
LS2
X
LS1 T
U P LS
P
T HPR R E1L Manifold

The table shows the complete capacity range of
Specifications and Performance the pumps, while the diagram below shows the
recommended practical range for the different nominal
sizes of the HPR pump with control limit between 200 bar
p minimum and 280 bar p maximum. It enables initial
selection of the required nominal pump size.
Specifications
Model 55 75 105 135 165 210 105D 165D

Rated Size
Maximum Displacement cm 3 /rev 54.8 75.9 10.5 135.6 165.6 210 2x105 2x165.6
Speed* min -1 2700 2600 2300 2300 2100 2000 2300 2100
Volume Flow
Max. oil flow 1/min 147.9 197.3 241.5 311.9 347.8 420 483 695.6
Pressure
Nominal Pressure bar 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420
Peak Pressure bar 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Permissible Housing Pressure (absolute) bar 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Input Torque
Max. Input torque at max.
operating pressure and Vmax Nm 366 508 702 907 1106 1404 1090 2215
Response Times**
Vmax -> Vmin swashing at HP 100 bar ms 120 120 120 140 150 200 200 150
constant max. system pressure HP HP 200 bar ms 70 70 70 70 130 170 170 130
Vmin -> Vmax swashing from stand-by HP 100 bar ms 180 180 180 180 180 160 160 180
pressure and zero outlet flow to constant HP 200 bar ms 160 180 160 160 160 130 130 160
max. system pressure HP
Permissible Shaft Loads
Axial N 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Radial N on request on request on request on request on request on request on request on request
Perm. Housing Temperature
Perm. Housing Temp. with min.
perm. viscosity > 10 cST °C 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
Weights
HPR without oil (approximate) kg 39 39 50 65 89 116 107 197
Maximum moment of inertia kgm 2 x 10 -2 0.79 0.79 1.44 2.15 3.41 4.68 2.88 6.88
* Max. operating speed (rated speed) without tank pressurization Operating speed with tank pressurization see chapter operational parameters.
** Measured at fluid viscosity 20 cST and input speed 1500 rpm.
Performance Data
800
700 165D
600
Volume Flow [l/min]
500 105D
210
400
165
135
300
105
75
200
55
100
0
1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2840
Input Speed [rev/min]

Model Code
HPR – Self-regulating Pump for Open Loop Operation
HPR 105 R 0 S1 M A AC AC 000 0 0 0 0 AA 00 0 0 000 A 00 A A A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
55 75 105 135 165 210 280 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
1 2 3 Product 12Pump Control

HPR – Open Loop Variable l l l l l l l A – LP:LS/pressure cut-off l l l l l l l
Displacement Pump B – H1L:LS/hydraulic override l l l l l l l
(*m)
l l l l l l l
4 5 6 Displacement
l
– C – E1L:LS/electric override
055 55 cc/r
l
(*m)
075 – 75 cc/r l l l l
l
D – TL2:LS/power limiter (*m)/
105 – 105 cc/r (*r)
135 – 135 cc/r l E – ETP:electro-proportional/ l l l l
165 – 165 cc/r l power limiter/PCO (*m)/
l
(*r)
l l l l
210 – 210 cc/r
l
F – LEP:LS/electric stroke
280 – 280 cc/r limiter/PCO (*m)/(*r)
13 14
l l l l l l l
7 Rotation Pressure Compensator
R – CW Setting
L – CCW 00 – Not applicable (H1L; E1L; TL2) • • • • • • •
l l l l l l l
• • • • • •
AA – 250 bar
l l l l l l l
8 Mounting Flange
l l l l l l
AB – 350 bar
l l l l l l l
0 – SAE J744 standard
(size 105: LP;H1L;E1L only) AC – 420 bar
1 – SAE J744 standard / l l 15 16 Load Sensing
additional threads (sizes Differential Pressure
105; 135; (*u)) 00 – Not applicable (ETP) • • • • • • •
2 – SAE J744 standard / l AC – 20 bar l l l l l l l
additional holes
l
17 18 19 Power Limiter Setting
3 – ISO 30119-2 metric l 000 – not applicable (LP; H1L; l l l l l l l
(TL2;ETP;LEP only)(*m) E1L; LEP)
4 – plug-in (LP;H1L;E1L only)/ • • value – 009 - 106 kW (numeric 3 l
(size 105; (*d)) digits)
5 – Bell housing SAE 3 • • value – 012 - 136 kW (numeric 3 l
(LP;H1l;E1l only)/(sizes digits)
105; (*d)) value – 019 - 184 kW (numeric 3 l
6 – Bell housing SAE 4 digits)
l
• •
(LP;H1l;E1l only)/(sizes value – 032 - 221 kW (numeric 3
105; (*d)) digits)
9 10 Input Driveshaft 20Pressure Limiter Remote
S1 – splined ANSI B92.1 12/24 - l l l
Control
14t (SAE C)/(size 105:(*w)) 0 – not applicable (LP; H1L; l l l l l l l
l l
E1L;TL2)
S2 – splined ANSI B92.1 12/24 D – disabled (ETP; LEP only) l l l l
l l l l
- 17t (SAE C-C)
l l
R – enabled (ETP; LEP only)
S3 – splined ANSI B92.1 8/16
21 Power Limiter Remote Control
l l l l l l l
- 13t (SAE D&E)
S4 – splined ANSI B92.1 8/16 l l 0 – not applicable (LP; H1L;
E1L;LEP only)
l l l l
- 15t (SAE F)/(sizes 210;
280: (*t)) 1 – remote power uprating
l (default for TL2; ETP)
l l l l
T1 – splined ANSI B92.1 16/32
- 21t (*t) 2 – remote power up- &
l
downrating (TL2; ETP only)
T2 – splined ANSI B92.1 16/32
- 23t (*t)
T3 – splined ANSI B92.1 16/32 l l l • Available Option l Preferred Option
t Separate Specification Required
- 27t (*t)
K1 keyed ISO3019-2 / 40 mm l
(metric flange only (pos. 8))
l
(*d) DIN porting only (see position 11) (*t) Recommended if HPV/R unit is attached to
K2 – keyed ISO3019-2 / 60 mm (*e) Availability depends on controller type PTO (see position 26,27)
11 (see position 12) (*u) Required for PTO flange size C
Porting
l l l l l l l (*m) ISO metric porting only (see position 11) (see position 26,27)
M – ISO 6149 metric (*w) Not for tandem units (see position 26,27)
(*r) CW rotation only (see position 7)
D – DIN 3852 • • • • (*s) Second HPV/R unit has to be
specified separately

Model Code
HPR – Self-regulating Pump for Open Loop Operation
HPR 105 R 0 S1 M A AC AC 000 0 0 0 0 AA 00 0 0 000 A 00 A A A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
55 75 105 135 165 210 280 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
22 BF – internal gear pump tandem • • • •

Control Solenoids
l l l l l l l
0 – not applicable (LP; H1L; TL2) 22,5+22,5cc
l l l l l l l
BG – external gear pump 31cc (*r) • •
A – AMP / 12V
l l l l l l l
BH – external gear pump 38cc • • • •
B – AMP / 24 V
– DIN / 12 V BJ – external gear pump 44cc (*r) • •
C • • • • • • •
– DIN / 24 V BK – external gear pump tandem • • • •
D • • • • • • •
22,5+22,5 cc (*r)
E – Deutsch / 12V • • • • • • • BL – HPV/R 55 mounting • • • • • • •
F – Deutsch / 24V • • • • • • • preparation (*s)
BM – HPV/R 75 mounting • • • • • •
– No Noise Reduction Device l l l
23 Noise Optimization Devices
0 • • • preparation (*s)
1 – With SPU primary noise l l l l l l l BN – HPV/R 105 mounting • • • • •
reduction (sizes 55-105: (*r)) preparation (*s)
24 25Auxiliary Pad and Shaft BP – HPV/R 135 mounting • • •
Definition preparation (*s)
0G – to add gear pump see • • • • • • • BQ – HPV/R 210 mounting • •
positions 26,27
l l l l l l l
preparation (*s)
AA – SAE J744 A without shaft 28
coupling (default) Auxiliary Drive on Internal
l l l l l l
l l l l l l l
AB – SAE J744 A / ANSI B92.1 Gear Pump
0 – Without internal gear pump
l l l l
16/32-9 teeth (A)
AC – SAE J744 A / ANSI B92.1 • • A – SAE J744 A / ANSI B92.1
16/32 - 11 teeth 16/32 - 9 teeth (A) (default)
AD – SAE J744 A / ANSI B92.1 • • • • B – SAE J744 B without shaft • • • •
16/32 - 13 teeth coupling
AE – SAE J744 B without shaft • • • • • • • – SAE J744 B/ANSI B92.1
C • • • •
coupling
16/32 - 13 teeth (B)
AF – SAE J744 B / ANSI B92.1 • • • • • • •
16/32-13 teeth (B) D – SAE J744 B/ANSI B92.1 • • • •
AG – SAE J744 B / ANSI B92.1 • • • • • 16/32 - 15 teeth (B-B)
16/32-15 teeth (B-B) E – SAE J744 C without shaft • •
AH – SAE J744 C without shaft • • • • • • • coupling
coupling F – SAE J744 C/ANSI B92.1 • •
AJ – SAE J744 C / ANSI B92.1 • • • • • • • 12/24 - 14 teeth (C)
12/24-14 teeth (C)
29 Internal Gear Pump Supply
– Without internal gear pump l l l l l l l
AK – SAE J744 C / ANSI B92.1 • • • •
16/32 - 21 teeth 0
AL – SAE J744 C / ANSI B92.1 • • • • E – External supply port l l l l
16/32 - 23 teeth
30 31 32Maximum
AM – SAE J744 D without shaft • • • •
l l l l l l l
coupling Displacement Setting
AN – SAE J744 D / ANSI B92.1 • 000 – Catalog Pump Rating
8/16-13 teeth (D) 33Operating Speed
AP – SAE J744 D / ANSI B92.1 • A – Catalog Pump Rating l l l l l l l
12/24 - 17 teeth
AQ – SAE J744 D / ANSI B92.1 34 35 Special Requirements
l l l l l l l
• • •
16/32 - 27 teeth 00 – Without special
AR – SAE J744 E without shaft • • requirements (default)
coupling 36Surface Coating
l l l l l l l
AS – SAE J744 E / ANSI B92.1 •
16/32 - 27 teeth 0 – Anti rust conservation oil
(default)
l l l l l l l
26 27 Auxiliary Pump or Tandem Adapter
l l l l l l l
A – Primer blue
00 –
without
l l
37Unit Identification
l l l l l l l
BA –
internal gear pump 16cc • •
l l
A – Eaton
BB –
internal gear pump 22,5cc • •
38Type Code Release
l l l l l l l
BC –
internal gear pump tandem • • • •
A – Revision Level A
16+16cc
l Preferred Option t Separate Specification Required
BD – internal gear pump tandem • • • • • Available Option
16+22,5cc
BE – internal gear pump tandem • • • •
22,5+16cc

Eaton high pressure units are designed for excellent
Operational Parameters reliability and long service life. The actual service life of a
hydraulic unit is determined by numerous factors. It can be
Life Time Recommendations extended significantly through proper maintenance of the
hydraulic system and by using high-quality hydraulic fluid.
Beneficial Conditions for Long Service Life Adverse Factors Affecting Service Life
Speed Lower continuous maximum speed Speed Between continuous maximum speed and
Operating Pressure Less tan 300 bar ∆p on average intermittent maximum speed
Max. Pressure Only at reduced displacement Operating pressure More than 300 bar ∆p on average
Viscosity 15...30 cSt Viscosity Less than 10 cSt
Power Continuous power or lower Power Continuous operation close to maximum power
Purity of Fluid 18/16/13 in accordance with ISO 4406 or better Purity of fluid Lower than 18/16/13 in accordance with ISO 4406
Operational Parameters. HPR Suction Speed

1,25
1,2 1,3
ba
r
1,2
1,15 ba
r
1,1
Rel. Speed n/nrated
ba
1,1 r
1,0
ba
0,8 r
1,05 ba 0,9
rA ba
bs r
olu
te
1 Su
cti
on
Pre
0,95 s su
re
0,9
0,85
0,5 0,55 0,6 0,65 0,7 0,75 0,8 0,85 0,9 0,95 1
Rel. Displacement V/ Vmax

The leakage and decompression oil generated during
Operational Parameters pump operation is drained from the rotating group into
the pump housing.
Tank connection Excessive housing pressure must be avoided through
suitably dimensioned piping between the housing and
the tank.
Operational Parameters.
Filtration
In order to guarantee cleanliness level of the Hydraulic Fluid cleanliness level can
long-term proper function lubricant must comply Recommendation extend the service life
and high efficiency of the with the following criteria 03-401-2010. Maintaining of the hydraulic system
hydraulic pumps the according to Eaton the recommended significantly.
For reliable proper function and long service life Filling and operation of hydraulic systems
18/16/13 in accordance with ISO 4406 or better The required cleanliness level of the hydraulic oil must
be ensured during filling or topping up. When drums,
Commissioning canisters, or large-capacity tanks are used the oil generally
The minimum cleanliness level requirement for the has to be filtered. We recommend the implementation of
hydraulic oil is based on the most sensitive component. suitable filters to ensure that the required cleanliness level
For commissioning we recommend a filtration in order to of the oil is achieved and maintained during operation.
achieve the required cleanliness level.
International standard
Code Number According to ISO 4406
18/16/13

Operational Parameters In order to ensure the functional performance and high
efficiency of the hydraulic pumps the viscosity and
purity of the operating fluid should meet the different
Pressure Fluids operational requirements. Eaton recommends using only
hydraulic fluids which are confirmed by the manufacturer
as suitable for use in high pressure hydraulic installations
or approved by the original equipment manufacturer.
Permitted Pressure Fluids

• Mineral oil HLP to DIN Eaton offers an oil testing
51 524-2 service in accordance with
• Biodegradable fluids in VDMA 24 570 and the
accordance with ISO 15 test apparatus required for
380 on request in-house sesting. Prices
available on request.
• Other pressure fluids
on request
Recommended Viscosity Ranges

Pressure Fluid Temperature Range [°C] -20 to +90
Working viscosity range [mm²/s] = [cSt] 10 to 80
Optimum working viscosity [mm²/s] = [cSt] 15 to 30
Max. viscosity (short time start up) [mm²/s] = [cSt] 1000
In order to be able to optimum viscosity is within fluid temperature is

select the right hydraulic the working temperature always higher than the
fluid it is necessary range (see tables). circuit temperature. Please
to know the working The temperature should contact Eaton if the stated
temperature in the not exceed 90 °C in any conditions cannot be met
hydraulic circuit. The part of the system. Due or in special circumstances.
hydraulic fluid should be to pressure and speed
selected such that its influences the leakage
Viscosity Recommendations
Working Temperature [°C] Viscosity [mm²/s] = [cSt] at 40 °C
Approx. 30 to 40 22
Approx. 40 to 60 32
Approx. 60 to 80 46 or 68
Further information regarding installation can be found in the operating instructions.

LSC-System The Synchron Control System (SC-System) for open loop
hydraulic circuits enables demand-orientated pump volume
control based on load sensing technology. A SC-System
compensates the effect of varying loads, varying numbers of
actuators and different load levels at different actuators. This
happens automatically, thereby making machine operation
more convenient since, unlike in other systems, continuous
corrective action is no longer required. The SC-System
enables high-efficiency hydraulic systems to be realized
that are strictly orientated to the machine functions. Our
application specialists will be happy to provide advice for
individual machine configurations.
Functionality Further Optional Functions Machine Equipment Benefits

• Demand-oriented Such As • Customized system • Perfect matching of
pump control • Priority control of design for optimum the individual operating
individual actuators implementation of functions for customized
• Excellent precision
control characteristics • Output control customer requirements machine characteristics
without readjustment • High-pressure protection • Optimum utilization • Efficient and dynamic
• Exact reproducibility of of the installed power machine control for short
• Regeneration function with simultaneous operating cycles
machine movements
through exact control • Combined function improvement of • Optimized energy
of actuators shuttle valve energy consumption balance for reduced
• Dynamic response • Load holding function • High flexibility through fuel consumption and
characteristics manifold plates enhanced handling
• Compact, integrated performance
• Load-independent,
synchronous movements solutions • Simple and safe machine
of several actuators • Modular design of operation for non-fatigue
valve sections and efficient working
• “Social” oil distribution
even in the event of • Add-on cylinder valves • Unsurpassed reliability
overload for direct and fast even under harsh
cylinder supply, no operating conditions
• Automatic venting of
directional control additional hose burst • Reduced installation
valve end caps protection required times
• Optimum movement • Optimized piping

continuity even for
combined movements

Noise Reduction
SPU Silencer
In hydraulic systems In open loop hydraulic circuits The higher the pump speed Pressure pulsations can
pressure pulsations can lead pressure pulsations primarily and the pressure difference cause components of
to noise emission. These originate from within the between the low-pressure the hydraulic system or
pressure pulsations are a hydraulic pump during the and high-pressure side, the machine to oscillate,
result of the inherent non- compression stroke, i.e. when the more pulsation energy thereby generating noise
uniformity of the volume a piston coming from the is added to the hydraulic that is perceivable for the
flow in rotary piston pumps. low-pressure side (suction system via the hydraulic human ear.
side) enters the high-pressure fluid.
side, where it is suddenly
subjected to high pressure.
In principle noise emissions • Reduction of operating • Secondary measures Noise Generation

from machinery with pressure and speed. This such as vibration-
Flow Ripple
hydraulic systems can reduces the pulsation optimized design and
be reduced in the energy introduced into installation of machine ▼
following ways: the hydraulic system components and sound- Pressure Ripple
proofing for noise ▼
• Primary measures for
suppression Fluid Borne Noise
optimizing the com-
pression stroke in rotary ▼
piston machines with the System Excitation
aim of reducing pulsation ▼
Structure Borne Noise
▼
Noise Radiation
Noise Reduction.
SPU Silencer
All Eaton hydraulic pumps In addition to common Without affecting the The SPU system is
are optimized with respect primary measures such as functionality and efficiency adaptive over the entire
to pulsation characteris- exclusive use of pulsation- of the pump, this system operating range. No setting
tics and therefore noise optimized port plates, reduces pressure up or maintenance is
generation. Eaton offers the SPU pulsations by up to 70%, required.
silencer for HPR open loop irrespective of pressure,
pumps. speed or temperature.
Pressure Pulsations
With and Without SPU
Conventional Commutation SPU Commutation

Pressure Pulsation [bar]
Pression Pulsation [bar]
Speed [rpm] System Pressure [bar] Speed [rpm] System Pressure [bar]

Noise Reduction
SPU Silencer
SPU Silencer Function HPR with SPU

• Reduction of pressure • Ready for use
pulsations over the immediately, no
entire operating range maintenance required
• Reduction of volume • Simple and rugged
flow fluctuations design
• No impairment • Minimum increase in
of efficiency weight and volume
Noise Reduction The following diagrams sound pressure level and

SPU Silencer illustrate the immediate therefore the perceived
effect of pulsation level noise emission.
reduction via SPU on the
Comparison of Sound Pressure Levels for a HPR 75-02 Pump With and Without SPU
At An Operating Pressure of 350 bar At a Speed of 2500 rpm

Noise Level in 2 dB(A) Steps
Noise Level in 2 dB(A) Steps
1000 1500 2000 2500 50 100 150 200 250

Speed [rpm] w/SPU Pressure [bar] w/SPU
Comparison of Resulting Noise Emission

Shown in 2 dB(A) steps over a typical diesel engine operating speed range.
Cabin Noise
Kabinengeräusch Outside Noise
Außengeräusch
Noise Level
Geräusch in
in 2dB(A) Schritten
2 dB(A) steps
Conventional
marktüblich
With
mit SPU
SPU
Dieseldrehzahl
Diesel (typischer
speed (typical Betriebsbereich)
operating range)

Depending on the selected components, different torques
Torque Transmission may be transferred. Please ensure that the load transfer
components such as mounting flange, PTO-through shaft
and additional pumps are designed adequately. Our sales
engineers will be pleased to provide design advice.
Torque Transmission of HPR
This shows the input side

(A) and PTO- / output side
(B) of a HPR pump.
The information on the
following pages refers to
• Mounting flange and
drive shaft (A)
• PTO flange and
through shaft (B)
A B
A) Flange Profile
Rated Size HPR
Bolt Holt Dimensions 55 75 105 135 165 210 105D 2-hole 105D Plug-in 105D SAE 3
M1 Inside Diameter mm 17.5 17.5 17.5 21.5 21.5 22 17.5 14 11
M2 Outside Diameter mm 34 34 34 40 40 42 40 20 22
M3 Bolt Hole Length mm 20 20 20 20 25 26 20 20 12
Bolt Hole Diameter Bolt Hole Length

M2
M1
M3

Torque Transmission
Mounting Flange
A) Mounting Flange Dimensions

Rated Size HPR
Mounting Flange Dimensions
in Accordance with SAE J744 Dimensions K (mm) 55 75 105 135 165 210 105D
SAE C, C-C 2-hole 181.0 X X X
SAE C, C-C 2-hole with additional thread holes 181.0 X
SAE C, C-C 2 hole with additional bolt holes 181.0 X
SAE D 2-hole 228.6 X X
SAE E 4-hole 224.5 X
Plug-in flange 251.8 X
SAE 3 bell-housing 428.6 X
A) Fixing Hole Distance K

2-hole Flange 2-hole Flange with 4 Additional Threaded Holes
K K
4-hole Flange 2-hole Flange with 4 Additional Bolt Holes

K
K K

Torque Transmission
Mounting Flange
Plug-in Flange SAE 3 Bell Housing

Torque Transmission
Drive Shaft
A) Dimensions Drive Shafts

Shaft Spline SAE J744 Outside Useable Shaft Shaft
in Accordance Code for Diameter Spline Length up Type Available for Rated Size HPR
with ANSI Centring (mm) Length to Bearing 55 75 105 135 165 210 105D
B92.1 Shaft (mm) (mm)
16/32, 23Z 37.68 38.5 47.6 1 X X
16/32, 27 Z 44.05 62 66.7 1 X X X
12/24, 14 Z C 31.22 30 47.5 2 X X X
12/24, 17 Z C-C 37.57 38 53.8 2 X X X
8/16, 13 Z D 43.71 50 66.7 2 X X
8/16, 15 Z F 50.06 58 66.7 1 X
A) Hydraulics Shaft Types

Type 1. Without Undercut Type 2. With Undercut
Diameter
Diameter
Outside
Outside
Usable Usable
Spline Length Spline Length

Eaton pumps can be combined into tandem and multiple
Torque Transmission pumps. The combination options are determined by the
permitted transfer torque. The following data refers to the
PTO through drive PTO (pump output side, without further attachments).
B) Dimensions PTO
Rated Size Dimensions (mm) 55 75 105 135 165 210
Z Drive Hub Profile in
Accordance with ANSI B92.1 16/32, 18 t 16/32, 18 t 16/32, 19 t 16/32, 21 t 16/32, 23 t 16/32, 24 t
D1 mm 47 47 48 54 55 63
D2 Spigot Pilot Diameter mm 82.55 82.55 82.55 82.55 82.55 82.55
D3 mm 89.5 89.5 89.5 89.5 89.5 89.5
D4 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
D5 Max. Bearing Clearance mm 30 35 38 43 42 46
L1 mm 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.9 1.9
L2 Adapter Length mm 7 7 7 7 8 8
L3 mm 9 9 9 9 9 9
L4 Minimum Distance mm 35 39 33 35 57.8 46
L5 Usable Spline Length mm 18 18 24 15.8 24.4 29.5
L6 Distance to Bearing mm 48 48 52.7 5.2 83.3 46
L7 Min. Bearing Clearance mm 3 3 3 3 5 5
L8 Hole Distance 2-hole mm 106.4 106.4 106.4 106.4 106.4 106.4
B) Dimensions PTO
L3
L2
L7 L1
Drive Hub Profile Z
D5
D1
D2
D3
L8
L5 L4
L6
Torque Transmission
Output Shaft
B) Output Shaft Transfer Torque

Rated Size 55 75 105 135 165 210
Continuous Transfer Torque Nm 220 305 420 540 540 840
Max. Transfer Torque Nm 350 485 670 870 870 1340

Two types of gear pumps are available: internal gear
Gear Pumps pump IGP and external gear pump EGP. The possible
combinations of and with IGP and EGP are determined
by the PTO option and the permitted shaft torque. Both
types can be used for the control circuit and the cooling
circuit. The suction limit of 0.8 bar min. (absolute) must be
adhered to.
Technical Data
Max. Displacement Volume cm3/rev 16 22.5 31 38 44
Type of Gear Pump IGP IGP EGP EGP EGP
Mounting Flange and Drive Shaft Proile SAE A SAE A SAE A SAE A SAE A
16/32 18 t 16/32 18 t 16/32 9 t 16/32 13 t 16/32 13 t
Type of Suction in Conjunction with HPR External External External External
Max. Permissible Operating Pressure
Observe Max. Permissible Rated Pressures
for Filter and Color bar 40 40 165 275 220
Standard PTO Flange and Shaft Spline SAE A SAE A
16/32 9t 16/32 9t
Continuous Output Torque Nm 175 75 Nm 175 75 Nm
w/SAE A w/SAE A
Max. Output Torque Nm 250 107 Nm 250 107 Nm
w/SAE A w/SAE A
Cold Start Relief Valve Integrated Integrated
External Gear Pump EGP
M
X1
A
LS2
X LS1
P
A
L
MAX
B
T U

The IGP gear pumps include a cold start relief valve
Gear Pumps and a through drive for attaching additional pumps. In
conjunction with an HPR regulating pump suction is
always external. IGP types are available in rated sizes of
16 cm³/rev and 22.5 cm³/rev.
Internal Gear Pump IGP with External Suction
M
X1
A
LS2
X LS1
A
P
L
MAX
B
T U
External Suction
A
HPR
External suction
The gear pump supplies the main circuit with oil from the oil tank.
The internal connection is closed.

Gear Pumps
PTO Flange with IGP

Flange Profile 2-hole SAE A SAE B SAE B-B SAE C
Z Internal Spline Proile in Accordance with ANSI B92.1 16/32 9 t 16/32 13 t 16/32 15 t 12/24 14 t
D1 Spigot Pilot Diameter mm 82.55 101.6 101.6 127
D2 Thread Size M 10 M 12 M 12 M16
L1 Hole Distance mm 106.4 146 146 181
L2 Adapter Length mm 7 11 11 13
L3 Flange Length mm - 55 55 72
Continuous Transfer Torque Nm 75 175 175 72
Maximum Transfer Torque Nm 107 250 250 250
PTO SAE A with IGP PTO SAE B, B-B, and C with IGP
L3
L2
Internal Spline Profile Z
L2
Internal Spline Profile Z

D1
L1
D1
L1
D2
D2

Type of Control The modular regulator unit enables a wide range of
functional system requirements to be met. In all regulator
unit versions, the regulating functions are integrated in a
housing in order to ensure direct signal transfer without
delays and with maximum compactness. All regulators
equipped with load sensing function are fully compatible
with the Eaton Synchron Control System (see section
Eaton LSC-System).
Technical Data
Type of Control Additional Option Name of Regulator
Load Sensing With Pressure Cut-off LP
With Power Limitation, Hyperbolic TL2
With Electric Override E1L
LP-Regulator TL2-Regulator
E1L-Regulator HPR E1L

Eaton pumps with load sensing control enable the
Type of Control movement speed required of the selected actuator, e.g. of a
boom, to be specified via the valve opening. The measured
Load sensing LS pump and load pressures are continuously balanced by the
load sensing regulator of the hydraulic pump.
Load Sensing. Regulating pump with LS-regulator

Flow on Demand Control. and measure orifice (in valve)
Pressure To Actuator
LS-Signal
∆p Orifice
P L
∆p Max LS-Regulator
Regulating
Actual energy Pump
requirement of
system
Vmax
T U LS
At the regulator a pressure Due to the LS-regulator, This happens automati- The ∆p LS basic setting is
gradient is set which is the ∆p corresponds to the cally and reduces the effort possible from 16 to 27 bar
defined by the actuator setting value. If the required required by the operator. with 20 bar as standard
requirements. The volume volume flow differs, the Since varying loads and (The LS differential pressure influences the
flow results from the orifice pump displacement is varying numbers of response times of the pump system).
A of the control valve and changed accordingly. actuators are compensated
the actual pressure gradient. automatically.
LS-Function at ∆p = Constant LS-Function at Area A = Constant

Volume Flow
Volume Flow
∆p
A
Benefits of LS-control Demand-oriented pump control offers the

• Any volume flow below the pump`s maximum can following benefits
be set • Load-independent machine control
• Response speed of the machine can be defined • Minimum heat generation
• OEM-specific machine response is possible • Increased pump service life
• Optimum precision control capability • Low noise generation in the whole system
• Fewer components for the control mechansim
• Lower energy consumption, particularly with partial
volume flow

In addition to the load sensing function the LP-regulator
Type of Control offers maximum pressure limitation. Once the system
pressure reaches the set pressure of the pressure cut-off
LS with Hydraulic Pressure Cut-off LP valve, the LS-regulator is overridden and the pump
swashes back, whilst maintaining the system’s regulating
pressure. The hydraulic pump remains in this state until
the system pressure falls below the set pressure. The
hydraulic pump then returns to normal LS operation.
LP. LS with Hydraulic Pressure Cut-off
LS
LS
L
MAX
T U
The maximum pressure • Operating pressure is • Minimum power loss Possible maximum
cut-off valve prevents maintained pressure control
• Reduced heat and noise
prolonged operation of setting ranges
• No operation in the generation
pressure relief valves overload range • 125 - 230 bar
installed in the hydraulic • Longer service life of
system for protection. This • Any operating point the pump and the entire • 231 - 350 bar
has the following benefits under the power curve hydraulic system • 351 - 420 bar
for the hydraulic system: remains accessible • Improved energy
• Demand-oriented consumption of the
volume flow generation overall system
LP-Characteristic Curve LP-Regulator
Pressure
Pmax
∆p
Actual energy
requirement of
system
Vmax

The control principle with power limitation is used
Type of Control to optimize power utilization of the prime mover in
applications where less than the full power capacity is
LS with Hyperbolic Power Limitation TL2 available for the hydraulic system. In addition to the load
sensing function the HPR TL2 offers hyperbolic power
limitation. The volume flow is limited when the set value
is reached.
TL2. LS with Hyperbolic Power Limitation
LS Z1
Z2
L P X
T U
Starting from the set Due to the ideal hyperbolic

value, the characteristic characteristics, the output
power limit curve can be of the prime mover can be
moved towards lower or utilized optimally, or the
higher power limits via a pump can be allocated a
seperate control pressure constant output.
connection (hydraulic mode
switching).
TL2-Characteristic Curve TL2-Regulator
Pressure
Ideal Power Curve
Mode Switching
∆p
Vmax

In addition to the load sensing function, the HPR E1L
Type of Control offers electric mode switching override for mode selection
and power limit regulation (reduction control). The
LS with Electric Override E1L integration of all functions in the pump regulator enables
direct signal transfer without delays. The regulator-specific
data are independent of the nominal pump size.
E1L. LS with electric override
M
A X1
LS2
LS1
X
P
L
MAX
T U
In the event of electric This causes the pump This ensures that full the dependence of ∆p LS
override of the LS-signal, to swash back, thereby pump capacity is available of the pump at constant
a pressure reducing reducing its output. The in the event of electronic orifice are shown in the
valve is activated via the operational availability of management irregularities. following diagrams.
proportional solenoid. The the pump control which The relationship between
control pressure generated is a typical Eaton feature, control current (l) at the
in this way acts proportion- is based on an additional control solenoid and the
ally against the LS-spring, external control feature associated ∆p LS value and
and the electrical signal is for the LS-axis.
modulated accordingly.
∆p LS-Reduction Pump Volume Flow at Fixed Orifice

(e.g. Directional Control Valve Opening)
Pressure ∆p LS [bar]
max. ∆p settings 27 bar
∆p settings 20 bar
Volume Flow
∆p settings
16 bar
Control Current l (mA) at 24 V
∆p
Control Current l (mA) at 12 V

Type of Control
LS with Electric Override E1L
Connector Type Hirschmann or AMP Junior

Timer, 2-pole
Solenoid Voltage 12V or 24V
Supply From on-board supply
system (mobile applications)
or external supply (usually
stationary applications)
Standard Mounting See HPR E1L
Direction representation
E1L. Mode Switching In this way the volume E1L. Power Limit Regulation unchanged. The maximum
A mode switching (mode flow of the pump can be Any reduction in the prime prime mover power is
selection) modulates reduced using the same mover speed is detected thus available at all times,
electrically the falling ∆p orifice. In applications with in conjunction with an irrespective of ambient
LS-singal at an orifice (e.g. proportional valves this electronic control unit, influences and the number
directional control valve). leads to enhanced control and the pump delivery of actuators.
The current ∆p LS value is resolution, enhabling volume is limited through In principle, the ∆p LS value
reduced proportionally or in particularly precise modulation of the ∆p LS acting at the LS-pilot can
steps and the pump output and sensitive actuator value to ensure that the be modulated almost down
adjusted via the pressure movenment. maximum power capacity to zero, whereas modified
reducing valve (see the is not exceeded. The response times of the
diagrams on previous page.) volume reduction is the pump system should be
same for all actuators, expected in the operating
so that the ratio remains range near zero.
E1L-Characteristic Curve E1L-Regulator

∆p= ∆p LSmax with ∆p LS = f(I)
Pressure
∆p Modulated
Actual energy
requirement of
system
Vmax

Dimensions
Single Pumps HPR
Port sizes and dimensions HPR Single Pumps

Size 55 75 105 135 165 210
F Flange Proile SAE C SAE C SAE C SAE D SAE D SAE E
Accordance w/ANSI B92.1 2-hole mtng flange 2-hole mtng flange 2-hole mtng flange 2-hole mtng flange 2-hole mtng flange 4-hole
W Shaft Profile in 12/24 Spline Pitch 12/24 Spline Pitch 16/32 Spline Pitch 16/32 Spline Pitch 16/32 Spline Pitch 16/32 Spline Pitch
Accordance w/ANSI B92.1 14 Teeth 14 Teeth 23 Teeth 27 Teeth 27 Teeth 27 Teeth
D1 (mm) 127 127 127 152.4 152.4 165.1
B1 (mm) 181 181 181 229 229 269
B2 (mm) 208 208 208 229 229 225
B3 (mm) LP-Regulator 140 140 140 140 140 140
B3 (mm) E1L-Regulator 178 178 178 178 178 178
B4 (mm) - 215 222 236 253 262
B5 (mm) Port P 91 91 100 107 124 145
B6 (mm) Port T 21 21 25 40 0 57
H1 (mm) 94 94 104 120 120 145
H2 (mm) 100 93 106 100 116 135
H3 (mm) LP-Regulator 139 139 142 149 166
H3 (mm) E1L-Regulator 145 145 148 155 172 178
H4 (mm) - 147 137 146 153 145
H5 (mm) Port P 24 24 26 30 43 27
L1 (mm) 220 232 262 285 359 346
L2 (mm) 240 250 280 303 377 370
L3 (mm) 55 55 55 75 75 75
L4 (mm) SPU - 192 215 236 256 278
L5 (mm) Port P 183 194 218 244 283 293
L6 (mm) Port T 190 201 227 250 286 296
P High Pressure (SAE) 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/2""
T Standard (SAE) 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"
L M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2
U M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2
Threads metric as per ISO 6149
Threads for SAE high pressure port metric as per ISO 261
Socket cap screw as per ISO 4762
B4
Flange Profile F
L4 B3
Shaft Profile W
SPU
H3
H2
H4
D1
H5
H1
P2
P
L3 L5
L6 T B5
B6
L1 T B1
L2 B2

Dimensions
Double Pumps HPR D-02 Back-toBack
Port sizes and dimensions HPR D-02 Double Pumps

Size 105D 105D 165D
F Flange Proile Plug-in Version Plug-in Version Standard Version
- Bell Housing With SAE Flange
W Shaft Profile in 16/32 Spline Pitch 16/32 Spline Pitch 16/32 Spline Pitch
Accordance w/ANSI B92.1 23 Teeth 23 Teeth 27 Teeth
D1 (mm) 216 409.6 409.6
D2 (mm) - 428.6 428.6
D3 (mm) - 456 456
B1 (mm) 124 120 136
B2 (mm) 120 120 147
B3 (mm) LP-Regulator 176 176 176
B4 (mm) 222 222 162.3
H1 (mm) 141 141 168
H2 (mm) 141 141 168
H3 (mm) LP-Regulator 144 144 171
H4 (mm) 137 137 255
H5 (mm) Port P 75 75 80
H6 (mm) Port T 38 38 0
H7 (mm) 196 196 240
L1 (mm) 358 450 578
L2 (mm) 376 468 591
L3 (mm) 171 79 84
L4 (mm) 116 208 276 with SAE Bell Housing
L5 (mm) Port P 116 208 276
L6 (mm) Port T - 208 276
P High Pressure (SAE) 2 x 1" 2 x 1" 2 x 1 1/4"
T Standard (SAE) 1 x 3" 1 x 3" 1 x 4" Threads metric as per ISO 6149
Threads for SAE high pressure port metric as
L M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2
per ISO 261
U M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 Socket cap screw as per ISO 4762
Plug-in Version With SAE Bell Housing

H2
H2
D1
P1
D2
D1
H7
H5
H7
H5
P2
D3
Shaft Profile W
Shaft Profile W L4, 5, 6
L3 L1 L4, 5, 6
L2 L3
L1
L2
B4 B4
B1 B1 B2
B2
SPU
H3
H4
SPU
H3
H4
P1
H6
H6
P2 T
H1
H1

Multiple pumps are created by connecting individual
Dimensions pump units in series, with the pumps arranged by
capacity. Positioning the gear pump(s) at the end of
Multiple Pumps the tandem ensures optimum space utilisation, output
allocation and load distribution. The following table
is based on the attached gear pump acting as a pilot
pressure pump for the control circuit.
Multiple pump HPR-HPR
Rear Pump L1 Front Pump

L2
L3
Overall Length of Multiple Pump HPR-HPR

Size Rear HPR 55 HPR 75 HPR 105 HPR 135 HPR 165 HPR 210
Pump with gear with gear with gear with gear with gear with gear
pump pump pump pump pump pump
16 cm3 22,5 cm3 22,5 cm3 22,5 cm3 38 cm3 38 cm3
Front Pump Lengths (mm)
HPR 55 L1 488 - - - - -
L2 560 - - - - -
L3 614 - - - - -
HPR 75 L1 500 511 - - - -
L2 572 588 - - - -
L3 625 642 - - - -
HPR 105 L1 520 531 562 - - -
L2 592 608 624 - - -
L3 646 662 677 - - -
HPR 135 L1 536 547 578 634 - -
L2 608 624 640 696 - -
L3 682 699 714 771 - -
HPR 165 L1 579 589 621 661 709 -
L2 636 651 683 723 879 -
L3 711 726 758 797 954 -
HPR 210 L1 608 620 650 688 736 735
L2 680 697 712 750 906 907
L3 755 771 787 824 981 982

Multiple pumps are created by combining individual pump
Dimensions units in series, with the pumps arranged by capacity.
Positioning the gear pump(s) at the end of the unit
Multiple Pumps ensures optimum space utilization, output allocation and
load distribution. The following table is based on the gear
pump acting as boost pump for the HPV variable pump.
Multiple pump HPR-HPV-02
Rear Pump L1 Front Pump
L2
L3
Overall Length of Multiple Pump HPR-HPV

Size Rear HPV 55 HPV 75 HPV 105 HPV 135 HPV 165 HPV 210
Pump with gear with gear with gear with gear with gear with gear
pump pump pump pump pump pump
16 cm3 22,5 cm3 22,5 cm3 22,5 cm3 38 cm3 38 cm3
Front Pump Lengths (mm)
HPR 55 L1 492 - - - - -
L2 549 - - - - -
L3 603 - - - - -
HPR 75 L1 504 521 - - - -
L2 561 583 - - - -
L3 614 636 - - - -
HPR 105 L1 524 541 567 - - -
L2 581 603 629 - - -
L3 635 657 682 - - -
HPR 135 L1 536 547 578 634 - -
L2 608 624 640 696 - -
L3 682 699 714 771 - -
HPR 165 L1 584 600 626 664 639 -
L2 640 662 688 726 709 -
L3 715 675 763 800 784 -
HPR 210 L1 612 629 655 691 736 733
L2 669 691 717 753 906 905
L3 744 766 792 827 981 980

Modular System Features The HPR is based on a modular system and offers
the features listed below. This enables our distribution
partners to configure the product according to your
requirements. The modular system is expanded
continuously. Please ask our sales department for the
latest characteristics.
• Size • Port threads

• Vmax • Silencer SPU
• Mounting flange • Type of control
• Coupling flange • Maximum pressure setting
• Drive shaft • Electrical voltage
• Direction of rotation • Solenoid connector
• PTO-direct mounting • Arrangement of solenoid connector
• Tandem pump • Power settings for TL-regulator
• Internal gear pump • Tamper proof for control
• External gear pump • Swash speed
• Suction internal gear pump • Drain port U + L
• Direction of gear pump suction • Surface treatment
• PTO-mounting on internal gear pump • Name plate

Notes
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics Group USA Hydraulics Group Europe Hydraulics Group Asia Paciic
14615 Lone Oak Road Route de la Longeraie 7 Eaton Building
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 1110 Morges 4th Floor, No. 3 Lane 280 Linhong Rd.
USA Switzerland Changning District
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
www.eaton.com/hydraulics Tel: (+86 21) 5200 0099
Fax: (+86 21) 5200 0400

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. E-PUPI-MC008-E2
Supersedes E-PUPI-MC008-E1
September 2011
DuraForce™ HPV
Variable Pumps for Closed Loop Operation
Table of Contents
Contents
The closed loop 4 Dimensions

Specifications and Performance 5 M-controls 27
Model Codes 6 H-controls 28
Operational parameters CA-controls 29
Life time recommendations 8 E-controls 30
Filtration 8 Modular system 31
Pressure fluids 9 Tandem pumps 35
Torque transmission 10 Multiple pumps 36
Mounting flange 11 Modular system features 37
Drive shaft 12
PTO flange 13
Output shaft 13
Gear pumps 14
Controls 17
Control accuracy 18
M. Mechanical-hydraulic 19
H. Hydraulic 21
CA. Hydraulic-mechanical 23
E. Electro-hydraulic 24
2 EATON HPV – Variable Pumps for Closed Loop Operation E-PUPI-MC009-E2 September 2011
1 Control device Design characteristics
Modular design, precise and load-independent
•฀฀Axial฀piston฀pump฀in฀swashplate฀design฀for฀high฀pres-
2 Swash-plate sure closed loop systems
Hydrostatic bearing •฀฀Clockwise฀or฀counter฀clockwise฀rotation
3 Piston-slipper assembly •฀฀Exact฀and฀rugged฀servo฀control฀devices฀(mechanical,฀
21° swash angle hydraulic,฀electro-hydraulic)
4 Housing •฀฀Integrated฀high฀pressure฀relief฀valves฀with฀make-up฀
Monoshell for high rigidity function
5 Valve plate housing •฀฀Integrated฀low฀pressure฀relief฀valves฀for฀boost,฀control฀
Highly integrated and cooler circuits
6 Control piston •฀฀Replaceable฀cartridge฀filter
Integrated, hydraulically captured •฀฀SAE฀high฀pressure฀ports
7 Through shaft •฀฀SAE฀mounting฀flange฀with฀ANSI฀or฀SAE฀spine฀shaft
For additional pumps
•฀฀Through฀shaft฀SAE฀A,฀B,฀B-B,฀C,฀D฀and฀E
8 Cylinder barrel
Compact due to 21° technology •฀฀Boost฀pressure฀pumps฀for฀internal฀and฀external฀suction,฀
integrated฀cold฀start฀relief฀valve฀optional
9 Integrated pressure relief valves
•฀฀Hydrostatic฀bearings฀of฀the฀rotating฀group฀compensate฀
For system and boost pressure
for฀axial฀forces
10 Optional PTO •฀฀Optional฀tandem฀and฀multiple฀pumps
Pumps and motors are available with this
torque transmission Product advantages
•฀฀Compact฀design
•฀฀High฀power฀density
•฀฀Dynamic฀response
•฀฀High฀reliability
•฀Long฀service฀life
•฀Noise-optimized
•฀฀Precise฀and฀load-independent฀servo฀control
EATON HPV – Variable Pumps for Closed Loop Operation E-PUPI-MC009-E2 September 2011 3
Representation฀of฀the฀hydraulic฀components฀of฀a฀closed฀
The Closed Loop loop฀hydrostatic฀drive:฀Variable฀electro-hydraulic฀controlled฀
pump฀HPV฀E1฀and฀fixed฀displacement฀motor฀HMF฀plus฀
filter,฀cooler฀and฀oil฀tank.฀The฀function฀diagram฀and฀the฀cir-
cuit฀diagram฀show฀two฀types฀of฀cooling.
Function diagram
Option 2: Cooler in return line
Tank
Option 1: Cooler in boost

circuit
HMF
HPV R E1
External suction
Circuit diagram
The฀boost฀pump฀is฀shown฀with฀external฀suction.
Tank
Option 2: Cooler in return line
Option 1: Cooler in boost circuit
HMF
External section
HPV R E1
The฀table฀shows฀the฀complete฀capacity฀range฀of฀the฀
Specifications and Performance pumps,฀while฀the฀diagram฀below฀shows฀the฀recommend-
ed฀practical฀range฀for฀the฀different฀nominal฀sizes฀of฀the฀
HPV฀pump฀with฀control฀limit฀between฀200฀bar฀∆pmin and
280฀bar฀∆pmax.฀It฀enables฀initial฀selection฀of฀the฀required฀
nominal฀pump฀size.
Specifications
55 75 105 135 165 210 280
Rated size Maximum displacement cm³/rev 54.8 75.9 105 135.6 165 210 280
Speed Maximum continuous speed
(at 100 % duty cycle) min-¹ 3300 3100 2900 2700 2500 2300 2000
Maximum speed (intermittent)
higher speed on request min-¹ 3700 3500 3200 2900 2700 2500 2200
Minimum continuous speed min-¹ 500 500 500
Pressure Maximum operating pressure bar 420 420 420
Maximum pressure
(intermittent) bar 500 500 500
Continuous pressure (∆p) bar 250 250 250
Permissible housing pressure
(absolute) bar 2.5 2.5 2.5
Torque Continuous input torque
at continuous pressure Nm 220 305 420 540 1100 840 1115
Maximum input torque
at max. operating pressure and
19 bar boost pressure Nm 350 485 670 870 170 1340 1785
Power Continuous power
at max. continuous speed,
continuous pressure kW 75 98 127 153 275 201 234
Maximum power
at max. continuous speed, max.
operating pressure and 19 bar
boost pressure kW 121 157 204 245 275 322 373
Permissible shaft loads Axial N 2000 2000 2000
Radial N on request on request on request
Perm. housing
temperature Perm. housing temperature with
minimum perm. viscosity > 10 cSt °C 90 90 90
Weights HPV with H1-control
inclusive IGP (Size 55-135) without oil (approx.) kg 46 49 66 72 95 132 164
or EGP (Size 210-280) Filling volume HPV
housing with filter dm³ 2.1 2.8 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.8 5.5
Maximum moment of inertia kgm²x
10-² 0.54 0.84 1.49 2.2 3.11 4.77 9.38
Recommended operating range of HPV 300
250
HPV 280
200 HPV 210
150
Input power [kW]
HPV 135
HPV 105
100
HPV 75
HPV 55
50
0
1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800
Input speed [U/min]
Model Code
HPV – Variable Pump for Closed Loop Operation
HPV 055 R 0 S1 M E 1 E E L 1 1 0 0G BA A E 000 000 00 A A A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
55 75 105 135 165 210 280 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
1 2 3 Product H CA:฀speed฀related฀hydraulic฀ t t t t
l l l l l l l mechanical฀(*c)(*d)(*r)(*z)
t
HPV – Closed Loop Variable
Displacement Pump K – E1T:฀electro-proportional฀/฀
torque฀cut-off฀(*c)(*y)
4 5 6 Displacement
l
13 Control Pressure Range
055 – 055฀cc/r
l
Hydraulic and Electric Controls
075 – 075฀cc/r 0 – not฀applicable฀(M1;CA) • • • • • • •
105 – 105฀cc/r l 1 – 4-10฀bar l l l l l l l
135 – 135฀cc/r l 2 – 4-16฀bar฀(not฀for฀E5) • • • • • • •
165 – 165฀cc/r l 14
l l l l l l l l
Control Solenoids
210 – 210฀cc/r 0 – not฀applicable฀(M1;฀H1;฀H1P)
280 – 280฀cc/r l A – AMP฀/฀12V l l l l l l l
7 B – AMP฀/฀24฀V l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l
Rotation
R – CW C – DIN฀/฀12฀V • • • • • • •
L – CCW l l l l l l l D – DIN฀/฀24฀V • • • • • • •
8 Mounting Flange E – Deutsch฀/฀12V฀(E1;฀E1P;฀E2;฀ • • • • • • •
0 – SAE฀J744฀standard฀(size฀135:฀ l l l l l l
CA)(*z)
(*d)) F – Deutsch฀/฀24V฀(E1;฀E1P;฀E2;฀ • • • • • • •
– SAE฀J744฀standard฀/฀additional฀ CA)(*z)
1 • • •
threads฀(sizes฀105;฀135:฀(*u)) 15Response Orifices
2 – SAE฀J744฀standard฀/฀additional฀ • l 0 – without฀response฀orifices l l l l l l l
holes฀(sizes฀135;฀165:฀(*u)฀/฀ C – 0,8฀mm฀(standard฀for฀M1,฀H1,฀ • • • • • • •
size฀135:฀(*d)) H1P฀controls)
9 10 Input Driveshaft E – 1,0฀mm฀(standard฀for฀E1,฀E1P,฀ l l l l l l l
S1 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀12/24-฀14฀ l l •
E2฀controls)
teeth฀(SAE฀J744฀C)฀(size฀105:฀ G – 1,2฀mm • • • • • • •
(*w)) – 1,5฀mm • • • • • • •
l
J
S2 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀12/24-฀17฀ • 16 System Relief Valves
teeth฀(SAE฀J744฀C-C)
l
A – 150฀bar • • • • • • •
S3 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀8/16-฀13฀
teeth฀(SAE฀J744฀D&E) B – 200฀bar • • • • • • •
S4 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀8/16-฀15฀ l l C – 250฀bar l l l l l l l
teeth฀(SAE฀J744฀F)฀(sizes฀210,฀ D – 285฀bar • •
280:฀(*t))
– splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀16/32-฀21฀ l l
E – 300฀bar • • • • •
T1
teeth฀(*t) F – 305฀bar • •
T2 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀16/32-฀23฀ l G – 350฀bar l l l l l l l
teeth฀(*t) H – 360฀bar • •
T3 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀16/32-฀27฀ l l l J – 380฀bar • • • • • • •
teeth฀(*t) – 400฀bar • •
l
K
l l l l l l l
T4 – splined฀ANSI฀B92.1฀16/32-฀33฀ – 420฀bar
L
teeth฀(*t)
17 Charge Relief Valves
11
l l l l l l l
Porting – purge฀orifice
0 • • • • • • •
l l l
M – ISO฀6149฀metric
1 – 19฀bar
l l l l
D – DIN฀3852 • • • •
2 – 20฀bar
l l l
12 Pump Control
3 – 22,5฀bar
l l l l
A – M1:฀mechanical฀hydraulic • • • • • • •
l l l l l l l
4 – 23฀bar
l l l
B – H1:฀hydraulic฀proportional
l l l l l l l
5 – 24฀bar
l l l l
C – H1P:฀hydraulic฀proportional฀/฀ – 29฀bar
6
t t t t
pressure cut-off
l l l l l l l
7 – 17.5฀bar฀(CA฀control฀only,฀
D – E1:฀electro-proportional฀(*y)
CA฀default)
E – E1P:฀electro-proportional฀/฀ l l l l l l l
pressure฀cut-off฀(*y) 18 Filter Configuration
– E2:฀electro-proportional฀/฀ 0 – No฀Filter–straight฀flange฀port฀ • • •
F • • • • • • • (*d)
– Filter฀flange฀with฀filter฀cartridge l l l l l l l
shutt-off฀(*z)
1
– 90°฀charge฀port฀flange฀without฀ l l l l l l l
G E5:฀electric฀three฀position฀(*y) • • • • • • •
•฀฀Available Option l Preferred Option
2
filter
t Separate Specification Required
Model Code
HPV – Variable Pump for Closed Loop Operation
HPV 055 R 0 S1 M E 1 E E L 1 1 0 0G BA A E 000 000 00 A A A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
55 75 105 135 165 210 280 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
19 BF – Internal฀gear฀pump฀tandem฀ • • • • • •
l l l l l l l
Swash Angle Sensor
0 – Without฀swash฀angle฀sensor 22,5+22,5฀cc
S – With฀swash฀angle฀sensor฀(*m) • • • • • BG – external฀gear฀pump฀31฀cc฀(*r) • • •
20 21 BH – external฀gear฀pump฀38฀cc • • • • •
Auxiliary Pad and Shaft
Definition BJ – external฀gear฀pump฀44฀cc฀(*r) • •
0G – to฀add฀gear฀pump฀see฀ • • • • • • • BK – HPV/R฀฀55-02฀mounting฀ • • • • • • •
positions฀22,23 preparation฀(*s)
AA – SAE฀J744฀A฀Pad฀without฀shaft฀ • • • • • • • BL – HPV/R฀75-02฀mounting฀ • • • • • •
coupling฀(default) preparation฀(*s)
AB – SAE฀J744฀A฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • • BM – HPV/R฀105-02฀mounting฀ • • • • •
16/32฀-฀9฀teeth฀(A) preparation฀(*s)
AC – SAE฀J744฀A฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • BN – HPV/R฀135-02฀mounting฀ • • •
16/32฀-฀11฀teeth preparation฀(*s)
AD – ฀-฀SAE฀J744฀A฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • BP – HPV/R฀165-02฀mounting฀ • •
16/32฀-฀13฀teeth preparation฀(*s)
AE – SAE฀J744฀B฀without฀shaft฀ • • • • • • • BQ – HPV/R฀210-02฀mounting฀ • •
coupling preparation฀(*s)
AF – SAE฀J744฀B฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • • • • • BR – HPV/R฀280-02฀mounting฀ •
16/32฀-฀13฀teeth฀(B) preparation฀(*s)
AG – SAE฀J744฀B฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • • • 24
l
Auxiliary Drive on Gear Pump
16/32฀-฀15฀teeth฀(B-B) 0 – Without฀internal฀gear฀pump • • • • • •
AH – SAE฀J744฀C฀without฀shaft฀ • • • • • • • A – SAE฀J744฀A฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ l l l l l l
coupling 16/32฀-฀9฀teeth฀(A)฀(default)
AJ – SAE฀J744฀C฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • • • • • B – SAE฀J744฀B฀without฀shaft฀ • • • •
12/24฀-฀14฀teeth฀(C) coupling
AK – SAE฀J744฀C฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • • C – SAE฀J744฀B฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • •
16/32฀-฀21฀teeth 16/32฀-฀13฀teeth฀(B)
AL – SAE฀J744฀C฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • D – SAE฀J744฀B฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • •
16/32฀-฀23฀teeth 16/32฀-฀15฀teeth฀(B-B)
AM – SAE฀J744฀D฀without฀shaft฀ • • • E – SAE฀J744฀C฀without฀shaft฀ • • • •
coupling coupling
AN – SAE฀J744฀D฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • F – SAE฀J744฀C฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • • •
8/16฀-฀13฀teeth฀(D) 12/24฀-฀14฀teeth฀(C)
AP – SAE฀J744฀D฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • 25 Gear Pump Supply
l l l l l l l
12/24฀-฀17฀teeth
0 – without฀gear฀pump
l l l l l l l
AQ – SAE฀J744฀D฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • •
16/32฀-฀27฀teeth E – external฀supply฀port
AR – SAE฀J744฀E฀without฀shaft฀ • 26 27 28 Displacement Setting – P Port
coupling 000 – Catalog฀Pump฀Rating l l l l l l l
AS – SAE฀J744฀E฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ • • 29 30 31
Displacement Setting – S Port
16/32฀-฀27฀teeth 000 – Catalog฀Pump฀Rating l l l l l l l
AT – SAE฀J744฀E฀/฀ANSI฀B92.1฀ •
32 33
Special Requirements
00 – without฀special฀requirements฀ l l l l l l l
16/32฀-฀33฀teeth
22 23 Charge Pump (Internal Gear) (default)
l l l l l l l
or Tandem Adapter
– without 34
Surface Coating
l l l l l l l
00
l l l l
– Internal฀gear฀pump฀16฀cc 0 – anti฀rust฀conservation฀oil฀
BA
l l l l
(default)
l l l l l l l
BB – Internal฀gear฀pump฀฀22,5฀cc
A – primer blue
BC – Internal฀gear฀pump฀tandem฀ • • • •
16+16฀cc 35 Unit Identification
BD – Internal฀gear฀pump฀tandem฀ • • • • A – Eaton l l l l l l l
16+22,5฀cc 36
Type Code Release
BE – Internal฀gear฀pump฀tandem฀ • • • • A – Revision฀Level฀ l l l l l l l
22,5+16฀cc
(*c) Always set option C in position 24 (*m) ISO metric porting only (see position 11) (*t) Recommended if HPV/R unit is attached (*w) Not for tandem units (see position 22,23)
(*d) DIN porting only (see position 11) (*r) CW rotation only (see position 7) to PTO (see position 22,23) (*y) Solenoids with square cross section
(*e) Availability depends on controller type (*s) Second HPV/R unit has to be specified (*u) Required for PTO flange size C (see (*z) Solenoids with circular cross section
(see position 12) separately position 22,23)
Eaton฀high฀pressure฀units฀are฀designed฀for฀excellent฀
Operational Parameters reliability฀and฀long฀service฀life.฀The฀actual฀service฀life฀of฀a฀
Life Time Recommendations hydraulic฀unit฀is฀determined฀by฀numerous฀factors.฀It฀can฀be฀
extended฀significantly฀through฀proper฀maintenance฀of฀the฀
hydraulic฀system฀and฀by฀using฀high-quality฀hydraulic฀fluid.
Beneficial Conditions For Long Service Life Adverse Factors Affecting Service Life
Speed Lower continuous maximum speed Speed Between continuous maximum speed and
Operating Pressure Less than 300 bar on average intermittent maximum speed
Max. Pressure Only at reduced displacement Operating Pressure More than 300 bar on average
Viscosity 15 ... 30 cSt Viscosity Less than 10 cSt
Power Continuous power or lower Power Continuous operation close to max. power
Purity of Fluid 18/16/13 in ac. with ISO 4406 or better Purity of Fluid Lower than 18/16/13 in acc. with ISO 4406
Operational parameters.
Filtration
In฀order฀to฀guarantee฀ cleanliness฀level฀of฀the฀ Eaton฀Hydraulic฀Fluid฀ level฀can฀extend฀the฀
long-term฀proper฀function฀ lubricant must comply Recommendation฀03-401- service฀life฀of฀the฀hydraulic฀
and฀high฀efficiency฀of฀ with฀the฀following฀ 2010.฀Maintaining฀the฀ system฀significantly.
the฀hydraulic฀pumps฀the฀ criteria฀according฀to฀ recommended cleanliness
For reliable proper function and long service life Filling and operation of hydraulic systems
18/16/13฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀4406฀or฀better The฀required฀cleanliness฀level฀of฀the฀hydraulic฀oil฀
must฀be฀ensured฀during฀filling฀or฀topping฀up.฀When฀
drums,฀canisters,฀or฀large-capacity฀tanks฀are฀used฀the฀
Commissioning oil฀generally฀has฀to฀be฀filtered.฀We฀recommend฀the฀
The฀minimum฀cleanliness฀level฀requirement฀for฀the฀ implementation฀of฀suitable฀filters฀to฀ensure฀that฀the฀
hydraulic฀oil฀is฀based฀on฀the฀most฀sensitive฀component.฀ required฀cleanliness฀level฀of฀the฀oil฀is฀achieved฀and฀
For฀commissioning฀we฀recommend฀a฀filtration฀in฀order฀to฀ maintained฀during฀operation.
achieve฀the฀required฀cleanliness฀level.
International standard
Code number according to ISO 4406
18/16/13
Available filter sizes

Filter size 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
No. 2 x
No. 3 x x x x x x x
In฀order฀to฀ensure฀the฀functional฀performance฀and฀high฀
Operational Parameters efficiency฀of฀the฀hydraulic฀pumps฀the฀viscosity฀and฀
Pressure Fluids purity฀of฀the฀operating฀fluid฀should฀meet฀the฀different฀
operational฀requirements.฀Eaton฀recommends฀using฀only฀
hydraulic฀fluids฀which฀are฀confirmed฀by฀the฀manufacturer฀
as฀suitable฀for฀use฀in฀high฀pressure฀hydraulic฀installations฀
or฀approved฀by฀the฀original฀equipment฀manufacturer.
Permitted pressure fluids
•฀฀Mineral฀oil฀HLP฀to฀DIN฀ Eaton฀offers฀an฀oil฀testing฀
524-2 service฀in฀accordance฀with฀
•฀฀Biodegradable฀fluids฀in฀ VDMA฀24฀570฀and฀the฀
accordance฀with฀ISO฀15฀ test฀apparatus฀required฀for฀
380฀on฀request in-house฀testing.฀Prices฀
available฀on฀request.
•฀฀Other฀pressure฀fluids฀on฀
request
Recommend viscosity ranges
Pressure fluid temperature range [°C] -20 to +90

Working viscosity range [mm²/s] = [cSt] 10 to 80
Optimum working viscosity [mm²/s] = [cSt] 15 to 30
Max. viscosity (short time start up) [mm²/s] = [cSt] 1000
In฀order฀to฀be฀able฀to฀ optimum฀viscosity฀is฀within฀ fluid฀temperature฀is฀always฀

select฀the฀right฀hydraulic฀ the฀working฀temperature฀ higher฀than฀the฀circuit฀
fluid it is necessary range฀(see฀tables). temperature.฀Please฀
to฀know฀the฀working฀ The฀temperature฀should฀ contact฀Eaton฀if฀the฀stated฀
temperature฀in฀the฀ not฀exceed฀90฀°C฀in฀any฀ conditions cannot be met
hydraulic฀circuit.฀The฀ part฀of฀the฀system.฀Due฀ in฀special฀circumstances.
hydraulic฀fluid฀should฀ to pressure and speed
be฀selected฀such฀that฀is฀ influences฀the฀leakage฀
Viscosity recommendations
Working temperature [°C] Viscosity class [mm²/s] = [cSt] at 40 °C

Approx. 30 to 40 22
Approx. 40 to 60 32
Approx. 60 to 80 46 or 68
Further฀information฀regarding฀installation฀can฀be฀found฀in฀the฀operating฀instructions.
Depending฀on฀the฀selected฀components,฀different฀torques฀
Torque Transmission may฀be฀transferred.฀Please฀ensure฀that฀the฀load฀transfer฀
components฀such฀as฀mounting฀flange,฀PTO-through฀shaft฀
and฀additional฀pumps฀are฀designed฀adequately.฀Our฀sales฀
engineers฀will฀be฀pleased฀to฀provide฀design฀advice.
Torque transmission of HPV
B A
This฀shows฀the฀input฀side฀ •฀฀Mounting฀flange฀and฀
(A)฀und฀PTO-/output฀side฀ drive฀shaft฀(A)
(B)฀of฀a฀HPV฀pump.฀The฀ •฀฀PTO฀flange฀and฀through฀
information฀on฀the฀follow- shaft฀(B).
ing฀pages฀refers฀to
A) Flange profile
Rated size HPV

Bolt hole dimensions 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
M1 inside diameter mm 17.5 17.5 17.5 21.5 21.5 22 22
M2 outside diameter mm 34 40 34 40 40 38 39
M3 length mm 20 20 25 20 28 30 30
Min. plate thickness mm 6 6 6 6 (8) (8) (8)
Bolth hole diameter Bolt hole length

M1
M2
M3
Torque Transmission
Mounting Flange
A) Mounting flange dimensions
Mounting flange dimensions Dimension

in accordance with SAE J744 K [mm] Rated size HPV
55 75 105 135 165 210 280
SAE C, C-C 2-hole 181.0 x x x
SAE C, C-C 2-hole
with 4 additional threaded holes 181.0 x x
SAE D 2-hole 228.6 x
SAE C, C-C 2-hole
with 4 additional bolt holes 228.6 x x
SAE E 4-hole 224.5 x x
A) Fixing hole distance K 2-hole flange 2-hole flange with 4 additional threaded holes
K K
4-hole flange 2-hole flange with 4 additional bolt holes

K
K K
Torque Transmission
Drive Shaft
A) Dimensions ANSI and SAE drive shafts
Shaft Spline SAE J744 code Outside Usable

in accordance for centering diameter spline length Shaft
with ANSI B92.1 and shaft (mm) (mm) type Available for rated size
55 75 105 135 165 210 280
16/32, 21 t 34.51 39.5 1 x x
16/32, 23 t 37.68 38.5 1 x
16/32, 27 t 44.05 62 1 x x x
16/32, 33 t 53.57 58 1 x
12/24, 14 t C 31.22 30 2 x x x
12/24, 17 t C-C 37.68 30 2 x x
8/16, 13 t D 43.71 50 2 x
8/16, 15 t F 50.06 58 1 x
A) Eaton Hydraulics shaft types
Type 1. Without undercut Type 2. With undercut

diameter
Outside
Outside
diamter
Usable spline length Usable spline length
Eaton฀pumps฀can฀be฀combined฀into฀tandem฀and฀multiple฀
Torque Transmission pumps.฀The฀combination฀options฀are฀determined฀by฀the฀
PTO Flange permitted฀transfer฀torque.฀The฀following฀data฀refers฀to฀the฀
PTO฀(pump฀output฀side,฀without฀further฀attachments).
B) PTO dimensions
Rated size 55 75 105 135 165 210 280

Z Drive hub profile
in accordance with ANSI B92.1 16/32, 15 t 16/32, 18 t 16/32, 19 t 16/32, 21 t 16/32, 21 t 16/32, 24 t 16/32, 27 t
D1 mm 40 42 48 52 52 63 72
D2 spigot pilot diameter mm 82.55 82.55 82.55
D3 mm 88 88 89.5
D4 mm M 10 M10 M10 M12
D5 max. bearing clearance mm 30 35 38 43 43 47 49
L1 mm 1.5 1.5 1.9
L2 adapter length mm 7 7 8
L3 mm 9 9 9
L4 minimum distance mm 35 39 33 35 - 38.5 50.5
L5 usable spline length mm 14 18 19 20 - 29 30.6
L6 distance to bearing mm 51 57.5 53 55.9 - 68.3 83
L7 min. bearing clearance mm 3 3 3 4 - 3 -
L8 hole distance 2-hole mm 106.4 - 106.4 146
L3
B) PTO dimensions
L2
L7 L1
Drive hub profile Z
D5
D1
D2
D3
L8
D4
L5 L4
L6
Torque transmission. Output shaft
B) Output shaft transfer torque
Rated size 55 75 105 135 165 210 280

Continuous transfer torque Nm 220 305 420 540 660 840 1120
Max. transfer torque Nm 350 485 670 870 1100 1340 1800
Two฀types฀of฀gear฀pumps฀are฀available:฀internal฀gear฀
Gear Pumps pump฀IGP฀and฀external฀gear฀pump฀EGP.฀The฀possible฀
combinations฀of฀and฀with฀IGP฀and฀EGP฀are฀determined฀
by฀the฀PTO฀option฀and฀the฀permitted฀shaft฀torque.฀Both฀
types฀can฀be฀used฀as฀boost฀pump฀for฀the฀main฀circuit฀or฀
the฀control฀and฀cooling฀circuit.฀The฀suction฀limit฀of฀0.8฀bar฀
min.฀(absolute)฀must฀be฀adhered฀to.฀The฀boost฀pressure฀
relief฀valves฀for฀the฀rated฀sizes฀55-135฀are฀integrated฀in฀
the฀port฀plate฀housing,฀and฀for฀the฀rated฀sizes฀210฀and฀
280฀in฀the฀charge฀pressure฀manifold฀of฀the฀HPV.
Technical data
Max. displacement volume cm³/rev 16 19 22,5 31 38 44

Standard boost pump Rated
for HPV size 55 75-135 210 280
Type of gear pump IGP EGP IGP EGP EGP EGP
Mounting flange and SAE A SAE A SAE A SAE A SAE A SAE A
drive shaft profile 16/32, 16/32, 16/32, 16/32, 16/32, 16/32,
18 t 9t 18 t 9t 13 t 13 t
Type of suction internal, internal,
external external external external external external
Max. perm. operating pressure
observe max. permissible rated
pressures for filter and cooler bar 40 250 40 165 275 220
Standard PTO flange and SAE A SAE A
shaft spline 16/32, 16/32,
9t - 9t - - -
Continuous output torque Nm 175 175
75 Nm with SAE A - 75 Nm with SAE A -
Max. output torque Nm 250 250
107 Nm withSAE A - 107 Nm with SAE A -
Cold start relief valve integrated - integrated - - -
External gear pump EGP
Mp X
L L2 P
A
B
S
Ms
The EGP type features external suction.
The฀IGP฀boost฀pumps฀include฀a฀cold฀start฀relief฀valve฀and฀
Gear Pumps a฀through฀drive฀for฀attaching฀additional฀pumps.฀The฀suction฀
can฀be฀internal,฀external฀or฀combined.฀IGP฀types฀are฀avail-
able฀in฀rated฀sizes฀of฀16฀cm³/rev฀and฀22.5฀cm³/rev.
Internal gear pump IGP with external suction
X
L L2 Mp P
L1 A
Ms
Internal suction External suction Combined suction
A A A
HPV-0 2 HPV-0 2 HPV-0 2
B B
Internal suction External suction Combined suction

•฀฀The฀boost฀pump฀supplies฀ •฀฀The฀boost฀pump฀supplies฀ •฀฀The฀boost฀pump฀supplies฀
the฀main฀ciruit฀with฀oil฀ the฀main฀circuit฀with฀oil฀ the฀main฀circuit฀with฀oil฀
from฀the฀pump฀housing. from฀the฀oil฀tank. from฀the฀pump฀housing฀
•฀฀External฀connection฀B฀is฀ •฀฀Ther฀internal฀connection฀is฀ and฀oil฀tank.
closed. closed. •฀฀This฀type฀of฀suction฀is฀a฀
combination of internal
and฀external฀suction.
Gear Pumps
PTO flange with IGP
Flange profile 2-hole SAE A SAE B SAE B-B SAE C

Z Internal drive hub profile in accordance
w/ ANSI B92.1 16/32, 9 t 16/32, 13 t 16/32, 15 t 12/24, 14 t
D1 Spigot pilot diameter mm 82.55 101.6 101.6 127
D2 Thread size mm M 10 M 12 M 12 M 16
L1 Hole distance mm 106.4 146 146 181
L2 Adapter length mm 7 11 11 13
L3 Flange length mm - 55 55 72
Continuous transfer torque Nm 75 175 175 175
Maximum transfer torque Nm 107 250 250 250
PTO SAE A with IGP PTO SAE B, B-B and C with IGP
L3
L2
L2
Dirve hub profile Z
Drive hub profile Z
D1
D1
L1
L1
D2
D2
The฀modular฀control฀concept฀with฀standardised฀inter-
Controls face฀enables฀quick฀selection฀and฀adaptation฀for฀different฀
customer฀and฀system฀requirements฀with฀mechanical,฀
hydraulic฀or฀electronic฀control.฀All฀HPV฀controls฀feature฀an฀
upstream฀signal฀circuit฀that฀is฀adapted฀to฀the฀respective฀
control,฀and฀a฀standardised฀and฀load-independent฀servo฀
control฀for฀simple฀and฀constantly฀available฀machine฀or฀
vehicle฀control.
Technical data
Type of control Additional option Name of control

Mechanical M1
Hydraulic H1
with pressure cut-off regulation H1P
speed dependent CA
torque-/power controlled CA
with additional safety function CA
Electrical E1
with pressure cut-off regulation E1P
with additional safety function E2
E1-control E1P-control E2-control
h1-control H1P-control CA-control
M1-control HPV E2
All฀HPV฀controls฀result฀in฀the฀same฀machine฀response฀for฀
Controls identical฀motion฀commands,฀irrespective฀of฀the฀control฀
Control Accuracy type.฀Corrective฀action฀by฀the฀operator฀is฀no฀longer฀
required.฀The฀reliable฀control฀of฀the฀pump฀can฀easily฀be฀
integrated฀into฀any฀kind฀of฀vehicle฀management฀control฀
system.
Control accuracy of a HPV pump E2-control
Swash angle pump
100 %
- 100 % - min min 100 %

Input signal
- 100 %
1. Setting the maximum displacement
Pressure cut-off regulation PCO
Special฀control฀elements฀ regulation฀(PCO)฀reduce฀ the฀power฀consumption฀

deal฀with฀functions฀such฀as฀ pump฀flow฀when฀the฀cut- and฀thermal฀balance฀of฀the฀
torque฀control฀or฀pressure฀ off฀pressure฀is฀reached.฀ system฀are฀optimised.
cut-off฀regulation.฀Controls฀ Because฀system฀pressure฀
with฀pressure฀cut-off฀ is฀maintained฀at฀low฀flow,฀
Displacement relative to pilot pressure and pressure cut-off regulation for M-, H- and E-controls
PCO
Regulation begin
Max 100 HP
valve
Pilot pressure ∆p Y/Z [bar]
Displacement [%]
Pre-loading valve
Min 0
0
The฀M1-pump฀control฀combines฀robustness฀with฀high฀
Controls precision฀for฀direct฀and฀reliable฀machine฀control.฀It฀is฀
Mechanical-hydraulic M mechanically฀controlled฀and฀can฀be฀combined฀with฀a฀fixed,฀
variable฀or฀regulating฀hydraulic฀motor.฀The฀control-specific฀
data฀is฀independent฀of฀the฀nominal฀pump฀size.
M1. Mechanical control

F X
L Mp A
L1 Ms UF B
L2
Flow direction
By฀turning฀the฀control฀lever฀ flow฀direction฀of฀the฀fluid฀ •฀฀the฀over฀centre฀direction฀

the฀pump฀flow฀rate฀and฀ depends on of฀the฀swash฀plate.
direction฀of฀flow฀are฀con- •฀฀the฀pump฀direction฀of฀
trolled฀via฀a฀cam฀plate.฀The฀ rotation
High pressure outlet port
Shaft rotation
(view on Z)
Cam lever direction

Right hand Left hand
P L2 L1
P, S฀฀ High฀pressure฀ports L, U Drain ports

A฀ Pressure฀port,฀boost฀pump L1, L2 Vent ports
B฀ Suction฀port,฀boost฀pump
F฀ Feed฀port,฀boost฀and฀control Note฀for฀left฀hand฀rotation
X฀ Test฀port,฀control฀pressure A฀ Suction฀port,฀boost฀pump
Ms, Mp ฀ Test฀ports,฀high฀pressure B฀ Pressure฀port,฀boost฀pump
The฀cam฀plate฀offers฀a฀large฀control฀angle฀with฀
Controls progressive฀control฀characteristic฀and฀a฀wide฀neutral฀
Mechanical-hydraulic M range.฀The฀resulting฀high฀resolution฀for฀movements฀
from฀the฀neutral฀range฀(and฀vice฀versa)฀enables฀
precise฀manoeuvring.฀Reliable฀and฀robust฀control฀of฀
the฀displacement฀volume฀is฀achieved฀through฀position฀
feedback.
Displacement relative to control angle

Displacement [%]
Control angel l [%]
Control฀force฀with฀max.฀long฀lever฀radius฀r=฀70฀mm฀ 17฀N
Max.฀permissible฀control฀force฀(intermittent)฀ 500฀N
Control฀torque฀ 1.2฀Nm
Centred฀reset฀by฀external฀force฀ 1.2฀Nm
Control฀angle฀neutral฀range฀...฀to฀end฀position฀ ±4°฀...฀±48°
Minimum฀response฀time฀with฀standard฀restrictors฀ 0.5฀sec
M1-cam plate Control range
Neutral dwell angle + / - 4°
The฀HPV฀H1฀features฀hydraulic฀control฀with฀a฀wide฀pilot฀
Controls pressure฀range฀for฀improved฀machine฀control.฀It฀can฀be฀
Hydraulic H combined฀with฀a฀fixed,฀variable฀or฀regulating฀hydraulic฀
motor.฀The฀data฀is฀specific฀for฀hydraulic฀controls,฀and฀
independent฀of฀the฀nominal฀pump฀size฀and฀pressure฀cut-
off฀regulation฀PCO,฀unless฀specified฀otherwise฀otherwise฀
(see฀section฀Controls.฀Control฀accuracy).
H1. Hydraulic control

F X
Ms
T A A
S
Mp
U B
Y Z
Flow direction
By฀an฀external฀hydraulic฀ The฀flow฀direction฀of฀the฀ •฀฀the฀over฀centre฀direction฀

signal฀input฀at฀the฀pilot฀ fluid depends on of฀the฀swash฀plate.
pressure฀ports฀(Y,฀Z)฀the฀ •฀฀the฀pump฀direction฀of฀
pump฀flow฀rate฀and฀direc- rotation
tion฀of฀flow฀are฀controlled.฀
Shaft rotation
(view on Z)
Pilot pressure port Right hand Left hand
Y P S
Z S P
F X
H1P. Hydraulic control with PCO P, S ฀ ฀ igh฀pressure฀
H L, U Drain ports
ports T Vent port
Ms A
S T A A฀ P
฀ ressure฀port,฀ Y, Z Pilot pressure
boost pump ports
B฀ ฀Suction฀port,฀
P boost pump Note฀for฀left฀hand฀rotation
F฀ ฀Feed฀port,฀boost฀ A฀ S
฀ uction฀port,฀
Mp boost pump
U B and control
X฀ T
฀ est฀port,฀pilot฀ B฀ P
฀ ressure฀port,฀
pressure boost pump
Ms, Mp฀฀ ฀Test฀ports,฀high฀
pressure
Y Z
Controls
Hydraulic H
Pilot฀pressure฀range฀standard฀ 4-10฀bar฀differential฀pressure฀|Y-Z|
Maximum฀permissible฀pressure฀at฀Y฀or฀Z฀ 30฀bar
Minimum฀response฀time฀with฀standard฀orifices
for฀one-way฀swashing฀between฀0฀and฀max฀ 0.5฀sec
Displacement relative to pilot pressure

Displacement [%]
Pilot pressure ∆p = IY-ZI [bar]
H1P-control with PCO
The฀HPV฀CA฀is฀a฀speed-dependent฀pump฀control฀with฀
Controls torque/power฀regulation.฀It฀can฀be฀combined฀with฀a฀
Hydraulic-mechancial CA hydraulic฀motor฀as฀fixed,฀variable฀or฀regulating฀motor฀or฀
a฀variable฀motor฀with฀pressure฀regulator.฀The฀modular฀
design฀offers฀a฀high฀degree฀of฀versatility฀in฀terms฀of฀
function฀and฀control.
CA. Hydraulic-mechanical control

Mt F
Ms
U L S
Mp
P A
Msp
X
Mp Ms Z Ml Y
CA-control. Advantages P,S฀ High฀pressure฀ports฀

•฀pilot฀operated฀system A฀ Suction฀port,฀boost฀pump
฀ •฀controlled฀load฀response F฀ Feed฀port,฀boost฀and฀control฀
฀ •฀temperature฀independent Test ports
฀ •฀dynamics Mt ฀ Temperature
฀ •฀precision Ms, Mp ฀ High฀pressure
฀ •฀low฀hysteresis Y, Z Pilot pressure
฀ •฀high฀versatility฀(modular฀design) Ml ฀ For฀power฀settings฀and฀inch฀pressure฀port
฀ •฀various฀motor฀control฀possible Msp฀฀ Boost฀pressure
•฀simple฀adjusting X฀ Pilot฀pressure฀port฀HMV
•฀direct฀control฀of฀torque฀and฀tractive฀force L, U Drain ports
•฀speed฀optimized฀inching฀function L1, L2 Vent ports
•฀high฀safety฀standard T฀฀ Drain฀and฀vent฀port
•฀hydrostatic฀deceleration Note฀for฀left฀hand฀rotation
A฀฀ Suction฀port,฀boost฀pump
Drive with speed-dependent variable pump and variable motor with pressure override
HPV CA HMV EH1P
Inching pedal
Brake
The฀HPV฀E1฀has฀two฀proportional฀solenoids฀and฀through฀
Controls the฀upstream฀signal฀circuit฀it฀combines฀the฀flexibility฀of฀
Electro-hydraulic E1 electronic฀vehicle฀management฀with฀the฀reliability฀of฀a฀
pump฀control฀marked฀by฀its฀high฀operational฀availability.฀
Precise฀and฀simple.฀Identical฀commands฀always฀call฀for฀
the฀same฀response฀in฀the฀machine,฀so฀no฀corrective฀
action฀is฀required฀by฀the฀operator฀or฀the฀electronic฀
system.
E1. Electro-hydraulic control

F X
L Mp A
Ms U B
Y
Z
Flow direction
By฀an฀external฀electrical฀ tion฀of฀flow฀are฀controlled.฀ •฀฀the฀pump฀direction฀of฀

signal฀input฀at฀the฀sole- The฀flow฀direction฀of฀the฀ rotation
noids฀(MY฀and฀MZ)฀the฀ fluid depends on •฀฀the฀over฀centre฀direction฀
pump฀flow฀rate฀and฀direc- of฀the฀swash฀plate.
Shaft rotation
(view on Z)
Active solenoid Right hand Left hand
MY S
MZ S
F X
E1P. Electro-hydraulic control with PCO P, S฀฀ H
฀ igh฀pressure฀ Ms, Mp฀฀ T
฀ est฀ports,฀high฀
T L Ms A ports pressure
S A฀฀ ฀Pressure฀port,฀ L, U Drain ports
boost pump T Vent ports
B฀฀ ฀ uction฀port,฀
S
P boost pump Note฀for฀left฀hand฀rotation
A฀฀ ฀Suction฀port,฀
Mp U B F฀฀ ฀ eed฀port,฀boost฀
F
Z
and control boost pump
Y
B฀฀ P
X฀฀ ฀Test฀port,฀pilot฀
pressure boost pump
The฀HPV฀E2,฀with฀its฀additional฀release฀function,฀can฀
Controls easily฀be฀integrated฀in฀an฀electronic฀vehicle฀management฀
Electro-hydraulic E2 control฀system฀like฀an฀E1-control.฀In฀addition฀it฀offers฀a฀
safety฀standard฀that฀meets฀the฀stringent฀requirements฀for฀
road฀traffic฀use.฀The฀E2-control฀features฀two฀proportional฀
solenoids฀and฀a฀switching฀solenoid.
E2. Electro-hydraulic control
F X
L Mp A
Ms U B
T
Z
Y
Flow direction
By฀an฀external฀electrical฀ tion฀of฀flow฀are฀controlled.฀ •฀฀the฀pump฀direction฀of฀

signal฀input฀at฀the฀sole- The฀flow฀direction฀of฀the฀ rotation
noids฀(MY฀and฀MZ)฀the฀ fluid depends on •฀฀the฀over฀centre฀direction฀
pump฀flow฀rate฀and฀direc- of฀the฀swash฀plate.
High pressure outlet port (see section

Control. Electro-hydraulic E1)
E2 with safety function Product advantages of E2
The฀electronic฀control฀unit฀ Its฀use฀is฀recommended฀ •฀฀fulfils฀the฀rigorous฀ P, S฀฀ H

฀ igh฀pressure฀
compares฀the฀travel฀com- for mobile applications demands for road traffic ports
mand฀to฀other฀machine฀sig- where฀specific฀criteria฀have฀ use A฀ P
nals.฀In฀case฀of฀a฀system฀ to฀be฀met฀in฀terms฀of฀travel฀ •฀active฀drive฀enable boost pump
fault฀(e.g.฀by฀cable฀break฀or฀ and฀coasting฀behaviour,฀
short-circuit)฀the฀electronic฀ e.g.฀road฀traffic฀use. •฀฀minimized฀susceptibility฀ B฀฀ S
control฀unit฀will฀deactivate฀ to interference boost pump
the฀release฀solenoid฀of฀the฀ •฀฀with฀HMF:฀defined฀ F฀฀ F
฀ eed฀port,฀boost฀
E2-control฀and฀the฀pump฀is฀ swashing฀back฀of฀pump฀ and control
brought฀actively฀to฀neutral฀ for controlled decelera- X฀฀ T
฀ est฀port,฀control฀
under฀full฀control.฀Upon฀ tion and stop in case of pressure
this฀the฀vehicle฀is฀brought฀ system fault
to฀rest฀in฀a฀smooth฀jerk- Ms, Mp฀฀ T
฀ est฀ports,฀high฀
•฀฀with฀HMV:฀diesel฀over-
free฀manner฀-฀without฀ pressure
speed protection by fast
endangering฀the฀driver. Y, Z฀฀ T
฀ est฀ports,฀
swashing฀back฀of฀pump
control pressure
L, U Drain ports
T Vent port
Note฀for฀left฀hand฀rotation
A฀฀ S
boost pump
B฀฀ P
boost pump
The฀data฀is฀specific฀for฀electrical฀controls,฀and฀independent฀
Controls of฀the฀nominal฀pump฀size฀and฀PCO฀pressure฀cut-off฀
Electro-hydraulic E regulation,฀unless฀specified฀otherwise฀(see฀section฀
Controls.฀Control฀accuracy).฀Figures฀HPV฀E1฀and฀HPV฀E2฀
(page฀24,฀25)฀show฀the฀standard฀mounting฀position฀for฀the฀
respective฀E-control.
Control signal characteristics
Supply voltage = limiting voltage V 12 24

Connector type Hirschmann (not for round solenoids)
AMP-Junior-Timer, 2-pin
Voltage type Direct Current (D.C.)
Power consumption W 15.6 15.6
Rated current = limiting current mA 1300 650
Control current Swash begin mA 450±10 225 ±10
Swash end pilot pressure
on request range 4-10 bar mA 810 410
pilot pressure
range 4-16 bar mA 1200 600
Relative duty cycle % 100 100
Protection class IP 6K6K, Teil 9 IP 6K6K, Teil 9
Control types digital control
via Pulse Width Modulation PWM 100 Hz Rectangle,
with Eaton transducers Pulse duty ratio variable over control range
analogue control Direct Current
with alternative transducers (with or without superimposed dither signal for
stability and reducing hysteresis, dither: 125
mA, 32-40 Hz, pulse duty ratio 1:1)
Minimum response time with standard orifices s 0.5 0.5
Displacement relative to control current
24 Volt 24 Volt 12 Volt 12 Volt

(4-10 bar) (4-16 bar) (4-10 bar) (4-16 bar)
Cylindrée [%]
Control current [mA]
E2-electro-hydraulic control E1P-electro-hydraulic control with PCO
Control-specific dimensions
Dimensions for฀HPV฀with฀mechanical-
M-controls hydraulic฀controls.
Port sizes and dimensions for M-controls

Rated size 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
B5
Gear pump
rated size [cm³] 16 22.5 22.5 22.5 38 38 44
F flange profile 2-hole mounting flange 2-hole mounting flange 4-hole mounting flange
SAE C SAE C SAE C SAE D SAE D SAE E SAE E

W shaft profile
in accordance
U
with ANSI B92.1 16 / 32 spline pitch 16 / 32 16 / 32 16 / 32 B1
21 teeth 21 teeth 23 teeth 27 teeth 27 teeth 27 teeth 33 teeth Ms B2 B3 Mp
B4
D1 (mm) 127 127 127 152.4 152.4 165.1 165.1
B1 (mm) 181 181 181 228.6 228.6 224 225
B2 (mm) 101 116 116 141 138.5 142 155
B3 (mm) 101 116 116 141 127.5 135 -
B4 (mm) 192 216 216 219 223 240 246
B5 (mm) 194 194 194 194 194 194 194
L1 (mm) 225 242 267 288 327 346 392 X
L2 (mm) 282 304 329 350 490 516 571 F
L3 (mm) 335 359 385 425 564 591 646
L4 (mm) 151 151 151 151 151 151 151
L5 (mm) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
L6 (mm) 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 Mp P S Ms
H1 (mm) 88 93 99 106 120 134 152
H2 (mm) 95 103 105 112 - 133 150
H3 (mm) 184 188 193 198 - 226 238
P SAE ¾“ SAE 1“ SAE 1“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ½“ SAE 1 ½“
S SAE ¾“ SAE 1“ SAE 1“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ½“ SAE 1 ½“ L4
L5
A gear pump M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 - SAE ¾“ SAE ¾“ L6
B gear pump M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 - SAE 1 ¼ SAE 1 ¼"
L M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M33x2 L
H3
U M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M33x2

H2
F M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2
D1
H1
X M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5

Mp M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 Ms L1
L2
Ms M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 L3
L1 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
L2 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
Threads฀metric฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀6149 L2 L1
Threads฀for฀SAE฀high฀pressure฀port฀metric฀in฀accordance฀
with฀ISO฀261 Shaft profile W
B
Socket฀cap฀screw฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀4762 Flange profile F
A
Dimensions for฀HPV฀with฀hydraulic฀con-
H-controls trols.
Port sizes and dimensions for H-controls

Rated size 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
B5
Gear pumps
rated size (cm³) 16 22.5 22.5 22.5 38 38 44

W shaft profile
in accordance
with ANSI B92.1 16 / 32 spline pitch 16 / 32 spline pitch 16 / 32 16 / 32 16 / 32 U
B1
21 teeth 21 teeth 23 teeth 23 teeth 27 teeth 27 teeth 27 teeth Ms B2 B3 Mp
D1 (mm) 127 127 127 152.4 152.4 165.1 165.1 B4
B1 (mm) 181 181 181 228.6 228.6 224 225
B2 (mm) 101 116 116 141 138.5 143 155
B3 (mm) 101 116 116 141 127.5 135 139
B4 (mm) 192 216 216 219 223 240 246
B5 (mm) 231 231 231 231 231 231 231 L4
L1 (mm) 225 242 267 288 327 346 392

L2 (mm) 282 304 329 350 489.3 516 571
H4
H2
L3 (mm) 335 359 385 425 564 591 646
D1
L4 (mm) 133 133 133 133 133 133 133
H1
H1 (mm) 88 93 99 106 119 134 152
Ms L1
H2 (mm) 95 103 105 112 - 133 150 L2
L3
H3 (mm)
w/o PCO 194 154 158 163 190 191 204
with PCO 185 190 194 199 200 201 214
S SAE ¾“ SAE 1“ SAE 1“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ½“ SAE 1 ½“
A gear pump M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 - SAE ¾“ SAE ¾“
B gear pump M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 - SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ¼“
L M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M33x2 X
U M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M33x2 F
F M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2
T M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
Mp M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 Mp P S Ms
Ms M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
Y M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
Z M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
Y
Threads฀metric฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀6149 T
Threads฀for฀SAE฀high฀pressure฀port฀metric฀in฀accordance฀
with฀ISO฀261 Shaft profile W
Wellenprofil W
B
Socket฀cap฀screw฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀4762
Flange profile FF
Flanschprofil
A
F
Z
Dimensions for฀HPV฀with฀hydraulic-
CA-controls mechanical฀controls.
Port sizes and dimensions for CA-controls

Rated size 55 75 105 B5
Gear pumps rated
size [ccm] 16 16 16
F flange profile 2-hole mounting flange
SAE C SAE C SAE C
16 / 32 spline pitch
21 teeth 21 teeth 23 teeth
D1 [mm] 127 127 127
B1 [mm] 181 181 181
B2 [mm] 101 116 116
B3 [mm] 101 116 116 U
B4 [mm] 193 212 214
B5 [mm] 336 336 336 Ms B1 Mp
L1 [mm] 225 242 267
B2 B3
L2 [mm] 282 306 331
L3 [mm] 343 361 386 B4
L4 [mm] 207 207 207
H1 [mm] 88 93 99
H2 [mm] 95 103 105
H3 [mm] 178 184 188 L4
A gear pump M36x2 M36x2 M36x2
P SAE 1“ SAE 1“ SAE 1“
L
S SAE 1“ SAE 1“ SAE 1“
L M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
H3
U M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5

H2
F M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
D1
T M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
H1
X1 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5

Mp M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
L1
Ml M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 Ms
Ms M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 L2
Msp M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 L3
Mt M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
Y, Z M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
Z M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5
Threads฀metric฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀6149
Threads฀for฀SAE฀HP฀port฀metric฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀261
Socket฀cap฀screw฀in฀accordance฀with฀ISO฀4762
Mt
Msp Ml T
Y
A F
Shaft profile W
Flange profile F
Mp P S Ms
X1 Z
Control-specific dimen-
Dimensions sions฀for฀HPV฀with฀electro-
E-controls hydraulic฀controls.
Port sizes and dimensions for E-controls

Rated size 55 75 105 135 165 210 280
Gear pumps
rated size [cm³] 16 22.5 22.5 22.5 38 38 44
B5

W shaft profile
in accordance
with ANSI B92.1 16 / 32 spline pitch 16 / 32 spline pitch 16 / 32 16 / 32 16 / 32
21 teeth 21 teeth 23 teeth 23 teeth 27 teeth 27 teeth 27 teeth
U
D1 (mm) 127 127 127 152.4 152.4 165.1 B1
B1 (mm) 181 181 181 228.6 228.6 224 225 Ms B2 B3 Mp
B4
B2 (mm) 101 116 116 141 138.5 143 155
B3 (mm) 101 116 116 141 127.5 135 139
B4 (mm) 192 216 216 219 223 240 246
B5 (mm) E1 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 L4
B5 (mm) E2 230 230 230 230 230 230 230
L1 (mm) 225 242 267 288 327 346 392
H4
L2 (mm) 282 304 329 350 - 516 571
H2
D1
L3 (mm) 335 359 385 425 - 591 646
H1
L4 (mm) 183 183 183 183 - 183 183
L1
H1 (mm) 88 93 99 106 119.5 134 152 Ms
L2
H2 (mm) 95 103 105 112 - 133 150 L3
H4 (mm) E1 / E2
with AMP-JT-
connector 159 164 168 173 195 218 231
H4 [mm] E1
with Hirschmann- X
connector 195 200 204 209 (231) 254 (267) F
S SAE ¾“ SAE 1“ SAE 1“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ½“ SAE 1 ½“
Mp M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M 14x1.5 M 14x1.5
Ms M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M 14x1.5 M 14x1.5 Mp P S Ms
A gear pump M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 - SAE ¾“ SAE ¾“
B gear pump M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 - SAE 1 ¼“ SAE 1 ¼“
L M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M33x2 Mz Ms My T Y
U M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M33x2 Shaft profile W
B
F M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M27x2 M27x2 Flange profile F
A
T M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
Y M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 F Z
Z M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 F2
F2 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5 M14x1.5

Ms E2-control
round AMP-JT, Deutsch
solenoids Threads฀metric฀in฀
My E1-control Hirschmann, AMP-JT, Deutsch accordance฀with฀ISO฀6149
E2-control Threads฀for฀SAE฀high฀
round AMP-JT, Deutsch pressure port metric in
solenoids accordance฀with฀ISO฀261
Mz E1-control Hirschmann, AMP-JT, Deutsch
Socket฀cap฀screw฀in฀
E2-control
round AMP-JT, Deutsch accordance฀with฀ISO฀4762
solenoids
The฀following฀data฀enable฀quick฀calculation฀of฀the฀overall฀
Dimensions maximum฀external฀dimensions.฀In฀each฀case฀only฀the฀
Modular System relevant฀dimensions฀are฀shown฀so฀that฀length,฀width฀and฀
height฀can฀simply฀be฀determined฀through฀addition.฀The฀actual฀
fitting฀dimensions฀of฀the฀respective฀units฀are฀shown฀on฀the฀
installation฀drawing.
External dimensions for addition
Component Type Length Width Height

Basic unit 55 230 210 185
1 75 245 235 190
105 270 235 210
135 290 280 220
165 327 285 245
210 350 290 275
280 395 315 305
Control M1 - 10 95
2 H1 - 5 55
H1P - 10 75
CA - 135 95
E1 - 5 110
E1P - 10 110
E2 - 15 110
Gear pump 16 cm³ 60 - -
3 22,5 cm³ 65 - -
31 cm³ 135 - -
38 cm³ 175 - -
44 cm³ 180 - -
Filter No. 2 10 without gear pump 95 -
4 No. 3 10 without gear pump 105 -
F-port 90° 15 50 -
Coupling flange not shown 75 - -

5
Intermediate flange
6 Shown under Dimensions.
Tandem pumps SAE B, B-B 20 - -
SAE C size 55/75 50 - -
SAE C size 105 40 - -
SAE C, C-C, D 65 - -
The฀following฀diagrams฀
Dimensions show฀the฀proportions฀of฀
Modular System similar฀components.
View on mounting flange
Z T Y H1-control
Filter flange 90° without filter

4-hole mounting flange
2-hole mounting flange
•฀4-hole฀mounting฀flange
Mp
•฀2-hole฀mounting฀flange
•฀H1-control
•฀฀Filter฀flange฀90°฀without฀
filter
Side view
Lever offset version

Lever straight
50 (IZP 22,5 ccm/rev)

45 (IZP 16 ccm/rev)
Coupling flange
140
(
172 filter n
(filt o
er n .2)
o.3)
.2)
r no
•฀M1-control฀lever฀geometry
.3)
r no
filte
filte
•฀IGP
76 (
93 (
130,7 (EGP 31 ccm/rev)

•฀EGP 172,3 (EGP 38 ccm/rev)
178,5 (EGP 44 ccm/rev)
•฀Filter
•฀Coupling฀flange
PTO view
L2 L1
Gear pump IGP 16 ccm/rev without cover

Gear pump IGP 22.5 ccm/rev with cover
F
Filter arrangement right
(PTO view) for size 55 - 105
•฀M1-control
•฀฀IGP฀22.5฀cm³/rev฀with฀
cover
•฀฀IGP฀16฀cm³/rev฀without฀
cover
•฀฀Filter฀mounting฀side฀for฀
rated฀sizes฀55฀-฀105
Mp P A B S Ms 97 (filter no.3)
89 (filter no.2)
PTO view
AMP-JT-connector standard mounting Release solenoid

position for E2-control for E2-control
AMP-JT-connector mounting position turned by 90°

for E2-control Hirschmann-connector mounting position
turned by 90° for E1-control
E-control
Hirschmann-connector standard mounting

Charge pressure manifold for position for E1-control
HPV 210 and 280
PTO-through drive SAE A Manual override for Hirschmann-

connector
Filter flange
for HPV 210 & 280
Gear pump EGP
Filter arr. left (PTO view)
for size 135 - 280
Mp P S Ms
•฀฀฀E1-control฀with฀mounting฀ •฀฀Filter฀mounting฀side฀for฀
position of solenoid con- rated฀size฀135฀-฀280
nectors •฀฀Charge฀pressure฀manifold฀
•฀฀E2-control฀with฀mounting฀ for฀rated฀size฀210฀and฀280฀
postition of solenoid con- without฀filter
nectors •฀฀SAE฀A฀PTO-mounting฀
•฀Manual฀override flange
•฀Hirschmann-connector •฀EGP
•฀AMP-JT-connector
Tandem฀pumps฀are฀created฀by฀connecting฀individual฀HPV฀
Dimensions units฀in฀series,฀with฀the฀pumps฀arranged฀by฀capacity.฀
Tandem Pumps Positioning฀the฀boost฀pump(s)฀at฀the฀end฀of฀the฀tandem฀
ensures฀optimum฀space฀utilisation,฀output฀allocation฀and฀
load฀distribution.
HPV tandem pump
front pump
L1
rear pump L2
L3
Overall length of tandem pump
Rated size Rear pump HPV 55 HPV 75 HPV 105 HPV 135 HPV 210 HPV 280
Front pump Lengths (mm)
HPV 55 L1 496 - - - - -
with IGP 16 cm³ L2 553 - - - - -
at rear pump L3 607 - - - - -
HPV 75 L1 513 530 - - - -
with IGP 22.5 cm³ L2 575 592 - - - -
at rear pump L3 631 648 - - - -
HPV 105 L1 529 546 572 - - -
with IGP 22.5 cm³ L2 591 608 634 - - -
at rear pump L3 647 663 586 - - -
HPV 135 L1 543 560 586 640 - -
with IGP 22.5 cm³ L2 605 622 648 702 - -
at rear pump L3 680 696 722 777 - -
HPV 210 L1 610 627 653 689 731 -
wit EGP 38 cm³ L2 782 799 825 861 903 -
at rear pump L3 857 874 900 935 978 -
HPV 280 L1 655 672 698 777 823
in devel-
opment
with EGP 44 cm³ L2 834 851 877 956 1002

at rear pump L3 909 925 951 1030 1076
Multiple฀pumps฀are฀created฀by฀combining฀individual฀pump฀
Dimensions units฀in฀series,฀with฀the฀pumps฀arranged฀by฀capacity.฀
Multiple Pumps Positioning฀the฀gear฀pump(s)฀at฀the฀end฀of฀the฀unit฀
ensures฀optimum฀space฀utilization,฀output฀allocation฀and฀
load฀distribution.฀The฀following฀table฀is฀based฀on฀the฀gear฀
pump฀acting฀as฀boost฀pump฀for฀the฀HPV฀variable฀pump.
HPV-HPR multiple pump
front pump
L1
rear pump L2
L3
Overall length of multiple pump
Rated size Rear pump HPV 55 HPV 75 HPV 105 HPV 135 HPV 210
Front pump Lengths (mm)
HPV 55 L1 492 - - - -
with IGP 16 cm³ L2 549 - - - -
at HPR L3 603 - - - -
HPV 75 L1 509 521 - - -
with IGP 22.5 cm³ L2 586 598 - - -
at HPR L3 642 653 - - -
HPV 105 L1 525 536 567 - -
with IGP 22.5 cm³ L2 602 613 629 - -
at HPR L3 657 669 684 - -
HPV 135 L1 539 550 581 637 -
with IGP 22.5 cm³ L2 616 627 643 699 -
at HPR L3 690 702 717 774 -
HPV 210 L1 606 618 648 686 733
wit EGP 38 cm³ L2 793 805 820 858 905
at HPR L3 868 879 895 932 980
HPV 280 L1 651 663 693 779
with EGP 44 cm³ L2 845 856 872 958
at HPR L3 919 931 946 1033
The฀HPV฀is฀based฀on฀a฀modular฀system฀and฀offers฀the฀
Modular System Features features฀listed฀below.฀This฀enables฀the฀product฀to฀be฀
configured฀to฀your฀requirements.฀With฀the฀modular฀
system฀being฀constantly฀extended,฀we฀ask฀you฀to฀contact฀
our฀sales฀engineers฀for฀the฀latest฀system฀features.
•฀Size •฀PTO฀mounting฀on฀IGP •฀฀Boost฀pressure฀relief฀

•฀Vmax •฀Port฀threads valve
•฀Mounting฀flange •฀Control •฀Cold฀start฀relief฀valve
•฀Coupling฀flange •฀฀Pilot฀pressure฀range฀for฀ •฀Drain฀port฀U฀+฀L
•฀Drive฀Shaft H-/E-control •฀฀Filter/charge฀pressure฀
•฀Control฀lever฀geometry manifold
•฀Direction฀of฀Rotation
•฀Position฀of฀control฀lever •฀Filter฀flange฀mounting
•฀PTO฀direct฀mounting
•฀Voltage฀for฀E-controls •฀Surface฀treatment
•฀Tandem฀pump
•฀Cut-off฀for฀E-controls •฀Name฀plate
•฀Internal฀gear฀pump
•฀External฀gear฀pump •฀Connectors฀for฀E-controls
•฀฀Suction฀internal฀gear฀pump •฀฀Arrangement฀of฀solenoids
•฀Direction฀of฀GP฀suction •฀High฀pressure฀relief฀valve
Notes
Notes
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics฀Group฀USA Hydraulics Group Europe Hydraulics Group Asia Paciic
14615฀Lone฀Oak฀Road Route de la Longeraie 7 Eaton Building
Eden฀Prairie,฀MN฀฀55344 1110 Morges 4th Floor, No. 3 Lane 280 Linhong Rd.
Tel:฀฀952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax:฀952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
Fax: (+86 21) 5200 0400
©฀2011฀Eaton฀Corporation
All฀Rights฀Reserved฀
Printed฀in฀USA
Document฀No.฀E-PUPI-MC009-E2
Supersedes฀E-PUPI-MC009-E1
September฀2011
Gear Pumps and M otors
Technical Catalog Series 26 Pumps
Series 26 M otors
Series L2 Pumps
Table of Contents
Series 26 Pumps
Features ........................................................................................................................................................................3
General Specifications and Performance Data..............................................................................................................4
Performance Data Charts ..............................................................................................................................................5
Standard Catalog Assemblies - Dimensions ................................................................................................................9
Order Numbers............................................................................................................................................................10
Optional Configurations ..............................................................................................................................................12
Component Parts - Dimensions ..................................................................................................................................13
M odel Code - Single ....................................................................................................................................................16
M odel Code - M ultiple ................................................................................................................................................17
Side-Load Applications ................................................................................................................................................19
Load Sensing Priority Valve ........................................................................................................................................21
Series 26 M otors
General Specifications ................................................................................................................................................22
Performance Data........................................................................................................................................................23
Series L2 Pumps
General Specifications and Performance Data............................................................................................................25
Performance Data Charts ............................................................................................................................................26
Standard Catalog Assemblies - Dimensions ..............................................................................................................28
Order Numbers ..........................................................................................................................................................29
Optional Configurations ..............................................................................................................................................31
Component Parts - Dimensions ..................................................................................................................................32
M odel Code - M ultiple ................................................................................................................................................36
2 EATON Gear Pum ps and M otors E-PUGE-M C001-E1 M arch 2008

Series 2 6 Pum p
Features
Pressures to 3500 PSI

and flow to 24.1 GPM
Quiet Operation Improved Efficiency Field Reversible Interchangeability

• The 13-tooth gears, versus • Improved bearing lubrica- • The innovative new wear • The Series 26 Gear Pump
10 teeth in previous tion system uses inlet oil plate permits simple field has been designed to
pumps, minimizes the flow instead of high pressure reversibility of the pump retrofit equipment using
ripple. This reduces noise oil, improving volumetric direction. Simply open the the B1 and B2 Gear
as well as vibration. efficiency for more power pump, sw itch the drive Pumps. Extra shafts, port-
• The improved trap reliefs output. gear and idler gear, reposi- ing, and mounting configu-
not only increase power, • The highly polished shaft tion the plug and reassem- rations, as well as 13 avail-
they also help keep oil and gears improve ble. No extra parts are able displacements, give
flow ing smoothly to reduce mechanical efficiency and needed. you the choices you need
noise. reduce wear on these for an easy conversion to
components, adding to the this superior pump.
service life and reliability of
the pump.
• The optimized trapped oil
relief areas help reduce
pressure ripple for quieter
operation. This also
decreases the input power
requirements.
EATON Gear Pum ps and M otors E-PUGE-M C001-E1 M arch 2008 3

Series 2 6 Pum p
General
Specifications
and Perform ance
Data
Rotation Field Reversible

M ounting Flange SAE A 2 Bolt
M ax. Continuous Pressure† 210 bar [3000 PSI]*
M ax. Intermittent Pressure†† 240 bar [3500 PSI]* *
M inimum Speed at Continuous Pressure 750 RPM
M aximum Rotating Torque at 0 Pressure 4 Nm [36 lb-in]
M aximum Continuous Operating Temperature 105°C [220°F]
M inimum Continuous Oil Viscocity 5.7 cSt [45 SUS]
M inimum Operating Temperature -29°C [-20°F]
M aximum Inlet Vacuum at Operating Condition 0,8 bar Abs. [11.6 psi Abs.]
† Continuous - pump may be run continuously at these ratings.
†† Intermittent - intermittent operation, 10% of every minute.
* 30.6 cm3/ rev. [1.87 in3/ rev.] displacement max. continuous pressure is 190 bar [2750 PSI].
** 30.6 cm3/ rev. [1.87 in3/ rev.] displacement max. intermittent pressure is 224 bar [3250 PSI].
For side load limits consult your Eaton representative.
Displacement cm 3/r [in 3/r] 6,6 8,2 9,5 10,8 13,8 16,7 19,7
[.40] [.50] [.58] [.66] [.84] [1.02] [1.20]
M ax. Intermittent Pressure bar [PSI] 241 241 241 241 241 241 241
[3500] [3500] [3500] [3500] [3500] [3500] [3500]
Rated Speed (RPM ) 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3200
M inimum Output Flow at 207 bar [3000 PSI] 20,1 25,0 29,5 33,7 43,5 55,3 57,9
and Rated Speed LPM [GPM ] [5.3] [6.6] [7.8] [8.9] [11.5] [14.6] [15.3]
Input Pow er at 207 bar [3000 PSI] and 9,7 11,9 14,1 15,5 20,0 22,0 26,2
Rated Speed and Cont. Pressure kW [HP] [13.0] [15.9] [18.9] [20.8] [26.8] [29,4] [35.2]
Displacement cm 3/r [in 3/r] 22,5 24,3 25,2 27,7 29,0 30,6
[1.37] [1.48] [1.54] [1.69] [1.77] [1.87]
M ax. Intermittent Pressure bar [PSI] 241 241 241 241 234 224
[3500] [3500] [3500] [3500] [3400] [3250]
Rated Speed (RPM ) 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
M inimum Output Flow at 207 bar [3000 PSI] 62,1 67,0 69,7 76,5 79,9 84,4
and Rated Speed LPM [GPM ] [16.4] [17.7] [18.4] [20.2] [21.1] [22.3]
Input Pow er at 207 bar [3000 PSI] and 27,3 30,5 31,0 33,4 35,4 37,4
Rated Speed and Cont. Pressure kW [HP] [36.6] [40.9] [41.6] [44.8] [47.4] [50.1]
The performance data in the table above and the following graphs was collected using a mineral base oil with a viscosity of 133 SUS at 49°C [120°F].
Ordering Information order number is a preassigned

Catalog Assem blies Cross part number and may be used to
Reference order the specific standard
assembly (see pages 10–13). The
Standard catalog assemblies are far right column lists the B1 or B2
built from high production parts pump replaced by the Series 26
and are the most economical pump.
pump assemblies available in this
series. The standard assembly

Series 2 6 Pum p
Perform ance Data
Charts
6,56–19,68 cm3/rev [.40–1.20 in3/rev] 6,56 cm3/rev [.40 in3/rev]

70 13 [17]
12 [16]
Flow in L/min. [GPM ] @ 138 bar [2000 PSI]
60 11 [15]
[15]
10 [13]
0]
1.2
50
9 [12]
02]
7[
1 .
19,
SI ]
7[
P
8 [11]
4]
16,
[ .8
00
Input kW [HP]
[ 30
40
,8
6]
13
I]
[10] 7 [9]
[ .6
PS
Bar
,8
00
207
10
25
8] I]
[ .5 6 [8]
PS
r[
Ba
30
9.5 0]
00
[ 20
2
[ .5
17
5 [7]
ar I]
8,2 01] 8B 0 PS
[ .4 13 0
6,6 4 [5] [ 15
20 ar
[5] 4 B SI ]
10 0P
3 [4] r [ 100
Ba
69 PSI ]
2 [3] r [ 500
10 a
35 B
1 [1.3]
0 [0] 0
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 0 1000 2000 3000 3600
Speed RPM Speed RPM
8,20 cm3/rev [.50 in3/rev] 9,51 cm3/rev [.58 in3/rev

13 [17] 26 [35]
12 [16] 24 [32]
11 [15] 22 [29.5]
PSI ]
10 [13] 20 [27]
00
[ 30
I]
PS
ar
9 [12] 18 [24]
B
0
50
207
r [2
8 [11] 16 [21.5]
Input kW [HP]
I]
Ba
PS
Input kW [HP]
2
00
17
[ 20
7 [9] 14 [19]
ar
I]
8B
6 [8] PS
13
12 [16] I]
00
[ 15
0 PS
ar 0 I]
5 [7] 4B 10 [13] [ 30 PS
10 a r 50
0
I]
7 B a r [ 2 0 PS
4 [5] SI ] 8 [11] 20 0
0P B
[ 20
100 2
17 B a r SI ]
B ar [ 8 500P
3 [4] 69 6 [8] 13 r [1
Ba SI ]
PSI ] 104 00 P
[ 500 r [ 10
2 [3]
35 B ar 4 [5]
69 B a
PSI]
r [ 500
1 [1.3] 2 [3] 35 B a
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 0 1000 2000 3000 3600
Speed RPM Speed RPM

Series 2 6 Pum p
Perform ance Data
Charts
10,82 cm3/rev [.66 in3/rev] 13,78 cm3/rev [.84 in3/rev]

26 [35] 26 [35]
24 [32] 24 [32]
22 [29.5] 22 [29.5]
20 [27] 20 [27]
18 [24] 18 [24]
I]
PS
00
16 [21.5] ] 16 [21.5]
P S PSI
[ 30
Input kW [HP]
Input kW [HP]
50 000
ar
]
SI
I]
7B
3
14 [19] 14 [19]
0P
ar ar [
20
0
50
2 B 07 B
[2
[2
ar
12 [16] 12 [16] ]
2
SI
2B
P
00
17
17
]
SI [2
0 ]
0P
10 [13] 10 [13]
0 r 00
[ 20 Ba [ 15
ar I] 13
8 ar
8 [11]
8B PS 8 [11] 4B
13 50
0 18
r [1 S I]
a 00 0P
6 [8] 4B 6 [8] r [1
10 P SI
] Ba
00 69
[ 10
4 [5]
69 B ar 4 [5]
P S I]
P SI] r [ 500
500 35 B a
2 [3] 35 B ar [ 2 [3]
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 0 1000 2000 3000 3600
Speed RPM Speed RPM
16,73 cm3/rev [1.02 in3/rev] 19,68 cm3/rev [1.20 in3/rev]
28 [37.5] 28 [37.5]
26 [35] 26 [35]
24 [32] 24 [32]
I]
PS
22 [29.5] 22 [29.5]
000
r [3
20 [27] 20 [27]
Ba
207
I]
PS
18 [24] 18 [24]
I]
00
PS
[30
Input kW [HP]
Input kW [HP]
00
16 [21.5] 16 [21.5]
ar
[ 25
7B
I]
PS
I]
ar
PS
20
2B
00
14 [19] I] 14 [19]
00
PS
25
17
[ 20
0
[
0
ar
[20
ar
I]
2B
12 [16] 12 [16]
ar PS
8B
17
8B 0
13
13 [1 50
10 [13] I] 10 [13] ar
PS B
00 04
[15 1 P SI]
8 [11] ar 8 [11] 00
04B [ 10
1 SI] Ba
r
00 0P 69
6 [5] [1 6 [5]
Bar SI ]
69 00 P
SI] r [5
4 [4]
00 P
4 [4]
3 5 Ba
5 B ar [ 5
3
2 [3] 2 [3]
0 0
0 1000 2000 3200 0 1000 2000 3200
Speed RPM Speed RPM

Series 2 6 Pum p
Perform ance Data
Charts
22,47–30,67 cm3/rev [1.37–1.87 in3/rev] 22,47 cm3/rev [1.37 in3/rev]

30,6 [1.87] 28 [37.5]
90 29,0 [1.77]
27,7 [1.69] 26 [35]
Flow in L/min. [GPM ] @ 138 bar [2000 PSSI]
SI ]
80 25,2 [1.54] 24 [32]
0P
300
[20] 24,3 [1.48] 22 [29.5]
r[
Ba
70
207
22,5 [1.37]
]
20 [27]
S I
P
Input kW [HP]
00
[ 25
60 18 [24]
I]
PS
ar
[15]
00
172
16 [21]
[ 20
ar
50
8B
14 [19]
13
]
12 [16] SI
0P
50
40
[10] [1
10 [13] ar
4B
30 10 P SI ]
8 [11] 00
[ 10
B ar
6 [5] 69
20 PSI ]
[5]
500
ar [
4 [4] 35 B
10 2 [2.7]
0
0 [0] 0 1000 2000 3000
0 1000 2000 3000
Speed RPM
Speed RPM
24,27 cm3/rev [1.48 in3/rev] 25,56 cm3/rev [1.54 in3/rev]

32 [43] 32,84 [44]
30 [40]
29,84 [40]
28 [37.5]
26 [35] 26,86 [36]
24 [32]
23,87 [32]
SI ]
0P
22 [29.5]
Input kW [HP]
Input kW [HP]
SI ]
[ 300
0P
SI ]
20,89 [28]
0
20 [27]
0P
5
B ar
r [2
[ 300
Ba
207
18 [24]
I ]
PS
17,90 [24]
172
B ar
I]
PS
00
16 [21]
207
5
000
[ 20 a r [ 2
r [2
SI ]
14,92 [20]
14 [19]
B
a
0P
B
172
I]
0
138
PS
12 [16]
00
11,94 [16]
I]
ar
[ 15
PS
8B
00
ar
10 [13]
13
[ 15
4B
SI ] 8,95 [12]
10
ar
]
P SI
4B
8 [11] 00 P
[ 10 00
10
ar [ 10
6 [5] B 5,97 [8] ar
69 69
B
]
] PSI
P SI
500 500
4 [4] ar [ ar [
35 B 2,98 [4] 35 B
2 [3]
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Speed RPM Speed RPM

Series 2 6 Pum p
Perform ance Data
Charts
27,72 cm3/rev [1.69 in3/rev] 29,03 cm3/rev [1.77 in3/rev] 30,67 cm3/rev [1.87 in3/rev]
40 [54] 40 [54] 40 [54]
38 [51] 38 [51] 38 [51]
36 [48] 36 [48] 36 [48]
34 [45.5] 34 [45.5]
]
34 [45.5]
SI
00 P
32 [43] 32 [43] 32 [43]
r [3
SI ]
ba
00 P
30 [40] 30 [40] 30 [40]
207
r [3
]
28 [37.5]
SI ]
28 [37.5]
P SI
28 [37.5]
ba
0P
[ 300
207
[ 250
26 [35] 26 [35] 26 [35]
SI ]
bar
00 P
ar
24 [32] 24 [32]
SI ]
24 [32]
207
SI ]
[ 25
172
00 P
P
00
22 [29.5] 22 [29.5] ar 22 [29.5]
[ 25
[ 20
Input kW [HP]
Input kW [HP]
Input kW [HP]
B
SI ]
172
ar
ar
SI ]
20 [27] 20 [27] 20 [27]

P
B
B
00
P
172
138
00
[ 20
[ 20
18 [24] 18 [24] 18 [24]
]
ar
SI
ar
P
00
138
]
B
SI
16 [21] 16 [21] 16 [21]
[ 15
138
P
]
SI
00
ar
P
[ 15
14 [19] 14 [19]
00
14 [19]
4B
[ 15
ar
10
]
4B
SI
ar
12 [16] 12 [16] I] 12 [16] P

10
4B
I] PS 00
[ 10
10
PS 00
10 [13] 00 10 [13] [ 10 10 [13] ar
[ 10 ar B
a r 69
B 69
8 [11] B 8 [11] 8 [11]
69 I] SI ]
S 0P
SI ] 0P [ 50
6 [5] 0P 6 [5] [ 50 6 [5]
[ 50 B ar B ar
B ar 35 35
4 [4] 35 4 [4] 4 [4]
2 [3] 2 [3] 2 [3]
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Speed RPM Speed RPM Speed RPM

Series 2 6 Pum p * M ultiple pump input rating of the shaft.
torque limitations: The proper formula is
Standard Catalog the total torque for multi- Pressure times Displacement
ple pump displacements divided by 6.28.
Assem blies - and pressure combina-
Dim ensions tions cannot exceed the
maximum input torque
All dimensions are in mm [in].
130.0
CL [5.12]
25.9 21.1 15.0 6.4 106.4
[1.02] [.83] [.59] [.25] [4.19]
18 See Shaft
[.71] 47.6
Draw ing [1.88]
Driveshaft Dia.
Centerline 82.52±.030
[3.249±.001]
18
Suction Port [.71] 83.3
Side Porting [3.28]
Pressure Port
Suction Port Rear Porting
Rear Porting
Pressure Port 2X Dia.
46.2 Side Porting 2X Dim A CL
11.56±.13
[1.82]
92.5 Dim B [.455±.005]
[3.64]
Left Hand Rotation Show n
M OD EL 2 6 0 01 260 02 260 03 260 04 260 05 260 06 260 07

Displacement (cm 3/r [in 3/r]) 6.6 [.40] 8.2 [.50] 9.5 [.58] 10.8 [.66] 13.8 [.84] 16.7 [1.02] 19.7 [1.20]
Dimension A (mm [in]) 72.6 [2.86] 74.3 [2.93] 75.9 [2.99] 77.5 [3.05] 80.7 [3.18] 83.9 [3.30] 87.1 [3.43]
Dimension B (mm [in]) 93.2 [3.67] 94.9 [3.74] 96.5 [3.80] 98.1 [3.86] 101.3 [3.99] 104.5 [4.11] 107.7 [4.24]
M OD EL 260 08 260 09 2 6 010 2 6 011 2 6 012 2 6 013

Displacement (cm 3/r [in 3/r]) 22.5 [1.37] 24.3 [1.48] 25.2 [1.54] 27.7 [1.69] 29.0 [1.77] 30.6 [1.87]
Dimension A (mm [in]) 90.3 [3.56] 92.7 [3.65] 93.5 [3.68] 96.7 [3.81] 98.6 [3.88] 99.9 [3.93]
Dimension B (mm [in]) 110.9 [4.37] 113.3 [4.46] 114.1 [4.49] 117.3 [4.62] 119.1 [4.69] 120.5 [4.74]
5/8 Inch 9 Tooth Spline 3/4 Inch 11 Tooth Spline 3/4 Inch Straight Key 5/8 Inch Straight Key
M aximum Input Torque M aximum Input Torque M aximum Input Torque M aximum Input Torque
62 Nm [550 lb-in] 119 Nm [1050 lb-in] 113 Nm [1000 lb-in] 56 Nm [500 lb-in]
31.7 31.7 [1.25] 31.8
[1.25] Key [1.25]
31.8
[1.25] 4.724±.038 23.9 [.94]
4.8 [.1860±.0015] Key
[.19] 17.4 [.68] 3.94±.03
4.8 [.19] [.155±.001]
21.01±.10 17.60±.13
[.827±.004] [.693±.005]
9 Tooth 16/32 DP 30° 11 Tooth 16/32 DP 30°
Involute Flat Root Class 1 Involute Flat Root Class 1 Dia. Dia.
Side Fit Spline SAE J498b Side Fit Spline SAE J498b 19.047±.003 15.85±.03
22.4 [.88] M in Full Spline 22.2 [.88] Full Depth [.7499±.0001] [.624±.001]

Series 2 6 Pum p * 5/ 8 9 T Spline has a maximum allowable input torque of 62 Nm [550 lb-in].
* * 5/ 8 Keyed shaft has a maximum allowable input torque of 56 Nm [500 lb-in].
Order Num bers
RIGHT HA N D LEFT HA N D SA E O-RIN G SA E O-RIN G

ROTATION ROTATION PORT PRESSU RE SUCTION
PROD UCT N O PROD UCT N O SHA FT LOCATION PORT SIZE PORT SIZE REPLACES
M odel 26001 – 6,6 cm /r [.40 in /r] Displacement
3 3
26001-RZG 26001-LZG 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24300-RZA/LZA
26001-RZH 26001-LZH 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24300-RZC/LZD
26001-RZJ 26001-LZJ 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24300-RZB/LZA
26001-RZK 26001-LZK 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24300-RZD/LZE
M odel 26002 – 8,2 cm3/r [.50 in3/r] Displacement
26002-RZA 26002-LZA 3/4 11T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25300-RSA/LSA
26002-RZB 26002-LZB 3/4 11T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25300-RSB/LSB
26002-RZC 26002-LZC 3/4 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25300-RSC/LSC
26002-RZD 26002-LZD 3/4 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25300-RSD/LSD
26002-RZE 26002-LZE 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25300-RSE/LSE
26002-RZF 26002-LZF 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25300-RSF/LSF
26002-RZG 26002-LZG 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24301-RZC/LZA
26002-RZH 26002-LZH 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24301-RZG/LZG
26002-RZJ 26002-LZJ 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24301-RZD/LZB
26002-RZK 26002-LZK 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24301-RZH/LZH
26003-RZG 26003-LZG 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24302-RZB/LZB
26003-RZH 26003-LZH 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24302-RZC/LZD
26003-RZJ 26003-LZJ 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24302-RZA/LZA
26003-RZK 26003-LZK 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24302-RZD/LZE
26004-RZG 26004-LZG 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24303-RZB/LZB
26004-RZH 26004-LZH 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24303-RZE/LZF
26004-RZJ 26004-LZJ 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24303-RZD/LZA
26004-RZK 26004-LZK 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24303-RZF/LZG
26005-RZH 26005-LZH 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24304-RZG/LZF
26005-RZK 26005-LZK 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24304-RZH/LZG
M odel 26006 – 16,7 cm3/r [1.02 in3/r] Displacement
26006-RZH 26006-LZH 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24305-RZG/-LZF
26006-RZK 26006-LZK 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24305-RZH/LZG

Series 2 6 Pum p * 5/ 8 9 T Spline has a maximum allowable input torque of 62 Nm [550 lb-in].
* * 5/ 8 Keyed shaft has a maximum allowable input torque of 56 Nm [500 lb-in].
Order Num bers
RIGHT HA N D LEFT HA N D SA E O-RIN G SA E O-RIN G

ROTATION ROTATION PORT PRESSU RE SUCTION
PROD UCT N O PROD UCT N O SHA FT LOCATION PORT SIZE PORT SIZE REPLACES
M odel 26007 – 19,7 cm /r [1.20 in /r] Displacement
3 3
26007-RZE 26007-LZE * 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25304-RSE/LSE
26007-RZF 26007-LZF * 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25304-RSF/LSF
26007-RZG 26007-LZG * * 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24306-RZA/LZA
26007-RZH 26007-LZH * * 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24306-RZE/LZF
26007-RZJ 26007-LZJ * 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24306-RZD/LZB
26007-RZK 26007-LZK * 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24306-RZF/LZG
26009-RZG 26009-LZG * * 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24307-RZC/LZA
26009-RZH 26009-LZH * * 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24307-RZG/LZF
26009-RZK 26009-LZK * 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24307-RZH/LZG
26012-RZG 26012-LZG * * 5/8 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24308-RZA/LZA
26012-RZH 26012-LZH * * 5/8 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24308-RZE/LZF
26012-RZK 26012-LZK * 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 24308-RZF/LZG
26013-RZA 26013-LZA 3/4 11T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25308-RZA/LZA
26013-RZB 26013-LZB 3/4 11T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25308-RZB/LZB
26013-RZC 26013-LZC 3/4 Keyed Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25308-RZC/LZC
26013-RZD 26013-LZD 3/4 Keyed Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25308-RZD/LZD
26013-RZE 26013-LZE * 5/8 9 T Spline Side 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25308-RZE/LZE
26013-RZF 26013-LZF * 5/8 9 T Spline Rear 7/8-14 UNF-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 25308-RZF/LZF

Series 2 6 Pum p Single Gear Pump w ith Double Gear Pump w ith
Optional Tandem Backplate Tandem Backplate
Configurations
The Series 26 Gear Pump

components can be assem-
bled into many optional con-
figurations. The versatile
design allow s you to assem- Triple Gear Pump w ith Tw o Suction
ble a pump to meet your Ports and Tandem Backplate
specific needs.
M odel codes for single and
multiple pumps along w ith
the component part dimen-
sion draw ings are given on
the follow ing pages.
Single Gear Pump Double Gear Pump w ith Single Gear Pump w /Tandem Double Gear Pump w ith Tandem
Common Suction Port Flow Divider Backplate Flow Divider Backplate
Triple Gear Pump w ith Triple Gear Pump w ith Tw o Suction

Tw o Suction Ports Ports and Tandem Flow Divider Backplate
Single Gear Pump Double Gear Pump Single Gear Pump w ith Flow Double Gear Pump w ith Flow
w ith Relief Valve w ith Relief Valve Divider and Relief Valve Divider and Relief Valve
Triple Gear Pump w ith Tw o Triple Gear Pump w ith Tw o Suction

Suction Ports and Relief Valve Ports, Flow Divider and Relief Valve

Series 2 6 Pum p
Com ponent Parts -
Dim ensions
Front Plate
SAE A 2 Bolt Flange used
on all Standard Catalog
Assemblies
130.0
[5.12] “B” M ount
15.0 6.4 106.4
[.59] [.25] [4.19]
2X Ø 14,27 [.562]
47.6
Dia. [1.88]
82.52±.03
[3.249±.001]
Ø 101,58 +/- 0,03
[3.999 +/- .001]
83.3 Interrupted
pilot does
[3.28] not allow 9,4
o-ring sealing.
A Gasket or sealant [.37]
must be used in
wet mount applications.
146,0 [5.75]
30.4 2X Dia.11.56±.13 CL 174,5 [6.87]
[1.20] [.455±.005]
4 Bolt Euro M ount

90 [3.54] 4X 9.1 [.36]
Body
45 [1.77] Used on Single and
4X 45˚
M ultiple Pumps
7,1
[.28]
47,8 Ø 79.92 +/- 0,03

[1.88] [3.146 +/- 0.001]
34,5
[1.36]
125,7
[4.95]
100,1
[3.94]
134,9
[5.31]
36,1 Dim A
72,1 [1.42]
[2.84]
M odel 26001 26002 26003 26004 26005 26006 26007

Displacement (cm 3/r [in 3/r]) 6.6 [.40] 8.2 [.50] 9.5 [.58] 10.8 [.66] 13.8 [.84] 16.7 [1.02] 19.7 [1.20]
Dimension A (mm [in]) 14.4 [.57] 16.3 [.64] 17.7 [.70 ] 19.5 [.77] 22.7 [.89] 25.9 [1.02] 29.1 [1.15]
M odel 26008 26009 26010 26011 26012 26013

Displacement (cm 3/r [in 3/r]) 22.5 [1.37] 24.3 [1.48] 25.2 [1.54] 27.7 [1.69] 29.0 [1.77] 30.6 [1.87]
Dimension A (mm [in]) 32.3 [1.27] 34.7 [1.36] 35.5 [1.40] 38.7 [1.52] 40.3 [1.59] 41.9 [1.65]

Series 2 6 Pum p
Com ponent Parts -
Dim ensions
Backplate CL
25.9 21.1
Used on Single and [1.02] [.83]
M ultiple Pumps
18
[.71]
Driveshaft
Centerline
18
Suction Port [.71]
Side Porting Pressure Port
Suction Port Rear Porting
Rear Porting 46.2 Pressure Port 27.7
[1.82] Side Porting [1.09]
92.5 48.3
[3.64] [1.90]
Flow Divider Backplate

Used on Single and
M ultiple Pumps
63.8
[2.51]
Secondary Pressure Optional Hex Plug

Port Rear Porting CL Suction Port (No Relief Valve)
19.3 30.2 Rear Porting 79.8
Secondary Pressure [.76] [1.19] Suction Port [3.14]
Port Side Porting Side Porting
1.3 18
[.05] [.71]
Driveshaft
Centerline
38.1
[1.50] 58.2
[2.29]
Priority Pressure
Port Side Porting
Priority Pressure 48.8 55.1 Relief 45.5
Port Rear Porting [1.92] [2.17] Valve [1.79]
90.9 70.1
[3.58] [2.76]
Right Hand Rotation Show n

Series 2 6 Pum p
Com ponent Parts -
Dim ensions
Relief Valve Backplate Adaptor Plate

Used on Single and Used on M ultiple Pumps -
M ultiple Pumps - Right Right Hand Rotation Show n
Hand Rotation Show n
CL Relief Valve CL
66 External Drain
[2.60] 39.1
7/8-14 SAE [1.54]
11.7
[.46] Relief 18.1
Valve 21.8 [.71]
[.86] 58.5 Driveshaft
18.1 [2.31] Centerline
[.71] Driveshaft
Centerline
Pressure Suction
Pressure Port Suction Port Port Port
Side Porting Side Porting
Pressure Port Suction Port
Rear Porting
46.2 62.7 48.3
Rear Porting [1.82] [2.47] [1.90]
21.1 25.9 27.7
[.83] [1.02] [1.09]
47.8 52.3
[1.88] [2.06]
95.5
[3.76]
Tandem Backplate 15,7 [.62] 82.5

Used on Single and [3.25]
CL 2X 3/8-16
M ultiple Pumps
See M odel Code for 18
SAE AA 2 Bolt Flange Output Shaft Options [.71]
Driveshaft
Centerline
Pressure
Port Suction
Port
9 tooth 20/40 DP 30˚
invlt flat root class I 46.2 20.8
side fit spline SAE J498b [1.82] [.82]
92.5 50.8
9,7 [.38] min. full spline
[3.64] [2.00]
M ax Torque Rating: 29.5 Nm [261 lbf•in] Right Hand Rotation Show n

Series 2 6 Pum p Series 26 Gear Pumps can w ithin the code identify spe- w rite the numbers and let-
be ordered by using the fol- cific features. ters into the boxes as you
M odel Code - low ing M odel Code. Use the M odel Code M atrix select features.
Single A twenty-four digit coding as an aid w hen assembling All twenty-four digits of the
system has been designed the model code for the code must be submitted
to identify the features pump w ith the features you w hen ordering.
presently available on single desire. It may be helpful to
gear pumps. The characters photocopy the matrix and
and their relative positions
All dimensions are in inches.
ACN * * * * * * A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A
1, 2, 3 4 5 6, 7 8, 9 10 11 12, 13 14, 15 16, 17 18 19, 20 21, 22 23 24
1, 2, 3
26 Series 10 Mounting Features 15 = Relief Valve: Suction Port 16, 17Relief Valve Full Flow
1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Setting (bar [PSI])
ACN – Gear Pump - A = SAE 2-Bolt A Flange, Port; Pressure Port .875-14
Single Unit Series 82-2 00 = No Relief Valve Setting
UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port - Side
4 Unit Type B = SAE 2-Bolt B Flange, Ports; Drain Port .875-14 UNF- AA = 34.5 [ 500]
Series 101-2 2B SAE O-ring Port
A – Plain AB = 51.7 [ 750]
B – Flow Divider w ith/w ithout D = European 4-Bolt 16 = Relief Valve: Suction Port
1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring AC = 68.9 [1000]
Relief Valve (Pos. 14-15)
C – Relief Valve (Pos. 16-17) 11 Auxiliary Mounting Port; Pressure Port .875-14 AE = 86.2 [1250]
Features UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port - Rear AF = 103.4 [1500]
5 Input Rotation (viewed Ports; Drain Port .875-14 UNF-
0 - No Rear M ounting 2B SAE O-ring Port AJ = 120.7 [1750]
from input shaft end) C - (2-Bolt AA) SAE Flange
L – Left-hand Rotation CCW 20 = Flow Divider: Suction AL = 137.9 [2000]
Series 50-2, w ith 9 Tooth
R – Right-hand Rotation CW Internal Spline 20/40 Pitch, Port 1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE AN = 155.1 [2250]
Accepts 25.4 [1.00] Shaft O-ring Port; Priority Pressure
6, 7 Displacement Port .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O- AP = 172.4 [2500]
Extension
(cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) ring Port; Secondary Pressure AR = 189.6 [2750]
01 = 6.6 [.40] 12, 13 Port .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O- AS = 206.8 [3000]
Ports, Sizes and
02 = 8.2 [.50] ring Port - Side Ports
Location- Backplate BR = 241.3 [3500]
03 = 9.5 [.58] 21 = Flow Divider: Suction
04 = 10.8 [.66] 01 = Plain: Suction Port Port 1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE BT = 224.1 [3250]
05 = 13.8 [.84] 1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring O-ring Port; Priority Pressure
06 = 16.7 [1.02] Port; Pressure Port .875-14 Port .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O- 18 Test Data
07 = 19.7 [1.20] UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port - Side ring Port; Secondary Pressure
Sports 0 - Generic
08 = 22.5 [1.37] Port .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O- A - Unit Specific
09 = 24.3 [1.48] 02 = Plain: Suction Port ring Port - Rear Ports (required for flow divider
10 = 25.2 [1.54] 1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring and relief valve options.)
11 = 27.7 [1.69] Port; Pressure Port .875-14 14, 15Priority Flow Divider
12 = 29.0 [1.77] UNF-2B SAE O-Ring Port - Setting (LPM [GPM]) 19, 20 Special Features
13 = 30.6 [1.87] Rear Ports
00 = No Flow Setting 00 - No Special Features
8, 9 03 = Plain: Suction Port AB - Viton Shaft Seal
Input Shaft AA = 3.8 [1.00]
1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring
AA = 5/8 Inch Dia. 9 Tooth Port; Pressure Port .875-14 AD = 7.6 [2.00] 21, 22 Paint
Spline 16/32 Pitch Shaft UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port
Extension 31.8 [1.25] AJ = 11.4 [3.00] 00 - None
Accepts Fittings Per SAE
AL = 15.1 [4.00] 0A - Red Primer
AB = 3/4 Inch Dia. 11 Tooth J1926 - Side Ports
0B - Black
Spline 16/32 Pitch Shaft 04 = Plain: Suction Port AN = 18.9 [5.00]
Extension 31.8 [1.25] 1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring AR = 22.7 [6.00] 23 Identification
AC = 3/4 Inch Dia. Straight Port; Pressure Port .875-14 0 - Standard
UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port AS = 26.5 [7.00]
Keyed, Keyway 4.8 x 25.4 [.19
x 1.00] Shaft Extension 31.8 Accepts Fittings Per SAE AT = 30.3 [8.00] 24 Design Code
[1.25] J1926 -Rear Ports A -A
AD = 5/8 Inch Dia. Straight 08 = Plain Thru Shaft: Suction
Keyed, Keyway 4.1 X 18.3 [.16 Port 1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-
X .72] Shaft Extension 31.8 ring Port; Pressure Port .875-
[1.25] 14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port -
Side Ports

Series 2 6 Pum p Series 26 Gear Pumps can The characters and their rela- desire. It may be helpful to
be ordered by using the fol- tive positions within the code photocopy the matrix and
M odel Code - low ing M odel Code. identify specific features. w rite the numbers and let-
ters into the boxes as you
M ultiple A thirty-two digit coding sys- Use the M odel Code M atrix
select features.
tem has been designed to as an aid w hen assembling
identify the features the model code for the All thirty-two digits of the
presently available on pump w ith the features you code must be submitted
M ultiple gear pumps. w hen ordering.
ACM * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B
1, 2, 3 4 5 6, 7 8, 9 10, 11 12, 13 14, 15 16, 17 18, 19 20, 21 22,23 24 25 26 27 ,28 29, 30 31 32
1, 2, 3 26 Series 10, 11 Displacement - Rear 14, 15 Front Adapter Ports 18, 19 Ports, Sizes and
ACM – Gear Pump - (cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) 01 = Suction Port 1-5/8–12 Location- Backplate
M ultiple Unit 01 = 6.6 [.40] UN-2B SAE O-ring Port; 01 = Plain: Suction Port
02 = 8.2 [.50] Pressure Port 7/8–14 UNF-2B 1-5/16–12 UN-2B SAE O-ring
4 Unit Type 03 = 9.5 [.58] SAE O-ring Port Port Size; Pressure Port
A – Plain 04 = 10.8 [.66] 7/8–14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
05 = 13.8 [.84] 05 = Suction Port 1-5/16–12
B – Flow Divider w ith/w ithout Port–Side Ports
06 = 16.7 [1.02] UN-2B SAE O-ring Port;
Relief Valve (Pos. 20-21)
07 = 19.7 [1.20] Pressure Port 7/8–14 UNF-2B 02 = Plain: Suction Port
C – Relief Valve
08 = 22.5 [1.37] SAE O-ring Port 1-5/16–12 UN-2B SAE O-ring
5 Input Rotation (viewed 09 = 24.3 [1.48] Port Size; Pressure Port
10 = 25.2 [1.54]
16, 17 Ports - Rear Adapter 7/8–14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
from input shaft end)
11 = 27.7 [1.69] (Triple Units) Port–Rear Ports
L – Left-hand Rotation CCW
R – Right-hand Rotation CW 12 = 29.0 [1.77] 00 = No Rear Adaptor 03 = Plain: Suction Port
13 = 30.6 [1.87] 1-1/16–12 UN-2B SAE O-ring
01 = Suction Port 1-5/8–12 Port Size; Pressure Port
6, 7 Displacement - Front
12, 13 Input Shaft UN-2B SAE O-ring Port; 7/8–14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
(cm / r [in3/ r])
3
Pressure Port 7/8–14 UNF-2B
AA = 5/8 Inch Dia. 9 Tooth Port–Side Ports
01 = 6.6 [.40] SAE O-ring Port
02 = 8.2 [.50] Spline 16/32 Pitch Shaft 04 = Plain: Suction Port
Extension 31.8 [1.25] 05 = Suction Port 1-5/16–12 1-1/16–12 UN-2B SAE O-ring
03 = 9.5 [.58]
UN-2B SAE O-ring Port; Port Size; Pressure Port
04 = 10.8 [.66] AB = 3/4 Inch Dia. 11 Tooth Pressure Port 7/8–14 UNF-2B 7/8–14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
05 = 13.8 [.84] Spline 16/32 Pitch Shaft SAE O-ring Port Port–Rear Ports
06 = 16.7 [1.02] Extension 31.8 [1.25]
07 = 19.7 [1.20] 08 = Plain Tandem: Suction
08 = 22.5 [1.37] AC = 3/4 Inch Dia. Straight
Keyed, Keyway 4.8 x 25.4 [.19 x Port 1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-
09 = 24.3 [1.48] ring Port; Pressure Port .875-
10 = 25.2 [1.54] 1.00] Shaft Extension 31.8 [1.25]
14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port -
11 = 27.7 [1.69] AD = 5/8 Inch Dia. Straight Side Ports
12 = 29.0 [1.77] Keyed, Keyway 4.1 X 18.3 [.16 X
13 = 30.6 [1.87] .72] Shaft Extension 31.8 [1.25] 14 = Plain: Suction Port
1-5/16–12 UN-2B SAE O-ring
8, 9 Displacement - Ctr. Port Size–(Plugged); Pressure
Triple Only (cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) Port 7/8–14 UNF-2B SAE
O-ring Port–Side Ports, used
01 = 6.6 [.40]
w ith position 14 and 15–01
02 = 8.2 [.50]
and 16 and 17–10
03 = 9.5 [.58]
04 = 10.8 [.66] 17 = Plain: Suction Port
05 = 13.8 [.84] 1-5/16–12 UN-2B SAE
06 = 16.7 [1.02] O-ringPort Size–(Plugged);
07 = 19.7 [1.20] Pressure Port 7/8–14 UNF-2B
08 = 22.5 [1.37] SAE O-ring Port–Rear Ports,
09 = 24.3 [1.48] used w ith position 14 and
10 = 25.2 [1.54] 15–01 and 16 and 17–01
11 = 27.7 [1.69] 18 = Plain Tandem: Suction
12 = 29.0 [1.77] Port 1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-
13 = 30.6 [1.87] ring Port (Plugged); Pressure
99 = No Center Displacement Port .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O-
ring Port - Side Ports

Series 2 6 Pum p
M odel Code -
M ultiple
ACM * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B
1, 2, 3 4 5 6, 7 8, 9 10, 11 12, 13 14, 15 16, 17 18, 19 20, 21 22,23 24 25 26 27 ,28 29, 30 31 32
19 = Plain: Suction Port 20, 21 Priority Flow Divider 24 Mounting Features 26 Test Data
1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Setting (LPM [GPM]) (Front)
Port (Plugged); Pressure Port 0 - Generic
1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring 00 = No Flow Setting A = (2-Bolt A) SAE Flange, A - Unit Specific
Port - Side Ports Series 82-3 (required for flow divider
AA = 3.8 [1.00]
and relief valve options.)
20 = Relief Valve: Suction Port AD = 7.6 [2.00] C = (2-Bolt B) SAE Flange
1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Series 82.3
AJ = 11.4 [3.00] 27, 28
Special Features
Port; Pressure Port .875-14 G = (4-Bolt) European
UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port - AL = 15.1 [4.00] 00 - No Special Features
SIDE Ports; DRAIN Port .875- 25 AB - Viton Shaft Seal
AN = 18.9 [5.00] Auxiliary Mounting
14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port Features
AR = 22.7 [6.00] 29, 30 Paint
21 = Relief Valve: Suction Port 0 = No Rear M ounting
1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring AS = 26.5 [7.00] 00 - None
Port; Pressure Port .875-14 AT = 30.3 [8.00] C = (2-Bolt AA) SAE Flange 0A - Red Primer
UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port - Rear Series 50-2, w ith 9 Tooth 0B - Black
Ports; DRAIN Port .875-14 22,23 Internal Spline 20/40 Pitch,
Relief Valve Full Flow Accepts 25.4 [1.00] Shaft 31 Identification
UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port - TOP Setting (bar [PSI])
Port Extension 0 - Standard
00 = No Relief Valve Setting
27 = Flow Divider: Suction 32
Port 1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE O- AA = 34.5 [500] Design Code
ring Port; Priority Pressure B-B
AB = 51.7 [750]
Port .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O-
ring Port; Secondary Pressure AC = 68.9 [1000]
Port .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O- AE = 86.2 [1250]
ring Port - SIDE Ports AF = 103.4 [1500]
28 = Flow Divider: Suction AJ = 120.7 [1750]
Port 1.3125-12 UN-2B SAE O-
ring Port; Priority Pressure AL = 137.9 [2000]
Port .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O- AN = 155.1 [2250]
ring Port; Secondary Pressure
Port .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O- AP = 172.4 [2500]
ring Port - Rear Ports AR = 189.6 [2750]
29 = Flow Divider: Suction AS = 206.8 [3000]
Port 1.0625-12 UN-2B SAE O-
ring Port; Priority Pressure
ring Port; Secondary Pressure
ring Port - SIDE Ports
Consult your Eaton representative
w hen requiring common inlet option.

Series 2 6 Pum p
Side-Load
Applications
M aximum Allowable
Operating Pressures
Ideal positions show n.

Side load is acceptable
w ithin 90° of either side of Gear Drive
the ideal position. Charts
are based on 100% slack
side tension. M ax. speed 45° 45°
per catalog. M ax. operating Pump 0° 0°
pressure show n. Pump
Inlet Inlet
CW Rotation CCW Rotation
Y
Pulley Drive
Pitch
Dia.
50° 50°
0° CW Rotation CCW Rotation 0°

Pump Pump
Inlet Inlet
0.40/ 0.50 CID 0.58/ 0.66 CID

PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12 PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12
GEA R PITCH φ 1 2 3 4 5 6 GEA R PITCH φ 1 2 3 4 5 6
Y Dimension Y Dimension
2.0” 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2.0” 2250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
1.5” 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1.5” 2250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
1.0” 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1.0” 2500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
0.5” 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 0.5” 2500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
0” 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 0” 2750 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
.84 CID 1.02 CID

PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12 PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12
2.0” 1750 2500 3000 3000 3000 3000 2.0” 1250 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000
1.5” 1750 2750 3000 3000 3000 3000 1.5” 1250 2000 2500 2750 3000 3000
1.0” 2000 2750 3000 3000 3000 3000 1.0” 1250 2000 2500 2750 3000 3000
0.5” 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 0.5” 1500 2250 2500 2750 3000 3000
0” 2250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 0” 1500 2250 2750 3000 3000 3000

Series 2 6 Pum p
Side-Load
Applications
M aximum Allowable
Operating Pressures
Ideal positions show n. Y

Side load is acceptable
w ithin 90° of either side of
the ideal position. Charts
are based on 100% slack Pitch
side tension. M ax. speed Dia.
per catalog. M ax. operating
pressure show n.
1.20 CID 1.69 CID

PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12 PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12
2.0” N/R 1500 2000 2250 2250 2500 2.0” N/R N/R 1250 1500 1500 1750
1.5” N/R 1500 2000 2250 2500 2500 1.5” N/R N/R 1250 1500 1500 1750
1.0” N/R 1750 2000 2250 2500 2500 1.0” N/R N/R 1250 1500 1750 1750
0.5” 1250 1750 2250 2250 2500 2750 0.5” N/R 1250 1250 1500 1750 1750
0” 1250 1750 2250 2500 2750 3000 0” N/R 1250 1500 1750 1750 2000
1.37 CID 1.77/ 1.87 CID

PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12 PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12
2.0” N/R 1250 1750 2000 2000 2250 2.0” N/R N/R N/R 1250 1500 1500
1.5” N/R 1250 1750 2000 2000 2250 1.5” N/R N/R 1250 1250 1500 1500
1.0” N/R 1500 1750 2000 2250 2250 1.0” N/R N/R 1250 1250 1500 1500
0.5” N/R 1500 1750 2000 2250 2250 0.5” N/R N/R 1250 1500 1500 1750
0” N/R 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 0” N/R N/R 1250 1500 1750 1750
1.48/ 1.54 CID

PU LLEY φ 2 4 6 8 10 12
GEA R PITCH φ 1 2 3 4 5 6
Y Dimension
2.0” N/R N/R 1250 1500 1750 2000
1.5” N/R 1250 1500 1750 1750 2000
1.0” N/R 1250 1500 1750 2000 2000
0.5” N/R 1250 1500 1750 2000 2000
0” N/R 1500 1750 2000 2000 2250

Series 2 6 Pum p
Load Sensing
Priority Valve
The Load Sensing The excess flow (EF)is avail-

PriorityValve is used w ith able for auxiliary circuits.The
the open loop load sense response time was select-
systemsthat are typically edto insure that the operator
used in steering and braking w ill not sense a delay or
circuits. The load sense gear steering “ kick” during tran-
pump provides metered pri- sient conditions.
orityflow (CF)on demand.
VA LV E SPECIFICATION S
Rated Pressure 207 BAR (3000PSI)
Rated Inlet Flow 108 L/m (28GPM )
M aximum Controlled Flow (CF) 33 L/m(8.5 GPM )
Bias Pressure Dynamic - 10 bar (150 PSI) Std.
Static - 6.9 bar (100 PSI) Std.
Relief Pressure 34.5-207 bar (500-3000 PSI)
Response Time 70 msec. max. (std. bias spring)
CF Flow Variation over full pressure range +/- 10%
PU M P SPECIFICATION S
Displacements 9 Available: 8.2cm 3/r [.50 in 3/r] thru 30.6 cm 3/r [1.87in 3/r]
M ounting SAE 2-Bolt A M ount
SAE 2-Bolt B M ount
4-Bolt European M ount (80mm Pilot)
Ports Side or Rear
Type Single or M ultiple Configuration

Series 2 6 M ot or
General
Specifications
Rotation Bi-Rotation
M ounting Flange SAE A 2 Bolt
M ax. Continuous Pressure† 210 bar [3000 PSI]*
M ax. Intermittent Pressure†† 240 bar [3500 PSI]* *
M aximum Rotating Torque at 0 Pressure 4 Nm [36 lb-in]
M aximum Continuous Operating Temperature 105°C [220°F]
M inimum Continuous Oil Viscocity 5.7 cSt [45 SUS]
M aximum Inlet Vacuum at Operating Condition 0,8 bar Abs. [11.6 psi Abs.]
M aximum Thrust Load 50 lbs.
M aximum Seal Pressure 150 PSI, 200 PSI @ 1500 RPM
† Continuous - motor may be run continuously at these ratings.
†† Intermittent - intermittent operation, 10% of every minute.
* 31.8 cm3/ rev. [1.94 in3/ rev.] displacement max. continuous pressure is 190 bar [2750 PSI].
** 31.8 cm3/ rev. [1.94 in3/ rev.] displacement max. intermittent pressure is 224 bar [3250 PSI].
Displacement cm 3/r [in 3/r] 7,0 8,8 10,1 11,6 14,5 17,3 20,3
[.43] [.54] [.62] [.71] [.88] [1.06] [1.24]
M ax. Intermittent Pressure bar [PSI] 241 241 241 241 241 241 241
[3495] [3495] [3495] [3495] [3495] [3495] [3495]
Rated Speed (RPM ) 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3200 3200
M inimum Output Flow at Continuous 22,2 27,9 32,0 36,7 48,0 50,9 59,8
Rated Speed and Pressure LPM [GPM ] [5.9] [7.4] [8.5] [9.7] [12.7] [13.5] [15.8]
Input Pow er at Intermittent Rated 11,9 15,0 17,2 19,7 24,7 26,2 30,7
Speed and Pressure kW [HP] [16.0] [20.1] [23.0] [26.5] [33.1] [35.1] [41.2]
Displacement cm 3/r [in 3/r] 23,1 25,2 26,0 28,8 30,3 31,7
[1.41] [1.54] [1.59] [1.76] [1.85] [1.93]
M ax. Intermittent Pressure bar [PSI] 241 241 241 241 234 224
[3495] [3495] [3495] [3495] [3393] [3248]
Rated Speed (RPM ) 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
M inimum Output Flow at Continuous 63,8 69,6 71,8 79,5 83,6 87,5
Rated Speed and Pressure LPM [GPM ] [16.8] [18.4] [19.0] [21.0] [22.1] [23.1]
Input Pow er at Intermittent Rated 32,8 35,7 36,9 40,8 41,7 41,8
Speed and Pressure kW [HP] [43.9] [47.9] [49.4] [54.8] [55.9] [56.0]
The performance data in the table above and the following graphs was collected using a mineral base oil with a viscosity of 133 SUS at 49°C [120°F].
Ordering Information order number is a preassigned

Catalog Assem blies Cross part number and may be used to
Reference order the specific standard
assembly (see page 24).
Standard catalog assemblies are
built from high production parts
and are the most economical
pump assemblies available in this
series. The standard assembly

Series 2 6 M ot or
Perform ance Data
14,2
[.56]
Bottom Drain 92,5 [3.64]

46,2 For front mounting
[1.82] configuration, see separate
Dim D M ax front mounting draw ing.
42,2 [1.66]
2X Dim C
21,1 [.83] 2X Dim A
For shaft configuration, see
separate shaft draw ing.
Driveshaft 18 [.71]
72,0
[2.83] Work
Port Work Port
Work Port Work Port
(optional) (optional)
Case Drain Port - Bottom
(Plugged for Internal Drain Option) Dim B
Top Drain 92,5 [3.64] Case Drain Port - Top
46,2 (Plugged for Internal
[1.82] Drain Option)
42,2 [1.66]
21,1 [.83]
35,7
[1.41]
Driveshaft
Work
Port Work Port
Work Port
(optional) Work Port
(optional)
FRON T M OU N T: 2 BOLT SA E A A N D B
D ISPLACEM EN T D IM A D IM B D IM C D IM D
cm3/r [in3/r] mm [in] mm [in] mm [in] mm [in]
7.0 [.43] 69.2 [2.72] 67.9 [2.67] 89.0 [3.50] 96.6 [3.80]
8.8 [.54] 71.1 [2.80] 69.8 [2.75] 90.9 [3.58] 98.5 [3.88]
10.2 [.62] 72.6 [2.86] 71.3 [2.81] 92.4 [3.64] 100.0 [3.94]
11.6 [.71] 74.3 [2.93] 73.0 [2.88] 94.1 [3.71] 101.7 [4.01]
12.5 [.76] 75.2 [2.96] 74.0 [2.91] 95.1 [3.74] 102.7 [4.04]
14.6 [.89] 77.5 [3.05] 76.2 [3.00] 97.3 [3.83] 104.9 [4.13]
17.4 [1.06] 80.7 [3.18] 79.4 [3.13] 100.5 [3.96] 108.1 [4.26]
20.3 [1.24] 83.9 [3.30] 82.6 [3.25] 103.7 [4.08] 111.3 [4.38]
23.1 [1.41] 87.1 [3.43] 85.8 [3.38] 106.9 [4.21] 114.5 [4.51]
26.1 [1.59] 90.3 [3.56] 89.0 [3.51] 110.1 [4.34] 117.7 [4.64]
28.8 [1.76] 93.5 [3.68] 92.2 [3.63] 113.3 [4.46] 120.9 [4.76]
31.8 [1.94] 96.7 [3.81] 95.4 [3.76] 116.5 [4.59] 124.1 [4.89]

Series 2 6 M ot or Series 26 Gear M otors can w ithin the code identify spe- w rite the numbers and let-
be ordered by using the fol- cific features. ters into the boxes as you
M odel Code - low ing M odel Code. Use the M odel Code M atrix select features.
Single A twenty-four digit coding as an aid w hen assembling All twenty-four digits of the
system has been designed the model code for the code must be submitted
to identify the features pump w ith the features you w hen ordering.
presently available on single desire. It may be helpful to
gear pumps. The characters photocopy the matrix and
and their relative positions
ADM * * * * * * A 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 A
1, 2, 3 4 5 6, 7 8, 9 10 11, 12 13, 14 15 16, 17 18 19, 20 21, 22 23 24
1, 2, 3
26 Series 8, 9 Output Shaft 11, 12
Ports, Sizes and 16, 17 Relief Valve Setting
ADM – Gear M otor AA = 9 Tooth Spline 16/32 Location- Backplate bar [lbf/ in2]
Spline, M in. Full Spline 22.4 01 = Inlet Port 1.0625-12 00 = No Relief Valve Setting
4 Unit Type [.88], Shaft Extension 31.8 UN-2B SAE O-Ring Port; AA = 117.2 [1700]
A – Plain [1.25] Outlet Port 1.0625-12 UN-2B
SAE O-Ring Port - Side Ports AB = 141.3 [2050]
5 AB = 11 Tooth Spline 16/32
Output Rotation AC = 31.0 [450]
Spline, M in. Full Spline 22.4 02 = Inlet Port 1.0625-12
D – Bi-Directional [.88], Shaft Extension 31.8 UN-2B SAE O-Ring Port;
L – Left-hand Rotation CCW [1.25] Outlet Port 1.0625-12 UN-2B 18 Test Data
R – Right-hand Rotation CW SAE O-Ring Port - Rear Ports
AC = Straight Shaft Dia 19.05 0 - Generic
6, 7 Displacement [.750], Keyway 4.8 x 25.4 [.19 03 = Inlet Port .875-14 A - Unit Specific
(cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) x 1.00], Shaft Extension 31.8 UN-2B SAE O-Ring Port; (Used w ith Relief Valve)
[1.25] (Key Included) Outlet Port .875-14 UN-2B
01 = 7.0 [.43]
02 = 8.8 [.54] AD = Straight Shaft Dia 15.88 SAE O-Ring Port - Side Ports 19, 20Special Features
03 = 10.2 [.62] [.625], Keyway 4.1 x 18.3 [.16 04 = Inlet Port .875-14 00 - No Special Features
04 = 11.6 [.71] x .72], Shaft Extension 31.8 UN-2B SAE O-Ring Port;
[1.25] (Key Included) 21, 22 Paint
05 = 14.6 [.89] Outlet Port .875-14 UN-2B
06 = 17.4 [1.06] AJ = Dia 15.88 [.625], Taper SAE O-Ring Port - Rear Ports 00 - None
07 = 20.3 [1.24] .125:1, .500-20 UNF-2A, 0A - Primer per Spec 209-13A
08 = 23.1 [1.41] Keyway 4.1 x 17.5 [.16 x .69], 13, 14 Case Drain 0B - Black per Spec 209-13B
09 = 25.2 [1.54] Shaft Extension 43.7 [1.72] 00 = No Case Drain 23 Identification
10 = 26.1 [1.59] (Key Included)
11 = 28.8 [1.76] AA = .5625-18 UNF-2B SAE 0 - Standard
12 = 30.3 [1.85] 10 O-Ring Port - Bottom
Mounting Features
13 = 31.8 [1.94] AB = .5625-18 UNF-2B SAE 24 Design Code
A = 2-Bolt A - SAE Flange A -A
O-Ring Port - Top
Series 82-2
AC = Internal w ith
Bi-Directional Checks,
.5625-18 UNF-2B SAE
O-Ring Port - Plugged
AD = .5625-18 UNF-2B SAE
O-Ring Port - Bottom-Plugged
AE = .5625-18 UNF-2B SAE
O-Ring Port - Top-Plugged
15 Relief Valve Type

0 = No Relief Valve
C = Cross-over

Series L2 Pum p
General
Specifications
and Perform ance
Data
Rotation CCW or CW
M ounting Flange SAE 2 Bolt B
M aximum Continuous † Pressure 248 bar [3600 PSI]*
M aximum Intermittent †† Pressure 276 bar [4000 PSI]* *
M aximum Continuous Inlet Temperature 107°C [225°F]
M aximum Inlet Vacuum at 82°C [180°F] and Rated Speed 6.0 In. Hg
†† Intermittent - Intermittent operation, 10% of every minute.
* 46.7 [2.85] displacement maximum continuous pressure is 224 bar [3250 PSI]
51.1 [3.12] displacement maximum continuous pressure is 207 bar [3000 PSI]
55.2 [3.37] displacement maximum continuous pressure is 190 bar [2750 PSI]
* * 46.7 [2.85] displacement maximum intermittent pressure is 252 bar [3650 PSI]
51.1 [3.12] displacement maximum intermittent pressure is 234 bar [3400 PSI]
55.2 [3.37] displacement maximum intermittent pressure is 217 bar [3150 PSI]
M OD EL 2550 0 2 5 5 01 25502 25503 25504 25505 25506 25507 25508

Displacement cm 3/r [in 3/r] 21.3 25.4 29.2 33.6 38.2 42.8 46.7 51.1 55.2
[1.30] [1.55] [1.78] [2.05] [2.33] [2.61] [2.85] [3.12] [3.37]
M ax. Continuous † Pressure bar [PSI] 248 248 248 248 248 248 224 207 190
[3600] [3600] [3600] [3600] [3600] [3600] [3250] [3000] [2750]
M ax. Intermittent †† Pressure bar [PSI] 276 276 276 276 276 276 252 234 217
[4000] [4000] [4000] [4000] [4000] [4000] [3650] [3400] [3150]
Rated Speed (RPM ) 3500 3000 3000 2750 2750 2500 2500 2500 2250
M inimum Output Flow at 207 bar [3000 PSI] 61,3 64,7 78,0 83,3 94,6 96,1 105,2 115,1 112,0
and Rated Speed LPM [GPM ] [16.2] [17.1] [20.6] [22.0] [25.0] [25.4] [27.8] [30.4] [29.6]
Input Pow er at 207 bar [3000 PSI] and 27.5 27.5 31.1 35.3 39.5 39.6 42.4 49.4 48.2
Rated Speed and Cont. Pressure kW [HP] [36.9] [36.9] [41.7] [47.3] [53.0] [53.1] [56.8] [66.2] [64.7]
The performance data in the table above and the following graphs was collected using a mineral base oil with a viscosity of 133 SUS at 49° C [120° F]. The following performance
graphs are representative of the series.
†† Intermittent - Intermittent operation, 10% of every minute.
Ordering Information Optional Configurations

Standard Catalog Assem blies Besides the Standard Catalog
Standard Catalog Assemblies are Assemblies, the L2 Series has
built from high quality production several optional features. Flow
parts and are the most economi- divider and tandem backplates
cal pumps available in this series. are available. M ultiple gear
Dimensions and order numbers pumps can also be built. If a vari-
for Standard Catalog Assemblies ation from the Standard Catalog
are given on pages 29-30. Assemblies is required, use the
model codes on pages 35-36.

Series L2 Pum p
Perform ance Data
Charts
Output Flow vs Speed
55.2 [3.37] 51.1 [3.12]

120 46.7 [2.85]
[32] 42.8 [2.61]
38.2 [2.33]
69 Bar [1000 PSI]
33.6 [2.05]
Output Flow at
90
29.2 [1.78]
(LPM [GPM ]
[24]
25.4 [1.55]
60 21.3 [1.30]
[16]
30
[8]
0
500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Input Speed
Displacement
(RPM )
cm3/r [in 3/r]
55.2 [3.37] 51.1 [3.12]

120
46.7 [2.85]
[32]
42.8 [2.61]
38.2 [2.33]
207 Bar [3000 PSI]
90 33.6 [2.05]
Output Flow at
[24] 29.2 [1.78]

(LPM [GPM ]
25.4 [1.55]
60 21.3 [1.30]
[16]
30
[8]
0
500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Series L2 Pum p
Perform ance Data
Charts
Input Power vs Speed
55.2 [3.37] 51.1 [3.12]
15 46.7 [2.85]
69 Bar [1000 PSI]
42.8 [2.61]
Input Pow er at
[20]
(kW [HP])
38.2 [2.33]
33.6 [2.05]
29.2 [1.78]
10 25.4 [1.55]
[13]
21.3 [1.30]
5
[7]
0
500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Input Speed
(RPM )
Displacement
50 cm 3/r [in 3/r]
[67] 55.2 [3.37] 51.1 [3.12]
46.7 [2.85]
40 42.8 [2.61]
38.2 [2.33]
[54]
33.6 [2.05]
207 Bar [3000 PSI]
Input Pow er at
29.2 [1.78]
(kW [HP])
30
25.4 [1.55]
[40]
21.3 [1.30]
20
[27]
10
[13]
0
500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Input Speed
(RPM )
The performance data show in the graphs are representative of this series. Tests w ere performed
per SAE specifications using mineral base oil w ith a viscosity of 133 SUS at 49° C [120° F].

Series L2 Pum p All dimensions are in mm [in].
Standard Catalog
Assem blies -
Dim ensions
17.5 177.8
[.69] 9.7 146 [7.00]
CL Pressure Port
Suction Rear Porting [.38] [5.75]
Port
Rear Pressure Port See Shaft 59.9
Porting Side Porting † Draw ing [2.36]
Driveshaft Dia.
Centerline 101.57± 0.03
OUT
IN
[3.999 ±.001]
22.4
[.88] 104.4
[4.11]
2X Dia.
Suction 14.5± 0.13
Port 27.7 27.7 [.572 ±.005]
Side [1.09] [1.09] 2X Dim A CL
Porting † 81.8 † 75.4 † Dim B
[3.22] [2.97]
† For split flange porting subtract .8 [.03], available in side porting only
M OD EL 2550 0 2 5 5 01 25502 25503 25504 25505 25506 25507 25508

Displacement (cm3/r [in 3/r]) 21.3 [1.30] 25.4 [1.55] 29.2 [1.78] 33.6 [2.05] 38.2 [2.33] 42.8 [2.61] 46.7 [2.85] 51.1 [3.12] 55.2 [3.37]
Dimension A (mm [in.]) 84.8 [3.34] 88.2 [3.47] 91.7 [3.61] 95.1 [3.75] 98.6 [3.88] 102.0 [4.02] 105.3 [4.14] 109.0 [4.29] 112.4 [4.43]
Dimension B (mm [in.]) 117.3 [4.62] 120.8 [4.75] 124.2 [4.89] 127.7 [5.03] 131.1 [5.16] 134.6 [5.30] 137.8 [5.42] 141.5 [5.57] 145.0 [5.71]
7/ 8 Inch Straight Key 7/ 8 Inch 13 Tooth Spline 7/ 8 Inch 41 Tooth Spline

M aximum Input Torque†† M aximum Input Torque†† M aximum Input Torque††
170 Nm [1500 lb-in] 209 Nm [1850 lb-in] 316 Nm [2800 lb-in]
[.97] [.978±.004] 13 Tooth 16/32
41 Tooth 48/96 DP 45°
+0.05 DP 30° Involute
4.1 Flat Root Class 1 Involute Fillet Root Class 1
[.16] 6.30 -0.03
Side Fit Spline Side Fit Spline
[ .248+0.02 SAE J498b
-0.01]
Dia.
22.222±0.003
[.8749±.0001 41.1 13 [.51] M in Full Spline
[1.62] 24.9 [.98]
* M ultiple pump input torque limitations:

The total torque for multiple pump displacements and
pressure combinations cannot exceed the maximum
input torque rating of the shaft. The proper formula is
Pressure times Displacement divided by 6.28.

Series L2 Pum p
Order Num bers
RIGHT HA N D LEFT HA N D
ROTATION ROTATION PORT SA E PRESSU RE SA E SUCTION
PROD UCT N O PROD UCT N O SHA FT LOCATION PORT SIZE PORT SIZE
M odel 25500 – 21.3 cm3/r [1.30 in3/r] Displacement
25500-RSA 25500-LSA 13 T Spline Side 1-1/16-12 1-5/8-12
25500-RSB 25500-LSB 13 T Spline Rear 1-1/16-12 1-5/8-12
25500-RSC 25500-LSC 7/8 Keyed Side 1-1/16-12 1-5/8-12
25500-RSD 25500-LSD 7/8 Keyed Rear 1-1/16-12 1-5/8-12
25500-RSE 25500-LSE 13 T Spline Side 3/4 Split Flange 1-1/4 Split Flange
25500-RSF 25500-LSF 7/8 Keyed Side 3/4 Split Flange 1-1/4 Split Flange

Series L2 Pum p
Order Num bers
RIGHT HA N D LEFT HA N D
ROTATION ROTATION PORT SA E PRESSU RE SA E SUCTION
PROD UCT N O PROD UCT N O SHA FT LOCATION PORT SIZE PORT SIZE

Series L2 Pum p
Optional
Configurations
The L2 Series gear pump M odel codes for single and

components can be assem- multiple pumps along w ith
bled into many optional con- the component part dimen-
figurations. The versatile sion draw ings are given on
design allow s you to assem- the follow ing pages.
ble a pump to meet your
specific needs.
Single Gear Pump w ith Double GearGear

Double Pump w ithw ith
Pump Triple Gear Pump w ith
Spilt- Flange Ports Common Suction
Common Port Port
Suction Tw o Suction Ports
Single Gear Pump Double GearGear

Double PumpPump Triple Gear Pump
w ith Flow Divider w ithwFlow Divider
ith Flow Divider w ith Flow Divider
Single Gear Pump w ith SAE Double Gear Pump w ith Common Suction
A Flange Auxiliary M ount Port and SAE A Flange Auxiliary M ount
Triple Gear Pump w ith Tw o Suction

Ports and SAE A Flange Auxiliary M ount

Com ponent Parts -

Dim ensions
Front Plate 17.5 177.8

[.69] 146 [7.00]
SAE 2 Bolt B M ount. 9.7
[.38] [5.75]
Used on all Standard
Catalog Assemblies. 57.2
[2.36]
Dia.
101.57±0.03
[3.999±.001]
99.5
[3.92]
2X Dia.
14.5±0.13
[.572±.005]
40.1 CL
[1.58]
Body Displacement Dimension A

cm3/r [in3/r] mm [in.]
Used on Single and
M ultiple Pumps 21.3 [1.30] 19.8 [.78]
25.4 [1.55] 23.1 [.91]
29.2 [1.78] 26.7 [1.05]
33.6 [2.05] 30.0 [1.18]
38.2 [2.33] 1.32 [33.5]
42.8 [2.61] 37.1 [1.46]
46.7 [2.85] 1.59 [40.4]
51.1 [3.12] 43.9 [1.73]
55.2 [3.37] 47.5 [1.87]
Dim A
Pressure Port
Backplate Suction Rear Porting
Port
Used on Single and Rear Pressure Port
M ultiple Pumps Porting Side Porting †
Drive C
Shaft L
OUT
IN
22.4
[.88]
Suction
Port
Side
Porting † 27.7 27.7 25.1
[1.09] [1.09] [.99]
81.8† 75.4† 57.7
[3.22] CL [2.97] [2.27]

† For split flange porting subtract .8 [.03], available in side porting only

Com ponent Parts -

Dim ensions
Flow Divider Backplate Optional Hex Plug

(No Relief Valve)
Used on Single and 101.1
M ultiple Pumps [3.98] 1.5 Priority Pressure
[.06] Port Rear Porting Priority
Pressure
76.5 21.3 80.0
Port Side [3.15]
[3.01] [.84] Porting
M ax. 1.5
[.06]
Drive CL
46.2 Shaft
22.4 [1.82]
[.88]
Suction Port Secondary
Side Porting Pressure
Port Rear Secondary Top View
Suction Port Porting Pressure
Rear Porting 29.5 25.4 52.1 Port Side
[1.16] [1.00] [2.05] Porting
65 68.3 80.3
[2.56] CL [2.69] [3.16]
93.5
[3.68]

Com ponent Parts -

Dim ensions
Tandem Backplate w ith Spacer

SAE 2 Bolt A Flange Used w ith 11 Tooth Spline
Used on Single and Output Shaft
M ultiple Pumps
See M odel Code for

106.4 Output Shaft Options 106.4 36.8
[4.19] 2X 3/8-16 UNC-2B [4.19] [1.45]
23.8 [.94] M in.
Pressure Port † Full Thread Depth
Drive CL
Shaft
22.4
[.88]
43.2
Suction
[1.70]
Port †
86.9 † 86.9 † 24.9
[3.42] CL [3.42] [.98]
57.9
[2.28]
† For split flange porting subtract .8 [.03]
Adaptor Plate
Used on M ultiple Pumps
Drive C
Shaft L
22.4
Pressure Port † [.88]
Suction
Port †
76.2 82.6 30.2

[3.00] CL [3.25] [1.19] 60.5
[2.38]
† For split flange porting subtract .8 [.03]

Series L2 Pum p L2 gear pumps can be Use the M odel Code M atrix All twenty-three digits of the
ordered by using the follow - as an aid w hen assembling code must be submitted
M odel Code - ing M odel Code. the model code for the w hen ordering. The seven
pump w ith the features you zeros at the end of the
Single A twenty-three digit coding
desire. It may be helpful to model code are for factory
system has been designed to
identify all of the features avail- photocopy the matrix and use, be sure to include
able on L2 single gear pumps. w rite the numbers and let- them w hen ordering.
The characters and their rela- ters into the boxes as you
tive positions within the code select features.
identify specific features.
A BF * * * * * * * * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1, 2, 3 4 5 6, 7 8, 9 10, 11 12, 13 14, 15 16 17 18, 19 20, 21 22 23
1, 2, 3
L2 Series 10, 11Ports, Sizes and 14, 15
Relief Valve Full Flow 17 Test Data
ABF – Gear Pump - Location- Backplate Setting (bar [PSI]) 0 - Generic
Single Unit 01 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 1 1/16- 00 = No Relief Valve Setting A - Unit Specific
12 Pressure SAE Straight (required for flow divider
4 Unit Type AA = 34.5 [500]
Thread O-ring Ports - Side and relief valve options.)
A – Plain AB = 51.7 [750]
02 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 1 1/16-
B – Flow Divider w ith/w ithout AC = 68.9 [1000] 18, 19 Special Features
12 Pressure SAE Straight
Relief Valve (Pos. 14-15) 00 - No Special Features
Thread O-ring Ports - Rear AD = 86.2 [1250]
5 AB - Viton Shaft Seal
Input Rotation (viewed 03 = 1 1/4 Suction; 3/4 AE = 103.4 [1500]
from input shaft end) Pressure Split Flange Ports - 20, 21 Paint
Side AF = 120.6 [1750]
L – Left-hand Rotation CCW 00 - None
R – Right-hand Rotation CW 04 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 7/8-14 AG = 137.9 [2000]
0A - Red Primer
Priority Pressure; 1 1/16-12 AH = 155.1 [2250] 0B - Black
6, 7 Displacement
Secondary Pressure SAE AJ = 172.4 [2500]
(cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) Straight Thread O-ring Ports - 22 Identification
00 = 21.3 [1.30] Side AK = 189.6 [2750]
0 - Standard
01 = 25.4 [1.55] 05 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 7/8-14 AL = 206.8 [3000]
02 = 29.2 [1.78] Priority Pressure; 1 1/16-12 23 Design Code
03 = 33.6 [2.05] Secondary Pressure SAE 16 Auxiliary Rear Mount A -A
04 = 38.2 [2.33] Straight Thread O-ring Ports -
05 = 42.8 [2.61] 0 = None
Rear
06 = 46.7 [2.85] B = 2 Bolt A SAE Flange
07 = 51.1 [3.12] 12, 13 Series 82-2 Output Shaft
Priority Flow Divider
08 = 55.2 [3.37] Accepts 9 Tooth Spline 16/32
Setting (LPM [GPM])
Pitch, Shaft Extension 31.8
8, 9 Input Shaft 00 = No Flow Setting [1.25]
AA = 7/8 Inch Dia. 13 Tooth AA = 3.8 [1.00] C = 2 Bolt A SAE Flange
Spline 16/32 Pitch Shaft AB = 5.7 [1.50] Series 82-2, With 11 Tooth
Extension 41.1 [1.62] 16/32 Pitch External Spline
AC = 7.6 [2.00] Output Shaft, 17.5 [.69]
AB = 7/8 Inch Dia. Straight
Keyed, Keyway 6.4 X 25.4 [.25 AD = 9.5 [2.50] M inimum Full Spline,
X 1.00] Shaft Extension 41.1 Requires Spacer and Coupler
AE = 11.4 [3.00]
[1.62] to Accept 31.8 [1.25] M ating
AF = 13.3 [3.50] Shaft Extension
AD = 7/8 Inch Dia. 41 Tooth
Spline 48/96 Pitch Shaft AG = 15.1 [4.00]
Extension 24.9 [.98] AH = 17.0 [4.50]
AJ = 18.9 [5.00]
AK = 20.8 [5.50]
AL = 22.7 [6.00]
AN = 26.5 [7.00]
AP = 30.3 [8.00]
AR = 34.1 [9.00]
AS = 37.8 [10.00]

Series L2 Pum p M ultiple L2 gear pumps can Use the M odel Code M atrix All twenty-eight digits of the
be ordered by using the fol- as an aid w hen assembling code must be submitted
M odel Code - low ing M odel Code. the model code for the w hen ordering. The six zeros
pump w ith the features you at the end of the model
M ultiple A twenty-eight digit coding
desire. It may be helpful to code are for factory use, be
system has been designed
to identify all of the features photocopy the matrix and sure to include them w hen
available on L2 double and w rite the numbers and let- ordering.
triple gear pumps. The char- ters into the boxes as you
acters and their relative select features.
positions w ithin the code
identify specific features.
A BG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 A
1, 2, 3 4 5 6, 7 8, 9 10, 11 12, 13 14 15 16, 17 18, 19 20, 21 22 23, 24 25, 26 27 28
1, 2, 3
L2 Series 12, 13 Input Shaft 07 = 1 5/8-12 Suction 22 Test Data
(Plugged); 1 1/16-12 Pressure
ABG – Gear Pump - AA = 7/8 Inch Dia. 13 Tooth 0 - Generic
SAE Straight Thread O-ring
M ultiple Unit Spline 16/32 Pitch Shaft A - Unit Specific
Ports - Rear
Extension 41.1 [1.62] (required for flow divider
4 Unit Type 08 = 1 1/4 Suction; 3/4 and relief valve options.)
AB = 7/8 Inch Dia. Straight Pressure Split Flange Ports -
A – Plain Keyed, Keyway 6.4 X 25.4 [.25
B – Flow Divider w ith/w ithout Side 23, 24 Special Features
X 1.00] Shaft Extension 41.1
Relief Valve (Pos. 20-21) [1.62] 00 - No Special Features
18, 19 Priority Flow Divider
AA - Viton Shaft Seal
5 Input Rotation (viewed AE = 7/8 Inch Dia. 41 Tooth Setting (LPM [GPM])
from input shaft end) Spline 48/96 Pitch Shaft AE = 2 Bolt A SAE Flange
00 = No Flow Setting Series 82-2 Output Shaft
L – Left-hand Rotation CCW Extension 24.9 [.98]
AA = 3.8 [1.00] Accepts 9 Tooth Spline 16/32
R – Right-hand Rotation CW Pitch, Shaft Extension 31.8
14 Front Adaptor Ports AB = 5.7 [1.50]
6, 7 [1.25]
Displacement 1 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 1 1/16- AC = 7.6 [2.00]
(cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) 12 Pressure – SAE Straight AF = 2 Bolt A SAE Flange
Thread O-ring Ports AD = 9.5 [2.50] Series 82-2, With 11 Tooth
00 = 21.3 [1.30]
01 = 25.4 [1.55] 3 = 1 1/4 Suction; 3/4 AE = 11.4 [3.00] 16/32 Pitch External Spline
02 = 29.2 [1.78] Pressure Split Flange Ports, Output Shaft, 17.5 [.69]
AF = 13.3 [3.50] M inimum Full Spline,
03 = 33.6 [2.05] Common Suction
04 = 38.2 [2.33] AG = 15.1 [4.00] Requires Spacer and Coupler
05 = 42.8 [2.61]
15 Rear Adaptor Ports to Accept 31.8 [1.25] M ating
AH = 17.0 [4.50]
06 = 46.7 [2.85] (triple pumps) Shaft Extension
AJ = 18.9 [5.00]
07 = 51.1 [3.12] 0 = No Rear Adaptor
25, 26 Paint
08 = 55.2 [3.37] 1 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 1 1/16- AK = 20.8 [5.50]
12 Pressure – SAE Straight AL = 22.7 [6.00] 00 - None
8, 9 Displacement of Thread O-ring Ports 0A - Red Primer
Center Section (cm 3/ r [in3/ r]) 3 = 1 1/4 Suction; 3/4 AN = 26.5 [7.00] 0B - Black
00 = 21.3 [1.30] Pressure Split Flange Ports, AP = 30.3 [8.00]
Common Suction 27 Identification
01 = 25.4 [1.55] AR = 34.1 [9.00]
02 = 29.2 [1.78] 0 - Standard
16, 17 Ports, Sizes and AS = 37.8 [10.00]
03 = 33.6 [2.05]
Location- Backplate 28Design Code
04 = 38.2 [2.33]
20, 21Relief Valve Full Flow
05 = 42.8 [2.61] 03 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 1 1/16- A -A
06 = 46.7 [2.85] 12 Pressure SAE Straight Setting (bar [PSI])
07 = 51.1 [3.12] Thread O-ring Ports - Rear 00 = No Relief Valve Setting
08 = 55.2 [3.37]
99 = No Center Displacement 05 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 7/8-14 AA = 34.5 [500]
Priority Pressure; 1 1/16-12
AB = 51.7 [750]
10, 11Displacement of Rear Secondary Pressure SAE
Straight Thread O-ring Ports - AC = 68.9 [1000]
Section (cm 3/ r [in3/ r])
Side AD = 86.2 [1250]
00 = 21.3 [1.30]
01 = 25.4 [1.55] 06 = 1 5/8-12 Suction; 7/8-14 AE = 103.4 [1500]
02 = 29.2 [1.78] Priority Pressure; 1 1/16-12
Secondary Pressure SAE AF = 120.6 [1750]
03 = 33.6 [2.05]
04 = 38.2 [2.33] Straight Thread O-ring Ports - AG = 137.9 [2000]
05 = 42.8 [2.61] Rear
AH = 155.1 [2250]
06 = 46.7 [2.85]
07 = 51.1 [3.12] AJ = 172.4 [2500]
08 = 55.2 [3.37] AK = 189.6 [2750]
AL = 206.8 [3000]

Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics Operations USA Hydraulics Operations Europe Hydraulics Operations Asia Pacific
14615 Lone Oak Road Route de la Longeraie 7 11th Floor Hong Kong New World Tower
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 1110 Morges 300 Huaihai Zhong Road
USA Switzerland Shanghai 200021
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 China
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 Tel: 86-21-6387-9988
www.hydraulics.eaton.com Fax: 86-21-6335-3912

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. E-PUGE-M C001-E1
Supersedes E-PUGE-M C001-E
M arch 2008
Series 2
Variable Displacement Piston Pump ACL 64 -105cm3/r (3.9 - 6.4in3/r)
Series 2 Variable Displacement
Piston Pump
ACL
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Specifications and Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Charge Pump Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Model Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
Pump Features and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control Options: Position 18-19
Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 10
Hydraulic Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Electronic Proportional Displacement Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Solenoid Control with Swashplate Feedback Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Forward - Neutral - Reverse Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Controls Special Features Destroke Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Pump Dimensions
Model 64, 75 - Opposite Side Porting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 - 16
Model 64, 75 - Same Side Porting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Model 89, 105 - Opposite Side Porting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 - 19
Model 89, 105 - Same Side Porting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Input Shaft Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Auxiliary Mount Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 - 23
Operational Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 - 27
Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 - 29
2 EATON Series 2 Variable Displacement Piston Pump E-PUPI-MC004-E2 December 2012

The Eaton Series 2 Variable
Displacement Piston Pump
The Advanced Series 2 heavy duty pump, with a Features Typical Applications:
cradle swashplate design, combines the time-tested • 430 bar pressure rating • Road roller/compactor
reliability you expect from Eaton with compact
• Speeds to 4510 rpm • Harvesting equipment
packaging, exceptional control and quiet operation.
• Accurate controllers • Lift truck
• Quiet operation • Wheel loader
• Optional input shafts • Agricultural sprayer
• Auxiliary and industrial
drives
The Series 2 single piece A large diameter single A variety of available SAE auxiliary mounts:
pump housing provides servo piston permits pump drive shaft configurations “A,” “B,” “B-B” and “C”
exceptional strength and operation at lower charge – straight keyed, splined, are available with and with-
soundproofing. Eaton’s pressures, minimizing or tapered – ensures out charge pump. Excellent
cast iron housing has only parasitic charge pump the proper shaft for your torque capability allows
one major opening versus losses for increased overall application. high horsepower to work
two openings for competi- pump efficiency. A large The serviceable bi-metal circuits without multiple
tive pumps. This provides a centering spring, housed bearing plate has steel for pump drives.
stronger, more rigid pump within the servo piston, high pressure capability The main system ports –
housing and reduces the returns the pump to neutral and a bronze bearing face SAE code 61 and code 62
number of gasketed joints. in the event of control for high speed capabilities. – are available with SAE or
The high-strength, one- pressure loss. Metric threads. Opposite
piece swashplate has the The new integral gerotor side and same side config-
swashlever and servo-pin type charge pump com- urations are now available
integrated into the swash- bines excellent suction/ to accommodate a wide
plate, delivering increased speed capabilities in a range of installations.
reliability without adding compact design. Several
extra weight. displacement options are
available to suit the needs
of every application, includ-
ing tandem pumps.
EATON Series 2 Variable Displacement Piston Pump E-PUPI-MC004-E2 December 2012 3

Specifications and Performance
Model 64 75 89 105
3 3
Displacement cm /r (in /r) 64 (3.9) 75 (4.6) 89 (5.4) 105 (6.4)
Input Mounting Flange SAE C SAE C SAE C SAE C
Max. Shaft Speed*
RPM @ Max. Displ. 4165 4165 3720 3720
Nominal Pressure*
bar (psi) 430 (6250) 430 (6250) 430 (6250) 430 (6250)
Peak Pressure**
bar (psi) 500 (7250) 500 (7250) 500 (7250) 500 (7250)
Case Pressure Cont. 2,25 (40) 2,25 (40) 2,25 (40) 2,25 (40)
bar (psi) Max. 13,8 (200) 13,8 (200) 13,8 (200) 13,8 (200)
Output Flow
l/min @ 240bar 255 301 318 376
gal/min @ 3500 psi (67.2) (79.5) (84.1) (99.4)
Input Torque
N·m @ 240 bar 256 303 358 424
lbf·in @ 3500 psi (2278) (2694) (3189) (3771)
Temperature Rating 82°C (180°F) 82°C (180°F) 82°C (180°F) 82°C (180°F)
Weight (opposite 58 kg 58 kg 81 kg 81 kg
side porting) (128 lbs) (128 lbs) (178 lbs) (178 lbs)
* Nominal Pressure: Max delta system pressure at which component fatigue does not occur (pump life estimated by bearing life).
** Peak Pressure: Max operation pressure which is permissible for a short duration of time (t < 1 sec).
Performance Data
Input Torque vs Speed Output Flow vs Speed

500
400
[4425] [105.4]
350
[92.4]
105 cm3/r
105 cm3/r 300
400 [6.4 in3/r]
[3540] [6.4 in3/r] [79.2] 89 cm3/r
Input Torque Nm [Lbf-in]
[5.4in3/r]
Output Flow L/min. [Gal/min]
250
89 cm3/r [66] 75 cm3/r
[5.4 in3/r] [4.6 in3/r]
200 64 cm3/r
300 [52.8] [3.9 in3/r]
3
[2655] 75 cm /r
[4.6 in3/r] 150
[39.6]
64 cm3/r
[3.9 in3/r] 100
[26.4]
200
[1770] 50
[13.2]
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Pump Speed (rpm) Pump Speed (rpm)
System pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 bar (3500 psi)

Oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 cst (60 sus)
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82°C (180°F)

Performance – Charge Pump
Eatons Series 2 pump offers a choice of five integral a large standard suction port and a gauge/pilot pressure
charge pump displacements. The Charge Pump design port. Charge pump pressure side filtration is also available
allows greater through-torque for tandem pumps and (see page 29).
multiple motor applications. These charge pumps include
The charge pump gener- Charge Pump Performance

ates a low pressure flow of Charge Pump cm3/r 13,9 17,4 21,0 27,9 34,7
oil to perform the following Displacement* in3/r 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12
functions: Maximum
Shaft Speed rpm 4300 3700 3300 2700 2250
1. Keeps the closed loop
Output Flow** l/min 59,9 64,3 69,2 75,2 78,2
circuit full of oil. at Max Speed gal/min 15.8 17.0 18.3 19.9 20.6
Input
2. Provides control pres-
sure to the pump’s dis- Horsepower** kW 2,10 2,25 2,42 2,63 2,74
at Max Speed HP 2.81 3.02 3.25 3.53 3.67
placement control servo
Series 2 Pump 64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r)
valve for easy control of Displacement 75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r) Standard Optional Optional Optional N/A
the transmission’s out- 89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r)
put speed. 105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r) Optional Standard Optional Optional Optional
3. Provides cool, clean oil

from the reservoir to
keep the transmission
pump and motor well
lubricated and cooled.
4. Supplies a positive boost
pressure to the pistons
of the piston pump and
piston motor.
Charge Pump Power vs Speed Charge Pump Flow vs Speed
98
3.4 [26.0]
[4.50]
90
[24.0]
3.0
[4.00] 83
[22.0]
2.6 76 34,7 cm3/r
[3.50] 34,7 cm3/r [20.0] [2.12 in3/r]
[2.12 in3/r]
Theoretical output flow
68 27,9 cm3/r
[18.0]
Theoretical input power
2.2 27,9 cm3/r [1.70 in3/r]

L/min. [Gal/min]
[3.00] [1.70 in3/r] 61 21,0 cm3/r

21,0 cm3/r [16.0] [1.28 in3/r]
Kw [Hp]
1.9 [1.28 in3/r] 53 17,4 cm3/r

[2.50] 17,4 cm3/r [14.0] [1.06 in3/r]
[1.06 in3/r]
45 13,9 cm3/r
1.5 13,9 cm3/r [12.0] [0.85 in3/r]
[2.00] [0.85 in3/r]
38
[10.0]
1.1 30
[1.50] [8.0]
23
0.7 [6.0]
[1.00]
15
[4.0]
0.4
[0.50] 8
[2.0]
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Charge Pump Speed (rpm) Charge Pump Speed (rpm)
Oil Viscosity . . . . . . . . 10 cst (60 sus)

Temperature . . . . . . . 82° C (180°F)

The following 31-digit coding system has been developed
Model Codes to identify all of the configuration options for the Series 2
hydrostatic pump. Use this model code to specify a pump
with the desired features. All 31-digits of the code must
be present when ordering. You may want to photocopy
the matrix below to ensure that each number is entered
in the correct box.
ACL 0 5 4 0 2 L 0 B TT WW 12 EC B C D 0 3 C A B 0 0 0 A
1, 2 ,3 4, 5, 6 7, 8 9 10 11 12, 13 14, 15 16, 17 18, 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1, 2, 3Pump Series 12,13 High Press Relief 14,15 Press Override Setting 18,19 Control
ACL – Hydrostatic-Heavy Valve Setting Port A (Pos. 14) EC – Electronic proportional
Duty Variable Pump Port A (Pos. 12) Port B (Pos. 15) control 12 volt dc without
(Series 2) Port B (Pos. 13) 0 – none electronic driver
0 – None 1 – 448 bar (6500 psi) adjust- ED – Electronic proportional
4, 5, 6 Displacement M – 207 bar (3000 psi) with able range 379-448 bar control 24 volt dc with-
064 – 64 cm3/r (3.8 in3/r) 2 bar (29 psi) check valve (5500-6500 psi) out electronic driver
075 – 75.3 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r) spring N – 103 bar (1500 psi) adjust- FR – Forward-neutral-reverse
089 – 89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r) N – 241 bar (3500 psi) with able range 103-275 bar control 12v with 2 2-pin
2 bar (29 psi) check valve (1500-4000 psi) weatherpack connectors
105 – 105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r)
spring P – 138 bar (2000 psi) adjust- FS – Forward-neutral-reverse
7, 8 Input Shaft P – 276 bar (4000 psi) with 2 able range 103-275 bar control 24v with 2 2-pin
bar (29 psi) check valve (1500-4000 psi) weatherpack connectors
03 – SAE C-C (1.50) diameter R – 172 bar (2500 psi) adjust- HA – Hydraulic remote control
tapered with (.375) x spring
R – 310 bar (4500 psi) with 2 able range 103-275 bar 5-15 bar (73-218 psi)
(1.00) square key (1500-4000 psi) HB – Hydraulic remote control
14 – SAE C 14 tooth 12/24 bar (29 psi) check valve
spring S – 207 bar (3000 psi) adjust- 2-14 bar (29-203 psi)
pitch spline able range 103-275 bar MA – Manual displacement
S – 345 bar (5000 psi) with
21 – SAE C-C 21 tooth 16/32 (1500-4000 psi) control
2 bar (29 psi) check valve
pitch spline spring T – 241 bar (3500 psi) adjust- MB – Manual displacement
23 – SAE C-C 23 tooth 16/32 T – 379 bar (5500 psi) with able range 103-275 bar control with normally
pitch spline 2 bar (29 psi) check valve (1500-4000 psi) closed neutral lockout
spring U – 276 bar (4000 psi) adjust- switch (wide band
9 Input Rotation
U – 414 bar (6000 psi) with 2 able range 241-345 bar neutral)
L – Counterclockwise bar (29 psi) check valve (3500-5000 psi) MC – Manual displacement
(lefthand) spring V – 310 bar (4500 psi) adjust- control with neutral de-
R – Clockwise (righthand) V – 431 bar (6250 psi) with 2 able range 241-345 bar tent (wide band neutral)
bar (29 psi) check valve (3500-5000 psi) MG – Manual displacement
10 Valve Plate spring W – 345 bar (5000 psi) adjust- control with normally
W – 448 bar (6500 psi) with able range 310-414 bar open neutral lockout
0 – V-groove
2 bar (29 psi) check valve (4500-6000 psi) switch (wide band neutral)
1 – Propel Y – 379 bar (5500 psi) adjust- ML – Manual displacement
3 – Quiet valve plate spring
Y – 483 bar (7000 psi) with able range 310-414 bar control with wide band
2 bar (29 psi) check valve (4500-6000 psi) neutral
11 Main Ports (Includes
spring Z – 414 bar (6000 psi) adjust- SA – Solenoid control 12 Volt
Gage Ports) able range 379-448 bar with non-contact
A – 25.4 (1.00) - code 61 (5500-6500 psi) feedback sensor with 4
per SAE J518 pin Metri-pack
B – 25.4 (1.00) - code 62 16,17 Special Pump connector
per SAE J518 Features SB – Solenoid control 24 Volt
E – 25.4 (1.00) - code 62 00 – No special features with non-contact
per SAE J518 same side 01 – Plugged magnetic speed feedback sensor with 4
location sensor port pin Metri-pack
F – 25.4 (1.00) - code 61 02 – Magnetic speed sensor connector
per SAE J518 same side 12 – Rear pump unit for tan- SE – Solenoid control 12 volt
location dem assembly (no shaft with non-contact feedback
seal) sensor with electrical
13 – Servo piston with exter- connectors per DIN 43650
nally adjustable stops in SG – Solenoid control 24 volt
both directions with non-contact feed-
back sensor with
electrical connectors per
DIN 43650

The following 31-digit coding system has been developed
Model Codes to identify all of the configuration options for the Series 2
hydrostatic pump. Use this model code to specify a pump
with the desired features. All 31-digits of the code must
be present when ordering. You may want to photocopy
the matrix below to ensure that each number is entered
in the correct box.
ACL 0 5 4 0 2 L 0 B TT W W 12 EC B C D 0 3 C A B 0 0 0 A
1, 2 ,3 4, 5, 6 7, 8 9 10 11 12, 13 14, 15 16, 17 18, 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
20,21,22 Control Orifice 25 Auxiliary Mounting 26 Charge Pump Options 28 Charge Pump Special
Supply P (Pos. 20) 1 – None (models 064-105) 0 – None Features
Lower Servo S1 (Pos. 21) C – A-pad, dual 2 bolt mount, A – Remote ilter ports 0 – No charge pump special
Upper Servo S2 (Pos. 22) no shaft seal, 9 tooth B – Intergral pressure side features
0 – None 16/32 pitch spline ilter with 4 position
A – 0.53 (.021) diameter D – B-pad, dual 2 bolt mount, mounting pad 29 Paint and Packaging
B – 0.71 (.028) diameter no shaft seal, 13 tooth F – Remote ilter ports. labeled 0 – Painted primer blue
16/32 pitch spline (standard)
C – 0.91 (.036) diameter
E – B-B-pad, dual 2 bolt 27 Charge Pressure Relief
D – 1.12 (.044) diameter mount, no shaft seal, 15
E – 1.22 (.048) diameter Valve Setting 30 Identification On Unit
tooth 16/32 pitch spline
F – 1.32 (.052) diameter F – C-pad, 4 bolt mount, no 0 – None 0 – Standard
G – 1.45 (.057) diameter shaft seal, 14 tooth 12/24 A – 21 bar (305 psi) - standard
H – 1.65 (.065) diameter pitch spline B – 23 bar (326 psi) 31 Design Code
J – 1.85 (.073) diameter H – C-pad, integral to end C – 24 bar (348 psi) A–A
K – 2.06 (.081) diameter cover (typically front pump D – 26 bar (370 psi)
L – 2.39 (.094) diameter of tandem), 4 bolt mount, E – 27 bar (392 psi)
M – 2.59 (.102) diameter no shaft seal, 27 tooth F – 29 bar (413 psi)
24/48 pitch spline for units G – 30 bar (435 psi)
23 Control Special Features without charge pump H – 23 bar (340 psi)
K – A-pad, dual 2 bolt mount, K – 22 bar (320 psi)
0 – No control special features
1 – No manual control lever no shaft seal, 11 tooth
16/32 pitch spline
24 Charge Pump
Displacement
0 – None
1 – 13.9 cm3/r (.85 in3/r)
(models 064-089)
2 – 17.4 cm3/r (1.06 in3/r)
(models 064-105)
3 – 21.0 cm3/r (1.28 in3/r)
(models 064-105)
4 – 27.9 cm3/r (1.70 in3/r)
(models 064-105)
5 – 34.7 cm3/r (2.12 in3/r)
(models 089-105)

Features and Options
Series 2 Pump
High Pressure Relief Valve Pressure Override

Model Code Position 12 & 13 Model Code Position 14 & 15
The High Pressure Relief are direct acting and The Pressure Override pressures. If the system
Valves for ports A and B help protect system Control (POR) is used in pressure reaches a preset
activate whenever system components from combination with the high limit, the pump destrokes
pressure equals the relief excessive pressure spikes. pressure relief valves, to and adjusts its displace-
valve setting. The valves protect the transmission ment to the load. The POR
when operated for extend- is available in a number of
ed periods at overload pressure settings.
E F Internal Pressure
JK N Override Valve
JK E F N
See A
Control See
Options Control A
Options
High Pressure High Pressure
Relief Valve Check Valve
High Pressure High Pressure

Relief Valve Check Valve
B
B
H D P
H D P
Internal Pressure
Override Valve
Special Pump Features Special Pump Features

Model Code 02 in Position 16 & 17 Model Code 03, 13, or 14 in Position 16 & 17
163,1 143,0
[6.42] MAX [5.63]MAX
Adjustable
Servo Stop
Adjustable
Mating 2 Way Connector Servo Stop
Connector P/N 1216 2193 (1)
Pin Terminal P/N 1212 4075 (2)
Cable Seal P/N 1204 8086 (2)
All Part Numbers are
Packard Electric
Magnetic
Speed Sensor
Side
View
Neutral
Adjust
Charge Pump Options cal. This arrangement is Remote Filter Ports location. The filter ports
detailed in the diagram on (Optional) accept 7/8-14 UNF-2B SAE
The Series 2 Hydrostatic Model Code A in
Pump contains an integral page 29 and followed by O-ring fittings. The filter
the filter recommendations Position 26 and lines must be able to
charge pump that may be
provided with various filtra- on page 31. For applications Remote pressure filter withstand pressures up to
tion options. A standard where suction filtration is ports allow you to mount 70 bar (1000 psi).
charge pump will use suc- not practical, the option a pressure side filter in
tion filtration where practi- below may be selected. a more easily accessible

The wide variety of available controls on the Eaton®
Control Options – Heavy Duty Series 2 Pump offers vehicle designers the
Manual Control control necessary for optimal vehicle performance. Many
of these controls are combined as single control options;
Model Code Positions 18 & 19 please refer to the model code for the specific option con-
figuration. For combinations other than shown, contact an
Eaton representative.
Standard Manual Displacement Control (MA) Manual Control with Neutral Lockout (MB)
The standard manual dis- directly with mechanical The neutral lock-out feature neutral. The lock-out fea-
placement control, the linkages or cables. is an electrical switch that ture is commonly used to
most common control is closed or open when the prevent starting the prime
option, typically connects transmission is in neutral. mover or activating auxil-
This switch can be used iary functions. The electri-
T P to prevent the activation cal switch is available as
of certain functions that normally open or normally
require the pump to be in closed.
T P
Swashplate S 2 S1
Feedback
Swashplate S2 S1
Feedback
S1 P S 2 (Normally Closed Switch Shown)
Neutral Lockout Switch

Manual Displacement Control with Wide Band
Neutral Detent (ML)
Top View
This control is the same
as the above with an A A
increased neutral band.
Manual Control with Neutral Detent (MC)

Side View
The neutral detent feature control linkages or cables,
provides a more positive or in other situations where
feel when finding neutral. there is a great deal of
This option is ideal for space between the opera-
transmissions with long tor station and the pump. S1 P S2
Section A A
T P
Mating Connector for MB
Connector P/N 1201 5792 (1)
Terminal P/N 1208 9040 (2)
Cable Seal P/N 1201 5323 (2)
All Part Numbers are Packard
Swashplate S2 S1 Electric
Feedback

Control Options –
Manual Control
Model Code Positions 18 & 19
Manual Controls – Dimensions
Displacement Dim. A Control Spool Dim. B

64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r) 18,5 (.73) Standard 2° 30' ±1° 45'
75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r) 18,5 (.73) Wide Band 4° 15' ±1° 45'
89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r) 107,3 (1.17)
105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r) 107,3 (1.17)
74,6
[2.94]
55,5
[2.19]
11 ° 45' ±3°0' 40,9
Overstroke [1.61]
Flow From Port B

With Input Shaft +0,18
6,73 -0,05
Rotating CW 2X
[+.007]
27 °15' ±2°0' Neutral Zone [.265] [-.002]
(Zero Flow)
Radial Position of Control Handle To Shaft Dim. B
Is changed in 7˚ 30' Increments By
Alternately Rotating.
1,1 N·m [10 lbf·in] Torque Required
For Full Control Handle Travel.
Total Applied Torque Not To Exceed Pump
16,9 N·m [150 lbf·in]. Neutral Zone 9,5 Mounting
(Zero Flow) [.38] Surface
Dim. B
27 °15' ±2°0 ' Pump Mounting
Flange
Flow From Port A Dim. A
With Input Shaft 25,4 ±0,5
Rotating CW [1.00 ± .02]
11 ° 45' ±3°0' 50,8 ± 0,5
Overstroke [2.00 ± .02]
Control Handle Detail

Control Options –
Hydraulic Remote Control
Model Code HA in Position 18, 19
The hydraulic remote pump The hydraulic remote pump Swashplate

P T
control makes it possible control is a three position, Feedback
to control pump flow by four-way closed center
changing pump displace- (spring centered) hydrau- Pilot Pressure Port 1
ment via a remote pilot lically activated servo
pressure signal. The angle control. This control, like
of the swashplate, that the manual displacement
determines pump displace- control uses the feedback
Pilot Pressure Port 2
ment, is proportional to the linkage connected directly
pilot pressure. Typical pres- to the swashplate.
sure requirements are 5-15 The control spool is acti-
bar (72.5 -217.5 psi) with a vated to position the
swashplate angle from 0° S1 S2
swashplate by regulating
to 18°. the remote pilot pressure
The direction of flow, and to the control piston. There
therefore the direction of are various manufacturers
the vehicle, is reversed of command stations that
by applying the control can be used to supply this
pressure to the opposite remote pilot pressure.
inlet port of the hydraulic
remote pump control.
The hydraulic remote pump
control is readily adaptable
in the following applica-
tions:
• Where remote transmis- Hydraulic Remote Control
sion control is needed
• Where control cables or
linkages are not feasible
• Where electronic controls
cannot be used. Control Spool
The Eaton hydraulic remote Feedback Link
Section A-A
pump control is compatible
with: Flow from Port “B”
CW Input Rotation
• All Eaton Series 2
Variable Pumps (Models Pilot Pressure Port 1
S1
64-105) Pilot Pressure Ports are 2 x
9/16" (.5625") - 18 UNC-2B A A
• Other Eaton control SAE O-ring ports
options such as the Pilot Pressure Port 2
destroke control, inch-
ing control, and pressure Flow from Port “A”
P
override CW Input Rotation
S2
• Most commercially avail-
able hydraulic command Feedback Link Control Links
stations

The Electronic Proportional (EP) displacement control is
Control Options – ideal for applications requiring electronic pump displace-
Electronic Proportional ment control. The EP displacement control has been
designed to withstand the rigors of off-highway equip-
Displacement Control ment environmental conditions.
Model Code EC & ED Position 18,19 Solenoid 2 Solenoid 1

A
1
B Optional Orifice
Control
C Pressure
EP Control Features Servo Port S1
2 D
• Ease of installation Servo Port S2
• Automotive style environ-

mentally sealed Metri-Pack Solenoid Valve Schematic
connectors
• Return to neutral for loss
of power, or loss of com- Pump Displacement vs. Coil Current
mand input signal 100%
• Mechanical feedback of
swashplate position for Neutral Adjustment
closed loop control -B -A
A Current (A) B
• External neutral adjust- 17.0
[.67] Centerline of
ment Drive Shaft
235.5
• Manual override capability [9.27] 100%
Matting 4 Way Connector Voltage Coil Current (A)

Packard Electric** A B
12V 0.5 1.25
Packard 4 Pin, Weatherpack 24V 0.25 0.625
P/N 1218 6568 Connector, 2 1
Qty 1
P/N 1204 8074 PIN Terminal, Note:
113.8 54.4
Qty 4 [4.48] [2.14] Coils have no internal
P/N 1204 8086 Cable Seal, 2X Manual Override, Push to Diodes. A-B Polarity and
Activate Manual Override
C-D Polarity Does Not
Qty 4 affect operation
P/N 1204 7948 TPA, 47.8
[1.88] Modulation frequency
Qty 1 flange for optimal perfor-
mance is 75-200 Hz
Input Shaft Rotation
Pin Color Signal CCW CW
A Yellow Coil 1 PWM Solenoid Energized 1 2 1 2
B White Coil 1 Return Port A Flow Out In In Out
C Orange Coil 2 PWM Port B Flow In Out Out In
D Black Coil 2 Return
Proportional Valve Typical

Specification EC ED E lectronic Controller
Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC
Resistance 5.2 Ohms 20.8 Ohms
Inductance 7.0 mH 27.7 mH
Contact Eaton for TCA,
Current 1500 mA 750 mA Maestro, and EFX
Threshold Current 200-600 mA 100-300 mA controller available from
PWM Frequency* 70-200 Hz 70-200 Hz Eaton; or customer
supplied controller.
Dither Frequency 75 Hz 75 Hz
Dither Amplitude 250 mA 125 mA
Ambient Temperature -65°F to 140°F (-54°C to 60°C)
Coil Impedance 10 mH 42 mH
* 100 Hz recommended when PWM driver does not have built-in dither capabilities
** Contact Eaton for other connector styles
PWM configuration: Closed loop current control (12/24 volts DC voltage cannot be applied to
coil without exceeding continuous rated current)

Control Options – Solenoid
Control with Swashplate 69.7
[2.74]
Feedback Sensor 40.9
[1.61]
Model Code SE in Position 18, 19
Pin C
Pin B
Pin A
Centerline Of
Drive Shaft
Non-Contact Swash
Plate Feedback Sensor
Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 99.8

[3.93]
Optional 2 1
Oriice
Servo
Port S1
113.0
[4.45] 50.0
Control [1.97]
Pressure
Servo
Port S2
Sensor Connector Mating Connector for Valve **

Pin Wire Color Function DIN 43650, Form A (IP65)
A Black Return (Deutsch connector available
B Blue V Out (Signal) upon request)
C Red + 5 VDC
Mating Connector for
Sensor (IP66)
% Servo Piston Flow vs Valve Coil Current
Packard 3 Pin Weatherpack
S1/S2 T P S1/S2 P/N 12015793, Connector
100%
Qty 1
75%
Dead Dead P/N 12089188, PIN Terminal,
Center
Band Band
50% .060) Qty 3
25% P/N 12015323, Cable Seal,
0 Qty 3
0 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
** Contact Eaton for other connector styles
Input Shaft Rotation

CCW CW
Solenoid Energized 1 2 1 2
Port A Flow Out In In Out
Port B Flow In Out Out In
Valve Typical
Swashplate Sensor Electrical Data Specifications SE
SC SG
SD Electronic Controller
Supply Voltage 5±0.50 VDC Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC
Contact Eatonfor
Contact Eaton for
Supply Current 10mA Resistance 4.0 Ohms 16.0 Ohms TCA,
Fx Maestro, or
controllers
Inductance 12.3 mH 49.4 mH and EFX controller
Sensor Gain 10°/ V, CW Shaft rotation increases output customer supplier
available from Eaton;
Current 1750 mA 875 mA controller.
Angle Sweep -20° at 0.5V; +20° at 4.5V; or customer supplied
0° (pump neutral) at 2.5V Ambient Temp -65°F to 140°F controller.
(-54°C to 60°C)
Max Output Error* ±3%
*Error includes thermal linearity, and sensitivity drift

Control Options –
Forward - Neutral - Reverse Control
Model Code FR, FS in Position 18, 19
Servo Ports
S1 & S2
Positive Load:
12V Red
SC 1 2 4 SC 2
Ground Load:
Black
3 1 Coil Schematic
Control
Pressure
Control Special Features –

Destroke Valve
Model Code 3 in Position 23
The destroke solenoid T P

valve, when activated,
causes the pump to
destroke and go to zero
displacement. This valve
may be used as a safety
device. Typically, the valve
is activated by a seat
switch detecting operator
presence or by a remote
emergency stop switch on Swashplate
the operator’s console. It Feedback
is available in 12 or 24 Vdc Destroke
and either normally open S2 S1 Valve
or normally closed configu-
rations.

Pump Dimensions –
Opposite Side Porting
Model Code 64, 75
64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r)
75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r)
A*
299,0
[11.77]
253,3
[9.97]
147,1 Centerline of
[5.80] Charge Pump
99,0
R 1,19 [3.90]
Port (E) Inlet Port (H)
[.047]
32°
147,57
147,57
[5.81]
+0,00
127,00 -0,08
Ø Cg
5.000 +.000
-.003
124,05 See Auxiliary
Ø [4.884]
Mounting Options
System
(SAE-J744 C-mount) Pressure
Mounting flange Port (B)
With groove for O-ring
15,7
[.62]
Port (F)
12,45±,25
[.490±.010]
240,6
[9.47] Charge Pump *A
235,5 Displacement Dimension
90.0 [9.27]
13,9 cm3/r (.85 in3/r) 300,3 (11.82)
[3.54] 17,4 cm3/r (1.06 in3/r) 303,7 (11.96)
57,6
[2.27] 21.0 cm3/r (1.28 in3/r) 307,2 (12.10)
Port (J) 27,9 cm3/r (1.70 in3/r) 314,1 (12.37)
Controller
Port (K) Port (A)
176,1
[6.94]
101,1
[4.00] 147,57 Port (N)
See shaft
90,1 Options [5.81] Cg
[3.55]
7,4
[.29]
25.4
[1.00]
97,7
[3.85] Port (P)
Charge Relief Port (D)

Port (F) 2x 99,0
[3.90]
235,5 Nameplate
[9.27] Port (B)

Pump Dimensions –
Model Code 64, 75
64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r)
75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r)
Optional Magnetic
Speed Sensor
Mating 2 Way Connector
Connector p/n 1216 2163 (1)
Pin Terminal p/n 121 4075 (2)
Cable Seal p/n 1204 8086 (2)
All part numbers are Packard Electric
120,6 123,2
[4.75] [4.85]
101,6 104,1
Port [4.01] [4.10]
(E) Port (A)
Port (N)
A
52,8 4x 57,3
[2.25]
[2.08]
105,7
[4.16] 58,9
[2.32]
S
45,3 54,6
[1.78] 4x 82,6 [2.15] Port (H)
[3.25] 99,6
[3.92]
52,8
[2.08]
Port (P) B
Port (F)
4x Ø 0,15
[59] Port (B)
4x 52,8
[2.08] 92,8
2x [3.66] 90,7
[3.57]
Do not remove plug 98,6 90,9
Can not be used as a [3.88] [3.58]
Case drain port
Weight Port Description S.A.E. O-ring Port Size

58 kg (128 lbs.) A Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518
B Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518
D Charge Gauge Port 7/8-14 UN-2B
E Case Drain Port 1-1/16-12 UN-2B
F Case Drain Port 1-1/16-12 UN-2B
H Charge Pressure Inlet Port 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
P Gauge Port,System Port B 9/16-18 UNF-2B
N Gauge Port,System Port A 9/16-18 UNF-2B
J Gauge Port Servo 1 7/16-20 UNF-2B
K Gauge Port Servo 2 7/16-20 UNF-2B

Pump Dimensions –
Same Side Porting
Model Code 64, 75 (SAE-J744 C-mount)
Mounting Flange 15,7 Port (F)
64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r) See Auxiliary with Groove for O-ring [.62]
12,45 ±,25 4x 57,3 52,8
Mounting Options [.490± .010] [2.25] [2.08]
75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r)
123,2 90,9
[4.85] [3.58]
104,1
Ø124,05
[4.884] [4.10] 4x 57,3
[2.25]
+0,00
127,00 -0,08
Ø +.000
5.000-.003 101,6
[4.01] 98,6
[3.88]
32° 120,6
[4.75]
1,19
R[.047]
15,0
4x Ø [.59]
299,0 Port (E) 4x 82,6
[11.77] [3.25]
A* 45,3
[1.78]
Port (A) 52,8
See Port Options [2.08]
Optional Speed Sensor
Mating 2 way connector packard electric
P/N 1216 2193 Connector (1)
P/N 1212 4075 Pin Terminal (2)
Port (E) P/N 1204 8086 Cable Seal (2)
Charge Pump *A
Displacement Dimension
13,9 cm3/r (.85 in3/r) 300,3 (11.82)
17,4 cm3/r (1.06 in3/r) 303,7 (11.96)
99,0 21,0 cm3/r (1.28 in3/r) 307,2 (12.10)
147,1 [3.90] 27,9 cm3/r (1.70 in3/r) 314,1 (12.37)
Port (H) [5.80]
238,8
2x [9.40]
246,9
[9.72]
Port (B)
240,6
[9.47]
235,5
90,0 [9.27]
57,6 [3.54] Port (K)
[2.27]
Port (J)
Port (N)
See Shaft Port (D)

101,6
[4.00] Options
90,1 7,4 58,9
[3.55] [.29] [2.32]
S
54,6
97,7 [2.15]
110,5
[3.85] [4.35]
99,0
Port (F) 2x [3.90]
Nameplate Port (P)
235,5 2x 92,8 126,7
[9.27] [3.66] [4.99]
Port Description S.A.E. O-ring Port Size

A Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518
P Gauge Port,System Port B 9/16-18 UNF-2B
N Gauge Port,System Port A 9/16-18 UNF-2B

Pump Dimensions –
Model Code 89, 105
89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r)
105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r)
A*
333,1
[13.11]
280,5
[11.04]
154,0 Centerline of
[6.06] Charge Pump
Inlet Port (H)
R 1,19
[.047]
32˚
182,9
147,57
[5.81]
[7.20]
127,00+0,00
-0,08
See Auxiliary
Mounting Options
Ø Cg
5.000 +.000
-.003
Ø 124,05
[4.884]
2 x (A) and (B)
System
(SAE-J744 C-mount) Pressure
Mounting flange
With groove for O-ring Ports
12,45±0,25
[.490±.010]
15,7
[.62]
2x 265,2 Charge Pump *A
[10.44] Displacement Dimension
260,9
[10.27] 13,9 cm3/r (.85 in3/r) 337,1 (13.27)
101,0 17,4 cm3/r (1.06 in3/r) 340,5 (13.40)
[3.98] 21.0 cm3/r (1.28 in3/r) 344,0 (13.55)
68,8 27,9 cm3/r (1.70 in3/r) 350,9 (13.81)
[2.71]
Port (J) 34,7 cm3/r (2.12 in3/r) 357,7 (14.08)
Controller
Port (A)
189,1 Port (K)
[7.48]
Port (D)
See shaft
Options Port (N)
103,5
[4.08] 182,9
147,57
[5.81]
[7.20] Cg
3,8
[.15]
106.68
27,9
[7.20]
[1.10]
107,3
[4.22]
Port (P)
Port (F)
140,0 Nameplate
[5.51]
258,4
[10.17] Port (B)

Pump Dimensions –
Model Code 89, 105
89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r)
105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r)
Optional Speed Sensor

Mating 2 Way Connector Packard Electric
P/N 1204 8086 Cable Seal (2)
138,9 140,5
[5.47] [5.53]
109,8 119,6 Port (A)
[4.32] [4.71]
Port (N)
A
15,0
4x [.59]
127,3
[5.01]
44,3 4x 57,3 62,7

[2.25] [2.47]
[1.75]
S
61,0 31,8 62,7 Port (H)
4x 82,6 [2.40] [1.25] 114,6 [2.47]
[3.25] [4.51]
Port (F)
Port (E) B
Port (P) Port (B)

Do not remove 4x 57,3
Plug cannot be 101,9
[2.25]
101,9 2x 105,7 104,4
Used as a case [4.16] [4.08]
[4.01] [4.01]
Drain port
Weight Port Description S.A.E. O-ring Port Size
81 kg (178 lbs.) A Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518

P Gauge Port, System Port B 9/16-18 UNF-2B
N Gauge Port, System Port A 9/16-18 UNF-2B

Pump Dimensions –
Same Side Porting
Model Code 89, 105 Do Not Remove Plug Can Not
(Sae-j744 c-mount) be Used as a Case Drain Port
89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r) Mounting Flange
57,3
See Auxiliary with Groove for O-ring 15,7 Port (F) 4x [2.25]
31,8
105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r) Mounting Options [.62]
12,45 ± 0,25
[1.25]
[.490 ± .010]
140,5
[5.53] 101,9
2x 114,6 [4.01]
[4.51]
124,05 119,6
Ø [4.884] [4.71] 4x 57,3
127,00 +0,00 [2.25]
Ø -0,08
+.000
5.000 -.003
141,6 101,9
[5.58] [4.01]
32° 109,8
[4.32]
R 1,19
[.047]
154,0
333,1 [6.06] 61,0 4x Ø 15,0
[13.11] 44,3 [2.40] [.59]
A* [1.75] 4x 82,6
Centerline of [3.25]
Charge Pump Port (A) Port (E)
Inlet Port See Port Options 280,5
[11.04] Optional Speed Sensor
Mating 2 Way Connector Packard Electric
P/N 1204 8086 Cable Seal (2)
66,68
[2.625]
Charge Pump *A
Displacement Dimension
66.68
[2.625]
13,9 cm3/r (.85 in3/r) 337,1 (13.27)
17,4 cm3/r (1.06 in3/r) 340,5 (13.40)
21.0 cm3/r (1.28 in3/r) 344,0 (13.55)
Port (B) Port (E)
153,7 27,9 cm3/r (1.70 in3/r) 350,9 (13.81)
267,8 [6.05]
[10.54] 34,7 cm3/r (2.12 in3/r) 357,7 (14.08)
271,3
[10.68]
258,4
[10.17]
Port (K) 247,2
101,0 [9.73]
[3.98]
68,8
[2.71]
Port (J)
See Shaft Port (N)
Options
Port (M)
103,5
[4.08]
115,1 15,6 62,7
[4.53] [.61] [2.47]
10,7 62,7
107,3 [.42] [2.47]
[4.22] 118,1
[4.65]
Port (W)
Port (F)
140,0 Nameplate 2x 105,7 125,7
[5.51] [4.16] [4.95]
Port (P) Port (H)
258,4
[10.17]
Port Description S.A.E. O-ring Port Size

A Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518
P Gauge Port, System Port B 9/16-18 UNF-2B
N Gauge Port, System Port A 9/16-18 UNF-2B
M Remote Filter Port, Outlet 7/8-14 UN-2B
W Remote Filter Port, Intlet 7/8-14 UN-2B

Input Shaft Options
Model Code Position 7, 8
Model Code 02 - 23 Tooth Model Code 03 - 1.50 Tapered

Torque: 1469 N·m (13.000 lbf·in) Torque: 836 N·m (7.400 lbf·in)
55,47±0,89 +0,03 25,40 ±0,60
[2.184±.035] 9,52 -0,00 Square key x [1.000±.025] Long
47,63±0,51
[1.875±.020] .375 +.001
[-.000] Ø 3,96 Thru
[.156]
3/8-24 unf-2b
Depth 19,05 [.750] min 63,50±0,03
Ø [2.500± .001]
6,35±0,05
63,50 ± 0,03 [.250±.002]
Ø[2.500 ± .001]
37,62± 0,13
Ø[1.481± .005] 1.00-20 UNEF-2B grade 5 slotted hex locknut per
SAE J501 (except 38,1 [1.50] across flat)
recommended torque to 434 N·m [320 lbf·ft] plus
61,93 torque required to align slotted nut to shaft
Involute spline [2.438] cross hole, torque not to exceed 563 N·m [415 lbf·ft]
fillet root side fit lubricate nut face and shaft threads
74,55
23 tooth 16/32 pitch [2.935]
will fit ANSI B92.1 1970 125± 0,33 taper per meter
class 5 mating splines [1.500±.004 taper per foot]
Model Code 13 - 13 Tooth Model Code 14 - 14 Tooth Model Code 21 - 21 Tooth

Torque: 1921 N·m (17.000 lbf·in) Torque: 791 N·m (7.000 lbf·in) Torque: 1130 N·m (10.000 lbf·in)
55,47± 0,89 55,47± 0,89 55,47± 0,89
[2.184±.035] [2.184 ±.035] [2.184 ± .035]
47,63±0,51 47,63 ± 0,51
47,63 ± 0,51 [1.875 ±.020] [1.875±.020]
[1.875 ±.020]
63,50 ± 0,03 63,50± 0,03

Ø [2.500± Ø [2.500 ± .001]
.001]
31,160±0,127 Ø 63,50±0,03
[2.500±.001]
Ø 43,650±0,064 Ø [1.2268±.0050]
34,442 ±0,127
[1.7185 ±.0025] Ø
[1.3560±.0050]
Involute spline
Involute spline Involute spline fillet root side fit
fillet root side fit fillet root side fit 21 tooth 16/32 pitch
13 tooth 8/16 pitch 14 tooth 12/24 pitch will fit ANSI B92.1 1970
will fit ANSI B92.1 1970 will fit ANSI B92.1 1970 class 5 mating splines
class 5 mating splines class 5 mating splines
Model Code 23 - 23 Tooth Model Code 28 - 27 Tooth

55,47 ± 0,89 47,62 ± 0,51

[2.184± .035] [1.875 ± .020]
47,63 ± 0,51 39,60 ± 0,89
[1.875±.020] [1.559±.035]
For rear unit of tandem
with front unit having
integral c-pad
63,50 ±0,03
Ø [2.500±.001] Ø 63,50± 0,03
[2.500± .001]
Ø 37,62± 0,13 Ø 29,51± 0,13
[1.481±.005] [1.162±.005]
Involute spline Involute spline

fillet root side fit fillet root side fit
23 tooth 16/32 pitch 27 tooth 24/48 pitch
will fit ANSI B92.1 1970 will fit ANSI B92.1 1970
class 5 mating splines class 5 mating splines

Auxiliary Mount Options
Position 25
Model Code C - A-pad adapter with 9 tooth Model Code K - A-pad adapter with 11 tooth
Spline to mate with internal involute

fillet root side fit 9 tooth 16/32 pitch Spline to mate with internal involute
30° pressure angle per ANSI B92.1-1970 flat root side fit 11 tooth 16/32 pitch
maximum allowable auxiliary pump torque 30fl pressure angle per ANSI B92.1-1970
58.4 n·m [517 lbf·in] maximum allowable auxiliary pump torque
131,8 n·m [1167 lbfÆin]
31.8 Maximum allowable
[1.25] shaft protrusion Maximum allowable
38.1
[1.50] Shaft protrusion
Ø 82.63 ± 0.05 O-ring supplied as loose item
[3.253 ± .002] to be installed prior to
assembly of auxiliary unit Ø 82.63 ± 0.05 O-ring supplied as loose item to be
[3.253 ± .002] installed prior to assembly of auxiliary unit
(ISO 3019/1 SAE-J744 A-Pad)
mounting flange specification (ISO 3019/1 SAE-J744 a-pad)
mounting flange specification
Section A-A Section B-B
25,4
[1.00] 4x auxiliary 25,4
4x auxiliary mounting holes mounting holes [1.00]
3/8-16 UNC-2B, depth 19.0 [.75] 3/8-16 UNC-2B,
depth 19,0 [.75]
53.19
2x [2.094] 2x 53,19
[2.094]
2x 106.38 2x 106,38
[4.188] [4.188]
A A B B
Model Code D - B-pad adapter with 13 tooth Model Code E - B-B pad adapter with 15 tooth
Spline to mate with internal involute Spline to mate with internal involute
fillet root side fit 13 tooth 16/32 pitch fillet root side fit 15 tooth 16/32 pitch
30° pressure angle per ANSI B92.1-1970 30° pressure angle per ANSI B92.1-1970
maximun allowable auxiliary pump maximum allowable auxiliary pump torque
torque 209 N·m [1852 lbf·in] 337.5 N·m [2987 lbf·in]

[1.622] shaft protrusion 45.9 Maximum allowable
[1.81] Shaft protrusion
O-ring supplied as loose item to be
101.65 ± 0.03 O-ring supplied as loose item to be
Ø [4.002 ±.001] installed prior to assembly of auxiliary unit 101.65 ± 0.03
Ø
[4.002 ± .001] installed prior to assembly of auxiliary unit
(ISO 3019/1 SAE-J744 B-Pad)
mounting flange specification (ISO 3019/1 SAE-J744 B-Pad)
mounting flange specification
Section C-C
30.0
Section D-D
4x auxiliary mounting holes [1.18] 4x auxiliary 30.0
mounting holes [1.18]
1/2-13 UNC-2B, depth 23.4 [.92]
1/2-13 UNC-2B, depth 23.4 [.92]
2x 146.05
[5.750]
2x 146.05
C [5.750]
C
2x 73.02 D D
S [2.875] 2x 73.02
S [2.875]

Auxiliary Mount Options
Position 25
Spline to mate with internal involute

fillet root side fit 14 tooth 12/24 pitch
Model Code F - C-pad adapter with 30° pressure angle per ANSI B92.1-1970
14 tooth and charge pump maximum allowable auxiliary pump torque
450 N•m [3982 lbf•in]
Torque: 701 N·m (6.200 lbf·in)

[2.30] shaft protrusion
+0.03
Ø127.05 -0.05 O-ring supplied as loose to
+.001
[5.002] -.002 O-ring supplied as loose item to be ins
(ISO 3019/1 SAE-J744 c-pad) be installed into o-ring groove prior to assemb
mounting flange specification prior to assembly of auxiliary unit
Section E-E
114.50 4x auxiliary mounting
31.8
[4.508] 57.25 holes 1/2-20 UNF-2B thru [1.25]
[2.254] 2x auxiliary
Mounting holes
5/8-18 UNF-2B thru
114.50
[4.508]
E E 57.25
[2.254]
S
90.49
[3.562]
180.98
[7.125]
450 N•m [3982 lbf•in]

Model Code H - C-pad mount with
27 tooth w/out charge pump
Torque: 814 N·m (7.200 lbf·in)
O-ring supplied as loose to

be installed into o-ring groove 49.1 [1.94]
prior to assembly of auxiliary unit Maximum allowable
+0.03 shaft protrusion
127.05 -0.05
Ø +.001
Spline to mate with internal [5.002] -.002 (ISO 3019/ l SAE - J744 C-Pad)
involute fillet root side fit 27 mounting flange specification
114.50
tooth 24/48 pitch maximum [4.508] 57.25
allowable auxiliary pump [2.254]
torque 870 N·m [7700 lbf·in]
4 x auxiliary
mounting holes
1/2-20 UNF 2B
depth 22.4 [.88]
57.25
[2.254]
114.50
[4.508]

Operational Diagram
Typical Series 2 Variable Displacement Pump/Fixed

Displacement Motor Schematic
Note:
For Ease of Viewing, Heat Exchanger Bubble
The Servo Control Separator
Cylinder, Swashplate, Reservoir
Manual Displacement Screen
and Control Valve are 30˚ to Horizon
Shown Removed Control Valve
From The Pump Inlet Flow
Orifices Case Pressure
Control Pressure
Heat Exchanger
Charge Pressure
By-Pass Valve Filter High pressure
Orifice Check Valve
Variable Pump
Swashplate Servo Control IPOR
Cylinder Shuttle
Valve Valve Fixed Motor
Charge Swashplate
System Pump
Relief Valves/
Check Valves
Low
Pressure
Relief
Valve
Charge Fixed
IPOR Pressure
Relief Motor
Variable Valve
Valve
Pump
Internal Drained
to Pump Case
Note:
For ease of viewing, the
Servo Control Cylinder,
Swashplate, and Control
Valve are shown removed
from the pump.

Application Information
Component Descriptions Override Control for sys- reservoir. Maintaining this sediment. The suction line
The operational diagram tem high pressure protec- oil volume will give the oil a entrance should be flared
on page 29 shows a typi- tion. (see page 29 for a minimum of thirty (30) sec- and covered with a screen.
cal heavy duty hydrostatic description of these fea- onds in the reservoir. This The reservoir should be
transmission. The axial pis- tures). will allow any entrained air easily accessible. The fill
ton pump and axial piston to escape and contamina- port should be designed to
motor are the main compo- Fixed Displacement Axial tion to settle out of the oil. minimize the possibility of
nents. The filter, reservoir, Piston Motor To allow for oil expansion, contamination during filling
heat exchanger, and oil The motor uses the high the reservoir’s total vol- and to help prevent over
lines make up the rest of pressure oil flow from the ume should be at least six filling. There should be a
the system. The function of pump to produce trans- tenths (.6) minute times (X) drain plug at the lowest
each of these components mission output. The high the maximum charge pump point of the reservoir and
is described below: pressure oil comes to flow. it should also have a clean-
A separate energy source, the motor through one of The reservoir’s internal out and inspection cover so
such as an electric motor the high pressure lines. It structure should cut down the reservoir can be thor-
or internal combustion enters the motor, turns the turbulence and prevent oil oughly cleaned after pro-
engine, turns the input output shaft, then returns aeration. longed use. A vented reser-
shaft of the pump. to the pump. Eaton piston voir should have a breather
motors integrate an hot oil The line returning flow to cap with a micronic filter.
shuttle and low pressure the reservoir should be fit-
Variable Displacement Sealed reservoirs must be
relief valve into the end ted with a diffuser to slow
Axial Piston Pump used at altitudes above
cover. The shuttle valve the incoming oil to 1 to 1.2
The variable displacement meters (3-4 feet) per sec- 2500 feet. These reservoirs
and low pressure relief should be fitted with a two-
pump provides a flow of valve direct excess charge ond to help reduce turbu-
high pressure oil. Pump lence. The return flow line way micronic filter pressure
pump flow into the motor cap to allow for fluid expan-
output flow can be varied case. The shuttle valve is should also be positioned
to obtain the desired motor so that returning oil enters sion and contraction.
activated by high pressure
output speed. For example, and directs excess charge the reservoir below the In both cases the caps
when the pump’s displace- pump flow over the low liquid surface. This will help must be designed to
ment is zero, no oil is pressure relief valve. This reduce aeration and foam- prevent water from
pumped and the transmis- flushing action allows the ing of the oil. entering the reservoir
sion’s motor output shaft is charge pump to provide during bad weather or
The reservoir should have
stopped. Conversely, maxi- clean, cool oil to the closed machine washing.
baffles between the return
mum pump displacement loop circuit. line and suction line. A hydrostatic transmission
produces maximum motor
Baffles prevent return flow with a well designed res-
shaft speed. The direction
Reservoir from immediately reenter- ervoir will run quieter, stay
of high pressure flow can
The reservoir is an impor- ing the pump. cleaner and last longer.
also be reversed; doing so
reverses the direction the tant part of the hydrostatic A sixty mesh screen placed
motor output shaft rotates. transmission system. It across the suction chamber
should provide adequate oil of the reservoir will act as
A charge pump is integrat-
storage and allow easy oil a bubble separator. The
ed into the piston pump
maintenance. screen should be placed at
and driven by the shaft
The reservoir must hold a thirty degree angle to the
of the piston pump. The
enough oil to provide a horizon.
drawing illustrates a suc-
tion filtration circuit. Eaton continuous oil supply to the The entrance to the suc-
recommends a suction fil- charge pump inlet. It must tion line should be located
ter without a bypass valve. also have enough room for well below the fluid sur-
The charge pump has a the hydraulic oil to expand face so there is no chance
Low Pressure Relief Valve as the system warms up. of air being sucked into
that regulates the output Consider charge pump flow the charge pump inlet.
pressure. when sizing the reservoir: However, the suction line
One half (.5) minute times entrance should not be
Eaton’s Series 2 Pump
(X) the maximum charge located on the bottom
offers High Pressure
pump flow should be the of the reservoir where
Relief Valves and Pressure
minimum oil volume in the there may be a buildup of

Filter Charge Pump Inlet Line High Pressure Lines Heat Exchanger Bypass
A filter must be used to The inlet line to the charge The high pressure lines Valve
keep the hydraulic fluid pump should be large that connect the pump The heat exchanger bypass
clean. Either a suction filter enough to keep the and motor must be able valve is a pressure and/
or a pressure side filter pressure drop between to withstand the pressures or temperature valve in
may be used. The filter the reservoir and charge generated in the high parallel with the heat
must be a no-bypass type. pump inlet within the limits pressure loop. exchanger. Its purpose is
A suction filter is shown in described in the filter to prevent case pressures
the operational diagram on section. Fittings will Heat Exchanger from getting too high. The
page 29. increase the pressure drop, Use of a heat exchanger is heat exchanger bypass
System oil particulate so their number should be dependent on the transmis- valve opens when the oil is
levels should not exceed kept to a minimum. It is sion’s duty cycle and on thick, especially during cold
ISO 18/13. Refer to best to keep fluid velocities machine layout. The normal starts.
Eaton Hydraulic Fluid below 1,25 meters (4 feet) continuous operating fluid
Recommendations on per second. temperature measured in Reservoir Return Line
page 33. Fluid and temperature the pump and motor cases The same general require-
Recommended beta ratios compatibility must be should not exceed 80°C ments that apply to case
for each filter type are considered when selecting (180°F) for most hydraulic drain lines apply to the
listed below: the inlet line. fluids. The maximum fluid reservoir return line.
temperature should not
Suction Filter Pump and Motor Case exceed 105°C (220°F).
ß10 = 1.5 to 2.0 Drain Lines
The heat exchanger should
Pressure Side Filter The case drain lines should be sized to dissipate
ß10 = 10 to 20 be large enough to limit the 25% of the maximum
When a suction filter is pump and motor case input power available to
used, its flow capacity pressures to 2,8 bar (40 the transmission. It must
must be large enough to psi) at normal operating also be sized to prevent
prevent an excessive temperatures. Fluid and the case pressures in the
pressure drop between temperature compatibility pump and motor from
the reservoir and charge must also be considered getting too high. Case
pump inlet. The pressure at when selecting the case pressure up to 2.8 bar
the charge pump inlet port drain lines. (40 psi), at normal
must not be less than 0.8 operating temperatures,
bar (11.6 psi) absolute are acceptable.
at normal continuous
operating temperatures.

Shaft Couplings and Open Loop Circuits Multiple Pump or Motor 3. When using one pump
Mounting Brackets Eaton heavy duty pumps Circuits with multiple motors,
Shaft couplings must be and heavy duty motors Multiple pumps or motors the case drain lines
able to with stand the may be used in open loop can be combined in the should be connected in
torque that will be transmit- circuits under certain same circuit. When two series. The case flow
ted to the pump or motor. operating conditions. pumps are used in a paral- should be routed from
If the pump or motor is to lel circuit, their swashplate the most distant motor,
Consult your Eaton through the remaining
be directly coupled to the representative for details. controls can be operated
drive, the misalignment in phase or in sequence. motors, to the pump,
should not exceed .050 The following precautions and finally back to the
Orientation reservoir. The most dis-
mm (.002 in.) total indicator should be observed when-
run-out for the combination The mounting orientation ever multiple pumps and/ tant motor should have
of perpendicularity and con- of Eaton heavy duty pumps or motors are connected in the valve block or inte-
centricity measurements. and motors is unrestricted. the same circuit: gral shuttle valve while
The case drain line that the additional motors do
The hardness of the carries the flow leaving the 1. Charge pump flow must not need a valve block
couplings connected to pump or motor should be be greater than the sum or integral shuttle valve.
Eaton pump or motor connected to the highest of the charge pump flow A remote valve block is
shafts should be 35 Rc for drain port on each of the requirements of the indi- also available for multiple
tapered or straight keyed units. This assures that vidual units. motor circuits. A series-
shafts and 50-55 Rc for the pump and motor cases 2. The possibility of motor parallel drain line circuit
splined shafts. remain full. overspeeding increases may be needed for the
in multiple motor cir- high case flow created in
Pump Valve Plates cuits. The parallel motor multiple pump circuits.
Eaton Heavy duty pumps circuit will act as a In either case, each
may be fitted with either frictionless differen- pump and motor should
a V-groove valve plate or tial. Should one of the be checked for proper
a propel valve plate. Propel motors stall the other cooling when testing the
valve plates should be could overspeed. The prototype circuit.
used in applications where motors used in parallel 4. Series circuits present a
overrunning loads may be circuits should, there- unique problem for axial
present. fore, be sized to prevent piston motors. Pressure
overspeeding. Valves applied to the input port
that will limit the flow and discharge port are
to each of the motors additive as regards to
may be used to prevent the load and life of the
overspeeding. This will drive shaft and the drive
allow the use of smaller shaft bearings. Please
motors, however the consult with your Eaton
flow limiting valves will representative regarding
create heat. series circuits.

Hydraulic Fluid
Recommendations
Introduction is started. With movement, 18/13 per SAE J1165. This cleanliness requirements
The ability of Eaton hydro- the fluid warms to a point code allows a maximum of laid out in this document.
static components to where the cooling system 2500 particles per milliliter
provide the desired perfor- begins to operate. From greater than 5 mm and a Fluid Selection
mance and life expectancy then on, the fluid is main- maximum of 80 particles Premium grade petroleum
depends largely on the fluid tained at the temperature per milliliter greater than based hydraulic fluids will
used. The purpose of this for which the hydrostatic 15 mm. When components provide the best perfor-
document is to provide system was designed. with different cleanliness mance in Eaton hydrostatic
readers with the knowl- In actual applications this requirements are used components. These fluids
edge required to select the sequence varies; hydro- in the same system, the typically contain addi-
appropriate fluids for use in static systems are used cleanest standard should tives that are beneficial to
systems that employ Eaton in many environments be applied. OEM’s and hydrostatic systems. Eaton
hydrostatic components. from very cold to very hot. distributors who use Eaton recommends fluids that
Cooling systems also vary hydrostatic components contain anti-wear agents,
One of the most important from very elaborate to very in their products should
characteristics to consider rust inhibitors, antifoaming
simple, so ambient temper- provide for these require- agents, and oxidation inhib-
when choosing a fluid to ature may affect operating ments in their designs. A
be used in a hydraulic sys- itors. Premium grade petro-
temperature. Equipment reputable filter supplier can leum based hydraulic fluids
tem is viscosity. Viscosity manufacturers who use supply filter information.
choice is always a com- carry an ISO VG rating.
Eaton hydrostatic com-
promise; the fluid must be ponents in their products Fluid Maintenance
thin enough to flow easily should anticipate tempera-
but thick enough to seal Maintaining correct fluid
ture in their designs and viscosity and cleanliness
and maintain a lubricating make the appropriate fluid
film between bearing and level is essential for all
recommendations to their hydrostatic systems. Since
sealing surfaces. Viscosity customers.
requirements for Eaton’s Eaton hydrostatic compo-
Heavy Duty Hydrostatic In general, an ISO viscosity nents are used in a wide
product line are specified grade 68 fluid is recom- variety of applications it
later in this document. mended for operation in is impossible for Eaton to
cold to moderate climates. publish a fluid maintenance
Viscosity and Temperature An ISO viscosity grade 100 schedule that would cover
fluid is recommended for every situation. Field test-
Fluid temperature affects operation in moderate to ing and monitoring are the
viscosity. In general, as the hot climates. only ways to get accurate
fluid warms it gets thinner measurements of system
and its viscosity decreases. Cleanliness cleanliness. OEM’s and
The opposite is true when distributors who use Eaton
fluid cools. When choosing Cleanliness of the fluid in
a hydrostatic system is hydrostatic components
a fluid, it is important to should test and establish
consider the start-up and extremely important. Eaton
recommends that the fluid fluid maintenance sched-
operating temperatures of ules for their products.
the hydrostatic system . used in its hydrostatic
components be maintained These maintenance sched-
Generally, the fluid is thick ules should be designed
when the hydraulic system at ISO Cleanliness Code
to meet the viscosity and

Hydraulic Fluid
Recommendations
Viscosity and Cleanliness ISO

Guidelines Optimum Cleanliness
Product Line Minimum Range Maximum Requirements Comments
Heavy Duty Piston 10cSt 16 - 39 cSt 2158 cSt 18/13
Pumps and Motors (60 SUS) (80 - 180 SUS) (10,000 SUS)
Additional Notes:
• Fluids too thick to flow • If the natural color of the • Contact your Eaton
in cold weather start-ups fluid has become black it representative if you have
will cause pump cavita- is possible that an over- specific questions about
tion and possible dam- heating problem exists. the fluid requirements
age. Motor cavitation is • If the fluid becomes of Eaton hydrostatic
not a problem during cold milky, water contamina- components.
start-ups. Thick oil can tion may be a problem.
cause high case pres-
sures which in turn cause • Take fluid level reading
shaft seal problems. when the system is cold.
Biodegradable Oil Product Line Rating With Biodegradable Oil Comments

(Vegetable) Guidelines Heavy Duty Piston 80% of normal pressure rating listed 82° C (180° F) max fluid temp (unit)
Pumps and Motors for mineral oils. 71° C (160° F) max fluid temp (reservoir)
Additional Notes:
• Viscosity and ISO cleanli- biodegradable. Systems • Vegetable oils oxidize
ness requirements must being converted from more quickly than petro-
be maintained as outlined mineral oil to vegetable leum based hydraulic
on previous page. oil should be repeatedly fluid. Care must be taken
• Based on limited product flushed with vegetable oil to maintain fluid tempera-
testing to date, no reduc- to ensure 100% biode- ture within specified lim-
tion in unit life is expect- gradability. its and to establish more
ed when operating at the • Specific vegetable oil frequent fluid change
pressure ratings indicated products may provide intervals.
above. normal unit life when
• Vegetable oil is mis- operating at pressure rat-
cible with mineral oil. ings higher than those
However, only the indicated above.
vegetable oil content is

Eaton Eaton Eaton
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 1110 Morges No.7 Lane 280 Linhong Road
USA Switzerland Changning District, Shanghai
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 200335 China
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 Tel: (+86 21) 5200 0099
www.eaton.com/hydraulics Fax: (+86 21) 2230 7240

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. E-PUPI-MC004-E2
Supercedes E-PUPI-MC004-E1
December 2012
Heavy Duty
Series 1 Variable Displacement
Hydrostatic Piston Pumps (ACA) and Motors (ACE) Peak pressure 480 bar (7000 psi)
Transmissions Fixed Displacement Motors (HHD) Displacement 64-125 cm3/r (3.9-7.6 in3/r)
2 EATon Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Transmissions Catalog E-TRHD-MC001-E2 July 2011
Table of Contents
Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Transmissions

ACA: Series 1 Variable Pump 4
ACE: Variable Motor 5
HHD: Fixed Motor 5
Model Codes
ACA: Series 1 Variable Pump Model Code 6
HHD: Fixed Motor Model Code 11
ACE: Variable Motor Model Code 13
Performance
Performance – Pump 15
Performance – Motor 16
Performance – Charge Pump 17
Control Options
Pump Control – Electro-proportional with Swashplate Mechanical Feedback 18
Pump Control – Electro-proportional with Swashplate
Electronic Sensor and Mechanical Feedback 19
Pump Control – Electric with Swashplate Electronic Sensor Feedback 20
Other Pump and Motor Controls 26
Dimensions
Charge Pump Dimensions 30
Dimensions 32
Power Limiter Pumps and Integral Shuttle Valve Motors
Features and Benefits 35
Dimensions – Power Limiter Pump 36
Dimensions – Integral Shuttle Motor 38
Heavy Duty Tandem Pumps
Dimensions – Tandem Pumps 41
Application Information – Tandem Pumps 43
Heavy Duty Pumps with C-Pad Rear Mount
Dimensions – Pumps with C-Pad Rear Mount 45
Shaft and Port
Dimensions – Shaft and Port 47
Application Information 50
Description of Operation
Description of Operation 53
Description of Operation – Neutral 54
Flow Description – Neutral 55
Description of Operation – Forward/Reverse 56
Flow Description – Forward/Reverse 57
Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations 58
eaton Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Transmissions Catalog E-TRHD-MC001-E2 July 2011 3

Typical Applications
Heavy Duty Construction Agriculture
Hydrostatic Transmissions • Transit Mixer • Tractor
• Road Roller • Harvester
Features and Benefits • Paver • Windrower
• Motor Grader • Sprayer
• Loader • Planter
• Dozer
Material Handling & Utility Industrial Applications

• Crane • Oil & Gas
• Sweeper • Marine
• Lift Truck
Variable Pump ACA Drive shafts – a wide vari- Charge pumps on pumps
ety of options are available – gerotor type, several
to suit every need. displacement options are
High strength swashplates available to suit the needs
on variable pumps and of every application. All
motors – resist deflection cast iron construction.
under high load. Cartridge shaft seal – lends
High strength cast iron itself to easy serviceabil-
housings – provide greater ity. Mechanical face seal
noise damping and wall design tolerates high speed
strength. and high case pressures.
High flow check valves in
pumps – keep the system
primed with minimal
pressure drop.
Variable Pump and Fixed Motor
Tandem Variable Pump

4 eaton Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Transmissions Catalog E-TRHD-MC001-E2 July 2011
Heavy Duty
Hydrostatic Transmissions
Features and Benefits
Variable Motor ACE Bi-metal bearing plate – for tandem units or for a
has steel for high speed through shaft.
and pressure. Bronze Relief valves – pilot operat-
provides greater bearing ed cartridge and fast acting
properties. direct types available.
Valve plate – hardened Controls – a wide variety of
steel for long life. control options are available
End cover – large pas- for pumps and motors to
sages minimizes losses. meet application needs.
Both side and rear ports Ports – SAE code 61 and
are available on Models 39 code 62 as well as o-ring
through 64 fixed motors. boss ports are available.
C-Pad rear mount –
available on Models 39
through 64 variable pumps
Fixed Motor HDD

Advanced cylinder barrel Hydraulic servo control –
design – permits high provides low effort opera-
speed and pressure. tion with low control pres-
Fixed clearance slipper sure. Large servo pistons
hold down – on Models hold swashplate position
39 through 64 allows oper- and provide damping.
ation at high speed and Large case drain ports
reduces friction. Model 76 – minimize case back
is a ball guide unit. pressure.
Pistons – have long
engagement with cylinder
bore resulting in low
leakage.
Fixed Motor Variable Motor

The following 33 digit coding system has been developed
Model Code to identify standard configuration options for the Series 1
Hydrostatic Variable Displacement Pump. Use this model code
ACA Series 1 Variable Pump to specify a pump with the desired features. All 33 digits of the
code must be present to release a new product number for
ordering.
ACA 39 2 03 02 L 1 A C C E A A A A 2 C N A A 1 0 D A 15 0 0 B
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15, 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29,30 31 32 33
Note: Options in bold fonts are commonly used.
1, 2, 3
Pump Series 30 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch B – 25.4 (1.00) - Code 62 per SD – Electric control 24
ACA – Hydrostatic - Heavy spline with (2.93) SAE J518 volt with swashplate
Duty Variable Pump extension and for 76 D – (1.00) - Code 61 per SAE feedback sensor, with
seal (Models 54-64) J518 with port A and B electrical connectors
33 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch gage ports DIN 43650
4,5 Displacement
spline with (2.19) E – (1.00) - Code 62 per SAE
39 – 63.66 cm3/r (3.885 in3/r) extension and for 76 J518 with port A and B Forward-Neutral-Reverse
46 – 75.28 cm3/r (4.594 in3/r) seal (Model 54) gage ports FR – Forward-neutral-reverse
36 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch control 12 volt DC
54 – 89.13 cm3/r (5.439 in3/r)
spline with M10 x 1.5 with 2-pin weatherpack
64 – 105.4 cm3/r (6.431 in3/r) 13,14 Power Limiter Valve connector
threaded hole (Models
76 – 124;8 cm3/r (7.616 in3/r) Setting FS – Forward-neutral-reverse
39-46)
Port A (position 13 and control 24 volt DC with
37 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch Port B (position 14) 2-pin weatherpack con-
6
Type spline with M10 x 1.5 nector
2 – Variable Displacement threaded hole (Models 0 – None
Pump 39-54) C – 103 bar (1500 lbf/in2)
Hydraulic Remote
38 – 27 Tooth 16/32 pitch D – 138 bar (2000 lbf/in2) HA – Hydraulic remote 1.4-
7 Design Type spline with (2.93) E – 172 bar (2500 lbf/in2) 14.1 bar (20-205 psi)
extension and for 76 F – 207 bar (3000 psi) HB – Hydraulic remote 1.4-
0 – Ball-Guide (Model 76)
seal (Models 54-64) G – 241 bar (3500 psi) 14.1 bar (20-205 psi)
3 – Series 1 (Models 39-64)
39 – 34.9 (1.375) Diameter H – 276 bar (4000 psi) with wide band neutral
tapered with 9.5 (.3750) HC – Hydraulic remote 3.1-
8, 9 Input Shaft x 25.4 (1.00) square key J – 310 bar (4500 psi) 14.5 bar (45-210 psi)
(Models 39-64) K – 345 bar (5000 psi) HD – Hydraulic remote 4.5-
01 – (1.500) Diameter
straight with (.3750) 40 – 38 (1.50) Diameter L – 379 bar (5500 psi) 20.0 bar (65-290 psi)
x (2.5) square key tapered with 9.5 (.3750) M – 414 bar (6000 psi) HF – Hydrualic remote 4.5-
(Models 39-64) x 25.4 (1.00) square key N – 448 bar (6500 psi) 20.0 bar (65-290 psi)
(Models 54-64) with wide band neutral
02 – (1.750) Diameter
41 – 44 (1.75) Diameter HG – Hydraulic remote 4,5-
straight with (.4375) x 15,16 Control Option
tapered with 11 (.4375) 20,0 bar (65-290 lbf/
(3.0) square key (Model 0B – Shipping cover, with
x 25.4 (1.00) square key in2) with 12vdc (NC)
76) control feedback link
(Model 76) destroke valve (non-
13 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch manifold) with electri-
spline (Model 76) 44 – 14 Tooth 12/24 pitch Electro-proportional cal connector (male
14 – 14 Tooth 12/24 pitch spline with M10 x 1.5 EJ – Electronic proportional only) per din 43650
spline (Models 33-64) threaded hole (Models control 12 volt DC HH – Hydraulic remote 11,0-
39-46) EK – Electronic proportional 32,4 bar (160-470 lbf/in2)
21 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch
spline (Models 39-64) control 24 volt DC HJ – Hydraulic remote 3.1-
10 Input Rotation FD – Electronic proportional 14.5 bar (45-210 psi)
22 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch
L – Counterclockwise control, 12VDC, swash with wide band neutral
spline with (3.22) exten-
(Lefthand) plate electronic sensor HK – Hydraulic remote 4,5-
sion (Models 46-64)
feedback, de-stroking 20,0 bar (65-290 lbf/
23 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch R – Clockwise (Righthand) valve in2) with 12vdc (NC)
spline (Models 39-64) FE – Electronic proportional destroke valve (non-
24 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch 11 Valve Plate control, 24VDC, swash manifold) with electrical
Sspline with 3/8-24 UNF plate electronic sensor connectors (male &
hole (Models 39-64) 0 – Standard (V-groove)
feedback, de-stroking female) per din 43650
25 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch 1 – Propel valve for 6,0-10,0 (.24-.39)
spline with 3/8-24 UNF SC – Electric control 12 volt diameter cable
12 Main Ports
hole (Models 39-64) with swashplate feed-
27 – 27 Tooth 16/32 pitch A – 25.4 (1.00) - Code 61 per back sensor, with elec-
spline (Model 76) SAE J518 trical connectors DIN
43650

ordering.
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15, 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29,30 31 32 33
Mechanical Manual MP – Manual with destroke ND – Manual with destroke NV – Manual with (NC)
MA – Manual valve (non-manifold) valve (manifold) 12vdc neutral lockout switch
MB – Manual with wide 12vdc (NO), 3 pin (NO) with 2 pin weath- (wide band neutral)
band neutral and 3/4- packard connector erpack connector with and destroke valve
16UN plug in neutral mounted right angle up (NC) neutral lockout (manifold) 24vdc (NO)
lockout port MS – Manual with wide switch (wide band with 2 pin weatherpack
MC – Manual with wide band neutral and 24vdc neutral) with packard connector
band neutral (NC) destroke valve 2 pin connector NW – Manual with (NC)
MD – Manual With (NC) (non-manifold) with NG – Manual with (NC) neutral lockout switch
neutral lockout switch electrical connectors neutral lockout switch (wide band neutral)
(wide band neutral) (male & female) per (wide band neutral) and with weatherpack
ME – Manual with neutral din 43650 for 4,5- destroke valve (mani- (2) pin connector
detent (wide band 8,0(.18-.31) diameter fold) 12vdc (NC) with 2 and destroke valve
neutral) cable pin weatherpack con- (manifold) 12vdc (NO)
MJ – Manual with destroke MT – With wide band neutral nector with 2 pin metri-pack
valve (manifold) 12vdc and inching valve with NH – Manual with neutral connector
(NO) 3 pin weatherpack seal detent (wide band PA – Port plate, no control
connector MU – Manual with wide neutral) and 12vdc feedback link
MK – Manual With Neutral band neutral, inching (NO) destroke valve
Detent (Wide Band valve with seal and (manifold) with manual Remote Electric
Neutral) And 24Vdc neutral detent override and electrical RD – Remote electric with
(Nc) Destroke Valve MV – With wide band neu- connectors (male & (NC) destroke valve,
(Non-Manifold) With tral, inching valve with female) per DIN 43650 (3) 12vdc with (1) 2 pin
Electrical Connectors seal and neutral lock- for 4.5-8.0(.18-.31) and (1) 4 pin weath-
erpak connectors, no
(Male & Female) Per out switch (NC) diameter cable
displacement control,
Din 43650 For 4,5- MW – Manual with destroke NK – Manual with wide band
with 0,33 (.013) control
8,0(.18-.31) Diameter valve (manifold) neutral, inching valve
supply orifice
cable 12vdc (NO) with with seal and neutral
RE – Remote electric with
ML – Manual with (NC) 2 pin weatherpack lockout switch (NO) (NC) destroke valve,
neutral lockout switch connector NR – Manual with destroke (3) 12vdc with (3) 2 pin
(wide band neutral) and MZ – Manual with (NC) valve (manifold) 12vdc weatherpak connec-
12vdc (NC) destroke neutral lockout switch (NO) with 2 pin weath- tors, no displacement
valve (non-manifold) (wide band neutral) erpack connector. no limiter, with 0,33 (.013)
with electrical connec- with packard 2 pin manual override. (NC) control supply orifice
tors (male & female) connector neutral lockout switch
per DIN 43650 for 4,5- NA – Manual with destroke (wide band neutral) RF – Remote electric with
8,0(.18-.31) diameter valve (manifold) 12vdc with packard 2 pin (nc) destroke valve
cable (NO) 3 pin weatherpack connector including 3,58 (.141)
MM – Manual with (NO) connector and (NC) NS – Manual with (NC) orifice, (3) 12vdc with
neutral lockout switch neutral lockout switch neutral lockout switch (3) 2 pin weatherpak
(wide band neutral) (wide band (wide band neutral) connectors, no
and destroke valve neutral) with packard and destroke valve displacement limiter,
(manifold) 12vdc with 2 pin connector (manifold) 24vdc (NC) with 0,33 (.013) control
2 pin weather pack NB – Manual with destroke with 2 pin weatherpack supply orifice
connector valve (manifold) 24vdc connector RG – Remote electric with
MN – Manual with (NC) (NO) 2 pin weatherpack NT – Manual with (NC) (NC) destroke valve,
neutral lockout switch connector neutral lockout switch (3) 24vdc with (3) 2 pin
(wide band neutral) NC – Manual with wide band (wide band neutral) weatherpak connectors,
and destroke valve neutral, inching valve and destroke valve no displacement
12vdc (NO), (non- with seal and neutral (manifold) 12vdc (NO) limiter, with 0,33 (.013)
manifold), no manual lockout switch (NC) with 2 pin metri-pack control supply orifice
override, 2 pin weath- with packard 2 pin connector
erpack connector connector
mounted connector
down
ordering.
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15, 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29,30 31 32 33
RH – Remote electric with 21 Pressure Setting for E – Manual control lever W – Manual control lever
(NC) destroke valve Pressure Override with attachment hole mounted 1 to 2 spline
including 3,18 (.125) 0 – None 71;9 (2.83) from control teeth from vertical with
orifice, (3) 12vdc with shaft mounting hole. external torsion spring
1 – 196 bar (2850 lbf/in2)
(1) 2 pin and (1) 4 pin lever mounted parallel to mechanism for neutral
weatherpak connec- D – 138 bar (2000 psi) pump drive shaft towards return
tors, no displacement E – 172 bar (2500 psi) the mounting flange
F – 207 bar (3000 psi) Y – Manual control lever with
limiter, with 0,33 (.013) H – Manual control lever two 1/4-28 UNF attach-
control supply orifice G – 241 bar (3500 psi) with ball stud mounted ment holes located at
RJ – Remote electric with H – 276 bar (4000 psi) 50;8 (2.00) from control 85;7 (3.375) and 98;4
(NO) destroke valve J – 310 bar (4500 psi) shaft mounting hole. (3.875) from control shaft
including 3,58(.141) K – 345 bar (5000 psi) lever mounted paral- mounting hole
orifice, (3) 12vdc with L – 379 bar (5500 psi) lel to pump drive shaft
(3) 2 pin weatherpak M – 414 bar (6000 psi) towards mounting flange
connectors, no 23 Charge Pump
P – 362 bar (5250 lbf/in2) K – Manual control lever
displacement limiter, 0 – Charge pump included
with 0,33 (.013) control with 10;4 (0.41) diameter
2 – Charge pump with integral
supply orifice
22 Control Special Features attachment hole 50;8
pressure filter mounted
RK – Remote electric with 0 – No control special fea- (2.00) from control shaft
on the -A- port side
(NC) destroke valve, (3) tures mounting hole
3 – Charge pump with short
12vdc with wireleads, 3 – Manual control lever with M – Manual control lever element integral pressure
no displacement attachment holes located with ball stud mounted filter mounted on the
limiter, with 0,33 (.013) 66;7 (2.625) and 82;6 76;2 (3.00) from -A- port side and external
control supply orifice (3.25) and 98;4 (3.875) control shaft mounting discharge port for 7/8-14
from control shaft mount- hole. Lever mounted UNF-2B SAE O-ring fitting
17,18,19 ing hole parallel to pump drive with steel hex plug
Control Supply
shaft towards mounting A – Charge pump with
Oriice 6 – Control special features
flange. remote pressure filter
P (pos. 17) severe duty coils with
N – Manual control lever ports on the -A- port side
Upper Servo (S1 pos. 18) boots for electronic pro-
with external torsion B – Charge pump with integral
Lower Servo (S2 pos. 19) portional control with
spring mechanism for pressure filter mounted
0 – None weather-pack connector
neutral return on the -B- port side
A – 0.71 (.028) Diameter 7 – Severe duty coils with C – Charge pump with
B – 0.91 (.036) Diameter boots for electronic S – Manual control lever with J.Deere integral pressure
C – 1.12 (.044) Diameter proportional control two 1/4-28 UNF attach- filter mounted on the
D – 1.32 (.052) Diameter 8 – Manual control lever with ment holes located at -B- port side. diagnostic
E – 1.45 (.057) Diameter attachment hole located 85;7 (3.375) and 98;4 fitting included
98;4 (3.875) from control (3.875) from control D – Charge pump with exter-
F – 1.65 (.065) Diameter
shaft mounting hole shaft mounting hole. nal discharge port for
G – 1.85 (.073) Diameter Lever mounted parallel to
H – 2.39 (.094) Diameter A – No manual control lever 7/8-14 UNF SAE O-ring
pump drive shaft towards fitting. With steel hex plug
J – 2.59 (.102) Diameter B – Hardened Standard
mounting flange. E – No charge pump
Manual Control lever
20 Pressure Override mounted parallel to
the pump drive shaft
0 – None towards the mounting
2 – Internal Pressure Override flange
5 – Internal Pressure Override D – Hardened standard
Externally Adjustable manual control lever

ordering.
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15, 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29,30 31 32 33
F – Charge pump with exter- remote pressure filter 24 Auxiliary Mounting 14 tooth 12/24 pitch
nal discharge port with ports on the -B- port side 0 – No auxiliary mounting spline coupling; Charge
90 degree. 7/8-14 UNF. 37 and external discharge 1 – SAE B-pad, no shaft seal pressure inlet port with
degree flare tube fitting port with 90 degree; 7/8- and M12x 1.75-6H Thd 45 deg 7/8-14 UNF; 37
G – Charge pump with 14 UNF; 37 degree flare; A – SAE A-pad. With shaft Degree flare; Tube fitting
integral pressure filter tube fitting seal (dry) (For models 54-64 Only)
and diagnostic fitting S – Charge pump with inte- B – SAE B-pad. With shaft P – SAE C-pad; (Front of
mounted on the -B- port gral pressure filter and seal (dry) tandem) No shaft seal;
side plus inlet gage port diagnostic fitting; mount- C – SAE A-pad. No shaft seal includes 14 tooth 12/24
with hex plug ed on the -B- port side (wet) Pitch spline coupling;
H – Charge pump with remote and external discharge E – SAE C-pad. (Typically Chg press inlet port with
pressure filter ports on port for 7/8-14 UNF-2B front pump of tandem) 7/8-14 UNF; 37 deg flare;
-A- port side and inlet SAE O-ring fitting; with no shaft seal. Includes 14 Tube fitting (45 deg for
gage port on -B- port side steel hex plug tooth 12/24 pitch spline models 33-64);Chg press
J – Charge pump with inte- T – Charge pump with exter- coupling. Charge pres- gage port 7/8-14 UNF-2A
gral pressure filter and nal discharge port with sure inlet port with 7/8-14 capped
diagnostic fitting; mount- straight 7/8-14 UNF; 37 UNF. 37 degree flare. R – SAE A-pad With 11 tooth
ed on the -B- port side degree flare; tube fitting Tube fitting (45 degree 16/32 pitch internal spline;
and external discharge U – Charge pump with for models 33-46 and No shaft seal (wet)
port with 90 degree; 7/8- integral pressure filter; straight for models 54-64)
14 UNF; 37 degree flare; mounted on the -B- port S – SAE C-pad; (Typically
F – SAE B-pad; no shaft seal front pump of tandem)
tube fitting side and external dis- G – SAE C-pad; (typically
K – Charge pump with charge port for 7/8-14 no shaft seal; Includes 14
front pump of tandem) tooth 12/24 pitch spline
remote pressure filter UNF-2B SAE O-ring fit- no shaft seal; Includes
ports on the -B- port side ting; with steel hex plug coupling; Charge pres-
21 tooth 16/32 pitch sure inlet port with 7/8-14
and external discharge W – Charge pump with spline coupling; Charge
port with 90 degree; 7/8- integral pressure filter UNF; 37 Degree flare;
pressure inlet port with Tube fitting (Straight for
14 UNF; 37 degree flare; mounted on the -A- port 7/8-14 UNF; 37 degree
tube fitting side and external dis- models 33-46)
flare; Tube fitting (45
L – Charge pump with inte- charge port for 7/8-14 degree for models 33-46 U – SAE C-pad; (Typically
gral pressure filter and UNF-2B SAE O-ring fit- and straight for models front pump of tandem)
diagnostic fitting; mount- ting with steel hex plug 54-64) no shaft seal; Includes
ed on the -B- port side Y – Charge pump with H – SAE C-pad; (typically 14 tooth 12/24 pitch
and external discharge remote pressure filter front pump of tandem) spline coupling; Charge
port with straight; 7/8-14 ports on the -B- port side no shaft seal; Includes 23 pressure inlet port on
UNF; 37 degree flare; and external discharge tooth 16/32 pitch spline pump centerline with
tube fitting port for 7/8-14 UNF-2B coupling; Charge pres- 7/8-14 UNF; 37 Deg
M – Charge pump with SAE O-ring fitting with sure inlet port with 7/8-14 flare; Tube fitting (45
remote pressure filter steel hex plug UNF; 37 degree flare; degree for models 33-46
ports on the -B- port Z – Charge pump with Tube fitting (45 degree and straight for models
side and external dis- remote pressure filter for models 33-46 and 54-64)
charge port with straight ports on the -B- port side straight for models 54-64)
7/8-14 UNF SAE O-ring L – SAE C-pad; (typically 25 Charge Pump
to 3/4-16 UNF; 37 front pump of tandem) Displacement
degree flare; tube fitting no shaft seal; Includes 14 0 – No Charge Pump
P – Charge pump with tooth 12/24 pitch spline 1 – 13.9 cm3/r (0.85 in3/r)
remote pressure filter coupling; With 7/8-14 SAE 2 – 17.4 cm3/r (1.06 in3/r)
ports on the -B- port side O-ring port for charge 3 – 21.0 cm3/r (1.28 in3/r)
and external discharge pressure inlet (no fitting 4 – 27.9 cm3/r (1.70 in3/r)
port with straight 7/8-14 provided)(models 54-64) 5 – 34.7 cm3/r (2.12 in3/r)
UNF; 37 degree flare; N – SAE C-pad; (Typically
tube fitting front pump of tandem)
R – No charge pump; with no shaft seal; Includes

ordering.
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15, 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29,30 31 32 33
26 2nd Displacement of 29,30 Special Pump 67 – Metal case drain plug

Dual Element Assembly Features in both ports
0 – No Dual Element 00 – No special features 79 – Rear pump unit for
05 – Bottom servo piston tandem pump assembly
27 Charge Pressure Rel with 0.0 degree stop (no shaft seal), both
Valve Setting 11 – Both servo sleeves have servo pistons with
0 – None 1/2-20 UNF-2B thread externally adjustable
D – 15 bar (220 psi) - Standard and steel hex bolts stops
E – 16 bar (240 lbf/in2) 12 – Bottom servo sleeve 82 – Rear pump unit for
F – 18 bar (260 lbf/in2) has 7/8-14 UNF SAE tandem assembly (no
G – 19 bar (280 psi) O-ring port with hex shaft seal), top servo
H – 21 bar (300 lbf/in2) steel plug piston with externally
J – 22 bar (320 lbf/in2) 13 – Model 76 shaft seal and adjustable stop
K – 23 bar (340 psi) grade 8 bolts in mount- 83 – Externally adjustable
L – 24 bar (350 lbf/in2) ing flange to pump displacement stops set
M – 26 bar (380 lbf/in2) housing (models 54-64) at 3.32 in3/rev (54.4cc/
N – 28 bar (410 lbf/in2) 14 – Special thick section rev)
end cover gasket
31 Paint and Packaging
28 Charge Pump Special 15 – Rear pump unit for
Features tandem pump assembly 0 – Painted primer blue
0 – No charge pump special (no shaft seal) (standard)
features 18 – Hi-Speed rotating group A – Painted finish black
A – Steel core charge pump (model 76)
32 Identiication on Unit
gasket 32 – Both servo sleeves
B – Steel core charge pump have 7/8-14 UNF SAE 0 – Standard
gasket and 90 degree O-Ring ports and steel
hex plugs 33 Design Code
inlet fitting; 1 5/8-12
UN threaded end for 39 – Bottom servo piston A–A
37 degree flare tubing with externally adjust- B–B
((1.25) OD tubing; (1.25) able stop
ID hose) 40 – Both servo pistons with
J – Steel core charge pump externally adjustable
gasket; needle bearing stops
M – Charge inlet manifold 53 – Model 76 shaft seal
with charge relief valve 58 – 1350 Series end yoke
N – Steel core charge pump assembled to drive
gasket and charge inlet shaft (Pos 8,9 must be
mainifold with charge Code 40)
relief valve 59 – 1310 Series end yoke
P – Charge inlet manifold assembled to drive
with external discharge shaft (Pos 8,9 must be
port for 7/8-14 unf sae Code 40)
o-ring port and steel hex
plug in inlet port

Hydrostatic Fixed Displacement Motor. Use this model code to
HHD Fixed Motor specify a motor with the desired features. All 23-digits of the
ordering.
H H D 39 3 0 01 A A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 B
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19,20 21 22 23
1, 2, 3 Pump Series 24 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch 10 Main Ports H – Integral shuttle valve
HHD – Heavy Duty Hydro- spline with (1.92) exten- A – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split with high-rate shuttle
static Fixed Displace- sion (models 39-64) lange port, standard valve springs and charge
ment Motor 25 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch pressure series (code 61) pressure relief valve
spline with 3/8-24 UNF B – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split J – Composite valve block
4,5 Displacement x (.75) DP hole in end of lange port, high pres- without charge pressure
33 – 54 cm3/r (3.3 in3/r) at shaft (models 39-64) sure series (code 62) relief valve or shuttle
15.5 deg. swashplate 27 – 27 Tooth 16/32 pitch C – 1 5/16-12 UN-2B SAE valve, but with high
angle spline (model 76) O-ring port pressure relief valves
39 – 64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r) at 18 29 – 14 Tooth 12/24 pitch F – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split K – Integral shuttle valve and
spline with 3/8-24 UNF lange port, standard pres- low pressure relief valve
deg. swashplate angle
x (.75) DP hole in end of sure series (code 61) with not included - rear ports
46 – 75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r) at 18
shaft (models 39-64) (2) gauge/pilot pressure N – Integral shuttle valve
deg. swashplate angle
30 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch with low-rate shuttle
54 – 89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r) at 18 ports for .4375-20 UNF-2B
spline with 3/8-24 UNF valve springs and charge
deg. swashplate angle SAE O-ring ittings
x (.75) DP hole in end of pressure relief valve,
64 – 105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r) at 18 G – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split
shaft (models 39-64) valve block with high
deg. swashplate angle lange port, high pres-
31 – 17 Tooth 12/24 pitch pressure relief valve on
76 – 125 cm3/r (7.6 in3/r) at 18 sure series (code 62) side -A- only
deg. swashplate angle spline with (2.54) exten- with (2) gauge/pilot
sion (model 76) P – Standard end cover,
pressure ports for .4375- shuttle valve block with
6 Type 32 – (1.50) Diameter tapered 20 UNF-2b SAE O-ring
with (.38) x (1.00) square high-rate shuttle valve
3 – Fixed displacement motor ittings springs
key (models 39-64) J – Rear ports - (1.00) SAE R – Integral shuttle valve and
7 Design Type 33 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch 4-bolt split lange port, low press relief valve
0 – Ball-guide - (model 76) spline with M10 x 1.5 standard pressure series not included, removable
3 – Bixed clearance - (models threaded hole (models (code 61) oriice (.073), rear ports
39-64) 39-64) K – Rear ports - (1.00) SAE S – Integral shuttle valve with
34 – (1.38) Diameter tapered 4-bolt split lange port, high-rate shuttle valve
8, 9 Input Shaft with (.38) x (1.00) square high pressure series springs and charge
01 – (1.50) Diameter straight key (models 39-64) (code 62) with diagnostic pressure relief valve,
with (.38) x (2.5) square 35 – 14 Tooth 12/24 pitch ittings per SAE J1502 valve block with high
key (models 39-64) spline (models 39-64) (U.S. units) pressure relief valves
02 – (1.75) Diameter straight shot peened shaft with threaded retainer
with (.44) x (3.0) square 37 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch 11
End Cover and Com- T – Composite valve block
key (model 76) spline with (2.93) exten- posite Valve Block Assy without charge pressure
06 – (1.50) Diameter straight sion and for 76 seal A – Standard end cover, relief valve or shuttle
with (.38 x (2.5) square (models 54-64) composite valve block valve, but with high
key with 3/8-24 UNF x 38 – (1.75) Diameter tapered with high-rate shuttle pressure relief valve with
(.75) DP hole in end of with (.44) x (1.00) square valve springs threaded retainer on side
shaft (models 39-64) key (model 76) B – Standard end cover, -A- only
07 – (1.75) Diameter straight 39 – (1.75) diameter straight composite valve block U – standard end cover,
with (.44) x (3.0) square with (.38) x (2.00) with low-rate shuttle shuttle valve block with
key with 3/8-24 UNF x square key with (2.22) valve springs low-rate shuttle valve
(.75) dp hole in end of extension (model 39-64 C – No composite valve springs
shaft (model 76) with 76 seal) block - with cover plate
13 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch 41 – 27 tooth 16/32 pitch D – No composite valve block 12 Charge Pressure Relief
spline (model 76) spline with 2.19 G – Integral shuttle valve Valve
14 – 14 Tooth 12/24 pitch extension and for 76 with low-rate shuttle 0 – No relief valve
spline (models 39-64) seal (models 39-64) valve springs and charge 1 – Standard
21 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch pressure relief valve 2 – Oriiced charge pressure
spline (models 39-64) relief valve (for composite
23 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch valve blocks only)
spline (models 39-64) 3 – Plugged, no relief valve
function

Hydrostatic Fixed Displacement Motor. Use this model
HHD Fixed Motor code to specify a motor with the desired features. All 23-digits
of the code must be present to release a new product number
for ordering.
H H D 39 3 0 01 A A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 B
1, 2 ,3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19,20 21 22 23
13 Charge Pressure Relief 15,17 High Pressure Relief 18 Speed Sensor 35 – Metal case drain plug in
Valve Setting Valve Setting – 0 – No speed sensor both ports, shot peened
0 – none Port A (Pos. 15) A – Magnetic sensor with barrel splines, SAE
B – 11,0 bar (160 lbf/in2) Port B (Pos. 17) 2 wire weather pack mounting lange tapped
C – 12,4 bar (180 lbf/in2) 0 – None connector with 5/8-18 UNF-2B
D – 13,8 bar (200 lbf/in2) 1 – 11 bar (160 lbf/in2) B – Digital sensor with 3 wire threads
E – 15,2 bar (220 lbf/in2) 2 – 12,4 bar (180 lbf/in2) weather pack connector 36 – Bar code label on unit
F – 16,6 bar (240 lbf/in2) 3 – 13,8 bar (200 lbf/in2) C – Speed sensor hole (5/8- and one on packaging
G – 17,9 bar (260 lbf/in2) 4 – 15,2 bar (220 lbf/in2) 18 UNF thread) plugged 37 – Lightweight pistons
H – 19,3 bar (280 lbf/in2) 5 – 16,6 bar (240 lbf/in2) (for digital or magnetic and nametag opposite
J – 20,7 bar (300 lbf/in2) 6 – 17,9 bar (260 lbf/in2) sensor) dowel and bar code
K – 24,0 bar (350 lbf/in2) 7 – 19,3 bar (280 lbf/in2) D – Quadrature speed sensor label
L – 22,5 bar (326.6 lbf/in2) 8 – 28,3 bar (410 lbf/in2) with 4 wire weather pack 39 – Lightweight pistons -
C – 103 bar (1500 lbf/in2) connector (one 24 pulse nametag and case drain
14,16 High Pressure Relief D – 138 bar (2000 lbf/in2) per rev speed signal and plug located opposite
Valve – E – 172 bar (2500 lbf/in2) one directional signal) the swashplate dowel
Port A (Pos. 14) F – 207 bar (3000 lbf/in2) E – Quadrature speed sensor plug
Port B (Pos. 16) G – 241 bar (3500 lbf/in2) with 4 wire weather pack
21 Paint and Packaging
0 – None H – 276 bar (4000 lbf/in2) connector (two 12 pulse
1 – Standard J – 310 bar (4500 lbf/in2) per rev speed signal in 0 – Painted primer blue
2 – Remote pilot operated K – 345 bar (5000 lbf/in2) quadrature) (standard)
relief valve L – 379 bar (5500 lbf/in2) F – Speed sensor hole (9/16- J – Rust preventative spray
3 – Standard with threaded M – 414 bar (6000 lbf/in2) 32 UN thread) plugged
(for quadrature sensor) 22 Identiication on Unit
retainer N – 448 bar (6500 lbf/in2)
4 – Remote pilot operated P – 483 bar (7000 lbf/in2) 0 – Standard
Q – 155 bar (2250 lbf/in2) 19,20 Special Features
relief valve with threaded
00 – No special features 23 Design Code
retainer R – 362 bar (5250 lbf/in2)
7 – Remote pilot operated S – 466 bar (6750 lbf/in2) 03 – Bypass valve-spool A–A
relief valve with o-ring T – 359 bar (5200 lbf/in2) stem is on the opposite B–B
face seal itting U – 366 bar (5300 lbf/in2) side from the low pres-
8 – Remote pilot operated V – 400 bar (5800 lbf/in2) sure relief valve in the
relief valve with threaded W – 431 bar (6250 lbf/in2) composite valve block
retainer, special oriice 04 – Int hex case drain plug
and spring, with o-ring in motor housing
face seal itting 05 – Case drain plug located
9 – Anti-cavitation check opposite the swashplate
valve dowel plug
22 – Nametag opposite dowel
23 – High speed rotating
group
26 – Lightweight pistons
and nametag opposite
dowel
31 – Lightweight pistons
32 – Metal case drain plug in
both ports
33 – Nametag opposite dowel
and bar code label
34 – Shot peened barrel splines

Hydrostatic Variable Displacement Motor. Use this model code
ACE Variable Motor to specify a motor with the desired features. All 29-digits of
the code must be present to release a new product number for
ordering.
ACE 39 4 0 01 A A A 0 0 0 0 0 0 EA 0 0 0 0 00 B 0 A
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19, 20 21 22 23 24 25, 26 27 28 29
1, 2, 3 Pump series 10 Minimum Swashplate 12 End Cover and Com- 14 Charge Pressure Relief
ACE – Heavy Duty Angle posite Valve Block Assy 0 – None
HydroStatic Variable A – 18 degrees A – Standard end cover, B – 11 bar (160 lbf/in2) -
Displacement Motor B – 17 degrees composite valve block standard
C – 16 degrees with high-rate shuttle C – 12,4 bar (180 lbf/in2)
4,5 Displacement D – 15 degrees valve springs D – 13,8 bar (200 lbf/in2)
39 – 64 cm3/r (3.9 in3/r) E – 14 degrees B – Standard end cover, com- E – 15,2 bar (220 lbf/in2)
46 – 75 cm3/r (4.6 in3/r) F – 13 degrees posite valve block with F – 16,6 bar (240 lbf/in2)
54 – 89 cm3/r (5.4 in3/r) G – 12 degrees low-rate shuttle valve G – 17,9 bar (260 lbf/in2)
64 – 105 cm3/r (6.4 in3/r) H – 11 degrees springs H – 19,3 bar (280 lbf/in2)
76 – 125 cm3/r (7.6 in3/r) J – 10 degrees C – No composite valve block J – 20,7 bar (300 lbf/in2)
K – 9 degrees - with cover plate
6 Type L – 8 degrees D – No composite valve block 15,17 Composite Valve
4 – Variable displacement M – 7 degrees J – High pressure relief Block High Pressure
motor N – 6 degrees valves only - no shuttle Relief Valve –
P – 5 degrees or charge pressure relief Port A (Pos. 15)
7 Design Type Q – 4 degrees valves Port B (Pos. 17)
0 – Ball-guide (model 76) R – 3 degrees L – Standard end cover, 0 – None
1 – Series 1 (models 39-64) S – 2 degrees composite valve block 1 – Standard
3 – Series 1 (models 39-64) T – 1 degrees with high-rate shuttle 2 – Remote pilot operated
U – 0 degrees valve springs, remote relief valve
8, 9 Output Shaft pilot operated relief 3 – Standard with threaded
01 – (1.500) Diameter straight 11 Main Ports valves with O-ring face retainer
with (.3750) x (2.5) A – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split seal ittings, and O-ring 4 – Remote pilot operated
square key (models lange port, standard face seal ittings opposite relief valve with threaded
33-64) pressure series (code 61) remote pilot operated retainer
02 – (1.750) Diameter straight B – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split relief valves 7 – Remote pilot operated
with (.4375) x (3.0) lange port, high pressure M – Standard end cover, relief valve with O-ring
square key (model 76) series (code 62) shuttle valve block with face seal itting
13 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch D – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split high-rate shuttle valve 8 – Remote pilot operated
spline (model 76) lange port, standard springs relief valve with threaded
14 – 14 Tooth 12/24 pitch pressure series (code 61) N – Standard end cover, retainer, special oriice
spline (models 39-64) with A and B gauge ports shuttle valve block with and spring, with O-ring
19 – 19 Tooth 16/32 pitch E – (1.00) SAE 4-bolt split low-rate shuttle valve face seal itting
spline (models 39-64) lange port, high pressure springs
21 – 21 Tooth 16/32 pitch series (code 62) with a
spline (models 39-64) and B gauge ports 13 Charge Press Relief
23 – 23 Tooth 16/32 pitch Valve – Composite
spline (models 39-64) Valve Block
27 – 27 Tooth 16/32 pitch 0 – No relief valve
spline (model 76) 1 – Standard
28 – 27 Tooth 16/32 pitch 2 – Oriiced charge pressure
spline for 76 seal with relief valve
(2.19) extension (model
54)
30 – 13 Tooth 8/16 pitch spline
for 76 seal with (2.93)
extension (model 64)
31 – (1.750) Diameter tapered
with (.4375) x (1.00)
square key (model 76)

Hydrostatic Variable Displacement Motor. Use this model code
ACE Variable Motor to specify a motor with the desired features. All 29-digits of
the code must be present to release a new product number for
ordering.
ACE 39 4 0 01 A A A 0 0 0 0 0 0 EA 0 0 0 0 00 B 0 A
1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8, 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19, 20 21 22 23 24 25, 26 27 28 29
16,18 High Pressure Relief 19,20 Control SE – Stroking valve 12 vdc 25, 26 Displacement
Valve Setting – 0A – Shipping plate without (no) with 2 pin dt04-2p 00 – No special features
Port A (Pos. 16) control link connector 03 – Externally adjustable
Port B (Pos. 18) HA – Hydraulic remote with servo piston stop - top
21 Control Oriice
0 – None pump linkage 4,5-20,0 servo sleeve
1 – 11,0 bar (160 lbf/in2) bar (65-290 lbf/in2) 0– None 06 – Bypass valve - spool
2 – 12,4 bar (180 lbf/in2) HB – Hydraulic remote 4,5- A– 0,71 (.028) diameter stem is on the opposite
3 – 13,8 bar (200 lbf/in2) 20,0 bar (65-290 lbf/in2) B– 0,91 (.036) diameter side from the low pres-
4 – 15,2 bar (220 lbf/in2) HC – Hydraulic remote 11,0- C– 1,12 (.044) diameter sure relief valve in the
5 – 16,6 bar (240 lbf/in2) 32,4 bar (160-470 lbf/in2) D– 1,32 (.052) diameter composite valve block
6 – 17,9 bar (260 lbf/in2) HD – Hydraulic remote 1,4- E– 1,45 (.057) diameter 08 – Model 76 seal in model
7 – 19,3 bar (280 lbf/in2) 14,1 bar (20-205 lbf/in2) F– 1,65 (.065) diameter 54 with grade 8 mount-
C – 103 bar (1500 lbf/in2) MA – Manual G– 1,85 (.073) diameter ing lange assembly bolts
D – 138 bar (2000 lbf/in2) PA – Port plate H– 2,39 (.094) diameter 22 – High speed rotating
E – 172 bar (2500 lbf/in2) RA – Pressure response with J– 2,59 (.102) diameter group
F – 207 bar (3000 lbf/in2) stroking valve 12 vdc 23 – High speed rotating
22 Press Setting for
G – 241 bar (3500 lbf/in2) (NC) with 2 pin amp group and externally
H – 276 bar (4000 lbf/in2) connector Pressure Response adjustable servo piston
J – 310 bar (4500 lbf/in2) RB – Pressure response 0 – None stop - top servo sleeve
K – 345 bar (5000 lbf/in2) RC – Pressure response with B – 69 bar (1000 lbf/in2) 24 – High speed rotating
L – 379 bar (5500 lbf/in2) stroking valve 24 vdc C – 103 bar (1500 lbf/in2) group and plug in top
M – 414 bar (6000 lbf/in2) (NC) with wire leads D – 138 bar (2000 lbf/in2) case drain port
N – 448 bar (6500 lbf/in2) RD – Pressure response with E – 172 bar (2500 lbf/in2) 25 – Model 76 seal in model
P – 483 bar (7000 lbf/in2) stroking valve 12 vdc F – 207 bar (3000 lbf/in2) 64
Q – 155 bar (2250 lbf/in2) (NC) with 2 pin amp G – 241 bar (3500 lbf/in2) 27 – Externally adjustable
R – 362 bar (5250 lbf/in2) connector - special 90 H – 276 bar (4000 lbf/in2) servo piston stops -
S – 465 bar (6750 lbf/in2) deg diagnostic itting J – 310 bar (4500 lbf/in2) top and bottom servo
T – 359 bar (5200 lbf/in2) assembly K – 345 bar (5000 lbf/in2) sleeves
U – 365 bar (5300 lbf/in2) RE – Pressure response with M – 414 bar (6000 lbf/in2) 30 – Bypass valve - spool
V – 400 bar (5800 lbf/in2) stroking valve 12 vdc V – 250 bar (3625 lbf/in2) stem is on the opposite
(NC) - solenoid coil with W – 228 bar (3300 lbf/in2) side from the low pres-
diode, 2 pin metripak sure relief valve in the
23 Control Special
connector - special 90 composite valve block,
deg diagnostic itting Features and charge pressure
assembly 0 – No special features gauge port with internal
RG – Pressure response with hex plug
24 Speed Sensor
stroking valve 24 vdc
(NC) with wire leads 0 – No speed sensor 27 Paint and Packaging
and 9/16-18 ittings A – Magnetic speed sensor B – Painted primer blue
and hoses with 2-wire weather pack (standard)
SA – Stroking valve 12 vdc connector J – Rust preventative spray
(NC) with 2 pin cannon B – Digital speed sensor
sure-seal connector with 3-wire weather pack 28 Identiication
SB – Stroking valve 24 vdc connector 0 – Standard
(NC) with wire leads C – Quadrature speed sensor
SC – stroking valve 12 vdc with 4 wire weather pack 29 Identiication
(NC) with 2 pin weath- connector (one 24 pulse A–A
ersd stroking valve 12 per rev speed signal and B–B
vdc (NC) with 2 pin one directional signal)
weatherpack connector
(shroud)

Performance – Pump
Pump Performance Model 39 46 54 64 76

Displacement in3/rev 3.89 4.60 5.44 6.44 7.62
cm3/rev 63,7 75,3 89,1 105,5 124,8
Maximum Shaft rpm 4160 4160 3720 3720 2775
Speed† @ 18°
Nominal Pressure* psi 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
(bar) (420) (420) (420) (420) (420)
Peak Pressure** psi 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000
(bar) (480) (480) (480) (480) (480)
Output Flow gpm @ 67.3 79.2 84.1 99.1 87.9
3500 psi
lpm @ 255 300 318 375 333
241 bar
Input Torque lb-in @ 2346 2786 3285 3900 4552
3500 psi
Nm @ 265 315 371 441 514
241 bar
Pump performance calculated at 96% efficiency.
† The maximum pump shaft speed may be limited by the charge pump speed rating.
* Nominal Pressure: Max delta system pressure at which component fatigue does not occur
(pump life estimated by bearing life).
Input Torque vs Speed Output Flow vs Speed

100
[379] 64
4600 76
[520] 76
90
[341]
54
4000 64 80 46
[450] [303]
Input 70
[265] 39
Torque
lb-in. 54
[Nm] 60
[227]
3000 Output
[340] Flow 50
46
GPM [189]
[LPM]
39 40
[151]
2000 30
[230] [114]
20
[76]
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Pump Speed
RPM 10
[38]
System Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . 3500 psi (240 bar)
Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 220 psi (15 bar) 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Oil Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SUS Pump Speed
Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180°F (82°C) RPM

Performance – Motor
Motor Performance Model 39 46 54 64 76

Displacement in3/rev 3.89 4.60 5.44 6.44 7.62
cm3/rev 63,7 75,3 89,1 105,5 124,8
Nominal Pressure* psi 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
(bar) (420) (420) (420) (420) (420)
Peak Pressure** psi 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000
(bar) (480) (480) (480) (480) (480)
Maximum rpm @ 18° 4160 4160 3720 3720 2775
Shaft Speed rpm @ 10° 5380˜ 5380˜ 4810˜ 4810˜ 3425˜
Maximum lb-in 3511 4149 4916 5807 6911
Output Torque† Nm 397 469 556 656 781
˜ These shaft speeds require maximum charge pressure relief: 340 psi (23 bar) pump and
280 psi (19 bar) motor.
† Maximum output torque is measured at 6000 psi (415 bar).
* Nominal Pressure: Max delta system pressure at which component fatigue does not occur
(pump life estimated by bearing life).
Output Torque vs Speed Input Flow vs Speed

10000 150.0
[1130] [568]
10 hp 20 hp 50 hp 100 hp 200 hp 100.0
64
8000 [7.5 kW] [15 kW] [37 kW] [75 kW] [150 kW] [379]
76 54
[900] 46
76 39
60.0
6000 [227]
[680]
64
40.0
5000 54 [151]
[570] 30.0
46 [114]
4000 20.0
[450] 76 39
Output Input [76]
Torque 64 Flow
lb-in. 3000 GPM
[Nm] [340] 54 [LPM] 10.0
[38]
2500
[280] 46 6.0
[23]
2000 39
[230] 4.0
[15]
3.0
1500 [11]
[170]
2 hp 5 hp 2.0
[1.5 kW] [3.7 kW] [8]
1000
[110] 1.0
40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000
Motor Speed Motor Speed
RPM RPM
at 3500 psi [240 bar] at 6000 psi [415 bar]
System Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . 3500 psi (240 bar)

Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 220 psi (15 bar)
Oil Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SUS Note: Operating the motor below 50 rpm
Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180° F (82° C) is not recommended for best performance.

Performance – Charge Pump
Charge Pump Performance Eaton offers a choice of These charge pumps are • a spin-on pressure side
four charge pump available with one or more filter
displacements to go of the following options: • mounting flanges for
with their heavy duty • a pressure sensing port auxiliary pumps
transmission line: .85, 1.28,
1.70, and 2.12 in3/rev (13,9; • remote pressure side
21,0; 27,8; 34,7 cm3/rev). filter ports
Displacement in3/rev .85 1.28 1.70 2.12

cm3/rev 13,9 21,0 27,9 34,7
Maximum Shaft Speed rpm 4600 3800 3100 3000
Output Flow @ gpm 16.9 21.0 22.8 27.5
Maximum Speed* lpm 64,0 79,5 86,3 104,2
Input Power @ 220 psi hp 2.17 2.70 2.93 3.54
(15 bar) and Maximum Speed* kW 1,62 2,01 2,18 2,64
*Theoretical Values
Charge Pump Power vs Speed Charge Pump Flow vs Speed
5.0 26.0
[3.7] [98]
1.70 in 3 /rev
2.12 in 3/rev
1.70 in 3/rev
4.0
[3.0] 1.28 in 3 /rev
2.12 in 3 /rev 1.28 in 3/rev
Input 20.0
Power* [76]
HP 3.0
[kW] [2.2]
.85 in 3 /rev
.85 in 3/rev
Output
2.0 Flow*
[1.5] GPM
[LPM]
1.0
[.7]
10.0
[38]
1000 2000 3000 4000

Charge Pump Speed
RPM
With 220PSI [15 bar] Relief Valve 4.0
With 340PSI [23 bar] Relief Valve
[15]
1000 2000 3000 4000

Charge Pump Speed
Oil Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SUS RPM
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180°F (82°C)
* Theoretical Values

The Electronic Proportional displacement control is ideal
Control Options – Pump for applications requiring electronic pump displacement
Electronic Proportional control. The EP displacement control has been designed
to withstand the rigors of off-highway equipment environ-
Displacement Control with mental conditions.
Swashplate Mechanical Feedback

Model Code EJ & EK Position 15,16
75,5 90,8
(2.97)
Electronic Proportional
(3.58)
38,1 Control Features
(1.50) • Ease of installation • Mechanical feedback of
66,6 • Automotive style swashplate position for
(2.62) environmentally sealed closed loop control
Metri-Pack connectors • External neutral
20,3
(.80) • Return to neutral for adjustment
1
loss of power, or loss of • Manual override capability
command input signal
Input Shaft Rotation CCW CW

Neutral
Adjustment Port A Flow Out In In Out
Solenoid 2 Solenoid 1
Optional
Orifice
Servo Control
247,0
2 (9.72) Port S1 Pressure
Control Servo
Valve
Mounting Port S2
Surface
Pump Displacement vs. Coil Current
100% Voltage Coil Current (A)

A B
12V 0.5 1.25
24V 0.25 0.625
Mating Connector for -B -A
Proportional Valve (IP66) A Current (A) B
Note:
Packard 4 Pin, Weatherpack Coils have no internal
P/N 1218 6568 Connector, Diodes. A-B Polarity and
Qty 1 C-D Polarity Does Not
100% affect operation
P/N 1204 8074 PIN Terminal,
Qty 4
Proportional Valve typical
P/N 1204 8086 Cable Seal, Specification eJ eK electronic Controller
Qty 4
Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC
P/N 1204 7948 TPA, Resistance 5.2 Ohms 20.8 Ohms
Qty 1 Inductance 7.0 mH 27.7 mH
Contact Eaton for TCA,
Current 1500 mA 750 mA Maestro, and EFX
Pin Color Signal Threshold Current 200-600 mA 100-300 mA controller available from
A Yellow Coil 1 PWM PWM Frequency* 70-200 Hz 70-200 Hz Eaton; or customer
supplied controller.
B White Coil 1 Return Dither Frequency 75 Hz 75 Hz
C Orange Coil 2 PWM Dither Amplitude 250 mA 125 mA
D Black Coil 2 Return Ambient Temperature -65°F to 140°F (-54°C to 60°C)
* 100 Hz recommended when PWM driver does not have built-in dither capabilities

The Electronic Proportional displacement control with
Control Options – Pump both swashplate mechanical and electronic sensor
Electronic Proportional feedback is ideal for applications requiring both precise
electronic pump displacement control and inherently safe
Displacement Control with operation. The dual feedback enables safety integrity level
(SIL) compliance.
Swashplate Mechanical and
Electronic Sensor Feedback
Model Code FD & FE Position 15,16
76,0 90,8
(2.99) (3.58)
38,1 Port A Flow In Out Out In
(1.50) Port B Flow Out In In Out
66,6 Solenoid 2 Solenoid 1

(2.62)
20,3
(.80) Optional
1 Orifice
Servo Control
Port S1 Pressure
Servo
Port S2
Neutral
Adjustment
Solenoid Valve Control
Pump Displacement
vs Coil Current
Voltage Coil Current (A)
100%
A B
12V 0.5 1.25
247,0
2 24V 0.25 0.625
(9.72) -B -A
A Current (A) B
Control Note:
Valve Coils have no internal Diodes.
Mounting A-B Polarity and C-D Polarity
100% Does Not affect operation
Surface
Swatchplate Sensor electrical Data
Sensor (IP66) Supply Voltage 5±0.50 VDC
Packard 3 Pin, Weatherpack, Supply Current 10mA
P/N 12015793 Connector Sensor Gain 10°/ V, CW Shaft rotation increases output
Angle Sweep -20° at 0.5V; +20° at 4.5V;
P/N 12089188, PIN Terminal, 0° (pump neutral) at 2.5V
Qty 3
P/N 12015323, Cable Seal, *Error includes thermal linearity, and sensitivity drift
Qty 3

Proportional Valve (IP66)
typical
Pin G Pin F Proportional Valve electronic
Pin Color Signal Specification FD Fe Controller
Pin H Pin E Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC
A Black Return
Resistance 5.2 Ohms 20.8 Ohms Contact Eaton
B Blue V Out (Signal) for TCA,
Pin A Pin D C Red +5 VDC Inductance 7.0 mH 27.7 mH
Maestro, and
Pin B Pin C Current 1500 mA 750 mA EFX controller
Threshold Current 200-600 mA 100-300 mA available
Connector Description Connector Description from Eaton;
PWM Frequency* 70-200 Hz 70-200 Hz or customer
Pin A S1 Solenoid Return Pin E S2 Solenoid PWM Dither Frequency 75 Hz 75 Hz supplied
Pin B Not Used Pin F Not Used Dither Amplitude 250 mA 125 mA controller.
Pin C Not Used Pin G Not Used Ambient Temperature -65°F to 140°F (-54°C to 60°C)
*100 Hz recommended when PWM driver doesn’t have built-in dither capabilities
Pin D S2 Solenoid Return Pin H S1 Solenoid PWM

Controller Dimensions
Control Options – Pump Displacement in3/r a B
Electric Displacement Control 39, 46 74,9 (2.95) 36,6 (1.44)
with Swashplate Electronic 54, 64
76
93,7 (3.69)
110,2 (4.34)
45,0 (1.77)
45,2 (1.78)
Sensor Feedback
Model Code SC & SD Position 15,16
Port A Flow Out In In Out
Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2
A 254,71 (10.028)
Mounting
Flange 231,85 (9.128) Optional
Unit Centerline Orifice
Servo
Port S1
B 2 Control
Servo Pressure
Port S2
% Servo Piston Flow vs Valve Coil Current

175,62 (6.914) S1/S2 T P S1/S2
100%
198,48 (7.814)
75%
Dead Dead
Center
Band Band
50%
25%
0
0 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
Mating Connector for Valve

Sensor Connector DIN 43650, Form A (IP65)
Pin Wire Color Function (Deutsch connector available
A Black Return upon request)
B Blue V Out (Signal)
C Red + 5 VDC Mating Connector for
Sensor (IP66)
Packard 3 Pin Weatherpack
P/N 12015793, Connector
Qty 1
59,44
(2.340) P/N 12089188, PIN Terminal,
29,21 (1.150) 26,92 (1.060) Qty 3
P/N 12015323, Cable Seal,
143,51 (5.650) Qty 3
Valve typical
Swashplate Sensor electrical Data Specifications SC SD electronic Controller
Supply Voltage 5±0.50 VDC Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC
Contact Eaton for
Supply Current 10mA Resistance 4.0 Ohms 16.0 Ohms TCA, Maestro,
Inductance 12.3 mH 49.4 mH and EFX controller
Sensor Gain 10°/ V, CW Shaft rotation increases output available from Eaton;
Current 1750 mA 875 mA
Angle Sweep -20° at 0.5V; +20° at 4.5V; or customer supplied
0° (pump neutral) at 2.5V Ambient Temp -65°F to 140°F controller.
(-54°C to 60°C)
*Error includes thermal linearity, and sensitivity drift

Control Options – Pump
Pump Control Options
Port Plate Standard Variable

Manual Pump Control
The port plate is the sim- The port plate is commonly The standard variable A wide band neutral zone
plest control option avail- used as a slave control that pump control is the most controller is available. It
able. It fits all Eaton heavy receives commands from common type of control expands the center lever
duty pumps and motors. other controls in the same used on heavy duty hydro- position where the pump
system. static variable displacement output is zero flow.
pumps. It is normally actu-
ated by direct mechanical
linkages or cables.
P D L U
P T S2 S1 T P
Swashplate S2 S1
Feedback
System System
Pressure Pressure
Port B Port A

Standard Control with Standard Control with

Inching Valve Neutral Detent
The inching valve is an ed with a foot pedal it func- The neutral detent feature choice for transmissions
option that is used in con- tions like a clutch. A meter- on the standard control that have long control link-
junction with the standard ing orifice in the inching valve provides a more posi- ages or cables with varying
variable pump control. This valve’s rotary spool cross tive feel when finding neu- amounts of free play.
control option would typi- ports the servo pressure tral. This control is a good
cally be used on a vehicle lines providing the operator
propel transmission. When with smooth acceleration
the inching valve is operat- and deceleration.
T P T P
Swashplate Swashplate S2 S1
Feedback Feedback
S2 S1

Standard Control with Internal Pressure Override

Neutral Lock-out Control (IPOR)
The neutral lock-out feature The lock-out feature is The internal pressure over- destroke if pressures
is an electrical switch that commonly used to prevent ride (IPOR) protects the exceed a preset limit. The
is closed when the trans- starting the prime mover transmission from running override pressure setting is
mission is in neutral. This or activating auxiliary func- at overload conditions shim adjustable. Since the
switch can be used to pre- tions. The electrical switch for extended periods. It IPOR is built into the pump
vent the activation of cer- is available as normally senses system pressure end cover it is not a field
tain functions that require open or normally closed. and allows the pump to conversion option.
the pump to be in neutral.
T P
T P
Swashplate S2 S1
Feedback
System System
Pressure Pressure
Port B Port A

Remote Pressure Override
The remote pressure over- variable system pressure

ride control provides a protection to prevent over-
means to remotely adjust loads and excessive heat
the pressure setting of the generation. This valve oper-
pressure override valve. ates similarly to the IPOR
This control may be used control.
in applications requiring
T P
System System
Pressure Port B Pressure Port A

Control Option – Pump

Pump Control
The hydraulic remote con- control can be used where

trol uses a remote pilot cables or mechanical link-
pressure signal to move ages are not feasible.
the control spool. This
Pilot Pilot
Pressure Pressure
Port 2 T P Port 1
Swashplate S2 S1
Feedback

Destroke Control Destroke Solenoid
The heavy duty Destroke out of stroke. It can be The heavy duty Destroke a normally closed destroke
Control is a solenoid valve energized with a single Solenoid is available to field valve. The electronic circuit
mounted on the standard switch, push-button, or convert the standard vari- monitors engine speed.
variable pump control. dead man’s switch. The able pump control into a When engine speed drops
When energized, the valve solenoid coil is available in destroke control. the anti-stall electronic
cross-ports control pres- 12 volt or 24 volt DC and An Anti-Stall Electronics reduce the pump’s dis-
sure allowing centering normally open and normally Module is available to drive placement.
springs to bring the pump closed configurations.
Anti-Stall Electronics Module
T P
Swashplate
Feedback
S2 S1

Control Options – Variable Motor
Manual Control Stroking Valve Control
The manual displacement is biased to maximum dis- The variable motor stroking ment to provide maximum
control for variable motors placement when the con- control provides a means torque. Conversely, provid-
permits remote control of trol handle is in a “neutral” of controlling motor dis- ing an electrical signal to
motor displacement using position. Motor displace- placement remotely via an the solenoid valve will com-
mechanical links or cables. ment may be controlled electrical signal. When no mand minimum displace-
The control operates simi- between maximum and electrical signal is supplied ment for maximum output
larly to the pump manual minimum by moving the to the solenoid valve, the speed. The control is avail-
control, except the motor control lever. motor will be commanded able in 12 volt and 24 volt
to maximum displace- DC configurations.
P T P T
Swashplate
S1 S2 Feedback
S1 S2

Pressure Response Control Pressure Response

Control with Stroking Valve
43
The variable motor pres- the pressure response set- This control valve is a sure response control.
sure response control ting. The control will then combination of the pres- De-energize the stroking
automatically adjusts motor increase motor displace- sure response control and valve solenoid and the
displacement to meet ment to maintain the con- the stroking valve. With motor goes to full stroke.
torque requirements by trol pressure setting until the stroking valve solenoid The control is available in
sensing system pressure. maximum motor displace- energized it works like 12 volt and 24 volt configu-
The motor is biased to min- ment is reached or the load the variable motor pres- rations.
imum displacement until on the system is reduced.
system pressure reaches
System System
Pressure Pressure
Port B P T Port B P T
System S1 S2
Pressure System
Port A Pressure
Port A S1 S2


Variable Motor Control
The hydraulic remote con- use of a single pilot signal

trol uses a remote pilot to control the displace-
pressure to move the ment of both the pump and
control spool. There are motor. The operating pres-
two versions of the con- sure ranges of the hydraulic
trol available for variable remote controls on pump
motors. The first version and motor are selected
contains a feedback linkage such that the pump reach-
that biases the motor to es full displacement before
minimum angle when the the pilot signal begins to
pilot pressure is below the reduce the displacement
control range. The second of the variable motor. This
version contains a feedback system provides infinitely
linkage that biases the variable speed control
motor to full displacement range and maximum motor
when the pilot pressure is output torque at lower
below the control range. speeds.
This version permits the
Pilot Pilot
Pressure Pressure
Port 2 T P Port 1
Swashplate S2 S1
Feedback

Dimensions – Charge Pump
Charge Pump with SAE A Charge Pump with SAE B

Auxiliary Mount Auxiliary Mount
Charge Pump Options Charge Pump Options

Displacement Dimension 'G' Displacement Dimension 'G'
cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in. cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in.
.85 13,9 105,2 4.14 .85 13,9 114,3 4.50
1.28 21,0 111,5 4.39 1.28 21,0 120,6 4.75
1.70 27,8 117,8 4.64 1.70 27,8 127,0 5.00
2.12 34,7 124,5 4.89 2.12 34,7 133,7 5.25
G
19,1
Auxiliary Mounting Surface [.75]
31,8 [1.25] Maximum G
15,7
Allowable Shaft Protrusion
[.62] Auxiliary mounting holes
Gasket supplied as loose Auxiliary Mounting Surface
item to be installed on 1/2-13 UNC-2B thread thru
41,4 [1.63] Maximum
mounting surface prior to 4 places.
Charge Allowable Shaft Protrusion
Pump assembly of auxiliary Gasket supplied as loose
Mounting pump. 106,38
item to be installed on
Surface [4.188]
mounting surface prior to
Charge assembly of auxiliary 146,05
Pump pump. [5.750]
53,19 Mounting 2 Places
57,2 Surface
[2.25] Spline to mate with [2.094]
internal involute flat
root side fit, 9 tooth
16/32 pitch, 30° pressure 57,2
29,0 angle, per ANSI B-92.1-1970 [2.25] 73,02
[1.14] [2.875]
2 Places
*Refer to page 18 for for SAE A torque ratings. Spline to mate with
Charge Pump Inlet internal involute flat
1 5/16-12 Straight 29,0
Thread O-ring Fitting root side fit, 13 tooth
[1.14] 16/32 pitch, 30° pressure
angle, per ANSI B-92.1-1970
Charge Pump Inlet
1 5/16-12 Straight
Thread O-ring Fitting *Refer to page 18 for for SAE B torque ratings.
Dimensions in mm (in)

Dimensions – Charge Pump
Charge Pump with Auxiliary Charge Pump with Remote

Pressure Port Filter Ports
G
29,0 G
[1.14]
Charge Pump Options Charge Pump Options

Displacement Dimension 'G' Displacement Dimension 'G'
cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in. cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in.
.85 13,9 92,2 3.63 .85 13,9 92,2 3.63
1.28 21,0 98,6 3.88 1.28 21,0 98,6 3.88
1.70 27,8 104,9 4.13 1.70 27,8 104,9 4.13
Charge
2.12 34,7 111,6 4.38 2.12 34,7 111,6 4.38 Pump
Mounting
Surface
29,0
61,0 61,2
[2.40] [1.14]
[2.41]
Charge 19,1
[.75] 17,8 Connect to
Pump [.70] filter inlet
Mounting
Surface Pressure Ports
7/8-14 Straight
Thd O-ring Fitting
57,2 57,2
[2.25] [2.25] 19,1 Connect from
[.75] filter outlet
29,0 18,0
Charge Pump Inlet Charge Pump Inlet [.71]
[1.14] 1 5/16-12 Straight 1 5/16-12 Straight 33,3
Thread O-ring Fitting Thread O-ring Fitting [1.31]
Charge Pump with Spin-On 19,1

[.750]
113,2
[4.46]
Pressure
ChargeSide Filterwith
Pump Pad Spin-On 1.375-12 UNF-2A Thread
.750 Min Full Thread
Pressure Side Filter Pad
HYDROSTATIC OIL FILTER
*Note: This option 67,6

P/N 104508-005
Charge [2.66]
supplied with filter. Pump
Mounting 29,5 95,0-93,5 Ø
Surface [1.16] [3.74-3.68 Ø]
57,2
[2.25]
242,1-237,5
[9.53-9.35]
29,0
[1.14]
Charge Pump Inlet
1 5/16-12 Straight
Thread O-ring Fitting

The variable pumps The variable pumps are tion holes at 1 and 2 inch
Dimensions and motors are shown shown with standard radii from the control shaft
Models 39 and 46 with standard controls. charge pumps. Installation center.
Installation drawings of drawings of other charge Detailed drawings of avail-
other controls are available pumps are available from able shafts and ports are
from your Eaton represen- your Eaton representative. shown on page 21.
tative. Optional controls are The lever on the standard
shown on page 23. control has linkage connec-
Variable Pump
Gauge Port for Charge Pressure
Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12 7/16-20 Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
2 Places 103,6
[4.08]
117,1 G
[4.61]
134,6
120,7 [5.30]
112,3
[4.75] [4.42] 101,6
85,3
[3.36] [4.00]
127,00/126,95
[5.000/4.998]
A
57,2 DIA.
82,6 [2.25]TYP. 85,3 57,2 [2.25]
[3.25]TYP. [3.36] 133,4
[5.25]
12,70/12,19 Charge Pump Inlet - 1 5/16-12

[.500/.480] Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
31,8
7,1 [.28] R. TYP. [1.25]
4 Places 57,2 117,1 SAE C 4-Bolt
[2.25] 15,7 [.62]
[4.61] Mounting Flange 87,4 87,4
TYP. 102,9 [3.44] [3.44]
[4.05] Charge Pump
Mounting Surface 136,4 136,4
246,6 [9.71] [5.37] [5.37]
All dimensions are given in 278,4 [10.96]
Charge Pump Options
millimeters (inches). 307,1 [12.09]
Displacement Dimension 'G'
cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in.
.85 13,9 92,2 3.63
1.28 21,0 98,6 3.88
1.70 27,8 104,9 4.13
2.12 34,7 111,6 4.38
Fixed
FixedMotor
Motor Valve Block
Mounting Surface
152,4 TYP. 278,4 [10.96] 94,5
[6.00] [3.72]
246,6 [9.71]
76,2
[3.00] 144,0 [5.67]
TYP.
92,2
57,2 TYP. [3.63]
[2.25] 127,00/126,95
114,4 TYP. [5.000/4.998]
[4.50]
A
DIA.
104,9
[4.13]
SAE C 4-Bolt Optional Speed Pick-up

Mounting Flange 12,70/12,19
14,53/14,14 DIA. TYP. [.500/.480] 37,8 87,4 87,4
[.572/.557] Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12 [3.44] [3.44]
[1.49] Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
4 Places 15,7 [.62]
2 Places
Variable Motor
Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12

2 Places 103,6
[4.08] Control Pressure Port
117,1 7/16-20 Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
[4.61]
SAE C 4-Bolt
Mounting Flange
134,6
120,7 [5.30]
[4.75] 101,6
85,3
[3.36] [4.00]
56,9 [2.24]
127,00/126,95
[5.000/4.998]
B
57,2 DIA.
82,6 [2.25]TYP. 85,3
[3.25]TYP. [3.36] 133,4
[5.25]
12,70/12,19
[.500/.480] 31,8
7,1 [.28] R. TYP. [1.25]
4 Places 57,2 117,1
[2.25] 15,7 [.62]
[4.61] 87,4 87,4
TYP. 102,9 [3.44] [3.44]
[4.05] Valve Block
198,9 [7.83] [5.37] [5.37]
246,6 [9.71]
278,4 [10.96] 94,5
[3.72]

Dimensions
Models 54 and 64
Variable Pump

Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12 7/16-20 Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
2 Places 122,4
130,8 [4.82] G
[5.15]
156,2
133,4 112,3 [6.15]
92,5 [5.25] [4.42] 114,3
[3.64] [4.50]
127,00/126,95
[5.000/4.998]
A
57,2 DIA.
82,6 [2.25]TYP. 92,5 57,2 [2.25]
[3.25]TYP. [3.64] 154,9
[6.10]
12,70/12,19 Charge Pump Inlet - 1 5/16-12

[.500/.480] Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
32,0
7,1 [.28] R. TYP. [1.26]
4 Places 57,2 130,8 SAE C 4-Bolt
[2.25] 15,7 [.62]
[5.15] Mounting Flange 98,6 98,6
TYP. 106,2 [3.88] [3.88]
[4.18] Charge Pump
272,5 [10.73] [5.98] [5.98]
All dimensions are given in 308,2 [12.13]
Charge Pump Options
millimeters (inches). 337,1 [13.27]
.85 13,9 92,2 3.63
1.28 21,0 98,6 3.88
1.70 27,8 104,9 4.13
2.12 34,7 111,6 4.38
Fixed
FixedMotor
Motor
Valve Block
Mounting Surface
165,2 TYP. 308,4 [12.14] 94,5
[6.50] [3.72]
272,8 [10.74]
82,6
[3.25] 143,3 [5.64]
TYP.
100,3
57,2 TYP. [3.95]
[2.25] 127,00/126,95
114,4 [5.000/4.998]
[4.50] TYP.
A
DIA.
113,0
[4.45]
Optional Speed Pick-up

SAE C 4-Bolt 12,70/12,19
14,53/14,14 DIA. TYP. Mounting Flange [.500/.480] 34,5 98,6 98,6
[.572/.557] Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12 [3.88] [3.88]
[1.36] Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
4 Places 15,7 [.62]
2 Places
Variable Motor

2 Places 122,4
[4.82] Control Pressure Port
[5.15] SAE C 4-Bolt
Mounting Flange
156,2
133,4 [6.15]
[5.25] 114,3
92,5
[3.64] [4.50]
63,8 [2.51]
127,00/126,95
[5.000/4.998]
B
57,2 DIA.
82,6 [2.25]TYP. 92,5
[3.25]TYP. [3.64] 154,9
[6.10]
12,70/12,19
[.500/.480] 32,0
7,1 [.28] R. TYP. [1.26]
4 Places 57,2 130,6
[2.25] 15,7 [.62]
[5.15] 98,6 98,6
TYP. 106,2 [3.88] [3.88]
[4.18] Valve Block
217,4 [8.56] [5.98] [5.98]
272,5 [10.73]
308,2 [12.13] 94,5
[3.72]

Weight Kg (lb)
Dimensions Model Variable Pump Fixed Motor Variable Motor
Models 54 and 64 33 138 (62,6) 83 (37,6) 140 (63,5)
39 138 (62,6) 83 (37,6) 140 (63,5)
46 138 (62,6) 83 (37,6) 140 (63,5)
54 188 (85,3) 106 (48,1) 190 (86,2)
64 188 (85,3) 106 (48,1) 190 (86,2)
76 226 (101,7) 121 (54,5) 228 (102,6)
Variable Pump
[4.99] 138,9
Straight Thread O-ring Fitting 80,8 TYP. [5.47]
[3.18] SAE D 4-Bolt
2 Places Mounting Flange G
169,9
143,1 124,0 [6.69]
107,4 [5.63] 112,3 [4.88]
[4.23] 80,8 TYP. [4.42]
[3.18]
152,40/152,35
[6.000/5.998]
DIA. 57,2 [2.25] B A
107,4
[4.23]
168,1
[6.62]
45° Charge Pump Inlet - 1 5/16-12
TYP. 127,0 TYP. 12,70/12,19 Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
[5.00] [.500/.480]
19,3 [.76]
46,0
10,2 [.40] R. TYP. 126,7 [1.81]
4 Places Charge Pump 106,9 106,9
[4.99] [4.21] [4.21]
129,0 Mounting Surface
[5.08] 155,2 155,2
[6.11] [6.11]
313,2 [12.33]
343,4 [13.52] Charge Pump Options

372,1 [14.65] cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in.
1.28 21,0 98,6 3.88
1.70 27,8 104,9 4.13
2.12 34,7 111,6 4.38
Fixed Motor Valve Block

Mounting Surface
Fixed Motor 199,6 TYP.
[7.86] 315,5 [12.42] 94.5
[3.27]
99,8 285,2 [11.23]
[3.93] SAE D 4-Bolt
TYP. Mounting Flange
136,4 [5.37]
100,1
80,8 [3.94]
[3.18] TYP.
161,5 152,40/152,35
[6.36] TYP. [6.000/5.998]
DIA. B A
112,8
[4.44]
12,70/12,19 Optional Speed Pick-up

20,88/20,49 DIA. TYP. [.500/.480]
[.822/.807] 19,3 [.76] Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12 106,9 106,9
Straight Thread O-ring Fitting [4.21] [4.21]
4 Places 2 Places
Variable Motor
126,7
[4.99] 138,9
Case Drain Port - 1 1/16-12 Control Pressure Port
Straight Thread O-ring Fitting 80,8 TYP. [5.47] 7/16-20 Straight Thread O-ring Fitting
[3.18] SAE D 4-Bolt
2 Places Mounting Flange
169,9
143,1 124,0 [6.69]
107,4 [5.63] [4.88]
[4.23] 80,8 TYP.
[3.18] 69,3 [2.73]
152,40/152,35
[6.000/5.998]
DIA. B A
107,4
[4.23]
168,1
[6.62]
45°
TYP. 127,0 TYP. 12,70/12,19
[5.00] [.500/.480]
19.3 [.76]
46,0
10,2 [.40] R. TYP. 126,7 [1.81]
4 Places Valve Block 106,9 106,9
[4.99] Mounting Surface [4.21] [4.21]
129,0
[5.08] 155,2 155,2
[6.11] [6.11]
234,2 [9.22]
313,2 [12.33]
343,4 [13.52] 94,5

[3.72]

Power Limiter Pumps and
Integral Shuttle Valve Motors
Models 39 through 64
Power Limiter Pump Power Limiter

Pump
A
Power Limiter
Valves
Power Limiter Valve Feature/Benefits

Operation*
Power limiter valves (PLV) The PLV will also act as a • The motor is shorter and • The power limiter valves
are high pressure relief check valve to prevent lighter allowing it to fit in (PLV) are quick, direct
valves built into the pump’s cavitation in the event of tighter spaces. acting relief valves that
end cover. When pressure a rapid pressure rise and • The motor’s integral prevent high pressure
in the high pressure loop hose expansion. shuttle valve and low spikes.
gets too high, the PLV pressure relief assure • The power limiter pump is
opens to the pump case. A motor with integral shut-
tle valve is used in conjunc- good loop flushing. ideally suited for use with
Besides an immediate drop motors that do not have
in the loop high pressure, tion with the power limiter • The motor is available
valve pump. with side ports, end valve blocks because it
the open PLV also causes eliminates the need for a
control pressure to drop. Note: Power limiter valves ports, or both allowing
maximum mounting remote valve block.
This in turn allows the cen- are not recommended
tering springs on the servo for applications with large flexibility.
pistons to bring the pump overrunning loads.
out of stroke until the pres-
sure drops to the relief
valve setting and the PLV
closes.
Integral Shuttle
Motor
Integral Shuttle
Valve
Power limiter valve option

not available on Model 54
and Model 64 pumps with
SAE C auxiliary option.

Dimensions – Power Limiter Pump
Models 39 and 46
2X Case drain ports

1 1/16-12 straight 145.0
Gauge port for charge prssure.
thd o-ring fitting. [5.71]
7/16-20 straight thd o-ring fitting.
117.1 126.0 9.7 103.6
[4.61] [4.96] [.38] [4.08
G
162.1
[6.38]
134.6
[5.30] 120.7
[4.75] 112.3
85.3 [4.42]
[3.36]
127.00/126.95
[5.000/4.998]
57.2 Dia.
82.6 4X [2.25] 85.3 57.2 [2.25]
4X [3.25]
[3.36]
12.70/12.19 Charge pump inlet

[.500/.480] 31.8 port. 1 5/16-12
4X 7.1 [.28] R. [1.25] straight thd
4X 117.1
57.2 15.7 [.62] o-ring fitting.
[4.61]
[2.25] 102.9
[4.05]
246.6 [9.71] Charge pump
278.4 [10.96] mounting surface
307.1 [12.09]
Charge Pump Option
Port-B Charge Pump Options

B
Port-A cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in.

133.4 .85 13,9 92.2 3.63
[5.25] 1.28 21,0 98.6 3.88
1.70 27,8 104.9 4.13
2.12 34,7 111.6 4.38
87.4 87.4
[3.44] [3.44]
136.4 136.4
[5.37] [5.37]
Charge supply
centerline

Dimensions – Power Limiter Pump
Models 54 and 64
2X Case drain ports

1 1/16-12 straight 153.4 Gauge port for charge prssure.
thd o-ring fitting. [6.04] 7/16-20 straight thd o-ring fitting.
130.8 134.4 9.7 122.4
[5.15] [5.29] [.38] [4.82]
G
174.8
[6.88]
156.2
[6.15] 133.4 112.3
92.5 [5.25] [4.42]
[3.64]
127.00/126.95
[5.000/4.998]
57.2 Dia.
82.6 4X [2.25] 92.5 57.2 [2.25]
4X [3.25]
[3.64] 154.9
[6.10]
12.70/12.19 Charge pump inlet

[.500/.480] 32.0 port. 1 5/16-12
4X 7.5 [.30] R. [1.26] straight thd
4X 130.8 15.7 [.62] o-ring fitting.
57.2 [5.15]
[2.25] 106.2
[4.18]
272.5 [10.73] Charge pump
308.2 [12.13] mounting surface
337.1 [13.27]
Port-B
B
Port-A
154.9
[6.10]
98.6 98.6
[3.88] [3.88]
151.9 151.9
[5.98] [5.98]
Charge supply
centerline

Dimensions – Integral Shuttle Motor
Models 39, and 46
Models 33, 39, and 46 Integral Shuttle Motors

285.9 [11.26]
246.6 [9.71]
144.0 [5.67]
122.9
92.2 [4.84]
57.2 CCW CW [3.63]
Typ.
114.4 [2.25] 127.00/126.95 Port 'B'
[4.50] [5.000/4.998]
Typ. Dia.
104.9
[4.13]
12.70/12.19 Optional Speed

4X 14.53/14.14 [.500/.480] 37.8 Pick-up
[.572/.557] Dia. Typ. 76.2
[3.00] [1.49] 2X case drain ports
Typ. 15.7 [.62] 1 1/16-12 straight
152.4 Typ. thd o-ring fitting.
[6.00]
Side Ports End Ports

72.1 72.1 72.1 72.1
[2.84] [2.84] [2.84] [2.84]
Port 'B' Port 'A'
Port 'B' Port 'A'
A
104.9 B
A
104.9 B
[4.13] [4.13]
Optional Speed
Pick-up 49
98.6 98.6 2X [1.93]
[3.88] [3.88] 98.6 98.6
[3.88] [3.88]
PL Pump and IS Motor Notes: All dimensions are given in millimeters (inches).
Approximate Weights
lb (Kg) The variable pumps are shown with standard controls. Installation drawings of other con-
Model PL Pump IS Motor trols are available from your Eaton representative. Optional controls are shown on page
23.
39 138 (62,6) 70 (31,8)
46 138 (62,6) 70 (31,8) The variable pumps are shown with standard charge pumps. Installation drawings of
54 188 (85,3) 93 (42,2) other charge pumps are available from your Eaton representative.
64 188 (85,3) 93 (42,2) The lever on the standard pump control has linkage connection holes at 1 and 2 inch
radii from the control shaft center.
Detailed drawings of available shafts and ports are shown on page 21.

Dimensions – Integral Shuttle Motor
Models 54 and 64
Models 33, 39, and 46 Integral Shuttle Motors

285.9 [11.26]
246.6 [9.71]
144.0 [5.67]
122.9
92.2 [4.84]
57.2 CCW CW [3.63]
Typ.
114.4 [2.25] 127.00/126.95 Port 'B'
[4.50] [5.000/4.998]
Typ. Dia.
104.9
[4.13]
12.70/12.19 Optional Speed

4X 14.53/14.14 [.500/.480] 37.8 Pick-up
[.572/.557] Dia. Typ. 76.2
[3.00] [1.49] 2X case drain ports
Typ. 15.7 [.62] 1 1/16-12 straight
152.4 Typ. thd o-ring fitting.
[6.00]
Side Ports End Ports

72.1 72.1 72.1 72.1
[2.84] [2.84] [2.84] [2.84]
Port 'B' Port 'A'
Port 'B' Port 'A'
A
104.9 B
A
104.9 B
[4.13] [4.13]
Optional Speed
Pick-up 49
98.6 98.6 2X [1.93]
[3.88] [3.88] 98.6 98.6
[3.88] [3.88]
PL Pump and IS Motor Notes: All dimensions are given in millimeters (inches).
Approximate Weights
lb (Kg) The variable pumps are shown with standard controls. Installation drawings of other con-
Model PL Pump IS Motor trols are available from your Eaton representative. Optional controls are shown on page
23.
39 138 (62,6) 70 (31,8)
46 138 (62,6) 70 (31,8) The variable pumps are shown with standard charge pumps. Installation drawings of
54 188 (85,3) 93 (42,2) other charge pumps are available from your Eaton representative.
64 188 (85,3) 93 (42,2) The lever on the standard pump control has linkage connection holes at 1 and 2 inch
radii from the control shaft center.
Detailed drawings of available shafts and ports are shown on page 21.

Heavy Duty Tandem Pumps
Tandem Pump Applications Features/Benefits
Tandem pumps are most Tandem pumps can also be • Pumps mounted in • Charge pumps with SAE
typically used in applica- used to create the equiva- tandem save the expense A or SAE B auxiliary
tions where two indepen- lent flow of one larger dis- of a pump drive. mounts are available.
dent sources of hydraulic placement pump by com- • Tandem pumps, in some • Pump has standard SAE
power are required while bining the flows of the two applications, are required C flange mount.
taking advantage of using pumps. This is an economic because of space limita-
only one power source to advantage over using a • Rear pump can be the
tions. same displacement or
drive the two pumps. This single large displacement
saves on the expense of pump. • The rear pump may be smaller than front pump.
driving two pumps by elimi- the same displacement
Tandem pumps may also or smaller than the front
nating the split drive gear be used in industrial,
box or eliminating another pump.
construction or mining
power source such as a applications where several • A tandem pump may be
second engine or motor. sources of hydraulic power used as an economical
Tandem pumps can be are required while taking alternative for a larger
used on machines such advantage of using only displacement pump by
as track drive equipment one power source to drive combining the flow of
where independent power the two pumps. both pumps. For exam-
is required at each track. ple, combining the flows
Speed and power can be of two 6.4 in3/rev pumps
controlled to each side of connected in tandem pro-
the vehicle for steering vides the flow equivalent
and vehicle speed control to a 12.8 in3/rev pump.
both in forward and reverse
directions.

Dimensions – Tandem Pumps
Models 39 and 46 Tandem Pumps
Front pump charge

supply port 7/8-14 Straight thd
o-ring fitting. Port-D2
103.5 325.2 2X Gauge port for charge pressure.
[4.08] [12.80] 7/16-20 straight thd o-ring fitting.
Port-D1
G
55.6
[2.19]
112.3
[4.42]
127.00/126.95
[5.000/4.998]
Dia.
57.2 [2.25]
12.45
[.490] 31.8 Port-B1 Port-H
[1.25] Charge supply port.
15.7 [.62] 1 5/16-12 Straight thd
o-ring fitting.
102.9
[4.05]
246.5 [9.71]
Port-B2
283.7 [11.16]
324.9 [12.79]
427.7 [16.84] Charge
571.7 [22.51] supply All dimensions are given in
603.3 [23.75] centerline
633.1 [24.92] millimeters (inches).
Port-F1
2X Case drain ports
1 1/16-12 straight 144.7
139.7 169.2
117.1 125.8 9.5 [5.50] [6.66]
[4.61] [4.95] [.38] Charge supply
to front pump
162.1
[6.38]
156.2
[6.15] 120.7
85.2 [4.75]
2X [3.36] 54.4
[2.14]
Port-B
B
57.2
A
82.6 4X [2.25] Port-A
4X [3.25] 85.2
133.5 [3.36]
[5.25]
Port-E1 Port-E2
4X 7.5 [.30] R. 4X
57.2 87.3 87.3
[2.25] [3.44] [3.44]
117.1 137.7
[4.61] [5.42]
137.7
[5.42] Charge supply centerline
Charge Pump options Notes: The variable pumps are shown with standard con-
Displacement Dimension 'G' trols. Installation drawings of other controls are
cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in. available from your Eaton representative. Optional
.85 13,9 92.2 3.63 controls are shown on page 23.
1.28 21,0 98.6 3.88 The variable pumps are shown with standard
1.70 27,8 104.9 4.13 charge pumps. Installation drawings of other
2.12 34,7 111.6 4.38 charge pumps are available from your Eaton repre-
sentative.
The lever on the standard pump control has link-
age connection holes at 1 and 2 inch radii from
the control shaft center.
Detailed drawings of available shafts and ports are
shown on page 21.

Dimensions – Tandem Pumps
Models 54 and 64 Tandem Pumps
Front pump charge

Port-D1 G
55.6
[2.19]
112.3
[4.42]
127.00/126.95
[5.000/4.998]
Dia.
57.2 [2.25]
12.70/12.19
[.500/.480] 32.0 Port-B1 Port-H
15.7 [.62] 1 5/16-12 Straight thd
o-ring fitting.
106.2
[4.18]
272.5 [10.73]
Port-B2
322.3 [12.69]
362.2 [14.26]
468.4 [18.44]
634.7 [24.99] Charge All dimensions are given in
670.4 [26.39] supply
centerline millimeters (inches).
699.2 [27.53]
Port-F1
2X Case drain ports
1 1/16-12 straight 153.4
150.6 169.2
130.8 134.4 9.7 [5.93] [6.66]
[5.15] [5.29] [.38] Charge supply
to front pump
174.8
[6.88]
156.2
[6.15] 133.4
92.5 [5.25]
2X [3.64] 61.2
[2.41]
Port-B
B
57.2 Port-A
82.6 4X [2.25] 92.5
4X [3.25]
154.9 [3.64]
[6.10]
Port-E1 Port-E2
4X 7.5 [.30] R. 4X
57.2 98.6 98.6
[2.25] [3.88] [3.88]
130.8 151.9
[5.15] [5.98]
151.9
[5.98] Charge supply centerline
Charge Pump options Tandem Pump Application Information

Displacement Dimension 'G' Some tandem applications Refer to the Heavy Duty
require larger displacement Application manual (no.
.85 13,9 92.2 3.63
charge pumps. 5-401) for more information
1.28 21,0 98.6 3.88 on heavy duty pump and
1.70 27,8 104.9 4.13 motor applications.
2.12 34,7 111.6 4.38
Tandem Pump Approximate Weights

Front Pump Rear Pump Weight lb (kg)
Model 39 - 46 Model 33 - 46 276 (125.2)
Model 54 - 64 Model 54 - 64 376 (170.6)
Model 54 - 64 Model 33 - 46 326 (147.9)

Application Information – Tandem Pump
Tandems, Model 54 or 64 Front Pump with Model
39, or 46 Rear Pump
Front pump charge

Port-D1
G
55.6
[2.19]
112.3
[4.42]
127.00/126.95
[5.000/4.998]
Dia.
57.2 [2.25]
12.70/12.19
[.500/.480] 32.0 Port-B1 Port-H
15.7 [.62] 1 5/16-12 Straight thd
o-ring fitting.
106.2
[4.18]
All dimensions are given in 272.5 [10.73]
Port-B2
millimeters (inches). 322.3 [12.69]
362.2 [14.26]
465.1 [18.31]
608.7 [23.96] Charge
640.6 [25.22] supply
670.4 [26.39] centerline
Charge Pump options Maximum Shaft Torque Limitations

cu.in./rev. cc/rev mm in. The total input torque, as each shaft coupling point
.85 13,9 92.2 3.63 well as, the torque at each in the tandem pump, are
1.28 21,0 98.6 3.88 of the drive shaft coupling given below.
1.70 27,8 104.9 4.13 points must be considered For longest shaft life, use
2.12 34,7 111.6 4.38 in a tandem pump system. the largest shaft possible.
Torque calculation formulas
Shaft Coupling Point lb-in. nm and the maximum allow-
Input Shaft Models 54 – 64 11150 1260 able shaft torque limits, for
Input Shaft Models 33 – 46 8550 966
Front/Rear Pump Coupler 6600 746
Charge Pump 2050 232
B-Pad Auxiliary Pump 1852 209
A-Pad Auxiliary Pump 517 58
Shaft Torque Formulas

(Max Displ aux pmp)(Max Pressure aux pmp)
Max. Aux Pump Torque =
(6.28)(.9)
(Max Displ chg pmp)(Max Pressure chg pmp)
Max. Chg Pump Torque = + Max. Aux Pump Torque
(6.28)(.9)
(Max Displ pmp 2)(Max Pressure pmp 2)

Max. Front/Rear Pump Coupler Torque = + Max. Chg Pump Torque
(6.28)(.9)
(Max Displ pmp 1)(Max Pressure pmp 1)

Max. Input Shaft Torque = + Max. Front/Rear Pump Coupler Torque
(6.28)(.9)

Heavy Duty Pumps with
C-Pad Rear Mount
Features/Benefits
• The heavy duty pump

with a C-Pad rear mount
is the front half of the
tandem unit.
• Pump has standard SAE
C flange mount.
• Rear pump can be the
same displacement or
smaller than front pump
• The rear mount accepts a
standard SAE C flange.
• This pump is ideal for
applications that require
two different pumps.
Road rollers and some
construction equipment
are applications that
employ two different
pumps.
Maximum Shaft Torque rear pump. A coupling is Rear Pump Mounting In all cases, check case
Limitations provided with each SAE C Information pressures and ensure that
The total input torque, Pump. Optional couplings When an Eaton heavy duty they do not exceed 40 PSI
as well as, the torque at with 21 tooth, 16/32 pitch; pump is used as the rear (3 bar).
the drive shaft coupling and 23 tooth, 16/32 pitch, Heavy Duty Application
are also available. pump, remove its shaft seal
point must be considered so part of the case flow manual (no. 5-401) gives
when the pump with the Pump requires remote will flow past the bearing more information on proper
SAE C rear mount is used. charge pump and charge into the front pump. It is case flow routing.
Maximum torque values pressure relief. (Charge also necessary to connect See previous page for shaft
and formulas are given on pressure relief may be built the rear pump's upper torque ratings.
page 18. into pump.) case drain port to the front
Refer to the Heavy Duty pump's lower case drain
Pumps with SAE C
Application manual (no. port, otherwise high case
Rear Mount
5-401) for more information pressures may result.
A 14 tooth, 12/24 pitch, on heavy duty pump and
internal spline coupling motor applications.
(Part No. 105853) is
required between front and

Dimensions – Pumps with
C-Pad Rear Mount
Models 39 and 46
Models 33, 39, and 46 Pumps with C-Pad Rear Mount

Port-F
2X Case drain ports
1 1/16-12 straight 144,7
Gauge port for charge pressure.
117,1 125,8 9,5 103,5 7/16-20 straight thd o-ring fitting.
[4.61] [4.95] [.38] [4.08]
Charge supply port
7/8 - 14 straight thd
162,1 55,6 o-ring fitting.
[6.38] [2.19]
156,2
[6.15] 120,7
85,2 [4.75]
2X [3.36]
Port-B
127,00/126,95
[5.000/4.998]
57,2 Dia.
82,6 4X [2.25] 85,2
4X [3.25]
[3.36]
Port-E 12,45
[.490] 31,8
4X 7,5 [.30] R. 4X [1.25]
57,2 117,1 15,7 [.62]
[2.25] [4.61] 102,9
[4.05]
246,5 [9.71]
283,7 [11.16]
324,9 [12.79]
All dimensions are given in

millimeters (inches).
Involute spline fillet root side fit Notes: The variable pumps are shown with standard con-
14 tooth 12/24 pitch per SAE-J498b
Class 1 fit with SAE-J498b flat root trols. Installation drawings of other controls are
side fit major dia. Will fit ANSI B92.1
1970 Class 5 mating splines
available from your Eaton representative. Optional
Charge supply port controls are shown on page 23.
age connection holes at 1 and 2 inch radii from
the control shaft center.
Port-B Detailed drawings of available shafts and ports are
shown on page 21.
B
Port-A
133,5
[5.25]
4X 1/2-20
UNF-2B
127,08/127,10 full thd thru
[5.000/5.003]
87,3 87,3
[3.44] [3.44]
137,7 137,7
[5.42] [5.42]
Optional couplings with

21 tooth 16/32 pitch
and 23 tooth 16/32
pitch also available.

Dimensions – Pumps with
C-Pad Rear Mount
Models 54 and 64 Pumps
Models 54 and 64 Pumps with C-Pad Rear Mount

Port-F
2X Case drain ports
1 1/16-12 straight 153,4
Gauge port for charge pressure.
130,8 134,4 9,7 122,2 7/16-20 straight thd o-ring fitting.
[5.15] [5.29] [.38] [4.91]
Charge supply port
174,8 55,6 o-ring fitting.
[6.88] [2.19]
156,2
[6.15] 133,4
92,5 [5.25]
2X [3.64]
Port-B
127,00/126,95
[5.000/4.998]
57,2 Dia.
82,6 4X [2.25] 92,5
4X [3.25]
[3.64]
154,9
[6.10]
Port-E 12,70/12,19
[.500/.480] 32,0
4X 7,5 [.30] R. 4X [1.26]
130,8 15,7 [.62]
57,2 [5.15]
[2.25] 106,2
[4.18]
272,5 [10.73]
322,3 [12.69]
362,2 [14.26]
All dimensions are given in

millimeters (inches).
Optional couplings with

21 tooth 16/32 pitch
Notes: The variable pumps are shown with standard con-
and 23 tooth 16/32 trols. Installation drawings of other controls are
available from your Eaton representative. Optional
Involute spline fillet root side fit controls are shown on page 23.
14 tooth 12/24 pitch per SAE-J498b
Class 1 fit with SAE-J498b flat root
side fit major dia. Will fit ANSI B92.1
1970 Class 5 mating splines age connection holes at 1 and 2 inch radii from
Charge supply port
7/8 - 14 straight thd the control shaft center.
Detailed drawings of available shafts and ports are
shown on page 21.
Port-B
B
Port-A
154,9
[6.10]
4X 1/2-20
UNF-2B
127,08/127,10 full thd thru
[5.000/5.003]
98,6 98,6
[3.88] [3.88]
151,9 151,9
[5.98] [5.98]

Dimensions – Shaft and Port
Keyed Shaft Option Splined Shaft Options

Splined Shaft Options
Compatible with ISO 3019/1 Compatible with
Compatible withISO
ISO 3019/1
3019/1
Keyed ShaftSpecifications
(SAE-J744) Option (SAE-J744) Specifications
(SAE-J744) Specifications 55,6 [2.19]
Compatible with ISO 3019/1 76,2 [3.00]
(SAE-J744) Specifications Involute spline fillet root
side fit tooth - pitch, per
SAE-J498b Class I fit with
Square Key SAE-J498b flat root side fit
9,55/9,53 major diameter. Will fit
[.376/.375] ANSI B92.1 1970 Class 5
mating splines.
Clearance Over Key Dim. Shaft Dia. Clearance

57,7 [2.27] 42,40/42,14 38,10/38,05 57,7 [2.27] Shaft Dia.
Dia. [1.669/1.659] [1.500/1.498] Dia.
Tooth Pitch Shaft Dia.

14* 12/24 31,224/31,097 [1.2293/1.2243]
16/32 31,331/31,204 [1.2335/1.2285]
tooth Pitch 16/32Shaft Dia.
32,918/32,791 [1.2960/1.2910]
14* 34,506/34,379 [1.3585/1.3535]
12/2416/3231,224/31,097 (1.2293/1.2243)
16/32 37,681/37,554 [1.4835/1.4785]
19 16/32 31,331/31,204 (1.2335/1.2285)
* Not recommended for Model 64 or tandem pumps.
20 16/32 32,918/32,791 (1.2960/1.2910)
21 16/32 34,506/34,379 (1.3585/1.3535)
23 16/32 37,681/37,554 (1.4835/1.4785)
* Not recommended for Model 64
or tandem pumps.
Tapered Shaft Options Split Flange Port Options

Compatible with ISO 3019/1 Per SAE-J518 Specifications
(SAE-J744) Specifications Key Width
9,499/9,474
[.3740/.3730] Dia.
A
1"-20 UNEF-2B slotted hex locknut per
SAE J-501 (except 38.1 [1.50] across flats).
Lubricate shaft and threads. Torque to
178 Nm [132 lb-ft] plus torque required
to align slotted nut with shaft cross hole.
Clearance
57,7 [2.27] Shaft Dia.
Dia.
3,96 [.156] Dia. Thru

C UNC-2B Thread
125,33/124,67 mm Taper Per Meter D Minimum Full Thread Depth
[1.504/1.496 in. Taper Per Foot]
19,30/18,80 48,01
[.760/.740] [1.890]
76,2 Code Dia. a B C D

Shaft Dia. [3.00]
35,05/34,90 (1.380/1.374) 61 25,4 (1.00) 26,19 (1.031) 52,37 (2.062) 3/8-16 22,4 (.88)
38,23/38,08 (1.505/1.499) 62 25,4 (1.00) 27,76 (1.093) 57,15 (2.250) 7/16-14 27,0 (1.06)

Model 76
Keyed Shaft Option

Keyed Shaft Option Compatible with ISO 3019/1 87.4 [3.44]
(SAE-J744) Specifications
Compatible with ISO 3019/1
(SAE-J744) Specifications
Square Key
11.137/11.112
[.4385/.4375]
Clearance Over Key Dim. Shaft Dia.

68.1 [2.68] 49.43/49.17 44.45/44.40
Dia. [1.946/1.936] [1.750/1.748]

Splined Shaft Options (SAE-J744) Specifications
74.4 [2.93]
Involute spline fillet root
(SAE-J744) Specifications side fit tooth - pitch, per
SAE-J498b Class I fit with
SAE-J498b flat root side fit
major diameter. Will fit
ANSI B92.1 1970 Class 5
mating splines.
Clearance
68.1 [2.68] Shaft Dia.
Dia.
Tooth Pitch Shaft Dia.

13 8/16 43.713/43.586 [1.7210/1.7160]
27 16/32 44.031/43.904 [1.7335/1.7285]
tooth Pitch Shaft Dia.

13 8/16 43.713/43.586 (1.7210/1.7160)
27 16/32 44.031/43.904 (1.7335/1.7285)

Model 76
Tapered Shaft Option Key Width

11.087/11.062
Compatible with ISO 3019/1 [.4365/.4355]
1 1/4-18 UNEF-2B slotted hex locknut per
(SAE-J744) Specifications SAE J-501 (except 47.7 [1.88] across flats).
Lubricate shaft and threads. Torque to
178 Nm [132 lb-ft] plus torque required
to align slotted nut with shaft cross hole.
Clearance Shaft Dia.

68.1 [2.68] 44.48/44.43
Dia. [1.751/1.749]
3.96 [.156] Dia Thru
125.33/124.67 mm Taper Per Meter

[1.502/1.498 in. Taper Per Foot]
22,45/21,95 53.98
[.885/.865] [2.125]
85.8
[3.38]
Split Flange Port Options O-ring Port Option

Per SAE-J518 Specifications Per SAE-J514 Specifications
Dia.
A
C UNC-2B Thread
D Minimum Full Thread Depth 1 5/16-12 Straight
thread o-ring boss.
SAE Dash No. -16
Code Dia. a B C D
61 25,4 (1.00) 26,19 (1.031) 52,37 (2.062) 3/8-16 22,4 (.88)
62 25,4 (1.00) 27,76 (1.093) 57,15 (2.250) 7/16-14 27,0 (1.06)

Component Descriptions Power limiter valves and the reservoir. Maintaining The entrance to the suction
The Operational Diagram high pressure relief valves this oil volume will give line should be located well
on page 46 shows a typical are available as options. the oil a minimum of below the fluid surface
heavy duty hydrostatic thirty (30) seconds in the so there is no chance
transmission. The axial Fixed Displacement reservoir. This will allow any of air being sucked into
piston pump and axial Axial Piston Motor entrained air to escape and the charge pump inlet.
piston motor are the main The motor uses the high contamination to settle out However, the suction line
components. The filter, pressure oil flow from of the oil. entrance should not be
reservoir, heat exchanger, the pump to produce To allow for oil expansion, located on the bottom
and oil lines make up the transmission output. The the reservoir’s total volume of the reservoir where
rest of the system. The high pressure oil comes to should be at least six there may be a buildup of
function of each of these the motor through one of tenths (.6) minute times (X) sediment. The suction line
components is described the high pressure lines. It the maximum charge pump entrance should be flared
below: enters the motor, turns the flow. and covered with
output shaft, then returns a screen.
A separate energy source, The reservoir’s internal
such as an electric motor to the pump. Eaton piston structure should cut down The reservoir should be
or internal combustion motors integrate a hot oil turbulence and prevent oil easily accessible. The fill
engine, turns the input shuttle and low pressure aeration. port should be designed
shaft of the pump. relief valve into the end to minimize the possibility
cover. The shuttle valve The line returning flow to of contamination during
and low pressure relief the reservoir should be filling and to help prevent
Variable Displacement
valve direct excess charge fitted with a diffuser to over filling. There should be
Axial Piston Pump
pump flow into the motor slow the incoming oil to a drain plug at the lowest
The variable displacement case. The shuttle valve is 1 to 1.2 meters (3-4 feet) point of the reservoir
pump provides a flow of activated by high pressure per second to help reduce and it should also have a
high pressure oil. Pump and directs excess charge turbulence. The return clean-out and inspection
output flow can be varied pump flow over the low flow line should also be cover so the reservoir can
to obtain the desired pressure relief valve. This positioned so that returning be thoroughly cleaned
motor output speed. flushing action allows the oil enters the reservoir after prolonged use. A
For example, when the charge pump to provide below the liquid surface. vented reservoir should
pump’s displacement is clean, cool oil to the closed This will help reduce have a breather cap with a
zero, no oil is pumped and loop circuit. aeration and foaming of micronic filter.
the transmission’s motor the oil.
output shaft is stopped. Sealed reservoirs must be
Reservoir The reservoir should used at altitudes above
Conversely, maximum
pump displacement The reservoir is an have baffles between the 2500 feet. These reservoirs
produces maximum motor important part of the return line and suction should be fitted with a two
shaft speed. The direction hydrostatic transmission line. Baffles prevent return way micronic filter pressure
of high pressure flow can system. It should provide flow from immediately cap to allow for fluid
also be reversed; doing so adequate oil storage and reentering the pump. expansion and contraction.
reverses the direction the allow easy oil maintenance. A sixty mesh screen placed In both cases the caps
motor output shaft rotates. The reservoir must hold across the suction chamber must be designed to
A charge pump is enough oil to provide a of the reservoir will act as prevent water from
integrated into the piston continuous oil supply to the a bubble separator. The entering the reservoir
pump and driven by the charge pump inlet. It must screen should be placed at during bad weather or
shaft of the piston pump. also have enough room for a thirty degree angle to the machine washing.
The drawing illustrates a the hydraulic oil to expand horizon.
A hydrostatic transmission
suction filtration circuit. as the system warms up.
with a well designed
Eaton recommends a Consider charge pump flow
reservoir will run quieter,
suction filter without a when sizing the reservoir:
stay cleaner and last
bypass valve. The charge One half (.5) minute times
longer.
pump has a Low Pressure (X) the maximum charge
Relief Valve that regulates pump flow should be the
the output pressure. minimum oil volume in

Filter Charge Pump Inlet Line High Pressure Lines Heat Exchanger
A filter must be used to The inlet line to the The high pressure lines Bypass Valve
keep the hydraulic fluid charge pump should be that connect the pump The heat exchanger bypass
clean. Either a suction filter large enough to keep the and motor must be able to valve is a pressure and/
or a pressure side filter pressure drop between withstand the pressures or temperature valve in
may be used. The filter the reservoir and charge generated in the high parallel with the heat
must be a no-bypass type. pump inlet within the pressure loop. exchanger. Its purpose is
A suction filter is shown limits described in the to prevent case pressures
in the operational diagram filter section. Fittings will Heat Exchanger from getting too high. The
on page 46 System oil increase the pressure drop, Use of a heat exchanger is heat exchanger bypass
particulate levels should so their number should be dependent on the transmis- valve opens when the oil is
not exceed ISO 18/13. kept to a minimum. It is sion’s duty cycle and on thick, especially during cold
Refer to Eaton Hydraulic best to keep fluid velocities machine layout. The normal starts.
Fluid Recommendations on below 1,25 meters (4 feet) continuous operating fluid
page 54. per second. temperature measured in Reservoir Return Line
Recommended beta ratios Fluid and temperature the pump and motor cases The same general
for each filter type are compatibility must be should not exceed 80°C requirements that apply to
listed below: considered when selecting (180°F) for most hydraulic case drain lines apply to
the inlet line. fluids. The maximum fluid the reservoir return line.
Suction Filter ß10 =
temperature should not
1.5 to 2.0
Pump and Motor Case exceed 105°C (220°F).
Pressure Side Filter ß10 = Drain Lines The heat exchanger should
10 to 20
The case drain lines should be sized to dissipate 25%
When a suction filter is be large enough to limit of the maximum input
used, its flow capacity the pump and motor case power available to the
must be large enough pressures to 2,8 bar (40 transmission. It must also
to prevent an excessive psi) at normal operating be sized to prevent the
pressure drop between temperatures. Fluid and case pressures in the pump
the reservoir and charge temperature compatibility and motor from getting too
pump inlet. The pressure must also be considered high. Case pressure up to
at the charge pump inlet when selecting the case 2.8 bar (40 psi), at normal
port must not be less than drain lines. operating temperatures,
0.8 bar (11.6 psi) absolute are acceptable.
at normal continuous
operating temperatures.

Shaft Couplings and Orientation 1. Charge pump flow most distant motor should
Mounting Brackets The mounting orientation must be greater than the have the valve block or
Shaft couplings must of Eaton heavy duty pumps sum of the charge pump integral shuttle valve while
be able to with stand and motors is unrestricted. flow requirements of the the additional motors do
the torque that will be The case drain line that individual units. not need a valve block or
transmitted to the pump carries the flow leaving the 2. The possibility of motor integral shuttle valve. A
or motor. If the pump or pump or motor should be overspeeding increases remote valve block is also
motor is to be directly connected to the highest in multiple motor circuits. available for multiple motor
coupled to the drive, the drain port on each of the The parallel motor circuit circuits. A series-parallel
misalignment should not units. This assures that the will act as a frictionless drain line circuit may be
exceed .050 mm (.002 in.) pump and motor cases differential. Should one needed for the high case
total indicator run-out for remain full. of the motors stall the flow created in multiple
the combination of perpen- other could overspeed. pump circuits. In either
dicularity and concentricity Multiple Pump or Motor The motors used in parallel case, each pump and
measurements. Circuits circuits should, therefore, motor should be checked
be sized to prevent for proper cooling when
The hardness of the Multiple pumps or motors
overspeeding. Valves that testing the prototype
couplings connected to can be combined in
will limit the flow to each circuit.
Eaton pump or motor the same circuit. When
shafts should be 35 Rc for two pumps are used in of the motors may be used 4. Series circuits present
tapered or straight keyed a parallel circuit, their to prevent overspeeding. a unique problem for axial
shafts and 50-55 Rc for swashplate controls can This will allow the use of piston motors. Pressure
splined shafts. be operated in phase or in smaller motors, however applied to the input port
sequence. The following the flow limiting valves will and discharge port are
Open Loop Circuits precautions should be create heat. additive as regards to the
observed whenever 3. When using one pump load and life of the drive
Eaton heavy duty pumps
multiple pumps and/or with multiple motors, the shaft and the drive shaft
and heavy duty motors
motors are connected in case drain lines should bearings. Please consult
may be used in open
the same circuit: be connected in series. with your Eaton repre-
loop circuits under certain
The case flow should be sentative regarding series
operating conditions.
routed from the most circuits.
Consult your Eaton repre-
sentative for details. distant motor, through
the remaining motors,
to the pump, and finally
back to the reservoir. The

Description of Operation
Direction of case flow and charge pump inlet flow.
1 – Variable Displacement Pump 7 – Pump and Motor Case Drain LInes

2 – Fixed or Variable Displacement Motor 8 – High Pressure Lines
3 – Reservoir 9 – Heat Exchanger
4 – Shut-off Valve (Optional) 10 – Heat Exchanger By-pass Valve
5 – Filter 11 – Reservoir Return Line
6 – Charge Pump Inlet Line 12 – Reservoir Fill Cap and Breather

Description of Operation – Neutral
Hydrostatic Transmission
A hydrostatic transmission Neutral The charge pump, which

is a dynamic system The hydrostatic is connected to the input
that operates through a transmission is in neutral shaft, pumps oil in all
wide range of conditions. when the variable pump’s modes of transmission
Nevertheless, this wide displacement is zero. With operation. In neutral it
operating range can zero displacement no high takes cooled, filtered oil
conveniently be divided into pressure oil is pumped to from the reservoir and fills
three basic modes: neutral, the motor and its output the system. Charge pump
forward and reverse. shaft is stopped. Refer flow passes through the
The following color to the “Neutral” color check valves in the pump’s
schematics and their schematic as you read this end cover and fills the
accompanying explanations explanation. pump’s pistons, the high
will help you visualize pressure lines, and the
Putting the control lever motor’s pistons. This oil
what’s going on inside the in the neutral position
transmission during each of flow is intended to make
centers the control spool. up for internal leakage and
the operating modes. Centering the control spool keep the circuit primed.
Important: As you connects both lines to the
study the following flow serve pistons to case and After the high pressure
descriptions remember that blocks the control pressure circuit has been primed
in all modes of operation line. Connecting the servo the charge pump pressure
the input shaft of the piston lines to case allows opens the charge pressure
pump is being turned by an the oil to drain from the relief valve located in the
external power source. servo pistons and the servo charge pump. This directs
springs center the variable the charge pump flow
swashplate. With the through the pump case and
swashplate centered the back to the reservoir. This
pistons don’t reciprocate oil flow flushes and cools
as the cylinder barrel the pump.
is rotated, and no high
pressure oil is pumped.

Motor Schematic
& Fixed Displacement
Displacement Pump
Axial Piston Variable
Flow Description – Neutral

Heat Exchanger
Reservoir
Control
Lever Control Inlet Flow
Valve
Case Pressure
eaton Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Transmissions Catalog E-TRHD-MC001-E2 July 2011
Control Pressure
Heat Exchanger Charge Pressure
Control Valve By-Pass Valve
Control Pressure Oil Supply Oil High Pressure
Pressure
Override Charge Pressure
Relief Valve
Shuttle Output Shaft

Valve
Low Pressure
Charge Relief Valve
High Pressure Motor
Charge Relief Valve
Check Valves Pump Inlet Oil
Pump
Servo Piston
55
Description of Operation – Forward/Reverse
Hydrostatic Transmission
The forward mode and the Besides controlling The follow-up link, between Case flow flushes the
reverse mode are similar, direction, the swashplate the swashplate and pump and motor cases
so hence forth they will angle also controls output control valve, holds the and helps keep the
be grouped and called the speed. Swashplate angle swashplate at the angle transmission cool. The
forward/reverse mode. affects speed by changing set by the control lever. charge pressure relief valve
the pump’s displacement. As the swashplate moves in the motor’s valve block
Forward/Reverse The largest swashplate to the desired angle the typically has a lower setting
The hydrostatic angle produces the largest follow-up link moves the than the charge pressure
transmission is in forward/ displacement and the control spool so that it relief valve in the charge
reverse mode when fastest motor speed. opens/closes the lines pump. This is so case flow
flow in the high pressure The standard control to the servo pistons. The will begin at the motor, go
circuit causes the motor circuit has a single lever swashplate will hold that to the pump, and return to
shaft to rotate. Refer to that sets both speed and position until the control the reservoir. The arrows
the forward/reverse color direction. Center the lever lever is moved. on the drawing a A Typical
schematic as you can read for neutral. Move it to one Charge pump flow that is Heavy Duty Hydrostatic
this explanation. side of center for forward, not used by the control Transmission, page 4, show
the other side for reverse. circuit passes through the case flow’s path.
Flow in the high pressure
circuit is created by Motor speed is controlled end cover check valve into The charge pressure
tilting the pump’s variable by how far the lever is the low pressure side of relief valve in the charge
swashplate from its center, moved. the loop. There it provides pump opens when the
or neutral, position. With The control circuit varies back pressure to the motor transmission is in neutral
the swashplate tilted the the swashplate angle by pistons. and the shuttle valve is
pistons reciprocate as the directing control pressure The spring centered centered. Compare the
cylinder barrel rotates and to either of the servo shuttle valve, located in shuttle valve in each of the
flow is generated. pistons. Control pressure, the motor’s valve block, color schematics to better
at the charge pressure moves to connect the low understand its operation.
The swashplate may
be tilted to either side relief valve setting, is pressure side of the loop The high pressure relief
of center. Tilting it one supplied to the control to the charge pressure valves in the motor’s valve
way generates flow that valve by the charge pump. relief valve. When back block open to connect the
makes the transmission go In the forward/reverse pressure gets high enough high pressure side of the
forward. And tilting it the schematic control pressure the charge pressure relief loop to the low pressure
other way reverses flow is directed to the lower valve, in the valve block, side if the motor stalls
and the motor shaft rotates servo piston which causes opens and charge pump and the pressure gets too
in the opposite direction. the swashplate to tilt. Oil flow enters the motor case. high. There are two high
in the upper servo sleeve pressure relief valves; one
drains to case, through works in forward the other
the control valve, as the in reverse.
swashplate tilts.

Flow Description – Forward/Reverse
Motor Schematic
& Fixed Displacement
Displacement Pump
Axial Piston Variable
Heat Exchanger
Reservoir
Control
Lever Control Inlet Flow
Valve
Case Pressure
eaton Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Transmissions Catalog E-TRHD-MC001-E2 July 2011
Control Pressure
Heat Exchanger Charge Pressure
Control Valve By-Pass Valve
Control Pressure Oil Supply Oil High Pressure
High Pressure Oil
Pressure
Override Charge Pressure
Relief Valve
Shuttle Output Shaft

Valve
Low Pressure
Charge Relief Valve
High Pressure
Check Valves Charge Relief Valve Motor
Pump Inlet Oil
Pump
Servo Piston
Low Pressure Oil
57
Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations
Objective Viscosity Generally, the fluid is In general, a lower ISO

The ability of Eaton The most important charac- thick when the hydraulic viscosity grade fluid
hydrostatic components teristics to consider when system is started. With is recommended for
to provide the desired choosing a fluid to be used movement, the fluid operation in cold to
performance and life in a hydraulic system are warms to a point where moderate climates. Higher
expectancy depends largely viscosity. The fluid must be the cooling system begins ISO viscosity grade fluid
on the fluid used. The thin enough to flow easily to operate. From then on, is recommended for
purpose of this document but thick enough to seal the fluid is maintained operation in moderate to
is to provide readers with and maintain a lubricating at the temperature for hot climates.
the knowledge required to film between bearing and which the hydrostatic
select the appropriate fluids sealing surfaces. Viscosity system was designed. Cleanliness
for use in systems that requirements for Eaton’s In actual applications Cleanliness of the fluid in
employ Eaton hydrostatic Heavy Duty Hydrostatic this sequence varies; a hydrostatic system is
components. product line are specified hydrostatic systems are extremely important. Eaton
later in this document used in many environments recommends that the fluid
Selecting a Hydraulic from very cold to very used in its hydrostatic
Fluid Viscosity and hot. Cooling systems also components be maintained
Temperature vary from very elaborate at ISO Cleanliness Code
The hydraulic fluids in
to very simple, so ambient 18/13 per SAE J1165. This
hydraulic systems are Temperature and viscosity
temperature may affect code allows a maximum of
bound to perform in are related inversely. As the
operating temperature. 2500 particles per milliliter
different dimensions. fluid warms it gets thinner
Equipment manufac- greater than 5 µm and a
They serve as the power and its viscosity decreases.
turers who use Eaton maximum of 80 particles
transmission medium, When fluid cools the fluid
hydrostatic components per milliliter greater than
lubricate the moving viscosity increases. It is
in their products should 15 µm. When components
components and carry important to consider
anticipate temperature in with different cleanliness
away the heat produced the entire operating
their designs and make requirements are used
within the system. temperature window for
the appropriate fluid rec- in the same system, the
Therefore the fluids selecting the right viscosity
ommendations to their cleanest standard should
must have adequate for a hydraulic system.
customers. be applied. OEM’s and
properties to give the Calculate the viscosity of
assurance of adequate the fluid temperatures at distributors who use Eaton
wear protection, effective start up, normal operating hydrostatic components
power transmission and conditions and maximum in their products should
excellent chemical stability possible point, and provide for these
under the most adverse compare the same with requirements in their
operating conditions. the recommendation of the designs. A reputable filter
The multi dimensional hydraulic system. supplier can supply filter
performance establishes information.
that the hydraulic fluid is
a vital factor in a hydraulic
system; proper selection
of oil assures satisfactory
life and operation of the
system components /
lubricants.

Viscosity and Optimum

ISO
Cleanliness
Cleanliness Guidelines Product Line Minimum Range Maximum Requirements
Heavy Duty Piston 10cSt 16 - 39 cSt 2158 cSt 18/13
Pumps and Motors (60 SUS) (80 - 180 SUS) (10,000 SUS)
Notes: • If the natural color of the • Contact your Eaton

• Fluids too thick to fluid has become black it representative if
flow in cold weather is possible that an over- you have specific
start-ups will cause heating problem exists. questions about the
pump cavitation and • If the fluid becomes fluid requirements
possible damage. Motor milky, water contamina- of Eaton hydrostatic
cavitation is not a tion may be a problem. components.
problem during cold
• Take fluid level reading
start-ups. Thick oil
when the system is cold.
can cause high case
pressures which in • Viscosity modified fluid
turn cause shaft seal may lose viscosity due
problems. to shearing of viscosity
improvers.

Fluid Maintenance Maintaining correct fluid schedule that would cover test and establish fluid
viscosity and cleanliness every situation. Field maintenance schedules
level is essential for all testing and monitoring for their products. These
hydrostatic systems. are the only ways to get maintenance schedules
Since Eaton hydrostatic accurate measurements should be designed to
components are used in a of system cleanliness. meet the viscosity and
wide variety of applications OEM’s and distributors cleanliness requirements
it is impossible for Eaton to who use Eaton hydrostatic laid out in this document.
publish a fluid maintenance components should
Fluid Selection AW Hydraulic Oil based hydraulic fluids carry wear property. The fluid
Premium grade petroleum an ISO VG rating. must pass Eaton Vickers@
based AW hydraulic fluids Pump performance and 35VQ25 pump test or
will provide the best reliability are directly meet the performance
performance in Eaton affected by the anti-wear specification Eaton Vickers
hydrostatic components. additive formulation M 2950 S.
These fluids typically contained in the oil. Oils
contain additives that are providing a high level of Engine Oils / Motor Oils
beneficial to hydrostatic anti-wear protection are Engine oils using for
systems. Eaton recommended for optimum hydraulic applications,
recommends fluids that performance and long life. must meet API SF / SG /
contain anti-wear agents, SH or higher performance
Eaton has its own method
rust inhibitors, anti-foaming specifications. Appropriate
to estimate Mineral /
agents, and oxidation SAE Grade to be selected
Petroleum based AW
inhibitors. Premium grade based on the operating
hydraulic oils for their anti-
petroleum temperatures.
Additional Notes: • If the natural color of the • Viscosity Modified fluid

• Fluids too thick to flow fluid has become black it may loose viscosity due
in cold weather start-ups is possible that an over- to shearing of viscosity
will cause pump cavita- heating problem exists. improvers.
tion and possible dam- • If the fluid becomes • Contact your Eaton rep-
age. Motor cavitation milky, water contamina- resentative if you have
is not a problem during tion may be a problem. specific questions about
cold start-ups. Thick oil the fluid requirements of
• Take fluid level reading
can cause high case Eaton hydrostatic com-
when the system is cold.
pressures which in turn ponents.
cause shaft seal prob-
lems.

Biodegradable Oil Rating With

Product Line Biodegradable oil Comments
(Vegetable) Guidelines
Heavy Duty Piston 80% of normal pressure rating 82° C (180° F) max fluid temp (unit)
Pumps and Motors listed for mineral oils 71° C (160° F) max fluid temp (reservoir)
Additional Notes: • Vegetable oil is mis- • All seals must be

• Viscosity and ISO cleanli- cible with mineral oil. Fluorocarbon (FKM) /
ness requirements must However, only the Viton / HNBR.
be maintained as out- vegetable oil content is • Specific gravity of the
lined on previous page. biodegradable. Systems fluid is 0.92. Design
being converted from circuit with reservoir oil
• For any system where mineral oil to vegetable
the fluid is non-petro- level sufficiently above
oil should be repeatedly the pump inlet to assure
leum oil, set the target flushed with vegetable
one Range Code cleaner a minimum of 1.0 bar
oil to ensure 100% bio- absolute pressure at
for each particle size, degradability.
than that of petroleum pump.
fluids. • Specific vegetable oil • Water contamination
products may provide may degrade the fluid
If the cleanest code normal unit life when
required was 19/17/15 - 0.07% wt Maximum.
operating at pressure Precaution to be taken to
and HETG is the system ratings higher than those
fluid, the target becomes avoid water contamina-
indicated above. tion.
18/16/14.
• Vegetable oils oxidize • Foaming and aeration
• Based on limited prod- more quickly than petro-
uct testing to date, no can be greater with this
leum based hydraulic fluid than petroleum
reduction in unit life is fluid. Care must be
expected when operat- base oils. Reservoir may
taken to maintain fluid be designed to give
ing at the pressure rat- temperature within
ings indicated above. maximum retention time
specified limits and to for effective air release.
establish more frequent
fluid change intervals • TAN - 2.0 mg KOH/gm
Max increase in total
acid number from the
start up value.

Notes

Eaton Eaton Eaton
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
Fax: (+86 21) 5200 0400

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. E-TRHD-MC001-E2
Supersedes E-TRHD-MC001-E1
July 2011
Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pumps
Technical Catalog
PVW
Table of Contents
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
M odel Codes
Form Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Basic Pum ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
No Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DF Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
LR Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ES Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SM Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Special Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Com bination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Exam ples for Com bination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Pum p Specifications
US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
M etric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Perform ance Curves
250 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
360 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
500 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
750 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Controls
Electric M otor Displacem ent Control ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
DF, LR Displacem ent Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
With Load Sens. DF/Pow er Contr. LR & Press. Lim iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Controls for Position/Displacem ent ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Pressure Signal Displacem ent Control DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Exam ple of Application DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Proportional Valve Displacem ent Control SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Controls Pressure Com p. DF/Pow er Contr. LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Servo Adjustm ent Displacem ent Control w ith M echanical Feedback SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2 EATON Vick ers Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pum ps V-PUPI-TM 003-E M arch 2003
Table of Contents
(cont.)
Pum p Dim ensions

PFWS 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
PVWS 250, Side ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
PVWS 250 - DF, 2 stage pilot valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
PVWS 250 - DF, w ith load sensing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PVWS 250 - LR, w ith pressure lim iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
PVWS 250 - LR, w ith load sensing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
PVWS 250 - SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
PFWS 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
PVWS 360 - Side ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PVWS 360 - DF, w ith load sensing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
PVWS 360 - SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PFWS 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
PVWS 500 - DF, w ith load sensing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
PVWS 500 - SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
PFWS 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PVWS 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Control Dim ensions
PVWS 250/360/500/750, SP Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
PVWS 250/360/500/750, SM Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PVWS 250/360/500/750, DP Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
PVWS 250/360/500/750, ES Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
PVW... Swash Angle/Flow Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Thru - Drives PVW “A, B, C,” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Fluid Recom m endations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
EATON Vick ers Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pum ps V-PUPI-TM 003-E M arch 2003 3
Introduction
• Axial piston pumps • Rotating and pressure • Integrated pilot pump, AVAILABLE DISPLACEM ENT
SIZES
w ith swash plate loaded parts are filter and pressure
design for reliable pressure balanced. relief valves available. 250 ccm
operation and long life. • Through drive enable • “ Building block” 360 ccm
• Pressure up to 420 multiple pump design gives these 500 ccm
bar. Rated speed up to installations from a pumps a w ide range of
1800 min-1. Higher single shaft. M ultiple application. 750 ccm
speeds possible. pump combinations • Fast response times.
• Oversize shafts and are also available.
bearings.
Displacement Controls: Typical Section of Open Loop PVW - Pump

ES - Electric motor
displacement control
DF - Pressure
compensator controlled Control
LR - Power control w ith
pressure limiter
SP, SM - Displacement Control Piston
proportional to electric
signal
DP - Displacement
proportional to pressure Sw ash Angle
signal Sensor Indicator
Extra functions available

for SP, SM & DP:
Pressure Limitation
and/or power control
overriding function.
Thru-Drive
Option
Sw ash
Plate
Cylinder Valve
Shaft Piston Block Plate
Dimensional information listed in this catalog is subject to change w ithout notice.
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
Form Page Some characters are already filled out and show n
The follow ing 48-digit coding system has been on the follow ing pages. For such characters, there is
developed to identify all of the configuration options no option available.
for the "W" series (Open Loop) fixed and variable Explanation for each character is as follows:
displacement pumps. Use this model code to
specify a unit w ith the desired features. All 48-digits CHARACTER PAGE
must be present w hen ordering. You may want to
photocopy the matrix below to ensure, that each Basic Pump M odel Code 1...23 6
number is entered in the correct box. If adjustments Control Options 24...39 7...13
other than the standard setting (character 40 ... 43) Customer Adjustment Specification 40...43 7...13
or special features (character 44 ... 46) are needed,
please provide the information w hen ordering. Special Features 44...46 14
At the end of this section you may need to provide Design Number 47, 48 14
an additional model code if a combination unit is Combination M odel Code 1...39 15
needed. In case of a combination unit, each single
pump section must be specified separately using
this or other Eaton catalog information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
P W - M 1 S V A
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
1 0
SPECIFY NON STANDARD ADJUSTM ENT BELOW
SPECIFY SPECIAL FEATURE BELOW
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
“ W" Series - Basic Pum ps
P * W * — * * * M * * * * * * 1 R * * S V * A #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1
Pump 9 Basic Standard 14 15 Thru-Drive Options 20 Drive Shaft Seal
P – Open Loop Pump M – M etric 00 – None Configuration

0A – SAE A S – Single Shaft Seal
2
Displacement 10 11 Mounting Flange 0B – SAE B
0C – SAE C 21 Seal Material
F – Fixed 07 – ISO 3019/2-200B4HW
V – Variable 08 – ISO 3019/2-250B4HW 0D – ISO125A2HW V – Viton*
* See Chart Below 0E – ISO160A2HW * Viton is a trademark of
3
Pump Series 0F – ISO125B4HW E.I. Dupont (other materials
W – "W" Series (was 30 12 Rotation Direction 0G – ISO160B4HW available, contact your
design) R - Right Hand [CW] 0H – ISO200B4HW Eaton representative.)
L - Left Hand [CCW] 0J – ISO250B4HW
4 Configuration 0P – Pilot Pump (8cm3/r.) 22 Yoke Position Indicator
13 Adjustment Stops (PVW only) 0 – No Position Indicator
S – Single Unit
PP – Double Pilot Pump V – Visual Position Indicator
F – Front Unit 0 – No Stop
(8 + 8 cm 3/r.) (PVW P – Position Sensor
M – M iddle Unit 4 – M echanical Adjustment
R – Rear Unit Stop Side A (PVW only) only) M – Sensor w ith Visual
5 – M echanical Adjustment * * See Chart Below Indicator
5 Separator Stop Side B (PVW only) 16 Main Ports 23 Surface Finish
6 – M echanical Adjustment
6 7 8
Displacement Stops Side A and B 1 – SAE Ports - M etric Bolts A – Blue Painted
cm 3/ r (PVW only) 17
* Other options on special
NOTE: M ain Port Orientation request available. Contact
250 – 250 cm 3/r [15.3 in3/rev]
4 is used as max. R – Radial (Side Ports) Eaton Sales.
360 – 360 cm 3/r [22.0 in3/rev]
500 – 500 cm 3/r [30.5 in3/rev] Adjustment on Side A.
18 19 Main Drive Shaft End 24 Add Control Model Code
750 – 750 cm 3/r [45.8 in3/rev] 5 is used as min. Adjustment
??? – Non-Standard stop side A. 01 – ISO Straight Key Code (characters 24...43) on
Displacement (PFW 02 – ISO Spline the follow ing pages
Only)
* M OUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS AVAILABLE 250 360 500 750
ISO 3019/2-200B4HW • •
ISO 3019/2-250B4HW • •
* * THRU-DRIVE
OPTIONS AVAILABLE 250 360 500 750
00 • • • •
0A • • • •
0B • • • •
0C • • • •
0D • • • •
0E • • • •
0F • • • •
0G • • • •
0H • • • •
0J • •
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - No Control
0 0 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 37 Position Monitoring 44 Special Features
00 – No Control 0 – Not Required 0 – No Position M onitoring Add special feature

(for PFW only) description (characters
31 Pressure Control 38 Electric M otor Type 44...46) on page 14 if
26 Displacement Options required.
0 – No Electric M otor
Adjustment Options 0 – Not Applicable
0 – Not Applicable 39 Control Voltage
32 33 34 Power Control 0 – Not Applicable
27 28 Electronic Controls 000 – Not Applicable
00 – Not Required 40 41 42 43 Customer
35 Pilot Oil Filter Adjustment Specification
29 Yoke Displacement Zone 0 – Not Applicable 0000 – None
A – Single Side of Center “A”
36 Bypass/ Venting Valve
0 – Not Applicable
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - DF Control
D F 0 0 0 A * * 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 * * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 31 Pressure Control 37 Position Monitoring 40 41 42 43 Customer
DF – Pressure Compensator Options 0 – No Position M onitoring Adjustment Specification

0 – Not Applicable 0000 – None
26 Displacement F – Remote Port Only 38 Electric M otor Type ???? – Yes (final number w ill
Adjustment Options K – Electro Proportional 0 – No Electric M otor be assigned by Eaton.
0 – Not Applicable Relief Valve Specify on table
- Incl. Electronic Card 39 Control Voltage below )
27 28 Electronic Controls 0 – Not Applicable
32 33 34 Power Control 44 Special Features
00 – Not Required B – 110 AC 50 HZ/
000 – Not Applicable 120 AC 60 HZ Add special feature
29 Yoke Displacement D – 220 AC 50 HZ/ description (characters
35 Pilot Oil Filter 44...46) on page 14 if
Zone 240 AC 60 HZ
A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable G – 12 VDC required.
H – 24 VDC
30 36 Venting Valve
Extra Functions
0 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable
1 – Load Sensing 1 – With Solenoid Valve
Extra Function
CU STOM ER A D JU STM EN T SPECIFICATION S

Standard Customer Specified
Unit Adjustment Adjustment Remarks
All Revolution Adjustments below set at .. rpm 1500 -
M ech. Stop Side A L/min Qmax
(used as max Adjustment Stop Side A)
M ech. Stop Side B L/min Qmin
(used as min Adjustment Stop Side B)
Pressure Control M ain Stage bar 20 -
Pressure Control Pilot Valve bar 90
Load Sense p bar 15 <15% bar not possible
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - LR Control
L R 0 0 0 A * * * * * 0 * 0 0 * * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 35 Pilot Oil Filter 39 Control Voltage
LR – Power Control 1 – Load Sensing & Pressure 0 – Not Applicable 0 – Not Applicable
Limiter Extra Function B – 110 AC 50 HZ/
26 Displacement 2 – Pressure Limiter Extra 36 Venting Valve 120 AC 60 HZ
Adjustment Options Function 0 – Not Applicable D – 220 AC 50 HZ/
0 – Not Applicable 1 – With Solenoid Valve 240 AC 60 HZ
31 Pressure Control G – 12 VDC
27 28 Electronic Controls Options 37 Position Monitoring H – 24 VDC
00 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable 0 – No Position M onitoring 40 41 42 43 Customer
F – Remote Port Only
29 Yoke Displacement K – Electro Proportional 38 Electric M otor Type Adjustment Specification
Zone Relief Valve 0 – No Electric M otor 0000 – None
A – Single Side of Center “A” - Incl. Electronic Card ???? – Yes (final number w ill
be assigned by Eaton.
32 33 34 Power Control Specify on table
Define below )
000 - Not Applicable
44 Special Features
??? - KW at 1500 rpm
Add special feature
description (characters
44...46) on page 14 if
required.

Pressure Control M ain Stage bar 20 -
Load Sense p bar 15 <15% bar not possible
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - ES Control
E S * 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 37 Position Monitoring 40 41 42 43 Customer
ES – Electric M otor 0 – Not Required A – 4 Limit Sw itches Adjustment Specification

Displacement Control B – 8 Limit Sw itches 0000 – None
31 Pressure Control P – 4 Limit Sw itches ???? – Yes (final number w ill
26 Displacement Options w /Sensor be assigned by Eaton.
Adjustment Options 0 – Not Applicable T – 8 Limit Sw itches Specify on table
M – Electric M otor - w /Sensor below )
Fast Response* 32 33 34 Power Control
38 Electric Motor Type 44 Special Features
N – Electric M otor - 000 – Not Applicable
M edium Response* 2 – M otor With Brake (IP-54) Add special feature
P – Electric M otor - 35 Pilot Oil Filter 3 – M otor Without Brake description (characters
Slow Response* 0 – Not Applicable (Explosion Proof) 44...46) on page 14 if
required.
27 28 Electronic Controls 39 Control Voltage of
36 Venting Valve
00 – Not Required Venting Valve
29 Yoke Displacement Zone
* Response Time (sec) for Zero to M aximum Displacement

SIZE 250 360 50 0 750
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Fast 8 7 11 9 10 8 14 12
M edium 20 17 27 23 24 20 35 29
Slow 40 33 55 46 48 40 70 58

Displacement Adjusted to… cm 3/rev. ~50% Qmax
Position M onitoring Sw itch 1 L/min 0
2 L/min 95% of Qmax <95% not possible
3 L/min
4 L/min
5 L/min
6 L/min
7 L/min
8 L/min
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - DP Control
D P * 0 0 A * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 29 Yoke Displacement Zone 35 Pilot Oil Filter 39 Control Voltage of
DP – Pressure Signal A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable Venting Valve
Displacement Control V – Filter w ith Visual 0 – Not Applicable
30 Extra Functions Indicator
26 Displacement E – Filter w ith Electrical 41 42 43 Customer
0 – Not Required
Adjustment Options 4 – Pressure Limiter Indicator Adjustment Specification
G – M ounting Interface Overriding Function 0000 – None
36 Venting Valve
CETOP 3 Only 5 – Pressure Limiter & Power ???? – Yes (final number w ill
H – Remote Port G 1/4 Control Overriding 0 – Not Applicable be assigned by Eaton.
J – Proportional Relief Inc. Function Specify on table
Electronics 37 Position Monitoring
below )
31 Pressure Control 0 – No Position M onitoring
27 28 Electronic Controls Options 44 Special Features
00 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable 38 Electric Motor Type Add special feature
F – Remote Port Only 0 – No Electric M otor description (characters
K – Electro Prop. Relief Valve 44...46) on page 14 if
- Incl. Electronic Card required.
32 33 34 Power Control
??? – KW at 1500 rpm
* CU STOM ER A D JU STM EN T SPECIFICATION S

Pilot Pressure Size 250 & 360 bar 60 -
Pilot Pressure Size 500 & 750 bar 80 -
(used as min Adjustment Stop Side A)
Pressure Override Side A bar 90
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - SM Control
S M 0 0 0 A * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 35 Pilot Oil Filter 40 41 42 43 Customer
SM – Servo Adjustment 0 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable Adjustment Specification

Displacement Control - 4 – Pressure Limiter Override V – Filter w ith Visual 0000 – None
M ech. Feedback Function Indicator ???? – Yes (final number w ill
5 – Pressure Limiter & Power E – Filter w ith Electrical be assigned by Eaton.
26 Displacement Control Override Function Indicator Specify on table
Adjustment Options below )
31 Pressure Control 36 Venting Valve
Options 44 Special Features
27 28 Electronic Controls 0 – Not Applicable Add special feature
F – Remote Port Only 37 Position Monitoring description (characters
00 – Not Required
K – Electro Proportional 0 – No Position M onitoring 44...46) on page 14 if
29 Yoke Displacement Zone Relief Valve - Incl. required.
Electronic Card 38 Electric Motor Type
0 – No Electric M otor
32 33 34 Power Control
000 – Not Applicable 39 Control Voltage of
??? – KW at 1500 rpm Venting Valve

Pilot Pressure for Size 250 & 360 (External) bar 60 -
Pilot Pressure for Size 500 & 750 (External) bar 80 -
M ech. Stop Side B L/min Qmiin
Pressure Override Side A bar 90 <95% not possible
M odel Code
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series - SP Control
S P * * * A * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 35 Pilot Oil Filter 40 41 42 43 Customer
SP – ProportionalValve 0 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable Adjustment Specification

Adjustment 4 – Pressure Limiter V – Filter w ith Visual 0000 – None
Displacement Control Overriding Function Indicator ???? – Yes (final number w ill
5 – Pressure Limiter and E – Filter w ith Electrical be assigned by Eaton.
26 Displacement Power Control Overriding Indicator Specify on table
Adjustment Options Function below )
36 Venting Valve
C – With CETOP 3 Prop Valve
31 Pressure Control 44 Special Features
KDG4V 3 0 – Not Applicable
F – With CETOP 5 Prop Valve Options Add special feature
0 – Not Applicable 37 Position Monitoring description (characters
27 28 Electronic Controls F – Remote Port Only 44...46) on page 14 if
0 - No Position M onitoring
03 – ER 9.3 - 10 (CETOP 3) K – Electro Proportional required.
04 – ER 9.4 - 10 (CETOP 5) Relief Valve - Including 38 Elec Motor Type
Electronic Card 0 – No Electric M otor
32 33 34 Power Control 39
A – Single Side of Center “A” Control Voltage of
000 – Not Applicable Venting Valve
??? – KW at 1500 rpm 0 – Not Applicable

Pilot Pressure bar 60 -
M ech. Stop Side B L/min Qmiin
M ax. Stop by Control Side A L/min 95% Qmax EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card M anual
done by customer
M in. Stop by Control Side A L/min 0+/-2.5% EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card M anual
done by customer
Ramp Time 0 A For 100% Stroke sec 0 EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card M anual
done by customer
Ramp Time A 0 For 100% Stroke sec 0 EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card M anual
done by customer
Preset Input Signals S1....S4 L/min - EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card M anual
done by customer
M odel Code
Open Circuit Pum ps
"W" Series -
Special Features
* * * 1 0
44 45 46 47 48
44 45 46 Special Features
000 – None
* * * – Defined by Eaton
47 48 Design Number
10 – Design Number
M odel Code
Com bination Units
* * * C — * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
H C 8 1 * * * * * * * * * *
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
1 Combination Unit 11 12 13 Second 19 20

Third Control Type 24 25
Fourth Control Type
P – Pump Displacement cm 3/ r 00 – No Control (for Fixed 00 – No Control (for Fixed
T – Transmission Pump 066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Displacement Only) Displacement Only)
M – M otor 090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DF – Pressure Compensator DF – Pressure Compensator
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] LR – Power Control LR – Power Control
2 Displacement 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] ES – Electric M otor Control ES – Electric M otor Control
F – Filled 250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] HG – Handw heel HG – Handw heel
V – Variable 360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev] Displacement Control Displacement Control
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] FE – Screw Adjustment FE – Screw Adjustment
3 Pump Series 750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] Displacement Control Displacement Control
W – “ W” Series SM – Servo Adjustment SM – Servo Adjustment
14 15 Second Control Type Displacement Control - Displacement Control -
(was 30 design)
X – “ X” Series 00 – No Control (for Fixed M ech Feedback M ech Feedback
(was 20 design) Displacement Only) DP – Pressure Signal DP – Pressure Signal
DF – Pressure Compensator Displacement Control Displacement Control
4 Combination Unit LR – Power Control SP – Proportional Valve SP – Proportional Valve
ES – Electric M otor Control Displacement Control Displacement Control
C
HG – Handw heel
21 22 23 Fourth 26 27 28 29 Assembly
5 Separator Displacement Control
FE – Screw Adjustment Displacement cm 3/ r Numbers
6 7 8 First Displacement Control 000 – Not Required HC81 – Defined By Eaton
Displacement cm 3/ r SM – Servo Adjustment 066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev]
Displacement Control - 090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev] M ech Feedback 130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] Assembly Numbers
090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DP – Pressure Signal 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev]
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] Defined By Eaton
Displacement Control 250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev]
180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] SP – Proportional Valve 360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev]
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] Displacement Control 500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev]
360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev] 750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev]
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] 16 17 18 Third
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] Displacement cm 3/ r
9 10 First Control Type 000 – Not Required • For a combination of • Charge and Pilot Pump
066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev] two or more units fill through drive option
00 – No Control (for Fixed
090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] out this Combination must be specified on
Displacement Only)
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] M odel Code. the rear unit of the
DF – Pressure Compensator
180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] combination (as a
LR – Power Control
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev]
• Start w ith the biggest
ES – Electric Motor Control size unit for the first special feature).
360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev]
HG – Handwheel
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev]
displacement. • Front and middle units
Displacement Control
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] • For each unit included shall have the through
FE – Screw Adjustment in this combination, a drive option of the
Displacement Control separate model code follow ing unit in the
SM – Servo Adjustment must be chosen. Use combination.
Displacement Control - the form on page 5.
Mech Feedback
DP – Pressure Signal • Character 26 to 39 w ill
Displacement Control be P/N of the
SP – Proportional Valve combination. This
Displacement Control number w ill be defined
by Eaton and provided
in the order
acknow ledgement.
M odel Code
Exam ples for
Com bination Units
Example 1: Combination
of two open loop pumps
M odel Code Front Unit PVWF-500M 08R0001R02SVM ASPC03A0000000000000000010
M odel Code Rear Unit PVWR-250M 07R0001R02SVM ASPC03A0000000000000000010
M odel Code Combination Unit PVWC-500SP250SP0000000000HC81* * * * * * * * * *
of one closed loop - and
two open loop pumps
(For other product model
codes refer to the
according catalog)
M ode Code Front Unit TVWF-500M 08R0000H1R02SVM A20SPC03C00000000E000H000000010
M odel Code M iddle Unit PVWM -250M 07R0001R02SV0ADF000A0000000000000000010
M odel Code Rear Unit PFXR-130M 02R00P1A02SV0A00000A0000000000000000010
M odel Code Combination Unit TVWC-500SP250DF1300000000HC81* * * * * * * * * *
Pum p
Specifications -
US
M OD EL PFW/PV W 2 5 0 PFW/PV W 3 6 0 PFW/PV W 5 0 0 PFW/PV W 7 5 0
Design Sw ashplate - Axial piston pump

Type of mounting Flange or foot-mounted. Combination units foot mounted only
Pipe connection SAE Flange B psi 3 1/2" = 500 3 1/2" = 500 5" = 500 5" = 500
A 1 1/2" = 6000 1 1/2" = 6000 2" = 6000 2" = 6000
Direction of rotation Clockw ise w hen view ing shaft end of pump
Counterclockw ise available on request
Speed range n min rpm 150
n max 1800 1500 1800 1200
Installation position Optional, see mounting information
Ambient temperature range min °F -4
max 122
Weight m lb 467 485 750 871
M ass of inertia J lb ft 2 3.46 3.61 11.9 13.1
HY D RA U LIC CHA RA CTERISTICS
Nominal pressure (100% duty cycle) pN psi 5075

Input pressure p 1min psi 14,5 abs
p 1max psi 725
M ax. pressure to DIN 24312 p 2max psi 6090
Hydraulic fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 2. Refer to section Aplication Data-Fluid Recommendations
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °F –13
max 194
Viscosity range for continous operation min cSt 10
max cSt 75
M aximum perrmissible start viscosity max cSt 1000
Cleanliness acc. ISO 4406 18/15/13
M aximum geometric n= 1500 rpm
Displacement n= 1800 rpm Vg in 3 15.2 22 30.5 45.7 (at 1200 rpm)
M aximum geometric n= 1500 rpm Qg Usgpm 99 142 198 238 (at 1200 rpm)
Pump flow n= 1800 rpm 119 – 238 –
Case pressure p v max psi max. 7.2psi over p 1 p vmax = 58psi abs.
Pilot Pump V in 3 0.5
Pilot pressure p St psi 870 870 1160 1160
D RIV E
M aximum Driving torque - M 1 single lb.ft 1232 1774 2463 3688

(p 2max, η= 100%)
M aximum Pow er consumpt. - P1 single hp 422 507 845 845
(p 2max, 1800 rpm, η= 100%) (at 1800 rpm) (at 1500 rpm) (at 1800 rpm) (at 1200 rpm)
COM BIN ATION U N ITS
M aximum driving torque M1 lb.ft 2x 1232 2x 1774 3688 3688

combination unit splined shaft only
Pum p
Specifications -
M etric
M OD EL PFW/PV W 2 5 0 PFW/PV W 3 6 0 PFW/PV W 5 0 0 PFW/PV W 7 5 0
Design Sw ashplate - Axial piston pump

Pipe connection SAE Flange B psi 3 1/2" = 500 3 1/2" = 500 5" = 500 5" = 500
A 1 1/2" = 6000 1 1/2" = 6000 2" = 6000 2" = 6000
Speed range n min min -1 150
n max 1800 1500 1800 1200
Ambient temperature range min °C –20
max +50
Weight m kg 212 220 340 395
M ass of inertia J kg m 2 0.146 0.152 0.5 0.55
Nominal pressure (100% duty cycle) pN bar 350

Input pressure p 1min bar 1 abs
p 1max bar 50
M aximum pressure to DIN 24312 p 2max bar 420
Hydraulic fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 2. Refer to section Aplication Data-Fluid Recommendations
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °C –25
max 90
Viscosity range for continous operation min cSt 10
max cSt 75
M ax.perrmissible start viscosity max cSt 1000
Cleanliness acc. ISO 4406 18/15/13
M aximum geometric n= 1500 min -1 Vg cm 3 250 360 500 750 (at 1200 min -1)
Displacement n= 1800 min -1 250 – 410 –
M aximum geometric n= 1500 min -1 Qg l/min 375 540 750 900 (at 1200 min -1)
Pump flow n= 1800 min -1 375 – 738 –
Case pressure p vmax bar max. 0.5 bar over p 1. p vmax = 4 bar abs.
Pilot Pump V cm 3 8
Pilot pressure p St bar 60 60 80 80
D RIV E
M aximum Driving torque - M 1 single Nm 1670 2405 3340 5000

(p 2max, η = 100%)
M ax.Pow er consumpt. - P1 single kW 315 378 630 630
(p 2max, η = 100%) (at 1800 min -1) (at 1500 min -1) (at 1800 min -1) (at 1200 min -1)
COM BIN ATION U N ITS
M aximum driving torque M1 Nm 2x1670 2x 2405 5000 5000

combination unit splined shaft only
Perform ance
Curves -
250 Series
Power efficiency Roller bearing life

performance curve
100 400
100% η vol 106
100% η tot
50% η tot L10
input pow er P1 (kW)

[h]
80
V x 100
Vmax 25% η V=Vmax
tot 105
60
200
n=1500 min-1 (rpm)
pm
n=1800 min-1 (rpm)

r
00
4
10
18
40
pm
n=
r
00
15
n=
20
103
0
p 2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p 2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 p 2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
Combination units For reduced swash-angle:

For combination pumps
the characteristic values 1
Lh = (L at Vmax) x 10
are as for the individual V
units. (V ) max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
360 Series

performance curve
100 500 106

100% η vol

100% η tot
50% η tot L10
[h]
80
V=Vmax
25% η tot
105
60 300
pm
r
00
40 200 104
15
n=
n=1500 min-1 (rpm)

n=1800 min-1 (rpm)
20 100
103
0 0
p 2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p 2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 p 2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

units. (V )
max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
500 Series

performance curve
100 500 106

100% η vol
100% η tot

L10
50% η tot [h]
80
V x 100
Vmax 25% η tot V=Vmax
105
60 300
pm
0r
150
104
n=
40 200
n=1500 min-1 (rpm)

20 100
103
0 0
p 2 bar 0 100 200 300 400
p 2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800
p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p 2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

units. (V )max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
750 Series

performance curve
100 100% η vol 1000

100% η tot 106

50% η tot
L10
80 [h]
V x 100
Vmax 25% η
tot V=Vmax
105
60 600
pmr
00
pm
15
r
n=
00
40 400 104
12
n=
n=1200 min-1 (rpm)

n=1500 min-1 (rpm)
20 200
103
0 0
p 2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p 2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 p 2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

units. (V )
max
3
Electric M otor
Displacem ent
Control ES
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
This unit is used for and/or position monitoring that once the control is No Pressure/Pow er
flow adjustment. It has a is also available. defined and built the Lim iter possible!
three phase electric response time are not
servo motor, worm gearing The response times from variable during operation.)
and a sw itch box w ith 4 zero to maximum
or (optional) 8 limit depends on the chosen Explosion Protection ver-
sw itches for different ratio and the (fixed) sions are also available.
positions. A potentiometer speed of the servo
for stepless adjustment motor (this means
B
L
+V
Theoretical Response Time (sec) for M aximum Displacement

SIZE 250 360 500 750
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Fast 8 7 11 9 10 8 14 12
M edium 20 17 27 23 24 20 35 29
Slow 40 33 55 46 48 40 70 58
Response time from 0 to +Qmax
Response time from 0 to +V
maximum displacement
DF, LR
Displacem ent
Controls
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
Energy saving hydraulic operated, has a remote Both controllers can be 4, 5 or 6 in combination
drives are possible w ith port and is very stable. combined w ith another with customer adjustment
pressure compensated or w ith additional speculation position
and/ or power controlled LR The p/Q characteristic options, for possible 40-43 for the set values).
pumps, especially in curve is a hyperbola. variations, see the model
combination w ith the For constant speed, the coding and circuit diagrams. This solution is also
load-sensing option. drive torque, i.e. the The maximum flow of recommended for
power used, is held the pump can be very rough operating
DF The system pressure constant. The power limited mechanically to conditions and the
remains constant for the hyperbola can be between 50% and 100% need of a very exact
entire volume flow rate. continuously adjusted by screw. As an additional repeatability over a
System pressure can between Pmin and option the maximum long time period. The
be set either manually, Pmax. Pmin is given by (or minimum) flow can setting must be defined
hydraulically or the minimum set also be limited by a spacer before ordering
electronically. The standard value of control’s main inside the control and cannot be modified
Hydrokraft pressure stage (app. 20 bar) and cylinder (position no.13 during operation.
compensator is pilot power loss of the pump. in model coding, options
WV
CH
p
500
S 1
Typical controller action: (Closing/opening the

directional control valve WV) 400
CH - 50mm ID x 2 meters Tg (ms) PVW 500...750
Up Dow n 300
Outlet
pressure 1
p2
Tu 200
Sw ashplate PVW 250...360
yoke angle Tu Tg Tg
2
y 0,9 y max. PVW 500...750
100
PVW 250...360
T u= time lag t
T g= compensating time 0
p 2 bar 0 100 200 300

(1) On stroke control time Tg (0 ← 0.9 y max.)
(2) Off stroke control time Tg (0.9 y max. ← 0) p 2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350
DF, LR Controls
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
DF Pressure
Compensator
DF000A…
Control valve adjustable
mechanically, electrically or
remote port only
Alternatively
M echanical Electrical Remote port

X1 adjustment adjustment only
+Q
..DF000A00.. ..DF000A0K.. ..DF000A0F..

Qmax
M inimum pressure
approximately 20 bar (280 psi)
A B p
LR Pow er Control
with overriding pressure limiter
LR000A2…
Pressure control pilot
valve adjustable mechanically,
electrically or remote
port only
Alternatively

adjustment adjustment only
X1
+Q
..LR000A20.. ..LR000A2K.. ..LR000A2F..
Qmax
A B
p
DF, LR Controls
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
DF Pressure DF000A1…
Compensator Control valve adjustable
w ith load sensing mechanically, electrically or
remote port only
Alternatively
X1
X2
adjustment adjustment only +Q
..DF000A 10.. ..DF000A 1K.. ..DF000A 1F..
Qmax
P
A B
LR Pow er Control LR000A3…

w ith load sensing and Pressure control pilot valve
pressure limiter adjustable mechanically,
electrically or remote port only
Alternatively
X1
X2 M echanical Electrical Remote port +Q
..LR000A30.. ..LR000A3K.. ..LR000A3F..
Qmax
B
A P
Pressure Signal
Displacem ent
Control DP
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
The output flow of the The DP control can be The maximum flow of This solution is also
pump is proportional to used for steepless flow the pump can be limited recommended for very
the pilot pressure. control w ith standard mechanically to between rough operating condi-
requirements for dynamic 50% and 100% by a tions and the need of a
A separate pilot oil circuit and precision control. screw. As an additional very exact repeatability
is necessary. From this, No feedback signal is option, the maximum over a long time period.
the control pressure is needed, an optical indicator (and/or minimum) flow The setting must be
reduced to the desired is recommended can be limited by a defined before ordering
set value by means of a (position 22 in model spacer inside the control and cannot be modified
suitable pressure control coding, option "V"). cylinder (position no.13 during operation.
valve (w ith P-T line) and in model coding,
throttle in P line 0.8 Ø A pilot oil filter can be options 4, 5 or 6 in
(0.03 in). mounted in-line between combination w ith cust.
pump and control adj. spec. pos. 40-43 for
(pos. 35 in model coding, the set values).
option "V" or "E").
P T P T B A
T B
P A
D1
P T B A
P T
M St
p St1
A B
Qm ax p St
100%
A
Q max
L B S
The output flow of the pump is proportional to the

pilot pressure.
RESPONSE TIM E (SEC) PILOT
SIZE 12 L/M IN PILOT OIL FLOW PRESSURE P ST BAR
250/360 1.0 60
500/750 2.2 80
10 20 30 40 bar
Pilot pressure
Exam ple for
PVW… DP
Control w ith
pressure
& pow er lim iter
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
DP Control w ith pressure example show n:

limiter and power DPJ00A5…
control overriding function
P T P T B A
T B
P A
D1
D1
P T
A B
T A B P
D2
P A T X1
P
L7
PSt1
T
M St
X1
T
Qm ax
MA
A
PSt
B L3 L3.1 L8 L5 M L L1 L2
Note: A setting of the pressure limiter and/or power control

lower than the pilot pressure Pst is not possible!
Proportional
Valve
Displacem ent
Control SP
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
The electrohydraulic transform the output The maximum flow of very rough operating
displacement control signal of the control card the pump can be limited conditions and the need
operates a hydrostatic to the desired setting. mechanically to between of a very exact
drive and works w ithout This results in a very 50 and 100% by a repeatability over a long
throttle losses w ithin precise and dynamic screw. As an additional time period. The setting
electrically adjustable control. option the maximum must be defined before
limits. This is done by Hysteresis, consistency: (and/or minimum) flow ordering and cannot be
controlling delivery flow approximately 1% of end can be limited by a modified during
w ith electrical swash value. The SP control can spacer inside the control operation.
plate angle feedback also be combined w ith cylinder (position no. 14
(electrical closed-loop hydro-mechanical relief in model coding, options
control). All control valves for pressure and/ 4, 5 or 6 in combination
values are recorded as or power. Electronical w ith customer
an electrical signal and solution for pressure and adjustment speculation
lead back to the control power override control is position 40-43 for the set
card. The proportional in preparation. values). This solution is
valve and servo piston also recommended for
M St +100%
p St1
P T
A B
0
0 or 10 V
4 20 mA
Electric input signal
A B L1/L2
Response Times - Electronic Control Cards
PROPORTION A L PILOT OIL CON TROL CON TROL RESPON SE U N IT SERV O PISTON
VA LV E FLOW PRESSU RE PST ELECTRON ICS TIM E SIZE D IA M ETER STROKE V OLU M E
L/min bar 0 < > Vmax cm3 mm mm cm3 (in3)

(USgpm) (psi) (Amp.card)[ms] (ms) (in3) (in) (in) per chamber
M edium response 12 (3.17) 60 (857) ER 9.3-10 500 250 (15.2) 75 (2.95) 18 (.71) 79 (4.82)
KDG4V3* 60 (857) 700 360 (21.9) 75 (2.95) 25 (.98) 110 (6.71)
(CETOP 3) 80 (1142) 650 500 (30.5) 75 (2.95) 22 (.87) 97 (5.92)
80 (1142) 850 750 (45.8) 75 (2.95) 30 (1.18) 132 (8.06)
High response ON REQUEST
(CETOP 5)
* KDG4V3-2C20NM UH760
Electrohydraulic
Servo
Adjustm ent “ SP”
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
SP control w ith example show n:

pressure limiter and power SPC03A50…E…
control overriding function.
A T P B
2 D1
1
3
SL
A T B P
D2
P A T X1
P
L7
PSt1
M St T
X1
T
=flow in A
MA
A
PSt
S
Q
B L3 L3.1L8 L5 M L L1 L2
Flow
Note: A setting of the pressure limiter and/or power control

lower than the pilot pressure Pst is not possible! P
Pressure
Servo
Adjustm ent
Displacem ent
Control w ith
M echanical
Feedback SM
Open Loop Pum ps
"W" Series
The Servo displacement swashplate angle setting. Input signal for relief valves for pressure
control SM operates a feedback (mechanical Servo-valve is 0-100 mA. and/or power.
hydrostatic drive and closed-loop-control). The dynamic is similar Also available in explosion
works w ithout throttle No electronic control to the SP control. proof class version for
losses w ithin electrically card is necessary. The Hysteresis, consistency: hazardous duty.
adjustable limits. proportional valve and maximum 8% of end
This is done by servo piston transform value. The SM control
controlling delivery flow the input signal to the can also be combined
w ith mechanical valve to the desired w ith hydro-mechanical
A B
Q
+100%
0 Input Signal +100%
Pum p
Dim ensions
PFWS - 250
230
440
381
52
0
120 115
MA 20 L5
8
B
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332
140 L1 160
L1 L2 L2 L1
285 L3 50
69
32 75 50
125 L2 L1 115 L1 Ø2
L2
L2
200 105 228 22

238 4xM 16-18deep 234
80 196
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 90
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480 Port B
80 M 16-30deep
L5
120.7 Ø90
Ø200 f7 A 69.8
Ø65 m6
18 h9
Port A
22
316 110 M 16-30deep
448
(563)
79.4 Ø38
36.5
Non-Standard Displacements:
CON TROL D IRECTION OF ROTATION IN PU T OU TPU T STA N D A RD D ISPLA CEM EN T RED U CED D ISPLA CEM EN T
to + Vmax Right hand B A 250 ccm/rev Available 220 or 200 ccm/rev
A System pressure (L1) Drain port 15/8" - 12 (L3) Ventilation port for (...) Normally plugged
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G
bar (6000psi) mounting position 3/8" (shaft upwards)
B Inlet connection use upper port (L5) Oil fill plug
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (M A) Gauge port system
(500psi) per mounting position pressure G 1/4"
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions
PVWS - 250
Side Ports
230
424
365
52
0
355
MA
A
115
20 MA
8
261
398 L1 160 160
L1 L2 L2 200f7 L1
Center bore L3 50 50
DM 20 DIN332 69
32 75 250
L2 L1 115 125 L1 L2
105 L2
M 16-18deep 4xM 16-18deep 18m6
200 65m6 22
238 Center bore 80 196 B
DM 20 DIN332 90
228
W 62x1.25x10a 234
DIN5480
80
M ounting pad of control devices A

Port B
L5
M 16-30deep
M 16-30deep
120.7 Ø90
81
36.5 79.4
69.8
L3
Ø38
127
300 110 22
(432)
CON TROL D IRECTION OF ROTATION IN PU T OU TPU T
to + Vmax Right hand B A
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G
B Inlet connection use upper port (L5) Oil fill plug
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (M A) Gauge port system
(500psi) per mounting position pressure G 1/4"
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 250
DF, 2 stage pilot valve
1 Pilot valve (2nd stage) X1 Remote port pressure

2 Pressure compensator limiter
(1st stage) DF000A ...
3 M ax flow adjustment
419
230
365
424
1 357.5
0
65 2
Visual position indicator 271
MA X1
91 115
20
8
150 A
273 66 Center bore MA
460
160 DM 20 DIN332 L1 160
L1 L2 L2 L1
L3 50
3
69
32 75 250
L2 L1 115 125 L1 L2
105 L2
B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228 22
238 80 196 234
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 90
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480
Port B
80 M 16-30deep
L8 M L L5
A 120.7 Ø90
81
Ø65 m6 69.8
Ø200 f7
18 h9
L3 Port A
M 16-30deep
127 22
300 110 79.4 Ø38
432
(547)
36.5
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" (X1) Gauge port G 1/4" x
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 per mounting position (M A) Gauge port system 12.5 deep
bar (6000psi) use upper port pressure G 1/4" (...) Normally plugged
B Inlet connection (L3) Ventilation port for (M A) Gauge port system
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
(500psi) 3/8" (shaft upwards)
(M L) Gauge port of case
(L1) Drain port 15/8" - 12 (L5) Oil fill plug 1 1/16" - pressure G 1/4"
UNF - 2B per 12 UNF - 2B
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 250
DF, w ith load sensing valve

2 Pilot compensator limiter
(1st stage) X2 Load sense port
3 Load sensing valve DF000A1 ...
230
419
365
424
1
0
65 2 357.5
X1 3
Visual position indicator 271.5
MA X2
131
115
20
150 8 A
273 Center bore MA 500
160 DM 20 DIN332
66 L1
L1 L2 L2 L1
L3 50
4
32 75
69 125 Ø250
L2 L1 L1 L2
L2
105 B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228
238 80 196 234 22
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 90
Port B
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480 M 16-30deep
80
120.7 Ø90
ML L8 L5
A 69.8
81 Port A
Ø65 m6 M 16-30deep
Ø200 f7 L5
18 h9 79.4 Ø38
L3
127 22 36.5
300 110
432
(547)
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" X2 Gauge port G 1/4" x
B Inlet connection (L3) Ventilation port for (M L) Gauge port of case
(X1) Gauge port G 1/4" x
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L5) Oil fill plug 1 1/16" - 12.5 deep
12 UNF - 2B per 12 UNF - 2B
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 250
LR, w ith pressure lim iter
1 Pilot valve (2nd stage) 4 M ax flow adjustment

2 Pilot compensator X1 Remote port pressure
(1st stage) limiter
3 Power limiter valve LR000A2 ...
419
230
365
424
1
446.3 357.5
0
2 Visual position indicator
65 271
3
MA X1
91 115
20
8
150 Center bore A
273 66 DM 20 DIN332 MA
460
160 L2 L1 160
L2 L2 L1
L3 50
69
32 75
115 125 250
L1 L1 L2
L2 L1
105 B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228 22
238 Center bore 80 196 234
DM 20 DIN332 90
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480
80 Port B
M 16-30deep
L8 M L L5
A 120.7 Ø90
Ø200 f7 81
Ø65 m6 69.8
18 h9
Port A
M 16-30deep
L3
127 79.4 Ø38
300 110
432 22
(547) 36.5
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" (...) Normally plugged
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 per mounting position (M A) Gauge port system
bar (6000psi) use upper port pressure G 1/4"
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 250
LR, w ith load sensing valve

2 Pilot compensator X1 Remote port pressure
(1st stage) limiter
3 Load sensing valve X2 Load sense port
4 Power limiter valve LR000A3 ...
1 419
230
365
424
446.3 357.5
0
2
X1 65 3
Visual position indicator 271.5
MA X2
4
131
115
20
8
150 Center bore A
273 66 DM 20 DIN332 MA 500
160 L1
L1 L2 L2 L1
5 L3 50
69
32 75
L1 125 250
L2 L1 L2
105 L2
B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228 22
238 80 196 234
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 90
W 62x1.25x10a Port B
DIN5480
80 M 16-30deep
L8 M L L5 120.7 Ø90
T
A
69.8
Ø200 f7 81
Ø65 m6 Port A
18 h9 M 16-30deep
L3 79.4 Ø38
127
300 110 22 36.5
432
(547)
A System pressure L2 Drain port G1 1/4" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" X2 Gauge port G 1/4" x
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 250
SP
SPC03A ...
483.5
Adjustment pilot oil relief valve
230
365
424
473.5
0
Proportional control valve
361
Feedback (potentiometer) p St1
Zero flow stop w ith visual indicator
p St1 p St1
MA 115
20
8 A MA
150 L3
244 66 L3.1 (8)
160 453
L1 403
p St S St 50 L2 L1
69 16
75 125 L1 250
32 L2 L2
Center bore 105 B
200 DM 20 DIN332 4xM 16-18deep 228
238 80 196 Pilot pump (8ccm) 234 22
Center bore p St
DM 20 DIN332 90 Port B
W 62x1.25x10a M 16-30deep
DIN5480
80 p St1
120.7 Ø90
M St
p St1.1
L8 M L L5
A 69.8
S St
Ø200 f7 81
16
Ø65 m6 Port A
S St 18 h9 M 16-30deep
p St
L3.1 79.4 Ø38
L3
127
300 110 22
432 36.5
94.6
(647.6)
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (M A) Gauge port system (PSt1 ) Port of pilot pressure
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 per mounting position pressure G 1/4" G 1/2" (alternatively
bar (6000psi) use upper port (M L) Gauge port of case PSt1 or PSt1.1)
B Inlet connection (L3) Ventilation port for pressure G 1/4" (PSt1.1) Port of pilot
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar vertical mounting G (M St) Gauge port pilot pressure G 3/8"
(500psi) 3/8" (shaft upwards) pressure G 1/4" XA Pilot port pressure
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L3.1) Port G 1/4" SSt Suction port of pilot control G 1/4"
12 UNF - 2B per (L5) Oil fill plug 1 1/16" - pump G 3/4" (...) Normally plugged
mounting position 12 UNF - 2B
use upper port PSt Outlet port of pilot
(L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" pump G 1/2"
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PFWS - 360
230
381
440
52
0
115
MA 20 L5
120 8
Center bore A
DM 20 DIN332 MA
L1 160
140 L1
L2 L2 L1
285 L3 50
69
32 75
125 L2 115 Ø250
L1 L1 L2
L2
B
200 105 4xM 16-18deep 228 22
238 Center bore 80 196 234
DM 20 DIN332
90
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480
L5
80 Port B
M 16-30deep
A 120.7 Ø90
Ø200 f7
Ø65 m6
18 h9
69.8
Port A
M 16-30deep
316 110 22
(448)
79.4 Ø38
36.5
to + Vmax Right hand B A 360 ccm/rev Available 308.5 ccm/rev
A System pressure (L1) Drain port 15/8" - 12 (L3) Ventilation port for (M A) Gauge port system
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
bar (6000psi) mounting position 3/8" (shaft upwards) (...) Normally plugged
B Inlet connection use upper port (L5) Oil fill plug 1 1/16" -
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" 12 UNF - 2B
(500psi) per mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 360
Side ports
230
381
440
433
0
372 Opt. position indicator
MA
A
117
M ax flow adjustment 20 MA
8 Port B
160 M 16-18deep
398 L1
Center bore L3 50
Ø101.6 H7 89.8 100 114.2 DM 20 DIN332 120.7 Ø90
32 75
115
105 L2
6xM 16-30deep 89.8 4xM 16-18deep 69.8
10xM 12-20deep 114.2 B
146 80 196
181
285
180
M ounting pad of control devices
L5 A
94
Ø38
261
160 M 16-18deep
Ø2 L1
L2 50 clockw ise
81 -V
69 234 Ø200 f7 36.5 79.4
+V
125 L1 L2
18 h9 L3
22 36.5
65m6
M 16-18deep 127 79.4
200 316 110 22
228 (448)
238
A System pressure (L1) Drain port 15/8" - 12 (L3) Ventilation port for (M A) Gauge port system
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" 12 UNF - 2B
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 360

230
381
440
1
433
0
372
65 2 Visual position indicator 285
M A X1 91
115
20
8
150 A
273 Center bore MA 460
160 DM 20 DIN332 160
L1 L2 66 L1 L2 Ø2 L1
L3 50 50
3
32
69 75 115 125
L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
105
B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228
238 Center bore 80 196 234 22
DM 20 DIN332
90
DIN5480
80 M 16-30deep
L8 M L L5 120.7
A Ø90
Ø200 f7 81 69.8
Ø65 m6
18 h9
Port A
L3 M 16-30deep
127 22 Ø38
316 110
448 79.4
(563)
36.5
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 360
1 Pilot valve (2nd stage ) X1 Remote port pressure

(1st stage) X2 Load sense port
230
381
440
1 433
0
2 Visual position indicator 372
X1 65 3
285
MA X2
131
115
20
8 A MA
Center bore
273 66 DM 20 DIN332 500
160 L1 160 Ø2
L2 50 L1
L3 50
4 69
32
75 115 125 L1 L2
L2
105 B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228 22
238 Center bore 80 196 234
DM 20 DIN332 90
DIN5480 M 16-30deep
80
L8 M L L5 120.7 Ø90
A
69.8
Ø200 f7 81
Ø65 m6 L5 Port A
18 h9 M 16-30deep
L3 79.4 Ø38
22
127
316 110 36.5
448
(563)
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 360

2 Pressure compensator X1 Remote port pressure
(1st stage) limiter
3 Power limitation valve LR000A2 ...
230
381
440
433 3
0
372 1
Opt. position 2
MA indicator
90
117 A
20 MA
160 8 Port B
4 M 16-30deep
398 L1 160
L3 50
Ø101.6 H7 89.8 100 114.2 120.7 Ø90
32
75 115
L2
Center bore 105
DM 20 DIN332 4xM 16-18deep
6xM 16-30deep 89.8 B 69.8
Center bore 80 196
10xM 12-20deep 114.2
146 DM 20 DIN332 90
181
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480
285 80
180
M ounting pad Constant pow er control
of control devices
L5 A
94
469 T
P
Ø38
M 16-30deep
160 Ø2 clockwise L1 386
L2 50 81 -V
234 36.5 79.4
Ø200 f7 +V
125 L1 L2
L3 36.5
18 h9
65 m6 22 127 79.4
22
M 16-18deep 316 110
200 (448)
228
238
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 360

(1st stage) limiter
3 Load sensing valve X2 Load sense port
230
381
440
1 433
0
483.5 2 372
65 Visual position 285
3
X1 indicator
M A X2 4
131 115
20
8
150 Center bore
DM 20 DIN332
273 66 500
160 L1 160
L2 L1
L3 50
5 69 234
32
75 115 125 L2
L2 L1
105
B
200 4xM 16-18deep 228
238 80 196 234 22
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 90
DIN5480 M 16-30deep
80
120.7 Ø90
M L L8 L5 A
Ø200 f7 81 69.8
Ø65 m6
Port A
18 h9 M 16-30deep
L3 Ø38
79.4
22
127
316 110
448
(563) 36.5
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 360
SP
SPC03A ...
499.5
230
381
454
Adjustment pilot oil relief valve 426.5
0
Proportional control valve
Fail safe valve intermediate plate 375
p St1.1
p St1 Feedback
(potentiometer) p St1
Zero flow stop MA w ith visual 115 A
indicator 20 MA
150 L3 8 Piping PSt
244 66 L3.1 (8) 493.5
160 L1 403
p St S St 69 L2 L1
16
Center bore 32 75 250
DM 20 DIN332 125 L1 L2
105 L2
200 4xM 16-18deep
Pilot pump (8ccm) 228
238 p St 234 22
Center bore 80 196 B
DM 20 DIN332
90
p St1 Port B
W 62x1.25x10a
DIN5480 M St
p St1.1 M 16-30deep
80
M L L5 A 120.7
16 L8
S St Ø90
S St Ø200 f7 81
Ø65 m6 69.8
18 h9
p St Port A
L3 M 16-30deep
L3.1
Ø38
127 79.4
316 124
440
94.39 36.5
(663.39)
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/4" (M A) Gauge port system (PSt1 ) Port of pilot pressure
port SAE 1 1/2", 415 per mounting position pressure G 1/4" G 1/2" (alternatively
bar (6000psi) use upper port (M L) Gauge port of case PSt1 or PSt1.1 )
B Inlet connection (L3) Ventilation port for pressure G 1/4" (PSt1.1) Port of pilot
SAE 3 1/2", 35 bar vertical mounting G (M St) Gauge port pilot pressure G 3/8"
(500psi) 3/8" (shaft upwards) pressure G 1/4" (...) Normally plugged
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L3.1) Port G 1/4" SSt Suction port of pilot
12 UNF - 2B per (L5) Oil fill plug 1 1/16" - pump G 3/4"
mounting position 12 UNF - 2B
use upper port PSt Outlet port of pilot
(L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" pump G 1/2"
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PFWS - 500
409.4
185
52
0
115
25 MA
210 9
A A
L1 L2 L1
190
L3 115
356 18
321 74.5
115
166 L2 160
L2 L1 Center bore
B DM 20 DIN332
B 26
180 105 4xM 16-29deep 300
328 90 200 310
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 105
Port B
M 16-28deep
W 80x3x25x10a
DIN5480
95
152.4 Ø125
L1/L2
A
Ø250 f7 92.1
Ø70 m6
Port A
26h9 M 20-25deep
L1/L2 96.8 Ø50

334.4 22
150
(506.4)
621.4
44.5
to + Vmax Right hand B A 500 ccm/rev Available 467 or 364 ccm/rev
port SAE 2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G
B Inlet connection use upper port (M A) Gauge port system
SAE 5", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/2" pressure G 1/4"
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 500

466,5
191,5
300
478
0
1 417
65 2 Visual position 330
X1 indicator
91 115
10 25
10
150 A
304.5 66
186 L1 L2 L1 527 L2 L1
52 125
3 18
74
L3 18 115 Ø315
Center bore L2 166
L2 L1 DM 20 DIN332 L1 L2
105 B
180 4xM 16-24deep 300
328 95 255 310 26
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 105
Port B
W 80x3x25x10a M 6-28deep
DIN5480
95
M L L8 L5 152.4 Ø125
L2/L1 MA
Ø250 f7 95 92.1
Ø70 m6
Port A
20h9 M 20-25deep
L3 96.8 Ø50
L2/L1
391.5 150 22
563.5
(678.5) 44.5
A System pressure (L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L3) Ventilation port for (M L) Gauge port of case
port SAE 2", 415 bar 12 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
(6000psi) mounting position 1/4" (shaft upwards) (X1) Gauge port G 1/4" x
B Inlet connection use upper port (L5) Oil fill plug G 1 1/2" 12.5 deep
SAE 5", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/2" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" (...) Normally plugged
use upper port (M A) Gauge port system
pressure G 1/4"
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 500
1 Pilot valve (2nd stage) X1 Load sense port

(1st stage) limiter
466.5
191.5
478
300
1
417
0
65 2 330
3 Visual position
X2 indicator
X1
131 115
25
10
150 A
304.5
567
186 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1
4 52 18125
74
L3 18 115 Ø315
Center bore L2 166
L2 L1 DM 20 DIN332 L1 L2
105 B
180 4xM 16-29deep 300
328 95 255 310 26
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 105
Port B
M 16-28deep
W 80x3x25x10a
DIN5480
95 152.4 Ø125
M L L8 L5 L2/L1 MA
A
95 92.1
Ø250 f7
-V
Ø70 m6 Port A
+V M 20-25deep
20h9
L3 96.8 Ø50
178 L2/L1
391.5 150 22
563.5
(678.5) 44.5
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/2 " (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" X2 Gauge port G 1/4" x
port SAE 2", 415 per mounting position (M A) Gauge port system 12.5 deep
SAE 5", 35 bar vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L5) Oil fill plug G 1 1/2" 12.5 deep
12 UNF - 2B per
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 500

(1st stage) limiter
466.5
191.5
300
0
1 478
505.3 2 Visual position 417
65 330
X1
3 91 indicator
115
25
10
A
150
304.5 66
186 L1 L2 L1 527 L2 L1
4
52 18125
B
74 L3 18 115 L2 Ø315
Center bore 166
L2 L1 DM 20 DIN332 L1 L2
105 B
180 4xM 16-29deep 300
328 95 255 310 26
Center bore
DM 20 DIN332 105 Port B
M 6-28deep
W 80x3x25x10a
DIN5480
95 152.4 Ø125
M L L8 L5 L2/L1 MA
A
92.1
Ø250 f7 95
Ø70 m6 Port A
M 20-25deep
20 h9
Ø50
L3
178 L2/L1 96.8
22
391.5 150
563.5
(678.5) 44.5
A System pressure (L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L3) Ventilation port for (M L) Gauge port of case
port SAE 2", 415 bar 12 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
(6000psi) mounting position 1/4" (shaft upwards) (X1) Gauge port G 1/4" x
B Inlet connection use upper port (L5) Oil fill plug G 1 1/2" 12.5 deep
SAE 5", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/2" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" (...) Normally plugged
use upper port (M A) Gauge port system
pressure G 1/4"
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS- 500

2 Pressure compensator X1 Load sense port
(1st stage) X2 Remote port pressure
3 Load sensing valve limiter
466.5
191.5
300
478
0
1
505.3 2
417
65 3
Visual position 330
X2 indicator
X1 4
131 115
25
10
A
150
304.5 66
186 L1 L2 L1 567 L2 L1
5 52 18125
74
L3 18 115 Ø315
Center bore L2 166
L2 L1 L1 L2
DM 20 DIN332
105 B
180 4xM 16-29deep 300
328 Center bore 95 255 310 26
DM 20 DIN332 105
Port B
W 80x3x25x10a M 6-28deep
DIN5480
95
152.4 Ø125
M L L8 L5 L2/L1 MA
A
95 92.1
Ø250 f7
Ø70 m6 Port A
20 h9 M 20-25deep
L3 96.8 Ø50
178 L2/L1
391.5 150 22
563.5
(678.5) 44.5
port SAE 2", 415 per mounting posi- (M A) Gauge port system 12.5 deep
bar (6000psi) tion use upper port pressure G 1/4" (...) Normally plugged
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L5) Oil fill plug G 1 1/2" 12.5 deep
12 UNF - 2B per
mounting position
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS- 500
SP
1 Proportional control valve 4 Adjustment pilot oil SPC03A ...

2 Zero flow stop relief valve
3 Pilot pump (8ccm) 5 Feedback potentiometer
w ith visual indicator
466.5
191.5
300
4
0
532.5
5 420
1
115
2 p St1 25
10
150 A
270 66
186 L1 L2 L1 525.5 186 L2 L1
52 18125 475.5
16
Center bore L3 18 115 Ø315
L2 166
L2 L1 DM 20 DIN332 L1 L2
p St
105 B
180 4xM 16-29deep 3 300
328 Center bore 95 255 310 26
DM 20 DIN332 105
W 80x3x25x10a Port B
DIN5480 M 6-28deep
95
M L L8 L5 L2/L1 MA 152.4 Ø125
A
S St
Ø250 f7 95 92.1
Ø70 m6
20 h9 Port A
M 20-25deep
L3
96.8 Ø50
178 L1/L2
391.5 150 94.6 22
664.1
(779.1) 44.5
A System pressure L2 Drain port G 1 1/2" (L8) Air bleed port G 1/4" (PSt ) Port of pilot
port SAE 2", 415 per mounting position (M A) Gauge port system pressure G 1/2"
(M St) Gauge port pilot
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8" - (L5) Oil fill plug G 1 1/2" pressure G 1/4"
12 UNF - 2B per
mounting position (SSt) Suction port of pilot
use upper port pump G 3/4"
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PFWS - 750
328 707.5
310 495.5 For conveyer screw
210 198.5
59 M 16-32deep
115
105 A
L1 L2 L2 L1
L1 190 Ø3 rechts
cw
L3 125 15
356 326 300
18 115
Center bore L2 160
166 DM 24 DIN332
L2 L1 L1 L2
105
M 16(4x)-28deep
B
180 102 255 300 26
M 16(4x)-28 deep 328
390.5
Port B
9 Ø50
L3 L2/L1 SAE 5", 500psi
M 20-25/deep
A
Ø250 f7 25
44.5 152.4 Ø1
B
96.8
W 90x3x28x8g DIN5480 44.5

L2/L1 M 16-20/deep 92.1
96.8
32
420.5 150 22
to + Vmax Right hand B A 750 ccm/rev Available 712.5 ccm/rev
port SAE 2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G
B Inlet connection use upper port (M A) Gauge port system
SAE 5", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/2" pressure G 1/4"
use upper port
Pum p
Dim ensions -
PVWS - 750
198.5
198.5
496
307
0
462
Control 372 Visual position indicator
115
32
Port B
A 9 A
SAE 5", 500psi
L1 L2 L1
L8 125
18 18 152.4
B
Ø125
Center bore L3 115
L2
L2 L1 DM 24 DIN332
87 M16-20deep
92.1
180 B 105 4xM 16-29deep
B
310 32
102 255
ML L5 L2/L1 Ø50 MA
M 20-25/deep
473 A
188.5 Ø3
436 15 Ø250 f7
W 90x3x28x9g 96.8
DIN5480 44.5
166 Typenschild
300 L2/L1
316 26 44.5
326 96.8
421 150 22
(708)
A System pressure (L1) Drain port 15/8" - 12 (L3) Ventilation port for (M L) Gauge port case
port SAE 2", 415 UNF - 2B per vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4"
SAE 5", 35 bar L2 Drain port G 1 1/2" 12 UNF - 2B
(500psi) per mounting position (M A) Gauge port system
use upper port pressure G 1/4"
Dim ensions -
PVWS-
250/360/500/750
SP Controls
SPC03A ... With CETOP 3

Prop. relief valve
View Z
B1 Spacer to be used with filter
L1 Pilot oil filter 306 and pressure control only!
L2 13 173
79
View Y M ax,-stop
50 48
40.5 adjustment 40
42 45
150 View Z
A
H1
H2 H3
Zero-stop adjustment
96.5 109 Cable connector
132 16 M st1
View X pst1
B 73.5
123
SPC03A4 ... With pressure

limiter overriding function
View X
Outlet port Inlet port
122 G1/2" G3/4"
94
130
47.6 Pilot pump 8ccm
140
SPC03A5 ... With pressure

limiter and power
47.75
122 88.3
103
Pressure limitation setting
Power limitation setting
L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
250 410 230 271 236 135 160

360 426 230 285 236 135 160
500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
Dim ensions -
PVWS -
250/360/500/750
SM Controls
SM 000A ...
View Y
View Y
B1
L1 180 Pilot pressure adjustment
L2 p st1 Cable connector
138 50 52 .1
74 90 e indicator
M ax. stop adjustment Swash angle indicator
65 tment
45 Zero stop adjustment
40 PSt
22 A 150 p st1 : G1/2" M st1 : G1/4"

H1 ps
H2 H3 View X
132 96.5 109 Outlet port Inlet port
16 Outlet po
View X G1/2" G3/4"
G1/
B 73.5
123
Pilot p ump 8 ccm
SM 000A4 ... With pressure pilot-oil-filtra tion: in line filt er installed
limiter overriding function bet ween pilot pump and p st1
122
94
130
47.6
140
SM 000A5 ... With pressure

limiter and power
47.75
122
Pressure limitation setting 88.3
103
Optional pilot oil filter w ill be mounted by piping betw een pilot pump outlet port
"pSt" and the "pst1" port.
L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
250 410 230 271 236 135 160

360 426 230 285 236 135 160
500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
Dim ensions -
PVWS -
250/360/500/750
DP Controls
DPH ... DPG ... DPJ...
View Y B1 Prop. pressure valve NG6

L1 M 1:1.25 240
L2 Swash angle indicator
96.5
Pilot pressure adjustment ASt 40 BSt 24 Zero stop adjustment
20
view Y 12
45 166
22 A 150
Max. stop H1
H2 adjustment H3
109
132 16 96.5 View X
View X Outlet port Inlet port
G1/2" G3/4"
B 73.5
123
DP ... 4 With pressure
Pilot pump 8ccm
limiter overriding function pilot-oil-filtration: in line filter installed
between pilot pump and pst1
122 94
130
47.6
140
DP ... 5 With pressure
limiter and power control
overriding function
47.75
122 88.3
Pressure limitation setting 103
Optional pilot oil filter w ill be mounted by piping betw een pilot pump outlet port
"pSt" and the "pst1" port.
L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
250 410 230 271 236 135 160

360 426 230 285 236 135 160
500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
Dim ensions -
PVW -
250/360/500/750
ES Control
L1 3 optional orientations
(3 x 90˚) Ø138
L2 View Y
Electrical motor displacement control

Swash angle indicator Alternative location
B1
477
20
22 A
102 H1
H2 H3
132
222
View Y
L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
250 410 230 271 236 135 160

360 426 230 285 236 135 160
500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
Swash
Angle/Flow
Direction
CW CCW
+V Optical indicated -V
Sw ash angle
A A
Pressure control setting
Thru - Drives
PVW 250 to 750
SAE "A, B, C"
Pum p
D2 D1
D3
B1 L1
SIZE 2 5 0 /7 5 0 B1 D1 D2 D3 L1
SAE"A" 106 82,6 M 10 x 16 deep 16/32DP-9T 28
SAE"B" 146 102 M 12 x 20 deep 16/32DP-13T 28
SAE"C" 181 127 M 16 x 20 deep 12/24DP-14T 28
ISO Pum p L2
D2 ØH1
D1
D4 D3
B1 L1
SIZE 2 5 0 /3 6 0 B1 D1 D2 D 3 (D IN 5 4 8 0 ) D4 H1 L1
ISO - 125 180 125 M 16 x 20 N40x1.25 x10a M 12 x 18 deep 160 92
ISO - 160 – 160 – N50x1.25x10a M 16 x 20 deep 200 92
ISO - 200 – 200 – N62x1.25x10a M 20 250 92
SIZE 5 0 0 /7 5 0 B1 D1 D2 D 3 (D IN 5 4 8 0 ) D4 H1 L1
ISO - 125 180 125 M 16 x 20 N40x1.25x10a M 12 x 18 deep 160 75
ISO - 160 – 160 – N50x1.25x10a M 16 x 20 deep 200 75
ISO - 200 – 200 – N62x1.25x10a M 20 250 75
ISO - 250 – 250 – N80x3x28x10a M 24 315 75
Application Data
Installation Position
Installation position is
optional, however, note
bearing lubrication w ith
respect to mounting
IN STA LLATION POSITION D RA IN PIPIN G IN STA LLATION POSITION D RA IN PIPIN G

Shaft horizontal Shaft pointed dow nw ards
LX
Pump can be rotated freely Use ventilation line LX
about the lateral axis (Provided only on request)
L1 Pre load drain connection
L2 (L1) w ith 0,2 bar (2.9psi)
Use the highest case drain
connection L1 or L2 L2 L1 L2

Shaft pointed upw ards Vertically mounted Internal connection
to be closed w ith pin no.
HC406082101401
Use ventilation line L3 L3 Internal connection close
L2 L1 w ith plug G 1/8”
Pre load drain port case drain Horizontally mounted
connection L2 (L1) w ith
0.2 bar (2.9psi)
Internal connection open
L3 plugged
L3
L8
L3
PVW 250/360 PVW 500/750
Application Data
Fluid
Recom m endations
Case Flushing Fluids of these codes. Please and other system

Requirements Pumps in the catalog contact your Eaton components are listed.
A check valve must are primarily designed representative Included is an
not be used in the to operate w ith for special duty cycle excellent discussion of
drain pipe. The drain conventional petroleum recommendations. the selection of
pipe must interminate based hydraulic oil. Eaton pumps, as well products needed to
below the oil level in Alternative fluids and as any variable control fluid condition.
the reservoir. restrictions: displacement piston
For all other conditions • Fluid maintenance is pumps, w ill operate w ith Ordering Procedure
w ith low pressure < 20 critical to the durability apparent satisfaction When ordering, please
bar (<300 psi) and low of all hydraulic in fluids up to the rating specify full model
flow (<10% of Qmax), components, and specified here. designation of items
case flushing is required. particularly w ith Experience has show n, required; see
hydraulic pumps. however, that pump and "M odel Codes" section
For operation w ith hydraulic system life is
special fluids HFB This becomes even of this catalog.
more of a factor w hen not optimized w ith Note the follow ing:
and HFC, case flushing high fluid contamination
is recommended. alternative fluids
are used. All types of levels (high ISO • Designation of variable
alternative fluids cleanliness codes). displacement
Flushing Flow require extensive Proper fluid condition is pumps must include
Flushing flow via the maintenance in order essential for long the supplementary
pump case should be to maintain proper and satisfactory life of designation of
>1% of maximum levels of water hydraulic components the required control.
pump flow. M aximum content, acidity, and systems. Hydraulic
flushing flow depends viscosity and fluid must have the
on case pressure. contamination. correct balance of
cleanliness, materials,
Notes: Fluid Cleanliness and additives for
• All listed ratings are These pumps are rated protection against wear
based on the use of a for anti-wear petroleum of inclusion of air.
good quality fluid. fluids w ith a Essential information on
• Alternative fluids have contamination level of the correct methods
a reduced tolerance 18/15/13 per ISO 4406. for treating hydraulic
for contamination over Operation in fluids fluid is included in Eaton
petroleum base fluids. w ith levels more publication 561- "Vickers
good filtration contamination than this Guide to Systemic
is therefore, critical. is not recommended Contamination Control"-
• The pumps w ill provide and may reduce the life available from your local
of the pump’s Eaton distributor.
exceptional life w hen components. Fluids
used w ith a good In this publication,
other than petroleum, filtration and cleanliness
quality clean fluid at severe service cycles, or
the pump ratings levels for extending the
temperature extremes life of axial piston pumps
specified for that fluid. are cause for adjustment
FLU ID S
M AX . M AX . RECOM M ENDED M AX
PRESSURE SPEED SEAL OPERATING BEARING
TYPE CLASSIFICATION BAR RPM M ATERIAL TEM PERATURE °C LIFE
Oil in Water Emulsion HFAE Not Rated 0

Water in oil Emulsion HFB 250 1800 Fluorocarbon 49 50%
Water Glycol HFC 250 1800 Fluorocarbon 49 25%
Phosphate Ester HFDR 350/420 1800 Fluorocarbon 66 100%
Polyol Ester HFDU 350/420 1800 Fluorocarbon 66 100%
* Refer to the general specifications for the displacement speed limitation
Notes
Notes
Eaton Eaton Eaton
14615 Lone Oak Road 20 Rosamond Road Dr.-Reckeweg-Str.1
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 Footscray D- 76532 Baden-Baden
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (49) 7221 682-788

All rights reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUPI-TM 003-E
M arch 2003
Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pumps
Technical Catalog
PVX
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model Code
Form Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Basic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
No Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DF Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
DQ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
LR Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ES Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
HG Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FE Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
DP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Combination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Examples for Combination units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Pump Specifications
US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Performance Curves
Performance Curves, Outlet Flow & Inlet Power, Shaft Input Power, 066 to 250 Series . . . . . . . . . 21
Operating Data: Theoretical Bearing Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Operating Data: Typical Drain Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Controls
DF, LR Pressure Compensator/Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
DQ Mooring Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
FE, HG Manual Displacement Adj. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electric Motor Displacement Control ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Pressure Signal Displacement Control DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Proportional Valve Displacement Control SP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2 EATON Vickers Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM004-E March 2003
Table of Contents
(cont.)
Pum p Dim ensions *

PFXS 066. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
PFXS 090. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
PFXS 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
PFXS 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PFXS 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
PVXS 066 - 250 DF, Tw o Stage Pilot Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
PVXS 066 - 250 DF, w ith Load Sensing Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PVXS 066 - 250 LR, w ith Pressure Lim iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
PVXS 066 - 250 ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
PVXS 066 - 250 DP, w ith Prop. Pilot Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
PVXS 066 - 250 SP, w ith Prop. Pilot Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Thru - drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Splined Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SAE4 - Bolt M ounting, Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Application Data
Fluid Recom m endations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
* Dim ensions - PVXS-066 to 250 DQ/HG/FE ask for special draw ings.
Introduction
• Axial piston pumps • Oversize shafts and • "Building block" design AVAILABLE DISPLACEMENT
SIZES
with swashplate bearings. gives these pumps a
design for reliable wide range of 66 ccm
• Rotating and pressure
operation and long life. application. 90 ccm
loaded parts are
• Pressure up to 420 pressure balanced. • Fast response times. 130 ccm
bar. Rated speed up 180 ccm
• Integrated pilot pump,
to 1800 min-1. Higher filter and pressure AVAILABLE REPLACEMENT
speeds possible. relief valves available. UNIT DISPLACEMENT SIZES
250 ccm
Displacement controls: Typical Section of Open Loop PVX Pump

ES - Electric motor
displacement control Housing Cylinder
HG - Handwheel Block Control
displacement control Piston
(Special feature)
FE - Screw adjustment
Valve
control (Special feature) Plate
DF - Pressure
compensator controlled
DQ - Mooring control
LR - Power control with
pressure limiter
SP, SM - Displacement
signal
DP - Displacement
proportional to pressure
signal
Shaft Swash Piston
Plate
Dimensional information listed in this catalog is subject to change without notice.
Model Code
Fixed & Variable
Displacement Pumps
"X" Series
Form Page
The following 48-digit coding system has been Some characters are already filled out on the
developed to identify all of the configuration options following pages. For such characters there is
for the "X" series (Open Loop) fixed and variable no option available.
displacement pumps. Use this model code to
specify a unit with the desired features. All 48-digits Explanation for each character can be found
must be present when ordering. You may want to as follows:
photocopy the matrix below to ensure that each CHARACTER PAGE
number is entered in the correct box. If adjustments Basic Pump Model Code 1...23 6
other than the standard setting (character 40 ... 43)
Control Options 24...39 7 - 15
or special features (character 44 ... 48) are needed,
Customer Adjustment Specification 40...43 7 - 15
please provide the information when ordering.
Special Features 44...46 16
Design Number 47...48 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
P X – M 1 S V A
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
1 0
SPECIFY NON STANDARD ADJUSTMENT BELOW
EATON Vickers Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM004-E March 2003 5
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - Basic Pump
P * X * — * * * M * * * * * * 1 * * * S V * A #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 Pump 10 11 Mounting Flange 14 15 Thru-Drive Options 22 Yoke Position Indicator

P – Open Loop Pumps 02 – ISO 3019/2-125A2HW 00 – None 0 – No position indicator
04 – ISO 3019/2-160A2HW 0A – SAE A V – Visual position indicator
2 06 – ISO 3019/2-200A2HW 0B – SAE B P– Position sensor
Displacement
* See Chart Below 0C – SAE C M – Sensor w/visual indicator
F – Fixed 0P – Pilot pump (8cm3/r)
V – Variable 12 Rotation Direction (PVX only) 23 Surface Finish
3 Pump Series R – Right Hand [CW] *** See Chart Below A – Blue painted
L – Left Hand [CCW]
X – “X” Series ** See Chart Below 16 Main Ports 24 Add Control Model
(was 20 design) 1 – SAE ports - metric bolts Code
13 Adjustment Stops
4 Configuration Code (characters 24...43) on
0 – No Stop 17 Main Port Orientation the following pages
S – Single Unit 4 – Mechanical Adjustment
R – Rear Unit A – Axial (in-line rear)
Stop Side A
R – Radial (side ports)
5
(PVX only)
Separator 5 – Mechanical Adjustment 18 19 Main Drive Shaft
Stop Side B
6 7 8 Displacement End
(PVX only)
cm3/r 6 – Mechanical Adjustment 01 – ISO straight key
066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Stops Side A and B 02 – ISO spline
090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] (PVX only)
20 Drive Shaft Seal
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev]
180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] NOTE: Configuration
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] S – Single shaft seal
4 is used as max.
??? – Non-Standard
Adjustment on Side A.
Displacement (PFX 21 Seal Material
Only) 5 is used as min.
V – Viton**
Adjustment stop side A.
9
Basic Standard 6 is the combination of
M – Metric 4 and 5 together
*MOUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS AVAILABLE 066 090 130 180 250
ISO 3019/2-125A2HW • •
ISO 3019/2-160A2HW • •
ISO 3019/2-200A2HW •
**ROTATION DIRECTION 066 090 130 180 250
Right Hand • • • • •
Left Hand • • • •
***THRU-DRIVE OPTIONS 066 090 130 180 250
SAE A • • • • •
SAE B • • •
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - No Control
0 0 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 35 Pilot Oil Filter 38 Electric Motor Type
00 – No Control 0 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable 0 – No Electric Motor

(For PFX only)
31 Pressure Control 36 Venting Valve 39 Control Voltage
26 Displacement Options 0 – Not Applicable 0 – Not Applicable
Adjustment Options 0 – Not Applicable
0 – Not Applicable 37 No Position Monitoring 40 41 42 43
Customer
32 33 34 Power Control Adjustment Specifications
0 – No Position Monitoring
27 28 Electronic Controls
000 – Not Applicable) 0000 – None
00 – Not Required
44 Special Features
29 Yoke Displacement Zone Add special feature
A – Single Side of Center “A” description (characters
44...46) on page 16 if
required.
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - DF Control
D F 0 0 0 A * * 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 * * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 31 Pressure Control 37 Position Monitoring 40 41 42 43 Customer
DF – Pressure Compensator Options 0 – No Position Monitoring Adjustment Specification

26 Displacement F – Remote Port Only 38 Electric Motor Type ???? – Yes (final number will
Adjustment Options K – Electro Proportional 0 – No Electric Motor be assigned by Eaton.
0 – Not Applicable Relief Valve- Specify on table
Incl. Electr. Card 39 Control Voltage of below)
27 28 Electronic Controls Venting Valve
000 – Not Applicable B – 110 AC 50 HZ/ Add special feature
29 Yoke Displacement Zone 120 AC 60 HZ description (characters
A – Single Side of Center “A” D – 220 AC 50 HZ/
0 – Not Applicable 240 AC 60 HZ required.
30 Extra Functions G – 12 VDC
36 Venting Valve J – 24 VDC
0 – Not Required
1 – Load Sensing Extra 0 – Not Applicable
Function 1 – With Solenoid Valve
*CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Mech. Stop Side A L/min Qmax
Mech. Stop Side B L/min Qmin
Pressure Control Main Stage bar 20 -
Load Sense p bar 15 <15 bar not possible
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - DQ Control
D Q 0 0 0 C 0 * 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 * * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25Control Type 31 Pressure Control 37 Position Monitoring 40 41 42 43 Customer
DQ – Mooring Control Options 0 – No Position Monitoring Adjustment Specification

0 – Not Applicable Relief Valve– Specify on table
000 – Not Applicable B – 110 AC 50 HZ/ Add special feature
C – Over Center D – 220 AC 50 HZ/
36 Venting Valve J – 24 VDC
0 – Not Required
1 – With Solenoid Valve
MOORING CONTROL AVAILABLE ON THE FOLLOWING FRAMES

Available Not Available
066 *
090 *
130 *
180 *
250 *

Pressure Control Main Stage bar 20 -
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - LR Control
L R 0 0 0 A * * * * * 0 * 0 0 * * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 31 Pressure Contro 37 Position Monitoring 41 42 43 Customer
LR – Power Control Options 0 – No Position Monitoring Adjustment Specification

0 – Not Applicable Relief Valve– Specify on table
??? – KW at 1500 rpm B – 110 AC 50 HZ/ Add special feature
A – Single Side of Center “A” D – 220 AC 50 HZ/
36 Venting Valve H – 24 VDC
2 – Pressure Limiter Extra
Function 0 – Not Applicable
3 – Load Sense & Pressure 1 – With Solenoid Valve
Limiter Extra Function

All Revolution Adjustments below set at .. rpm 1500
Pressure Control Main Stage bar 20
Load Sense p bar 15 <15 bar not possible
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - ES Control
E S * 0 0 A 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 * * 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 29 Yoke Displacement Zone 36 Venting Valve 40 41 42 43 Customer
ES – Electric Motor A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable Adjustment Specification
Displacement 0000 – None
30 Extra Functions 37 Position Monitoring ???? – Yes (final number will
26 Displacement be assigned by Eaton.
0 – Not Required A –4 Limit Switches
Adjustment Options B – 8 Limit Switches Specify on table
M – Electric Motor - 31 Pressure Control P – 4 Limit Switches below)
Fast Response* Options w/Sensor
44 Special Features
N – Electric Motor - 0 – Not Applicable T – 8 Limit Switches
Medium Response* w/Sensor Add special feature
P – Electric Motor - 32 33 34 Power Control description (characters
Slow Response* 38 Electric Motor Type 44...46) on page 16 if
2 – Motor With Brake (IP-54) required.
27 28 Electronic Controls 35 Pilot Oil Filter 3 – Motor Without Brake
00 – Not Required 0 – Not Applicable (Explosion Proof)
39 Control Voltage of
Venting Valve
Response Time (sec) for Zero to max. Displacement

SIZE 066/090 130/180 250
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Fast 7 6 18 15 15 13
Medium 24 20 35 29 30 25
Slow 38 32 54 45 48 40
**CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Displacement Adjusted to… cm3/rev. ~50% Qmax
Position Monitoring Switch 1 L/min 0
2 L/min 95% of Qmax <95% not possible
3 L/min
4 L/min
5 L/min
6 L/min
7 L/min
8 L/min
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - HG Control
H G 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
HG – Handwheel A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable Venting Valve

Displacement Control 0 – Not Applicable
30 Extra Functions 36 Venting Valve
26 Displacement 40 41 42 43 Customer
Adjustment Options Adjustment Specification
0 – Not Applicable 31 Pressure Control 37 Position Monitoring 0000 – None
Options 0 – No Position Monitoring ???? – Yes (final number will
27 28 Electronic Controls be assigned by Eaton.
00 – Not Required 38 Electric Motor Type Specify on table
32 33 34 Power Control below)
0 – No Electric Motor
44 Special Features
Add special feature

44...46) on page 16 if
required.

Displacement Adjusted to... L/min Qmax
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - FE Control
F E 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 30 Extra Functions 36 Venting Valve 41 42 43 Customer
FE – Screw Adjustment 0 – Load Sensing 0 – Not Applicable Adjustment Specification

Displacement Control Extra Function 0000 – None
37 Position Monitoring ???? – Yes (final number will
26 Displacement 31 Pressure Control be assigned by Eaton.
0 – No Position Monitoring
Adjustment Options Options Specify on table
0 – Not Applicable 0 – Not Applicable 38 Electric Motor Type below)
0 – No Electric Motor
27 28 Electronic Controls 32 33 34 Power Control 44 Special Features
00 – Not Required 000 – Not Applicable 39 Control Voltage of Add special feature
Venting Valve description (characters
29 Yoke Displacement Zone 35 Pilot Oil Filter
0 – Not Applicable 44...46) on page 16 if
A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable required.

Displacement Adjusted to... L/min Qmax
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - DP Control
D P * 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
DP – Pressure Signal A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable Venting Valve
Adjustment V – Filter with Visual 0 – Not Applicable
Displacement Control 30 Extra Functions Indicator
E – Filter with Electrical 40 41 42 43 Customer
0 – Not Required
26 Displacement Indicator Adjustment Specification
Adjustment Options 31 Pressure Control 0000 – None
36 Venting Valve
G – Mounting Interface Options ???? – Yes (final number will
CETOP 3 Only 0 – Not Applicable 0 – Not Applicable be assigned by Eaton.
H – Remote Port G 1/4 Specify on table
J – Proportional Relief Inc. 32 33 34 37 Position Monitoring
Power Control below)
Electronics 000 – Not Applicable 0 – No Position Monitoring
44 Special Features
27 28 Electronic Controls 38 Electric Motor Type Add special feature
00 – Not Required 0 – No Electric Motor description (characters
44...46) on page 16 if
required.

Pilot Pressure bar 60
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - SP Control
S P * * * A 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
24 25 Control Type 29 Yoke Displacement Zone 36 Venting Valve 40 41 42 43 Customer

SP – Proportional Valve A – Single Side of Center “A” 0 – Not Applicable Adjustment Specification
Adjustment 0000 – None
Displacement Control 30 Extra Functions 37 Position Monitoring ???? – Yes (final number will
0 – Not Required 0 – No Position Monitoring be assigned by Eaton.
26 Displacement Specify on table
Adjustment Options 31 Pressure Control 38 Electric Motor Type below)
C – With CETOP 3 Prop Valve Options 0 – No Electric Motor
44 Special Features
KDG4V 3 0 – Not Applicable
F – With CETOP 5 Prop Valve 39 Control Voltage of Add special feature
32 33 34 Power Control Venting Valve description (characters
27 28 Electronic Controls 44...46) on page 16 if
000 – Not Applicable 0 – Not Applicable
03 – ER 9.3 - 10 (CETOP 3) required.
04 – ER 9.4 - 10 (CETOP 5) 35 Pilot Oil Filter
V –Filter with Visual Indicator
E – Filter with Electrical
Indicator

Pilot Pressure bar 60 -
Max. Stop by Control Side A L/min 95% Qmax EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card Manual
done by customer
Min. Stop by Control Side A L/min 0+/-2.5% EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card Manual
done by customer
Ramp Time 0 A For 100% Stroke sec 0 EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card Manual
done by customer
Ramp Time A 0 For 100% Stroke sec 0 EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card Manual
done by customer
Preset Input Signals S1....S4 L/min - EI Card Adjustment Refer to EI card Manual
done by customer
Model Code
Open Loop Pumps
“X" Series - Special Features
* * * 1 0
44 45 46 47 48
000 – None
*** – Defined by Eaton
47 48 Design Number
Model Code
Combination Units
* * * C — * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
H C 8 1 * * * * * * * * * *
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
1 Combination Unit 11 12 13 Second 19 20 Third Control Type 24 25 Fourth Control Type
P – Pump Displacement cm3/r 00 – No Control (for Fixed 00 – No Control (for Fixed

T – Transmission Pump 066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Displacement Only) Displacement Only)
M – Motor 090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DF – Pressure Compensator DF – Pressure Compensator
2 Displacement 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] ES – Electric Motor Control ES – Electric Motor Control
F – Filled 250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] HG – Handwheel HG – Handwheel
W – “W” Series SM – Servo Adjustment SM – Servo Adjustment
(was 30 design)
X – “X” Series 00 – No Control (for Fixed Mech Feedback Mech Feedback
ES – Electric Motor Control Displacement Control Displacement Control
C
HG – Handwheel
21 22 23 Fourth 26 27 28 29 Assembly
FE – Screw Adjustment Displacement cm3/r Numbers
Displacement cm3/r SM – Servo Adjustment 066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev]
Displacement Control - 090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Mech Feedback 130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] Assembly Numbers
090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DP – Pressure Signal 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev]
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] 16 17 18 Third
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] Displacement cm3/r
9 10 First Control Type 000 – Not Required
066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] • For a combination of • Charge and Pilot Pump
Displacement Only)
090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] two or more units fill through drive option
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] out this Combination must be specified on
180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] Model Code. the rear unit of the
ES – Electric Motor Control
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] • Start with the biggest combination (as a
HG – Handwheel
360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev] size unit for the first special feature).
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] displacement. Front and middle units
Displacement Control •
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] shall have the through
FE – Screw Adjustment • For each unit included
Displacement Control in this combination, a drive option of the
SM – Servo Adjustment separate model code following unit in the
Displacement Control - must be chosen. Use combination.
Mech Feedback the form on page 4.
DP – Pressure Signal
• Character 26 to 39 will
SP – Proportional Valve be P/N of the
Displacement Control combination. This
number will be defined
in the order
acknowledgement.
Model Code
Examples for
Combination Units
of two open loop pumps
Model Code Front Unit PVWF-500M08R0001R02SVMASPC03A0000000000000000010
Model Code Rear Unit PVXR-250M07R0001R02SVMASPC03A0000000000000000010
Model Code Combination Unit PVWC-500SP250SP0000000000HC81**********
two open loop pumps
(For other product
model codes refer to the
according catalog)
Mode Code Front Unit TVWF-500M08R0000H1R02SVMA20SPC03C00000000E000H000000010
Model Code Middle Unit PVWM-250M07R0001R02SV0ADF000A0000000000000000010
Model Code Rear Unit PFXR-130M02R00P1A02SV0A00000A0000000000000000010
Model Code Combination Unit TVWC-500SP250DF1300000000HC81**********
Pump
Specifications -
US
MODEL 66 90 130 180 250
Design Swashplate - Axial piston pump

Type of mounting Flange or foot-mounted. tandem is foot mounted only
Pipe connection SAE Flange B psi 1 1/2" = 3000 2" = 3000 2 1/2" = 3000 2 1/2" = 3000 3 1/2" = 500
A 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1 1/4" = 6000 1 1/4" = 6000
Direction of rotation Clockwise when viewing shaft end of pump
Counterclockwise available on request
Speed range nmin rpm 150
nmax 1800
max 122
Weight m lb 121 165 234 251 467
Mass of inertia J lb ft2 0.38 0.38 1.068 1.068 3.465
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS

Input pressure p1min psi 12.5 abs
p1max psi 725
Maximum pressure to DIN 24312 p2max psi 6090
Hydraulic fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 2. Refer to section Application Data-Fluid Recommendations
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °F -13 (on startup)
max 194
Viscosity range for continuous operation min cSt 10
max cSt 75
Maximum permissible start viscosity max cSt 1000
Filtering ISO 4406 18/15/13
Maximum geometric n= 1500 rpm Vg in3 4.1 5.5 7.9 11.0 15.2
displacement n= 1800 rpm
Maximum geometric n= 1500 rpm Qg USgpm 26 36 52 71 99
pump flow n= 1800 rpm 32 43 62 86 119
Case pressure pv max psi max. 7.2psi over p1. pmax = 58 abs.
DRIVE
Maximum driving torque - single unit M1 Single lb.ft. 325 444 640 887 1233
(p2 max., ␩= 100%)
Maximum power consumption - single unit P1 Single hp 93 126 182 254 355
(p2 max., ␩= 100%; n= 1800 rpm)
Maximum driving torque limited to M1 Comb. lb.ft. 2x325 2x444 2x640 2x887 2x1233
splined shaft only - comb. unit
Pump
Specifications -
Metric
MODEL 66 90 130 180 250

Type of mounting Flange or foot-mounted. tandem is foot mounted only
Pipe connection SAE/Flange B psi 1 1/2" = 3000 2" = 3000 2 1/2" = 3000 2 1/2" = 3000 3 1/2" = 500
A 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1 1/4" = 6000 1 1/4" = 6000
Speed range nmin min-1 150
nmax 1800
Ambient temperature range min °C -20
max 50
Weight m kg 55 75 106 114 212
Mass of inertia J kg m2 0.016 0.016 0.045 0.045 0.146

Input pressure p1min bar 0.85 abs
p1max bar 50
Maximum pressure to DIN 24312 p2max bar 420
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °C -25 (on start up)
max 90
max cSt 75
Maximum geometric n= 1500 min-1 Vg cm3 66 90 130 180 250
displacement n= 1800 min-1
Maximum geom. n= 1500 min-1 Qg L/min 99 135 195 270 375
pump flow n= 1800 min-1 118 162 234 324 450
Case pressure pv max bar max. 0,5 bar over p1. pmax = 4 bar abs.
DRIVE
Maximum driving torque - single unit M1 Single Nm 440 600 868 1202 1671
(p2 max., ␩= 100%)
Maximum power consumption - single unit P1 Single kW 69 94 136 189 265
(p2 max., ␩= 100%; n= 1800 min-1)
Maximum driving torque limited to M1 Comb. Nm 2x440 2x600 2x868 2x1202 2x1671
splined shaft only - comb. unit
Performance
Curves -
066, 090, 130,
180, 250 Series
Outlet Flow and Theoretical Volumetric and Overall Efficiencies

Power Consumption
hp
kW 350 vol.
250 tot.
100
300 tot for 100 % Vg
L/min PFX/PVX 90
USgpm 400 tot for 50 % Vg
200
250 80
100 250
tot for 25 % Vg
Theoretical Power Consumption P
70
80 300 150 200
180 60
Efficiency (%)
Effective Outlet Flow
50
60 150
200 100
40
130
40 100
30
90
100 50 20
20 066 50
10
0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 bar 0 100 200 300 400 bar
0 1000 3000 5000 5800 psi 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 5800 psi
Operating Pressure Operating Pressure
Typical at 1500 min-1 with anti-wear oil at 40 cSt For Calculation: Peff = Pth/ ␩tot
Single displacement pumps: PFX,PVX
Performance Pump size 066
Curves - 10 5
Operating Data:
Theoretical Bearing Life Time
Basic Rating Life L10 [h]

066, 090, 130,
180, 250 Series -1
1000 min
1500 min -1
1800 min -1
10 4
3
3 x 10
bar 50 100 200 300 400
At maximum displacement
and various speeds. psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
Operating Pressure
Pump size 090 Pump size 130

10 5 10 5
-1
-1 1000 min
1000 min
-1
1500 min
-1
1500 min 1800 min -1
1800 min -1
10 4 10 4
3 3
3 x 10 3 x 10
bar 50 100 200 300 400 bar 50 100 200 300 400
psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

10 5 10 5
-1 -1
1000 min 1000 min
1500 min -1 1500 min -1
1800 min -1 1800 min -1

10 4 10 4
3
3 x 10 3 x 10 3
bar 50 100 200 300 400 bar 50 100 200 300 400
psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
Performance
Curves -
Operating Data:
Typical Drain Flow from an
Open-Loop Pump Based on USgpm L/min PFX/PVX180
1500 r/min and 35cSt
16
4.0 15
14
3.5 13
USgpm L/min PFX/PVX066/090 3
12
3.0 11 3.0
11
10 2
10
2.5 2.5
9 3 9
8 1
8
2.0 7 2.0
Drain Flow
7
6 2
1.5 6
5 1.5
1 5
4 4
1.0 1.0
3 3
2 2
0.5 0.5
1 1
0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 bar 0 100 200 300 bar
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 psi 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 psi
USgpm L/min USgpm L/min

4.0 PFX/PVX130 4.0
PFX/PVX250
14 14
3.5 13 3.5 13
3 3
12 12
3.0 3.0
11 11
2 2
10 10
2.5 2.5
9 9
1
8 8
2.0 2.0
7 7
1
6 6
1.5 1.5
5 5
4 4
1.0 1.0
3 3
0.5 2 0.5 2
1 1
0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 bar 0 100 200 300 bar
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 psi 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 psi
1 PFX and PVX models at 2 PVX in pressure cutoff 3 PVX in pressure cutoff
maximum displacement (PVX mode (flow of pilot stage is mode (flow of pilot stage is
models with type FE, HG or discharged separately) discharged in case)
ES controls i.e. no control oil
flow)
Controls -
DF, LR Pressure
Compensator/
Power Control
“X” Series - Open loop pump
Energy saving hydraulic LR The p/Q variations see the model or 6 in combination with
drives are possible with characteristic curve coding and circuit customer adjustment
pressure compensated is a hyperbola. For diagrams. The maximum specifications position
and/or power controlled constant speed the drive flow of the pump can be 40-43 for the set values).
pumps, especially in torque, i.e. the power limited mechanically to This solution is also
combination with the used, is held constant. between 50% and 100% recommended for
load-sensing option. The power hyperbola can by screw. very rough operating
DF The system pressure be continuously adjusted As an additional option conditions and the
remains constant for between Pmin and the maximum (or need of a very exact
the entire volume flow Pmax. Pmin is given by minimum) flow can also repeatability over a long
rate. System pressure the minimum set value be limited by a spacer time period. The setting
can be set either of control’s main stage inside the control must be defined before
manually, hydraulically (app. 20 bar) and power cylinder (position ordering and cannot
or electronically. The loss of the pump. number 13 in be modified during
standard Hydrokraft Both controllers can be model coding, operation.
pressure compensator combined with another options 4, 5
Response Time (ms)(Vnull to Vmax)

is pilot operated and or with additional
very stable. options, for possible 200
250
Typical controller action

(Closing/opening the directional control valve WV)
Q Qmax or Qmin Qmax
CH - 50mm ID x 2 meters C 100
H WV 130/180
066/090
0
0 100 200 300 400 bar
2000 4000 6000 psi

p
Operating Pressure
S
100
Response Time (ms)(Vnull to Vmax)
250
130/180
Pressure compensator response times
Up Down
Outlet 066/090
pressure 50
p2
Tu
Swashplate
yoke angle Tu Tg Tg
y 0,9 y max.
0
0 100 200 300 400 bar
T u= time lag t
T g= compensating time
2000 4000 6000 psi
Operating Pressure
Controls -
DF, LR Pressure
Com pensator/
Pow er Control
“ X” Series - Open loop pump
DF Pressure compensator
DF000A ...
Control valve adjustable
mechanically, electrically Alternatively
or remote port only
+Q
..DF000A00.. ..DF000A0K.. ..DF000A0F..
M inimum pressure
Qmax approximately 20 bar (280 psi)
A B p
LR Power control w ith

overriding pressure
limiter LR000A2 ...
Pressure control pilot
valve adjustable
mechanically, electrically
Alternatively
or remote port only
+Q
..LR000A20.. ..LR000A2K... ..LR000A2F...
Qmax
A B p
Controls -
DF, LR Pressure
Compensator/
Power Control
DF Pressure Control valve adjustable

compensator with mechanically, electrically or
load sensing remote port only
DF000A1 ...
X1
X2 Alternatively
Mechanical Electrical Remote port +Q
..DF000A10.. ..DF000A1K.. ..DF000A1F..
p
Qmax
A B
LR Power control with Pressure control pilot valve

load sensing and adjustable mechanically,
pressure limiter electrically or remote port
LR000A3 ... only
X1 Alternatively
X2
Mechanical Electrical Remote port
adjustment adjustment only +Q
..LR000A30.. ..LR000A3K.. ..LR000A3F..
Qmax
A B p
Controls -
DQ Mooring
Control
The DQ-control is a The DQ-control is only As an additional option This solution is also
pressure control with available for sizes 66, (90 the maximum (or recommended for
overcenter operation on request), 130 and 180 minimum) flow can be very rough operating
(2 quadrants). It can ccm/rev. limited by a spacer conditions and the
be used eg. for Like the standard inside the control need of a very exact
counterbalanced Hydrokraft pressure cylinder (position repeatability over a long
systems or applications compensator this control number. 13 in model time period. The setting
where reverse flow pilot operated and very coding, options 4, 5 or 6 must be defined before
from the system can stable. For performance in combination with ordering and cannot
drive the pump in data/response time customer adjustment be modified during
reverse (negative please refer to the specifications position operation.
pump angle) such DF-control. 40-43 for the set values).
as a hydraulic motor.
Alternatively
Mechanical Electrical Remote port
..DQ000A00.. ..DQ000A0K.. ..DQ000A0F..
Minimum pressure
approximately 20 bar (280psi)
+Q
Qmax
A B
-Q
Controls -
HG Manual
Adjustment
Displacement
Control FE
FE The FE - control is HG The HG-control is The maximum (and/or customer adjustment

a displacement control a displacement control minimum) flow can be specifications position
where the pump flow where the pump flow limited by a spacer 40-43 for the set values).
is adjusted by a screw. can be adjusted by a inside the control The setting must be
handwheel. cylinder (position defined before ordering
number 13 in model and cannot be modified
coding, options 4, 5 or 6 during operation.
in combination with
+V
0 to + Vmax
displacement
Controls -
Electric Motor
Displacement
Control ES
The unit is used for The response times No pressure/power

stepless adjustment. from zero to maximum limiter possible.
It has a three phase depends on the chosen Explosion protection
electric servo motor, ration and the speed of versions are also
worm gearing and a the servo motor (this available.
switch box with 4 means that during
and 8 limit switches operation the response
for different positions. times are not variable.
A potentiometer is
also available. +V
Response time from 0 to +V

maximum displacement
M
B
L
PVX Response Times ES - Control
THEORETICAL RESPONSE TIME (SEC) FOR MAX. DISPLACEMENT CHARACTER IN MODEL CODE POS. 26
Size 066 090 130 180 250 250

Freq. Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60
Fast 7 6 18 15 15 13 M
Medium 24 20 35 29 30 25 N
Slow 38 32 54 45 48 40 P
Response time from 0 to +Qmax
Controls -
Pressure Signal
Displacement
Control DP
The output flow of the The DP-control can be Pressure limiter or customer adjustment
pump is proportional used for steepless flow power limiter override specifications position
to the pilot pressure control with standard not available ( or such 40-43 for the set values).
A separate pilot oil requirements for and other options please This solution is also
circuit is necessary. dynamic and precision. refer to PVW-Series ). recommended for
From this the control No feedback signal As an additional option very rough operating
pressure is reduced to is needed, an optical the maximum (and/or conditions and the
the desired set value indicator recommended minimum) flow can be need of a very exact
by means of a suitable (position 22 in model limited by a spacer repeatability over a long
pressure control valve coding, option “V”). inside the control time period. The setting
(with P -T line ) and A pilot oil filter can be cylinder (position must be defined before
throttle in P - line 0.8 Ø mounted in line between number 13 in model ordering and cannot
(0.03 in). pump and control coding, options 4, 5 or 6 be modified during
(position 35 in model in combination with operation.
coding, option “V” or
“E”).
P T P T A B
M8
D1
P T A B
A pSt T P T A B
100%
Q max
Qmax
S B L
PVX Response Times DP - Control

RESPONSE TIME (SEC)
W/ 12 L/MIN PILOT OIL FLOW PILOT PRESSURE PST
SIZE (STANDARD) BAR 10 20 30 40 bar
066/090 0.7 60 Pilot pressure
130/180 0.9 60 The output flow of the pump is proportional
250 1.1 60 to the pilot pressure
Controls -
Proportional Valve
Displacement
Control SP
The SP control operates The proportional As an additional option This solution is also
a hydrostatic drive and valve and servo piston the maximum (and/or recommended for
works without throttle transform the output minimum) flow can be very rough operating
losses within electrically signal of the control card limited by a spacer conditions and the
adjustable limits. This to the desired setting. inside the control need of a very exact
is done by controlling This results in a very cylinder (position repeatability over a long
delivery flow with precise and dynamic number 13 in model time period. The setting
electrical swashplate control. Pressure limiter coding, options 4, 5 or 6 must be defined before
angle feedback (electr- override available on in combination with ordering and cannot
closed-loop control). request. Power limiter customer adjustment be modified during
All control values are override not available specifications position operation.
recorded as an electrical (for such and other 40-43 for the set values).
signal and lead back options please refer
to the control card. to PVW series).
M St
p St1
P T
Q
A B +100%
0
0 or 10 V
4 20 mA
Electric input signal
A B L1/L2
PVX RESPONSE TIMES SP - CONTROL

PROPORTIONAL VALVE PILOT PILOT OIL CONTROL RESPONSE
OIL FLOW PRESSURE PST ELECTRONICS TIME UNIT SIZE SERVO PISTON
L/min (Amp. Card) 0 < > Vmax Diameter Stroke Volume
(Usgpm) bar (psi) [ms] cm3 mm (in) mm (in) cm3 (in3)
Medium Response 60 (857) 250 066 / 090 40/30 (1.57/1.18) 28 (1.10) 15,4 (0.939)
KDG4V3-2C20NMUH760 12 (3.17) 60 (857) ER 9.3-10 350 130 / 180 55/38 (2.16/1.49) 35 (1.37) 43,5 (2.654)
(CETOP 3) 60 (857) 550 250 70/50 (2.76/1.97) 43,5 (1.71) 81 (4.942)
High Response ON REQUEST
(CETOP 5)
The ER9.3-10 and ER 9.4-10 ( for High Response ) digital Amplifier cards are optimized for use with the SP-Control. Please ask
for separate Documentation. Software is available for parameter setting and storing (database function). Contact Eaton to
request free of charge manual - and software CD.
Pump
Dimensions -
PFXS 066
120
246
26
0
Dimensions in mm
68
175 16 210
8 155
L5
L3 right
MB MA M14 cw
41 +0.2 B 160 Ø18

L2 80
Center bore
DM12 DIN332
58 4xM10-20deep
120
35 150
(180)
Port A
1", 6000psi
154 27.8
A
L1
57.2
68
(25)
W40x1.25x M12-20deep
Ø38 k6
10aDIN 5480 Ø125 h8 L5 Port B
10 h9
58 1 1/2", 3000psi
Center bore
DM12 DIN332 L2 B
69.8
218 56 15 Ø38
(367) M12x25deep
35.7
A System pressure port SAE 1’’, 415 bar (6000 psi) Non-Standard Displacements:
B System pressure port SAE 1 1/2‘’, 207 bar (3000 psi) Standard Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 ccm/rev
(L1) Drain port 7/8" – 14 UNF Reduced Displacement Available . . . . . . . . .55 or 44 ccm/rev
(L2) Ventilation port for vertical mounting M26x1.5
(L3) Ventilation port for vertical mounting G1/4 "
(shaft upwards)
(L5) Oil filling plug M26x1.5
(MA) Gauge port system pressure G1/4" DIRECTION OF ROTATION INPUT OUTPUT
(MB) Gauge port system pressure G1/4" Right Hand Rotation B A

(…) Normally plugged Left Hand Rotation A B
Pump
Dimensions -
PFXS 090
Dimensions in mm
120
246
26
0
217.5 68
175 16 210
8 155
L5
L3 right
M10 cw
MB MA
41 +0.2 160 Ø18

B
L2
80
Center bore
DM12 DIN332
58 4xM10-20deep 120
35 150 (180)
Port A
154 1", 6000psi
A
L1 27.8
68
57.2
W40x1.25x Ø38 k6 (25)
10aDIN 5480
L5 M12-20deep
Ø125 h8 10 h9
Center bore Port B
DM12 DIN332 58
L2 2", 3000psi
B 50
218 56 15
42.88
(367)
(372)
77.7 M12x25deep
B System pressure port SAE 2‘’, 207 bar (3000 psi) Standard Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 ccm/rev
(L1) Drain port 7/8" – 14 UNF Reduced Displacement Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 ccm/rev
(L2) Ventilation port for vertical mounting M26x1.5
(L3) Ventilation port for vertical mounting G1/4 "
(shaft upwards)
(L5) Oil filling plug M26x1.5
(MA) Gauge port system pressure G1/4" DIRECTION OF ROTATION INPUT OUTPUT
(MB) Gauge port system pressure G1/4" Right Hand Rotation B A
Pump
Dimensions -
PFXS 130
Dimensions in mm
148
316
0
92
20
9
224
L2 L1 L1.1
right
cw
L1 B
200 53.5 -0.2 22
100
Center bore
DM16 DIN332
82
200 4xM12-20deep 150
265 40 185
Port B
50.8
35
A 88.9 Ø63
78
M12-20deep
L1.1 MA
W50x1.25x10a L2 L1 Port A
DIN 5480 Ø50 k6
Ø160 h8 27.8
14 h9
Center bore 68
DM16 DIN332
L1 57.2 Ø25
B
271 120 22
(505) M12-20deep
B System pressure port SAE 2 1/2‘’, 207 bar (3000 psi) Standard Displacement size 130 ...........................130 ccm/rev
(L1) Drain port M26x1.5 Reduced Displacement Available Size 130...115 or 94 ccm/rev
(L1.1) Oil filling plug 1 1/16”-12UNF
(L2) Ventilation port for vertical mounting G1/4" DIRECTION OF ROTATION INPUT OUTPUT
(MA) Gauge port system pressure G1/4" Right Hand Rotation B A
(…) normally plugged Left Hand Rotation A B
Pump
Dimensions -
PFXS 180
Dimensions in mm
316
16
92 148
20
9
224
B
L2 L1 L1.1
right
cw
L1
200 53.5 -0.2 B
22
100
Center bore
DM16 DIN332
82
200 150
4xM12-20deep
265 185
40
Port B
50.8
3
A
88.9 Ø63
78
L1.1 MA
Ø160 h8 L2 L1 M12-20deep
W50x1.25x10a Ø50 k6
DIN 5480 Port A
14 h9 31.8
68
Center bore
DM16 DIN332 L1
A
B Ø32 66.7
271 120 2
(505) M14-20deep
A System pressure port SAE 1 1/4’’, 415 bar (6000 psi) Non-Standard Displacements:
B System pressure port SAE 2 1/2‘’, 207 bar (3000 psi) Standard Displacement Size 180 ..........................180 ccm/rev
(L1) Drain port M26x1.5 Reduced Displacement Available Size 180............160 ccm/rev
(L1.1) Oil filling plug 1 1/16”-12UNF
Pump
Dimensions -
PFXS 250
Dimensions in mm
187
403
0
117
25
10 280
L1
clockwise
L1
250 6 +0.2 26 250 +0.2
B
125
MB Center bore
DM20 DIN332
188 105 4xM16-32deep
330 50 230
Port B
350
69.8
A 120.7 Ø88
MA
90
M16-32deep
L1 L1.1
W62x1.25x10a L2
DIN5480 Ø65 k6 Port A
Ø200 h6 31.8
Center bore 18 h9
80
DM20 DIN332
B 66.7 Ø32
341 164 22
(644) M14-24deep
A System pressure port SAE 1 1/4’’, 415 bar (6000 psi) Non-Standard Displacements:
B System pressure port SAE 3 1/2‘’, 35 bar (500 psi) Standard Displacement ........................................250 ccm/rev
(L1) Drain port M26x1.5 Reduced Displacement Available.......222, 208 or 194 ccm/rev
(L1.1) Oil filling plug 1 5/16”-12UN
(…) normally plugged Left Hand Rotation A B
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS 066 - 250
DF, Two Stage
Pilot Valve
Side ports -
Pressure compensator
DF000A ...
1. Pilot valve (2nd Stage) View X
Port "A"
2. Pressure compensator 6000psi
(1st stage) L19
Dimensions in mm D10 L14
D11
Port "B" L13

X1 G1/4’’x12,5-deep; option for an additional pilot valve 3000/500psi
and/or discharge valve of the pressure compensator L11
L1 Two drain ports, one supplied plugged
L2 M18x1, 5x12-deep supplementary drain, or bleed plug. L12 D8
Must be drained in addition to if the pump is installed
with the shaft input end pointing upwards. D9
MA G1/4"x12.5-deep gauge port supplied plugged
DIRECTION OF ROTATION CONTROL INPUT OUTPUT
Right Hand Rotation To + Vmax B A

To - Vmax A B
Left Hand Rotation To + Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A
SIZE SAE-FLANGE “B” SAE-FLANGE “A” WEIGHT

3000(500)PSI, INLET 6000PSI, OUTLET KG
066 1 1/2’’ 1’’ 55

090 2‘’ 1’’ 57
130 2 1/2’’ 1’’ 111
180 2 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 113
250 3 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 226
SIZE B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12

h9
066 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 185 218 —
090 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 185 218 157.5
130 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 185 218 —
180 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 185 218 —
250 325 175 250 330 280 280 18 175 87.5 185 218 —
SIZE D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 DEEP D8 D9 DEEP D10 D11 DEEP D12 D13

h8 k6 Light Execution SAE 475
066 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 24 38 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF

090 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 20 50 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF
130 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 25 M12 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF
180 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 32 M14 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF
250 200 65 M20 26 M12 M33x2 M16 32 90 M16 32 32 M14 24 M24 1 5/16-12UNF
B4 L1 L17
X1
B2 L2
L18
L9 orifice
L7 inside
H9 of the
24 control
L6 valve
X1
L1 D5
L1 L1 Size 090
MA D6
H8
H7 B
D12 0 H5
H6 +Vmax
D3
H3 Center bore
DM 16 DIN332 L10
L16
B9 L8 L2 L15
B8 L5 M 18x1.5-12deep L20
B5 L4 L3
B12
B11
B10 Splined shaft
Dim. See page 51
1
X
2
MA
A
L1 L1
L1
cw L3
H1
D2 k6
H2 H4+0.2 D4 D1 h8
D13
L1
B7 h9
B3 B Size 090
B6
B1
SIZE H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9
+0.2
066 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139 91

090 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139 91
130 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 174 91
180 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 174 91
250 354 260 140 69 146 77 138 217 91
SIZE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19 L20
066 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 35.7 69.8 27.8 57.2 50 10 72.5 245.6 245.6 31
090 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 42.88 77.77 27.8 57.2 50 10 72.5 245.6 245.6 31
130 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 27.8 57.2 50 12 72.5 316 309 33
180 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 31.8 66.7 50 12 72.5 316 309 33
250 622 505 230 50 10 105 25 41 187 42 69.8 120.7 31.8 66.7 56 — 72.5 403 403 35
EA TON V ick ers Hydrokraft Open Loop Piston Pum ps V-PUPI-TM 004-E M arch 2003 39
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS 066 - 250
DF, with Load
Sensing Valve
Side ports -
Pressure compensator
with Load Sensing
DF000A1 ...
1. Pilot valve (2nd Stage) View X
Port "A"
2. Pressure compensator 6000psi L19
(1st stage)
3. Flow valve
Dimensions in mm
D10 L14
D11
X1 G1/4’’x12,5-deep; option for an additional pilot valve
and/or discharge valve of the pressure compensator
L13
X2 G1/4’’x12,5-deep; load sensing pilot port Port "B"
L1 3000/500psi L11
Two drain ports, one supplied plugged
L2 M18x1, 5x12-deep supplementary drain, or bleed plug.
Must be drained in addition to if the pump is installed L12 D8
with the shaft input end pointing upwards.
MA G1/4"x12.5-deep gauge port supplied plugged D9

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

066 1 1/2’’ 1’’ 55

090 2‘’ 1’’ 57
130 2 1/2’’ 1’’ 111
180 2 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 113
250 3 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 226

h9
066 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 185 218 —
090 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 185 218 157.5
130 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 185 218 —
180 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 185 218 —
250 325 175 250 330 280 280 18 175 87.5 185 218 —

066 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 24 38 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF

090 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 20 50 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF
130 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 25 M12 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF
180 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 32 M14 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF
250 200 65 M20 26 M12 M33x2 M16 32 90 M16 32 32 M14 24 M24 1 5/16-12UNF
B4 L1 L17
B2 orifice
L2
L18 inside
of the
L9 control
L7 valves
H9
X1 Size 090
L6
X2
L1 D5
L1 L1
MA D6
H8
B
H7 D12 H5
0
H6 +Vmax
D3
H3 Center bore
DM16 DIN332
L10 L16
B9 L8 L2 D7 L15
B8 L5
M18x1.5-12deep
B5 L4 L3
B12
B11 Splined shaft

B10 Dim. See page 51
1 X
2 MA
A
3
L1
L1 L1 L3
D2 k6
D1 h8
cw D13
H1 L1
H4 +0.2 D4
H2
B Size 090
B7 h9
B3
B6
B1
+0.2
066 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139 132

090 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139 132
130 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 174 132
180 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 174 132
250 354 260 140 69 146 77 138 217 132
SIZE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19
066 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 35.7 69.8 27.8 57.2 50 10 67.5 245.6 245.6
090 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 42.88 77.77 27.8 57.2 50 10 67.5 245.6 245.6
130 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 27.8 57.2 50 12 67.5 316 306
180 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 31.8 66.7 50 12 67.5 316 306
250 622 505 230 50 10 105 25 41 187 42 69.8 120.7 31.8 66.7 56 — 70.5 403 403
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS 066 - 250
LR, with Pressure
Limiter
B11
B10
Side ports -
Power Control LR 1
(with pressure limiter)
LR000A2 ... 2
1. Pilot valve (2nd Stage)
2. Pressure compensator
(1st stage) L1 L1
3. Constant power control
cw
Dimensions in mm H1
+0.2 D4
H2 H4
B7 h9
X1 G1/4’’x12,5-deep; option for an additional pilot valve B3
and/or discharge valve of the pressure compensator B6
L1
B1
Two drain ports, one supplied plugged
View X
MA G1/4"x12.5-deep gauge port supplied plugged Port "A"
6000psi L19
DIRECTION OF ROTATION CONTROL INPUT OUTPUT Port "B"
Right Hand Rotation To + Vmax B A 3000/500psi
To - Vmax A B
L11
To - Vmax B A
D10 L14
L12 D8
SIZE SAE-FLANGE “B” SAE-FLANGE “A” WEIGHT D11
3000(500)PSI, INLET 6000PSI, OUTLET KG 2 D9 D2
066 1 1/2’’ 1’’ 55
090 2‘’ 1’’ 57
L13
130 2 1/2’’ 1’’ 111 D1
180 2 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 113
250 3 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 226

h9
066 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 185 218 —
090 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 185 218 157.5
130 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 185 218 —
180 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 185 218 —
250 325 175 250 330 280 280 18 175 87.5 185 218 —

066 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 24 38 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF

090 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 20 50 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF
130 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 25 M12 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF
180 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 32 M14 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF
250 200 65 M20 26 M12 M33x2 M16 32 90 M16 32 32 M14 24 M24 1 5/16-12UNF
B4 L1 L20
B2 L2 L17 orifice
L18 inside
L9 of the
L7
control
H9 valves
L6
X1 D5 X1
L1
L1
MA D6
H8
B
H7 H5
H6 D12 0
+Vmax
D3 3
H3 Center bore
DM16 DIN332 L10 L16
B9 L8 D7 L15
L5 L2
B8 M18x1.5-12deep Size 090
B5 L4 L3
B12
Splined shaft
Dim. See page 51
X
MA
A
L1
L3
D2 k6
D1 h8 D13
L1
3
B Size 090
+0.2
066 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139 91

090 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139 91
130 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 174 91
180 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 174 91
250 354 260 140 69 146 77 138 217 91
066 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 35.7 69.8 27.8 57.2 50 10 72.5 245.6 245.6 161
090 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 42.88 77.77 27.8 57.2 50 10 72.5 245.6 245.6 161
130 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 27.8 57.2 60 12 72.5 316 306 171
180 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 31.8 66.7 60 12 72.5 316 306 171
250 622 505 230 50 10 105 25 41 187 42 69.8 120.7 31.8 66.7 112 — 75.5 403 403 199.5
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS 066 - 250
ES
Side ports -
Electric Motor
ES*00A ...
Dimensions in mm
B4
L1 Two drain ports, one supplied plugged B2
D14
L1
H8
DIRECTION OF ROTATION CONTROL INPUT OUTPUT H7
L1
To - Vmax A B D12
H6 MA D3
To - Vmax B A
H3 Center bore
DM16 DIN332
066 1 1/2’’ 1’’ 55 B9

090 2‘’ 1’’ 57 B8
130 2 1/2’’ 1’’ 111 B5
180 2 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 113 B12
250 3 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 226

h9
066 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 276.5 334.5 —
090 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 276.5 334.5 157.5
130 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 288.5 368.5 —
180 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 288.5 368.5 —
250 325 180 250 330 280 280 18 175 87.5 332.7 434.7 —
SIZE D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 DEEP D8 D9 DEEP D10 D11 DEEP D12 D13 D14

066 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 24 38 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF 110.5

090 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 20 50 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF 110.5
130 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 25 M12 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF 110.5
180 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 32 M14 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF 110.5
250 200 65 M20 26 M12 M33x2 M16 32 90 M16 32 32 M14 24 M24 1 5/16-12UNF 123
L1 L16 B11
L2 L15 B10
L17
L9
L7
L6
D14
L1 D5
L1
D6
H7 L1
B cw
H5
0 H1
A D3 +Vmax
H4+0.2
H2
D4
Center bore
DM16 DIN332 L10
L8 L2 D7 B7 h9
L5 Size 090
M18x1.5-12deep B3
L4 L3 B6
Splined shaft B1
Dim. See page 51
L18
X
View X
Port "A"
6000psi
MA
A
D L
L1
D11
L3
D2 k6
D1 h8 L13
D13 Port "B" L11
3000/500psi
L1
L12 D8
B Size 090
D9
SIZE H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8
+0.2
066 227 162 90 41 93 53 122 168

090 227 162 90 41 93 53 122 168
130 283 207 113 53.5 117 58.5 165 214
180 283 207 113 53.5 117 58.5 165 214
250 354 260 140 69 146 77 198 262
SIZE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18
066 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 35.7 69.8 27.8 57.2 78 153.5 7245.6 245.6
090 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 42.88 77.77 27.8 57.2 78 153.5 245.6 245.6
130 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 27.8 57.2 100 175.5 316 306
180 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 31.8 66.7 100 175.5 316 306
250 622 505 230 50 10 105 25 41 187 42 69.8 120.7 31.8 66.7 88 163.5 403 403
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS 066 - 250
X SSt
MA
A
Side ports - L1
Pressure Signal
Displacement Control L3 PSt1 T
DP*00A ... D2 k6
1. Pressure proportional valve D1 h8
D13
2. Pressure limiter
L1
Dimensions in mm
B
Size 090 L12
T G1/2’’ Tank port
SSt G3/4’’ Suction port of pilot pump
PSt G3/4’’ Port of pilot pressure
PSt1 Port of pilot pressure Size 006/090=M14x1.5 Splined shaft
Size 130/180=M16x1.5 Dim. See page 51
Size 250=G1/2’’(M22x1.5)
B4
Must be drained in addition to if the pump is installed 1
with the shaft input end pointing upwards. H9
2
DIRECTION OF ROTATION CONTROL INPUT OUTPUT L1

Right Hand Rotation To + Vmax B A H8
To - Vmax A B MA
Left Hand Rotation To + Vmax A B H7 D12
To - Vmax B A H6
D3
SIZE SAE-FLANGE “B” SAE-FLANGE “A” WEIGHT H3

066 1 1/2’’ 1’’ 55

090 2‘’ 1’’ 57 B9 Cent
130 2 1/2’’ 1’’ 111 B8 DM1
B5
180 2 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 113 B12
250 3 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 226

h9
066 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 52 182.5 —

090 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 58 52 182.5 157.5
130 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 52 182.5 —
180 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 70 52 182.5 —
250 325 180 250 330 280 280 18 175 87.5 52 182.5 —
SIZE D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 DEEP D8 D9 DEEP D10 D11 DEEP D12 D13 D14

066 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 24 38 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF 64

090 125 38 M12 18 M8 M22x1.5 M10 20 50 M12 24 25 M12 21 — 7/8-14UNF 64
130 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 25 M12 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF 88
180 160 50 M16 22 M10 M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 32 M14 20 M20 1 1/16-12UNF 88
250 200 65 M20 26 M12 M33x2 M16 32 90 M16 32 32 M14 24 M24 1 5/16-12UNF 88
Pilot pump View X
Port "A" B11
6000psi L19 B10
SSt
D10 L14
L1 L1
D11
T cw
L13 H1
H4 +0.2 D4
Port "B" H2
3000/500psi
L11
B7 h9
L12 B3
D8 B6
B1
Splined shaft
D9
Dim. See page 51
L15
L1 L16
L2
L22 L17
L18
L9 Cetop NG6
L7 DIN24340
PSt1
T
L6
L1 D5
D6 D14
MA
B
H5
+Vmax
PSt
D3
3
L10 H10
Center bore L8
DM16 DIN332 L5 L2 L20
Pilot pump View X
M18x1.5-12deep Size 090 L21
L4 L3 Port "A"
6000psi
SIZE H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11
+0.2
066 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 137 127 97 113

090 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 137 127 97 113
130 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 170 127 97 131
180 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 170 127 97 131
250 354 260 140 69 146 77 138 214 127 124 167
SIZE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 L22
066 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 35.7 69.8 27.8 57.2 267 104 46 245.6 245.6 73.5 122.6 230.6
090 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 28 42.88 77.77 27.8 57.2 267 104 46 245.6 245.6 73.5 122.6 230.6
130 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 27.8 57.2 342 128 46 316 306 73.5 122.6 336
180 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 36 50.8 89 31.8 66.7 342 128 46 316 306 73.5 122.6 336
250 622 505 230 50 10 105 25 41 187 42 69.8 120.7 31.8 66.7 387 150 46 403 403 73.5 122.6 437
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS 066 - 250
B2
Side ports - 1
Proportional Valve
3
SPC03A.....E...
1. Proportional valve
2. Pressure limiter 2
3. Filter L1 L1
cw
Dimensions in mm H1
D4 H2
T G1/2” H3
Pst G1/2”
Mst G1/4” B3
B6
L2 B13
M18x1, 5x12-deep supplementary drain, or bleed plug.
Port "A" Port "B"
0
L14 D10 L12 D8
D11 D9
DIRECTION OF ROTATION CONTROL INPUT OUTPUT 0
L13 L11
To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

066 1 1/2’’ 1’’ 55

090 2‘’ 1’’ 57
130 2 1/2’’ 1’’ 111
180 2 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 113
250 3 1/2’’ 1 1/4’’ 226
SIZE B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B12 B13

h9
066 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 — 165

090 210 116 160 235 130 180 10 116 157.5 165
130 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 — 190
180 260 140 200 265 224 224 14 140 — 190
250 325 175 250 330 280 280 18 175 — 221
SIZE D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 DEEP D8 D9 DEEP D10 D11 DEEP D12

h8 k6 Light Execution
066 125 38 M12 — 7/8-UNF M22x1.5 M10 20 38 M12 24 25 M12 21 —

090 125 38 M12 18 7/8-UNF M22x1.5 M10 20 50 M12 24 25 M12 21 —
130 160 50 M16 22 1 1/16-UNF M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 25 M12 20 M20
180 160 50 M16 22 1 1/16-UNF M26x1.5 M12 20 62 M12 20 32 M14 20 M20
250 200 65 M20 26 1 1/16-UNF M33x2 M16 32 90 M16 32 32 M14 24 M24
L16
L15 Prop. Valve
L1 Filter with
electr.
12 L2 Contamination
130 173 Indicator
Pilot Pressure
Compensator
174 L18 PSt

L10
MSt
L9
L1 L1 L7 L1 D6 D5
L6
H8 MA
B
H7
H6 D12 0
+Vmax
H4 D3
Center bore
DIN332
L5 M18x1.5-12deep
B8 L8 L2 D7 only Size 090
B5 L4
B4 L3
Splined shaft
Dim. See page 51
MA View X
L19
A T
X T
L1
L3
D1 D2
D5
B7 B12
L1
B only Size 090

El. position indicator
SIZE H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8
+0.2
066 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139

090 227 162 90 41 93 53 88 139
130 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 176
180 283 207 113 53.5 117 64 110 176
250 354 260 140 69 146 77 138 220
066 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 185 35.7 69.8 27.8 57.2 328 576 245.6 245.6 68 58
090 342 274 150 35 8 58 16 26 120 185 42.88 77.77 27.8 57.2 328 576 245.6 245.6 68 58
130 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 229 50.8 89 27.8 57.2 451 738 316 306 78 68
180 483 391 185 40 9 82 20 32 148 229 50.8 89 31.8 66.7 451 738 316 306 78 68
250 622 505 230 50 10 105 25 41 187 281 69.8 120.7 31.8 66.7 579 931 403 403 90 80
Pump
Dimensions - L3
PVXS Thru-Drive L2
22
Mounting, Thru-Drive Options
SAE “A” and SAE “B”
PVX 066 / 090

SAE “A” H
102 Ø82.58+0.03
10
106.4 L1
130 O-ring supplied
M10-20deep loose with PV pump
For SAE"A", splined shaft,
16/32 DP-9 teeth
L3
L2
22
PVX 130 / 180 / 250

SAE “A”
H
1 Ø82.58+0.03
For SAE"A",
splined shaft,
10 16/32 DP-9 teeth
106.4 L1
130 O-ring supplied
M10-18deep loose with PV pump
33
PVX 130 / 180 / 250

SAE “B”
D2
H7
D1 89.8 Ø101.6
For SAE"B",
splined shaft,
16/32 DP-13 teeth
89.8 9
146 12
B1 O-ring supplied
loose with PV pump
SIZE THROUGH SHAFT B1 D1 D2 L1 L2 L3 H
066/090 SAE “A” — — — 47 60 81 53

130/180 SAE “A” 224 M20-30 deep M12-20 deep 28 62 81 64
SAE “B” — — — — 62 81 64
250 SAE “A” 280 M24-38 deep M12-24 deep 28 56 91 77
SAE “B” — — — — 56 91 77
Pump
Dimensions -
Splined Shafts
For Variable Displacement
Pumps (PVXS) Only
68
Size 066 / 090
W40x1.25x10a
DIN 5480
Center bore
DM12 DIN332 58
Size 130 / 180 78
W50x1.25x10a
DIN 5480
Center bore 68
DM16 DIN332
Size 250 90
W62x1.25x10a
DIN5480
Center bore
DM20 DIN332 80
Pump
Dimensions -
PVXS SAE 4-Bolt
Mounting Pads
DIM. CODE 61 SERIES CODE 62 SERIES

C ÿA
1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3 1/2" 1" 1 1/4"
A 38 50 62 90 25 32 max
B 35,7 42,9 50,8 69,8 27,8 31,8
C 69,8 77,8 89 120,7 57,2 66,7
D D M12x20 M12x20 M12x20 M16x26 M12x18 M14x24
PFX / PVX 066 Inlet •
Outlet •
Outlet •
Outlet •
Outlet •
Outlet •
Thru-drive Shaft Output Torque

MAX. OUTPUT TORQUE, NM (LB.FT) Installation Drain
Pump Keyed Shaft Keyed Shaft Splined piping
Size Increasing Load Increasing Load Shaft
Shaft up
066 520 (383) 260 (190) 660 (485)
090 520 (383) 260 (190) 660 (485)
L2
130 720 (530) 360 (265) 900 (665)
180 720 (530) 360 (265) 900 (665)
250 1400 (1032) 1400 (1032) 2500 (1843)
L1
0,2 bar
(3 psi)
check
Shaft
down
L3
L1
0,2 bar
(3 psi)
check
Application Data -
Fluid
Recommendations
Case Flushing Fluids Fluid Cleanliness Fluid Cleanliness

Requirements Pumps in the catalog are These pumps are correct balance of
A check valve must not primarily designed rated for anti-wear cleanliness, materials,
be used in the drain to operate with petroleum fluids with and additives for
pipe. The drain pipe conventional petroleum a contamination level protection against
must interminate below based hydraulic oil. of 18/15/13 per ISO wear of inclusion of air.
the oil level in the Alternative fluids and 4406. Operation in Essential information
reservoir. restrictions: fluids with levels more on the correct methods
For all other conditions • Fluid maintenance contamination than this for treating hydraulic
with low pressure <20 is critical to the is not recommended fluid is included in Eaton
bar (<300 psi) and low durability of all and may reduce the publication 561- "Vickers
flow (<10% of Qmax) hydraulic components, life of the pump Guide to Systemic
case flushing is required. and particularly so components. Fluids Contamination Control"-
with hydraulic pumps. other than petroleum, available from your
For operation with severe service cycles,
special fluids HFB and This becomes even local Eaton distributor.
more of a factor when or temperature extremes
HFC, case flushing is are cause for adjustment In this publication,
recommended. alternative fluids are filtration and cleanliness
used. All types of of these codes. Please
contact your Eaton levels for extending the
alternative fluids life of axial piston
Flushing Flow require extensive representative for
special duty cycle pumps and other
Flushing flow via the maintenance in order system components
pump case should be to maintain proper recommendations.
are listed. Included is an
>1% of maximum pump levels of water Eaton pumps, as excellent discussion of
flow. Maximum flushing content, acidity, well as any variable the selection of products
flow depends on case viscosity and displacement piston needed to control fluid
pressure. contamination. pumps, will operate condition.
with apparent
Notes: satisfaction in fluids up
to the rating specified Ordering Procedure
• All listed ratings are
here. Experience has When ordering please
based on the use of specify full model
a good quality fluid. shown, however, that
pump and hydraulic designation of items
• Alternative fluids have system life is not required; see "Model
a reduced tolerance optimized with high Codes" section of
for contamination over fluid contamination this catalog.
petroleum base fluids. levels (high ISO Note the following:
Good filtration is cleanliness codes).
therefore critical. • Designation of variable
Proper fluid condition displacement pumps
• The pumps will provide is essential for long must include the
exceptional life when and satisfactory life of supplementary
used with a good hydraulic components designation of the
quality clean fluid and systems. Hydraulic required control.
at the pump ratings fluid must have the
specified for that fluid.
FLUIDS
Max. Max. Recommended Max
Pressure Speed Seal Operating Bearing
Type Classification Bar rpm Material Temperature °C Life
Water in Oil Emulsion HFB 250 1800 Fluorocarbon 49 50%
Notes
Notes
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (49) 07221 682-788

All rights reserved
Vickers
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUPI-TM 004-E
M arch 2003
Hydrokraft Transmission
Closed Loop Piston Pumps
Technical Catalog TVX
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model Codes
Form Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Basic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ES Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
HG Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
FE Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Special Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Combination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examples for Combination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Pump Specifications
US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Performance Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Operating Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Hydraulic Transmission Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Controls
FE, HG Manual Adjustment Displacement Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electric Motor Displacement Control ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Pressure Signal Displacement Control DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Example for TVX, DP Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Proportional Valve Displacement Control SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Example for TVX, SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pump Dimensions*
TVXS 066/090 ES Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
TVXS 066/090 HG Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
TVXS 066/090 FE Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
TVXS 066/090 DP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TVXS 066/090 SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
TVXS 130/180 ES Control**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2 EATON Vickers Hydrokraft Transmission Piston Pumps V-PUPI-MC001-E March 2003

Table of Contents
(cont.)
Pump Dimensions* (cont.)

TVXS 130/180 HG Control** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
TVXS 130/180 FE Control** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
TVXS 130/180 DP Control** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
TVXS 130/180 SP Control**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
* TVXS-250 ask for special drawings. Used only for repleasement.
For new applications please use TVWS
** TVXS –130/180 , for new applications please use TVWS-130/180
SAE 4-Bolt Mounting Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fluid Recommenations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Application Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
EATON Vickers Hydrokraft Transmission Piston Pumps V-PUPI-MC001-E March 2003 3

Introduction
AVAILABLE DISPLACEMENT
• Axial piston pumps • Rotating and pressure • Standard available SIZES
with swashplate loaded parts are transmission circuits
design for reliable pressure balanced. with integrated valves 66 ccm
operation and long life. • Oversize shaft and and filters to build 90 ccm
• Special design for shaft bearings. complete closed loop
closed loop system for charge flow
• Large charge flow and flushing. AVAILABLE REPLACEMENT
application. rates for low system UNIT DISPLACEMENT SIZES
• Pressure up to 420 temperature. • Fast response times.
130 ccm
bar. Rated speed up to • Wide range of • For new product 180 ccm
1800 r/min higher available integrated applications use TVW.
speeds possible. Use TVX 130-250 for 250 ccm
charge and pilot
pressure pump service replacement
combinations. only.
Displacement controls: Typical Section of Transmission Pump

ES - Electric motor
displacement control Housing Cylinder Control
SP-Controls
HG - Handwheel Block Piston
control
SP - Displacement
signal
DP - Displacement
signal
Shaft
Swash Piston & Valve Valve Charge Pilot

Plate Shoe Plate Block Pump Pump
Dimensional information listed in this catalog is subject to change without notice.

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
"X" Series
Form Page
The following 55-digit coding system has been In the model code string below some characters are
developed to identify all of the configuration options already filled out and shown on this and the
for the "X" Series Transmission pumps. Use this following pages. For such characters there is no
model code to specify a unit with the desired option available.
features. All 55-digits must be present when Explanation for each character can be found as
ordering. You may want to photocopy the matrix follows:
below to ensure that each number is entered in the CHARACTER PAGE
correct box. If adjustments other than the standard
settings (character 47...50) or special features Basic Pump Model Code 1.....27 6
(character 51...53) are needed, please provide the Control Options 28...46 7-11
information when ordering. At the end of this Customer Adjustment Specification 47...50 7-11
section you may need to provide an additional model Special Features 51...53 12
code if a combination unit is needed. In case of a Design Number 54...55 12
combination unit, each single pump section must be Combination Model Code 1.....39 13
specified separately using this or other Eaton catalog
information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
T V X – M 1 R S V A
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
1 0
SPECIFY NON STANDARD ADJUSTMENT BELOW

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
“X" Series - Basic Pump
T V X * — * * * M * * * * * * * * 1 R * * S V * A * * #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
1 Pump 10 11 Mounting flange 14 15 16 17 Thru-Drive 23 Seal Material
T – Transmission Pump 02 – ISO 3019/2 - 125A2HW Options V – Viton*

(66 and 90 cm3/r) 0000 – None * Viton is a trademark of E.I. Dupont
2 Displacement 04 – ISO 3019/2 - 160A2HW 000A – SAE A (other materials available, contact your
(130 and 180 cm3/r) 000B – SAE B Eaton Representative)
V – Variable displacement
06 – ISO 3019/2 - 200A2HW 000C – SAE C
3 (250 cm3/r) 000P – Pilot pump (8 cm3/r) 24 Yoke Position Indicator
Pump Series
X – “X” Series 000T – Charge pump 0 – No position indicator
12 Rotation Direction (~25% of unit
(was 30 design) V – Visual position indicator
R – Right hand [CW] displacement size) P – Position sensor
4 Configuration L – Left hand [CCW] 00TP – Charge pump (~25% M – Position sensor and
S – Single Unit of unit displacement visual indicator
13 Adjustment stop size) and Pilot pump
R – Rear Unit 25 Housing surface finish
0 – No adjustment stop (8 cm3/r)
5 Separator 4 – Fixed mechanical A – Blue painted
18 Main Ports
– – Separator Adjustment stop side A
5 – Fixed mechanical 1 – SAE Port - Metric bolts 26 Transmission Circuit
6 7 8
Displacement Size Adjustment stop side B 0 – No transmission circuit
19Main Port Orientation
6 – Fixed mechanical 1 – Block filter, optical dirt
066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev]
Adjustment stop side A R – Radial (side ports) indicator
090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5.0 in3/rev]
and B 2 – Block, filter, electrical dirt
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] 20 21
180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] Main Drive Shaft End indicator
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] 01 – ISO straight key 3 – Block without filter
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] 02 – ISO spline
27 Zero Position Valve
22 Drive Shaft Seal
9 Basic standard 0 – No Zero Position Valve
M – Metric Configuration A – With Zero Position Valve
S – Single shaft seal
28 Add Control Model
Code
Code (characters 28...50) on
the following pages

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
“X" Series - ES Control
E S * 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29 Control type 31 32 Electronic Controls 42 Pilot Oil Filter 46 Control Voltage of Zero
ES – Electric motor 00 – Not required 0 – Not required Position Valve

displacement control 0 – Not applicable
33 Yoke Displacement Zone 43Fail Safe Valve B – 110 AC 50 Hz/
30 Displacement A – Single side of center “A” 0 – Not required 120 AC 60 Hz
Adjustment Options C – Over center D – 220 AC 50 Hz/
44Position Monitoring
M – Electric Motor - fast 240 AC 60 Hz
34 Extra Functions
response A – 4 limit switches G – 12 VDC
N – Electric Motor - mdeium 0 – Not available B – 8 limit switches H – 24 VDC
response P – 4 limit switches +
35 Pressure Control 47 48 49 50
Customer
P – Electric Motor - slow sensor
response Options T – 8 limit switches + Adjustment Specification
0 – Not applicable sensor 0000 - None
36 37 38 39 40 41 Power 45Electric Motor Type ???? - Yes (Final number will
Control Options be assigned by Eaton.
2 – Motor with brake (IP54)
Specify on table
000000 – Not applicable 3 – Motor without brake
below)
(explosion proof)
Theoretical Response Time (sec) for Zero to Maximum Displacement 51 Special Features
SIZE 066/90 130/180 250
f Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60
Add special feature
Fast 7 6 18 15 15 13
51...55) on page 12 if
Medium 24 20 35 29 30 25 required
Slow 38 432 54 45 48 40
CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS UNIT STD. SETTING CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT OPTION REMARKS
All Revolution Adjustments below set at ... rpm 1500 –

Pressure Relief Valve Side A bar 350
Pressure Relief Valve Side B bar 350
Charge Pressure Relief Valve - Size 066 & 090 bar 10 –
Charge Pressure Relief Valve - Size 250 bar 20 –
Flushing (Low) Pressure Relief Valve - Size 066 & 090 bar 5 –
Flushing (Low) Pressure Relief Valve - Size 250 bar 10 –
Pilot Pressure bar 60 –
Mechanical Adjustment Stop Side A L/min Qmax
Mechanical Adjustment Stop Side B L/min Qmin
Displacement Adjusted to ... L/min -50% Qmax Side A
Position Monitoring Switch 1 L/min 0 from A
Position Monitoring Switch 2 L/min 95% Qmax Side A > 95% not possible
Position Monitoring Switch 3 L/min 0 from B
Position Monitoring Switch 4 L/min 95% Qmax Side B > 95% not possible
Position Monitoring Switch 5 L/min –
Pressure Override Side A & B deleted

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
“X" Series - HG Control
H G 0 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29 Control type 33 Yoke Displacement Zone 43 Fail Safe Valve 47 48 49 50 Customer
HG – Hand wheel A – Single side of center “A” 0 – Not required Adjustment Specification
displacement control C – Over center 0000 - None
44 Position Monitoring
30 Displacement 34Extra Functions ???? - Yes (Final number will
0 – Not position monitoring be assigned by Eaton.
Adjustment Options 0 – Not available
45 Electric Motor Type Specify on table
0 – Not applicable below)
35Pressure Control Options 0 – No electric motor
0 – Not applicable
46 51 Special Features
00 – Not required Control Voltage of Zero
36 37 38 39 40 41 Power Position Valve Add special feature
Control Options 0 – Not applicable description (characters
000000 – Not applicable 51...55) on page 12 if
required
42 Pilot Oil Filter
0 – Not required
CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS UNIT STANDARD SETTING CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT OPTION REMARKS
All Revolution Adjustments below set at ... rpm 1500 – –

Displacement Adjusted to... L/min Qmax Side A

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
“X" Series - FE Control
F E 0 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29 Control type 34 Extra Functions 43 Fail Safe Valve 47 48 49 50 Customer
FE – Screw adjusted 0 – Not available 0 – Not required Adjustment Specification

displacement control 0000 - None
35 Pressure Control Options 44 Position Monitoring
30 Displacement ???? - Yes (Final number will
0 – Not applicable 0 – No position monitoring be assigned by Eaton.
Adjustment Options
36 37 38 39 40 41 Power 45 Electric Motor Type Specify on table
0 – Not applicable below)
Control Options 0 – No electric motor
00– Not required Control Voltage of Zero
42Pilot Oil Filter Position Valve Add special feature
33 Yoke Displacement Zone description (characters
0 – Not required 0 – Not applicable
A – Single side of center “A” 51...55) on page 12 if
C – Over center required

Displacement Adjusted to... L/min Qmax Side A

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
“X" Series - DP Control
D P * 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 0 0 0 * * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
DP – Pressure signal A – Single side of center “A” 0 – Not required Adjustment Specification
displacement control C – Over center 0000 - None
30 Displacement 34Extra Functions ???? - Yes (Final number will
0 – No position monitoring be assigned by Eaton.
Adjustment Options 0 – Not available
45 Electric Motor Type Specify on table
G – Mounting interface below)
Cetop 3 only 35Pressure Control Options 0 – No electric motor
H – Remote port G 1/4 0 – Not applicable
J – Proportional relief inc. 46 51 Special Features
Control Voltage of Zero
electronics 36 37 38 39 40 41 Power Position Valve Add special feature
K – Proportional relief inc. Control Options 0 – Not applicable description (characters
electronics & 000000 – Not applicable B – 110 AC 50 Hz/ 51...55) on page 12 if
displacement control 120 AC 60 Hz required
42Pilot Oil Filter D – 220 AC 50 Hz/
31 32Electronic Controls
0 – Not required 240 AC 60 Hz
00 – Not required V – Filter with visual G – 12 VDC
indicator H – 24 VDC
E – Filter with electronic
indicator


Model Code
Transmission Pumps
“X" Series - SP Control
S P * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * 0 0 * * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
SP – Proportional Valve A – Single side of center “A” 0 – Not required Adjustment Specification
Displacement Control C – Over center 1 – With solenoid valve 0000 – None
30 Displacement 34Extra Functions 44
Position Monitoring ???? – Yes (Final number
Adjustment Options will be assigned by
0 – Not required 0 – No position monitoring Eaton. Specify on
C – With Cetop 3 table below)
Proportional valve 35 Pressure Control 45
Electric Motor Type
KDG4V 3 Options 0 – No electric motor
F – With Cetop 5 51 Special Features
Proportional valve 46
Control Voltage of Zero Add special feature
36 37 38 39 40 41 Power Position Valve description (characters
31 32 Electronic Controls 51...55) on page 12 if
Control Options 0 – Not applicable
00 – Not required 000000 – Not applicable B – 110 AC 50 Hz/ required
03 – ER 9.3 - 10 (Cetop 3) 120 AC 60 Hz
04 – ER 9.4 - 10 (Cetop 5) 42Pilot Oil Filter D – 220 AC 50 Hz/
0 – Not required 240 AC 60 Hz
V – Filter with visual G – 12 VDC
indicator H – 24 VDC
E – Filter with electronic
indicator
CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS UNIT STD. SETTING CUSTOMER ADJUSTMENT OPTION REMARKS

Max. Stop by Control Side A L/min 95% Qmax El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual
Max. Stop by Control Side B L/min 95% Qmax El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual
Ramp Time 0 _ A For 100% Stroke sec 0 El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual
Ramp Time A _ 0 sec 0 El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual
Preset Input Signals S1 ... S4 L/min – El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual

Model Code
Transmission Pumps
"X" Series -
Special Features
* * * 1 0
51 52 53 54 55
000 – None
*** – Defined by Eaton
54 55 Design Number

Model Code
Combination Units
* * * C — * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
H C 8 1 * * * * * * * * * *
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
P – Pump Displacement cm3/r 00 – No Control (for Fixed 00 – No Control (for Fixed

T – Transmission Pump 066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Displacement Only) Displacement Only)
M – Motor 090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DF – Pressure Compensator DF – Pressure Compensator
2 Displacement 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] ES – Electric Motor Control ES – Electric Motor Control
F – Filled 250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] HG – Handwheel HG – Handwheel
W – “W” Series SM – Servo Adjustment SM – Servo Adjustment
(was 30 design)
X – “X” Series 00 – No Control (for Fixed Mech Feedback Mech Feedback
ES – Electric Motor Control Displacement Control Displacement Control
C
HG – Handwheel
21 22 23 Fourth 26 27 28 29 Assembly
FE – Screw Adjustment Displacement cm3/r Numbers
Displacement cm3/r SM – Servo Adjustment 066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev]
Displacement Control - 090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Mech Feedback 130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] Assembly Numbers
090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DP – Pressure Signal 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev]
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] 16 17 18 Third
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] Displacement cm3/r
066 – 66 cm3/r [4.0 in3/rev] two or more units fill through drive option
090 – 90 cm3/r [5.5 in3/rev] out this Combination must be specified on
Displacement Only)
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] Model Code. the rear unit of the
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev]
• Start with the biggest
360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev]
HG – Handwheel
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev]
Displacement Control separate model code following unit in the
Mech Feedback
DP – Pressure Signal • Character 26 to 39 will
Displacement Control number will be defined
in the order
acknowledgement.

Model Code
Examples for
Combination Units
of two closed loop pumps
Model Code Front Unit TVWF-500M08R0000H1R02SVMA20SPC03C00000000E100H000000010
Model Code Rear Unit TVXR-066M02R000001R02SVMA00SPC03C00000000E000H000000010
Model Code Combination Unit TVWC-500SP0660SP0000000000HC81**********
two open loop pumps
(For open loop model code
refer to the according
catalog)
Mode Code Front Unit TVWF-500M08R0000H1R02SVMA20SPC03C00000000E100H000000010
Model Code Middle Unit PVWM-250M07R00E1R02SV0ADF000A0000000000000000010
Model Code Rear Unit PFXR-130M02R00P1A02SV0A00000A0000000000000000010
Model Code Combination Unit TVWC-500SP250DF1300000000HC81**********

Pump
Specifications -
US
MODEL TVX 066 TVX 090 TVX 130 TVX 180 TVX 250

Pipe connection SAE/Flange B psi 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000
A 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000
Speed range nmin rpm 150
nmax 1800
max 122
Weight m lb 168 168 348 379 540
Mass of inertia J lb ft2 0.38 0.38 1.068 1.068 3.456

Input pressure p1min psi 12.5 abs
p1max psi Pressure can be applied to the pump inlet but the sum of p1 and p2 must not exceed the maximum
value of 6090psi )
Maximum pressure to DIN 24312 p2max psi 6090
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °F -13 on startup
max 194
max cSt 75
Maximum geometric displacement Vg in3 66 90 130 180 250
Maximum geometric n= 1500 rpm Qg USgpm 28 36 52 71 99
pump flow n= 1800 rpm 32 43 62 86 119
Case pressure pv max psi max 7.2psi over pA, pB
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTIC OF CHARGE AND PILOT PUMP
Displacement charge pump Vg Sp in3 0.97 1.4 2.01 2.44 3.91

Charge pressure pN Sp psi 73/145 73/145 102/189 102/189 145/290
Input pressure charge & pilot pump pmin Sp/St psi 11.6 absolute
Displacement pilot pump Vg St in3 0.5
Pilot pressure pSt psi 870 870 870 870 870
DRIVE
Maximum driving torque - single unit M1 Single lb.ft. 325 443 640 887 1243
(p2 max, η= 100%)
Maximum power consumption - single unit P1 Single hp 93 126 182 254 355
(p2 max, η= 100%; n= 1800 rpm)
Max. driving torque - comb. unit M1 Comb. lb.ft. 2x325 2x443 2x643 2x890 2x1248
1) TVW - 750 at 1800 rpm reduced to 38.1 in3
2) When pressure below 1450psi and flow below 25% of maximum flow

Pump
Specifications -
Metric
MODEL TVX 066 TVX 090 TVX 130 TVX 180 TVX 250

Pipe connection SAE/Flange B psi 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000
A 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000 1" = 6000
Speed range nmin min-1 150
nmax 1800
max 50
Weight m kg 76 76 138 172 245
Mass of inertia J kg m2 0.016 0.016 0.045 0.045 0.146
Nominal pressure (100% duty cycle) pN bar 5000 (350)

Input pressure p1min bar 4 abs
p1max bar Pressure can be applied to the pump inlet but the sum of p1 and p2 must not exceed the maximum
value of 420 bar
Maximum pressure to DIN 24312 p2max bar 420
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °C -25 on startup
max 90
max cSt 75
Maximum geometric displacement Vg cm3 4.03 5.49 7.93 10.98 15.26
Maximum geometric n= 1500 min-1 Qg L/min 99 135 195 270 375
pump flow n= 1800 min-1 L/min 118 162 234 324 450
Case pressure pv max bar max 7.2psi (0.5 bar) over air pressure pA, pB
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTIC OF CHARGE AND PILOT PUMP
Displacement charge pump Vg Sp cm3 16 23 33 40 64

Charge pressure pN Sp bar 5/10 5/10 7/13 7/13 10/20
Input pressure charge & pilot pump pmin Sp/St bar 0,8 absolute
Displacement pilot pump Vg St cm3 8
Pilot pressure pSt bar 60 60 60 60 60
DRIVE
Maximum driving torque - single unit M1 Single Nm 440 600 868 1202 1685
(p2 max, η= 100%)
Maximum power consumption - single unit P1 Single kW 69 94 136 189 265
(p2 max, η= 100%; n= 1800 min-1)
Maximum driving torque - comb. unit M1 Comb. Nm 2x440 2x600 2x868 2x1202 2x1685
1) TVW - 750 at 1800 min-1 reduced to 625cm3
2) When pressure below 100 bar and flow below 25% of maximum flow

Performance
Curves -
066, 090, 130,
180, 250 Series
Outlet Flow and Volumetric and Overall

Theoretical Power Efficiencies
Consumption
For Calculation: Peff = Pth/ηtot
Typical at 1500 min-1 with anti-wear oil at 40 cSt
Single displacement pumps: PFX,PVX hp vol.
kW 350 tot.
250
100
tot for 100 % Vg

300 90
L/min PFX/PVX
tot for 50 % Vg
USgpm 400 200
80
100 250
250 tot for 25 % Vg
Theoretical Power Consumption P
70
80 300 150 200 60

180
Efficiency (%)
Effective Outlet Flow
50
150
60
200 100 40
130
100
40
30
90
100 50 20
066 50
20
10
0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 bar 0 100 200 300 400
0 1000 3000 5000 5800 psi

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 5800
Operating Pressure
Operating Pressure
are as for the individual
units. (V )
V
max
3

Pump size 066
Operating Data 10 5
066,090,130,180,
250 Series

-1
1000 min
-1
1500 min
1800 min -1
10 4
Theoretical Bearing
Life Time
At maximum displacement 3
and various speeds. 3 x 10
bar 50 100 200 300 400
psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

Pump size 090 Operating Pressure
5
10
Pump size 130
10 5
-1
1000 min -1
1000 min
-1
-1 1500 min
1500 min
1800 min-1
-1
4 1800 min
10
10 4
3
3 x 10 3
3 x 10
bar 50 100 200 300 400
bar 50 100 200 300 400
psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
Operating Pressure
Operating Pressure
5
10 10 5
-1 -1
1000 min 1000 min
1500 min -1
1500 min -1
4 1800 min -1 1800 min -1

10 10 4
3 3
3 x 10 3 x 10
bar 50 100 200 300 400 bar 50 100 200 300 400
psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

Hydraulic
Transmission
Circuit
“X” Series – Closed Loop
Example for a completed

Hydraulic Transmission
Example shown is a com-

plete drive for a slow speed
conveyor belt, with TVX-
pump and ES-control, with
MF-motor and gearbox, inte-
grated in a power unit. 2.6
MS MA
2 3
A
2.3 A
2.4
6 21 22
2.5 3.2 20
38 1
M1 M
M 2.1
10 IVIII A 9 2.2 2.5 3.1
II I 18 bar 12 bar
B
B L
B
R1 500 Ohm S L1 L1 L2 L3 MB
11
37 M 31 32
36 90∞C
35 70∞C
Drain
34 30 Motor
33 max
min
ISO VG 46 Drain
A, B System port 2.2 Charge pressure relief 6 High pressure relief 33 Thermometer
L1, L2, Drain port valve valve 34 Optical Level Indicator
L3 Oil filling plug 2.3 Charge flow filter 9 Servo motor 35 Venting Filter
MA, MB Gauge port-system 2.4 Clogging indicator for 10 Control limit switches 36 Level switch
pressure charge flow filter 11 Control feedback 37 Temperature switch
MS Gauge port-charge 2.5 Charge check valves potentiometer
(2 pcs) 38 Electric motor
pressure 20 Motor MF
S Suction port for 2.6 Charge pressure relief 21 Limit switches
charge pump switch (speed control)
L Drain port motor 3 Flushing block 22 Rearbox
1 Basic pump 3.1 Low pressure relief valve 30 Reservoir
(replenishing valve)
2 Charge block 31 Cooler Oil/Air
3.2 Flushing flow shuttle
2.1 Charge pump valve 32 Bypass - Valve

FE, HG Manual
Adjustment
Displacement
Control
FE The FE-control is a HG The HG-control is The maximum (and/or customer adjustment

displacement control a displacement control minimum) flow can be speculation position 47-50
where the pump flow where the pump flow limited by a spacer inside for the set values). The
is adjusted by a screw. can be adjusted by the control cylinder setting must be defined
handwheel. (position no. 13 in before ordering and
modelcoding, options 4, 5 cannot be modified
or 6 in combination with during operation.
+V
0 to +V max
-100% displacement
+100%
-V

Electric Motor
Displacement
Control ES
The unit is used for flow The response times No Pressure / Power (position no. 13 in model
adjustment. It has a from zero to maximum Limiter possible! coding, options 4, 5 or 6
three phase electric depends on the chosen Explosion protection in combination with
servo motor, worm ratio and the (fixed) versions are also customer adjustment
gearing and a switch box speed of the servo available. speculation position
with 4 or (optional) 8 motor (this means that 47-50 for the set values).
limit switches for once the control is As an additional option The setting must be
different positions. A defined and built the the maximum (and/or defined before ordering
potentiometer is also response times are not minimum) flow can be and cannot be modified
available. variable during limited by a spacer during operation.
operation). inside the control
cylinder
100%
Flow from A
cw
servo motor
off
0
ccw
Flow from B
100%
Response Time Table
THEORETICAL RESPONSE TIME (SEC) FOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT CHARACTER IN MODELCODE POS. 30
Size 066 / 090 130 / 180 250

Freq. Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60
Fast 7 6 18 15 15 13 M
Medium 24 20 35 29 30 25 N
Slow 38 32 54 45 48 40 P
Response time from 0 to +Qmax or 0 to - Qmax

Pressure Signal
Displacement
Control DP
The output flow of the To work in both No feedback signal is As an additional option
pump is proportional to directions, a solenoid needed, an optical the maximum (and/or
the pilot pressure. valve is needed to switch indicator recommended minimum) flow can be
A separate pilot oil the pilot flow from A to (pos. 24 in model limited by a spacer inside
circuit is necessary. B (pos. 30 in model coding, option “V”). the control cylinder
coding, option “K”). A pilot oil filter can be (position no.13 in model
From this, the control coding, options 4, 5 or 6
pressure is reduced to The DP-control can be mounted in-line between
used for stepless flow pump and control (pos. in combination with
the desired set value by customer adjustment
means of a suitable control with standard 42 in model coding,
requirements for option “V” or “E”). speculation position 47-50
pressure control valve for the set values). The
(with P-T line) and dynamic and precision. Pressure limiter or setting must be defined
throttle in P-line 0.8 Ø power limiter override before ordering and
(0.03 in). not available (for such cannot be modified
and other options please during operation.
refer to PVW-Series).
TVX Response Times DP - Control
SIZE RESPONSE TIME (SEC) WITH 12 L/MIN PILOT OIL FLOW
(Standard) Pilot Pressure pSt [bar]

066/090 0,7 60
130/180 0,9 60
250 1,1 60
P T P T A B +100%
M8
flow from A
D1
P T A B
A pSt T P T A B Pilot pressure

40 bar 30 20 10
Qmax
10 20 30 40 bar
Pilot pressure
-100%
flow from B
+100%
S B L
-100%
The output flow of the pump is proportional to the pilot pressure

Example for TVXS
DP Control
The example shows a (with solenoid valve 24V Other model coding also
TVXS-130 pump with DP- DC) with charge oil filter possible due to some
control and complete with electrical indicator, variations which cannot
transmission circuit, for but without pilot oil filter. be seen in the circuit
over-center operation diagram (seal material,
main drive shaft end).
Possible model coding for such pump:
TVXS-130M04R000TP1R01SVVA20DPK00C000000000000H000000010.
4.1
4
P T P T A B
Tex
APT B 7
D1
P T A B 2.4
5.1 2.3
A T P T A B PSt2 MA
A
PSt1
-100% 2.5 6 3.2 2.1 5
M +100%
2.5 3.1
SSt
2.2 B
B L1 L2 L3 SSp MB
A, B System ports X1 Remote port control 3.1 Low pressure relief 5 Pilot pump
L1, L2, L3 Drain ports pressure valve 5.1 Pilot pressure relief
MA, MB Gauge port- T Return line control circuit 3.2 Flushing flow shuttle valve
system pressure 1 Basic pump valve Tex return line 6 High pressure relief
proportional relief valve valve
SSp Suction port for 2.1 Charge pump
charge pump 4 Proportional pressure 7 Interface for short cut
2.2 Charge pressure relief relief valve
SSt Suction port for valve valve
pilot pump 4.1 Solenoid valve for
2.3 Charge flow filter directional control
pSt1 Outlet port pilot 2.4 Clogging indicator for
pump charge flow filter
pSt2 Pilot pressure 2.5 Check valves (2 pcs)
port

Proportional
Valve
Displacement
Control SP
The SP control operates All control values are Pressure limiter override in model coding, options
a hydrostatic drive and recorded as an electrical available on request. 4, 5 or 6 in combination
works without throttle signal and lead back to Power limiter override with customer
losses within electrically the control card. The not available (for such adjustment speculation
adjustable limits. This is proportional valve and and other options please position 47-50 for the set
done by controlling servo piston transform refer to TVW series). values). The setting must
delivery flow with the output signal of the be defined before
electrical swashplate control card to the As an additional option ordering and cannot be
angle feedback desired setting. the maximum (and/or modified during
(electrical closed-loop minimum) flow can be operation.
This results in a very limited by a spacer
control). precise and dynamic inside the control
control. cylinder (position no.13
A B
+100 %
P T
flow from A
A 10V electric input signal 0

PSt P T B A T
0 electric input signal 10V
flow from B
-100 %
B L(T)
TVX Response Times SP - Control
PROPORTIONAL VALVE
Pilot Pilot Oil Control Response Unit

Oil Flow Pressure pSt Electronics Time Size Servo Piston
L/min (Amp.card) 0 < > Vmax Diameter Stroke Volume
(USgpm) bar (psi) bar (psi) [ms] cm3 mm (in) mm (in) cm3 (in3)
one side per chamber
Medium response 12 (3.17) 60 (857) ER 9.3-10 250 066 / 090 40/30 (1.57/1.18) 28 (1.10) 15,4 (0.939)
KDG4V3-2C20NMUH760 12 (3.17) 60 (857) ER 9.3-10 350 130 / 180 55/38 (2.16/1.49) 35 (1.37) 43,5 (2.654)
(CETOP 3) 12 (3.17) 60 (857) ER 9.3-10 550 250 70/50 (2.76/1.97) 43,5 (1.71) 81 (4.942)
High response ON REQUEST
(CETOP 5)
The ER9.3-10 and ER 9.4-10 (for high response) digital amplifier cards are optimized for use with the SP-Control.
Please ask for separate documentation. Software is available for parameter setting and storing (database function).
Contact Eaton to request free of charge manual and software CD.

Example for TVXS
SP Control
The example shows a for both sides, with Other model coding also Note: the below shown
TVXS-130 pump with SP- charge and pilot oil filter possible due to some pressure limiter override
control, complete with electrical indicator. variations which cannot is not in standard model
transmission circuit and be seen in the circuit coding, but will be
pressure limiter override diagram (seal material, available on request.
main drive shaft end).
Possible model coding for such pump:
TVXS-130M04R000TP1R01SVPA20SPC03C30000000E0000000000010.
A B
4
P T
5.2
5.3
(XB) 5.1 (XA) TP
8.1
MB 8.1 MA
8 8
APT B 7
T 2.4
2.3
PSt2
PSt T ASt BSt MSt MA
A
PSt1
1 2.5 6 3.2
2.1 5
M
2.5 3.1
SSt
2.2 B
L1 L2 L3 SSp MB
A, B System ports pSt2 Pilot pressure port 2.4 Clogging indicator for 5.2 Pilot oil filter
L1, L2, L3 Drain ports T Return line control charge flow filter 5.3 Clogging indicator for
MA, MB Gauge port- circuit 2.5 Charge check valves pilot oil filter
system pressure TP Return line pressure (2 pcs) 6 High pressure relief
MSt Gauge port- limiter override 3.1 Low pressure relief valve
charge pressure 1 Basic pump valve 7 Interface for short cut
SSp Suction port for 2.1 Charge pump 3.2 Flushing flow shuttle valve
charge pump valve 8 Pressure limiter
2.2 Charge pressure relief
SSt Suction port for valve 4 Proportional control override (main stage)
pilot pump valve 8.1 Pressure limiter
2.3 Charge flow filter
pSt1 Outlet port pilot 5 Pilot pump override (pilot stage)
pump 5.1 Pilot pressure relief
valve
Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
ES Control
Dimensions in mm
Type ES, Electric Motor

Control displacement from +
Vmax to - Vmax through V0
Port A/B
SAE 1", 6000psi
M12-20 deep Ø25
57.2
68 27.8
W40x1,25x10a
3 optional
409 orientations Center bore
245.6 3 x 90˚ DM12 DIN332 58
68.4 119.6 Filter
8
L3
L1 A
L1 SSp
41+0.2 0 16 10 h9 Electrical
L3 contamination
-Vmax +Vmax B Ø125 h8
indicator
Center bore 111 Ø38 k6
DM12 DIN332 L1
58 PSp1
L2 4xM10-20deep MB
26 90 B
35 150 153 MSp PSp1
217.6 56
495
A, B System pressure L2 M18x1.5x12-deep (L3) Oil filling 7/8-14UNF- (MSp) Gauge port charge
port (see detail) supplementary drain, SAEJ475 or bleed pump pressure G 1/4
(L1) Drain port or bleed plug. Must plug. Must be drained pSp1 Pressure port of
M22x1.5/two drain be drained in addition in addition to L1 if the charge pump G 1/2
ports, one supplied to L1 if the pump is pump is installed with
installed with the the shaft input end pSp2 Pressure port
plugged M22x1.5
shaft input end pointing downwards.
pointing upwards. (MA) Gauge port system SSp Suction port of
pressure G 1/4 charge pump
G 3/4
(MB) Gauge port system
pressure G 1/4 (...) Normally plugged

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
ES Control
(cont.)
3 optional
257.5 orientations
Low pressure 3 x 90˚ L1 Alternative
relief valve location
Ø110.5
L1
122 137
clockwise
233 Ø92
A B
90
PSp2 18
PSp1 87 SSp Piping 180

189 294 210
117.5
High pressure
relief valve

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
HG Control
Dimensions in mm
Type HG, Handwheel

Control displacement from
+ Vmax to - Vmax through V0
68
409
245.6
68.4 119.6 W40x1,25x10a Filter
8
L3 Center bore Electrical
DM12 DIN332 58 contamination
L1 A indicator
L1 SSp
0 16
-Vmax +Vmax
B 10 h9 L3
ø125 h8
41+0.2 111
ø38 k6
58 L1
MB PSp1
L2 4xM10-20deep
90 B
26 150 MSp PSp1
Center bore 35
DM12 DIN332
217.6 56
525
A, B System pressure L2 M18x1.5x12-deep (L3) Oil filling 7/8-14UNF- (MSp) Gauge port charge
port (see detail) supplementary drain, SAEJ475 or bleed pump pressure G 1/4
(L1) Drain port or bleed plug. Must plug. Must be drained pSp1 Pressure port of
M22x1.5/two drain be drained in addition in addition to L1 if the charge pump G 1/2
ports, one supplied to L1 if the pump is pump is installed with
installed with the the shaft input end pSp2 Pressure port
plugged M22x1.5
shaft input end pointing downwards.
pointing upwards. (MA) Gauge port system SSp Suction port of
G 3/4
(MB) Gauge port system
pressure G 1/4 (...) Normally plugged

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
HG Control
(cont.)
116
Low pressure
relief valve L1 L1
clockwise 137
ø92
248
18
90
PSp2

189 294 210
117.5
High pressure
relief valve
Port A/B
SAE 1", 6000psi
M12-20 deep
ø25
57.2

To - Vmax A B
27.8
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
FE Control
Dimensions in mm
Type FE, Screw

Adjustment
409 Filter
245.6 Electrical
68.4 119.6 contamination
8 indicator
L3
L1 A
L1 SSp
0 16
-Vmax +Vmax B L3
41+0.2 Ø125 h8 10 h9
111
Ø38 k6
Center bore 58 L1
DM12 DIN332 L2 4xM10-20deep MB PSp1
26 90
35 150 MSp PSp1 B
217.6 56
524.8
A, B System pressure (L3) Oil filling 7/8-14UNF- (MSp) Gauge port charge (...) Normally plugged
port (see detail) SAEJ475 or bleed pump pressure G 1/4
(L1) Drain port plug. Must be drained pSp1 Pressure port of
M22x1.5/two drain in addition to L1 if the charge pump G 1/2
ports, one supplied pump is installed with
the shaft input end pSp2 Pressure port
plugged M22x1.5
pointing downwards.
L2 M18x1.5x12-deep SSp Suction port of
supplementary drain, (MA) Gauge port system
or bleed plug. Must G 3/4
be drained in addition (MB) Gauge port system
to L1 if the pump is pressure G 1/4
installed with the
shaft input end
pointing upwards.

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
FE Control
(cont.)
68
W40x1,25x10a
Center bore
DM12 DIN332 58
Low pressure L1 L1
relief valve
137
clockwise
248 Ø92 18
90
PSp2

189 294 210
117.5
High pressure
relief valve
Port A/B
SAE 1", 6000psi
M12-20 deep
Ø25
Right Hand Rotation To + Vmax B A 57.2

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A
27.8

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
DP Control
Dimensions in mm
Type DP, Pressure Signal

+ Vmax to - Vmax through
V0, with internal mechanical
feedback
609.5
471 Proportional valve
424
409 Direction valve
104
Adapter plate
245.6 Pilot pressure

68.4 119.6 relief valve
L3 T
L1 A
L1 SSp SSt
0
41+0.2
B L3 PSt2
Ø125 h8
-Vmax +Vmax
Ø38 k6
10 h9
T
111
Center bore L1
DM12 DIN332 58 PSp1 PSt1
L2 4xM10-20deep MB
26 90 B
35 150
MSp PSp1 PSt1 217.6 56
68
W40x1,25x10a
Center bore
DM12 DIN332 58
A, B System pressure (L3) Oil filling 7/8-14UNF- (MB) Gauge port system SSp Suction port of
port (see detail) SAEJ475 or bleed pressure G 1/4 charge pump
(L1) Drain port plug. Must be drained (MSp) Gauge port charge G 3/4
M22x1.5/two drain in addition to L1 if the pump pressure G 1/4 SSt Suction port of pilot
ports, one supplied pump is installed with pump G 3/4
the shaft input end pSt1 Pilot pump outlet
plugged port G 1/2 T Return line of
pointing downwards.
L2 M18x1.5x12-deep pSt2 Pilot pressure port control circuit G 1/2
pressure G 1/4 M14x1.5 TEX Return line Prop.
or bleed plug. Must valve G 1/2
be drained in addition pSp1 Pressure port of
to L1 if the pump is charge pump G 1/2 (...) Normally plugged
installed with the pSp2 Pressure port
shaft input end M22x1.5
pointing upwards.

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
DP Control
(cont.)
230.5
118 100
View X TEX
127
Low pressure
relief valve X
TEX
L1 L1
137
clockwise
88
248
Ø92
18
90
111
PSp2
189 294 210
High pressure 117.5
relief valve
Port A/B
SAE 1", 6000psi
M12-20 deep Ø25
57.2
27.8

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
SP Control
Dimensions in mm
Type SP, Proportional

Valve Displacement
Control
+ Vmax to - Vmax V0, with
position feedback (via
potentiometer) of swashplate
589
471
328 Filter with electrical
130 173 contamination
indicator
Pilot pressure
245.6 relief valve Filter
68.4 119.6 PSt2 Electrical
8 MSt contamination
L3 indicator
L1
A
0
93
L1
16
SSp SSt
10 h9
41+0.2 -Vmax +Vmax B

Ø125 h7
L3
Ø38 k6
111
Center bore
DM12 DIN332
58 MB PSp1 PSt1
L2 4xM10-20deep L1
26 90
35 150 B
MSp PSp1 PSt1
217.6 56
A, B System pressure (L3) Oil filling 7/8-14UNF- (MSp) Gauge port charge SSp Suction port of
port (see detail) SAEJ475 or bleed pump pressure G 1/4 charge pump
(L1) Drain port plug. Must be drained pSt1 Pilot pump outlet G 3/4
M22x1.5/two drain in addition to L1 if the port G 1/2 SSt Suction port of pilot
ports, one supplied pump is installed with pump G 3/4
the shaft input end pSt2 Pilot pressure port
plugged G 1/2 T Return line of
pointing downwards.
L2 M18x1.5x12-deep pSp1 Pressure port of control circuit G 1/2
pressure G 1/4 charge pump G 1/2 (...) Normally plugged
or bleed plug. Must
be drained in addition (MB) Gauge port system pSp2 Pressure port
to L1 if the pump is pressure G 1/4 M22x1.5
installed with the (MSt) Gauge port pilot
shaft input end pressure G 1/4
pointing upwards.

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 066/090
SP Control
(cont.)
68
W40x1,25x10a
Center bore
DM12 DIN332 58
12
View X
T
174
48 L1 L1
40 T
Low pressure
relief valve X
137
clockwise
88
254
18
Ø92
90
111
PSp2
High pressure PSp1 SSp Piping 180

87
relief valve 189 294 210
117.5
Port A/B
SAE 1", 6000psi
M12-20 deep
Ø25
57.2

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
ES Control
Dimensions in mm
Type ES, Electric Motor

487
306 175,5 Filter
229 100 3 optional Electro Motor
92 Contamination
148 orientations displacement indicator
20 3 x 90˚ control
9
L3 A
L1
L1
14 h9
0
ø160 h8
-Vmax+Vmax
53.5 B L3
ø50 k6
Center bore L1
DM16 DIN332 SSp
4xM12 MSp SSp B
82 MB
32 L2 26deep
40 185 271 70
670
A, B System pressure L2 M18x1.5x12-deep (L3) Oil filling 1-1/16- (MB) Gauge port system
port (see detail) supplementary drain, 12UNF SAEJ475 or pressure G 1/4
(L1) Drain port or bleed plug. Must bleed plug. Must be (MSp) Gauge port charge
M26x1.5/two drain be drained in addition drained in addition to pump pressure G 1/4
ports, one supplied to L1 if the pump is L1 if the pump is
installed with the installed with the SSp Suction port of
plugged charge pump SAE 1”,
shaft input end shaft input end
pointing upwards. pointing downwards. 3000psi/500psi
(MA) Gauge port system (...) Normally plugged
pressure G 1/4

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
ES Control
(cont.)
368,5
288,5
Low pressure
relief valve 3 optional 140
orientations
Alternative
location
L1 ø110.5
L1 L1
165
ø92 L1 clockwise 117
327 SSp
B A A
74 B
MA
MB 22 113
77
130 Port SSp
SAE 1", 3000psi L2 M18x1.5
186 330 200 12 deep
ø25 224
High pressure M10-20 deep 26.2
260
relief valve
265
52.4
Port A/B, SIZE 180 Port A/B, SIZE 130

SAE 1 1/4", 6000psi SAE 1", 6000psi
78 M14-22 deep M12-20 deep
ø32 ø25
W50x1,25x10a 66.7 57.2
Center bore
DM16 DIN332 68 31.8 27.8

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
HG Control
Dimensions in mm
Type HG, Handwheel

487 78 Filter
306
229
92 148 W50x1,25x10a
20 Center bore Contamination
9 DM16 DIN332 A indicator
L3 68
L1
L1
14 h9
Ø160 h8
0 Ø50 k6
53.5+0.2 -Vmax +Vmax L3
B
Center bore L1
DM16 DIN332 SSp
B
82 4xM12
32 L2 26deep MB MSp SSp 271 70
40 670
185
pressure G 1/4

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
HG Control
(cont.)
Low pressure 140

relief valve
L1 L1
L1 L1
clockwise 117
283
ø92 A
SSp 22 B
B A
74 113
MA
MB
M18-12 deep
L2
77 200
130 224
186 330 260
265
Port SSp
High pressure
relief valve SAE 1", 3000psi/500psi
Ø25
M10-20 deep 26.2

To - Vmax A B
Left Hand Rotation To + Vmax A B Port A/B, SIZE 180 Port A/B, SIZE 130
To - Vmax B A
SAE 1 1/4", 6000psi SAE 1", 6000psi
M14-22 deep M12-20 deep
Ø32 Ø25
66.7 57.2
31.8 27.8

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
FE Control
Dimensions in mm
Type FE, Screw

Adjustment
487 78
306 Filter
229
92 148 W50x1,25x10a
20 Contamination
9 Center bore indicator
L3 DM16 DIN332 A
68
L1
L1
Ø160 h8
53.5+0.2
Ø50 k6
0
14 h9
-Vmax +Vmax
B L3
Center bore L1
DM16 DIN332 SSp
4xM12 B
26deep MSp SSp
L2 32 MB 271
40
185 670
pressure G 1/4

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
FE Control
(cont.)
Low pressure 140

relief valve
L1 L1 L1 L1
clockwise
117
283
Ø92
A
SSp
B A B
22
74
113
MA
MB
M18-12 deep
L2
77 200
130 224
186 330 260
265
Port SSp
High pressure SAE 1", 3000psi/500psi
relief valve
Ø25
M10-20 deep 26.2
52.4
Port A/B, SIZE 180 Port A/B, SIZE 130

SAE 1 1/4", 6000psi SAE 1", 6000psi
M14-22 deep M12-20 deep
Ø32 Ø25
66.7 57.2
31.8 27.8

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
DP Control
Dimensions in mm
Type DP, Pressure Signal

V0, with internal mechanical
feedback
DM16 DIN332 68
612.5 Proportional valve
487
306 Direction valve
128
229 46
Adapter plate
148 341
20
92 271
Pilot pressure
relief valve 9 A
L3 T
L1
L1 14h9
88 Ø160 h8 L3 PSt2 T
0 16
-Vmax +Vmax Ø50 k6
53+0.2
B L1
Center bore SSp
DM16 DIN332 B
36
32
MB 683
L2 40
185 431
MSp SSp PSt1
A, B System pressure (L3) Oil filling 1-1/16- (MB) Gauge port system
port (see detail) 12UNF SAEJ475 or pressure G 1/4 SSt Suction port of pilot
(L1) Drain port bleed plug. Must be (MSp) Gauge port charge pump G 3/4
M26x1.5/two drain drained in addition to pump pressure G 1/4
L1 if the pump is T Return line of
ports, one supplied pSt1 Pilot pump outlet control circuit G 1/2
plugged installed with the
shaft input end port G 1/2 Tex Return line Prop.
L2 M18x1.5x12-deep pointing downwards. pSt2 Pilot pressure port valve G 1/4
supplementary drain, M16x1.5
or bleed plug. Must (MA) Gauge port system (...) Normally plugged
be drained in addition pressure G 1/4 SSp Suction port of
to L1 if the pump is charge pump
installed with the SAE 1”,
shaft input end 3000psi/500psi
pointing upwards.

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
DP Control
(cont.)
661.6
612.5
140 View X TEX 567
484.5
431
160
Low pressure X
relief valve TEX
Port SSp
L1 L1 SAE 1", 3000psi/500psi
ø25
283 M10-20 deep 26.2
16
223 B A
207
113 52.4
MB MA
High pressure
relief valve SSp
186 330 Connecting Face CETOP3
can be used for
230.5 SSt Zero Position Valve
100
Port A/B, SIZE 130

SAE 1", 6000psi
TEX
M12-20 deep
ø25
A L1 L1 B
SSp 57.2
PSt1
clockwise 22 27.8
ø92
13
SSt
M Port A/B, SIZE 180

200 SAE 1 1/4", 6000psi
200
224 M14-22 deep
M12-26 deep ø32
260
265 66.7
Filter 31.8
Electrical
contamination 78
indicator
W50x1,25x10a
To - Vmax A B Center bore
DM16 DIN332 68
To - Vmax B A

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
SP Control
Dimensions in mm
Type SP, Proportional

Valve Displacement
Control
V0, with position feedback
(via potentiometer) of
swashplate
612
401 Filter with electrical
306 contramination 78
130 173 indicator
229 W50x1,25x10a
148 Pilot
20 pressure Center bore
relief DM16 DIN332 68 341
valve
PSt2 92 271
L3
MSt 9 A
L1
L1 SSt
53+0.2 14 h9
0 L3
-Vmax +Vmax ø160 h8
B ø50 k6
Center bore PSt1
L1 SSp
DM16 DIN332
32 MB B
L2 40 185
M18x1,5 -12 deep 431 661.5
MSp SSp PSt1
A, B System pressure (L3) Oil filling 1-1/16- (MB) Gauge port system SSp Suction port of
port (see detail) 12UNF SAEJ475 or pressure G 1/4 charge pump SAE 1”,
(L1) Drain port bleed plug. Must be (MSt) Gauge port pilot 3000psi/500psi
M26x1.5/two drain drained in addition to pressure G 1/4 SSt Suction port of pilot
ports, one supplied L1 if the pump is pump G 3/4
installed with the (MSp) Gauge port charge
plugged pump pressure G 1/4 T Return line of
shaft input end
L2 M18x1.5x12-deep pointing downwards. pSt1 Pilot pump outlet control circuit G 1/2
supplementary drain, port G 1/2 (...) Normally plugged
or bleed plug. Must (MA) Gauge port system
be drained in addition pressure G 1/4 pSt2 Pilot pressure port
to L1 if the pump is G 1/2
installed with the
shaft input end
pointing upwards.

Pump
Dimensions -
TVXS - 130/180
SP Control
(cont.)
12
View X 661.6
T 612.5
567
174 484.5
Low pressure 48 431
relief valve 40 T Port SSp
L1 L1 X SAE 1", 3000psi/500psi
ø25
M10-20 deep 26.2
289
223207 B A
113 52.4
MB SSp MA
High pressure 186 330

relief valve Connecting Face CETOP3
SSt can be used for Zero Position Valve
140
60.5
Port A/B, SIZE 130

SAE 1", 6000psi
M12-20 deep ø25
A L1 L1 B 57.2
clockwise 27.8
ø92 13 22
20 Port A/B, SIZE 180

M18x1.5 SAE 1 1/4", 6000psi
M14-22 deep
M12-26 deep 200 ø32
224
66.7
260
265
Filter 31.8
Electrical contamination
indicator

To - Vmax A B
To - Vmax B A

SAE 4-Bolt
Mounting Pads
SIZE DIM. CODE 62 SERIES

B 1" 1 1/4"
A 25 32 max
B 27,8 31,8
C 57,2 66,7
D M12 x 18 M14 x 24
TVX 066 Inlet •
Outlet •
C ØA TVX 090 Inlet •
Outlet •
TVX 130 Inlet •
Outlet •
TVX 180 Inlet •
Outlet •
Thru-drive Shaft Output Torque

MAXIMUM OUTPUT TORQUE, NM (LB.FT)
Pump Size Keyed Shaft Increasing Load Keyed Shaft Increasing Load Splined Shaft
066 520 (383) 260 (190) 660 (485)
090 520 (383) 260 (190) 660 (485)
130 720 (530) 360 (265) 900 (665)
180 720 (530) 360 (265) 900 (665)

Application Data
INSTALLATION POSITION DRAIN PIPING

Shaft pointed upwards
L2
L1
0,2 bar (3psi)

check
Shaft pointed downwards
L3
L1
0,2 bar (3psi)

check

Application Data -
Fluid
Recommendations
Case Flushing Fluids service cycles, or available from your local

Requirements Pumps in the catalog are temperature extremes Eaton distributor.
A check valve must not primarily designed to are cause for adjustment In this publication,
be used in the drain operate with of these codes. Please filtration and cleanliness
pipe. The drain pipe must conventional petroleum- contact your Eaton levels for extending the
interminate below the oil based hydraulic oil. representative for special life of axial piston pumps
level in the reservoir. Alternative fluids and duty cycle and other system
restrictions: recommendations. components are listed.
For all other conditions
with low pressure <20 • Fluid maintenance is Eaton pumps, as well as Included is an excellent
bar (<300psi) and low critical to the durability any variable discussion of the
flow (<10% of Qmax) of all hydraulic displacement piston selection of products
case flushing is required. components, and pumps, will operate with needed to control fluid
particularly so with apparent satisfaction in condition.
For operation with fluids up to the rating
special fluids HFB and hydraulic pumps. This
becomes even more of specified here. Ordering Procedure
HFC, case flushing is Experience has shown,
recommended. a factor when When ordering please
alternative fluids are however, that pump and specify full model
used. All types of hydraulic system life is designation of items
Flushing Flow alternative fluids not optimized with high
fluid contamination required; see "Model
Flushing flow via the require extensive Codes" section of this
pump case should be maintenance in order levels (high ISO catalog.
>1% of maximum pump to maintain proper cleanliness codes).
flow. Maximum flushing levels of water Proper fluid condition is Note the following:
flow depends on case content, acidity, essential for long and • Designation of variable
pressure. viscosity and satisfactory life of displacement pumps
contamination. hydraulic components must include the
Notes: and systems. Hydraulic supplementary
• All listed ratings are Fluid Cleanliness fluid must have the designation of the
based on the use of a These pumps are rated correct balance of required control.
good quality fluid. for anti-wear petroleum cleanliness, materials,
• Alternative fluids have fluids with a and additives for
contamination level of protection against wear
a reduced tolerance for of inclusion of air.
contamination over 18/15/13 per ISO 4406.
petroleum-base fluids. Operation in fluids with Essential information on
Good filtration is higher contamination the correct methods for
therefore critical. levels than this is not treating hydraulic fluid is
• The pumps will provide recommended and may included in Eaton
reduce the life of the publication 561- "Vickers
exceptional life when pump components. Guide to Systemic
used with a good Fluids other than Contamination Control"-
quality clean fluid at petroleum, severe
the pump ratings
specified for that fluid.
FLUIDS
MAX MAX RECOMMENDED MAX
TYPE CLASSIFICATION BAR RPM MATERIAL TEMPERATURE °C LIFE
Oil in Water Emulsion HFAE Not Rated 0%


Application
Information
Description of Closed
Loop Transmission with
Electric Motor
2.6
MS MA
2 3
A
2.3 A
2.4
6 21 22
2.5 3.2 20
38 1
M1 M
M 2.1
10 IVIII A 9 2.2 2.5 3.1
II I 18 bar 12 bar
B
B L
B
R1 500 Ohm S L1 L1 L2 L3 MB
11
37 M 31 32
36 90∞C
35 70∞C
Drain
34 30 Motor
33 max
min
ISO VG 46 Drain
The schematic enclosed the amount of oil pumped to The Motor Important:
shows a typical heavy duty be varied. And the amount of The motor uses the high Remember, the pump
hydrostatic transmission. The oil pumped controls the pressure oil flow from the generates flow, and the load
pump and motor are the motor‘s output speed. For pump to produce on the motor‘s output shaft
main components. The filter, example, when the pump‘s transmission output. The causes resistance to that
reservoir, heat exchanger and displacement is zero, no oil high pressure oil comes to flow. That resistance to flow
oil lines make up the rest of is pumped and the the motor through one of the is what creates the high
the system. transmission‘s output shaft high pressure lines. lt enters pressure. Therefore, the oil
The function of these is at rest. Conversely, the motor, turns the output flowing in the lines that
components is described maximum displacement shaft, then returns to the connect the pump and motor
below: produces maximum speed. pump. The pump and motor is called ”high pressure
The direction of high in the drawing are connected flow.”
pressure flow can also be in a closed-loop circuit.
The Pump reversed; doing so reverses The pump and motor in the
the direction the output shaft drawing are contained in
The pump generates the separate housings. This
flow of high pressure oil. The rotates. An external energy
source, called the prime configuration provides
typical transmission employs maximum flexibility in design
a variable displacement mover (usally an electrical
motor), turns the input shaft and transmission installation.
pump. The variable
displacement feature allows of the pump.

Application
Information
(cont.)
The Charge Pump The Heat Exchanger, Description of Operation Neutral

The charge pump generates Reservoir, Filter, and Oil A hydrostatic transmission is The hydrostatic transmission
a low pressure oil flow that Lines a dynamic system that is in neutral when the
has three functions. First, it The heat exchanger, operates through a wide variable pump‘s
supplies a continuous flow of reservoir, filter and oil lines range of conditions. displacement is zero. With
oil through the pump and are all necessary for heavy Nevertheless, this wide zero displacement, no high
motor cases. This ”case duty transmission operation. operating range can pressure oil is pumped to the
flow” keeps the transmission The heat exchanger connects conveniently be divided into motor and its output shaft is
cool. In the drawing, the between the case flow outlet three basic modes: neutral, stopped.
case flow goes from the and the reservoir. lt cools the forward and reverse. Putting the control signal in
motor to the pump, then to oil before it enters the The schematics and their the neutral position centers
the heat exchanger and back reservoir. The heat exchanger accompanying explanations the swashplate. With the
to the reservoir. Second, the must be fitted with a by-pass will help you visualize what‘s swashplate centered the
charge pump keeps the high valve that opens when case going on inside the pistons don‘t reciprocate as
pressure lines filled. This drain pressure gets too high. transmission during each of the cylinder barrel is rotated
ensures that the The by-pass valve is the operating modes. and no high pressure oil is
transmission remains primed especially important during pumped.
even after extended periods cold starts when the oil is Important: As you study the
of running in neutral. Finally, thick. The reservoir supplies a following flow descriptions, The charge pump, which is
charge pump flow provides steady flow of oil to the remember that in all modes connected to the input shaft,
back pressure in the high charge pump inlet. lt also of operation, the input shaft pumps oil in all modes of
pressure lines when the provides room for the oil to of the pump is being turned transmission operation. In
transmission is in forward or expand as it gets hot and for by an external power source. neutral, it takes cooled,
reverse. The charge pump entrapped air to escape. The filtered oil from the reservoir
contains a relief valve that filter is installed between the and fills the system. Charge
helps maintain the pressure charge pump outlet and the pump flow passes through
of the low pressure oil flow. valve block. lt removes the check valves in the
contaminants from the oil. pump’s end cover and fills the
The charge pump bolts onto pump pistons, the high
the pump and its input shaft The oil lines provide passage pressure lines and the
connects with the input shaft ways for the oil flowing motor‘s pistons. This oil flow
of the pump. The charge among the transmission is intended to make up for
pump inlet receives oil from components. They must be internal leakage and keep the
the reservoir. strong enough to withstand circuit primed.
the pressures generated and
may be rigid or flexible. After the high pressure
The Valve Block circuit has been primed, the
The valve block contains a charge pump pressure opens
two-sided high pressure the charge pressure relief
relief valves, a shuttle valve valve located in the charge
and a charge pressure relief pump. This directs the charge
valve. pump flow through the pump
The high pressure relief valve case and back to the
protects the transmission reservoir. This oil flow
from pressures that are too flushes and cools the pump.
high. The shuttle valve and The forward mode and the
charge pressure relief valve reverse mode are similar, so
direct excess charge pump they will be grouped and
flow into the pumps case. called the forward! reverse
This case flow cools the mode.
pump. The valve block bolts
directly to the pump.

Application
Information
(cont.)
Forward/Reverse largest swashplate angle relief valve. When back Last remark
The hydrostatic transmission produces the largest pressure gets high enough All valves, relief valves and
is in the forward/reverse displacement and the fastest the charge pressure relief switches, are adjusted at the
mode when flow in the high motor speed. valve, in the valve block, test bench according
pressure circuit causes the The Electrical Motor opens and charge pump flow customers specification and
motor shaft to rotate. Displacement Control circuit enters the the pump case. needs and must not be
Flow in the high pressure varies the swashplate angle Case flow flushes the pump misplaced without special
circuit is created by tilting by turning a spindle directly cases and helps keep the knowlegde of the hydraulic
the pump‘s variable fixed to the servo piston. transmission cool. The system!
swashplate from its center or According to the direction of charge pressure relief valve
neutral, position. With the rotation of the control motor, typically has a lower setting
swashplate tilted, the pistons the spindle turns and the than the charge pressure
reciprocate as the cylinder swashplate is tilt until the relief valve in the charge
barrel rotates and flow is motor is switched off (for pump. This is so case flow
generated. more detailed explanations will begin at the motor, go to
refer to separate description the pump, and return to the
The swashplate may be tilted of the Electrical Motor reservoir.
to either side of center. Displacement Control).
Tilting it one way generates The charge pressure relief
flow that makes the Charge pump flow that is not valve in the charge pump
transmission go forward. used by the control circuit opens when the
And tilting it the other way passes through the end transmission is in neutral and
reverses flow and the motor cover check valve into the the shuttle valve is centered.
shaft rotates in the opposite bw pressure side of the loop. The 2-side high pressure
direction. There it provides back relief valve opens to connect
pressure to the motor the high pressure side of the
Besides controlling direction, pistons.
the swashplate angle also loop to the low pressure side
controls output speed. The spring centered shuttle if the motor stalls and the
Swashplate angle affects valve, located in the pump‘s pressure gets too high. This
speed by changing the valve block, moves to connect valve works in forward and in
pump‘s displacement. The the low pressure side of the reverse direction.
loop to the charge pressure

Eaton Eaton Eaton
14615 Lone Oak Road 20 Rosamond Road Dr.-Reckeweg-Str.1
Tel: 952 937-9800 Australia Tel: +49 (07221) 682-0
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: +49 (07221) 682-788

All rights reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUPI-MC001-E
March 2003
Model 70160 Model 70360 Model 72400
Medium Duty Piston Pump 20.3 cm3/r [1.24 in3/r] 40.6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r] 40.6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r]
Variable Displacement Closed Circuit 23.6 cm3/r [1.44 in3/r] 49.2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] 49.2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r]
Table of Contents
Introduction ............................................................................................... 3
Typical Applications .................................................................................... 3
Model 70160 - Section 1 .......................................................................... 4

Features ........................................................................................... 5 - 6
Installation Drawings
Sigle Pump .................................................................................. 7 - 8
Tandem Pump .................................................................................. 9
Speciications .......................................................................................10
Centre of Gravity ..................................................................................10
Performance Data ................................................................................11
Model 70160 Code ........................................................................12 - 13
Input Shafts ..........................................................................................14
Auxiliary Rear Mounts & Output Shafts ...............................................15
Bracket & Cover Plate ..........................................................................16
Port Locations ......................................................................................17
Bleed-off Valve..................................................................................... 18
70160 & 70142 Comparisons, Key Improvements ...............................19
Model 70360 - Section 2 ........................................................................ 20

Features & Beneits...................................................................... 21 - 22
Installation Drawings
Single Pump ................................................................................... 23
Tandem Assembly .......................................................................... 24
Speciications ...................................................................................... 25
Centre of Gravity ................................................................................. 25
Performance Data ............................................................................... 26
Model 70360 Code ...................................................................... 27 - 28
Input Shafts ......................................................................................... 29
Auxiliary Rear Mounts & Output Shafts .............................................. 30
Cover Plate .......................................................................................... 30
Port Locations .............................................................................. 31 - 32
Model 72400 - Section 3 ........................................................................ 33

Features & Beneits ..................................................................... 34 - 35
Installation Drawing -
Single Piston Pump ................................................................. 36 - 37
Front Piston Pump of Tandem Pumps ..................................... 38 - 49
Rear Piston Pump of Tandem Pumps ............................................. 41
Tandem Pump ................................................................................ 42
Speciications ...................................................................................... 43
Centre of Gravity ................................................................................. 43
Performance Data ........................................................................ 44 - 45
Model 72400 Code ...................................................................... 46 - 48 Speed Sensor ...................................................................................... 67
Input Shafts .................................................................................... 49 Additional Information - Section 4
Output Shafts ................................................................................. 50 Component Selection .................................................................. 68 - 69
Auxiliary Rear Mounts .................................................................... 51 Installation Requirements ................................................................... 69
Charge Pump Routing & Location .................................................. 52 Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations............................................... 70 - 71
Auxiliary & Drain Port Locations ..................................................... 53
Main Ports and Relief Valve Location ............................................. 54
Additional Functions ....................................................................... 55
Pump Controls
Port Plate ........................................................................................ 56
Manual Control ............................................................................... 57
Hydraulic Remote Control .............................................................. 58
Electronic Proportional Display Control ................................... 59 - 61
Solenoid Operated Control ............................................................. 62
Solenoid Control with Non-contact Swash Sensor ........................ 63
Supply and Control Oriice .................................................................. 64
Adjustable Displacement Limiter ................................................. 65 - 66
2 EATON Medium Duty Piston Pump E-PUPI-MC007-E October 2012

Introduction
In axial piston pumps, the pistons reciprocate parallel to the Typical Applications
axis of rotation of the cylinder block. The simplest type of
axial piston pump is the swash plate in-line design. Harvester Equipment
The cylinder block in this pump is turned by the drive shaft. Combines
Pistons itted to bores in the cylinder block are connected Fruit or Vegetable Pickers
through piston shoes and a shoe plate, so that the shoes Swathers
bear against an angled swash plate causing the pistons to
reciprocate. The ports are arranged in the valve plate so that Forestry Equipment
the pistons pass the inlet as they are pulled out and pass the
Log Skidders
outlet as they are forced back in.
Bark Removers
The displacement of axial piston pumps is determined by Limb Removers
the size and number of pistons, as well as the stroke length
Construction Equipment
which is determined by the angle of the swash plate.
Trenchers
Variable Displacement Piston Pumps are used in closed loop
Skid Steer Loaders
systems either as a single or tandem pump. Oil is circulated
Utility Vehicles
by the pump to the motor and then returned directly back to
Sweepers
the pump. A charge supply is used to supplement the closed
loop system with oil. The charge supply may be supplied by Turf Care Equipment
an internal charge pump (standard) or an external source. Mowers
Loaders
Paving Equipment
Rollers
Packers
Industrial Equipment
Lift Trucks
Scissor Lifts
EATON Medium Duty Piston Pump E-PUPI-MC007-E October 2012 3

Section 1 - Model 70160
Manual Controlled
20,3 cm3/r [1.24 in3/r]
23,6 cm3/r [1.44 in3/r]
Displacement
Identification Numbers - Manual Variable Displacement Single Pump – Product Number

Piston Pump - Closed Circuit
70160-RAA-03
Stamped on each unit.
A – Product Number Description A B C D
70160 = Single Piston Pump
78162 = Single Piston Pump with Gear Pump
78161 = Tandem Piston Pumps
78163 = Tandem Piston Pumps with Gear Pump Tandem Pumps – Product Number
B – Rotation 78163-RAB-03
R = Right Hand
A B C D
L = Left Hand
C – Sequential Letter
D – Design Code Number
Serial Number Code

10 05 06 XXX 1 000
Last Two Digits of Year Built. (10 for Speciic Number of the Pump
2010 etc.) Shift Number
Month Built (two digits) Manufacturing Cell
Day Built (two digits)

Model 70160
Features
G
E
L
B
D C
Right Side
CW
Rotation
Top View
or
CCW
Rotation
A
Left Side
L
E
P R G
K
U
M V
E
N
Side View
S G
E
J F
T H

Model 70160
Features
A Input Shaft and Mounting L Internal High Pressure Relief Valves

• Shaft options • Prevents excessive pressure
• SAE “A” mounting lange
M Gerotor Charge Pump
• Tandem capability
• Two sizes available.
B Housing 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
• Compact 13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]
• Lightweight, die cast aluminum
N Auxiliary Pump Drive
C Endcover
P Auxiliary Port
• Opposite side porting and same side porting available.
• For pressure check port or remote charge pressure port.
D Charge Pump Housing w/ Auxiliary Mount
R Control Shaft
E Bearings
• Positioned on left or right side of pump.
F Swashplate
G Seals S “A” Pad Rear Cover Plate
H Rotating Group T Mounting Bracket

• 20,3 cm3/r [1.24 in3/r] displacement • For support of rear unit of tandem pump. This bracket must
• 23,6 cm3/r [1.44 in3/r] displacement be attached to the engine lywheel housing on the bulk-
head used to mount the front unit of a tandem pump.
J Valve Plate
U Low Pressure Relief Valve
K Bypass Valve V Swashplate Insert
• Option for cross porting a closed loop hydraulic circuit —
used to move a disabled machine a limited distance.
Front View

Model 70160
Assembly Installation Drawings
Port ID Type of Port Size and Description
1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B
A Main Port
Opposite Side Porting with Internal Charge SAE O-ring
1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B
B Main Port
SAE O-ring
Auxiliary Port Top - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
C1
Front or Bypass Valve SAE O-ring
C2
Rear SAE O-ring
Auxiliary Port Side - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
C4
Left Side SAE O-ring
C5
Right Side SAE O-ring
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D1 Drain Port - Top
SAE O-ring
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D2 Drain Port - Bottom
SAE O-ring
D3 Thru Drain - Rear 9,27 [.365] Dia.
D4 Thru Drain - Front 9,27 [.365] Dia.
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
S Charge Suction Port
SAE O-ring
CHARGE PRESSURE INLET PORT (S)

LEFTHAND ROTATION (CCW)
AUXILIARY PORT SIDE (C5)
RECOMMENDED BOLT Dia. (4,763 [.1875]) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
TO RETAIN CUSTOMER SUPPLIED SAE O-RING PORT
RIGHTHAND ROTATION (CW)
CONTROL LEVER
230,4 [9.07] Optional
Ø 15,37 ± 0,25 15,5 [.61] 69,8 [2.75]
12,7[.50] [.605 ± .010]
FOR INPUT SHAFT
2X 15,8 ± 0,13 CONFIGURATION
Ø 19,02 ± 0,13 C2 Auxiliary Port
[.623 ± .005] SEE MODEL CODE A
[.749 ± .005] Optional
C4 or C5 Auxiliary Port
Optional
ø 82,52±0,03
AUXILIARY PORT TOP [3.249±.001]
45 - REAR (C2)
3/4-16 UNF-2B
SAE O-RING PORT 84,1
CONTROL SHAFT DETAIL [3.31]
SHOWN AT ZERO DISPLACEMENT (NEUTRAL)
C1
6,4 [.25] Bypass
CAUTION: THIS BYPASS VALVE IS TO Valve
BE USED IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ONLY. Optional
BEFORE TOWING VEHICLE TURN
DRAIN PORT (D1) (TOP) D S
VALVE 90 TO DE-CLUTCH. DO NOT
TURN WHILE MACHINE IS RUNNING. AUXILIARY 3/4-16 UNF-2B
PORT SIDE (C4) SAE O-RING PORT B
AUXILIARY PORT TOP-FRONT (C1) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
SAE O-RING PORT 17 O MAX ANGLE FOR 20,3 cm 3 /r [1.24 in3 /r ] DISP. UNITS
113 LEFTHAND ROTATION (CCW) 19 O 30' MAX ANGLE FOR 23,6 cm3 /r [1.44 in3 /r ] DISP. UNITS
[4.45] 17 O 17 O
CHARGE PRESSURE CASE DRAIN INTO FRONT
62,7 19 O 30' 19 O 30' CAM POS - b
INLET PORT (S) CAM POS - a MAX STROKE MOUNTING FLANGE (D4)
9,4 [.37] [2.47]
ARROW POINTS 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE MAX STROKE (OPTIONAL)
IN DIRECTION 6,1 [.240] O-RING PORT 2-BOLT "A" SAE J744 FLANGE
OF ROTATION RIGHTHAND 62 SERIES 82-2
ROTATION (CW) [2.44]
106,2
61,9 76,7 79,8 [4.18]
[2.44] [3.02] [3.14]
106,3
[4.19]
2X 15,7 [.62] 72,9 53,2

69,8 [2.87] [2.09]
[2.75]
MAIN PORT (A)
1 1/16-12 UN-2B
66,7 66,7 SAE O-RING PORT 15,7 [.62]
CAM POSITION - a MOUNTING SLOT FOR
[2.62] [2.62] 103,9 [4.09]
MAIN PORT (B) RIGHTHAND 9,5 [.375] DIA. BOLT, 2 BOLTS
1 1/16-12 UN-2B SAE ROTATION (CW) 149,8 [5.90]
O-RING PORT
191,4 [7.54]
CAM POSITION -b
RIGHTHAND ROTATION (CW) REFER TO OUTPUT DRAIN PORT (D2) (BOTTOM)
SHAFT DETAILS 3/4-16 UNF-2B Dimensions are in mm [in]
SAE O-RING PORT
(PLUG OPTIONAL) unless noted otherwise.

Model 70160
Assembly Installation Drawings

Note: External charge pump required.
206,6 [8.14]
171,9 [7.02]
CAUTION THIS BYPASS VALVE IS TO 149,7 [5.90]
BE USED IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ONLY
EXCESS TOWING MAY DAMAGE HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. BEFORE TOWING VEHICLE TURN
FOR INPUT SHAFT
VALVE 90 TO DE-CLUTCH. DO NOT
CONFIGURATION
TURN WHILE MACHINE IS RUNNING.
SEE MODEL CODE
CHARGE PRESSURE INLET PORT (C2)
(AUXILIARY PORT REAR)
DRAIN PORT (D1) (TOP)

PORT TOP-REAR (C1)
3/4-16 UNF-2B
(AUXILIARY PORT)
SAE O-RING PORT
(BYPASS VALVE OPTIONAL)
(PLUG OPTIONAL)
(PLUG OPTIONAL)
(NO PORT OPTIONAL) FOR CONTROL SHAFT
CONFIGURATION
DRAIN INTO REAR 9,4 113 [4.45] SEE MODEL CODE
AUXILIARY FLANGE (D3) [.37]
(OPTIONAL) 6,1 [.240]
MAIN PORT (A) 7,9

1 1/16-12 UN-2B [.31]
106,2 SAE O-RING PORT
[4.18] CAM POSITION - a
A RIGHTHAND ROTATION
C1 84,1
Bypass [3.31]
Valve
Optional
Ø 82,63 ± 0,03
[Ø 3.253 ± .001]
15,7
MAIN PORT (B) [.62]
Inlet 1 1/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-RING PORT
Charge CAM POSITION - b
Port -C2 GROOVE TO ACCEPT
RIGHTHAND ROTATION 1/16 X 3 1/4 ID O-RING
2X 3/8-16 UNC-2B 106,3 FOR OUTPUT SHAFT
[4.19] CONFIGURATION
D 66,7 66,7 SEE MODEL CODE
[2.62] [2.62]
B
206,6 [8.14]
171,9 [7.02]
CAUTION THIS BYPASS VALVE IS TO 149,7 [5.90]
Same Side Porting BE USED IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ONLY
EXCESS TOWING MAY DAMAGE HYDRAULIC
Note: External charge pump required. SYSTEM. BEFORE TOWING VEHICLE TURN
VALVE 90 TO DE-CLUTCH. DO NOT FOR INPUT SHAFT
TURN WHILE MACHINE IS RUNNING. CONFIGURATION
SEE MODEL CODE
CHARGE PRESSURE INLET PORT (C2)
(AUXILIARY PORT - REAR)
PORT TOP REAR (C1) DRAIN PORT (D1) (TOP)

(AUXILIARY PORT) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
(BYPASS VALVE OPTIONAL) SAE O-RING PORT
(PLUG OPTIONAL) (PLUG OPTIONAL)
(NO PORT OPTIONAL) FOR CONTROL SHAFT
DRAIN INTO REAR
AUXILIARY FLANGE (D3) CONFIGURATION
(OPTIONAL) SEE MODEL CODE
GROOVE TO ACCEPT
1/16 X 3 1/4 ID O-RING
7,9
[.31]
84,1
106,2
[3.31]
[4.18]
Ø 82,63±0.03
[Ø 3,253±.001]
23,9
4X
[.94]
74,7
[2.94]
2X 3/8-16 UNC-2B
Depth 18.3[.72]MIN FOR SHAFT
CONFIGURATION
25,4 SEE MODEL CODE
25,4 [1.00]
[1.00]
MAIN PORT (B) 4X 3/8-16 UNC-2B DRAIN PORT (D2) (BOTTOM)
106,4 [4.19] Depth 15[.59]MIN
1 1/16-12 UN-2B MAIN PORT (A) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
SAE O-RING PORT (OPTIONAL) SAE O-RING PORT
133,4 [5.25] 1 1/16-12 UN-2B
CAM POSITION - b SAE O-RING PORT (PLUG OPTIONAL)
RIGHTHAND ROTATION CAM POSITION - a
RIGHTHAND ROTATION

Model 70160
Tandem Assembly Installation Drawing
MAIN PORT (B2) AUXILIARY PORT (CI) MAIN PORT (BI)

1 1/16-12 UN-2B (BYPASS VALVE OPTIONAL) 1 1/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-RING PORT (PLUG OPTIONAL) SAE O-RING PORT
CONTROL LEVER (NO PORT OPTIONAL) CONTROL LEVER
POSITION B FRONT PUMP POSITION B
AUXILIARY PORT (CI) AUXILIARY PORT (C2) CASE DRAIN PORT (D1) DRAIN INTO REAR 9.4 6.1
(BYPASS VALVE OPTIONAL) CHARGE PRESSURE INLTET PORT 3/4-16 UNF-2B AUXILIARY FLANGE [.37] [.24]
(PLUG OPTIONAL) 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE O-RING PORT (D3)
(NO PORT OPTIONAL) FRONT PUMP FRONT PUMP
REAR PUMP
FOR INPUT SHAFT
CONFIGURATION SEE
MODEL CODE
106.2
2 X 66.7 84.1 [4.18]
[2.62] [3.31]
Ø 82.52 ± 0.03
Ø [3.249 ± .001]
106.4
[4.19]
2 X 66.7
[2.62]
AUXILIARY PORT (C2) 6.4

CHARGE PRESSURE INLTET [.25]
PORT 3/4-16 UNF-2B
SAE O-RING PORT
REAR PUMP
62
4 X 3/8-16 UNC-2B 106.4
[2.44]
I
CASE DRAIN PORT (D1) 178.2 I 18.3 [.72] MIN

V [4.19]
3/4-16 UNF-2B [7.02]
SAE O-RING PORT REFER TO CONTROL 268.6
REAR PUMP SHAFT DETAILING [10.58]
384.8
[15.15]
413.3
[16.27] 2 - BOLT “A” SAE J744 FLANGE
17° MAX ANGLE FOR 20.3 CM 3/R [1.24 IN 3/R] DISP. UNITS SERIES 82-2
CAUTION - THIS BYPASS VALVE IS TO 19°30’ MAX ANGLE FOR 23.6 AM 3/R [1.44 IN 3/R] DISP. UNITS
BE USED IN CASE OF EMEGENCY ONLY EXCESS
113 113
TOWING MAY DAMAGE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. BEFORE 17 17
[4.45] [4.45]
TOWING TURN VALVE 09 TO DE-CLUTCH.
CONTROL LEVER CONTROL LEVER
DO NOT TURN WHILE MACHINE IS RUNNING. 19 30` 19 30`
POSITION A POSITION B
BOTH PUMPS BOTH PUMPS
MAIN PORT (A2) MAIN PORT (A1)
1/16-12 UN-2B 1/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-RING PORT SAE O-RING PORT
CONTROL LEVER CONTROL LEVER
POSITION A POSITION A
FOR OUTPUT SHAFT

CONFIGURATION 53.2
SEE MODEL CODE [2.09]
2 X 76.7
[3.02]
2 X 15.7
106.4
[.62]
[4.19]
Ø 82.63 ± 0.03
[Ø 3.253 ± .001]
68.6
[2.70]
2 X 65.5
[2.58]
GROOVE TO ACCEPT
1/16 X 3 1/4 ID O-RING MOUNTING SLOT FOR
7.9 9.5 [.375] DIA. BOLT, 2 BOLTS
15.7
[.31] DRAIN PORT (D2) [.62]
3/4-16 UNF-2B 69.9
SAE O-RING PORT [2.75]
DRAIN PORT (D2)
(PLUG OPTIONAL) 103.9
3/4-16 UNF-2B
FRONT PUMP [4.09]
SAE O-RING PORT 149.8
(PLUG OPTIONAL) [5.90]
REAR PUMP 276.5
[10.89]
310.5
[12.23]
356.4
[14.03]

Model 70160
Specifications
Specifications - Piston Pump

Maximum Displacement 20,3 cm3/r [1.24 in3/r] 23,6 cm3/r [1.44 in3/r]
Input Mounting Flange SAE “A” SAE “A”
Flow @ Rated Speed & PSI 64,3 l/min [17 gal/min] 75,7 l/min [20 gal/min]
Maximum Rated Speed 3600 RPM 3600 RPM
Nominal Pressure Rating* 345 bar [5000 PSI] 345 bar [5000 PSI]
Peak Pressure Rating** 380 bar [5500 PSI] 380 bar [5500 PSI]
Max Input Power 42 kw (56 HP) 49 kw (65 HP)
Max Input Torque 119 N-m (1050 lbf-in) 136 N-m (1200 lbf-in)
Continuous Allowable Case Pressure 2 bar [25 PSI] 2 bar [25 PSI]
Maximum Case Drain Temperature 107° C [225° F] 107° C [225° F]
Weight Per Single Pump 9,5 kg [21 lbs] 9,5 kg [21 lbs]
Moment of Inertia
Single 160 Pump (Rotating kit) 1.164e-3 kg*m^2
Two 160 Pumps (Rotating kits) 2.329e-3 kg*m^2
G Load Capacity (Single Pump)***- 10 G
Specifications - Integral Gerotor Charge Pump

Displacement Options 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]
Operating Pressure Range (std.) 7 to 10 bar [100 to 150 PSI]
Maximum Charge Inlet Vacuum 0,80 bar Abs. [11.6 PSI Abs.]
*** Please contact Eaton representative for specific requirements.
Center of Gravity (C.G.)

Model 70160
Performance Data
The charts below are representative of a 20,3 cm3/r [1.24 The charts below are representative of a 23,6 cm3/r [1.44
in3/r] Variable Displacement Piston Pump. The tests were run in3/r] Variable Displacement Piston Pump. The tests were run
at an oil temperature of 82°C [180°F] with viscosity 7 - 9 cSt at an oil temperature of 82°C [180°F] with viscosity 7 - 9 cSt
[50 - 54 SUS] and the pump at maximum displacement. [50 - 54 SUS] and the pump at maximum displacement.
Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Overall Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI] Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Overall Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI]
85 85
80 80
75 75
70 70
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Shaft RPM Shaft RPM
Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Volumetric Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI] Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Volumetric Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI]
100 100
95 95
90 90
85 85
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Shaft RPM Shaft RPM
l/min 70 bar [1000 PSI] Outlet Flow 210 bar [3000 PSI] gal/min l/min 70 bar [1000 PSI] Outlet Flow 210 bar [3000 PSI] gal/min
75 20 75 20
60 15 60
15
45 45
10 10
30 30
15 5 15 5
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Shaft RPM Shaft RPM
kW 70 bar [1000 PSI] Input Power 210 bar [3000 PSI] hp kW 70 bar [1000 PSI] Input Power 210 bar [3000 PSI] hp
30 40 30 40
25 25
30 30
20 20
15 20 15 20
10 10
10 10
5 5
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Shaft RPM Shaft RPM
Charge Pump Performance - Flow vs Speed

The chart at right is representative of a 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
cm3/r and 13,4 [.84 in3/r] displacement charge pumps. The
test was run at an oil temperature of 60°C [150°F] with
viscosity 13 cSt [65 SUS].

Model 70160 Code
The Model 70160 Variable Displacement Piston Pumps are that coniguration. Make sure all positions are selected within
speciied by the following model code. Once a pump is built the 32 digit code for each pump.
from the model code, a product number will be assigned to
Code Example: ADB 12 R 1 A B D 1 1 T T 1 A 0 A AA 3 1 1 A 0 0 00 0A 0 C
Position - 1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19, 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27, 28 29, 30 31 32
ADB 1 D 1 0 C
Position 1, 2, 3
- Code Title
ADB = Series 160 Manually Variable Displacement Axial Piston Pump with SAE J744 Flange 82-2 (2 Bolt A)
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed from the input shaft end of the pump Single Tandem Unit
Code Unit Front Rear
Positions 4, 5 - Displacement
12 = 20,3 cm3/r [1.24 in3/r] 12 Std. Std. Std.
14 = 23,6 cm3/r [1.44 in3/r] 14 Std. Std. Std.
Position 6 - Input Shaft Rotation
R = Righthand Rotation (CW) R Std. Std. Std.
L = Lefthand Rotation (CCW) L Std. Std. Std.
Position 7 - Valve Plate
1 = Type 1 1 Std. Std. Std.
Position 8 - Input Shaft (see page 17 for details)
A = 13 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline, Shaft Extension 41,1 [1.62] A Std. Std. NA
C = 35 Tooth 48/96 Pitch Spline, Shaft Extension 32,0 [1.26] C NA NA Std.
F = Straight Shaft Dia. 22,2 [.875], Keyway 6,35 [.25] x 25,9 [1.02], Shaft Extension 41,1 [1.62] (Key Included) F Opt. NA NA
Position 9 - Control Shaft and Location
L = Left Side L Std. Std. Std.
R = Right Side R Std. Std. Std.
Position 10 - Control Shaft
D = with 15.7 [.62] square arm, with bolt groove; 113 [4.45] from unit centerline to control shaft end D Std. Std. Std.
Position 11 - Main Ports (A and B) Location (see page 20 for port location)
1 = Opposite Sides 1 Std. Std. Std.
2 = Same Side (without internal charge pump) 2 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 12 - Main Ports (A and B) Size
1 = 1- 1/16 -12 UN-2B Port, SAE Straight Thread O-ring Ports 1 Std. Std. Std.
2 = 7/8 -14 UNF-2B Port, SAE Straight Thread O-ring Ports 2 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Positions 13, 14 - Relief Valve Setting for Main Ports (Select a setting for port “A” in position 10 and
port “B” in position 11.)
0 = No Relief, Check Valve Assembly Only 0 Opt. Opt. Opt.
B = 138 bar [2000 PSI] B Opt. Opt. Opt.
E = 173 bar [2500 PSI] E Opt. Opt. Opt.
H = 207 bar [3000 PSI] H Opt. Opt. Opt.
L = 241 bar [3500 PSI] L Opt. Opt. Opt.
N = 276 bar [4000 PSI] N Opt. Opt. Opt.
Q = 310 bar [4500 PSI] Q Opt. Opt. Opt.
T = 344 bar [5000 PSI] T Std. Std. Std.
Position 15 - Charge Displacement, Suction Port (S) (see page 20 for port location)
0 = No Charge 0 Opt. Std. Opt.
1 = 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]; 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port for suction inlet (right side CCW, Left side CW) 1 Std. NA NA
3 = 13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]; 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port for suction inlet (right side CCW, Left side CW) 3 Opt. NA Std.
Position 16 - Charge Relief Setting and Routing
0 = No (requires external relief set between 6,89 bar [100 lbf/in2] and 20,68 bar [300 lbf/in2]) 0 Opt. Std. Opt.
A = 6,89-10,34 bar [100-150 PSI]; Relieved to case A Std. NA Std.
B = 10,34-13,79 bar [150-200 PSI]; Relieved to case B Opt. NA Opt.
C = 13,79-17,24 bar [200-250 PSI]; Relieved to case C Opt. NA Opt.
D = 17,24-20,68 bar [250-300 PSI]; Relieved to case D Opt. NA Opt.
E = 20,68-24,13 bar [300-350 PSI]; Relieved to case D Opt. NA Opt.
F = 6,89-10,34 bar [100-150 PSI]; Recirculated F Std. NA Std.
G = 10,34-13,79 bar [150-200 PSI]; Recirculated G Opt. NA Opt.
H = 13,79-17,24 bar [200-250 PSI]; Recirculated H Opt. NA Opt.
J = 17,24-20,68 bar [250-300 PSI]; Recirculated J Opt. NA Opt.
L = 4.14-7.58 bar [60-110 lbf/in2] Relieved to Case L Opt NA Opt
P = 11.38-14.82 bar [165-215 lbf/in2] Recirculated P Opt NA Opt
Dimensions are in mm [in] unless noted otherwise.

Model 70160 Code
Continued
Position 17 - Charge Special Feature

0 = No Special Feature 0 Std. Std. Std.
Position 18 - Auxiliary Rear Mount and Output Shaft (see page 18 for details)
A = With Integral Charge: Horizontal 2-Bolt “A” SAE J744 Flange 82-2; A Std. NA Std.
Accepts 9 tooth internal 16/32 pitch spline with 31,7 [1.25] shaft extention
B = No Integral Charge: Horizontal or Vertical 2-Bolt “A” SAE J744 Flange 82-2; B Opt. NA Opt.
Accepts 11 tooth external 16/32 pitch spline with 31,7 [1.25] shaft extention (Coupler required)
C = No Integral Charge: Horizontal or Vertical 2-Bolt “A” SAE J744 Flange 82-2; C Opt. NA Opt.
D = No Integral Charge: Horizontal or Vertical 2-Bolt “A” SAE J744 Flange 82-2; D Opt. Std. Opt.
Accepts 35 tooth external 48/96 pitch spline with 32 [1.26] shaft extention (Coupler required)
E = No Integral Charge: Horizontal or Vertical 2-Bolt “A” SAE J744 Flange 82-2; E Opt. NA Opt.
Position 19, 20 - Special Features Auxiliary Mounting
00 = No Special Features 00 Std. Std. Std.
AA = Supply Cover Plate for 2-Bolt “A” SAE J744 Flange 82-2 AA Opt. Opt. Opt.
AB = Supply Shaft Coupler 9 tooth 16/32 pitch AB Opt. Opt. Opt.
AC = Supply Shaft Coupler 9 tooth 20/40 pitch AC Opt. Opt. Opt.
AD = Supply Shaft Coupler 11 tooth 16/32 pitch AD Opt. Opt. Opt.
AE = Supply Shaft Coupler 35 tooth 48/96 pitch AE Opt. Opt. Opt.
AF = Bottom Mounting Bracket (632), Square Shaped AF Opt. Opt. Opt.
AG = Bottom Mounting Bracket (709), V Shaped AG Opt. Opt. Opt.
AH = Auxiliary Mounting Holes, 2 holes .375-16 UNC-2B thread, 15 [.59] min full thread, both sides AH Opt. Opt. Opt.
AJ = Auxiliary Mounting Holes, 2 holes .375-16 UNC-2B thread, 15 [.59] min full thread, both sides AJ Opt.
(9T coupler and Mounting Holes)
Position 21 - Auxiliary Port Top-Front (C1) or Bypass Valve (see page 20 for port location)
0 = None 0 Std. Std. Std.
1 = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port 1 Opt. Opt. Opt.
2 = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port plugged 2 Opt. Opt. Opt.
3 = Bypass Valve Installed 3 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 22 - Auxiliary Port Top-Rear (C2) (see page 20 for port location)
1 = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port 1 Std. Std. Std.
2 = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port plugged 2 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 23 - Auxiliary Port Side (C4 or C5) ( Integral Charge Only) (see page 20 for port location)
0 = None 0 Opt. NA Opt.
1 = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port (right side CW, left side CCW) 1 Opt. NA Opt.
Position 24 - Case Drain (D1 and D2) (see page 20 for port location)
A = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port D1-top (D2-bottom plugged) A Std. Opt. Std.
B = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port D2-bottom (D1-top plugged) B Opt. Opt. Opt.
C = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port (D1-top plugged and D2-bottom plugged) C Opt. Opt. Opt.
D = 3/4 -16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port (D1-top and D2-bottom open) D Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 25 - Thru Drain (D3 and D4) (see page 20 for port location)
0 = None 0 Opt. Opt. Opt.
A = .365 Dia. D3-rear A Opt. Std. Opt.
B = .376 Dia. D4-front B Opt. Opt. Std.
C = .365 Dia. D3-rear and .376 Dia. D4-front C Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 26 - Additional Functions
A = Bleed-Off Valve in Control Shaft Position "a" set at 13.79-17.24 bar [200-250 lbf/in2] A Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 27, 28 - Special Features
0A = Flourocarbon rubber drive shaft seal 0A Opt. Opt. Opt.
0D = Polyacrylate Drive Shaft Seal OD Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 29, 30 - Paint
0A = Primer, Red Oxide 0A Std. Std. Std.
0B = Black 0B Opt. Opt. Opt.
CD = Primer, Blue CD Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 31 - Identification
0 = Standard: Nameplate 0 Std. Std. Std.
Position 32 - Design Code
C=C C Std. Std. Std.

Model 70160
Input Shafts
Code Position 8
Input Shafts
Code
A C F
Type 13 Tooth 35 Tooth Straight Keyed
A Dimension 41,1 [1.62] 32,0 [1.26] 41,1 [1.62]
22,23 +0,00/-0,03
B Dimension 21,810 [.8585] 19,0 [.75]
[.875 +.000/ -.001] Dia.
Maximum 209,3 N•m Used for tandem 209,3 N•m
Input Torque [1852 lbf•in] connection only [1852 lbf•in]
16/32 Pitch 30 Degree 48/96 Pitch 45 Degree
Shaft Involute Flat Root, Class Involute Fillet Root,
--
Speciications 1 Side Fit Spline, Class 1 Side Fit Spline,
SAE J498b SAE J498b
Torque Note:
The combined torque required for multiple pumps must not exceed the torque rating of the input
drive shaft of the front piston pump. Consult an Eaton representative and/or Eaton engineering
on side load recommendations.
3.0 [.12]
A A 6,4 [.25] Wide
x 24,6 [.97] Long 25,06/24,82
Key [.987/.977]
B B B
Input Shaft F
Input Shaft A Input Shaft C Straight Keyed
13 Tooth 35 Tooth

Model 70160
Auxiliary Rear Mounts & Output Shafts
Code Position 18
Input Shafts
Code
A B C D E
Type 9 Tooth 11 Tooth 9 Tooth 35 Tooth 9 Tooth
Shaft Outside Di-
15,88 [.6250] 19,33 [.761] 15,88 [.6250] 19 [.75] 15,88 [.6250]
ameter
Shaft Diametrical
16/32 Pitch Int. 16/32 Pitch Ext. 16/32 Pitch Int. 48/96 Pitch Ext. 20/40 Pitch Ext.
Pitch
Auxiliary Mount
SAE J744 SAE J744 SAE J744 SAE J744 SAE J744
SAE A 2 Bolt
Auxiliary Pump
31,7 [1.25] 31,7 [1.25] 31,7 [1.25] 32,0 [1.26] 31,7 [1.25]
Shaft Extension
Charge Pump Yes No No No No
54 N•m 119 N•m 76 N•m Used for tandem 76 N•m
Maximum Torque
[480 lbf•in] [1050 lbf•in] [672 lbf•in] connection only [672 lbf•in]
Coupler Required;
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
In code Postion No
Code ”AD” Code ”AB” Code ”AE” Code ”AC”
19, 20 select...
Auxiliary “A” Mount with Charge Pump Auxiliary “A” Mount without Charge Pump
Auxiliary Pump
Shaft Extension
(see table) Auxiliary Pump
Shaft Extension
(see table)
Coupler
Type Diameter Length

AB 9T 28,45 [1.12] Dia. 39,12 [1.540]
Code AC 9T 28,45 [1.12] Dia. 34,29 [1.35]
Position
12 and 20 AD 11T 31,8 [1.25] Dia. 38,9 [1.531]
AE 35T 28,45 [1.12] Dia. 37,9 [1.49]

Model 70160
Bracket and Cover Plate
Code Position 19 and 20
Code “AF” Bracket Center Line of For Units with Integral Charge Pump Only
Drive Shaft
(Shown in Rear
View for Detail)
71,4
[2.81] 84,8
[3.34] Front Flange
of rear pump
10,4 [.41] Dia. 4,8 [.19]

This bracket is to be used for additional 164,1 [6.46] Without
mounting support. The two bolt "A" mount is not Charge Pump
sufficient to support the complete tandem unit.
197,9 [7.79] With
Charge Pump
Code “AG” Bracket
Center Line of
Drive Shaft
(Shown in Rear
View for Detail)
71,4
[2.81] 84,8
[3.34] Front Flange
of rear pump
10,4 [.41] Dia. 4,8 [.19]

This bracket is to be used for additional Without
164,1 [6.46] Charge Pump
mounting support. The two bolt "A" mount is not
sufficient to support the complete tandem unit. With
197,9 [7.79] Charge Pump
Cover Plate Code “AA”
Code Position 19, 20

Holes (2) for
Fits SAE “A” auxiliary mounting lange in place of auxiliary 9,53 [.375]
9,53 Dia. Bolt
pump.
[.375]
Cover Plate Kit #70142-915 includes cover plate, cap screws
(2) and o-ring.
106,35
[4.187]
82,55±0,03
[3.250±.001]
Dia.

Model 70160
Port Locations
Code Position 21 through 25
Pump Without Integral Charge
S C5
CHARGE PRESSURE AUXILIARY PORT -
INLET PORT for RIGHTHAND ROTATION (CW)
LEFTHAND
ROTATION (CCW)
C2
AUXILIARY PORT TOP-REAR
3/4-16 UNF-2B
SAE O-RING PORT
C1 D1 (TOP)
AUXILIARY PORT TOP C4 DRAIN PORT
-FRONT AUXILIARY PORT SIDE
LEFTHAND ROTATION (CCW)
D4
CASE DRAIN INTO FRONT
MOUNTING FLANGE
(OPTIONAL)
S
CHARGE PRESSURE
INLET PORT
RIGHTHAND
ROTATION (CW)
A
MAIN PORT
B
MAIN PORT
D2 (BOTTOM)
DRAIN PORT
Port
Type of Port Size and Description
ID
1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B SAE O-ring,
A Main Port
7/8 -14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
C2
AUXILIARY PORT 1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B SAE O-ring,
B Main Port
- REAR 7/8 -14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
D1 Auxiliary Port
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
DRAIN C1 TopFront or Bypass
C1 PORT - SAE O-ring
Valve
AUXILIARY PORT TOP TOP
- FRONT Auxiliary Port Top- 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D3 C2
THRU Rear SAE O-ring
DRAIN -
REAR
Auxiliary Port Side- 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
C4
C5
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D1 Drain Port - Top
SAE O-ring
Drain Port - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D2
Bottom SAE O-ring
B A
MAIN PORT MAIN PORT D2 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
DRAIN PORT - BOTTOM SAE O-ring

Model 70160
Bleed-Off Valve
Code Position 26, Code "A"
Pump with Integral Charge
Bleed-off valves are used to bleed oil from the low pressure bleed-off valve can withstand lows of .8 to 1.2 gpm. Increas-
side of the loop. They are "normally open" valves which close ing the low capacity of the valve will magnify the lurch that
when pressurized to 200-250 psi. These valves close and operators experience.
open abruptly, causing vehicles to lurch when operators move
across neutral into the opposite direction. As designed, a

Model 70160 and 70142
Dimension Comparison Model 70160 Model 70142
A 214,8 [8.46] 214,8 [8.46]
Model 70160 B 69,8 [2.75] 69,8 [2.75]
Opposite Side Porting, with Integral Charge C 82,52 [3.249] 82,52 [3.249]
A D 113,0 [4.45] 95,2 [3.75]
B
E 62,0 [2.44] 110,5 [4.35]
F 79,8 [3.14] 70,6 [2.75]
C G 72,9 [2.87] 70,6 [2.75]
H 15,7 [.62] 15,2 [.60]
D J 103,9 [4.09] 110,5 [4.35]
S
K 149,8 [5.90] 149,6 [5.89]
L 191,4 [7.54] 191,4 [7.54]
E M 106,6 [4.19] 106,6 [4.19]
N 53,2 [2.09] 53,2 [2.09]
P
F P 106,2 [4.18] 106,6 [4.20]
M
11,2 [.44] Ø 9,5 [ .375] Ø
R
Bolt Slot Bolt Slot
G N
S 84,1 [3.31] 74,7 [2.94]
H R
J
K
L
1.24 in3/r Displacement Frame Size
Model 70142
Opposite Side Porting, with Integral Charge
Key Improvements
1. Redesigned Trunnion Bearing & Covers
A
H • Changed from needle to tapered roller bearings
• Improved thrust load capabilities
F • Minimizes section seal leaks
C
• Facilitates assembly and disassembly
S
2. Swash Plate
G
• Incorporates thrust plate to improve serviceability
3. Main Housing & Mounting Flange
B • Mounting lange rotated 90 degrees to facilitate larger
J and E trunnion bearings
L
D • Stiffer mounting lange to minimize requirement for
K
additional mounting brackets
• Larger case drain for higher low capacity
77,7 P • Top & Bottom case drain locations minimize entrapped
[3.06] air and reduces risks of cavitation
4. Input Control Shaft & Seals
N
• Redesigned to ease customer assembly of control
linkages
M
• Square input shaft to reduce wear between linkage and
R
input shaft
• Annular groove in input shaft to facilitate retention of
linkage to the input shaft
5. Computer Generated Valve Plate Designs
• Reduces noise and improved sound quality
• Designs tailored to meet customer control and noise
requirements
6. Improved Rotating Group
• Improved neutral centering characteristics

Section 2 - Model 70360
Manual Controlled
40,6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r]
49,2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r]
Displacement

70360-RAA-02
Identiication numbers
Stamped on each unit. A B C D
A – Product Number Description
78362 = Single Piston Pump with Gear Pump
78361 = Tandem Piston Pumps
Tandem Pumps – Product Number
78363 = Tandem Piston Pumps with Gear Pump
78363-RAB-02
B – Rotation
R / S = Right Hand A B C D
L / M = Left Hand
Serial Number Code

10 05 06 XXX 1 000

Model 70360
Features & Benefits
G
E
I G
Pressure Port H
Right Side
G
D
Rotation
CW or CCW
F
Charge
Port K Left Side
Pressure Port P
J Drain Port
B

Model 70360
Features & Benefits
A Input Shaft and Mounting J Bypass Valve

• Auxiliary or tandem mount capability. • Cross ports the closed loop hydraulic circuit used to move a
• Numerous shaft options. disabled machine a limited distance.
• SAE "B" or "B-B" Mount (2 Bolt).
K Internal High Pressure Relief Valves
B Housing • Prevents excessive pressure
• Compact and lightweight package size
• Durable, sturdy design. L Ge-rotor Charge Pump
• Reduces customer requirements for additional support • Four sizes available.
brackets 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]
C End cover 17.2 cm3/r [1.05 in3/r]
• Opposite side porting and same side porting w/ auxiliary 20.7 cm3/r [1.26 in3/r]
mount
M Auxiliary Pump Mounting Flange (Rear)
D Charge Pump Housing • SAE 'A' or 'B'
E Tapered Trunnion Bearings N Auxiliary Port

• Reduces noise and vibration. • For pressure check port or remote charge pressure port.
• Improves neutral return thrust load capabilities
O Control Shaft (Square Std.)
F Swash plate • Positioned on left or right side of pump.
• Reduces noise and vibration • Eases the assembly of customer installed control lever
• Reduces wear on control shaft and control lever.
G Seals
P Cover Plate
H Rotating Group
• 40,6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r] Displacement
I Valve Plate
• Reduces noise and swash plate moments.
Lower Swashplate Moments

10%
Modified Swashplate
Valve Plate Angle
Standard
Valve Plate
95% Swashplate A
10% Angle
Nm [lbf.ft]
Swashplate
Angle
95% Swashplate
Angle
35 70 100 140 170 210 240

[500] [1000] [1500] [2000] [2500] [3000] [3500]
System Pressure - bar [PSI]

Model 70360 Port
ID
Type of Port Size and Description
Single Pump Installation Drawing A Main Port

1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B
SAE O-ring
1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B
B Main Port
SAE O-ring
Opposite Side Porting with internal charge pump. Used as a
single pump or on rear of multiple units. C1
Note: The Charge Pump for a single pump is normally a 6,9 Auxiliary Port Top - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
cm3/r [.42 in3/r] displacement and for a tandem unit is a 13,8 C2
Rear SAE O-ring
cm3/r [.84 in3/r] displacement. Auxiliary Port Rear - 3/4 -16 UNF-2B
C3
Rear SAE O-ring
C4
A Left Side SAE O-ring
Auxiliary Port
Optional Auxiliary Port Side - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
C5
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D1 Drain Port - Top
SAE O-ring
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
SAE O-ring
Bypass
Valve MAIN PORT (B) D4 Thru Drain - Front 9,27 [.365] Dia.
Optional in
1 1/16-12 UN-2B
Port C1
SAE O-RING PORT 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
CAM POSITION b S Charge Suction Port
SAE O-ring
AUXILIARY PORT AND
D S BYPASS VALVE LOCATION
PORT (C1)
B RECOMMENDED BOLT Dia. (10 [.375])
74,6 DRAIN PORT (D1)
[2.937] 3/4-16 UNF-2B
TO RETAIN CUSTOMER SUPPLIED SAE O-RING PORT
CONTROL LEVER
Ø 18,54 ± 0.25
2X 19 ± 0,13 [.730 ± .010]
[.748 ± .005]
REFER TO
Ø 23.88 ± 0,13 SHAFT
[.940 ± .005] DETAILING
101,57±,03
Ø
[3.999±.001]
62,7
45 [2.47]
84,1
2X
[3.31]
Ø 24,981[.9835] 15 TOOTH 16/32
30 INVOLUTE FLAT ROOT CLASS 1
CONTROL SHAFT DETAIL SIDE FIT SPLINE PER SAE J498b
SHOWN AT ZERO DISPLACEMENT (NEUTRAL) 9,37
[.369]
REFER TO
WILL ACCEPT A Ø 15,2 [.62] 9 TOOTH 167,51 CONTROL SHAFT
16/32 DP INVOLUTE FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT [6.595] DETAILING
SPLINE SAE J498b
CONTROL SHAFT
Ø 82,65/82,60 CHARGE INLET PORT (S) POSITION a 17 CONTROL SHAFT
17
[Ø 3.254/3.252] 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B SAE O-RING PORT BOTH PUMPS POSITION b
128 RIGHTHAND ROTATION LOCATION BOTH PUMPS
210,6
[5.04] [8.29]
12,7
[.50]
94,23
2X
[3.710] 78,4
[3.09]
69,9 2X 23,88
2X [.940]
[2.75]
146,05
73,02 [5.750]
87,4
[2.875]
[3.44]
7,9
[.31]
2,5 ±0,3
2X
MAIN PORT (A) 18,6 46 [.10 ±.01] 4X Ø 14,2 ±14,8
53,2 [.73] [1.81] [.56 ±.58]
1 1/16-12 UN-2B REFER TO SHAFT
[2.09] 167,51
106,42 SAE O-RING PORT DETAILING FOR
[6.595]
[4.190] CAM POSITION a 233,7 ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
2X 3/8-16 UNC-2B
[9.20]
D 19,1 [.75]
DRAIN PORT (D2)
Right-hand (CW) Rotation Shown All left (CCW) or right (CW) di- Dimensions are in millimeters [inches], unless otherwise
rections given are viewed from the input shaft end of the pump. speciied.

Model 70360
Tandem Pump Installation Drawing
Opposite Side Porting and Rear SAE "B" Auxiliary Mounting

Flange. External Charge Pump Required.
A1 A2
AUXILIARY AUXILIARY
PORT C1 OR C4 PORT C1 OR C4
BYPASS VALVE
IN PORT C1 OR C4
BYPASS VALVE
IN PORT C1 OR C4
D
B1 B2
MAIN PORT (B1)

MAIN PORT (B2) 1 1/16-12 UN-2B
1 1/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-RING PORT
SAE O-RING PORT CONTROL SHAFT POSITION B
CONTROL SHAFT
POSITION B AUXILIARY PORT (C1)
AUXILIARY PORT (C1) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
RECOMMENDED BOLT DIA. 10 [.375] 3/4-16 UNF-2B 217,04 SAE O-RING PORT
TO RETAIN CUSTOMER SUPPLIED SAE O-RING PORT [8.545] DRAIN PORT (D1)
CONTROL LEVER 3/4-16 UNF-2B
SAE O-RING PORT
Ø 18,54 ± 0.25
2X 19 ± 0,13 [.730 ± .010] 88,14
[.748 ± .005] 2X
[3.470] REFER TO
Ø 23.88 ± 0,13 SHAFT
[.940 ± .005] DETAILING
Ø 101,57±,03
[3.999±.001]
100,3 88,14
45 2X
[3.95] [3.470]
Ø 24,981[.9835] 15 TOOTH 16/32
30 INVOLUTE FLAT ROOT CLASS 1
CONTROL SHAFT DETAIL 9,37 SIDE FIT SPLINE PER SAE J498B
SHOWN AT ZERO DISPLACEMENT (NEUTRAL)
74,6 [.369]
REFER TO CONTROL
SHAFT DETAILING 167,51 [2.937]
WILL ACCEPT A Ø 21,81 [.8585] 13 TOOTH MAIN PORT (A2) [6.595]
1 1/16-12 UNF-2B
167,51
WILL ACCEPT A Ø 21,81 [.8585] 13 TOOTH MAIN PORT (A2) [6.595]
16/32 DP INVOLUTE FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT 1 1/16-12 UNF-2B CONTROL LEVER
SPLINE SAE J498B WITH 41,1 [1.62] SHAFT SAE O-RING PORT 17 17 CONTROL LEVER POSITION B
POSITION A
CONTROL LEVER BOTH PUMPS BOTH PUMPS
128 128 24,4 434,09 POSITION A
[5.04] [5.04] [.96] [17.090] 291,64
[11.482] 12,7 12,7
[.50] [.50]
2X 94,23
[3.710] 78,4
73,02 4X 23,88 [3.09]
[2.875] [.940]
146,05
[5.750] 146,05
87,4 73,02 [5.750]
[3.44] [2.875]
Ø 101,68±,03
[4.003±.001] 2X 2,5 ±0,3
10,4 [.41] 18,6 46 [.10 ± .01] 4X Ø 14,2 ±14,8
[.73] [1.81] [.56 ±.58]
2X 1/2-13 UNC-2B GROOVE TO ACCEPT AN 167,51
DRAIN INTO REAR D 21,1 [.83] ARP 045 (1/16 X Ø 4) O-RING [6.595]
AUXILIARY FLANGE (D3) 384,56
[15.140]
MAIN PORT (A1)
1 1/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-RING PORT
Right-hand (CW) Rotation Shown All left (CCW) or right (CW) di- Dimensions are in millimeters [inches], unless otherwise
rections given are viewed from the input shaft end of the pump. speciied.

Model 70360
Specifications

Input Mounting Flange SAE “B” or "BB" SAE “B” or "BB"
Flow @ Rated Speed & PSI 140 l/min [37.0 gal/min] 169 l/min [44.8 gal/min]
Weight Per Single Pump 14,1 to 15,9 kg [31 to 35 lbs] 14,1 to 15,9 kg [31 to 35 lbs]
Moment of Inertia
Single 360 Pump (rotating kit and shaft) 2.731e-3 kg*m^2
Two 360 Pumps (two rotating kits and shafts) 5.462e-3 kg*m^2
Two 360 Pumps plus Gear Pump (two rotating kits, 5.475e-3 kg*m^2
shafts and gear pump gears)
G Load Capacity (Single Pump)*** 10 G
Specifications - Internal Gerotor Charge Pump

Displacement Options 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]
17.2 cm3/r [1.05 in3/r]
20.7 cm3/r [1.26 in3/r]
Maximum Charge Inlet Vacuum 0,80 bar Abs. [6 inHg]
*** Please contact Eaton representative for specific requirements.
Center of Gravity (C.G.)

Model 70360
Performance Data
The charts below are representative of a single 40,6 cm3/r Charge Pump Performance - Flow vs Speed
[2.48 in3/r] Variable Displacement Piston Pump. The tests The chart below is representative of a 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
were run at an oil temperature of 82°C [180°F] with viscosity cm3/r and 13,4 [.84 in3/r] displacement charge pumps. The
at 9 - 12 cSt [54-66 SUS] and the pump at maximum test was run at an oil temperature of 60°C [150°F] with
displacement. viscosity 13 cSt [65 SUS].
Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Overall Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI]
90
85
80
75
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM
Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Volumetric Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI]
100
95
90
85
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM
l/min 70 bar [1000 PSI] Outlet Flow 210 bar [3000 PSI] gal/min
150 40
120
30
90
20
60
30 10
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM
hplate kW 70 bar [1000 PSI] Input Power 210 bar [3000 PSI] hp
60
40
45
30
20 30
10 15
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM

Model 70360 Code
Ordering Instructions: The Model 70360 piston pumps are Make sure all positions are selected within the 25 digit code
speciied by using the following model code system tailoring for each pump order. Also state if the pumps making up a
the pump coniguration to the requirement. Once a pump is tandem are required to be mounted together or separately.
built from the model code, a product number will be assigned
to that coniguration and the pump identiied.
Code Example: ACV 20 R A B 1 T T A1 C 1 11 1 0 00 CD 0 A

Position - 1, 2, 3 4, 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12, 13 14 15 16, 17 18 19 20, 21 22, 23 24 25
Position 1, 2, 3 - Code Title

ACV = Series 360 Manually Variable Displacement Axial Piston pump with SAE J744 Flange 101-2 (2 Bolt "B")
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed from the input shaft end of the pump
Single Tandem Unit
Positions 4, 5 - Displacement and Valve Plate
20 = 40,6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r]; Rotating Kit-Standard; Valve Plate - Type 1 20 Std Std Std
30 = 49.2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r]; Rotating Kit-Standard; Valve Plate - Type 1 30 Std Std Std
L = Lefthand Rotation (CCW) L Std. Std. Std.
R = Right-hand Rotation (CW) R Std. Std. Std.
Position 7- Input Shaft
A = 15 Tooth external spline, 16/32 pitch; 24,981 [.9835] Major Dia.; 46 [1.81] Shaft extension A Std Std NA
B = 41 Tooth external spline, 48/96 pitch; 22,2 [.875] Major Dia.; 24,4 [.96] Shaft extension B NA NA Std
C = 13 Tooth external spline, 16/32 pitch; 21,81 [.8585] Major Dia.; 41,1 [1.62] Shaft extension C Opt NA NA
D = .125 :1 Taper; 25.4 [1.00] Diameter; 6,1 [.25] W x 19,8 [.78] L keyway; D Opt Opt NA
3/8 - 24 UNF -2B Thread; 35,1 [1.38] Shaft extension
E = Straight 22,2 [.875] Diameter; 6,3 [.25] W x 24,6 [.97] L key; 41,3 [1.62] Shaft extension E Opt NA NA
G = Straight 25,4 [1.00] Dia.; 6,1 [.25] x 28,4 [1.12] L key, 46,0 [1.81] Shaft extension G Opt NA NA
Position 8 - Control Shaft and Location
J = Right; 19 [.748] Square Shaft with bolt groove; 128 [5.04] from centerline to control shaft end J Std. Std. Std.
K = Left; 19 [.748] Square Shaft with bolt groove; 128 [5.04] from centerline to control shaft end K Std. Std. Std.
Position 9 - Main Ports (A and B), Size and Location
1 = 1 - 1/16 - 12 SAE Straight Thread, Opposite Sides 1 Std. Std. Std.
2 = 1 - 1/16 - 12 SAE Straight Thread, Same Side (without internal charge pump) 2 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Positions 10, 11 - Relief Valve Setting for Main Ports (Select a setting for port “A” in position 10 and
port “B” in position 11.)
0 = Check Valve Only 0 Opt. Opt. Opt.
U = 379.2 bar [5500 PSI] Opt. Opt. Opt.
Positions 12, 13 - Auxiliary Mount and Output Shaft (rear)
A1 = SAE J744 lange 82-2 (2 Bolt A); Accepts 9 Tooth 16/32 DP spline A1 Std Opt Std
with 31,7 [1.25] shaft extension (No coupler required)
A2 = SAE J744 lange 82-2 (2 Bolt A) with cover plate; Accepts 9 Tooth 16/32 DP spline A2 Opt NA Opt
with 31,7 [1.25] shaft extension (No coupler required)
A3 = SAE J744 lange 82-2 (2 Bolt A); Accepts 11 Tooth 16/32 DP spline A3 Opt NA Opt
with 31,7 [1.25] shaft extension (coupler required)
A4 = SAE J744 lange 82-2 (2 Bolt A) with cover plate; Accepts 11 Tooth 16/32 DP spline A4 Opt NA Opt
with 31,7 [1.25] shaft extension (coupler required)
B4 = Vertical Accepts a SAE J744 lange 101-2 (2 Bolt B); Accepts 41 Tooth 48/96 DP spline B4 NA Std Opt
B4 NA Std Opt
Position 14 - Auxiliary Port and Bypass Valve
No Bypass Valve Installed
0 = No auxiliary port 0 Opt NA NA
A = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1) A Opt Opt Std
B = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex plug (C1) B Opt NA Opt
F = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex plug (C1); Rear (C3) F Opt NA Opt

Model 70360 Code
Continued
Position 14 - Auxiliary Port and Bypass Valve
No Bypass Valve Installed (Cont...)
G = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex plug (C1); Rear-Left 45° (C4) G Opt Std Opt
H = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex socket plug (C1); Rear (C3) H Opt NA Opt
J = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex socket plug (C1); Rear- Left 45° (C4) J Opt Opt Opt
K = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1); Rear - Left 45° w/ hex plug (C4) K Opt Opt Opt
L = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1); Rear w/ hex socket plug (C3) L Opt NA Opt
M = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Rear (C3) M Opt NA Opt
N = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1), Top - Rearward w/ hex socket plug (C2), N Opt NA Opt
Left side w/ hex socket plug (C6), Right side w/ hex socket plug (C7)
P = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex plug (C1), Rear - Right 45° (C5) P Opt Opt Opt
V = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex plug (C1), Top - Rearward (C2) V Opt NA Opt
Bypass Valve installed in Top port (C1)
C = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top rearward (C2) C Opt Opt Opt
E = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1); Rear left 45° (C4) E Opt Opt Opt
R = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Rear (C3) R Opt NA Opt
S = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top w/ hex plug (C2) S Opt NA Opt
T = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top - Rearward (C2), Left side w/ hex socket plug (C6), T Opt NA Opt
Right side w/ hex socket plug (C7)
Bypass Valve installed in rear port (C3)
D = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1) D Opt NA Opt
U = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port, Top (C1) U Opt NA Opt
Position 15 - Charge Pump
0 = No charge Pump 0 Opt Std Opt
1 = 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]; 3/4-16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port for suction inlet (S) 1 Std NA NA
2 = 13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]; 3/4-16 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring port for suction inlet (S) 2 Opt NA Std
5 = 17.2 cm3/r [1.05 in3/r]; 1 5/16-12 UN - 2B SAE O-ring port for suction inlet (S)- B Pad only 5 Std. NA Std.
6 = 20.7 cm3/r [1.26 in3/r]; 1 5/16-12 UN - 2B SAE O-ring port for suction inlet (S)- B Pad only 6 Std. NA Std.
Position 16, 17 - Charge Pump Relief Setting and Routing
00 = None 00 Opt Std Opt
01 = No charge relief (Requires external relief set between 6,89 bar [100 PSI] 17,24 bar [250 PSI]) 01 Opt Opt Opt
For Units with Charge Pump
11 = 6,89-10,34 bar [100-150 PSI]; Recirculated 11 Std NA Std
12 = 10,34-13,79 bar [150-200 PSI]; Recirculated 12 Opt NA Opt
For Units without Charge Pump
21 = 6,89-10,34 bar [100-150 PSI]; Relieved to case 21 Opt NA Opt
Position 18 - Drain Port Size and Location
0 = 3/4 - 16 UNF - 2B SAE o-ring port, Top (D1); Bottom plugged (D2); 0 NA NA Std
Thru drain in front mounting lange (D4)
1 = 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE o-ring port, Top (D1); Bottom, Plugged (D2) 1 Std Std Opt
0 = None 0 Std Std Std
D= Bleed-off in Control ShaftPosition "a" 13.8-17.2 bar [200-250 lbf/in2] D Opt Opt Opt
E= Bleed-off in Control ShaftPosition "b" 13.8-17.2 bar [200-250 lbf/in2] E Opt Opt Opt
F= Bleed-off in Control ShaftPosition "a" & "b" 13.8-17.2 bar [200-250 lbf/in2] F Opt Opt Opt
Positions 20, 21 - Special Features
00 = None 00 Std Std Std
0A = Fluorocarbon Rubber Drive shaft seal and control shaft seal 0A Opt Opt Opt
0C = Bottom Mounting Bracket with 13,7 [.54] diameter hole 0C NA NA Std
0D = Coupling and o-ring included for rear mount 0D Opt Opt Opt
Positions 22, 23 - Paint
0A = Primer 0A Std Std Std
0B = Black 0B Opt Opt Opt
0 = Standard (Nameplate) 0 Std Std Std
B=B B Std Std Std
NA = Not Available Opt. = Optional Std. = Standard

Model 70360
Input Shafts
Code Position 7
Dimensions are in millimeters [inches], unless otherwise specified.
24,4
[.96]
46
[1.81]
Shaft
Used for Tandem
B
connection only
Shaft
A Maximum
Input 22,23 [.875] Dia., 41 Tooth
Maximum Torque 48/96 DP 45 Involute
Input 24,981 [.9835] Dia., 15 Tooth 316 N.m Fillet Root, Class 1
Torque 16/32 DP 30 Involute [2800 lbf.in] Side Fit Spline
338 N.m Flat Root, Class 1
[2987 lbf.in] Side Fit Spline, SAE J498b 35,1
[1.38]
24,18/23,42
[.952/.922]
41,1 19,8
[1.62] 6,4 [.25] x [.78]
19,8 [.78] 25,43/25,37 Dia.
3,33/3,18
Keyway [1.001/.999]
[.131/.125]
Shaft
C Shaft
D
Maximum
Input 22,22 [.875] Dia., 13 Tooth Maximum
Torque 16/32 DP 30 Involute Input 3/8 - 24UNF-2B
209 N.m Fillet Root, Class 1 Torque 19 [.75] Deep
[1852 lbf.in] Side Fit Spline, SAE J498b 338 N.m
38,15/38,05
[2987 lbf.in]
taper per 304,8 mm
[1.502/1.498
taper per foot]
41,1 46
[1.62] [1.81]
3 [.12] 3 [.12]
6,4 [.25] x 6.4 [.25] W
25,06/24,82 Dia. x 28.4 [1.12] 28,22/27,97
24,6 [.97]
[.987/.977] Lg. Key [1.111/1.101]
Keyway
Shaft Shaft
E G
Maximum Maximum
Input Input
22,23/22,20 Dia. Torque 25,400/25,387
Torque
[.875/.874] 338 N.m [1.0000/.9995] Dia.
209 N.m
[1852 lbf.in] [2987 lbf.in]
Torque Note:
The combined torque required to turn multiple pumps must not exceed the torque rating of
the input drive shaft of the front piston pump. Consult an Eaton representative and/or Eaton
engineering on side load recommendations.

Model 70360
Auxiliary Mounts & Output Shafts
31.8 [1.25]
17.8 [.70]
11 Tooth, 16/32 DP Int.; 19,33

9 Tooth, 16/32 DP Int., 15,88 [.6250] [.761] O.D.; Accepts 31,8 [1.25]
O.D., Accepts 31,8 [1.25] Shaft Ext., Shaft Ext., "A" Auxiliary Mount SAE
SAE "A" Mount J744 J744
(Used on piston pump with internal
Torque limit on internal rear spline of piston charge pump)
pump with internal charge pump must not Maximum Torque
exceed 54 N• m [480 lbf • in]. Piston pump 119 N • m [1050 lbf • in]
without internal charge pump must not exceed
76 N • m [672 lbf • in]
SAE "A" Auxiliary Mount with
Charge Pump Shown
13 Tooth , 16/32 DP Ext.; 21,81

[.8585 ] O.D., Accepts 41,1 [1.62] 41 Tooth , 48/96 DP Ext., 22,23
Shaft Ext.; "B" Auxiliary Mount [.8750 ] O.D., Accepts 24,9 [.98]
SAE J744 Shaft Ext.; "B" Auxiliary Mount
(Used on piston pump without SAE J744
internal charge pump) (Used for Tandem
Connections)
Maximum Torque
316 N • m [2,800 lbf • in]
Holes (2) for

9,53 [.375]
9,53 Dia. Bolt
[.375]
Cover Plate
Fits "A" SAE Auxiliary Mounting Flange. Cover Plate Kit
#70142-915: Includes plate, cap screws (2), and O-ring
106,35
[4.187]
82,63±.03
[3.250±.001]
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed from Dia.
the input shaft end of the pump.

Model 70360
Port Locations
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed from the input shaft end of the pump.
Main Port (B)

Main Port (A) in Control Shaft Position "A"
in Control Shaft Position "B" 1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B
82,65/82,60 1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B Relief SAE O-ring port
[3.254/3.252] SAE O-ring port Valve
Dia. Auxiliary Port
168,1 [6.62] 3/4 - 16 S.A.E. Port (C1)
Thru Drain (D3) or Bypass
Valve Locations
23,9 Port (C3)

94,2 [.94]
[3.71] 69,9
[2.75]

(Selected in Position 9) Front
of Flange
3/8 -16 UNC-2B
2 Locations 106,4 167,5 [6.60]
19,1 [.75] depth [4.19]
191,3 [7.53]
Groove to accept an
1/16 x 3-1/4 ID. Ø10,4 / 9,9
[ARP 042] O-ring [Ø.410 / .390]
4,8 53,1
This unit will accept another unit [.188] [2.09]
with an SAE "A" auxiliary mounting flange
and a 15,2 [.62], 9 tooth, 16/32 DP
30 involute flat root, Class 1, side fit spline 42,2
SAE J498b. [1.66]
Additional units driven by this spline Ø13,97/13,46
must not require more than 76 N.m [672 lbf.in] [Ø.550/.530]
of torque. 106,4
[4.19]
Mounting Bracket
Used to support tandem with
Auxiliary Port opposite side porting.
3/4 -16 - 12 UNF - 2B Customer supplied bracket must be
or Bypass Valve Locations mounted to the same engine or bulk
head mount as front pump.
Port (C3) Port (C1)
168,1 [6.62]
23,9
[.94]
Thru Drain (D3) 94,2
[3.71]
82,6
Same Side Porting [3.25]
23,9 Front
(Selected in Position 9) [.94] of Flange
3/8 -16 UNC-2B 30,2 [1.19]
2 Locations 167,5 [6.60]
19,1 [.75] 30,2 [1.19]
191,5 [7.54]
Main Port (B) in Main Port(A) in
Cam Position b Cam Position a
1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B 1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B
Mounting Hole Supports
This unit will accept another unit 4 x 7/16 -14 UNC-2B
with an SAE "A" auxiliary mounting flange 18,8 [.74] deep
and a 15,2 [.62], 9 tooth, 16/32 DP Customer supplied bracket
30 involute flat root, class 1, side fit spline must be mounted to the same
SAE J498b. engine or bulk head mount as front pump.
Additional units driven by this spline
must not require more than 76 N.m [672 lbf.in]
of torque.

Model 70360
Port Locations
Will accept a Ø 22,23 [.875] 41 tooth 2X 1/2-13 UNC-2B

48/96 DP 45 involute fillet root, 21,1 [.83] Deep
Class 1 side fit spline. Auxiliary Port (C1)
Accepts a SAE J498b with a Auxiliary Port (C4) 3/4 -16 - 12 UNF - 2B
24,9 [.98] shaft extension 3/4 -16 - 12 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring Port
SAE O-ring Port or Bypass Valve Locations
Opposite Side Porting Main Port (B) in
Control Shaft Position b 31,0
(Selected in Position 9) [1.22] 201,7 [7.94]
1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B
SAE O-ring Port
23,9
Port [.94]
Type of Port Size and Description 72,6 94,2
ID 73,02 [2.86] [3.71]
[2.875]
1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B
A Main Port
SAE O-ring
1- 1/16 - 12 UN-2B 73,02
B Main Port [2.875]
SAE O-ring
Front
Auxiliary Port Top - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B of Flange
C1
87,9 87,9 167,5 [6.60]
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B [3.45] [3.45]
C2 Auxiliary Port Top - Rear 168,1
SAE O-ring 217.0 [8.54]
[6.62]
Auxiliary Port Rear - 3/4 -16 UNF-2B Main Port (A) in
C3 Control Shaft Position a
Rear SAE O-ring 1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B
Auxiliary Port Side - 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port
C4
C5
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
D1 Drain Port - Top
SAE O-ring
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
SAE O-ring

3/4 - 16 UNF-2B
SAE O-ring
Will accept a Ø 22,23 [.875] 41 tooth 2X 1/2-13 UNC-2B

48/96 DP 45 involute fillet root, 21,1 [.83] Deep
Class 1 side fit spline. Auxiliary Port (C1)
Accepts a SAE J498b with a Auxiliary Port (C4) 3/4 -16 - 12 UNF - 2B
24,9 [.98] shaft extension 3/4 -16 - 12 UNF - 2B SAE O-ring Port
SAE O-ring Port or Optional Bypass Valve Locations
Mounting Hole Supports
4 x 7/16 -14 UNC-2B 31,0
[1.22] 201.7 [7.94]
18,8 [.74] deep
Customer supplied
bracket must be 23,9
mounted to the same [.94]
engine or bulk head 72,6 94,2
73,02 [2.86] [3.71]
mount as front pump. [2.875]
Same Side Porting

(Selected in Position 9) 73,02 82,6
[2.875] [3.25] 23,9
[.94] Front
of Flange
Main Port (B) in
Control Shaft Position b 167,5 [6.60]
1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B 35,8 35,8
SAE O-ring Port [1.41] [1.41] 171,8 [6.76]
87,9 87,9 217.0 [8.54]
[3.45] [3.45]
176,3 Main Port (A) in
[6.94] Control Shaft Position a
1-1/16 - 12 UNF-2B
SAE O-ring Port

Section 3 - Model 72400 Servo Controlled
Servo Controlled
40,6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r]
49,2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r]
Displacement

72400-RAK-04
Identiication numbers
Stamped on each unit. A B C D
A – Product Number Description
78461 = Tandem Piston Pump
Tandem Pumps – Product Number
78462 = Single or Tandem Piston Pump with Gear Pump
78461-LAA-04
B – Rotation
R / S = Right Hand A B C D
L = Left Hand
Serial Number Code

10 05 06 XXX 1 000

Model 72400 Servo Controlled
Features
B L
C A
H
G
Q
I
P
K
S R J
N
View "A - A"
Left Side E D
U
CW
or
CCW
Right Side

A Housing M Servo Piston Assembly
• Modular design
N Bypass Valve
• Compact package size.
• Cross ports the closed loop hydraulic circuit - used to move
• Durable cast iron design. a disabled machine a limited distance.
• Multiple drain options.
• Quiet operation. O Internal High Pressure Relief Valves
• Improved serviceability • Prevents excessive pressure..
B Endcover P Gerotor Charge Pump
C Charge Pump Adapter • Four sizes available.

6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
D Manual Displacement Servo Control Valve 13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]
• Low operator effort. 17.2 cm3/r [1.05 in3/r]
• Modular design. 20.7 cm3/r [1.26 in3/r]]
E Input Shaft and Mounting Q Auxiliary Pump Mounting Flange (Rear)

• SAE "B" or "B-B" Mount (2 Bolt) • SAE " A" or "B"
• Numerous shaft options. • Auxiliary or tandem mount capability
F Seals R Case Drain Port

G Bearings • Multiple drain options
H Swashplate Cradle
S Auxillary Port
I Swashplate Bushing
• For pressure check port or remote charge pressure port.
J Swashplate
T Control Lever
K Rotating Group
• Low operator effort
• 49,2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] Displacement U Control Orifices
• Controls rate of change of displacement.
L Valve plate
• Improved serviceability. V Main System Ports
V
D
"A"
"A"

Lever Position vs. Pressurized Port
Installation Drawing Righthand (CW) Rotation
Lever position "A"--- Port (A) is Pressurized
Lever position "B"--- Port (B) is Pressurized
Single Piston Pump 19,0 [.75] Lefthand (CCW) Rotation
0 6,8 [.27] Dia. Lever position "A"--- Port (B) is Pressurized
This unit will accept another unit Lever 32 32 Lever position "B"--- Port (A) is Pressurized
with an SAE "A" Auxiliary Mounting Flange Position "A" Lever Position "B"
and 15,7 [.62] Dia. 9 Tooth, 16/32 DP Port Drain Port (D2)
30 involute flat root, class 1,
side fit spline SAE J498b. (C2) 1 - 1/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-ring Port
Additional units driven by this spline Righthand (CW) Rotation Shown
must not require more than Dimensions are in mm [in] unless
54 N·m [480 lbf·in] of torque. Right
75,4 noted otherwise.
[2.97] 85,6
[3.37]
82,65/82,60
[3.254/3.252]
Dia.
Groove to Accept an 25,4 [1.00] Dia. 15 Tooth 16/32 DP
ARP 042 30 Involute Flat Root
[1/16 X 3 1/4 ID] O-Ring Class 1 Side Fit Spline SAE J498b
Left
7,9 [.31]
9,7 [.38] Dia.
69,8 [2.75] 245,5 [9.66]
50,8 [2.00] 9,7 [.38] 274,7 [10.82]
ge Inlet Port-(S) 9,7 [.38] Dia.
31,8 [1.25]
69,8 [2.75] 245,5 [9.66]
50,8 [2.00] 9,7 [.38] 274,7 [10.82]
Charge Inlet Port-(S) 31,8 [1.25]
1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-ring Port Relief Valve
for Righthand (CW) for Port (A) 128,6 [5.06]
6,4 [.25]
Rotation
Main Port(A) in 12,4 [.49]

125,7
Lever Position "A" 9,4 [.37] 6,1 [.24]
[4.95]
1 - 5/16 -12 UN-2B
SAE O-ring Port 140,7
[5,54]
101,60/101,55
71,4 [4.000/3.998]
[2.81] Dia.
Bypass
Valve 20,3 [.80]
Drain 94,7 [3.73] 45,8
Relief Valve [1.81]
To Housing
Main Port(B) in (D3) for Port (B) 156,7 [6.17]
Lever Position "B" 106,38 .375-16 UNC-2B
[4.188] 198,5 [7.82]
1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B 18,2 [.72] Deep
Charge Pump Suction Port-(S)
SAE O-ring Port Min. Full Thd., 2 Places
1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B Alternate location for
SAE O-ring Port for Lefthand (CCW) Rotation Port
(C1) Drain Port. (D1)
113,5 [4.47]
94,4 94,0
[3.72] [3.70]
12,4 [.49]
9,4 [.37] 6,1 [.24]
101,60/101,55
[4.000/3.998]
Dia.
82,6
[3.25]
20,3 [.80]
20,3
[.80] 88,9
[3.50]
146,3
[5.76]
Mounting Slots for 12,7 [.5] Dia. Bolts,

2 Slots

Single Piston Pump
(Optional) Bypass Valve D2

D3
A
R1
R3
R2
B
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.) C1
C2
P
(Optional)
Destroke
Valve
(Optional) Neutral
Lockout Switch
D1 S
Description of Unit on Opposite Page:

Righthand (CW) Rotation
Input Shaft: 15 tooth
Output Shaft: 9 tooth
Auxiliary Rear Mounting: SAE "A" Series 82-2
Charge Pump: 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r] disp. with Inlet Port 1 -
5/16-12 UN-2B, SAE O-ring Port
Charge Pump Relief Setting: 17 to 21 bar [250 to 300 PSI],
relieved to case.
Auxiliary Port: 3/4-16 UNF-2B, SAE O-ring Port, plugged on
both sides.
Drain Port: 1 - 1/16-12 UN-2B, SAE O-ring Port, on right side
and rear lange drained into housing
Main Ports:1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B, SAE O-ring Port, same side on
right
Relief Valves: Available in a range of settings to 379 bar [5500
PSI]
Additional Functions: Bypass Valve
Control Assembly: Manual with no additional features
Supply Oriice: ,71 mm [.028 in]
Paint: Black
Additional options are available by using the Model Code and
Details.
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed from

Installation Drawing
Lever Position vs. Pressurized Port
Front Piston Pump of Tandem Pumps Righthand (CW) Rotation
Auxiliary Port (C2) Lever position "A"--- Port (A) is Pressurized
for Charge Inlet Lever position "B"--- Port (B) is Pressurized
3/4-16 UN-2B 19,0 [.75] Lefthand (CCW) Rotation
SAE O-ring Port 0 6,8 [.27] Dia. Lever position "A"--- Port (B) is Pressurized
Charging line and fittings Lever 32 32 Lever position "B"--- Port (A) is Pressurized
to be supplied by customer Position "A" Lever Position "B"
from rear pump. Drain Port (D2)
9,7 [.38] Dia.
1 - 1/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-ring Port Righthand (CW) Rotation Shown
Groove to accept an
ARP 045 [1/16 X 4 ID] Dimensions are in mm [in] unless
O-Ring Right noted otherwise.
75,4
[2.97] 85,6
[3.37]
101,70/101,65
[4.004/4.002]
This unit will accept another unit with an Dia.
SAE "B" Auxiliary Mounting Flange 25,4 [1.00] Dia. 15 Tooth 16/32 DP
and a 22,4 [.88] Dia. 41 Tooth, 48/96 DP 30 Involute Flat Root
45 involute fillet root, class 1, side fit spline. Class 1 Side Fit Spline SAE J498b
Maximum Torque Left
316,4 N• m [2800 lbf • in] N• f•
10,4 [.41]
239,4 [9.43]
69,8 [2.75] 113,5 [4.47]

50,8 [2.00] 9,7 [.38] Main Port (A) in
Relief Valve 31,8 [1.25] Lever Position "A"
1 - 5/16 -12 UN-2B Mounting Slots for
for Port (A) 6,4 [.25] 128,6 [5.06] 12,7 [.5] Dia. Bolts,
SAE O-ring Port
2 Slots
12,4 [.49]
140,7 125,7
[5.5 4] [4.95] 9,4 [.37]
71,4 101,60/101,55
[2.81] [4.000/3.998]
Dia.
Bypass
Valve .500-13 UNC-2B
19,6 [.77] Deep 45,8
Min. Full Thd.,
Relief Valve Thru Drain (D3) 2 Places 94,7 [3.73] [1.81]
for Port (B) 156,7 [6.17]
Main Port (B) in
146,1 Lever Position "B" 198,5 [7.82]
[5.75] 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B
SAE O-ring Port Alternate location for
Drain Port (D1)
Alternate location
for Auxiliary Port (C1)
113,5 [4.47]
94,4 94,0
[3.72] [3.70]
Mounting Slots for
12,7 [.5] Dia. Bolts,
2 Slots
12,4 [.49]
9,4 [.37]
6,1 [.24]
101,60/101,55
[4.000/3.998]
Dia.
70,0
[2.76]
45,8
[1.81]
88,9 20,3 [.80]
[3.50]
146,3
[5.76]

Front Piston Pump of Tandem Pumps
(Optional) Bypass Valve D2

D3
A
R1
Charge
Inlet
Port C2
C1
R2
B
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.)
(Optional)
Destroke
Valve
(Optional) Neutral
Lockout Switch
D1

Auxiliary Rear Mounting: SAE 2 bolt "B" Series 101-2
Charge Pump: Not included
Auxiliary Port: 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port on right side
Drain Port: 1 - 1/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port on right side
and rear lange drained into housing
Main Ports: 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port on same side
(left side of pump)
PSI]
Paint: Black
Details.

Installation Drawing
Rear Piston Pump of Tandem Pumps
Must not require more than
7,9 [.31]
54 N·m [480 lbf ·in] of torque.
245,5 [9.66]
Main Port (A) in
69,8 [2.75] 274,7 [10.82]
Lever Position "A"
50,8 [2.00] 9,7 [.38] 1 - 5/16 -12 UN-2B Mounting Hole for tandem support
31,8 [1.25] SAE O-ring port 3/8 - 16 UNC-2B, 10,7 [.42] deep
Two Holes (one on each side)
Relief Valve Charge Inlet Port- (S) Mounting Slots for
for Port (A) 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port 6,4 [.25] 128,6 [5.06] 12,7 [.5] Dia. Bolts,
for Lefthand (CCW) Rotation 2 Slots
140,7 12,4 [.49]

125,7
[5.54]
[4.95]
Drain
(D3) To
Housing
71,4 101,60/101,55
[2.81] [4.000/3.998]
Dia.
Thru
Bypass Drai
Valve (D4)
Relief Valve 94,7 [3.73] 24,4 [.96]
for Port (B) 106,38 Main Port (B) in 9,4
Lever Position "B" 156,7 [6.17]
[4.188] [.37]
Charge Inlet Port- (S) 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B 198,5 [7.82]
.375-16 UNC-2B 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port
19,4 [.77] deep SAE O-ring Port Alternate Location
Alternate location for
2 Places for Righthand (CW) Rotation for Auxiliary Port (C1)
Drain Port (D1) (Plugged)
Auxiliary Port (C2) Lever Position vs. Pressurized Port

for Charge to Front Pump Righthand (CW) Rotation
3/4-16 UN-2B 19,0 [.75] Lever position "A"--- Port (A) is Pressurized
SAE O-ring Port 0
Lever position "B"--- Port (B) is Pressurized
6,8 [.27] Dia.
Charging line and fittings 32 Lefthand (CCW) Rotation
Lever 32
to be supplied by customer Position "A" Lever Position "B" Lever position "A"--- Port (B) is Pressurized
to front pump. Lever position "B"--- Port (A) is Pressurized
9,7 [.38] Dia. Drain Port (D2) (plugged)
1 - 1/16-12 UN-2B
Groove to accept an SAE O-ring Port
ARP 042 [1/16 X 3-1/4 ID]
O-Ring Right Righthand (CW) Rotation Shown
75,4
Dimensions are in mm [in] unless noted
[2.97] 85,6
[3.37] otherwise.
82,65/82,60
[3.254/3.252]
This unit will accept another unit Dia.
with an SAE "A" Auxiliary Mounting Flange
and 15,7 [.62] Dia. 9 Tooth, 16/32 DP 22,4 [.88] Dia. 41 Tooth 48/96 DP
30 Involute Flat Root, Class 1, 45 Involute Fillet Root
side fit spline SAE J498b. Class 1 Side Fit Spline
Left
Additional units driven by this spline
Must not require more than
7,9 [.31]
54 N·m [480 lbf ·in] of torque.
245,5 [9.66]
Main Port (A) in 113,5 [4.47]
69,8 [2.75] 274,7 [10.82]
Lever Position "A" 113,5 [4.47]
50,8 [2.00] 9,7 [.38] 1 - 5/16 -12 UN-2B Mounting Hole for tandem support 94,4 94,0
31,8 [1.25] SAE O-ring port 3/8 - 16 UNC-2B, 10,7 [.42] deep [3.72] 94,4 [3.70] 94,0
Two Holes (one on each side) Mounting Slots for
Relief Valve Charge Inlet Port- (S) [3.72] [3.70]
12,7 [.5] Dia.Mounting
Bolts, Slots for
for Port (A) 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port 128,6 [5.06] 2 Slots
12,4 [.49]
Thru
Drain
(D4)
6,1 [.24]
101,60/101,55
[4.000/3.998]
Dia.
Thru 82,6
Drain [3.25]
(D4)
24,4 [.96]
9,4
[.37] 20,3
[.80] 20,3 [.80]
88,9
[3.50]
146,3
[5.76]

Rear Piston Pump of Tandem Pumps
(Optional) Bypass Valve

D2
D4
A D3
R1
R3
R2
B
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.) C1
C2
P Charge
Pressure
(Optional) Port for Charge
Destroke to front Pump
Valve
(Optional) Neutral
Lockout Switch D1 S

Auxiliary Rear Mounting: SAE "A" Series 82-2 w/mounting
support hole
Charge Pump: 13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r] disp. with Inlet Port, 1 -
5/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port
Charge Pump Relief Setting: 17 to 21 bar [250 to 300 PSI],
Relieved to Case.
Auxiliary Port: 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port on right side
Drain Port: 1 - 1/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port on both sides,
plugged, and drain hole thru housing to front pump.
Main Ports: 1 - 5/16-12 UN-2B SAE O-ring Port same side on
left
PSI]
Paint: Black
Details.

Tandem Pump

Features, Benefits & Specifications

Input Mounting Flange SAE “B” or "BB" SAE “B” or "BB"
Flow @ Rated Speed & PSI 140 l/min [37.0 gal/min] 169 l/min [44.8 gal/min]
Weight Per Single Pump 27 to 28 kg [59 to 62 lbs] 27 to 29 kg [59 to 62 lbs]
Specifications - Internal Gerotor Charge Pump

Displacement Options
6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r]
17.2 cm3/r [1.05 in3/r]
20.7 cm3/r [1.26 in3/r]
Maximum Charge Inlet Vacuum 0,80 bar Abs. [6 inHg]
Centre of Gravity of EP Controlled Pump***
***Contact Eaton representative for specific requirements.

Performance Data
40,6 cm3/r [2.48 in3/r]

The charts below are representative of a single 40,6 cm3/r were run at an oil temperature of 82°C [180°F] with viscosity
[2.48 in3/r] Variable Displacement Piston Pump. The tests at 9 - 12 cSt [54 - 66 SUS] and the pump at maximum
displacement.
Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Overall Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI]
90
85
80
75
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM
Percentage 70 bar [1000 PSI] Volumetric Efficiency 210 bar [3000 PSI]
100
95
90
85
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM
l/min 70 bar [1000 PSI] Outlet Flow 210 bar [3000 PSI] gal/min
150 [40]
120
[30]
90
[20]
60
30 [10]
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM
kW 70 bar [1000 PSI] Input Power 210 bar [3000 PSI] hp
[60]
40
[45]
30
[30]
20
10 [15]
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

Shaft RPM

Performance Data
49.2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] Charge Pump Performance - Flow vs Speed

The charts below are representative of a single 49.2 cm3/r The chart at right is representative of a 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r]
[3.00 in3/r] Variable Displacement Piston Pump. The tests cm3/r and 13,4 [.84 in3/r] displacement charge pumps. The
were run at an oil temperature of 82°C [180°F] with viscosity test was run at an oil temperature of 60°C [150°F] with
at 9 - 12 cSt [54 - 66 SUS] and the pump at maximum viscosity 13 cSt [65 SUS].
displacement.

Model 72400 Servo Controlled Code
Ordering Instructions: The Model 72400 Servo Controlled will be assigned to that coniguration and the pump identiied.
piston pumps are selected by using the following Model Code Make sure all positions are selected within the 27-digit code
System tailoring the pump coniguration to the requirement. for each pump ordered.
Once a pump is built from the model code, a product number
Code Example: AAD R A A A 1 3 E E 1 TT A M0 0 A 0 0 0A 00 0 0

Position - 1, 2, 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13, 14 15 16, 17 18 19 20 21 22, 23 24, 25 26 27
0 0A 0 D
Position 1, 2, 3 - Code Title ACG = 49,2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] Servo Controlled Variable Displacement Pump
3 3
AAD = 40,6 cm /r [2.48 in /r] Servo Controlled Variable Displacement Pump ACH = 49,2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] Servo Controlled Variable Displacement Pump (Tan-
3 3
dem Front Pump)
AAE = 40,6 cm /r [2.48 in /r] Servo Controlled Variable Displacement Pump (Tandem
Front Pump) ACJ = 49,2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] Servo Controlled Variable Displacement Pump (Tandem
3 3
Rear Pump)
AAF = 40,6 cm /r [2.48 in /r] Servo Controlled Variable Displacement Pump (Tandem
Rear Pump)
Single Tandem Unit
R = Lefthand Rotation (CCW) L Std. Std. Std.
L = Right-hand Rotation (CW) R Std. Std. Std.
Position 5- Input Shaft
A = 15 Tooth, 16/32 External Spline, 46 [1.81] Shaft Extension A Std Std NA
B = 41 Tooth, 48/96 External Spline, 24,4 [.96] Shaft Extension B NA NA Std
C = 13 Tooth, 16/32 External Spline, 41,1 [1.62] Shaft Extension C Opt NA NA
D = Taper 1.502:12, 6,4 [.25] x 19,8 [.78] keyway, 3/8 - 24 UNF Int. Thread, 35,1[1.38] Shaft Extension D Opt. Opt. NA
G = 25.4 [1.00] Dia. Str., 6,4 [.25] x 28,4 [1.12] keyway, 46 [1.81] Shaft Extension (Key Included) G Opt. NA NA
Position 6 - Output Shaft
0 = No Output Shaft
A = 9 Tooth, 16/32 Internal Spline, Accepts 31,8 [1.25] Shaft Extension (for SAE "A" mount only) A Std. NA Std.
B = 41 Tooth, 48/96 External Spline, Accepts 24,4 [.96] Shaft Extension (for SAE "B" mount only) B NA Std. NA
F = 11 Tooth, 16/32 Internal Spline, Accepts 31,8 [1.25] Shaft Extension (for SAE "A" mount only) F Opt. NA Opt.
J = 11 Tooth, 16/32 External Spline, Accepts 31,8 [1.25] Shaft Extension (for SAE "B" mount only) J Opt. NA Opt.
(To be used with 36,8 [1.45] spacer)
Position 7 - Auxiliary Rear Mounting
A = "A" SAE Flange Series 82-2 A Std. NA Opt.
B = 2 Bolt "B" SAE Flange Series 101-2 B Opt. Std. Opt.
C = "A" SAE Flange Series 82-2 w/ Cover Plate C Opt. NA Opt.
D = "A" SAE Flange Series 82-2 w/ Cover Plate and Mounting Support Holes D Opt. NA Opt.
E = "A" SAE Flange Series 82-2 w/ Mounting Support Holes E Opt. NA Std.
F = 2 Bolt "B" SAE Flange Series 101-2 w/ Mounting Support Holes F Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 8 - Charge Pump
0 = No charge pump 0 Opt. Std. Opt.
1 = 6,9 cm3/r [.42 in3/r] disp. w/1-5/16 - 12 UN-2B SAE O-ring straight thread inlet port (S) 1 Std. NA NA
2 = 13,8 cm3/r [.84 in3/r] disp. w/1-5/16 - 12 UN-2B SAE O-ring straight thread inlet port (S) 2 Opt. NA Std.
8 = 17.2 cm3/r [1.05 in3/r]; with 1 5/16-12 UN - 2B SAE O-ring port for suction inlet (S) 8 Std. NA Std.
9 = 20.7 cm3/r [1.26 in3/r]; with 1 5/16-12 UN - 2B SAE O-ring port for suction inlet (S) 9 Std. NA Std.
Position 9 - Charge Pump Relief Setting and Routing
0 = No charge pump
0 = No Auxiliary Port 0 Opt. Std. Opt.
3 = 17- 21 bar [250-300 PSI] (Relieved to Case) 3 Std. NA Std.
4 = 17- 21 bar [250-300 PSI], 1- 5/16 - 12 UN-2B SAE O-ring straight thread Outlet port (C3), 4 Opt. NA Opt.
3/4 - 16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring straight thread Return Port (C4), (Remote ilter and/or heat exchanger,
relieved to case)
Position 10 - Auxiliary Port, Size and Location (left C1 and right C2)
D = On both sides w/left side plugged (housing), 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring straight thread port D Opt. Std. Std.
E = On both sides and both plugged (housing), 3/4 - 16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring straight thread port E Std. NA NA
Position 11 - Drain Port Size and Location (left D1 and right D2)
D = On both sides w/ right side plugged & rear lange drained into housing, D Opt. Opt. NA
1-1/16 - 12 UN-2B SAE O-ring straight thread port
E = On both Sides w/ left side plugged & rear lange drained into housing, E Std. Std. NA
M = On both sides w/ left side plugged & thru drain into mount (front), M NA NA Opt.
S = On both sides w/ both sides plugged & thru drain into mount (front), S NA NA Std.

Code
Continued
Position 12 - Main Ports,Size and Location (port A and B)

1 = 1- 5/16 - 12 UN-2B O-ring straight thread port, Same Side (Right Side) 1 Std. Opt. Opt.
2 = 1- 5/16 - 12 UN-2B O-ring straight thread port, Same Side (Left Side) 2 Opt. Std. Std.
Positions 13, 14 - Relief Valve Setting for Main Ports
(Select a Setting for port "A" in position 13 and port "B" in Position 14)
0 = Check Valve Only 0 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Y = 379 bar [5500 PSI] Y Opt. Opt. Opt.
0 = No Additional Functions 0 Std. Std. Std.
A = Bypass Valve A Opt. Opt. Opt.
C= Bleed-off valve in port B C Opt. Opt. Opt.
Positions 16, 17 - Pump Controls
M0 = No Additional Features M0 Std. Std. Std.
MA = Neutral Lockout Switch (Includes Wide Band Neutral) MA Opt. Opt. Opt.
MB = Neutral Detent (Includes Wide Band Neutral) MB Opt. Opt. Opt.
MC = Wide Band Neutral MC Opt. Opt. Opt.
Port Plate
P0 = No Additional Features P0 Opt. Opt. Opt.
HA = 5-15 bar [72-217 PSI] Pilot Pressure range, 2X Port .4375-20 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Port HA Opt. Opt. Opt.
Electrohydraulic Control
EC = Electronic Proportional Control 12 Vdc without Electronic Driver EC Opt. Opt. Opt.
ED = Electronic Proportional Control 24 Vdc without Electronic Driver ED Opt. Opt. Opt.
EE = Electronic Proportional Control 12/24 Vdc and Electronic Driver EE Opt. Opt. Opt.
with 1 to 6 Vdc Potentiometric Command Input
EG = Electronic Proportional Control 12/24 Vdc and Electronic Driver with 4 to 20 mA Command Input EG Opt. Opt. Opt.
EL = Electronic Proportional Control 12 Vdc and Electronic Driver with ± 100 mA Command Input EL Opt. Opt. Opt.
Solenoid Operated
SA = 3 pos (FNR) 12 Vdc solenoids with Weather Pack Connectors (locations at port s1 and s2) SA Opt. Opt. Opt.
SB = 2 pos 12 Vdc solenoid with Weather Pack Connectors (location at port s1) SB Opt. Opt. Opt.
SC = 2 pos 12 Vdc solenoid with Weather Pack Connectors (location at port s2) SC Opt. Opt. Opt.
SK=Proportion Solenoid Control 12V with Non-Contact Swash Feedback Sensor with 4-Pin SK Std. Std. Std.
Metripack Connector
Position 18 - Destroke Valve
0 = Not required 0 Std. Std. Std.
1 = with 12 VDC Coil and Weather Pack Connector 1 Opt. Opt. Opt.
2 = with 24 VDC Coil and Weather Pack Connector 2 Opt. Opt. Opt.
3 = with 12 VDC Coil and DIN 43650 Connector 3 Opt. Opt. Opt.
4 = with 24 VDC Coil and DIN 43650 Connector 4 Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 19 - Supply Orifice (location p)
0 = No Supply Oriice (NA for pumps w/ destroke) 0 Opt. Opt. Opt.
A = 0,71 mm [.028 in] A Opt. Opt. Opt.
B = 0,81 mm [.032 in] B Opt. Opt. Opt.
C = 0,91 mm [.036 in] C Std. Std. Std.
D = 1,02 mm [.040 in] D Opt. Opt. Opt.
E = 1,12 mm [.044 in] E Opt. Opt. Opt.
F = 1,32 mm [.052 in] (Maximum oriice size if position 18 selection is 1 thru 4) F Opt. Opt. Opt.
G = 1,45 mm [.057 in] (NA for pumps w/ destroke) G Opt. Opt. Opt.
H = 1,65 mm [.065 in] (NA for pumps w/ destroke) H Opt. Opt. Opt.
J = 1,85 mm [.073 in] (NA for pumps w/ destroke) J Opt. Opt. Opt.

Code
Continued
Position 20 - Control Orifice (location s1 & s2)

0 = No Control Oriice 0 Std. Std. Std.
A = 0,71 mm [.028 in] A Opt. Opt. Opt.
B = 0,81 mm [.032 in] B Opt. Opt. Opt.
C = 0,91 mm [.036 in] C Opt. Opt. Opt.
D = 1,02 mm [.040 in] D Opt. Opt. Opt.
E = 1,12 mm [.044 in] E Opt. Opt. Opt.
F = 1,32 mm [.052 in] F Opt. Opt. Opt.
G = 1,45 mm [.057 in] G Opt. Opt. Opt.
Position 21 - Special Control Option
Manual Control (only)
0 = No Special Control Options (Standard Control Lever Position) 0 Std. Std. Std.
Positions 22, 23 - Paint
0A = Primer 0A Std. Std. Std.
0B = Black 0B Opt. Opt. Opt.
Positions 24, 25 - Special Features
00 = No Special Features 00 Std. Std. Std.
BB = Adjustable Displacement Limiter, Both Sides BB Opt. Opt. Opt.
CK = Speed Sensor
0 = Standard 0 Std. Std. Std.
D = Eaton - assigned design code

Input Shafts
Code Position 5

24,4
[.96]
46
[1.81]
Shaft
Used for Tandem
B connection only
Shaft
A Maximum
Input 22,23 [.875] Dia., 41 Tooth
Maximum Torque 48/96 DP 45° Involute
Input 24,981 [.9835] Dia., 15 Tooth 316 N·m Fillet Root, Class 1
Torque 16/32 DP 30° Involute [2800 lbf·in] Side Fit Spline
338 N·m Flat Root, Class 1
35,1
[2987 lbf·in] Side Fit Spline, SAE J498b
[1.38]
24,18/23,42
[.952/.922]
41,1 19,8
[1.62] 6,4 [.25] x [.78]
19,8 [.78] 25,43/25,37 Dia.
3,33/3,18 [1.001/.999]
Keyway
[.131/.125]
Shaft
Shaft
C
D
Maximum
Input 22,22 [.875] Dia., 13 Tooth Maximum
Torque 16/32 DP 30° Involute Input 3/8 - 24UNF-2B
209 N·m Fillet Root, Class 1 Torque 19 [.75] Deep
[1852 lbf·in] Side Fit Spline, SAE J498b 338 N·m 38,15/38,05
[2987 lbf·in] taper per 304,8 mm
[1.502/1.498
46 taper per foot]
[1.81]
3 [.12]
6,4 [.25] W
x 28,4 [1.12] 28,22/27,97
Lg. Key [1.111/1.101]
Shaft
G
Maximum
Input
25,400/25,387
Torque
[1.0000/.9995] Dia.
338 N·m
[2987 lbf·in]
Torque Note: Ordering Note:

The combined torque required to turn multiple pumps must not exceed the torque rating of the Input and output shafts (code position 5 & 6) must be selected in relationship to pump code
input drive shaft of the front piston pump. (position 1, 2, & 3).
Consult an Eaton representative and/or Eaton engineering on side load recommendations.

Output Shafts
Code Position 6
9 Tooth , 16/32 DP Int., 15,875 11 Tooth , 16/32 DP Int., 19,33

[.6250] O.D., Accepts 31,8 [1.25] [.761] O.D., Accepts 31,8 [1.25]
Shaft Extension, "A" Mount SAE J498b Shaft Extension, "A" Mount SAE J498b
With internal charge.
Position 6 Position 6
Shaft A Shaft F
Torque limit on internal rear spline Maximum Torque
of piston pump with internal charge 119 N·m [1050 lbf·in]
pump must not exceed 54 N·m
[480 lbf· in]. Piston pump without With
internal charge pump must not internal charge.
exceed 76 N·m [672 lbf·in]. 36,8
[1.45]
31,8
[1.25]
11 Tooth , 16/32 DP Ext., 19,05
[.750] O.D., Accepts 31,8 [1.25]
Shaft Extension, "A" Mount SAE J498b
(Used with spacer) Without internal charge
Position 6
Shaft J
Maximum Torque
119 N·m [1050 lbf·in]
41,1
[1.62]
24,4
[.96]
41 Tooth , 48/96 DP Extension, 22,225
[.8750] O.D., Accepts 24,4 [.96] Shaft
13 Tooth , 16/32 DP External, 21,81
Extension "B" Auxiliary Mount,
[.8585] O.D., Accepts 41,1 [1.62] Shaft
SAE J498b
Extension "B" Auxiliary Mount ,
SAE J744
Position 6
Position 6
Shaft B
Shaft L Maximum Torque
Maximum Torque 316 N·m [2,800 lbf·in]
209 N·m [1852 lbf·in] 41 Tooth for tandem
connections on rear of
front pump.
Without internal charge
Tandem Servo Piston Pump SAE "B" Mount-

ing Kit #72400-902: Includes 41T coupling,
o-ring, cap screws (2), and washer.

Auxiliary Rear Mounting
Code Position 7
2 Bolt "A" Auxiliary Mounting Flange

(Rear of Single or Tandem Rear Pump)
134,4 Groove to Accept an ARP 042
[5.29] [1/16 X 3-1/4 ID] O-Ring
Right
106,38 82,65/82,60
[4.188] [3.254/3.252]
Dia.
Left
7,9 [.31]
.375-16 UNC-2B 198,5 [7.82]

18,3 [.72] deep
Mounting Hole for tandem support
Minimum Full Thread, 2 Places 3/8-16 UNC-2B, 10.7 [.42] deep
Holes (2) (one on each side)
2 Bolt "B" Auxiliary Mounting Flange Customer supplied bracket must be mounted
(Rear of Front Pump) to the same engine or bulk head mount as front pump.
Groove to Accept an ARP 045
69,8 134,4 [1/16 X 4 ID] O-Ring
[2.75] [5.29]
Thru
Drain
146,1 101,70/101,65
[5.75] [4.004/4.002]
Dia.
10,4 [.41]
Mounting Hole Holes (2) for
.500-13 UNC-2B 9,53 [.375]
for tandem support
3/8-16 UNC-2B, 19,6 [.77] deep 9,53 Dia. Bolt
Minimum Full Thread, 2 Places [.375]
10,7 [.42] deep
Holes (2) (one on each side)
Customer supplied bracket must be mounted
to the same engine or bulk head mount as front pump. Cover Plate
Fits "A" SAE Auxiliary Mounting Flange. 106,35
Cover Plate Kit #70142-915: Includes plate, [4.187]
cap screws (2), and o-ring.
82,63±.03
[3.250±.001]
Dia.

Charge Pump Routing and Location
Code Position 9
Standard Pump Charge Pump with Remote Filter/ Heat Exchanger Ports
(Filter and heat exchanger supplied by customer.)
Heat Exchanger
Charge Pump Filter
D2 (optional position)
Outlet Port C3
D3 D2
A
R1
A
R1
Charge
R3 Return
R2 Port C4
R2
R3
B
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.) C1
B
s1
P Charge (Opt.) s2 C1
(Opt.)
Pressure
Port C2 P Charge
for Charge Pressure
to Front Pump
Port C2
for Charge
D1 S to Front Pump
D1 S
Charge Outlet Port Location For further detail on port relationship to rotation and position,
The charge outlet and return port is located in the charge refer to installation drawings.
pump housing, opposite of the suction port and charge relief
valve.
(Optional)
Charge Outlet Port (C3)
(for Righthand Rotation)
(Optional)
Charge Pressure Return
Port (C4)
Right
Side Port (A)
Left
Side
Port (B)
Charge Relief Valve

Charge Inlet Port (S)
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed look-
ing at the input shaft end of the pump.

Auxiliary and Drain Port Locations
(For dimensions, refer to installation drawings.)
Drain Locations in Rear of Pumps
"A" Pad "B" Pad

Single pump or rear pump of tandem. Front pump of tandem.
Right Left Right Left

Side Side Side Side
Auxiliary Flange Drain Thru Drain into

to main housing of servo Auxiliary Flange
piston pump. to rear pump of tandem.
Side and Front of Pump
Port (A)
CW
Right side Drain
and Auxiliary Port*
Location
CCW
Left Side Drain Port Plugged Thru Drain into Auxiliary Mounting
Port (B) Pad of Front Pump
Left Side Auxiliary Port* Plugged
(Tandem Rear Pump Housing Only)
*Note: Auxiliary port required in rear and front pump of tandem to provide charge
flow and pressure to front pump.
All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed look-

Main Ports and Relief Valve Location
Code Position 12, 13 and 14
(For dimensions, refer to Installation drawings.)

Charge pump position must stay in relationship to backplate
as pictured below.
*Righthand Rotation (CW)
(Optional) Charge Outlet Charge Inlet Port (S)

Relief Valve Port (C3) to Remote Pressure Filter
for Port (A) (Optional) Relief Valve
Charge Pressure for Port (A)
Return Port (C4)
Main
Main Port (A)
Port (A)

Side Side Side Side
CW CW
Main
Main Port (B)
Relief Valve Port (B)
for Port (B) Relief Valve
for Port (B)
Charge Inlet Port (S) (Optional)
Charge Outlet Port (C3)
(Optional) to Remote Pressure Filter
Charge Pressure
Return Port (C4)
*Lefthand Rotation (CCW)
(Optional) Charge Outlet

Charge Inlet Port (S) Port (C3) to Remote Pressure Filter
Relief Valve (Optional)
for Port (A) Charge Pressure Relief Valve
Return Port (C4) for Port (A)
Main
Main Port (A)
Port "C"
CCW CCW

Side Side Side Side
Main
Main Port (B)
Relief Valve Port "D"
for Port (B) Relief Valve
(Optional) for Port (B)
(Optional) Charge Pressure Return Port (C4)
Charge Inlet Port (S)
Charge Outlet Port
(C3) to Remote Pressure Filter
*All left (CCW) or right (CW) directions given are viewed look-

Additional Functions
Code Position 15
(For dimensions, refer to installation drawings.) Dimensions are in millimeters [inches], unless otherwise specfied.
Bypass Valve
Opens the closed loop hydraulic circuit, allowing limited Bypass Valve
D2
movement of a machine.
A D3
R1
Bypass Valve
Relief R3
R2
Valve
B
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.) C1
P Charge
Pressure
Port C2
for Charge
to Front Pump
Order #72400-900 kit for Bypass Valve separately.
D1 S
Case 1: Bypass Valve in normal condition (Towing is not Case 2: Bypass valve in actuated condition.
permitted) ie valve is turned to 90° (either side) which allows to open
two HPRV spool & hence both the ports are connected to
each other and towing to a short distance is permitted in this
condition.
Note: Valve could be rotated by 360°. For towing operation 90° (either side) rotation is required.

Pump Controls - Control Assembly
The port plate is commonly used as a slave control that re-

A
ceives commands from other controls in the same system. R1
Minimum required control-pressure is 17 bar [250 PSI]

R3
Righthand (CW) Input Rotation Output Flow R2
Pressure to Control Port 1 Port (B)
Pressure to Control Port 2 Port (A)
Lefthand (CCW) Input Rotation Output Flow B
s1 s2
Pressure to Control Port 1 Port (A) (Opt.) (Opt.)
Pressure to Control Port 2 Port (B)
Control Control
44.4 [1.75] Port s1 Port s2 D1 S
14 [.55]
Control Port 1
.4375-20 UNF-2B SAE O-ring Control Port 2 126.7 [4.99]
Port Accepts Fittings .4375-20 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
for SAE J1926 Accepts Fittings for SAE J1926
91.2
[3.59]

Pump Controls - Manual Control
Code Position 16, 17 and 18
0 Control Lever Travel Standard Band Wide Band High Gain

To Full Cam Neutral Neutral Neutral Zone 2.5° 4.0° 3°
Zone Zone To Full Cam
Maximum
Over Travel Maximum Over Travel Maximum Displacement 25.5° 25.5° 17°
Maximum Over Travel 4.0° 2.5° 10°

Lever Lever
Position "A" Position "B" *Neutral Detent Feature
The neutral detent provides a positive, centered feeling to the
handle, signaling the operator when the pump is in neutral
position.
*Neutral Lockout Feature

The neutral lockout switch consists of an electrical switch
installed on the controller. This switch closes at the neutral
position of the input lever and opens if lever is rotated either
direction. The electronic "lockout" prevents the operator from
starting any auxiliary functions unless the pump is in neutral
position.
*Destroke Valve Feature any time power is interrupted to the solenoid, the pump will
The destroke valve provides an emergency return to neutral destroke to neutral.
and must be energized in order for the pump to stroke. If at
Destroke
Neutral Lockout Switch*
Valve* 5 amp. @ 12 VDC, 3 amp. @ 24 VDC
153,9 92,7 57,2
[6.06] [3.65] [2.25]
Pump
End View
Center Line of
Shaft 16,5 [.65]
Pump Neutral
39,9 Top View
[1.57] 103,9 Detent*
27,9
[4.09] Solenoid
[1.10] 1.2 amp @12 VDC
.6 amp. @ 24 VDC
37,1 122,2 [4.81]

[1.46] to face of pump flange.
Mating connector must meet
DIN 43650 specfication such Weather Pack Connector provided on solenoid:
as Hirschman connector Body #12010973 (black) Weather Pack Mating Connector Required:
#931-236-100 with seal #731-531-002, Terminal #12033674 (2) Body #12015792 (black)
or equivalent. Eaton P/N 103330-XXX Seal #12010293 (2) *Terminal #12089188 (2)
*Seal #12010293 (2)
*May vary due to wire gauge used.

Pump Controls - Hydraulic Remote Control
D2
A D3
R1
R3
R2
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.)
B
C1
C2
P
s1 s2
Hydraulic Remote S
Front Flange of D1
Control
72400 Unit
141,3 114,6 [4.51] *
[5.56] Approximate NOTE
1. Right Hand (Clockwise) Rotation
Pilot Press Port -1 Pressurized...low From System Press Port -B
39,3 Pilot Press Port -2 Pressurized...low From System Press Port -A
[1.55]
Left Hand (Counter Clockwise) Rotation
Pilot Press Port -1 Pressurized...low From System Press Port -A
Pilot Press Port -2 Pressurized...low From System Press Port -B
2. Nominal Threshold Pressure ............ 5 bar [72.5 PSI]
58,3 Nominal Max Displacement Pressure ..... 15 bar [217.6 PSI]
36,9
[2.30] [1.45]
78,7
[3.08] Pilot Pressure Port (s1)
7/16-20 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
Pilot Pressure Port (s2) Port Accepts Fitting For SAE J1926
7/16-20 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
Port Accepts Fitting For SAE J1926
57,2
[2.25]
2X 120,4
[4.74]
122,5
[4.82]
Centerline Of Drive Shaft

* Do not touch any of the Control adjustment nuts which are factory set.
Hydraulic Remote Control Conversion Kit Includes: Control sub-assembly (1pc), Socket head cap
Order Part Number 72400-919 screws (6 pc), Control housing gasket (1pc)

Pump Controls - Electronic Proportional Displacement Control
Model Code Description Nominal Command

Model
Typical Input Devices Input Impedance of
Code Command Input Signal Electronics Module
Joysticks or Potentiometers with a resistance between 160
EE 1 to 6 Vdc Potentiometric 500K Ohms
ohms and 50K ohms.
EG ± 20 mA Current loop (4-20 mA) Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) 250 Ohms
EL ± 100 mA differential Torque motor servo valve current drivers 28 Ohms
EC 12 Volts
Requires customer supplied electronics
ED 24 Volts
The Electronic Proportional (EP) displacement control is ideal The control driver module converts a command input signal
for applications requiring electronic pump displacement to a proportional current output to the proportional solenoids
control. The EP displacement control provides the lexibil- resulting in a proportional pump displacement.
ity of three command input choices. Control components The EP displacement control has been designed to withstand
include a proportional solenoid actuated valve assembly and the rigors of off-highway equipment environmental condi-
an electronic solenoid driver module mounted on the pump. tions.
EP Displacement Control Features • SAE J1455 - Recommended Environmental Practices for

• Ease of installation Electronic Equipment Design
• Automotive style environmentally sealed Metri-Pack con- • Humidity/Temperature Extreme Cycling
nectors • Salt Spray
• Operates from 12 or 24 Vdc power supply • Splash & Immersion
• External fuse (customer supplied): 3A for 12 Vdc system, • Steam Cleaning/High Pressure Wash
1A for 24 Vdc system • Vibration
• Three choices for command input signal • Mechanical Shock
• Operating temperature range -40° C to +85° C • Temperature Cycling
• Control driver module encapsulated for environmental • Load Dump Transients
protection
• Inductive Load Switching Transients
• Closed loop current control compensates for resistance
change of the proportional solenoids due to temperature • SAE J1113 - Electromagnetic Susceptibility Measurement
variations Procedures for Vehicle Components
• Return to neutral for loss of power, or loss of command • EMI/EMC - Conducted & Radiated Immunity
input signal • CISPR 25 - International Electrotechnical Commission “Lim-
• Mechanical feedback of swashplate position for closed loop its and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance
control Characteristics for the Protection of Receivers used on
Board Vehicles”.
• External neutral adjustment
• EMI /EMC - Conducted & Radiated Emissions
• Manual override capability
• Control drive module qualiication per SAE J1455, SAE
J1113, CISPR 25
Control Driver Module Qualiication

(Contact Eaton for Speciic Levels)

Code Position 16 and 17 (EE, EG, EL) Cont.
Interface Schematic
Power Supply A
Connector* B
EC and ED code options Control
do not include electronic Driver
solenoid driver. Proportional
Module Solenoid 1
A
Command Input
B
Signal Connector**
C
S P
1
Note: Customer supplies: S
2
1A fuse for 24Vdc system
2A fuse for 12Vdc system
Mechanical
** Command Input Signal Connector
Proportional Swashplate
Wire Solenoid 2 Feedback
Command Input Signal Pins Signal Solenoid Actuated
Color Valve Assembly
A Black Ref Low - 1 Vdc
1 to 6 Vdc Potentiometric B Green Command (wiper)
Solenoid Actuated Valve Assembly
C Red Ref Hi - 6 Vdc
A Orange Loop Return
± 20 mA Current Loop
B White Loop In
(4-20 mA)
C No Connection Required*
A Blue Loop Return
Proportional s1 P s2 Feedback Link Proportional
Solenoid #1 Solenoid #2
± 100 mA Differential B White Loop In
C No Connection Required*
* Mating connector kit 990762-000 contains plug to be used to seal mating end connector.

Code Position 16 and 17 (EE, EG, EL) Cont.
Note: In order to assure the most reliable installation and General Relationship between Command Signal Input and Pump Flow
operation of any electronic control, proper installation meth-
A Port Flow 100%
ods should be followed with respect to interconnection wiring
CCW Rotation Pump
harness, command signal devices, fusing, and input power
switching. Proper care should be taken to prevent damage
to all electrical and electronic components due to abrasion,
moving objects, heat, moisture or other environmental
hazards. For safety critical applications, Eaton recommends
% Pump Output Flow

that a switch be installed in line with (+ Battery) power to the
module so that power may quickly be disconnected in case
of emergency. A 2 ampere slow blow fuse should always be
installed in the + battery line. It is recommended that during
Command Signal input
initial start-up and checkout, the machine be placed on jack
stands to prevent inadvertent movement of the machine. A B C D E
Operating Range Neutral Range Operating Range

Command Input
( A max) B (min) C D (min) E
Signal
1 to 6 Vdc 1.5 Vdc 3.3 Vdc 3.5 Vdc 3.7 Vdc 5.5 Vdc
4-20 mA* -20 mA -4.5 mA 0 mA +4.5 mA +20 mA
±100 mA -100 mA -7.5 mA 0 mA +7.5 mA +100 mA
*Note: The +20 mA command input signal configuration operates the pumps in one
direction. The customer has to change the polarity on the -20 mA signal to operate the pump in
B Port Flow 100%
the opposite direction.
CCW Pump Rotation
Electronic Proportional Valve Control Guidelines

Parameter 12 VDC 24 VDC
Signal Input * Resistance at 25°C - Ohm 5.19 ± 10% 20.80 ± 10%
Nominal Inductance 17.5 mH 27.7 mH
Current (I) at Neutral - Amp < 0.4 <0.2
Current (I) at Full Displacement – Amp (max continuous) 1.5A 0.75A
Operating Limits Temperature Ratings -65°F Min to 140°F Max
Power Consumption 28W Max
*Coils have no internal diodes, polarity does not affect performance.
Signal Profile PWM Configuration

Closed loop current control of the solenoid current via PWM
duty-cycle variation.
Note: Coil currents must be limited to not exceed solenoid coil specifications
Frequency: 70-200Hz
(100Hz recommended when PWM driver does not have built-in dither capabilities)
Dither Signal
The design must provide for a separate dither signal to be
added to the input command.
Waveform: Square
Frequency: 75 (+ 25,-15) Hz
Amplitude: .250 +.100 -.050A pk-pk

Pump Controls - Solenoid Operated Control
Code Position 16,17
109,5 [4.31]
105,4 [4.15] Code SA
Schematic Code SA Drawing Shown.
Solenoid #1 Solenoid #2 49,8

[1.96]
101,6 ±3,05
Control Supply Control [4.00 ±.12]
Orifice
(opt) Orifice T
Orifice
(opt)
Weather Pack Connector
s1 P
Packard P/N 12015792
s2
Terminal Packard
P/N 12034051
Mating Connector
B A
184,2 ±19,1
[7.25 ±.75]
23,9
[.94]
52,8
[2.08]
50,8
S2
S1
[2.00]
Note:
27,9 Solenoid Coil Specifications
[1.10] 77,5 Voltage: 12 Vdc
[3.05] Watts: 20 (Nominal)
109,5 [4.31]
105,4 [4.15]
Schematic Code SB
Code SB
Solenoid #1 Drawing Shown.
49,8 TheSC Code has Solenoid
[1.96] in place of plug and plug
in place of Solenoid.
101,6 ±3,05
Control Supply Control [4.00 ±.12]
Orifice Orifice Orifice Weather Pack Connector
(opt) T (opt)
s1 P s2
Terminal Packard
P/N 12034051
Mating Connector
B A
184,2 ±19,1
[7.25 ±.75]
Schematic Code SC
23,9
Solenoid #2
[.94]
52,8
[2.08]
50,8
S2
S1
[2.00]
Control Supply Control
Orifice Orifice
(opt) Orifice T (opt) Note:
27,9 Solenoid Coil Specifications
s1 P s2 [1.10]
77,5 Voltage: 12 Vdc
[3.05] Watts: 20 (Nominal)

Pump Controls - Solenoid Control with Non-contact Swash Feedback Sensor
Code Position 16,17
D2 C3
A D3
R1
C4
R3
R2
s1 s2
(Opt.) (Opt.)
B
C1
C2
P
4.052
[103] REF.
2.062
[52] D1 S
2.000
[51]
2.072
[53] REF.
6.00±1.00
[152±25]
0.939
[24] REF.
“S1”
1.101
[28] REF.
4.150
3.049
[105]
[77] REF.
4.294
[109] REF.
“S2”
Technical Data
Max inlet pressure 100 bar

Voltage 12 V
Control current 2A
Coil resistance 2.5 Ω
Temperature range -30° C to +125° C
Hysteresis < 8%
(P, A → T)
Leakage without electric supply < 10 cc/min
(P = 60 bar, luid viscosity 11 cSt)
With I = I average < 30 cc/min
Response time 0 - P max < 20 ms
P max - 0 < 20 ms

Supply and Control Orifice
D2
A D3
R1
R3
R2
Control Orifice
Location (s1)
B
Supply Orifice s1 s2 C1
Location (P) P
Control Orifice Charge
Supply
Location (s2) Control Pressure
Orifice
Orifices (Opt.) Port C2
for Charge
to Front Pump
D1 S
Calculated Time from Neutral to Full Stroke (seconds)
Control Orifice Size, mm [in]

Supply Oriice
0,71 [0.028] 0,81 [0.032] 0,91 [0.036] 1,02 [0.040] 1,12 [0.044] 1,32 [0.052] 1,45 [0.057] None
Size mm [in]
0,71 [0.028] 1.245 1.148 1.085 1.043 1.015 0.983 0.972 0.946
0,81 [0.032] 1.199 1.089 1.013 0.961 0.925 0.881 0.866 0.828
0,91 [0.036] 1.173 1.053 0.968 0.907 0.863 0.808 0.788 0.736
1,02 [0.040] 1.157 1.031 0.939 0.871 0.821 0.756 0.731 0.662
1,12 [0.044] 1.147 1.017 0.920 0.847 0.792 0.718 0.688 0.602
1,32 [0.052] 1.136 1.001 0.899 0.820 0.758 0.670 0.633 0.510
1,45 [0.057] 1.133 0.996 0.892 0.810 0.745 0.652 0.611 0.465
1,65 [0.065] 1.129 0.991 0.885 0.801 0.734 0.634 0.589 0.408
1,85 [0.073] 1.128 0.988 0.881 0.796 0.727 0.624 0.576 0.364
None 1.125 0.984 0.875 0.787 0.716 0.606 0.553 0.138
Note: Proper orifice selection must be determined by actual testing.

Adjustable Displacement Limiter
Code Position 24, 25 and Selection BB
• Externally adjustable displacement

• Settings are zero to maximum pump displacement
• Independent adjustment for both main ports
• Field adjustable
• Available in Kit form (see page 62)
All factory units shipped with adjustable stops are set at

maximum pump displacement.
Adjustable Servo Piston
See re-adjustment instructions below.
Set Screw #74
Servo Stop Neutral
RH Rot Output Port B Lock Nut
LH Rot Output Port A
Torque 8-11 N•m
[68-96 lbf•in]
To Calculate Displacement Required Adjustable

Torque 17-18 N·m Set Screw #81
The displacement required divided by [150-160 lbf·in]
Servo Stop
displacement of one turn of set screw RH Rot Output Port A
equals the number of turns of set screw LH Rot Output Port B
to obtain displacement.
Example for 3.00 in3/r re-adjustment:
2.0 in3/r ÷ .2854 in3/r =
7 turns of set screw
100,7 103,3
[3.96] [4.06]
Pump Displacement per Turn Pump Displacement per Turn

To Re-Adjust Displacement
2.48 in3/r Pump Displacement @ Full Cam 3.0 in3/r Pump Displacement @ Full Cam
Turns of Set Turns of Set • Loosen nut on adjustable see

Item # 74 Stop Item # 81 Stop Item # 74 Stop Item # 81 Stop
Screw Screw screw #81 servo stop. Screw
0 2.48 in3/r 2.48 in3/r 0 3.00 in3/r 3.00 in3/r
stop in until it touches the servo
piston. Back the screw out (num-
1 2.22 in3/r 2.26 in3/r 1 2.71 in3/r 2.75 in3/r
ber of turns required) to obtain
2 1.98 in3/r 2.05 in3/r 2 2.40 in3/r 2.49 in3/r the low required.
3 1.73 in3/r 1.84 in3/r 3 2.11 in3/r 2.23 in3/r Refer to chart for displacements.
Lock adjustment with nut. Torque
4 1.49 in3/r 1.63 in3/r 4 1.82 in3/r 1.98 in3/r
nut 8 to 11 N·m [68 to 96 lbf·in].
5 1.26 in3/r 1.43 in3/r 5 1.53 in3/r 1.74 in3/r
• Loosen nut on adjustable set
6 1.03 in3/r 1.23 in3/r 6 1.25 in3/r 1.49 in3/r
screw #74 servo stop. Screw
7 0.80 in3/r 1.03 in3/r 7 0.97 in3/r 1.25 in3/r stop in until it touches the servo
8 0.57 in3/r 0.83 in3/r 8 0.69 in3/r 1.01 in3/r piston. Back the screw out (num-
ber of turns required) to obtain
9 0.34 in3/r 0.63 in3/r 9 0.42 in3/r 0.77 in3/r
the low required.
10 0.12 in3/r 0.44 in3/r 10 0.14 in3/r 0.54 in3/r Refer to chart for displacements.
10.5 0.01 in3/r 0.34 in3/r 10.5 0.01 in3/r 0.42 in3/r Lock adjustment in place with
11 N/A 0.25 in3/r 11 N/A 0.30 in3/r nut. Torque nut 17 to 18 N·m
[150 to 160 lbf·in].
12.0 N/A 0.05 in3/r 12.0 N/A 0.07 in3/r
12.3 N/A 0.00 in3/r 12.3 N/A 0.00 in3/r
Metric Conversion: Displacement in3/r X 16.387 = cm3/r

Adjustable Displacement Limiter Kits
Field Installed Kits

One side ............. Kit #72400-938
Two sides ........... Kit #72400-940
Disassembly Installing Servo Stops

• Remove the four cap screws (Item #7) and washers (Item • Place new gasket (Item #12) onto the housing on the neu-
#61) retaining the existing cover plate (Item #11) opposite tral setting screw side of the servo piston. Hold in position
neutral set screw. with a small amount of petroleum jelly.
• After removing existing cover plate (Item #11) and cover • Screw new cover plate (Item #17) onto servo piston bolt
gasket, measure the distance from the servo piston to the the same number of turns as it took to remove it. Install the
surface of housing for reference for neutral setting. four cap screws (Item #7) and washers (Item #61) to retain
• Remove neutral setting nut (Item #2). cover plate. Torque 4,5 to 5,4 N·m [40 to 48 lbf·in].
• Remove the four cap screws retaining the existing cover • Install seal washer (Item #6), washer (Item #60) and jam
plate (Item #17). nut (Item #2). Torque nut 17 to 18 N·m [150 to 160 lbf·in].
At this time, check the distance from the servo piston to
• The cover plate (Item #17) is screwed onto the servo piston housing surface on opposite side. It should be the same
bolt. When removing the as previously measured at disassembly. If not the same,
• cover plate, count the amount of turns it takes to remove loosen jam nut and with a hex key wrench, adjust and re-
cover for reassembly. Also remove existing gasket (Item torque nut.
#12). • Install new cover plate (Item #11) and retain with four cap
screws (Item #7) and washers (Item #61). Torque 4,5 to 5,4
Adjustable Servo Stop Kit Parts Kit #72400-938 Kit #72400-940
N·m [40 to 48 lbf·in].
Item # Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
• Insert adjustable servo stop set screw (Item #81) in until it
2 16024-6 Jam Nut 1 2
touches the servo piston. Back the screw out to obtain the
6 16254-6 Seal Washer 1 2 low required. Refer to chart for displacements.Lock adjust-
11 72400-651 Cover Plate 1 1 ment into place with seal washer (Item #83), washer (Item
12 72400-621 Cover Gasket 1 2 #82), and jam nut (Item #81). Torque nut 8 to 11 N·m [68 to
17 72400-771 Cover Plate 1 96 lbf·in].
60 16254-26 Washer 1 2 • Insert adjustable servo stop set screw (Item #74) in until
74 16139-624 Set Screw 1 1 it touches the servo piston. Back the screw out to obtain
80 16022-4 Jam Nut 1 the low required. Refer to chart for displacements. Lock
adjustment into place with seal washer (Item #6), washer
81 16139-424 Set Screw 1
(Item #60), and jam nut (Item #2). Torque nut 17 to 18 N·m
82 16254-24 Washer 1
[150 to 160 lbf·in].
83 16254-4 Seal Washer 1
12 12 17 6
11
6 Servo Piston 60
Neutral Lock Nut
Install with Chamfer 60 2 Torque 17-18 N• m
Toward Item 6 [150-160 lbf • in]
Adjustable Set Screw 80 Torque 8-11 N• m
Servo Stop [68-96 lbf • in]
RH Rot Output Port B
LH Rot Output Port A 74
81 Adjustable Set Screw
Torque 17-18 N• m 2 Servo Stop
RH Rot Output Port A
[150-160 lbf • in] 7
82 LH Rot Output Port B
83
61
100,7 103,3
[3.96] [4.06]

Speed Sensor
Code Position 24, 25 and Selection CK
Magnetic speed sensor is used to measure the speed of the

drive shaft. This is optional feature. Cylinder barrel has cut-
outs made on its periphery. Magnetic speed sensor senses
the speed of these cutouts and converts it into required RPM
signal. This does not sense the direction of rotation of the
pump.
Mating Packard Connector
Connector Body – 1216 2192
Connector Seal – 1204 0750
Cable Seal – 1204 0751
Socket – 1212 4075
Optional Mating Connectors

Connector Assembly (Body, Cable Seal, Seal) – 1216 2193
Socket (16 – 18 AWG) – 1212 4075
Socket (20 – 22 AWG) – 1212 4076
115.6
[4.55]
Mating Connector
126.2
[4.97]
Parameter Condition Value
Operating Temperature Limit -40 to 150°C [-40 to 302° F ]

Sensor Resistance 25°C (77° F) 1.5 K To 3.5 K Ohms
Sensor Inductance 25°C (77° F) 0.6 to 3.7 H
Output Voltage 25°C (77° F) 9.3 Hz @ 2.29mm [.090 inch] Gap 400 mVpp Min
300 Hz @ 0.25mm [.010 inch] Gap 80 Vpp Max.
Air Gaps 0.26 to 2.28 [ .010 to .090 ] mm [inch]
Vibration Voltage 15G random Vibration 0.4V P-P Max

Component Selection
The long service life of Eaton hydrostatic transmissions is Charge Pump Displacement
largely dependent on the proper selection and installation of
0.156 (np X Dp + nm X Dm)
the components necessary for transmission operation. D=
2
The following components are necessary for transmission
operation: Dcp = Charge Pump Displacement
• Variable Displacement Pump np = Number of Pumps
nm= Number of Motors
• Fixed or Variable Displacement Motor
Dp = Pump displacement
• Reservoir Dm = Motor displacement
• Filter
Reservoir
• Charge Pump Inlet Line
• Pump and Motor Case Drain Lines The reservoir is an important part of the hydrostatic transmis-
sion system. It should provide adequate oil storage and allow
• High Pressure Lines
easy oil maintenance.
• Heat Exchanger
The reservoir must hold enough oil to provide a continuous
• Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve oil supply to the charge pump inlet. It must also have enough
• Reservoir Return Line room for the hydraulic oil to expand as the system warms up.
Consider charge pump low when sizing the reservoir: One
Variable Displacement Pump half (.5) minute times (X) the maximum charge pump low
Eaton hydrostatic variable displacement pumps are an axial should be the minimum oil volume in the reservoir. Maintain-
piston design. They are equipped with standard SAE mounts, ing this oil volume will give the oil a minimum of thirty (30)
shafts and port connections. seconds in the reservoir. This will allow any entrained air to
escape and contamination to settle out of the oil.
Fixed or Variable Displacement Motor To allow for oil expansion, the reservoir’s total volume should
Eaton hydrostatic motors are an axial piston design. They are be at least six tenths (.6) minute times (X) the maximum
equipped with standard SAE mounts, shafts and port connec- charge pump low.
tions. The reservoir’s internal structure should cut down turbulence
and prevent oil aeration.
Sizing Equations
The line returning low to the reservoir should be itted with a
For sizing / selecting the right pump for your application diffuser to slow the incoming oil to 1 to 1.2 meters [3-4 feet]
please carryout following basic calculations. per second to help reduce turbulence. The return low line
Flow Requirements should also be positioned so that returning oil enters the res-
ervoir below the liquid surface. This will help reduce aeration
Pump Flow rate
and foaming of the oil.
Nm X Dm
Np X ηp (vol.) Xηm (Vol.)
Pump Displacements (DP) = The reservoir should have bafles between the return line and
suction line. Bafles prevent return low from immediately
Where, reentering the pump.
Nmn = Necessary loaded motor speed (RPM) A sixty mesh screen placed across the suction chamber of
the reservoir will act as a bubble separator. The screen should
Dm = Motor displacement (in3/rev ) be placed at a 30° angle to the horizon.
Np = Pump input speed (RPM)
ηp (vol.) = Pump volumetric eficiency
The entrance to the suction line should be located well below
the luid surface so there is no chance of air being drawn into
ηm (vol.) = Motor volumetric eficiency the charge pump inlet. However, the suction line entrance
should not be located on the bottom of the reservoir where
Pump displacement (in3/rev) X Speed (rpm) X η (vol. eff.)

there may be a buildup of sediment. The suction line entrance
Q (gpm) = should be lared and covered with a screen.
231
The reservoir should be easily accessible. The ill port should
be designed to minimize the possibility of contamination
Flow Rate Out Put (GPM) X Pressure (Psi)
1714 X η (Overall)
Pump Input Power (HP) = during illing and to help prevent over illing. There should be
a drain plug at the lowest point of the reservoir and it should
also have a clean-out
Torque
and inspection cover so the reservoir can be thoroughly
Torque (lbf.in) = Pump displacement (in3/rev) X Pressure (psi)
cleaned after prolonged use. A vented reservoir should have a
(2x ∏) x η (mech. eff.) breather cap with a micronic ilter.
Sealed reservoirs must be used at altitudes above 2500 feet.

Component Selection
These reservoirs should be itted with a twoway micronic il- maximum input power available to the transmission. It must
ter pressure cap to allow for luid expansion and contraction. also be sized to prevent the case pressures in the pump and
In both cases the caps must be designed to prevent water motor from getting too high. Medium duty case pressure up
from entering the reservoir during bad weather or machine to 2 bar [25 psi], at normal operating temperatures, are ac-
washing. ceptable.
A hydrostatic transmission with a well designed reservoir will Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve
run quieter, stay cleaner and last longer.
The heat exchanger bypass valve is a pressure and/or tem-
Filter perature valve in parallel with the heat exchanger. Its purpose
is to prevent case pressures from getting too high. The heat
A ilter must be used to keep the hydraulic luid clean. Either exchanger bypass valve opens when the oil is thick, espe-
a suction ilter or a pressure side ilter may be used. The ilter cially during cold starts.
must be a no-bypass type. System oil particle levels should
not exceed ISO 18/15 per ISO 4406. Refer to Eaton Hydraulic Reservoir Return Line
Fluid Recommendations.
The same general requirements that apply to case drain lines
Recommended ilters apply to the reservoir return line.
Pressure line – 5 micrometer
Suction line = 3 OR 5 micrometer Bearing Life estimation
When a suction ilter is used, its low capacity must be large Bearing life is deined as the length of time in terms of revolu-
enough to prevent an excessive pressure drop between the tions or time until a fatigue failure. Bearing load is calculated
reservoir and charge pump inlet. The pressure at the charge as a reaction which is derived from the moment created
pump inlet port must not be less than 0,80 bar absolute [6 in. by the piston side load. Magnitude of the side load directly
Hg.] at normal continuous operating temperatures related to the speed and pressure at which a unit can be oper-
ated.
Charge Pump Inlet Line
Bearing life is a function of the side loads coming on the bear-
The inlet line to the charge pump should be large enough to ings. Other factors such as luid type, viscosity of luid and
keep the pressure drop between the reservoir and charge cleanliness also affects the life of bearing.
pump inlet within the limits described in the ilter section. Fit-
tings will increase the pressure drop, so their number should
be kept to a minimum. It is best to keep luid velocities below If detail bearing life analysis is required, you can contact Eaton
1,25 meters [4 feet] per second. representative.
Fluid and temperature compatibility must be considered when Installation Requirements

selecting the inlet line.
The mounting orientation of pumps and motors is unrestrict-
Pump and Motor Case Drain ed provided the case drain of the pump and motor remain full.
Position the case drain such that it assures an oil level at or
The case drain lines should be large enough to limit the pump above unit center line at start-up. The case drain line that car-
and motor case pressures (Medium Duty to 2 bar [25 PSI]) at ries the low leaving the pump or motor should be connected
normal operating temperatures. Fluid and temperature com- to the highest drain port on each of the units. This assures
patibility must also be considered when selecting the case that the pump and motor cases remain full.
drain lines.
The combined torque required to turn two or more pumps
High Pressure Lines must not exceed the torque rating of the input drive shaft of
the front piston pump. Installer to provide centering and a
The high pressure lines that connect the pump and motor secure neutral for pump swashplate control shaft. An external
must be able to withstand the pressures generated in the support is recommended for all tandems.
high pressure loop.
Open Loop Circuits
Heat Exchanger
Eaton pumps and motors may be used in open loop circuits
Use of a heat exchanger is dependent on the transmission’s under certain operating conditions. Consult your Eaton repre-
duty cycle and on machine layout. The normal continuous sentative for details.
operating luid temperature measured in the pump and motor
cases should not exceed 80½C [180½F] for most hydraulic
luids.The maximum luid temperature should not exceed
107½C [225½F].
The heat exchanger should be sized to dissipate 25% of the

Introduction Fluid Maintenance

Hydraulic luids are one of the vital components of hydraulic The condition of a luid has a direct effect on the performance
system. Proper selection of oil assures satisfactory life and and reliability of the system. Maintaining proper luid viscos-
operation of system components. The purpose of this section ity, cleanliness level, water content, and additive level is
is to provide readers with the knowledge required to select essential for excellent hydraulic system performance. Routine
the appropriate luids for use in systems that employ Eaton luid condition monitoring is recommended.
hydraulic components Fluid Selection
Viscosity and Temperature Premium grade anti-wear (AW) petroleum based hydraulic
Viscosity is the measure of a luid’s resistance to low. The luids will provide the best performance with Eaton hydraulic
most important characteristics to consider when choosing a components. Fluids that meet Eaton Hydraulic Fluid Speciica-
luid to be used in a hydraulic system is viscosity. The luid tion E-FDGN-TB002-E are considered good quality anti-wear
must be thin enough to low easily but thick enough to main- hydraulic luids. These luids pass Eaton Vickers® 35VQ25A
tain adequate lubricating ilm between components and to high pressure vane pump test (Eaton ATS-373 test procedure,
maintain proper sealing at the operating temperatures of the ASTM D 6973).
hydraulic system. Automotive crank case oils with American Petroleum Institute
For viscosity requirements, see table (API) letter designation SF, SG, SH, SJ, or higher per SAE J
Viscosity of any luid is relative to temperature, as the luid 183 classes of oils are recommended for applications using
warms the viscosity decreases and vice versa. When choos- Eaton DG valves Automotive crankcase oils generally exhibit
ing a luid, it is important to consider the start-up and oper- less shear stability compared to industrial anti-wear hydrau-
ating temperatures of the hydraulic system. A high VI luid lic luids, which can result in higher loss of viscosity during
shows relatively small change of viscosity with temperature. service life.
Lubricants used for hydraulic applications may contain viscos- Other mineral oil based lubricants commonly used in hydraulic
ity index improvers (VII). They refer to these luids as viscosity systems are automatic transmission luids (ATF) and universal
index improved or multi-viscosity luids. The viscosity of these tractor transmission oils (UTTO).
luids may drop down in use due to shearing of VI improvers Synthetic hydrocarbon base stocks, such as polyalphaoleins
used in the formulations. (PAO) are also used to formulate hydraulic luids, engine
Anti-wear hydraulic oils containing polymeric thickeners, vis- oils, ATFs and UTTOs Alternate luids are recommended
cosity index improvers (VII) are generally used for wide band when speciic properties, such as ire resistance biodegrad-
operating temperature applications These luids experience ability etc., are necessary for the application. Keep in mind
temporary and permanent viscosity loss during use in hydrau- that alternative luids may differ from AW petroleum luids in
lic system. Check the extent of viscosity loss (shear stability) properties.
to avoid hydraulic service below the recommended minimum Additional Notes
viscosity. Oil with good shear stability is recommended for When choosing a hydraulic luid, all the components in the
wide band temperature applications. system must be considered. Viscosity limitations have to
Multi-grade engine oils, ATFs, UTTOs, etc., also contain VIIs, meet the most stringent component requirements.
and viscosity loss will be encountered during use. For any system where the luid is non-petroleum oil, set the
Cleanliness target one ISO code cleaner for each particle size, than that of
Cleanliness of the luid in a hydraulic system is extremely im- petroleum luids.
portant. More than 70% of all failures are caused by contami- Keep adequate luid level in the reservoir. Take luid level
nation Eaton recommends that the luid used in its hydraulic reading when the system is cold.
components be maintained per ISO 4406. Cleanliness level Contact your Eaton representative, if you have speciic ques-
requirements vary with the hydraulic components. The clean- tions about the luid requirements of Eaton hydraulic compo-
liness of a hydraulic system is dictated by the cleanliness nents.
requirements of the most stringent component in the system.
Cleanliness requirements for speciic products are given in
the table.
OEM’s and distributors who use Eaton hydraulic components
in their hydraulic systems should provide these requirements
in their designs.
Contact Eaton ilter representative for iltration information.

Viscosity & Cleanliness Recommendation

Product Minimum * Optimum Maximum ISO Cleanliness
Medium Duty Piston Pumps 6.0 cSt (45 SUS) 10 – 39 cSt (60-180 SUS) 2158 cSt (10000 SUS) 21/18/13
and Motors Charged Systems
* Minimum viscosity applies at intermittent condition of 10% of every minute.
At viscosities lower than 70 sus, additional antiwear additives must be added to prevent premature wear.
Please refer to Eaton document 03-401 for further details.
Additional Notes: • If the natural color of the luid has become black it is pos-
sible that an overheating problem exists.
• Fluids too thick to low in cold weather start-ups will cause
pump cavitation and possible damage. Motor cavitation is • If the luid becomes milky, water contamination may be a
not a problem during cold start-ups, except for two speed problem.
motors. Thick oil can cause high case pressures which in • Take luid level reading when the system is cold.
turn cause shaft seal problems.
• Contact your Eaton representative if you have speciic
• When choosing a hydraulic luid, all the components in the questions about the luid requirements of Eaton hydraulic
system must be considered and the optimum viscosity components.
range adjusted accordingly. For example, when a medium
duty piston pump is combined with a Disk Valve Motor the
optimum viscosity range becomes 100 - 180 SUS [20 - 39
cSt] and viscosity should never fall below 70 SUS [13 cSt].

Eaton Eaton Eaton
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
Fax: (+86 21) 5200 0400

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. E-PUPI-MC007-E
Supersedes 11-06-0611 EN 0201
October 2012
Vickers® Vane Pumps
Model Series V10, V20, V2010, and V2020
Single and Double Vane Pumps for Industrial Equipment
The Power of One Eaton
HANSEN™
GROMELLE™
There’s a certain energy at Eaton. It’s the power of integrating

the competencies of some of the world’s most respected
names to build a brand you can trust to meet every
power management need. The energy created supports
our commitment to powering business worldwide.
As the world’s demand for high-efficiency hydraulic
systems for mobile and stationary applications increase,
Eaton is helping to solve these challenges more reliably,
efficiently, and sustainably. Our goal is simple; to provide
unique solutions across a wide range of markets that
keep businesses on the leading edge of change. Visit
Eaton.com/hydraulics/fusion.
That’s the power of One Eaton.
Serving eight key segments - sharing one focus
Alternative Energy Discrete Manufacturing Oil & Gas Processing

Making energy sources technically Produce at peak eficiency with As the oil & gas industry continues Whatever your industry, no matter
practical and economically sound the superior precision and to face further globalization which processes you manage,
requires the kind of control repeatability of Eaton products. and consolidation, large-scale Eaton parts and systems help
made possible by high-quality Eaton hydraulic components organizations that can meet your keep you up and running. Our
components. When Eaton is on provide the precise control and needs in every corner of the world components make equipment more
the inside, you will experience the consistent operation required are more dificult to ind. At Eaton, eficient and easier to use, so you
reliable, consistent performance for virtually every step in your our portfolio of products is only get optimal machine performance
to create and capture energy— manufacturing operation. With surpassed by our tremendous and maximum productivity.
making renewable energy an Eaton, we’ll help you redeine reach.
every-day energy. the meaning of raw productivity.
Agriculture & Forestry Commercial Vehicles Material Handling Construction & Mining
There’s a reason farming and Eaton technologies can make Eaton hydraulic systems provide When you work on a large scale,
forestry are called “working the your driving operation more the precise control and even the details are big. You
land.” These segments involve successful. Greater comfort consistent operation required need to trust every part of the
some of the hardest work and and productivity help increase for material handling and utility equipment that lets you handle
longest hours of any sector in driver retention, while reduced work. With a broad selection of construction and mining jobs.
the economy. Your productivity emissions, leaks, and noise products and solutions built in, For reliable components that
and proitability depend on the improve environmental Eaton helps make you a master deliver consistent performance in
way you manage time and tasks. performance. Increased of your domain. extreme conditions, turn to Eaton.
eficiencies overall mean lower
costs and higher net revenue.
Eaton is a leading diversified Eaton provides reliable,

efficient and safe power
power management company management for a growing

number of industries.
Understanding and helping our customers succeed Our strength is global reach with local responsiveness
and support
• Listening and understanding to requirements and
business drivers • Customers served in more than 150 countries
• Delivering solutions with value propositions to solve the • Diverse channels ensure reliable availability and support
critical business needs
• Design and engineering teams provide support for
Knowing what’s important to our customers and standard products and custom solutions
integrating that knowledge into the fabric of our business
• Eaton experts offer eficient product and application
• …to deliver innovative, quality products training
• …to respond fast
• …to provide dedicated customer service and support
around the globe
Introduction
Series V10, V20, V2010, and V2020 ixed displacement V2010 double pumps have capacities of 6 to 13 USgpm and 1
pumps are of Vickers “balanced vane type” construction. V10 to 7 USgpm for their shaft-end and cover-end pumps, respec-
and V20 single pumps have rated low capacities of 1 to 7 tively. V2020 double pumps have capacities of 6 to 13 USgpm
USgpm and 6 to 13 USgpm, respectively. and 6 to 11 USgpm for their shaft-end and cover-end pumps,
Double pumps provide a single power source capable of serv- respectively.
ing two separate hydraulic circuits, or of providing greater vol- All models are designed for use with oil or synthetic ire-
ume through the combined delivery of both sections. In either resistant luids. Shaft rotation is either clockwise or counter-
type of application, two pumps in a single housing result in a clockwise, but can be changed by changing the assembly of
more compact,simple installation and can be driven through a internal parts.
single shaft coupling. SAE 2-bolt mounting langes are standard, and foot-mounting
brackets are optional. Many electric motor manufacturers can
supply drip-proof or totally enclosed, fan cooled motors with
end bells on which the pumps can be mounted.
Extended Product Life

Enhanced Bearing Life
The superior design of these pumps makes them last longer.
Internal inlet and outlet pressure chambers are diametrically
They’ve proven they’ll hold up in rugged applications.
opposed. As a result, pressure-induced radial loads are bal-
anced, and bearings have to carry the external load only.
Low Cost
High Performance Vickers’ eficient design produces extra horsepower per dollar
of pump investment, providing industry with low pump cost
Low vane tip/ring loading allows high pressure operation.
per horsepower capacity.
High speeds are possible because the inlet low paths are de-
signed to give uniform oil acceleration, and thus better illing
Versatility
characteristics, particularly at low inlet pressures.
High low, pressure and speed capabilities enable these
pumps to meet the hydraulic circuit needs of many types of
modern machinery.
4 EATON Vickers® Vane Pumps Single and Double Vane Pumps 698 November 2011
Table of Contents
Basic Performance Data – Single and Double Pumps

Operating Characteristics at 1200 r/min with Petroleum Oil ............................................................................................ 6
Maximum Speeds and Pressures Using Fire-resistant Fluids........................................................................................... 6
Speed Rating per Inlet Condition ...................................................................................................................................... 6
Single Pumps - V10 and V20 Series
Model Codes..................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Speciications .................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Performance Curves ......................................................................................................................................................... 8
Dimensions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Double Pumps - V201 0 and V2020 Series
Model Codes................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Speciications .................................................................................................................................................................. 16
Performance Curves ....................................................................................................................................................... 17
Dimensions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 21
Foot Bracket Kits ........................................................................................................................................................................ 23
Application and Service Information ........................................................................................................................................ 24
EATON Vickers® Vane Pumps Single and Double Vane Pumps 698 November 2011 5
Basic Performance Data –
Single and Double Pumps
Typical operating characteristics at 1200 r/min with petroleum oil
Ring size Data based on performance at oil temperature of 49° C (120° F), viscosity 32 cSt at 38° C (150 SUS at 100° F)
7 bar (100 psi) 69 bar (1000 psi) 138 bar (2000 psi) 155 bar (2250 psi)
V10 V20
single single Lpm Input Lpm Input Lpm Input Lpm Input
pump † pump ‡ (USgpm) kW (hp) (USgpm) kW (hp) (USgpm) kW (hp) (USgpm) kW (hp)
1 – 3,8 (1) 0,2 (.3) 2,7 (.7) 0,5 (.8) 2,5 (.65) 1 (1.4) 2,3 (.6) 1,2 (1.6)
2 – 7,6 (2) 0,2 (.3) 6,8 (1.8) 1,3 (1.75) 6,4 (1.7) 2,2 (3) 6 (1.6) 2,8 (3.8)
3 – 11,4 (3) 0,3 (.4) 10,6 (2.8) 1,6 (2.2) 10,2 (2.7) 3,3 (4.4) 9,8 (2.6) 3,7 (5)
4 – 15,1 (4) 0,3 (.4) 14 (3.7) 2,2 (3) 13,6 (3.6) 4,3 (5.8) 13,2 (3.5) 4,8 (6.5)
5 – 18,9 (5) 0,4 (.6) 18,2 (4.8) 2,7 (3.6) 17,4 (4.6) 5,2 (7) 17 (4.5) 5,8 (7.8)
6 – 23,1 (6.1) 0,7 (.9) 21,6 (5.7) 3,7 (5) 20,4 (5.4) 6,7 (9) 20,1 (5.3) 7,5 (10)
7 – 27,2 (7.2) 0,7 (1) 25,7 (6.8) 4,1 (5.5) 24,6 (6.5) 7,8 (10.4) 23,8 (6.3) 8,7 (11.6)
– 6 23,5 (6.2) 0,9 (1.25) 20,1 (5.3) 3,6 (4.9) 19,7 (5.2) 6,3 (8.4) 19,3 (5.1) 7,5 (10)
– 7 26,9 (7.1) 0,9 (1.25) 25 (6.6) 3,7 (5) 23,5 (6.2) 6,9 (9.2) 23,1 (6.1) 8,6 (11.5)
– 8 31 (8.2) 0,9 (1.25) 28,8 (7.6) 4,2 (5.6) 27,2 (7.2) 8,1 (10.9) 26,9 (7.1) 10,4 (14)
– 9 34,8 (9.2) 1 (1.3) 32,6 (8.6) 4,6 (6.2) 31 (8.2) 9 (12.1) 30,7 (8.1) 11,9 (16)
– 11 43,5 (11.5) 1 (1.3) 37,8 (11) 5,7 (7.6) 39,7 (10.5) 10,9 (14.6) 39,4 (10.4) 13 (17.5)
– 12 45,4 (12) 1 (1.3) 43,2 (11.4) 6,1 (8.2) 40,9 (10.8) 11,6 (15.6) – –
– 13 51,1(13.5) 1 (1.3) 49,2 (13) 6,6 (8.8) 47,3 (12.5) 12,4 (16.7) – –
† Also cover-end ring of V2010 double pump .
‡ Also shaft-end ring of V2010 and V2020 double pumps, and cover-end ring (except sizes 12 & 13) of V2020 double pump.
NOTE: See curves for complete operating characteristics with petroleum oil. See page 8 for single pumps. See page 17 for double pumps
Maximum speeds & pressures using fire-resistant fluids
Ring size Maximum speed by fluid type – r/min Maximum pressure by fluid type – bar (psi)
Water-glycol and Water-in-oil

water-in-oil emulsion Synthetic fluid Water glycol emulsion Synthetic fluid
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1800 1800 124 (1800) 103 (1500) 138 (2000)

6, 7, 8, 9 1800 1800 124 (1800) 109 (1575) 138 (2000)
11 1800 1500 109 (1575) 93 (1350) 138 (2000)
12,13 1800 1500 109 (1575) 93 (1350) 124 (1800)
NOTE: 3 inches of Hg is the maximum inlet vacuum for the maximum speeds above. See page 24 for complete application details.
Speed rating per inlet condition

Maximum operating speeds shown on performance curves
are for pumps operating at 0 psi inlet condition. To compute
maximum operating speeds at other inlet conditions, use ap- SPEED RATING
1.06
propriate speed rating correction factor shown on the curve CORRECTION
1.04 FACTOR
on the right.
1.02
Example: IN. HG 5 4 3 2
Max. speed @ 0 psi inlet 2800 rpm VACUUM 1.0 2 3 4 5 PSI
0.98 SUPERCHARGE PRESSURE
Correction factor @ 5 in. Hg x .93
0.96
Max. speed @ 5 in. Hg inlet 2604 rpm
0.94
Pump inlet suction should not exceed 5 in. Hg vacuum for
petroleum oil or 3 in. Hg vacuum for other luid types. Positive
pressure on inlet should not exceed 10 psi.
Single Pumps
Model Code
F3 - V 10 - 1 P 5 S - 1 C 20 L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 Special Seals 6 Ring size 8 Shafts

Omit if not required. (Delivery at 1200 r/min and 100 psi)
See page 25 for information on seals 1 – Straight keyed
1 – 1 USgpm 11 – Splined
2 – 2 USgpm 38 – 11 Tooth – 3/4” OD.
2 Vane pump 3 – 3 USgpm 62 – Splined (V20 only)
4 – 4 USgpm V10 series
5 – 5 USgpm
3 Series 6 – 6 USgpm 9 Position of outlet port
10 or 20 7 – 7 USgpm (Viewed from cover end of pump)
6 – 6 USgpm A – Opposite inlet port

4 Mounting 7 – 7 USgpm B – 90 CCW from inlet
8 – 8 USgpm C – In line with inlet
1 – 2-bolt lange, 3.25” pilot (standard) 9 – 9 USgpm V20 series D – 90 CW from inlet
6 – 2-bolt lange, 4.00” pilot (optional) 11 – 11 USgpm
12 – 12 USgpm
See page 23 for optional foot bracket 13 – 13 USgpm 10 Design
kits.
11 – V20 series
7 Outlet port connections 20 – V10 series
5 Inlet port connections Subject to change.
P – 1/2” NPT thd. (V10 only)
P –1” NPT thread (V10 only) R –1.1875–12 St. thd. (V20 only)
1 1/4” NPT thread (V20 only) S – .750–16 St. thd. (V10 only) 11 Shaft rotation
S –1.3125-12 straight thread (V10 only) 1.0625–12 St. thd. (V20 only) (Viewed from shaft end of pump)
1.625-12 straight thread (V20 only)
L – Left hand (counterclockwise).
Omit for right hand.
Specifications
Based on using petroleum oil at 49° C (120° F), viscosity 32 cSt at 38° C (150 SUS at 100° F), and 0 psi inlet pressure
Model Max. Maximum Typical Typical

series Ring size Displ. Speed pressure delivery input power Weight
(Delivery USgpm L/min (USgpm) kW (hp) @

@ 1200 r/min cm3/r @ max. speed max. speed
& 100 psi) (in3/r) r/min bar (psi) & pressure & pressure kg (lb)
1 3,3 (.20) 4800 172 (2500) 13,6 (3.6) 5,2 (7)
2 6,6 (.40) 4500 172 (2500) 27,6 (7.3) 10,1 (13.6)
3 9,8 (.60) 4000 172 (2500) 35,6 (9.4) 13,3 (17.8) 4,5 - 6,8
V10 4 13,1 (.80) 3400 172 (2500) 41,3 (10.9) 15,2 (20.4) (10 - 15)
5 16,4 (1.00) 3200 172 (2500) 48,5 (12.8) 17 (22.8)
6 19,5 (1.19) 3000 152 (2200) 55,3 (14.6) 18,3 (24.5)
7 22,8 (1.39) 2800 138 (2000) 60,6 (16) 17,9 (24)
6 19,5 (1.19) 3400 172 (2500) 60,9 (16.1) 21,6 (29)
7 22,8 (1.39) 3000 172 (2500) 63,2 (16.7) 22 (29.5)
8 26,5 (1.62) 2800 172 (2500) 67 (17.7) 24,2 (32.5) 7,3 - 8,2
V20 9 29,7 (1.81) 2800 172 (2500) 75 (19.8) 26,5 (35.5) (16 - 18)
11 36,4 (2.22) 2500 172 (2500) 86,7 (22.9) 28 (37.5)
12 39 (2.38) 2400 152 (2200) 87,1 (23) 26,8 (36)
13 42,4 (2.59) 2400 152 (2200) 98 (25.9) 29,1 (39)
See page 6 for speed correction curve.
Single Pumps
V10 Performance
Oil temp. 49°C (120°F), viscosity 32 cSt (150 SUS) @ 38°C

(100°F), inlet pressure zero
Size 1 & 3 rings

37,8 (10)
34,1 (9)
SIZE 3 RING
30,3 (8) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
26,5 (7)
22,7 (6)
18,9 (5) SIZE 1 RING

7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
DELIVERY
15,1 (4) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
11,4 (3)
7,6 (2)
3,8 (1)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800
SPEED – R/MIN
14,9 (20)
13,4 (18)
11,9 (16)
– KW (HP)
10,4 (14)
SIZE 3 RING
8,9 (12) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
7 BAR (100 PSI) SIZE 1 RING
INPUT POWER
7,4 (10) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)

69 BAR (1000 PSI)
6,0 (8) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
4,5 (6)
3,0 (4)
1.5 (2)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800
SPEED – R/MIN
Single Pumps
V10 Performance

Size 2, 4 & 6 rings

60,6 (16)
56,8 (15)
53,0 (14)
49,2 (13)
45,4 (12) SIZE 6 RING

7 BAR (100 PSI)
41,6 (11) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
152 BAR (2200 PSI)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
SIZE 4 RING
37,8 (10) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
34,1 (9) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
30,3 (8)
DELIVRRY
26,5 (7)
22,7 (6)
18,9 (5)
15,1 (4)
SIZE 2 RING
11,4 (3) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
7,6 (2)
3,8 (1)
0,0 (0) 0 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800

SPEED – R/MIN
19,4 (26)
SIZE 6 RING
152 BAR (2200 PSI)
17,9 (24)
16,4 (22)
SIZE 4 RING
14,9 (20) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
13,4 (18)
– KW (HP)
11,9 (16)
10,4 (14) SIZE 6 RING SIZE 2 RING

INPUT POWER
69 BAR (1000 PSI) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)

8,9 (12)
7,4 (10)
SIZE 4 RING – 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
6,0 (8)
4,5 (6)
3,0 (4)
1.5 (2) SIZE 4 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800
SPEED – R/MIN
Single Pumps
Size 5 & 7 rings

64,4 (17)
60,6 (16)
56,8 (15)
53,0 (14)
49,2 (13)
SIZE 7 RING
45,4 (12) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
– L/MIN (uSGPM)
138 BAR (2000 PSI)

41,6 (11)
37,8 (10)
34,1 (9)
DELIVERY
30,3 (8)
26,5 (7) SIZE 5 RING

7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
22,7 (6) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
18,9 (5)
15,1 (4)
11,4 (3)
7,6 (2)
0 800 1600 2400 3200
SPEED – R/MIN
17,9 (24)
16,4 (22)
14,9 (20)
13,4 (18) SIZE 5 RING

172 BAR (2500 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
– KW (HP)
11,9 (16)
SIZE 7 RING
10,4 (14) 138 BAR (2000 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
INPUT POWER
8,9 (12)
7,4 (10)
6,0 (8)
4,5 (6)

3,0 (4)
1.5 (2)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200
SPEED – R/MIN
Single Pumps
V20 Performance

Size 7 & 13 rings

106,0 (28)
SIZE 13 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
98,4 (26) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
152 (2200 PSI)
Size 9 & 11 rings
90,8 (24) 90,8 (24) SIZE 11 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
83,3 (22) 83,3 (22) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 9 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
75,7 (20) 75,7 (20) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 7 RING
68,1 (18) 7 BAR (100 PSI) 68,1 (18)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)

60,6 (16) 60,6 (16)
53,0 (14) – L/MIN (USGPM) 53,0 (14)

DELIVERY
45,4 (12) 45,4 (12)

DELIVERY
37,8 (10) 37,8 (10)
30,3 (8) 30,3 (8)
22,7 (6) 22,7 (6)
15,1 (4) 15,1 (4)
7,6 (2) 7,6 (2)
0,0 (0) 0,0 (0)

400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800
SPEED – R/MIN SPEED – R/MIN
29,8 (40)
SIZE 13 RING 29,8 (40)
26,1 (35) 152 BAR (2200 PSI) SIZE 11 RING
26,1 (35) 172 BAR (2500 PSI) SIZE 9 RING
– KW (HP)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)

– KW (HP)
22,4 (30) SIZE 7 RING 22,4 (30)

18,6 (25) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
18,6 (25)
14,9 (20)
SIZE 13 RING – 69 BAR (1000 PSI) 14,9 (20) SIZE 11 RING
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
11,2 (15) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)

SIZE 7 RING – 11,2 (15) SIZE 9 RING
7,4 (10) 69 BAR (1000 PSI) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
7,4 (10)
3,7 (5) SIZE 13 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI)
3,7 (5) SIZE 11 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI)
SIZE 7 RING
0,0 (0) 7 BAR (100 PSI) SIZE 9 RING
0,0 (0) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800
Single Pumps
98,4 (26)
SIZE 12 RING
90,8 (24) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
152 (2200 PSI)
83,3 (22)
75,7 (20)
SIZE 8 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
68,1 (18) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 6 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
60,6 (16) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
53,0 (14)
45,4 (12)
DELIVERY
37,8 (10)
30,3 (8)
22,7 (6)
15,1 (4)
7,6 (2)
0,0 (0)
29,8 (40)
26,1 (35)
– KW (HP)
22,4 (30) SIZE 6 RING – 172 BAR (2500 PSI)

18,6 (25)
14,9 (20)
INPUT POWER

11,2 (15) SIZE 8 RING – 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
7,4 (10)
3,7 (5)
0,0 (0) SIZE 6 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI)
Single Pumps
V10 Dimensions
Millimeters (inches)
See page 23 for foot mounting dimensions.
19,05/19,02
12,7 (.50) (.750/.749)
82,55/82,50
(3.250/3.248)
46
(1.81)
21,4
Outlet port (.843)
.750-16 UNF-2B thd. (shown)
or 1/2 ” NPT thd.
Inlet port
1.3125-12 UNF-2B thd. (shown) Clockwise
24,6 or 1 ” NPT thd. rotation
(.97)
76,2 (3.00) B 44,4 (1.75)
38,1 (1.50) A 7,9
(.31)
4,75 (.187) key
25,4 (1.00) long SAE “A”
62,7 flange
(2.47)
21,13/21,00
(.832/.827)
38,1
(1.50) No. 1 shaft
53,2
(2.093) 11,1
(.437)
6,35/6,10 106,3 (4.187) 2 holes
(.250/.240)
130 (5.12)
95,2 (3.75)
Number 11 shaft
31,8 (1.25)
14,7 (.58)
Ring size Dimension
A B
Involute spline
Flat root - Major dia. fit 1 115,6 (4.55) 91,9 (3.62)
16/32 diametral pitch 2 115,6 (4.55) 91,9 (3.62)
9 teeth - 14,29 (.5625) pitch dia. 3 115,6 (4.55) 91,9 (3.62)
30 pressure angle 4 121,9 (4.80) 98,3 (3.87)
Major dia. - 15,82/15,80
(.623/.622) 5 121,9 (4.80) 98,3 (3.87)
Minor dia. - 12,28/12,00 6 127,0 (5.00) 103,4 (4.07)
(.4835/.4725) 7 127,0 (5.00) 103,4 (4.07)
Single Pumps
V20 Dimensions

Ring size Dimension
A B
Outlet port 6 125,2 (4.93) 102,1 (4.02)
1.0625 –12 UN-2B or
1.1875 –12 UN-2B straight thread 7 131,6 (5.18) 108,4 (4.27)
SAE O-ring boss connection
8 131,6 (5.18) 108,4 (4.27)
No. 1 shaft 9 131,6 (5.18) 108,4 (4.27)
11 136,6 (5.38) 113,5 (4.47)
12 140,2 (5.52) 117,1 (4.61)
13 140,2 (5.52) 117,1 (4.61)
Inlet port
1-1/4 ” NPTF or
1.625 –12 UN –2B straight thd.
SAE O-ring boss connection
12,7 (.50) Clockwise

31 (1.22) rotation
B
55,6 55,6 A 67,6 (2.66) 106,3 (4.187)

(2.19) (2.19) 4 (.156) 53,2
4,76 (.1875) 41,1 (1.62) (2.093)
long key
66 (2.60)
62 (2.44) 82,55/82,50
(3.250/3.248)
55,6 11,1 (.437)

(2.19) 2 holes
19,05/19,02 95,2 (3.75)

(.750/.749) SAE “A”
flange
21.1/21,0
(.832/.827) 130 (5.12)
Number 11 shaft Number 62 shaft
74,8(2.94) 31,8 (1.25)

14,7 (.58)
50,8 (2.00)
37,3 (1.47) full Involute spline

depth of spline Flat root - Major dia. fit
Involute spline 16/32 diametral pitch
16/32 diametral pitch 9 teeth - 14,29 (.5625) pitch dia.
Flat root – 11 teeth 30 pressure angle
30 pressure angle Major dia. - 15,82/15,80 (.623/.622)
Minor dia. - 12,28/12,00 (.4835/.4725)
19,01/18,93
19,07/19,02 .751/.749
.751/.749
Double Pumps
Model Codes
F3 - V 2010 - 1 F 13 S 3 S - 1 CC - 12 - L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 Special Seals 8 Cover-end pump ring size With no. 1 outlet 90° CW from inlet
Omit if not required. (delivery at 1200 r/inm and 100 psi) DA – No. 2 outlet 135° CCW from inlet
DB – No. 2 outlet 45° CCW from inlet
See page 25 for information on seals. 1 – 1 USgpm DC – No. 2 outlet 45° CW from inlet
2 – 2 USgpm DD – No. 2 outlet 135° CW from inlet
3 – 3 USgpm
2 Vane pump 4 – 4 USgpm V2010 V2020
5 – 5 USgpm With no. 1 outlet opposite inlet
6 – 6 USgpm AA – No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
3 Series 7 – 7 USgpm AB – No. 2 outlet 90° CCW from inlet
2010 or 2020 AC – No. 2 outlet in line with inlet
6 – 6 USgpm AD – No. 2 outlet 90° CW from inlet
7 – 7 USgpm
4 Mounting 8 – 8 USgpm V2020 With no. 1 outlet 90° CCW from inlet
9 – 9 USgpm BA – No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
1 – 2-bolt lange, 4.00” pilot (standard) 11 – 11 USgpm BB – No. 2 outlet 90° CCW from inlet
6 – 2-bolt lange, 3.25” pilot (optional) BC – No. 2 outlet in line with inlet
See page 23 for optional foot bracket BD – No. 2 outlet 90° CW from inlet
kits. 9 No. 2 outlet port (cover end)
With no. 1 outlet inline with inlet
S – .750-16 St. Thd. (V2010) CA – No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
5 Inlet port connections 1.062–12 St. Thd. (V2020) CB – No. 2 outlet 90° CCW from inlet
CC – No. 2 outlet in line with inlet
F – 4-bolt lange 1.50 dia. (V2010) CD – No. 2 outlet 90° CW from inlet
2.00 dia. (V2020) 10 Shafts
With no. 1 outlet 90° CW from inlet
1 – Straight keyed DA – No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
6 Shaft-end pump ring size 11 –Splined DB – No. 2 outlet 90° CCW from inlet
(delivery at 1200 rpm & 100 psi) DC – No. 2 outlet in line with inlet
DD – No. 2 outlet 90° CW from inlet
6 - 6 USgpm 11 - 11 USgpm 11 Position of outlet
7 - 7 USgpm 12 - 12 USgpm (Viewed from cover end of pump)

8 - 8 USgpm 13 - 13 USgpm 12 Design
9 - 9 USgpm V2010
With no. 1 outlet opposite inlet 12 – V2010 series
AA – No. 2 outlet 135° CCW from inlet 30 – V2020 series
7 No. 1 outlet port (shaft end) AB – No. 2 outlet 45° CCW from inlet Subject to change.
S – 1.062-12 UN-2B thd. AC – No. 2 outlet 45° CW from inlet
AD – No. 2 outlet 135° CW from inlet
13 Shaft rotation
With no. 1 outlet 90° CCW from inlet (Viewed from shaft end of pump)
BA – No. 2 outlet 135 CCW from inlet
BB – No. 2 outlet 45 CCW from inlet L – Left hand for counterclockwise
BC – No. 2 outlet 45 CW from inlet Omit for right hand
BD – No. 2 outlet 135 CW from inlet
With no. 1 outlet in line with inlet

CA – No. 2 outlet 135° CCW from inlet
CB – No. 2 outlet 45° CCW from inlet
CC – No. 2 outlet 45° CW from inlet
CD – No. 2 outlet 135° CW from inlet
Double Pumps
Specifications
Based on using petroleum oil at 49° C (120° F), viscosity 32 cSt at 38° C (150 SUS at 100° F), and 0 psi inlet pressure
V2010 Approx.
model Max. Maximum Typical Typical total
series Ring size Displ. speed pressure delivery input power weight

6 19,5 (1.19) 3000 172 (2500) 54,9 (14.5) 18,3 (24.5)
7 22,8 (1.39) 3000 172 (2500) 62,5 (16.5) 22,4 (30)
Shaft-end 8 26,5 (1.62) 2800 172 (2500) 66,2 (17.5) 24,2 (32.5)
pump 9 29,7 (1.81) 2800 172 (2500) 75,7 (20) 26,8 (36)
11 36,4 (2.22) 2500 172 (2500) 87,1 (23) 28 (37.5)
12 39 (2.38) 2400 152 (2200) 87,1 (23) 26,8 (36)
13 42,4 (2.59) 2400 152 (2200) 98,4 (26) 29,1 (39) 13,6 (30)
1 3,3 (.20) 3000 172 (2500) 7,6 (2) 3,4 (4.5)
2 6,6 (.40) 3000 172 (2500) 17,8 (4.7) 6,7 (9)
Cover-end 3 9,8 (.60) 3000 172 (2500) 26,5 (7) 10 (13.4)
pump 4 13,1 (.80) 3000 172 (2500) 36 (9.5) 13,4 (18)
5 16,4 (1.00) 3000 172 (2500) 45,4 (12) 16 (21.5)
6 19,5 (1.19) 3000 152 (2200) 54,9 (14.5) 18,3 (24.5)
7 22,8 (1.39) 2800 138 (2000) 60,6 (16) 17,9 (24)
See page 6 speed correction curve.
V2010 Approx.
model Max. Maximum Typical Typical total
series Ring size Displ. speed pressure delivery input power weight

Shaft-end 12 39 (2.38) 2400 152 (2200) 87,1 (23) 26,8 (36)
pump 13 42,4 (2.59) 2400 152 (2200) 98,4 (26) 29,1 (39)
6 19,5 (1.19) 3000 172 (2500) 54,9 (14.5) 19,4 (26)
Cover- or 7 22,8 (1.39) 3000 172 (2500) 62,5 (16.5) 22,4 (30) 15,9 (35)
shaft-end 8 26,5 (1.62) 2800 172 (2500) 66,2 (17.5) 24,2 (32.5)
pump 9 29,7 (1.81) 2800 172 (2500) 75,7 (20) 26,8 (36)
11 36,4 (2.22) 2500 172 (2500) 87,1 (23) 28 (37.5)
See page 6 speed correction curve.
Double Pumps
V2010 & V2020 Shaft-end Pump Performance

Size 7, 9, 11 & 13 rings

106,0 (28)
SIZE 13 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
Size 8 & 12 rings 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
98,4 (26) 98,4 (26) 152 (2200 PSI)
SIZE 12 RING
90,8 (24) 69 BAR (1000 PSI) 90,8 (24) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
152 (2200 PSI) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
83,3 (22) 83,3 (22)
SIZE 9 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
75,7 (20) 75,7 (20) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 8 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
68,1 (18) 172 BAR (2500 PSI) 68,1 (18) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)

60,6 (16) 60,6 (16)
53,0 (14) DELIVERY 53,0 (14)

DELIVERY
45,4 (12) 45,4 (12)
37,8 (10) 37,8 (10)
30,3 (8) 30,3 (8)
22,7 (6) 22,7 (6)
15,1 (4) 15,1 (4)
7,6 (2) 7,6 (2)
400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3000
SPEED –R/MIN SPEED –R/MIN
SIZE 11 RING
29,8 (40) 29,8 (40) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 12 RING – 152 BAR (2200 PSI) SIZE 13 RING – 152 BAR (2200 PSI)
SIZE 9 RING
26,1 (35) 26,1 (35)
SIZE 9 RING – 7 BAR (1000 PSI) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
– KW (HP)
SIZE 8 RING
– KW (HP)
22,4 (30) 172 BAR (2500 PSI) 22,4 (30) SIZE 7 RING
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
18,6 (25) 18,6 (25) SIZE 9 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI) SIZE 13 RING – 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
14,9 (20)
INPUT POWER

INPUT POWER
14,9 (20)
11,2 (15) 11,2 (15)
SIZE 8 RING SIZE 7 RING
69 BAR (1000 PSI) 7,4 (10) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
7,4 (10)
SIZE 11/13 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI)
3,7 (5) SIZE 12 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI) 3,7 (5)
0,0 (0) 7 BAR (100 PSI) 0,0 (0) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3000
SPEED –R/MIN SPEED –R/MIN
Double Pumps
V2010 Cover-end Pump Performance

Size 2, 4 & 6 rings

60,6 (16)
SIZE 6 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
53,0 (14)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
152 BAR (2200 PSI)
45,4 (12)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
SIZE 4 RING
37,8 (10) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
30,3 (8)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
30,3 (8)
SIZE 3 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
22,7 (6) 69 BAR (1000 PSI) 22,7 (6)
DELIVERY
7 BAR (100 PSI)
15,1 (4) 15,1 (4)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
7,6 (2) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
DELIVERY
7,6 (2) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)

172 BAR (2500 PSI)
0,0 (0) 0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200 0 800 1600 2400 3200
10,4 (14) 19,4 (26)

8,9 (12) 17,9 (24)

SIZE 3 RING SIZE 6 RING – 152 BAR (2200 PSI)
7 BAR (100 PSI)
– KW (HP)
7,4 (10) 16,4 (22)

SIZE 4 RING
SIZE 1 RING 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
6,0 (8) 14,9 (20)
SIZE 1 RING SIZE 3 RING SIZE 6 RING
INPUT POWER
7 BAR (100 PSI) 69 BAR (1000 PSI) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)

4,5 (6) 13,4 (18) SIZE 2 RING
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
– KW (HP)
3,0 (4) 11,9 (16)

69 BAR (1000 PSI) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
1.5 (2) 10,4 (14)
SIZE 4 RING
INPUT POWER
7 BAR (100 PSI)

0,0 (0) 8,9 (12)
0 800 1600 2400 3200 SIZE 2 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
SPEED – R/MIN 7,4 (10)
6,0 (8)
4,5 (6)
SIZE 2 RING
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
3,0 (4)
1.5 (2)
SIZE 6 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200
SPEED – R/MIN
Double Pumps

Size 5 & 7 rings

68,1 (18)
60,6 (16)
SIZE 7 RING
53,0 (14) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
138 BAR (2000 PSI)
–L/MIN (USGPM)
45,4 (12)
37,8 (10)
30,3 (8)
SIZE 5 RING
DELIVERY
22,7 (6) 7 BAR (100 PSI)

69 BAR (1000 PSI)
138 BAR (2000 PSI)
15,1 (4)
7,6 (2)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200
SPEED – RPM
19,4 (26)
17,9 (24)
16,4 (22) SIZE 5 RING

172 BAR (2500 PSI)
14,9 (20)
13,4 (18) SIZE 7 RING

– KW (HP)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)

11,9 (16)
10,4 (14)
INPUT POWER
8,9 (12)
7,4 (10)
6,0 (8)
SIZE 5 RING
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
4,5 (6)
3,0 (4)
SIZE 5 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
1.5 (2)
0,0 (0)
0 800 1600 2400 3200
SPEED – RPM
Double Pumps

Size 7, 9, & 11 rings

98,4 (26)
SIZE 11 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
90,8 (24) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
83,3 (22) SIZE 9 RING

7 BAR (100 PSI)
75,7 (20) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
75,7 (20)
SIZE 8 RING
7 BAR (100 PSI)
68,1 (18) 172 BAR (2500 PSI) 68,1 (18) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
60,6 (16) SIZE 6 RING 60,6 (16)
7 BAR (100 PSI)
69 BAR (1000 PSI)
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
53,0 (14) 53,0 (14)
– L/MIN (USGPM)
DELIVERY
45,4 (12) 45,4 (12)
37,8 (10) 37,8 (10)

DELIVERY
30,3 (8) 30,3 (8)
22,7 (6) 22,7 (6)
15,1 (4) 15,1 (4)
7,6 (2) 7,6 (2)
400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3000
29,8 (40) 29,8 (40)

26,1 (35) SIZE 8 RING 26,1 (35)
– KW (HP)
SIZE 8 RING – 69 BAR (1000 PSI) SIZE 9 RING – 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
– KW (HP)

22,4 (30) 22,4 (30) 172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 8 RING – 7 BAR (100 PSI) SIZE 6 RING
SIZE 6 RING
18,6 (25) 18,6 (25) 69 BAR (1000 PSI) SIZE 9 RING
172 BAR (2500 PSI)
SIZE 9 RING 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
14,9 (20) 14,9 (20)
INPUT POWER

INPUT POWER
11,2 (15) 11,2 (15) 69 BAR (1000 PSI)
7,4 (10) SIZE 6 RING 7,4 (10)

3,7 (5) 3,7 (5) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
0,0 (0) 7 BAR (100 PSI) 0,0 (0) 7 BAR (100 PSI)
400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3000
Double Pumps
V2010 Dimensions
Rated Delivery, gpm

@ 1200 rpm & 100 psi Dimensions
Shaft end Cover end A B C

7,8 or 9 1, 2 or 3 213,1 (8.39) 189,2 (7.45) 113,3 (4.46)
.500-13 UNC – 2B THD. –
7,8 or 9 4 or 5 219,5 (8.64) 195,6 (7.70) 113,3 (4.46) .88 DEEP 4 HOLES
7,8 or 9 6 or 7 224,5 (8.84) 200,7 (7.90) 113,3 (4.46)

NO. 1 SHAFT EXTENSION
11 1, 2 or 3 218,2 (8.59) 194,3 (7.65) 118,1 (4.65)
INLET PORT CONNECTION PAD IS
11 4 or 5 224,5 (8.84) 200,7 (7.90) 118,1 (4.65) FOR USE WITH SAE 4-BOLT FLANGE.
11 6 or 7 229,6 (9.04) 205,7 (8.10) 121,7 (4.79) SEE PAGE NO TAG FOR SELECTION.
12 or 13 1, 2 or 3 221,7 (8.73) 197,9 (7.79) 121,7 (4.79) NO. 1 OUTLET PORT

12 or 13 4 or 5 227,8 (8.97) 204,0 (8.03) 121,7 (4.79) 1.0625-12 UN-2B
INLET PORT THD.
12 or 13 6 or 7 232,9 (9.17) 209,0 (8.23) 121,7 (4.79) 38,1 (1.50) CLOCKWISE
12,7 (.50) ROTATION
NO. 2 OUTLET PORT A .187 SQ. KEY – 1.25 LONG

.750-16 UNF 2B THD. 58,7
(SHOWN) OR .500-14 NPT B 66,5 (2.62)
(2.31) 146,1
A 76,2 C (5.75)
73,2 120,7
45 (3.00) 26,9 (1.06)
VIEW – AA 9,4 (2.88) (4.75)
(.37)
A
55,6 (2.19)
10
10
14,2
60,5 (2.38) (.56) R.
55,6 50,8 (2.00)
(2.19) 24,54/24,41 (.966/.961) 14,2 (.56)
22,23/22,20
111,2 101,6/101,55 THRU
(.875/.874)
(4.38) (4.000/3.998) 2 HOLES
Number 11 shaft
41,1 (1.62)
33,3 (1.312)
4 (.156)
29,2
(1.150)
Involute spline
Major diameter fit
16/32 diametral pitch
13 teeth
30 pressure angle
20,64 (.8125) pitch diameter
19,03 (.7493) TIF diameter max.
17,9 (.703) 22,13/22,15 (.873/.872) major dia.
18,63/18,35 (.7335/.7225) minor dia.
Double Pumps
V2020 Dimensions
42,8 (1.687)
Inlet port
.500 –13 UNC – 2B thd. 21,4 50,8 (2.00)
.94 deep – 4 holes (.843)
No. 1 outlet port

1.062 –12UN – 2B thd.
77,8
(3.062)
38,9 (1.531)
No. 2 outlet port 26,9 12,7 (.50)

1.062 – 12 UN – 2B thd. (1.06) 101,60/101,55
C (4.000/3.995) Clockwise
B rotation
A 4,8 (.187) key
31,8 (1.25) long
58,7 (2.31)
174,8 (6.88)
9,4
(.370)
74,7
(2.94) 66,5
69,8 (2.62)
(2.75)
55,6 (2.19)
SAE “B” 14,3 (.562)

55,6 No. 1 shaft flange
(2.19) thru – 2 holes
24,54/24,4 22,23/22,20
111,2 (4.38) 1 (.875/.874) 121 (4.75)
(.966/.961)
146,05 (5.75)
Number 11 shaft
41,1 (1.62)
33,3 (1.312)
4 (.156)
Ring size Dimensions
Shaft end Cover end A B C

7, 8 or 9 6 213,6 (8.41) 187,7 (7.39) 114 (4.49)
7, 8 or 9 7, 8 or 9 220 (8.66) 194 (7.64) 114 (4.49)
11 6 218,7 (8.61) 192,8 (7.59) 119,1 (4.69)
29,2 11 7, 8 or 9 225 (8.86) 199,1 (7.84) 119,1 (4.69)
(1.150)
11 11 229,9 (9.05) 204 (8.03) 119,1 (4.69)
12 or 13 6 222,2 (8.75) 196,3 (7.73) 122,4 (4.82)
Involute spline
Major diameter fit 12 or 13 7, 8 or 9 228,3 (8.99) 202,4 (7.97) 122,4 (4.82)
16/32 diametral pitch
13 teeth
12 or 13 11 233,4 (9.19) 207,5 (8.17) 122,4 (4.82)
30 pressure angle
20,64 (.8125) pitch diameter
19,03 (.7493) TIF diameter max.
17,9 (.703) 22,13/22,15 (.873/.872) major dia.
18,63/18,35 (.7335/.7225) minor dia.
Foot Bracket Kit
Dimensions
J UNC-2B thread
thru – 4 places
ØH 0,05
17,5 (.69)
( .002) – thru
Pump
mounting
surface
A ØG
Ø 11,2 (.44) thru
4 places for mtg.
B
12,7 (.50)
F
15 (.59)
E
12,7 (.50) 50,8 (2.00)
36,6 (1.44) D
96 (3,78)
C
Note: Each kit includes screws for mounting

pump to bracket.
Model A B C D E F øG øH J
FB-A-10 134,9 (5.31) 69,8 (2.75) 152,4 (6.00) 76,2 (3.00) 127,0 (5.00) 63,5 (2.50) 106,37 (4.188) 82,63 (3.253) .375-16
FB-B-10 180,8 (7.12) 92,2 (3.63) 171,4 (6.75) 85,7 (3.38) 146,0 (5.75) 73,1 (2.88) 146,0 (5.75) 101,68 (4.003) .500-13
Application and Service Information
Minimum Speed Valves and Circuitry

Minimum recommended starting speed is generally 600 r/ Protect against hydraulic surge pressures (inlet or outlet) ap-
min. However, the pump size, system characteristics and en- plied to or generated by the pump. Relief valves must prevent
vironmental conditions can raise or lower this speed. A lower these surges from exceeding published pressure ratings.
speed can often be achieved after the pump has primed. Never assume a relief valve setting is the maximum pressure
If low starting or operating speeds are required, consult your a pump experiences. Shock conditions may exist which can
Vickers representative. exceed circuit and pump limitations.
Inlet Pressure Shaft Loading

Recommended inlet pressure is 0 to 0,34 bar (0 to 5 psi) Never assume pumps in a double pump assembly can be
gauge at maximum operating speeds. Inlet pressure should simultaneously loaded to rated pressure. Shaft loading must
not exceed 0,69 bar (10 psi). Inlet depressions should not be checked for excessive torque and side loads.
exceed 5 inches of Hg with petroleum oil, or 3 inches of Hg
with all other luids. Piping
A pressurized reservoir system does not always assure a Hydraulic lines should be as short and have as large an inside
positive (supercharge) pressure at the pump inlet. Vacuum diameter as possible. Where lines are long, it is desirable to
at the pump inlet can result during cold start-ups. Avoid high adapt to a larger capacity line than a unit’s ports specify. Inlet,
speeds until the circuit has warmed and supercharge pres- outlet and drain lines should not be smaller than the nominal
sure actually exists at the pump inlet. port size shown on installation drawings. A “Y” shaped inlet
should not be used to feed two separate pumps because one
Drives may be starved and cavitate.
Vickers pumps are designed for use on direct coaxial drives. There should be as few bends and ittings in lines as possible.
If drives imposing radial or axial loads are being considered, High-pressure lines and ittings are restrictive to low and may
consult your Vickers representative for additional information. result in excessive pressure drop through the system. They
Concentricity and angular alignment of shafts are important to should be used only where necessary in a pressure line.
pump life. Misalignment can induce heavy loads on bearings,
Hose
causing premature failure.
Flexible coupling halves must be aligned according to the When installing a hose, allow enough slack to avoid kinking.
coupling manufacturer’s recommendations. A taut hose will not allow movement with pressure surges.
Slack in the line compensates for surges, relieving strain.
When using double universal joint couplings, the shafts must The hose should not be twisted during installation or while in
be parallel and the yokes must be in line. The offset should operation. Twisting will weaken the hose and loosen connec-
be kept as low as possible. Maximum allowable offset will, of tions.
course, vary with application conditions. The pump shaft to
universal joint diametral it should be close (major diameter A neater installation is usually obtainable by using extra it-
it) with no looseness. tings to minimize unusually long loops in a line. Hoses should
be clamped to prevent rubbing and entanglement with mov-
Mounting Dimensions ing parts. Where hoses are subject to chaing, they should
be run through protective neoprene hose or shielded metallic
Concentricity of the customer’s female pilot diameter relative guards.
to the effective axis of the female drive must be within 0,10
mm (.004 in.) total indicator reading. The clearance between
the male and female pilot diameters must be +0,01 to +0,05
mm (+.0005 to +.0020 in.).
The customer’s mounting face to which the pump is afixed
must be square to the axis of the female drive within 0,04
mm per mm (.0015 in. per in.).
Dimensions of the customer’s keyed shaft receiver must be
between +0,003 and +0,025 mm (+.0001 and +.0010 in.) of
the maximum shaft diameter shown on the Vickers installa-
tion drawing.
Hydraulic Fluids Fluid Cleanliness

Pumps can be used with anti-wear hydraulic oil, or automo- Proper luid condition is essential for long and satisfactory life
tive type crankcase oil (designations SC, SD, SE, SF, or SG) of hydraulic components and systems. Hydraulic luid must
per SAE J183 JUN89. Fire-resistant luids can also be used, have the correct balance of cleanliness, materials and addi-
but may require the use of special seals as explained in the tives for protection against wear of components, elevated
following “Seals” section. viscosity and inclusion of air.
The viscosity range of petroleum oil, with the pump running, Essential information on the correct methods for treating
should be 13-54 cSt (70-250 SUS). The oil viscosity at 38° C hydraulic luid is included in Vickers publication 561; “Vickers
(100° F) should be 32-48 cSt (150-225 SUS). Guide to Systemic Contamination Control,” available from
Fire-resistant luids should have a viscosity as close as pos- your local Vickers distributor or by contacting Vickers, Incor-
sible to that of petroleum oil as described above. A maximum porated. Recommendations on iltration and the selection of
speciic gravity of 1.3 is suggested for ire-resistant luids. products to control luid condition are included in 561. Recom-
mended cleanliness levels, using petroleum oil under com-
An operating temperature of 49° C (120° F) is recommended. mon conditions, are based on the highest luid pressure levels
The maximum temperature for oil should be 65° C (150° F), in the system and are coded in the chart below. Fluids other
and the maximum for water-containing luids should be than petroleum, severe service cycles, or personnel safety
130° F. considerations are cause for adjustment of these cleanliness
For additional luid and temperature information, refer to 694. codes. See Vickers publication 561 for exact details.
Vickers products, as any components, will operate with ap-
Seals
parent satisfaction in luids with higher cleanliness codes than
Nitrile seals are standard and are suitable for use with petro- those described. Other manufacturers will often recommend
leum, water-glycol, water-in-oil emulsion, polyolester, and levels above those speciied. Experience has shown, howev-
high-water-base luids. Phosphate ester luids require the use er, that life of any hydraulic components is shortened in luids
of luorocarbon seals, which are identiied in model codes as with higher cleanliness codes than those listed below. These
an “F3” preix. codes have been proven to provide a long trouble-free service
life for the products shown, regardless of the manufacturer.
Product System Pressure Level – bar (psi)
<70 ( <1000) 70-210 (1000-3000) 210+ (3000+)

Vane Pumps – Fixed 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13
Vane Pumps – Variable 18/16/14 17/15/13
Piston Pumps – Fixed 19/17/15 18/16/14 17/15/13
Piston Pumps – Variable 18/16/14 17/15/13 16/14/12
Directional Valves 20/18/15 20/18/15 19/17/14
Pressure/Flow Control Valves 19/17/14 19/17/14 19/17/14
CMX Valves 18/16/14 18/16/14 17/15/13
Servo Valves 16/14/11 16/14/11 15/13/10
Proportional Valves 17/15/12 17/15/12 15/13/11
Cylinders 20/18/15 20/18/15 20/18/15
Vane Motors 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13
Axial Piston Motors 19/17/14 18/16/13 17/15/12
Radial Piston Motors 20/18/14 19/17/13 18/16/13
Aeration loosening an outlet connection until a solid stream of luid ap-

Reservoir and circuit design must prevent aeration of the pears. An air bleed valve for this purpose is available through
luid. Particular care must be used to employ joints, seals and your Vickers representative.
gaskets that will not leak or deteriorate. This is especially im-
Application Guidance
portant in low pressure and suction lines. Connections should
always be tight to prevent air from entering the system. To ensure optimum pump performance in conjunction with
It is best to use windows and sight glasses in the reservoir your speciic application, consult your Vickers representative
and inlet lines during prototype evaluation to determine if your:
whether signiicant amounts of air are present in the luid. • Application requires an indirect drive
Any opaqueness or milky appearance of the luid in the lines • Fluid does not meet speciications
or reservoir indicates excessive aeration. Bubbles on the sur-
face of the reservoir luid may indicate that excessive aeration • Mounting attitude is other than horizontal
is present. • Oil viscosity at operating temperature is not within 13-
54cSt
Reservoir
• (70-250 SUS)
The oil level of the reservoir should be as high as possible • Oil viscosity at startup is in excess of 220 cSt (1000 SUS)
above the pump suction line opening. All return lines should
discharge near the tank bottom, always below the oil level, • Needs require application assistance
and as far from the pump inlet as possible.
Service Information
Reservoirs should incorporate a sight gauge, dipstick or
other means for easy checking of the oil level. Without these Refer to the following drawings for service parts information:
devices, the oil level often goes unchecked and, should a leak
occur, the pump can be starved and damaged from loss of Model Series Drawing
lubrication.
V10 M-2005-S
Preferably, reservoirs should be located above pumps. This
creates a looded pump inlet which reduces the possibility of V20 M-2004-S
pump cavitation. V2010 M-2255-S
Pump suction and tank return lines should be attached to the V2020 M-2256-S
reservoir by langes or welded heavy-duty coupling. If the suc-
tion line is connected to the bottom of the reservoir, the cou-
pling should extend above the bottom inside the tank. This The overhaul manual for V10 and V20 models is I-3143-S.
prevents residual dirt from getting into the suction line when
the tank is cleaned. The seals used on all suction line connec-
tions should be such that they will not deteriorate and leak.
A bafle plate in the reservoir is desirable to separate the suc-
tion and return lines. The plate causes return oil to circulate
around the outer wall of the reservoir for cooling before it
re-enters the pump. It also helps provide time for entrained
air to separate from the oil. Bafle plate openings should be
designed so that cascade effects and resultant air entrain-
ment are minimized.
Most reservoirs are vented to the atmosphere through an
opening that lets air leave or enter the space above the oil as
the oil level rises or falls. A iller/breather unit containing an
air iltering element is often used as the vent. It must be large
enough to handle the air low required to maintain atmospher-
ic pressure whether the tank is full or empty.
Startup
Before starting, ill the pump with system luid through the
uppermost port. The housing must be kept full at all times to
provide internal lubrication.
At initial startup, it may be necessary to bleed air from the
pump outlet to permit priming and reduce noise. Bleed by
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 1110 Morges 4th Floor, No. 3 Lane
USA Switzerland 280 Linhong Rd. Changning District
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
Fax: (+86 21) 5200 0400

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. 698
November 2011
Eaton PVH Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
Vickers® Product Line
Table of Contents
H Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Hydraulic System Design Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Model Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Performance Data
Rated Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Performance Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Response Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Sound Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Control Options
Pressure Compensator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Load Sensing and Pressure Compensator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Pressure and Torque Limiter Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Pressure and Torque Limiting Plus Load Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Pressure Compensator without Load Sensing Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Remotely Controllable Pressure Compensator with Load Sensing Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Input Shaft Selection Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Input Shaft Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Installation Dimensions
Basic Pumps (Non-thru-drive). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Adjustable Maximum Volume Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Thru-drive Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
ISO Pump Mounting Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Combination 2-Bolt/4-Bolt SAE Pump Mounting Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Rear Cover for Thru-drive Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Pumps for Shaft-up Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Foot Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Application Data
Hydraulic Fluids and Temperature Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Fluid Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Drive Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Weights, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Installation and Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
2 EATON Industrial & Mobile Variable Displacement Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM008-E1 October 2013
Introduction
Eaton’s฀Vickers®฀PVH฀high฀flow,฀ These฀are฀efficient,฀reliable฀
high฀performance฀pumps฀are฀ pumps,฀with฀a฀selection฀of฀
a฀family฀of฀variable฀displace- optional฀controls฀for฀maximum฀
ment,฀inline฀piston฀units฀that฀ operational฀flexibility.฀Designed฀
incorporate฀the฀proven฀design,฀ specifically฀for฀strenuous฀appli-
quality฀manufacturing฀techniques฀ cation,฀they฀provide฀the฀produc-
and฀operating฀features฀of฀other฀ tivity฀gains฀and฀controllability฀
Vickers฀piston฀pumps,฀but฀in฀a฀ improvements฀desired฀in฀earth-
smaller,฀lighter฀package. moving,฀construction,฀machine฀
The฀PVH฀series฀has฀been฀spe- tool,฀plastics,฀and฀all฀other฀ener-
cially฀designed฀to฀meet฀the฀ gy-conscious฀markets.฀As฀with฀
250฀bar฀(3625฀psi)฀continuous฀ all฀Eaton฀products,฀these฀pumps฀
duty฀performance฀requirements฀ have฀been฀fully฀laboratory฀tested฀
of฀new฀generation฀equipment฀ and฀field฀proven.
designs.
PVH Series Benefits

•฀ Versatile฀design฀includes฀sin- •฀ Quiet฀designs฀available฀for฀
gle฀pumps,฀thru-drive฀arrange- noise-sensitive฀industrial฀appli-
ments,฀and฀a฀variety฀of฀drive฀ cations,฀reducing฀sound฀levels฀
shaft฀and฀control฀options฀that฀ further฀to฀provide฀a฀more฀
will฀adapt฀to฀any฀application฀ acceptable฀environment.
and฀provide฀the฀most฀cost฀ •฀ Designed฀for฀maximum฀
effective฀installation. efficiency฀in฀any฀type฀of฀
•฀ Proven฀components฀designed฀ application.฀A฀variety฀of฀com-
into฀a฀heavy฀duty,฀compact฀ pensators฀provide฀the฀most฀
housing฀to฀provide฀250฀bar฀ effective฀system฀control,฀and฀
(3625฀psi)฀continuous฀operat- the฀95%-plus฀volumetric฀effi-
ing฀performance,฀and฀280฀bar฀ ciency฀means฀more฀flow,฀and฀
(4050฀psi)฀operating฀perfor- more฀input฀energy,฀is฀directed฀
mance฀in฀a฀load฀sensing฀sys- to฀the฀work฀and฀not฀into฀heat฀
tem.฀This฀design฀assures฀long฀ and฀waste.
life฀at฀the฀higher฀performance฀ •฀ Heavy฀duty฀bearings฀and฀
levels฀required฀of฀today’s฀ shafts฀result฀in฀minimum฀
power-dense฀machinery. internal฀deflections฀and฀wear,฀
•฀ Compact฀and฀lightweight฀ providing฀for฀longer฀life฀and฀
design฀to฀reduce฀the฀applica- maximum฀uptime.
tion฀weight,฀and฀provide฀bet-
ter฀access฀for฀installation฀and฀
servicing.
•฀ Service฀kits฀developed฀for฀the฀
most฀critical฀rotating฀and฀con-
trol฀components฀to฀simplify฀
and฀assure฀successful฀pump฀
servicing.
EATON Vickers฀PVH฀Industrial฀and฀Mobile฀Variable฀Displacement฀Piston฀Pumps฀฀V-PUPI-TM008-E฀฀February฀2009
EATON Industrial & Mobile Variable Displacement Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM008-E1 October 2013 53
Hydraulic System
Design Calculations
Basic Formulas Efficiencies

gpm฀actual
Volumetric฀Nv฀=
gpm฀theorectical
Output฀Flow฀(Q)
lb-in฀actual
Mechanical฀Nm฀=฀
฀ cm3/r฀x฀rpm฀ in3/r฀x฀rpm lb-in฀theorectical
lpm฀=฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀฀gpm฀=฀
฀ 1000฀ 231
Total฀Nt฀=฀Nv฀x฀Nm
Input฀Power฀(P)
Q
฀ l/min฀x฀bar฀ gpm฀x฀psi
kW฀=฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀฀฀hp฀=฀ p
฀ 600฀ 1714
n
Shaft฀Torque฀(M) P
M
฀ bar฀x฀cm3/r฀ psi฀x฀in3/r
N-m฀=฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀฀lb-in฀=
฀ 62.8฀ 6.28
Shaft฀Speed฀(n)
฀ 1000฀x฀1/min฀ 231฀x฀gpm
rpm฀=฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀฀RPM฀=
฀ cm3/r฀ in3/r
Commonly Used Conversions
Output฀Power฀(P)
To฀Convert฀ Into฀ Multiply฀by
฀ N-m฀x฀RPM฀ lb-in฀x฀rpm bar฀ psi฀ 14.5
kW฀=฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀฀฀hp฀=
฀ 9549฀ 63,025 cm3฀ in3฀ 0.06102
˚C฀ ˚F฀ (˚C฀x฀1.8)฀+32
Volumetric฀Displacement
gallons฀(US)฀ liters฀ 3.785
฀ lpm฀x฀1000฀ gpm฀x฀231 kg฀ lbs฀ 2.205
cm3/r฀=฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀ ฀฀฀in3/r฀=
฀ rpm฀ rpm kgf/cm2฀ psi฀ 14.2
kW฀ hp฀ 1.341
liters฀ US฀Gallons฀0.2642
Basic Formulas mm฀ inches฀ 0.03937
bar฀=฀10฀Newtons/cm2 N-m฀ lb-in฀ 8.85
gpm฀=฀gallons฀per฀minute N-m฀ lb-ft฀ 0.7375
hp฀=฀horsepower ˚F฀ ˚C฀ (˚F-32)/1.8
lb-in฀=฀pound฀inch hp฀ kW฀ 0.7457
lb-ft฀=฀pound฀feet inch฀ mm฀ 2.54
kW฀=฀kilowatt in ฀
3
cm ฀ 3
16.39
kgf฀=฀kilograms฀force lb-in฀ N-m฀ 0.113
l/min฀=฀liters฀per฀minute lb-ft฀ N-m฀ 1.356
N-m฀=฀Newton฀meters lbs฀ kg฀ 0.4535
psi฀=฀pounds฀per฀square฀inch psi฀ bar฀ 0.06896
rpm฀=฀revolutions฀per฀minute psi฀ kgf/cm ฀ 2
.070307
Note: Performance charts can be found on subsequent pages.
4
4 EATON
EATON Vickers฀PVH฀Industrial฀and฀Mobile฀Variable฀Displacement฀Piston฀Pumps฀฀V-PUPI-TM008-E฀฀February฀2009
Industrial & Mobile Variable Displacement Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM008-E1 October 2013
Model Codes
PVH Piston Pump
PVH 063 R 01 A B 1 0 B 23 14 0 0 00 1 00 1 00 00 0 A
1, 2 ,3 4, 5, 6 7 8, 9 10, 11 12 13 14 15, 16 17, 18 19, 20 21, 22 23 24, 25 26 27, 28 29, 30 31 32
1, 2, 3 Pump Series 23 – 2 Bolt C, 17T 12/24 DP AE – Side Ports; Suction 9 – #12 SAE O-Ring Port -
PVH – PVH OC Piston Pump Splined Shaft 2.5 (Code 61) w/ M12 B ottom (Top Plugged)
24 – 2 Bolt B 19T 24/48 DP Threads; Pressure A – #12 SAE O-Ring Port -
4, 5, 6 D i s p l a c e m e n t Splined 1.25 (Code 61) w/ M12 Top (Bottom Plugged)
057 – 57.4 cm3/r [3.50 in3/r] 30 – 4 Bolt C, 14T 12/24 DP Threads B – M22 x 1.5 Metric O-Ring
063 – 63.1 cm3/r [3.85 in3/r] Splined, 78.0 (3.07) Shaft AF – Side Ports; Suction 2.5 - B ottom (Top Plugged)
074 – 73.7 cm3/r [4.50 in3/r] Extension and 54.0 (2.12) in. (Code 61) ; Pressure C – M22 X 1.5 Metric O-Ring
081 – 81.0 cm3/r [4.94 in3/r] Spline Length - 1.25 in. (Code 62) - Top (Bottom Plugged)
098 – 98.3 cm3/r [6.00 in3/r] 51 – 2/4 Bolt C, 1-1/4 inch Dia AG – Side Ports; Suction - 2.5 F – Vertical Mount w/ G
106 – 106.5 cm3/r [6.50 in3/r] Straight Keyed in. (Code 61) w/ M12 1/2 BSPP - Bottom (Top
131 – 131.1 cm3/r [8.00 in3/r] 52 – 2/4 Bolt C, 14T 12/24 DP Threads; Pressure - 1.25 Plugged)
141 – 141.0 cm3/r [8.60 in3/r] Splined in. (Code 62) w/ M14 G – Vertical Mount w/ G 1/2
53 – 2/4 Bolt C, 17T 12/24 DP Threads BSPP - Top (Bottom
7 Rotation Splined AH – Side Ports; Suction - 2.0 Plugged)
R – Right-Hand Rotation (cw) 58 – 2 Bolt B, 15T 16/32 DP in. (Code 61) w/ M12
L – Left-Hand Rotation (ccw) Splined Threads; Pressure - 1.0 13 Diagnostic Pressure
60 – 2/4 Bolt C, 14T 12/24 DP in. (Code 61) w/ M12 Ports
8, 9 Front Mounting and Splined, 73.2 (2.88) Shaft Threads 0 – No Diagnostic Pressure
Input Shaft Extension and 49.0 (1.93) AJ – Side Ports; Suction 2.5 in. Ports
01 – 4 Bolt C, 1-1/4 inch Dia. Spline Length (Code 61); Pressure 1.0
Keyed 62 – 2 Bolt C, 13T 8/16 DP in. (Code 61) 14 Controller Type*
02 – 4 Bolt C, 14T 12/24 DP Splined AL – Side Ports; Suction - 2.5 A – Pressure Compensator
Splined in. (Code 61); Pressure B – Pressure And Flow
03 – 4 Bolt C, 17T 12/24 DP
10, 11
Main Ports Size - 1.25 in. (Code 61) Compensator
Splined & Location D – Pressure Compensator
AA – Side Ports; Suction 2 in. 12 Drain Ports Size w/ Torque Sensing
04 – 4 Bolt C, 1-1/2 inch
Tapered Shaft & Woodruff (Code 61) Pressure 1 in. & Location E – Pressure And Flow
Keyway (Code 61) 1 – #8 SAE O-Ring Port - Bot- Compensator w/ Torque
05 – 4 Bolt C, 1-1/4 inch Dia. AB – Side Ports; Suction 2 tom (Top Plugged) Sensing
Tapered Keyed & 3/4-16 in. (Code 61) - w/ M12 2 – #8 SAE O-Ring Port - Top G – IC Pressure Compensator
UNF-2A Ext Thread Threads; Pressure 1 (Bottom Plugged) H – IC Pressure and Flow
08 – 2 Bolt B, 15T 16/32 DP in. (Code 61) - w/ M10 3 – #10 SAE O-Ring Port - Bot- Compensator
Splined Threads tom (Top Plugged) J – IC Pressure and Flow
0N – 4 Bolt M (ISO 125B4HW) AC – Side Ports; Suction 2 4 – #10 O-Ring Port - Top (Bot- Compensator w/ Torque
with 32.1 (1.26) Dia in. (Code 61) - w/ M12 tom Plugged) Sensing
Straight Keyed Threads; Pressure 1.25 5 – #8 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE N – Pressure and Flow
10 – 4 Bolt C, 14T 12/24 DP in. (Code 61) - w/ M12 O-Ring Port - Bottom (Top Compensator w/ Unload
Splined, 73.2 (2.88) Shaft Threads Plugged) Valve
Ext and 49.0 (1.93) Spline AD – Side Ports; Suction 2.5 6 – #8 3/4-16 UNF-2B SAE * Torque control is not available
13 – 4 Bolt C, 1-1/2 inch Dia in. (Code 61) w/ M12 O-Ring Port - Top (Bottom with case-to-inlet check value.
Straight Keyed Threads; Pressure 1 Plugged) Specify “AA” Pump Special
16 – 4 Bolt C, 44.4 (1.75) Dia in. (Code 61) w/ M10 7 – #10 7/8-14 UNF-2B SAE Features
Straight Keyed Threads O-Ring Port - Bottom (Top
17 – 4 Bolt C, 1-1/4 in Dia Plugged)
Tapered Keyed & M20 x 8 – #10 7/8-14 UNF-2B SAE
1-1/2 in. Ext Thread O-Ring Port - Top (Bottom
Plugged)
Model Codes
PVH Piston Pump
฀ P V H ฀ ฀ ฀0 6 3 ฀฀฀R ฀฀฀01 ฀฀฀A B ฀฀฀1 ฀฀฀0 ฀฀฀B฀฀฀2 3฀฀฀14฀฀฀0 0฀฀฀0 0฀฀฀1฀฀฀0 0฀฀฀1฀฀฀0 0฀฀฀0 0฀฀฀0฀฀฀A
1,฀2฀,3 4,฀5,฀6 7 8,฀9 10,฀11 12 13 14 15,฀16 17,฀18 19,฀20 21,฀22 23 24,฀25 26 27,฀28 29,฀30 31 32
฀ 15,฀16 ฀฀฀Pressure฀Comp.฀Setting ฀ 23 ฀฀฀Maximum฀Displacement฀ ฀ 27,28 ฀฀฀Pump฀Special฀Features

07฀–฀฀66-74฀bar฀[957-1073฀psi] Option 00฀–฀฀No฀Pump฀Special฀Fea-
23฀–฀฀226-234฀bar฀[3278-3394฀ 1฀–฀฀Standard฀Displacement฀฀ tures
psi] (As฀given฀in฀code฀title) AA฀–฀฀No฀Case฀To฀Inlet฀Check
25฀–฀฀246-254฀bar฀[3568-3684฀ 2฀–฀฀Adjustable฀Max฀฀ AE฀–฀฀Q250฀Valve฀Plate,฀No฀
psi]฀ Displacement฀(Set฀at฀Max) Case฀To฀Inlet฀Check฀Valve
Other฀Settings฀Available฀by฀Request F฀–฀฀฀Adjustable฀Max฀Displace- AF฀–฀฀Q140฀Valve฀Plate,฀No฀
ment฀(Set฀at฀Max)฀w/฀ Case฀To฀Inlet฀Check฀Valve
฀฀ 17,฀18 ฀฀฀Flow฀Compensator฀ Extended฀Adjusting฀Screw AP฀–฀฀Pressure฀Lube฀Swash-
Setting Other฀Settings฀Available฀by฀Request. plate
00฀–฀No฀Flow฀Comp.฀Setting AR฀–฀฀Pressure฀Lube฀Swash-
14฀–฀13-15฀bar฀[189-218฀psi] ฀ 24,25 ฀฀฀Auxiliary฀(Rear)฀Mount฀ plate,฀No฀Case฀To฀Inlet฀
24฀–฀23-25฀bar฀[334-363฀psi] and฀Output฀Shaft Check฀Valve
AA฀–฀฀Unload฀Valve฀Standby฀฀ 00฀–฀฀No฀Auxiliary฀Mounting฀ SC฀–฀฀Q250฀Valve฀Plate,฀
39-41฀bar฀[334-363฀psi] Features Grooved฀Saddle฀Bearings,฀
Other฀Settings฀Available฀by฀Request AA฀–฀฀2/4฀Bolt฀C,฀14T฀12/24DP฀ No฀Case฀To฀Inlet฀Check฀
AB฀–฀฀2/4฀Bolt฀B,฀15T฀16/32DP฀ Valve
฀ 19,฀20 ฀฀฀Torque฀Setting/฀ AC฀–฀฀฀2฀Bolt฀A,฀฀9T฀ BH฀–฀฀Q250฀Valve฀Plate,฀฀
Other฀Comp. AY฀–฀฀2/4฀Bolt฀B,฀13T฀16/32DP฀ Pressure฀Lube฀฀
00฀–฀None AZ฀–฀฀2/4฀Bolt฀C,฀17T฀12/24DP฀ Swashplate
04฀–฀36-44฀bar฀[522-638฀psi] BA฀–฀฀฀2฀Bolt฀A,฀11T฀16/32DP฀ BM฀–฀฀Q250฀Valve฀Plate,฀฀
14฀–฀฀136-144฀bar฀[1973-2089฀ Pressure฀Lube฀฀
psi] ฀ 26 ฀฀฀Shaft฀Seal Swashplate,฀No฀Case฀฀
AA฀–฀฀Unload฀Valve฀186.2-193฀ 1฀–฀฀฀Single,฀OneWay฀Shaft฀Seal,฀ To฀Inlet฀Check฀Valve
bar฀[2700-2800฀psi]฀฀ Viton® BR฀–฀฀Q140฀Valve฀Plate,฀
Reset฀157.8-164.6฀bar฀ 3฀–฀฀฀Single,฀OneWay฀Shaft฀Seal,฀ Grooved฀Saddle฀Bearings,฀
[2288-2387฀psi] Nitrile No฀Case฀To฀Inlet฀Check฀
AB฀–฀฀Unload฀Valve฀203.4-210.2฀ 5฀–฀฀฀Double,฀TwoWay฀Shaft฀ Valve
bar฀[2950-3050฀psi]฀฀ Seal,฀Viton®฀W/฀VHO฀Filter ฀ 29,30 ฀฀Paint฀
Reset฀183-190฀bar฀฀ 6฀–฀฀฀Double,฀TwoWay฀Shaft฀ 00฀–฀฀No฀Paint
[2650-2748฀psi] Seal,฀Nitrile฀W/฀VHO฀Filter 01฀–฀฀Blue฀Primer
฀ 21,฀22 ฀฀฀Control฀Special฀฀ ฀ 31 ฀฀฀Identification

Features 0฀–฀฀Standard
AB**฀–฀฀No฀Control฀Special฀
Features ฀ 32 ฀฀฀Design฀Code
AA฀–฀฀Bleed฀Down฀Orifice฀฀ A฀–฀฀First฀Design
0.37฀[.015]฀Ø
AR฀–฀฀Bleed฀Down฀Orifice฀฀
0.65฀[.026]฀Ø
AV฀–฀฀1.60฀[.063]฀Ø฀Orifice฀฀
(IC฀Control฀Only)
AW฀–฀฀0.76฀[.030]฀Ø฀Orifice฀฀
(IC฀Control฀Only)
6 EATON
EATON Industrial & Mobile Vickers฀PVH฀Industrial฀and฀Mobile฀Variable฀Displacement฀Piston฀Pumps฀฀V-PUPI-TM008-E฀฀February฀2009
Variable Displacement Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM008-E1 October 2013 7
Performance
Data
Performance฀data฀is฀typical฀with฀ Rated Characteristics of PVH Industrial Pumps*

SAE฀10W฀anti-wear฀hydraulic฀ Parameters฀฀ ฀ ฀ PVH057฀ PVH063฀ PVH074฀ ฀PVH081฀ PVH098฀ ฀PVH106฀ PVH131฀ PVH141
oil฀at฀50°C฀(120°F)฀and฀at฀zero฀ Geometric฀displacement,฀
pump฀inlet฀pressure,฀except฀ max.฀cm3/r฀฀ ฀ ฀ 57,4฀฀ 63,1฀ 73,7฀฀ 81,0฀ 98,3฀฀ 106,5฀ 131,1฀ 141,1
where฀otherwise฀indicated.
(in3/r)฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (3.5)฀฀ (3.85)฀ (4.5)฀฀ (4.94)฀ (6.0)฀฀ (6.50)฀ (8.0)฀ (8.60)
Rated฀pressure฀฀ ฀ ฀ 250฀฀ 230฀ 250฀฀ 230฀ 250฀฀ 230฀ 250฀ 230
bar฀(psi)฀฀฀ ฀ ฀ (3625)†฀฀ (3300)†฀ (3625)†฀฀ (3300)†฀ (3625)†฀฀ (3300)†฀ (3625)†฀ (3300)†
Rated฀speeds฀in฀r/min฀฀
at฀various฀inlet฀pressures
127฀mm฀Hg฀(5”฀Hg)฀฀ ฀ 1500฀฀ 1500฀฀ 1500฀฀ 1500฀฀ 1500฀ 1500฀฀ 1200฀ 1200
Zero฀inlet฀pressure฀฀ ฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1500฀ 1500
0,48฀bar฀(7฀psi)฀฀ ฀ ฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀ 1800฀
Typical฀effective฀flow฀in฀l/min฀(USgpm)฀฀Rated฀Pressure฀
at฀1500฀r/min฀฀ 83฀฀฀ 102฀฀ ฀ 140฀฀ ฀ 186
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (22)฀฀ ฀ (27)฀฀ ฀ (37)฀฀ ฀ (49)
at฀1800฀r/min฀฀ ฀ ฀ 98฀฀ ฀ 125฀฀ ฀ 170฀฀ ฀ 223
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (26)฀฀ ฀ (33)฀฀ ฀ (45)฀฀ ฀ (59)
†฀In฀load฀sensing฀systems฀the฀compensator฀can฀be฀set฀at฀280฀bar฀(4060฀psi).
*฀Industrial฀Valve฀Plates฀are฀specified฀in฀Pump฀Special฀Feature฀‘Q250’฀or฀‘Q140’
Ratings of PVH Industrial Pumps with Alternate Fluids
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ Petroleum฀฀ Polyol฀ester฀฀ Water฀glycol฀฀ HWBF(90–10)

Parameters฀฀ ฀ ฀ based฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ thickened
Max.฀pressure฀฀ ฀ ฀ 250฀฀ ฀ 230฀฀ ฀ 172฀฀ ฀ 155
bar฀(psi)฀฀฀ ฀ ฀ (3625)฀฀ ฀ (3300)฀ ฀฀ (2500)฀฀ ฀ (2250)
Max.฀speed฀in฀r/min฀at:
1,0฀bar฀abs.฀(0฀psi)฀฀ ฀ 1800฀‡฀฀ ฀ 1800฀฀ ฀ 1800฀฀ ฀ 1700
0,85฀bar฀abs.฀(5”฀Hg)฀฀ ฀ 1500฀ ฀฀฀฀฀฀ 1500฀฀ ฀ 1500฀฀ ฀ 1500
Max.฀inlet฀temp.฀฀ ฀ ฀ 93฀฀ ฀ 65฀฀ ฀ 50฀฀ ฀ 50
deg.฀C฀(deg.฀F)฀฀ ฀ ฀ (200)฀฀ ฀ (150)฀฀ ฀ (120)฀฀ ฀ (120)
‡฀1500฀rpm฀for฀PVH131/141฀only.฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀ ฀1200฀rpm฀for฀PVH131/141฀only.
Rated Characteristics of PVH Mobile Pumps ◊
Parameters฀฀ ฀ ฀ PVH057฀ PVH063฀ PVH074฀ ฀PVH081฀ PVH098฀ ฀PVH106฀ PVH131฀ PVH141

Rated฀speeds฀in฀r/min฀฀
at฀various฀inlet฀pressures
127฀mm฀Hg฀(5”฀Hg)฀฀ ฀ 2000฀฀ 2000฀฀ 1850฀฀ 1850฀ 1750฀฀ 1750฀ 1650฀ 1500
Zero฀inlet฀pressure฀฀ ฀ 2400฀฀ 2400฀ 2200฀฀ 2200฀ 2100฀฀ 2100฀ 2000฀ 2000
0,48฀bar฀(7฀psi)฀฀ ฀ ฀ 3000฀฀ 3000฀ 2750฀฀ 2750฀ 2600฀฀ 2600฀ 2500฀ 2500
Typical฀effective฀flow฀in฀฀
l/min฀(USgpm)฀at฀250฀bar฀(3625฀psi)
and฀rated฀speed฀@฀฀ ฀ 134฀฀ 146฀ 156฀฀ 172฀ 202฀฀ 216฀ 249฀ 272
zero฀inlet฀pressure฀฀ ฀ (35)฀฀ (38)฀ (41)฀฀ (45)฀ (53)฀฀ (57)฀ (66)฀ (72)
◊฀Displacements฀&฀rated฀pressure฀are฀same฀as฀for฀PVH***฀industrial฀pumps.
8 EATON Vickers฀PVH฀Industrial฀and฀Mobile฀Variable฀Displacement฀Piston฀Pumps฀฀V-PUPI-TM008-E฀฀February฀2009
Performance
Data
PVH057 PVH063
Delivery฀and฀efficiency฀versus฀outlet฀pressure฀at฀1800฀r/min Delivery฀and฀efficiency฀versus฀outlet฀pressure฀at฀1800฀r/min
��
E��n�� E��n��
��n฀฀�� n฀฀��
�o��t��฀��n�� o��t��฀��n��
100 250 �66� 100 250 �66�
80 ��a�� n�� 200 �53� 80 ��a�� n�� 200 �53�
60 E��t��฀��o� 150 �40� 60 E��t��฀��o� 150 �40�

��
40 100 �26� 40 100 �26�
20 50 �13� 20 50 �13�
0 0 �0� 0 0 �0�
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
Input฀torque฀and฀power฀versus฀outlet฀pressure฀at฀1800฀r/min Input฀torque฀and฀power฀versus฀outlet฀pressure฀at฀1800฀r/min
�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
��฀�t� �� ฀�t� ��
�443� 600 240 �322� �443� 600 240 �322�
�369� 500 200 �268� �369� 500 200 �268�
�295� 400 160 �215� �295� 400 160 �215�

�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
�221� 300 120 �161� �221� 300 120 �161�
�n��t฀�o��฀��฀�t�o�� n��t฀�o��฀��฀�t�o��
�148� 200 80 �107� �148� 200 80 �107�
�n��t฀฀�o��฀��to�� n��t฀฀�o��฀��to��
�74� 100 40 �54� �74� 100 40 �54�
�0� 0 0 �0� �0� 0 0 �0�

0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
Input฀power฀versus฀speed Input฀power฀versus฀speed
�n��t฀�o�� n��t฀�o��
��฀฀฀฀�� ฀฀฀฀��
�161�฀120 �161�฀120
�134�฀100 �134�฀100
�107� 80 �107� 80
250 �a� �3625 �� 230 �a� �3335 ��
฀�81� 60 200 �a� �2900 �� ฀�81� 60 200 �a� �2900 ��
฀�54� 40 150 �a� �2175 �� ฀�54� 40 150 �a� �2175 ��
฀�27� 20 100 �a� �1450 �� ฀�27� 20 100 �a� �1450 ��
0 0 50 �a�฀�725 �� 0 0 50 �a�฀�725 ��
600 1000 1500 2000 600 1000 1500 2000
��฀��n ��฀��n
8 EATON
Performance
Data
PVH074 PVH081
��
E��n��฀� E��n��฀�
��n฀�� n฀��
�o��t��฀��n�� o��t��฀��n��
100 250 �66� 100 250 �66�
��a�� n�� a�� n��

80 200 �53� 80 200 �53�
60 150 �40� 60 150 �40�
40 E��t��฀��o� 100 �26� 40 E��t��฀��o� 100 �26�

��
20 50 �13� 20 50 �13�
0 0 �0� 0 0 �0�
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
��฀�t� �� ฀�t� ��
�443� 600 240 �322� �443� 600 240 �322�
�369� 500 200 �268� �369� 500 200 �268�
�295� 400 �n��t฀฀to�� 160 �215� �295� 400 �n��t฀฀to�� 160 �215�
�221� 300 �n��t฀�o��฀��฀�t�o�� 120 �161� �221� 300 �n��t฀�o��฀��฀�t�o�� 120 �161�
�148� 200 �n��t฀฀�o��฀��to�� 80 �107� �148� 200 �n��t฀฀�o��฀��to�� 80 �107�
�74� 100 40 �54� �74� 100 40 �54�
�0� 0 0 �0� �0� 0 0 �0�

50 100 150 200 250 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
�n��t �o�� n��t �o��
��฀฀฀฀�� ฀฀฀฀��
�161�฀120 �161�฀120
�134�฀100 �134�฀100
�107� 80 250 �a� �3625 �� 107� 80 230 �a� �3335 ��
฀�81� 60 200 �a� �2900 �� ฀�81� 60 200 �a� �2900 ��
฀�54� 40 150 �a� �2175 �� ฀�54� 40 150 �a� �2175 ��
฀�27� 20 100 �a� �1450 �� ฀�27� 20 100 �a� �1450 ��
50 �a�฀�725 �� 50 �a�฀�725 ��
0 0 0 0
600 1000 1500 2000 600 1000 1500 2000
��฀��n ��฀��n
Performance
Data
PVH098 PVH106
E��n�� E��n��
��n฀฀�� n฀฀��
�o��t��฀��n�� o��t��฀��n��
100 250 �66� 100 250 �66�
80 E��t��฀��o� 80 E��t��฀��o�
�� 200 �53� 200 �53�
��
60 150 �40� 60 150 �40�
��a�� n�� a�� n��

40 100 �26� 40 100 �26�
20 50 �13� 20 50 �13�
0 0 �0� 0 0 �0�
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
��฀�t�� ฀�t��
�443� 600 240 �322� �443� 600 240 �322�
�369� 500 200 �268� �369� 500 200 �268�
�295� 400 160 �215� �295� 400 160 �215�

�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
�221� 300 �n��t �o�� 120 �161� �221� 300 �n��t �o�� 120 �161�
��฀�t�o�� ฀�t�o��
�148� 200 80 �107� �148� 200 80 �107�
�74� 100 40 �54� �74� 100 40 �54�

�n��t฀฀�o��฀��to�� n��t฀฀�o��฀��to��
�0� 0 0 �0� �0� 0 0 �0�
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
�n��t �o�� n��t �o��

��฀฀฀฀�� ฀฀฀฀��
�161�฀120 �161�฀120
�134�฀100 �134�฀100
250 �a� �3625 �� 230 �a� �3335 ��
�107� 80 200 �a� �2900 �� 107� 80 200 �a� �2900 ��
฀�81� 60 150 �a� �2175 �� ฀�81� 60 150 �a� �2175 ��
฀�54� 40 100 �a� �1450 �� ฀�54� 40 100 �a� �1450 ��
฀�27� 20 50 �a�฀�725 �� ฀�27� 20 50 �a�฀�725 ��
0 0 0 0
600 1000 1500 2000 600 1000 1500 2000
��฀��n ��฀��n
10 EATON
Performance
Data
PVH131 PVH141
�� E��n��
E��n��
��n฀฀�� n฀฀��
�o��t��฀��n�� o��t��฀��n��
100 250 �66� 100 250 �66�
80 200 �53� 80 200 �53�

E��t��฀��o� E��t��฀��o�
��
60 150 �40� 60 150 �40�
40 ��a�� n�� 100 �26� 40 ��a�� n�� 100 �26�
20 50 �13� 20 50 �13�
0 0 �0� 0 0 �0�
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t �� t��t ��
�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
��฀�t� �� ฀�t� ��
�443� 600 240 �322� �443� 600 240 �322�
�369� 500 200 �268� �369� 500 200 �268�

�n��t฀฀to�� n��t฀฀to��
�295� 400 160 �215� �295� 400 160 �215�
�n��t �o�� n��t �o��
��฀�t�o�� ฀�t�o��
�221� 300 120 �161� �221� 300 120 �161�
�148� 200 80 �107� �148� 200 80 �107�
�74� 100 �n��t฀฀�o��฀��to�� 40 �54� �74� 100 �n��t฀฀�o��฀��to�� 40 �54�
�0� 0 0 �0� �0� 0 0 �0�

50 100 150 200 250 50 100 150 200 250
��t��t฀��฀�a� ��t��t฀��฀�a�
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
��t��t฀��฀�� t��t฀��฀��
�n��t �o�� n��t �o��
��฀฀฀฀�� ฀฀฀฀��
�161�฀120 250 �a� �3625 �� 161�฀120 230 �a� �3335 ��
�134�฀100 200 �a� �2900 �� 134�฀100 200 �a� �2900 ��
�107� 80 �107� 80
150 �a� �2175 �� 150 �a� �2175 ��
฀�81� 60 ฀�81� 60
100 �a� �1450 �� 100 �a� �1450 ��
฀�54� 40 ฀�54� 40
฀�27� 20 50 �a�฀�725 �� ฀�27� 20 50 �a�฀�725 ��
0 0 0 0
600 1000 1500 2000 600 1000 1500 2000
��฀��n ��฀��n
Performance
Data
Performance฀data฀is฀typical฀with฀ Rated฀Speed฀at฀Reduced฀Displacement฀and฀Zero฀Inlet฀Pressure
SAE฀10W฀anti-wear฀hydraulic฀oil฀฀
at฀50°C฀(120°F)฀and฀at฀zero฀
130 �ot�� at 10�
pump฀inlet฀pressure,฀except฀
where฀otherwise฀indicated. ��a��nt
130 �ot�� at 10�
125 ��nt฀�a��
130 ��a��nt
�ot�� at 10�
��057�฀��063 at฀�oa��n��฀�tan��
��098 ��nt฀�a��
��a��nt
�on��t�on�฀��
125 ��074�฀��081
120
125 ��057�฀��063 at฀�oa��n��฀�tan��
��nt฀�a��
��฀��t฀��
��098
a�t฀�o��฀��a��t��฀��
��074�฀��081
��057�฀��063 �on��t�on�฀��
at฀�oa��n��฀�tan��
��฀to �at��
��098 ��฀��t฀��
�on��t�on�฀��
�� at 100�
120 ��106 ��074�฀��081
115
120 ��฀to �at��
��฀��t฀��
��a��nt ��o��
��106 �� at 100�
��฀to �at��
��a��n�฀�tan��
115 ��106 ��a��nt
�� at 100��o��
�on��t�on�฀o�฀��
110
115 ��a��n�฀�tan��
��a��nt
�a�a�� o��
�a� ��t�
at��
��141 ��131 �on��t�on�฀o�฀��

��a��n�฀�tan��
� �o�
110 �a�a�� a� ��t�

�on��t�on�฀o�฀��
� o�
105
110 ��141 �a�a�� a� ��t�
��131
��141 ��131
105
100
105 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
100 � o� �a�� a��nt
100 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
10 20 30 �40 50
o� �a�� 60 70
��a��nt 80 90 100
� o� �a�� a��nt
Effective฀Flow฀at฀Maximum฀Torque
E��t��฀��o�฀��
�� n
E��t��฀��o�฀��
�79�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀300
E��t��฀��o�฀��
�� n
��
�66�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀250��n
�79�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀300
�79�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀300
�66�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀250
�53�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀200
�66�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀250
�53�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀200
�40�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀150 ��141
�53�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀200 ��131
�40�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀150 ��106
��141
�26� 100 ��098
��131
�40�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀150 ��141
��081
��106
��131
�26� 100
�13�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀50 ��074
��098
��106
�26� 100 ��063
��081
��098
��057
��074
��081
�13�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀50
฀�0� 0
�13�฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀50 ��063
��074
��057 600 1200 1800 2400
��063
฀�0� 0 ��057 ��฀�� ฀��n
฀�0� 0 600 1200 ��
17 �a�฀�250 1800 ฀�฀�฀� 2400�a� �3625 ��
250
600 1200
��฀�� ฀��n
1800 2400
17 ��฀��
�a�฀�250 �� ฀��n฀�฀�฀� 250 �a� �3625 ��
17 �a�฀�250 �� ฀�฀�฀� 250 �a� �3625 ��
�� a�
Inlet฀Pressure/Vacuum฀versus฀Speed,฀Mobile฀Pumps141 131 106 98 81 74 63 57
฀฀฀�7�5� 0�52
�� a�
141 131 106 98 81 74 63 57
��
฀฀฀�7�5� �a�
0�52 141 131 106 98 81 74 63 57
n��nt฀��t�฀��n��t�฀��
฀�5�0�
฀฀฀�7�5� 0�35
0�52
฀�5�0� 0�35
฀฀฀�2�5�
฀�5�0� 0�17
0�35
฀฀฀�2�5� 0�17
�0�
฀฀฀�2�5� 0�170
a��
�0� 0
�n��nt ��t �n��t
฀�5� 1270
��
�0�
��n฀�� ฀�� 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
�a��a��
฀�5� 127 �� ฀��n

��n฀��
฀�5� 127 0
��฀�� 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
��n฀�� ฀�� 0 400 800 1200 ��
1600 2000 2400 2800
�฀��n 3200 3600
�� ฀��n
12 EATON
Performance
Data
Response Data Sound฀Levels฀

Model฀series/฀฀ ฀ Typical฀yoke Vickers฀PVH฀pumps฀are฀
Control฀type฀฀ ฀ response฀† designed฀to฀provide฀the฀highest฀
฀ ฀ ฀ On฀stroke฀฀ Off฀stroke levels฀of฀system฀performance฀
PVH057/A**฀฀ ฀ .101฀sec.฀฀ .015฀sec. with฀noise฀levels฀within฀OSHA฀
requirements.฀The฀standard฀
PVH057/B**฀฀ ฀ .080฀sec.฀฀ .014฀sec
models฀exhibit฀low฀sound฀levels฀
PVH063฀ ฀ ฀ .101฀sec.฀฀ .015฀sec. across฀a฀wide฀range฀of฀operat-
PVH063฀฀฀ ฀ .080฀sec.฀฀ .014฀sec฀ ing฀speeds฀and฀pressures฀to฀
PVH074/A**฀฀ ฀ .097฀sec.฀฀ .015฀sec. accommodate฀the฀conditions฀
necessary฀for฀high฀performance฀
PVH074/B**฀฀ ฀ .088฀sec.฀฀ .028฀sec.
mobile฀vehicles.฀In฀addition,฀the฀
PVH081฀ ฀ ฀ .097฀sec.฀฀ .015฀sec. quieter฀QI฀models฀provide฀even฀
PVH081฀ ฀ ฀ .088฀sec.฀฀ .028฀sec. lower฀sound฀levels฀at฀typical฀in-
PVH098/A**฀฀ ฀ .134฀sec.฀฀ .019฀sec. plant฀conditions.
PVH098/B**฀฀ ฀ .118฀sec.฀฀ .029฀sec.
PVH106฀฀฀ ฀ .134฀sec.฀฀ .019฀sec. Sound฀is฀generated฀by฀a฀
PVH106฀ ฀ ฀ .118฀sec.฀฀ .029฀sec. variety฀of฀factors฀associated฀
with฀the฀system,฀machine,฀
PVH131/A**฀฀ ฀ .139฀sec.฀฀ .019฀sec.
and฀environment.฀For฀more฀
PVH131/B**฀฀ ฀ .118฀sec.฀฀ .029฀sec. information฀concerning฀the฀
PVH141฀ ฀ ฀ .139฀sec.฀฀ .019฀sec. causes฀and฀nature฀of฀noise฀in฀
PVH141฀ ฀ ฀ .118฀sec.฀฀ .029฀sec. machinery,฀and฀methods฀to฀
†฀Based฀on฀6900฀bar/sec฀(100,000฀psi/sec)฀pressure฀rise฀at฀rated฀speed฀and฀pressure.
reduce฀sound฀levels,฀refer฀to฀
Eaton’s฀”More฀Sound฀Advice”฀
bulletin฀390฀and฀“Noise฀Control฀
in฀Hydraulic฀Systems”฀bulletin฀510.
Mobile Version – Sound Level dB(a) DIN (NFPA) ‡
Pressure฀฀ PVH057฀฀ PVH063฀ PVH074฀฀ PVH081฀ PVH098฀฀ PVH106฀ PVH131฀ PVH141

bar฀(psi)฀฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 2300฀฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 2100฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1800฀฀ 2000฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀ 1800฀฀ 1900
฀ ฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀r/min฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀ r/min฀฀r/min
70฀(1015)฀฀ 71฀฀฀ 76฀฀฀ 77฀ 78฀ 71฀฀ 76฀฀฀ 74฀ 74฀ 71฀ 75฀ 80฀ 80฀ 76฀ 82฀฀ 81฀ 84
140฀(2030)฀฀ 76฀฀฀ 76฀ 77฀ 80฀ 76฀฀฀ 78฀฀฀ 75฀ 77฀ 74฀ 78฀ 84฀ 82฀ 81฀ 87฀฀ 86฀ 86
210฀(3025)฀฀ 77฀฀ 81฀฀ 79฀ 83฀ 77฀฀฀ 81฀฀฀ 79฀ 79฀ 77฀ 82฀ 86฀ 84฀ 88฀ 89฀ 88฀ 87
250฀(3625)฀฀ 77฀฀฀ 81฀฀ 80฀ 84฀ 77฀฀฀ 81฀฀ 79฀ 79฀ 78฀ 84฀ 86฀ 85฀ 83฀ 90฀ 89฀ 88
Industrial Version* – Sound Level dB(a) DIN (NFPA) ‡
Pressure฀฀ PVH057฀฀ PVH063฀ PVH074฀฀ PVH081฀ PVH098฀฀ PVH106฀ PVH131฀ PVH141

bar฀(psi)฀฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1500฀฀ 1800฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀฀ 1500฀฀ 1800฀ 1200฀฀ 1800฀ 1200฀฀ 1500
฀ ฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀ r/min฀฀ r/min฀ r/min฀฀ r/min
70฀(1015)฀฀ 64฀฀฀ 71฀฀฀ 66฀ 73฀ 65฀฀฀ 73฀฀฀ 73฀ 79฀ 69฀฀ 75฀฀ 73฀ 81฀ 75฀฀ 80฀ 74฀ 74
140฀(2030)฀฀ 68฀฀ 73฀฀ 70฀ 72฀ 69฀฀฀ 74฀฀ 72฀ 78฀ 70฀฀ 76฀฀ 75฀ 84฀ 77฀฀ 84฀฀ 76฀ 78
210฀(3025)฀฀ 70฀฀ 76฀฀ 73฀ 76฀ 73฀฀฀ 77฀฀ 75฀ 79฀ 75฀ 80฀฀ 77฀ 85฀ 80฀฀ 87฀฀ 79฀ 81
250฀(3625)฀฀ 71฀฀ 78฀฀฀ 73฀ 77฀ 73฀฀฀ 78฀฀฀ 76฀ 79฀ 77฀฀฀ 82฀฀ 78฀ 85฀ 82฀฀ 89฀฀ 79฀ 82
‡฀฀DIN:฀Computed฀semi-anechoic฀values฀per฀DIN฀45635.฀NFPA:฀Recorded฀in฀a฀semi-anechoic฀chamber฀in฀accordance฀with฀NFPA฀Recommended฀Standard฀13.9.70.12.฀All฀values฀
shown฀are฀the฀higher฀of฀either฀maximum฀displacement฀or฀fully฀compensated฀conditions.
*฀Q250฀Valve฀Plate
Due฀to฀the฀rounding฀of฀numbers฀during฀conversion,฀the฀difference฀between฀DIN฀and฀NFPA฀ratings฀may฀be฀one฀or฀two฀numbers;฀for฀example฀69฀(71)฀or฀69฀(72).
Control Options
Pressure฀Compensator฀฀ Inlet
Control฀(A) Inlet
The฀pump฀will฀provide฀a฀continu-
ously฀modulated฀flow฀to฀meet฀ Case drain
changing฀load฀demands฀at฀a฀ Case drain
pre-adjusted฀compensator฀pres-
sure.฀At฀pressures฀below฀the฀
compensator฀setting,฀the฀pump฀
will฀operate฀at฀maximum฀dis-
placement.฀The฀compensator฀is฀
available฀in฀two฀pressure฀ranges.฀ Q
Q
1,7 bar (25 psi)

1,7 bar (25 psi) P
P
Outlet
Outlet
To load
To load
Inlet
Load฀Sensing฀and฀Pressure฀ Inlet
Compensator฀Control฀(B)
The฀pump฀will฀provide฀power฀ Case drain
matching฀of฀pump฀output฀to฀ Case drain
system฀load฀demand,฀maximiz-
ing฀efficiency฀and฀improving฀load฀
metering฀characteristics฀of฀any฀
directional฀control฀valve฀installed฀
between฀the฀pump฀and฀the฀load.
Load฀sensing฀ensures฀that฀the฀
pump฀always฀provides฀only฀the฀
amount฀of฀flow฀needed฀by฀the฀
load.฀At฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀pump฀
operating฀pressure฀adjusts฀to฀the฀฀
actual฀load฀pressure฀plus฀a฀pres- 1,7 bar (25 psi)
sure฀differential฀required฀for฀the฀ 1,7 bar (25 psi)
control฀action.฀When฀the฀system฀ Outlet Load
is฀not฀demanding฀power,฀the฀load฀ Outlet Load
sense
sense฀control฀will฀operate฀in฀an฀ Control sense
signal port
energy-saving฀stand-by฀mode. Control
valve signal port
valve
Typically,฀the฀differential฀pressure฀
is฀that฀between฀the฀pressure฀
inlet฀and฀service฀port฀of฀a฀pro- To load
portionally฀controlled฀directional฀ To load
valve,฀or฀a฀load฀sensing฀direc-
tional฀control฀valve.฀The฀standard฀
differential฀pressure฀setting฀for฀
load฀sense฀is฀20฀bar฀(290฀psi),฀
but฀can฀be฀adjusted฀to฀between฀
17฀and฀30฀bar฀(247฀and฀435฀psi)฀
on฀the฀pump. for฀remote฀control฀or฀unload-
If฀the฀load฀pressure฀exceeds฀ ing฀of฀the฀pump฀pressure.฀For฀
the฀system฀pressure฀setting,฀ remote฀control฀purposes,฀it฀is฀
the฀pressure฀compensator฀de- recommended฀that฀you฀contact฀
strokes฀the฀pump.฀The฀load฀ your฀Vickers฀representative฀for฀
sensing฀line฀must฀be฀as฀short฀as฀ the฀correct฀configuration฀of฀the฀
possible฀and฀can฀also฀be฀used฀ control.
14 EATON
Control Options
Pressure฀and฀Flow฀ Unloading฀Valve฀Circuit฀(N)฀
Compensator฀with฀฀
Unloading฀Valve฀for฀ Unload
Inlet Valve Comp
Accumulator฀Circuit
This฀pump฀control฀functions฀
as฀a฀load-sensing฀pressure฀
Case drain
compensator฀that฀unloads฀the฀
pump฀at฀a฀preset฀pressure฀and฀ 1.7 bar
loads฀the฀pump฀after฀preset฀ [25 lbf/in2]
pressure฀drop.
Outlet Acc port

To load
Pressure฀and฀Torque฀ �n��t
Limiter฀Control฀(D)
The฀pump฀senses฀pressure฀and฀ �a�� a�n
flow฀and฀starts฀destroking฀at฀
a฀predetermined฀input฀torque฀
level.฀The฀rate฀of฀flow฀reduction฀
is฀normally฀tailored฀to฀follow฀
the฀maximum฀power฀capability฀
curve฀of฀the฀prime฀mover.฀Input฀
torque฀is฀limited฀while฀the฀pres- �
sure฀compensator฀limits฀the฀
system฀pressure.
When฀the฀input฀speed฀remains฀
constant฀(i.e.฀industrial฀drives),฀
the฀torque฀limiter฀acts฀as฀an฀
input฀power฀limiter.฀This฀allows฀ �
a฀smaller฀electric฀motor฀to฀be฀
used฀if฀maximum฀pressure฀and฀ ��t��t
maximum฀flow฀are฀not฀required฀
at฀the฀same฀time.฀At฀low฀load฀ �o฀฀�oa�
levels,฀the฀control฀permits฀high฀
pump฀displacement฀and฀high฀
load฀speeds.฀Under฀heavy฀loads,฀
speed฀is฀reduced,฀preventing฀ Summation฀Control฀(C)
stalling฀of฀the฀prime฀mover.฀In฀
the฀case฀of฀variable฀speed฀drives฀ Torque
Inlet Limiter Comp
(I.C.฀engines),฀this฀function฀
provides,฀in฀addition฀to฀pres- Case drain
sure฀compensation฀or฀limiting,฀
a฀torque฀limiting฀ability฀that฀can฀
be฀adjusted฀to฀the฀torque/speed฀
characteristics฀of฀the฀engine.
The฀start฀of฀torque฀limiting฀
(pump-destroking)฀is฀pressure฀
dependent.฀This฀pressure฀is฀
selectable฀(see฀model฀code)฀and฀
is฀factory฀preset฀to฀between฀
30%฀and฀80%฀of฀the฀maximum฀
pressure฀control฀setting.฀The฀ Outlet Summation
minimum฀torque฀pressure฀set- Control
ting฀is฀40฀bar฀(580฀psi). To load Signal
Port
Control Options
Pressure฀and฀Torque฀Limiting,฀ Inlet
Plus฀Load฀Sensing,฀Control฀(E)
The฀pump’s฀control฀functions฀ Case drain

like฀a฀load฀sensing฀control,฀but฀
with฀additional฀torque฀limiting฀
tailored฀to฀the฀size฀of฀the฀drive฀
motor฀selected.฀The฀limiting฀
function฀is฀the฀same฀as฀for฀a฀
pressure฀compensator฀with฀
torque฀limiting฀(see฀D฀descrip-
tion,฀previous฀page).฀The฀combi-
nation฀of฀the฀two฀controls฀pro-
vides฀the฀following฀benefits:
1.฀฀The฀energy฀savings฀of฀a฀vari-
able฀displacement฀load฀sens-
ing฀control.
2.฀฀The฀pump฀pressure฀follows฀ Outlet Load sense
the฀load฀pressure. signal port
3.฀฀The฀torque฀control฀allows฀
smaller฀drive฀motors฀to฀฀
be฀used.
To load
4.฀฀The฀pressure฀compensator฀
de-strokes฀the฀pump฀as฀maxi-
mum฀pressure฀is฀reached.
5.฀฀The฀pump฀pressure฀can฀also฀
be฀remotely฀controlled฀using฀
the฀load฀sense฀line.฀The฀
E฀control฀allows฀complete฀
control฀of฀flow฀and฀pressure,฀ Sumation฀Control฀(F)
either฀mechanically฀or฀electri-
cally,฀if฀used฀with฀proportional฀ Torque
valves. Inlet Limiter Comp
Case drain
Load sense
Signal port
Out
let
To load
16 EATON
Control Options
Industrial฀Control฀ Pressure฀Compensating฀Without฀Load฀Sensing฀(G)
Compensator
This฀pump฀is฀intended฀for฀use฀
when฀multiple,฀remote,฀or฀elec-
trically฀controlled฀compensating฀
Inlet
settings,฀with฀or฀without฀load฀
sensing฀or,฀with฀or฀without฀
torque฀control฀are฀desired.
Case drain
Pressure฀compensation฀is฀
obtained฀when฀an฀internal฀plug฀ Pressure
is฀removed,฀the฀load-sense฀ port
signal฀port฀is฀kept฀plugged,฀and฀
internal฀pilot฀pressure฀is฀applied฀ Tank port
to฀the฀spring฀chamber฀of฀the฀
control฀spool.฀For฀pressure฀com-
pensation฀with฀load฀sensing,฀
the฀internal฀plug฀stays,฀the฀load-
sense฀signal฀port฀is฀unplugged,฀
and฀pilot฀pressure฀is฀externally฀
applied.
1,7 bar (25 psi)
An฀external฀relief฀valve฀(not฀sup-
plied)฀controls฀spring฀chamber฀ Outlet
pressure.฀The฀externally฀adjust- Load sense
able฀spring฀determines฀the฀ signal port
differential฀pressure฀setting฀of฀ To load
the฀control.฀Outlet฀pressure฀is฀
limited฀to฀the฀value฀of฀the฀spring฀
chamber฀(pressure฀port)฀pressure,฀฀
Inlet
plus฀control฀differential฀pressure.
(continued฀on฀next฀page) Case drain
Pressure
port
Tank port
1,7 bar (25 psi)
Outlet
Load sense
To load signal port
port
Tank port
Control Options
1,7 bar (25 psi)
Outlet Load sense

signal port
To load
Industrial฀Control฀ Pressure฀Compensating฀with฀Load฀Sensing฀(H)
Compensator฀
(continued) Inlet
Spring฀chamber฀(pilot)฀pres-
sure฀is฀separated฀from฀outlet฀
pressure฀by฀an฀internal฀orifice.฀ Case drain
Outlet฀pressure฀shifts฀the฀spool฀
when฀pressure฀drop฀across฀the฀ Pressure
port
orifice฀reaches฀the฀differential฀
pressure฀setting,฀and฀the฀pump฀ Tank port
de-strokes.
The฀relief฀valve฀can฀be฀mounted฀
to฀an฀NFPA-D03/ISO฀4401-03฀
pad฀on฀the฀pump฀control,฀or฀
remotely฀located฀via฀tapping฀and฀
blanking฀plates฀installed฀on฀the฀
pad.฀See฀“Ordering฀Procedure”,฀
page฀35,฀for฀more฀on฀valves฀and฀ 1,7 bar (25 psi)
plates.
Outlet
The฀standard฀factory-set฀฀
differential฀pressure฀setting฀of฀ Load sense
the฀pump฀control฀is฀20฀bar฀(290฀ To load signal port
psi)฀and฀is฀not฀specified฀in฀the฀
pump฀model฀number.฀Any฀other฀
ordered฀differential฀pressure,฀
within฀the฀control’s฀adjustable฀ Pressure฀Compensating฀with฀Load฀Sensing฀and฀Torque฀Control฀(J)
pressure฀range฀of฀17–35฀bar฀
(247–508฀psi),฀will฀be฀specified฀ Torque
in฀the฀model฀number. Inlet Limiter Comp
Case drain
Pressure
Tank
Load sense
Signal port
Outlet
To load
18 EATON
Input Shaft
Selection Data
Multiple฀pump฀arrangements฀ It฀is฀important฀to฀check฀that฀
can฀be฀formed฀by฀a฀PVH฀thru- maximum฀torque฀values฀for฀
drive฀pump฀and฀any฀suitable฀ individual฀pump฀sections,฀or฀
pump฀(single฀or฀multiple)฀that฀ complete฀pumps,฀occurring฀in฀
can฀be฀installed฀on฀the฀SAE฀ a฀specific฀application฀will฀not฀
“A“,฀“B“,฀or฀“C”฀rear-mounting฀ exceed฀the฀limits฀tabled฀below.
option฀available฀for฀the฀thru-drive฀
pump.
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ Maximum
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ Maximum฀฀ Thru-drive
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ Basic฀฀ ฀ Thru-drive฀฀ ฀ Input฀฀ ฀ Output
Shaft฀฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ Pump฀฀ ฀ Pump฀฀ ฀ ฀ Torque฀฀ ฀ Torque
Code฀฀ ฀ Shaft฀Designation฀฀ ฀ Series฀฀ ฀ Series฀฀ ฀ ฀ Nm฀(lb.฀in.)฀฀ Nm฀(lb.฀in.)฀฀฀฀
N฀ ฀ ISO฀3019/2฀–฀E32N฀ ฀ PVH057/063฀ –฀ ฀ ฀ 450฀(3,980)฀ –
฀ ฀ short฀straight฀keyed฀ ฀ PVH074/081฀ –฀ ฀ ฀ 450฀(3,980)฀ –฀
1฀฀ ฀ SAE฀“C”฀(J744-32-1)฀฀ ฀ PVH057/063฀฀ PVH057/063฀฀ ฀ 450฀(3,980)฀฀ 335฀(2,965)
฀ ฀ straight฀keyed฀฀ ฀ ฀ PVH074/081฀ –฀฀ ฀ ฀ 450฀(3,980)฀฀ –
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ PVH098/106฀฀ –฀฀ ฀ ฀ 450฀(3,980)฀฀ –
2฀฀ ฀ SAE฀“C”฀(J744-32-4)฀฀ ฀ PVH057/063฀฀ PVH057/063฀฀ ฀ 640฀(5,660)฀฀ 335฀(2,965)
฀ ฀ 14T฀12/24฀DP฀FRSF฀spline฀฀ ฀ PVH074/081฀฀ –฀฀ ฀ ฀ 640฀(5,660)฀฀ –
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ PVH098/106฀฀ –฀฀ ฀ ฀ 640฀(5,660)฀฀ –
3฀฀ ฀ SAE฀“CC”฀(J744-38-4)฀฀ ฀ –฀฀ ฀ PVH074/081฀฀ ฀ 1215฀(10,750)฀฀ 460฀(4.070)
฀ ฀ 17T฀12/24฀DP฀FRSF฀spline฀฀ ฀ –฀฀ ฀ PVH098/106฀฀ ฀ 1215฀(10,750)฀฀ 640฀(5,660)
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ PVH131/141฀฀ PVH131/141฀฀ ฀ 1215฀(10,750)฀฀ 640฀(5,660)
12฀฀ ฀ SAE฀“D”฀(J744-44-4)฀฀ ฀ PVH131/141฀฀ PVH131/141฀ ฀ 1215฀(10,750)฀฀ 640฀(5,660)
฀ ฀ 13T฀8/16฀DP฀FRSF฀spline
13฀฀ ฀ SAE฀“CC”฀(J744-38-1)฀฀ ฀ –฀฀ ฀ PVH074/081฀฀ ฀ 765฀(6,770)฀฀ 460฀(4.070)
฀ ฀ straight฀keyed฀฀ ฀ ฀ –฀฀ ฀ PVH098/106฀ ฀ 765฀(6,770)฀฀ 460฀(4.070)
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ PVH131/141฀ –฀฀ ฀ ฀ 765฀(6,770)฀฀ –
16฀฀ ฀ SAE฀“D”฀(J744-44-1)฀฀ ฀ –฀฀ ฀ PVH131/141฀฀ ฀ 1200฀(10,620)฀฀ 640฀(5,660)
฀ ฀ straight฀keyed
Note:฀Any฀deviation฀from฀maximum฀input฀torques฀must฀be฀approved฀by฀Eaton.฀To฀assure฀developed฀thru-drive฀loads฀are฀within฀PVH฀pump฀limitations,฀actual฀torque฀values฀
must฀not฀exceed฀values฀shown.
Input Shaft
Dimensions
E square key
A B
Straight Keyed Shafts*
Shaft
Code฀฀ Shaft฀Designation฀฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀ E
1฀฀ SAE฀“C”฀(J744-32-1)฀฀ 31,75฀฀ 35,32฀฀ 48,0฀฀ 56,0฀฀ 7,93
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (1.25)฀฀ (1.38)฀฀ (1.89)฀฀ (2.20)฀฀ (.312)
13฀฀ SAE฀“CC”฀(J744-38-1)฀฀ 38,10฀฀ 42,39฀฀ 54,0฀฀ 62,0฀฀ 9,52
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (1.50)฀฀ (1.67)฀฀ (2.12)฀฀ (2.44)฀฀ (.375)
16฀฀ SAE฀“D”฀(J744-44-1)฀฀ 44,45฀฀ 49,46฀฀ 67,0฀฀ 75,0฀฀ 11,11
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (1.75)฀฀ (1.95)฀฀ (2.64)฀฀ (2.95)฀฀ (.438)
N฀฀ ISO฀3019/2–E32N฀฀฀ 32,00฀฀ 35,00฀฀ 58,0฀฀ 68,1฀฀ 10,00
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (1.26)฀฀ (1.38)฀฀ (2.28)฀฀ (2.68)฀฀ (.393)
*฀See฀torque฀limits฀on฀previous฀page.
Spline Shafts*
Shaft฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ Number
code฀฀ Shaft฀designation฀฀ of฀teeth฀ ฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀
2฀฀ SAE฀“C”฀(J744-32-4)฀฀ 14฀฀ ฀ 48,0฀฀ 56,0
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (1.89)฀฀ (2.20)
3฀฀ SAE฀“CC”฀(J744-38-4)฀฀ 17฀฀ ฀ 54,0฀฀ 62,0
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (2.13)฀฀ (2.44)
12฀฀ SAE฀“D“฀(J744-44-4)฀฀ 13฀฀ ฀ 67,0฀฀ 75,0
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ (2.64)฀฀ (2.95)฀฀
*฀See฀torque฀limits฀on฀previous฀page.
20 EATON
Installation
Dimensions
Basic฀Pump฀with฀Pressure฀
Compensator฀and฀Load฀฀
Sense฀Controls
Dimensions in mm (inches) ��t��t �o�t�฀��E฀�518� 4��o�t฀��an��

�t��฀��฀��o��฀61�฀��฀�o� 3��฀an��฀��o��t�on
� 57฀to฀98฀��฀��฀��฀��o��฀62�
� ��฀�o� 131 ��
� �
��nt��n�฀o�฀o�t��t฀�o�t
� � �oa�฀��n�� a��t��nt�
�ie�฀�� o��฀14฀�a�฀�200฀��
��nt�a� ��an��฀��
��o��t�on฀o�฀��
��t�ona� ��a�n �o�t�฀�o�฀�500฀��฀�� oa�฀��n��n�฀��na�
t��฀�750�16 ��2�฀t��a�฀��057 � �o�t�฀��E฀��n�
� 74��฀�o�฀�625฀��฀��฀t��฀�875 �14 �o��n�ato� a��t��nt� �o��฀�o�฀�375฀��฀��
��2�฀t��a�฀��098฀�฀131�� o��฀28฀�a�฀�400฀�� t��฀�562�18 ��
��an�� o��t�on o� E �2�฀t��a��
��
��t��t฀��
� �a��฀�o�t�฀�10
t��฀25�4฀�1�00�
� ��฀��n�
� �o��฀��
57�25
�2�25�
�
57�25 �
�2�25�
� �
�
57�25 ��
�2�25� �� o��฀�500�13 ��
45� �2�฀t��฀1�06฀��฀��n�
฀14�53฀�0�57�
฀14�15฀�0�56� �o�฀��057�074�฀1�19฀��
57�25
��n�฀�o� ��098�131�
�2�25�
4 �o��
��a�n฀�o�t�฀��E฀��n�฀�o��
�500฀��฀��฀t��฀�750�16฀��2�฀t��a�฀��057฀�฀074�� ฀�o��฀�12฀t��฀29
�626฀��฀��฀t��฀�875�14฀��2�฀t��a�฀��098฀�฀131�� ฀��n�฀�o�฀��057�074�
�
2฀��a�� 31฀��฀��n�฀�o�
� ��098�131� 4 �o��
48�00
�1�89�
127�00฀�5�000�
For shaft options and dimensions, see pages �
126�95฀�4�998�
16 and 17. Standard SAE pump mounting
flange shown; see page 26 for optional SAE
2-bolt/4-bolt and ISO flanges. See page 29 �
for shaft-up mounting option. �o�฀2
��a�t 12�45 �฀�n��t�฀��E฀�518�
�0�49� 4��o�t฀��an��฀�o�t�
� � �tan�a��฀��
��
Installation
Dimensions
Basic฀Pump฀with฀Pressure฀ ฀ ฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀ E฀฀ F฀฀ G฀฀ H฀฀ I

Compensator฀and฀Load฀฀ PVH057฀฀฀ 76,0฀฀ 71,0฀ 293,0฀฀ 216,5฀฀ 171,3฀฀ 86,0฀฀ 79,0฀฀ 88,0฀฀ 69,0
Sense฀Controls PVH063฀ ฀ (2.99)฀฀ (2.79)฀฀ (11.54)฀฀ (8.52)฀฀ (6.74)฀฀ (3.39)฀฀ (3.11)฀฀ (3.46)฀฀ (2.71)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 88,0฀฀ 70,0฀฀ 306,6฀฀ 241,2฀฀ 194,3฀฀ 92,0฀฀ 94,0฀฀ 95,0฀฀ 81,0
PVH081฀ ฀ (3.46)฀฀ (2.75)฀฀ (12.07)฀฀ (9.50)฀฀ (7.65)฀฀ (3.62)฀฀ (3.70)฀฀ (3.74)฀฀ (3.19)
PVH098฀฀฀ 93,1฀฀ 85,0฀฀ 323,5฀฀ 251,3฀฀ 206,1฀฀ 94,5฀฀ 87,5฀฀ 97,1฀฀ 80,1
PVH106฀ ฀ (3.67)฀฀ (3.35)฀฀ (12.74)฀฀ (9.89)฀฀ (8.11)฀฀ (3.72)฀฀ (3.44)฀฀ (3.82)฀฀ (3.15)
PVH131฀฀฀ 109,4฀฀ 88,8฀฀ 377,0฀฀ 280,4฀฀ 230,4฀฀ 120,0฀฀ 109,0฀฀ 107,4฀฀ 84,8
PVH141฀ ฀ (4.31)฀฀ (3.50)฀฀ (14.84)฀฀ (11.04)฀฀ (9.07)฀฀ (4.72)฀฀ (4.29)฀฀ (4.23)฀฀ (3.34)
฀ ฀ J฀฀ K฀฀ L฀฀ M฀฀ N฀฀ O฀฀ P฀฀ Q฀฀ R

PVH057฀฀฀ 168,0฀฀ 14,0฀฀ 227,4฀฀ 56,1฀฀ 71,0฀฀ 64,8฀฀ 50,8฀฀ 77,77฀฀ 38,88
PVH063฀ ฀ (6.6)฀฀ (0.55)฀฀ (8.95)฀฀ (2.21)฀฀ (2.80)฀฀ (2.55)฀฀ (2.0)฀฀ (3.06)฀฀ (1.53)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 174.0฀฀ 15,0฀฀ 250,1฀฀ 56,0฀฀ 70,0฀฀ 68,0฀฀ 50,8฀฀ 77,77฀฀ 38,88
PVH081฀ ฀ (6.85)฀฀ (0.59)฀฀ (9.85)฀฀ (2.20)฀฀ (2.75)฀฀ (2.68)฀฀ (2.0)฀฀ (3.06)฀฀ (1.53)
PVH098฀฀฀ 176,5฀฀ 16,0฀฀ 269,3฀฀ 55,5฀฀ 85,0฀฀ 74,2฀฀ 63,5฀฀ 88,9฀฀ 44,45
PVH106฀ ฀ (6.95)฀฀ (0.63)฀฀ (10.60)฀฀ (2.18)฀฀ (3.35)฀฀ (2.92)฀฀ (2.5)฀฀ (3.50)฀฀ (1.75)
PVH131฀฀฀ 202,0฀฀ 15,0฀฀ 298,6฀฀ 62,0฀฀ 88,8฀฀ 70,6฀฀ 63,5฀฀ 88,9฀฀ 44,45
PVH141฀ ฀ (7.95)฀฀ (0.59)฀฀ (11.75)฀฀ (2.44)฀฀ (3.50)฀฀ (2.78)฀฀ (2.5)฀฀ (3.50)฀฀ (1.75)
฀ ฀ S฀฀ T฀฀ U฀฀ V฀฀ ฀ W฀฀ X฀฀ Y฀฀ Z

PVH057฀฀฀ 42,88฀฀ 21,44฀฀ 25,4฀฀ M10x1,5฀฀ 52,37฀฀ 26,18฀฀ 26,19฀฀ 13,10
PVH063฀ ฀ (1.69)฀฀ (0.84)฀฀ (1.0)฀฀ (.375-16)฀฀ (2.06)฀฀ (1.03)฀฀ (1.03)฀฀ (0.52)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 42,88฀฀ 21,44฀฀ 25,4฀฀ M10x1,5฀฀ 52,37฀฀ 26,18฀฀ 26,19฀฀ 13,10
PVH081฀ ฀ (1.69)฀฀ (0.84)฀฀ (1.0)฀฀ (.375-16)฀฀ (2.06)฀฀ (1.03)฀฀ (1.03)฀฀ (0.52)
PVH098฀฀฀ 50,8฀฀ 25,4฀฀ 25,4฀฀ M10x15฀฀฀ 52,37฀฀ 26,19฀฀ 26,19฀฀ 13,10
PVH106฀ ฀ (2.0)฀฀ (1.0)฀฀ (1.0)฀฀ (.375-16)฀฀ (2.06)฀฀ (1.03)฀฀ (1.03)฀฀ (0.52)
PVH131฀฀฀ 50,8฀฀ 25,4฀฀ 31,75฀฀ M14x2,0฀฀ 66,68฀฀ 33,34฀฀ 31,75฀฀ 15,88
PVH141฀ ฀ (2.0)฀฀ (1.0)฀฀ (1.25)฀฀ (.500-13)฀฀(2.63)฀฀ (1.31)฀฀ (1.25)฀฀ (0.63)
22 EATON
Installation
Dimensions
C
C
D plus 16 (.63) D
D plus 16 (.63) D
63,0 E
63,0 Centerline of E J
(2.5) Centerline
(2.5) B
B load sense of J
load
port forsense
right
Basic฀Pump.฀Rear฀View฀฀
portrotation
hand for right
with฀Various฀Controls hand rotation
A
A
F
F
I
I
H
H G
G
Right hand rotation, Left hand rotation, pressure Right hand rotation,
Right hand rotation, Left hand rotation,
compensated and loadpressure Right hand rotation,
pressure compensated pressure compensated
pressure compensated
model and load
and torque compensated
limit model sensing pressure compensated
model
and torque limit model sensing model model
฀ ฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀ E฀฀ F฀฀ G฀฀ H฀฀ I฀ J

PVH057฀฀฀ 176,45฀฀ 41,0฀฀ 102,7฀฀ 64,5฀฀ 49,0฀฀ 176,6฀฀ 203,0฀฀ 101,5฀฀ 127,0฀฀ 102,7
PVH063฀ ฀ (6.95)฀฀ (1.61)฀฀ (4.04)฀฀ (2.54)฀฀ (1.93)฀฀ (6.95)฀฀ (7.99)฀฀ (4.00)฀฀ (5.00)฀฀ (4.04)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 182,45฀฀ 47,5฀฀ 109,2฀฀ 71,0฀฀ 55,5฀฀ 182,6฀฀ 224,0฀฀ 112,0฀฀ 133,0฀฀ 109,2
PVH081฀ ฀ (7.18)฀฀ (1.87)฀฀ (4.30)฀฀ (2.79)฀฀ (2.19)฀฀ (7.18)฀฀ (8.82)฀฀ (4.41)฀฀ (5.23)฀฀ (4.30)
PVH098฀฀฀ 195.45฀฀ 41,0฀฀ 102,7฀฀ 65,5฀฀ 49,0฀฀ 185,1฀฀ 233,0฀฀ 116,5฀฀ 135,5฀฀ 102,7
PVH106฀ ฀ (7.69)฀฀ (1.61)฀฀ (4.04)฀฀ (2.54)฀฀ (1.93)฀฀ (7.280)฀฀ (9.17)฀฀ (4.59)฀฀ (5.33)฀฀ (4.04)
PVH131฀฀฀ 210,50฀฀ 63,6฀฀ 125,2฀฀ 87,0฀฀ 71,5฀฀ 210,6฀฀ 254,2฀฀ 127,1฀฀ 161,0฀฀ 125,2
PVH141฀ ฀ (8.29)฀฀ (2.50)฀฀ (4.92)฀฀ (3.42)฀฀ (2.81)฀฀ (8.29)฀฀ (10.00)฀฀ (5.00)฀฀ (6.37)฀ ฀(4.92)
*Add฀16,0฀(.63)฀to฀dimension฀D฀for฀right฀hand฀rotation฀model.
A
Pump฀with฀Pressure฀ A Optional load
B E
Compensation,฀Load฀Sense฀ B Optional
sensing loadport
signal E
and฀Torque฀Limit฀Controls sensing
“J”. signalboss
SAE O-ring port 62,2
for“J”.
.375SAE O-ring
O. D. tube.boss 62,2
(2.45)
for .375
.562-18 O. D. tube.
UNF-2B (2.45)
.562-18 UNF-2B
thread. D
thread. D
Optional load
Optional
sensing loadport
signal
sensing
“J”. signalboss
SAE O-ring port
for“J”.
.375SAE O-ring
O. D. tube.boss
for .375
.562-18 O. D. tube.
UNF-2B
.562-18(plugged)
UNF-2B C
Left hand rotation, pressure thread. C
Left hand rotation,
compensated pressure
with load sense thread. (plugged)
compensated
and torque limit with
modelload sense
and torque limit model
฀ ฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀ E฀฀

PVH057฀฀฀ 316,3฀฀ 177,4฀฀ 168,1฀฀ 41,4฀฀ 195,4
PVH063฀ ฀ (12.45)฀฀ (6.98)฀฀ (6.62)฀฀ (1.63)฀฀ (7.69)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 335,5฀฀ 200,1฀฀ 174,1฀฀ 47,9฀฀ 201,4
PVH081฀ ฀ (13.34)฀฀ (7.88)฀฀ (6.85)฀฀ (1.86)฀฀ (7.93)
PVH098฀฀฀ 351,0฀฀ 212,3฀฀ 187,1฀฀ 41,4฀฀ 214,4
PVH106฀ ฀ (13.82)฀฀ (8.36)฀฀ (7.37)฀฀ (1.63)฀฀ (8.44)
PVH131฀฀฀ 375,3฀฀ 236,6฀฀ 202,2฀฀ 63,8฀฀ 229,5
PVH141฀ ฀ (14.78)฀฀ (9.31)฀฀ (7.96)฀฀ (2.51)฀฀ (9.04)
Installation
Dimensions
Pump฀with฀IC฀Compensator฀ Tank port

(Remotely฀Controllable฀ 4,0 (.157) Pressure port
Pressure฀Compensator,฀and฀ 31,0 (1.220)
Optional฀Load฀Sensing) 25,8 (1.016)
#10 –24 UNC thread

B .57 deep minimum, or
M5 14,0 deep minimum
5,2 (.205)
32,5 (1.279) 15,5 (.610)
5,0 (.197) 2 places 0,75 (.029)
21,5 (.846)
7,5 (.295)
40,5 (1.594)
A
Control surface, ISO4401 size 03. Available
with metric or UNC mounting holes to order
Access plug
C Load sense port (if used). SAE
Internal plug “O ” ring boss for .375 O. D.
tube. .562 –18 UNF-2B thread
Load-sense port plug
D
E
Pressure฀compensator: Pressure฀compensator฀฀
with฀load฀sensing:
Remove฀access฀plug,฀using฀1/8฀
inch฀hex฀wrench.฀Remove฀inter- Remove฀load-sense฀port฀plug.฀
nal฀plug,฀using฀5/32฀inch฀hex฀ (Internal฀plug฀must฀remain฀in฀
wrench.฀Replace฀access฀plug฀ place.)฀Attach฀line฀to฀load-sense฀
and฀torque฀to฀12,1–12,4฀Nm฀ port.฀Pressure฀decay฀rate฀of฀฀
(107–110฀lb.฀in.).฀Attach฀relief฀ this฀line฀must฀not฀exceed฀11฀
valve฀hardware฀(not฀supplied)฀฀ kbar/second฀(160฀kpsi/second).฀
to฀control฀surface.฀See฀page฀฀ Attach฀relief฀valve฀hardware฀฀
15฀for฀more฀details. (not฀supplied)฀to฀control฀surface.฀
See฀page฀15฀for฀more฀details.
฀ ฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀ E฀฀

PVH057฀฀฀ 234,5฀฀ 72,5฀฀ 269,9฀฀ 128,0฀฀ 142,0
PVH063฀ ฀ (9.23)฀฀ (2.85)฀฀ (10.62)฀฀ (5.04)฀฀ (5.59)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 257,2฀฀ 79,0฀฀ 292,6฀฀ 134,0฀฀ 148,0
PVH081฀ ฀ (10.12)฀฀ (3.11)฀฀ (11.52)฀฀ (5.27)฀฀ (5.83)
PVH098฀฀฀ 269,3฀฀ 72,5฀฀ 304,7฀฀ 136,5฀฀ 150,5
PVH106฀ ฀ (10.60)฀฀ (2.85)฀฀ (12.00)฀฀ (5.37)฀฀ (5.92)
PVH131฀฀฀ 293,6฀฀ 95,0฀฀ 329,0฀฀ 162,0฀฀ 176,0
PVH141฀ ฀ (11.56)฀฀ (3.74)฀฀ (12.95)฀฀ (6.38)฀฀ (6.93)
24 EATON
Installation
Dimensions
Pump฀with฀Adjustable฀ This฀option฀allows฀maximum฀
Maximum฀Volume฀Stop pump฀delivery฀to฀be฀externally฀
adjusted฀from฀100฀percent฀down฀
to฀25฀percent.฀To฀assist฀initial฀
priming,฀adjust฀stop฀to฀allow฀at฀
least฀40฀percent฀of฀maximum฀
delivery.฀Adjust฀by฀loosening฀
locknut฀and฀turning฀adjusting฀฀
rod฀clockwise฀to฀decrease฀
maximum฀delivery,฀or฀counter-
clockwise฀to฀increase฀maximum฀
delivery.฀When฀desired฀setting฀is฀
obtained,฀torque฀locknut฀to฀฀
25-50฀Nm฀(18-36฀lb.฀ft.).
�฀�a�
�o��n�t
��t�n� �o�
��t฀�an�
�otat�on
�o��
��o��฀��a��nt฀��an��
�� o��t�on o� �o��
��057฀�฀4�25฀��3฀�0�259฀�n3�
��063฀�฀4�70฀��3฀�0�287฀�n3�
��074฀�฀5�00฀��3฀�0�305฀�n3�
��081฀�฀5�47฀��3฀�0�334฀�n3�
��098฀�฀6�25฀��3฀�0�381฀�n3�
��106฀�฀6�76฀��3฀�0�413฀�n3�
��131฀�฀8�50฀��3฀�0�519฀�n3�
��141฀�฀9�15฀��3฀�0�559฀�n3�
฀ ฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀฀

PVH057฀฀฀ 293,0฀฀ 20,0฀฀ 69.5
PVH063฀ ฀ (11.53)฀฀ (.79)฀฀ (2.74)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 306,6฀฀ 22,0฀฀ 76,0
PVH081฀ ฀ (12.07)฀฀ (.87)฀฀ (2.99)
PVH098฀฀฀ 323,5฀฀ 27,5฀฀ 81,0
PVH106฀ ฀ (12.74)฀฀ (1.08)฀฀ (3.19)
PVH131฀฀฀ 377,0฀฀ 37,5฀฀ 88,8
PVH141฀ ฀ (14.84)฀฀ (1.48)฀฀ (3.50)
Installation
Dimensions
Thru-drive฀Pumps฀with฀฀
SAE฀“A”฀Rear฀Pad
�oa�฀��n��n� ��nt��n� o�
��na�฀�o�t�฀��E ฀฀o�t��t฀�o�t
��n� �o��฀�o� �
�375฀��฀��฀t��
�375�16฀��2�
�562�18฀�� t��a�฀�58฀��
2�฀t��a�� 82�63฀�3�253� ��n��฀o�฀�10฀t��a�
82�58฀�3�251� 18�0฀��฀��n�
��E ��฀�nt��na�
�
�n�o��t�฀��n�� 53�20
E�t��na� 9฀t��t�฀16�32฀��t��
�n�o��t� �2�1�
E 30 � �� an��
��n�
� � �
53�20
�2�1�
53�20
� � �฀1�00฀�0�04�฀�a� �2�1� � 53�20
� �2�1�
� 9�00฀�0�35� �
8�00฀�0�31�
��t฀�an�฀�otat�on�
For shaft options and dimensions, see page �ot��฀��฀��n�฀�o� ��a��n�฀t�� a� �o�nt�n� ��฀�o��n�at��
16 and 17. See page 26 for optional cover �a� ��฀��n�� t�฀t�� ฀��฀��a� �� an�฀�oa�฀��n��n�฀�o��
for rear pad. �o��n�฀��o�n฀��t฀��฀o��฀��a�at��
��฀�a��฀23�
฀ ฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀ D฀฀ E฀฀ F฀฀ G฀฀ H฀฀

PVH057฀฀฀ 287,9฀฀ 295,4฀฀ 275.8฀฀ 216,4฀฀ 86,0฀฀ 79,0฀฀ 88,0฀฀ 36,4
PVH063฀ ฀ (11.3)฀฀ (11.6)฀฀ (10.86)฀฀ (8.52)฀฀ (3.38)฀฀ (3.11)฀฀ (3.46)฀฀ (1.43)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 310,6฀฀ 318,1฀฀ 300,5฀฀ 241,2฀฀ 92,0฀฀ 94,0฀฀ 95,0฀฀ 38,5
PVH081฀ ฀ (12.23)฀฀ (12.52)฀฀ (11.83)฀฀ (9.50)฀฀ (3.62)฀฀ (3.70)฀฀ (3.74)฀฀ (1.51)
PVH098฀฀฀ 322,8฀฀ N/A฀฀ 312,7฀฀ 251,3฀฀ 94,5฀฀ 87,5฀฀ 97,1฀฀ 33,0
PVH106฀ ฀ (12.71)฀฀ ฀ (12.31)฀฀ (9.89)฀฀ (3.72)฀฀ (3.44)฀฀ (3.82)฀฀ (1.30)
PVH131฀฀฀ 347,1฀฀ N/A฀฀ 337,0฀฀ 280,4฀฀ 120,0฀฀ 109,0฀฀ 107,4฀฀ 35,3
PVH141฀ ฀ (13.660)฀฀฀ (13.27)฀฀ (11.04)฀฀ (4.72)฀฀ (4.29)฀฀ (4.23)฀฀ (1.39)
฀ ฀ I฀ J฀ K฀ L฀ M฀ N฀ O฀฀
PVH057฀฀฀ 43,6฀฀ 69,0฀฀ 14,0฀฀ 102,7฀฀ 176,6฀฀ 203,0฀฀ 101,5
PVH063฀ ฀ (1.72)฀฀ (2.71)฀฀ (0.55)฀฀ (4.04)฀฀ (6.95)฀฀ (7.99)฀฀ (4.00)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 43,8฀฀ 81,0฀฀ 15,0฀฀ 109,2฀฀ 182,6฀฀ 224,0฀฀ 112,0
PVH081฀ ฀ (1.72)฀฀ (3.19)฀฀ (0.59)฀฀ (4.30)฀฀ (7.18)฀฀ (8.82)฀ (4.41)
PVH098฀฀฀ 44,6฀฀ 80,1฀฀ 16,0฀฀ 102,7฀฀ 185,1฀฀ 233,0฀฀ 116,5
PVH106฀ ฀ (1.75)฀฀ (3.15)฀฀ (6.30)฀฀ (4.04)฀฀ (7.28)฀฀ (9.17)฀฀ (4.59)
PVH131฀฀฀ 44,7฀฀ 84,8฀฀ 15,0฀฀ 125,2฀฀ 210,6฀฀ 254,2฀฀ 127,1
PVH141฀ ฀ (1.76)฀ (3.34)฀฀ (0.59)฀฀ (4.93)฀฀ (8.29)฀฀ (10.0)฀฀ (5.00)
26 EATON
Installation
Dimensions
Thru-drive฀Pumps฀with฀SAE฀
“B”฀Rear฀Pad฀Adapter
73,00 73,00
(2.87) (2.87)
92,0 44,90 44,90
A B 12,50 (0.49) (1.77) (1.77)
(3.62)
11,50 (0.45)
101,65 (4.002)
44,90
101,60 (4.000) (1.77)
44,90
SAE ‘’BB ” size, (1.77)
side fit, internal 6 x “D1”
involute spline. 92,0
15 teeth 16/32 (3.62)
R 1,00
(0.04) pitch, 30° pr. 53,0
C max angle. Or SAE ‘’B” 35,0 (1.38)
D (2.10)
size, side fit, 87,0 87,0 4 x “D2”
internal involute (3.42) (3.42)
Thru-drive pumps must have support spline. 13 teeth
located by dimension “C .” SAE ‘’B” rear mounting. Mounting pad is machined to
16/32 pitch, 30° accept AS568-155 O-ring. Mounting pad is connected
pressure angle. to pump case and must be sealed.
Thru-drive฀Pumps฀with฀SAE฀
“C”฀Rear฀Pad฀Adapter
90,50 90,50
A B 15,50 SAE “C ” size, (3.56) (3.56) 57,25
(0.61) side fit, internal 57,25 (2.25)
14,50 involute spline. 14 (2.25)
(0.57) teeth 12/24 pitch,
30° pressure
angle. Or SAE 92,0
“CC ” size (except (3.62) 57,25
(2.25)
PVH57), side fit,
internal involute
spline, 17 teeth 2 x “D3”
12/24 pitch, 30 57,25
pressure angle. (2.25)
53,0 4 x “D1”
92,0
C (3.62) (2.10) 35,0 (1.38)
D 127,05 (5.002) 108,5 108,5
(4.19) (4.19) 4 x “D2”
Thru-drive pumps must have support 127,00 (5.000)
located by dimension “C .” R 1,00 (0.04) max SAE ‘’C ” rear mounting. Mounting pad is machined
to accept AS568-159 O-ring. Mounting pad
is connected to pump case and must be sealed.
Pump฀Model฀ A฀฀ B฀฀ C฀฀฀ D Note:฀The฀O-ring฀for฀sealing฀the฀rear฀

PVH057฀฀฀ 36,4฀฀ 68,8฀฀ 300,4฀฀ 312,9 mounting฀pad฀is฀furnished฀with฀the฀
pump.฀The฀rear฀drive฀couplings฀shown฀
PVH063฀ ฀ (1.43)฀฀ (2.71)฀฀ (11.82)฀฀ (12.32) must฀be฀ordered฀separately;฀see฀฀
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 33,5฀฀ 68,3฀฀ 323,1฀฀ 335,6 following฀page.
PVH081฀ ฀ (1.32)฀฀ (2.69)฀฀ (12.72)฀฀ (13.21)
PVH098฀฀฀ 33,0฀฀ 69,8฀฀ 335,3฀฀ 347,7
PVH106฀ ฀ (1.30)฀฀ (2.75)฀฀ (13.20)฀฀ (13.69)
PVH131฀฀฀ 35,3฀฀ 69,7฀฀ 359,6฀฀ 372,1
PVH141฀ ฀ (1.39)฀฀ (2.74)฀฀ (14.16)฀฀ (14.65)
฀ ฀ D1฀฀ ฀ D2฀฀ ฀ D3฀฀฀

Metric฀฀ ฀ M14x2,00฀฀ M12x1,75฀฀ M16x2,00
฀ ฀ 25฀deep฀฀฀ 25฀deep฀฀฀ 25฀deep
Inch฀฀ ฀ 0,500-13฀฀0.500-13฀฀0.625-11
฀ ฀ UNC-2B฀฀฀ UNC-2B฀฀฀ UNC-2B
฀ ฀ 1.0฀deep฀฀1.0฀deep฀฀1.0฀deep
Installation
Dimensions
Thru-drive Flange Kit and Shaft Coupling
฀ ฀ SAE฀(J744)฀฀ ฀ Mounting฀Flange฀Adapter
Front฀฀ ฀ Mounting฀฀ ฀ Kit฀Number*
Pump฀฀ ฀ Flange
Model฀฀ ฀ for฀Rear฀฀฀ ฀ Metric฀฀ ฀ Inch฀฀ ฀ ฀ Coupling
Series฀฀ ฀ Pump฀฀ ฀ ฀ Threads฀฀฀ Threads฀฀฀ ฀ Part฀Number**
PVH057฀฀฀ A฀(J744-82-2)฀฀ ฀ None฀required฀฀ None฀required฀฀ ฀ 526682
PVH063฀ ฀ B฀(J744-101-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876394฀฀ ฀ 876390฀฀ ฀ ฀ 526694
฀ ฀ BB฀(J744-101-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876394฀฀ ฀ 876390฀฀ ฀ ฀ 526695
฀ ฀ C฀(J744-127-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876392฀฀ ฀ 876389฀฀ ฀ ฀ 526696
PVH074฀฀ ฀ A฀(J744-82-2)฀฀ ฀ None฀required฀฀ None฀required฀฀ ฀ 864460
PVH081฀ ฀ B฀(J744-101-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876394฀฀ ฀ 876390฀฀ ฀ ฀ 864457
฀ ฀ BB฀(J744-101-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876394฀฀ ฀ 876390฀฀ ฀ ฀ 864459
฀ ฀ C฀(J744-127-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876392฀฀ ฀ 876389฀฀ ฀ ฀ 864458
฀ ฀ CC฀(J744-127-2/4)฀฀฀ 876392฀฀ ฀ 876389฀฀ ฀ ฀ 864461
PVH098฀฀฀ A฀(J744-82-2)฀฀ ฀ None฀required฀฀ None฀required฀฀ ฀ 877039
PVH106฀ ฀ B฀(J744-101-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876394฀฀ ฀ 876390฀฀ ฀ ฀ 877040
PVH131฀฀฀ BB฀(J744-101-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876394฀฀ ฀ 876390฀฀ ฀ ฀ 877044
PVH141฀ ฀ C฀(J744-127-2/4)฀฀ ฀ 876392฀฀ ฀ 876389฀฀ ฀ ฀ 877045
฀ ฀ CC฀(J744-127-2/4)฀฀฀ 876392฀฀ ฀ 876389฀฀ ฀ ฀ 877046
*The฀basic฀PVH฀thru-drive฀pump฀has฀an฀SAE฀“A”฀pad฀on฀the฀rear.฀An฀SAE฀“B”฀or฀“C”฀pad฀rear฀mounting฀requires฀flange฀adapt-
ers.฀Required฀adapters฀can฀be฀provided฀if฀specified฀in฀the฀pump฀model฀code.฀The฀best฀combination฀of฀price,฀availability฀and฀flex-
ibility฀is฀achieved฀by฀ordering฀a฀PVH฀SAE฀“A”฀thru-drive฀model฀and฀the฀applicable฀PVH฀mounting฀flange฀adapter฀separately.฀For฀
example,฀a฀PVH074C-RCF-3S-10-C25-31฀may฀also฀be฀ordered฀as฀a฀PVH074C-RAF-3S-10-C25-31฀and฀a฀876389฀flange฀adapter.
**฀Thru-drive฀shaft฀couplings฀must฀be฀ordered฀separately฀to฀drive฀the฀second฀pump.
Typical Rear Pumps for Thru-drive Assemblies
Mounting฀฀ Piston฀pump฀฀ Shaft฀฀ ฀ Vane฀pump฀฀ ฀ Shaft

฀ ฀ Series฀฀ ฀ Code฀฀ ฀ Series฀฀ ฀ ฀ Code
SAE฀A฀฀ ฀ PVQ10/13฀฀ 3฀฀ ฀ V10฀฀ ฀ ฀ 11
฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ V20฀฀ ฀ ฀ 62
SAE฀B฀฀ ฀ PVQ20/32฀฀ 3฀฀ ฀ 20V฀฀ ฀ ฀ 151
฀ ฀ PVQ40/45฀฀ 3฀฀ ฀ 25V฀฀ ฀ ฀ 11
฀ ฀ PVE19/21฀฀ 9฀฀ ฀ V2020฀฀ ฀ ฀ 11
SAE฀BB฀฀฀ PVE19/21฀฀ 2
฀ ฀ TA19฀฀ ฀ 2
SAE฀C฀฀ ฀ PVH057/063฀ 2฀฀ ฀ 35V฀฀ ฀ ฀ 11
฀ ฀ PVH074/081฀ 2฀฀ ฀ 352*V฀฀ ฀ ฀ 11
฀ ฀ PVH098/106฀ 2
SAE฀CC฀฀฀ PVH131/141฀ 3
NOTE:฀The฀above฀Vickers฀pumps฀are฀examples฀of฀rear฀pumps฀for฀the฀thru-drive฀pumps฀dimensioned฀on฀pages฀25฀and฀26.฀The฀
thru-drive฀torque฀limits฀identified฀in฀the฀chart฀on฀page฀16฀must฀not฀be฀exceeded฀when฀applying฀these฀multiple฀pump฀systems.
28 EATON
Installation
Dimensions
ISO฀3019/2-125B4HW฀ Full R
Mounting฀Flange฀for฀PVH057฀ 56,57 56,57
and฀PVH074฀Pumps (2.23) (2.23)
14,37 (.56)
14,00 (.55)
4 places
45
56,57
(2.23) 125,00
124,94
(4.921)
56,57 (4.919)
(2.23)
9,25 (.36)
57,25 57,25 14,53 (.57)

SAE฀2–bolt/4-bolt฀Mounting฀ (2.25) (2.25) 14,15 (.56)
(“027”฀Option)฀for฀PVH057,฀ 4 places
PVH074฀and฀PVH098฀Pumps
45
Full radius
57,25
(2.25) 127,00
126,95
17,75 (.70) (5.000)
17,37 (.68) 73,80 (4.998)
2 places 72,20
(2.90)
(2.84)
6 places
12,45 (.49)
57,25 (2.25)
90,50 Full radius
(3.56)
181,0
(7.12)
Optional 12,0 (.47) 11,00 (.43) 9,5 (.37)

Cover฀(“031”฀Option)฀for฀฀ 0,8 (.03)
radius – 4 places 2 holes
Thru-drive฀SAE฀‘’A”฀Rear฀ R max.
Mounting฀Flange
37,61 82,55
(1.48) 82,45
102,0 (3.250)
(4.01) (3.246)
37,61 Note:฀When฀cover฀(part฀number฀฀
(1.48) 939790)฀is฀ordered฀as฀a฀separate฀part,฀
30 two฀screws฀(part฀number฀170177)฀are฀฀
required฀to฀attach฀the฀cover฀to฀the฀
13,39 (.53) pump’s฀rear฀mounting฀flange.
37,61 37,61
13,39 (.53) (1.48) (1.48) 1,00 (.04) The฀O-ring฀for฀sealing฀the฀rear฀฀
102,0 (4.01) 3,50 (.138) mounting฀flange฀is฀furnished฀with฀฀
each฀thru-drive฀pump.
Installation
Dimensions
Pumps฀for฀Shaft-up฀Operation฀
(Vertical฀Mount,฀“057”฀Option)
Model฀฀ ฀ Dim.฀“A”
PVH057฀฀฀ 25,68/24.94
PVH063฀ ฀ (1.01/0.98)
PVH074฀฀ ฀ 26,64/25,90 73,80
72,20
PVH081฀ ฀ (1.05/1.02) (2.90)
PVH098฀฀฀ 25,82/25,08 (2.84)
PVH106฀ ฀ (1.02/0.99)
PVH131฀฀฀ 25,12/24,38
Dim. “A”
PVH141฀ ฀ (.99/0.96)
Attach line from this port to primary case drain line. Join
Vertical mount port. these lines at a distance above the face of the mounting
For .125 O. D. tube. flange that equals, or is less than, dimension “A”. Fill case
.3125-24 UNF-2B thread. with fluid up to this port prior to start-up.
1,59 (.0625) maximum
spotface depth
73,6
(2.90)
Model฀FB-C4-10฀Foot฀
Mounting฀Kit฀for฀All฀฀
PVH฀Pumps
101,8
(4.00)
Each฀kit฀(part฀no.฀02-143419)฀
includes฀bracket฀shown฀and฀
four฀screws฀for฀mounting฀to฀the฀ 114,0
228,0 (4.5) 11,0 thru
pump.฀Kits฀are฀not฀included฀with฀ (8.98)
pumps฀and฀must฀be฀ordered฀ 37,0 spotface 1,0deep
separately฀by฀model฀number. 4 places
114,5
(4.5) 23,0
18,0
57,25 (0.90)
.500-13 UNC-2B thd. (0.71)
(2.25)
thru. 4 places. LOX 45°
0,5 R
114,5 127,15 (5.006)
(4.5) 127,05 (5.002)
174,75 57,25
(6.88) (2.25)
20,5 133,0
(0.8) (5.24)
30 EATON
Application Data
Hydraulic฀Fluids฀and฀฀ Essential฀information฀on฀the฀ levels฀above฀those฀specified.฀ Torque฀capability฀of฀shafts฀in฀

Temperature฀Ranges correct฀methods฀for฀treat- Experience฀has฀shown,฀howev- basic฀(non-thru-drive)฀pumps฀is฀
ing฀hydraulic฀fluid฀is฀included฀ er,฀that฀life฀of฀any฀hydraulic฀com- well฀in฀excess฀of฀that฀needed฀
Use฀anti-wear฀hydraulic฀oil,฀or฀
in฀Eaton฀publication฀561;฀ ponents฀is฀shortened฀in฀fluids฀ for฀operation฀at฀rated฀pressure฀
automotive฀type฀crankcase฀oil฀
“Vickers฀Guide฀to฀Systemic฀ with฀higher฀cleanliness฀codes฀ and฀maximum฀displacement.฀
(designations฀SC,฀SD,฀SE฀or฀SF)฀
Contamination฀Control,”฀avail- than฀those฀listed฀below.฀These฀ Limitations฀for฀multiple฀pumps฀
per฀SAE฀J183฀FEB80.
able฀from฀your฀local฀Eaton฀dis- codes฀have฀been฀proven฀to฀pro- formed฀by฀PVH฀thru-drives฀as฀
Select฀a฀viscosity฀grade฀that฀ tributor฀or฀by฀contacting฀Eaton.฀ vide฀a฀long฀trouble-free฀service฀ front-end฀sections฀are฀specified฀
will฀allow฀optimum฀viscosity,฀ Recommendations฀on฀filtration฀ life฀for฀the฀products฀shown,฀ in฀the฀chart฀on฀page฀18.
between฀40฀cSt฀(180฀SUS)฀and฀ and฀the฀selection฀of฀products฀ regardless฀of฀the฀manufacturer.
16cSt฀(80฀SUS),฀to฀be฀achieved. to฀control฀fluid฀condition฀are฀
Cold฀start฀capability฀at฀5000฀cSt. included฀in฀561. Drive฀Data Moment of Inertia
(Single Pump Rotating Group)
Max.฀intermittent฀temp.฀104°฀C฀ Recommended฀cleanliness฀lev- Mounting฀attitude฀should฀be฀hor-
(220°฀F). els,฀using฀petroleum฀oil฀under฀ Model฀฀ Nm.sec2฀฀ (lb.in.sec2)
izontal.฀See฀preceding฀page฀for฀
common฀conditions,฀are฀based฀ PVH057฀฀ 0,0054฀฀ (0.0475)
For฀further฀information,฀see฀694. vertical฀mount฀option.฀Consult฀
on฀the฀highest฀fluid฀pressure฀฀ your฀local฀Vickers฀representa- PVH063฀ 0,0054฀ (0.0447)
levels฀in฀the฀system฀and฀are฀ tive฀if฀a฀different฀arrangement฀is฀ PVH074฀฀ 0,0078฀฀ (0.0692)
coded฀in฀the฀chart฀below.฀Fluids฀ required. PVH081฀ 0,0073฀ (0.0643)
Fluid฀Cleanliness other฀than฀petroleum,฀severe฀
Direction฀of฀shaft฀rotation,฀viewed฀฀ PVH098฀฀ 0,0134฀฀ (0.1189)
service฀cycles฀or฀temperature฀
Proper฀fluid฀condition฀is฀essen- at฀the฀prime฀mover฀end,฀must฀be฀ PVH106฀ 0,0123฀ (0.1086)
extremes฀are฀cause฀for฀adjust-
tial฀for฀long฀and฀satisfactory฀life฀ as฀indicated฀in฀the฀model฀desig- PVH131฀฀ 0,0210฀฀ (0.1862)
ment฀of฀these฀cleanliness฀
of฀hydraulic฀components฀and฀ nation฀on฀the฀pump.฀See฀“5”฀in฀
codes.฀See฀Eaton฀publication฀ PVH141฀ 0,0210฀ (0.1856)
systems.฀Hydraulic฀fluid฀must฀ Model฀Codes,฀page฀6.
561฀for฀exact฀details.
have฀the฀correct฀balance฀of฀
cleanliness,฀materials฀and฀addi- Eaton฀products,฀as฀any฀compo- Drive฀arrangement฀should฀be฀by฀
tives฀for฀protection฀against฀wear฀ nents,฀will฀operate฀with฀appar- direct฀drive฀through฀a฀flexible฀
of฀components,฀elevated฀viscos- ent฀satisfaction฀in฀fluids฀with฀ coupling.฀Check฀pump฀installa-
ity฀and฀inclusion฀of฀air. higher฀cleanliness฀codes฀than฀ tion฀drawing฀for฀concentricity฀
those฀described.฀Other฀manu- and฀squareness฀tolerances.
facturers฀will฀often฀recommend฀
Cleanliness Codes For Petroleum Oil Usage

฀ ฀ ฀ ฀ System฀Pressure฀Level
Product฀฀฀ ฀ ฀ 2000฀psi฀฀ ฀ 2000-3000฀psi฀฀ ฀ 3000+฀psi
Vane฀pumps,฀fixed฀฀ ฀ 20/18/15฀฀฀ 19/17/14฀฀฀ 18/16/13
Vane฀pumps,฀variable฀฀ ฀ 18/16/14฀฀฀ 17/15/13
Piston฀pumps,฀fixed฀฀ ฀ 19/17/15฀฀฀ 18/16/14฀฀฀ 17/15/13
Piston฀pumps,฀variable฀฀ ฀ 18/16/14฀฀฀ 17/15/13฀฀฀ 16/14/12
Directional฀valves฀฀฀ ฀ 20/18/15฀฀฀ 20/18/15฀฀฀ 19/17/14
Proportional฀valves฀฀ ฀ 17/15/12฀฀฀ 17/15/12฀฀฀ 15/13/11
Servo฀valves฀฀ ฀ ฀ 16/14/11฀฀฀ 16/14/11฀฀฀ 15/13/10
Pressure/Flow฀controls฀฀ ฀ 19/17/14฀฀฀ 19/17/14฀฀฀ 19/17/14
Cylinders฀฀ ฀ ฀ 20/18/15฀฀฀ 20/18/15฀฀฀ 20/18/15
Vane฀motors฀฀ ฀ ฀ 20/18/15฀฀฀ 19/17/14฀฀฀ 18/16/13
Axial฀piston฀motors฀฀ ฀ 19/17/14฀฀฀ 18/16/13฀฀฀ 17/15/12
Radial฀piston฀motors฀฀ ฀ 20/18/14฀฀฀ 19/17/13฀฀฀ 18/16/13
Weights, Ordering,
Installation/Start-up
Weights in kg (lb)*
Pump฀฀ Basic฀฀ Thru-drive฀Pump
Size฀฀ Pump฀฀ SAE฀“A”
PVH057฀฀ 30–36฀฀ 31-37
PVH063฀ (66-79)฀฀ (68-82)
PVH074฀฀ 39-45฀฀ 42-48
PVH081฀ (86-99)฀ (93-106)
PVH098฀ 43-49฀ 44-50
PVH106฀ (95-108)฀ (97-110)
PVH131฀฀ 60-66฀ 62-68
PVH141฀ (132-145)฀฀ (137-150)
*฀฀Approximate฀dry฀weights.฀Weight฀for฀a฀given฀model฀depends฀upon฀the฀type฀of฀
pump฀control฀selected.
Ordering฀Procedure
Order฀PVH฀pumps฀by฀the฀full฀ •฀฀DGMC-3-AT-BT฀(plus฀DG4V- If฀the฀pump฀has฀the฀vertical-
model฀designation.฀Pump฀dis- 3-0A฀directional฀valve)฀for฀ mount฀option,฀attach฀a฀second-
placement,฀mounting฀flange฀ remotely฀and฀electrically฀ ary฀drain฀line฀as฀noted฀on฀page฀
type,฀direction฀of฀rotation,฀pump฀ selected฀dual-pressure฀com- 29.
configuration,฀shaft฀end฀type,฀ pensation. Maximum฀continuous฀pressure฀
shaft฀seals,฀pressure฀adjustment฀ •฀฀C175-F-20฀(plus฀blanking฀ at฀the฀case฀drain฀port฀must฀not฀
range,฀specific฀control฀functions,฀ plate฀DGMA-3-B-11฀and฀tap- exceed฀0,5฀bar฀(7฀psi).฀For฀mul-
and฀torque฀limiter฀settings฀are฀all฀ ping฀plate฀DGMA-T2-20-S)฀for฀ tiple฀pump฀arrangements฀that฀
specified฀in฀the฀full฀model฀code. remote฀control฀of฀pressure฀ include฀non-PVH฀sections,฀the฀
Various฀Vickers®฀relief฀valves฀ compensation. requirements฀of฀the฀non-PVH฀
from฀Eaton฀are฀suitable฀for฀use฀ •฀฀CVGC-3-S12฀for฀non-remote฀ units฀must฀be฀considered.
with฀the฀“IC”฀compensator฀and฀ control฀of฀pressure฀compensa-
must฀be฀ordered฀separately. tion.
Examples฀include: •฀฀DGMC-3-PT-FW-30฀crossline฀
•฀฀DGMC2-3-AT-BT฀(plus฀DG4V- relief฀module฀(with฀blanking฀
3-8C฀directional฀valve)฀for฀ plate฀DGMA-3-B-11)฀for฀non-
remotely฀and฀electrically฀con- remote฀control฀of฀pressure฀
trolled฀dual-pressure฀compen- compensation.
sation,฀and฀standby฀no-flow฀ Contact฀your฀Vickers฀representa-
pump฀operation฀in฀the฀load฀ tive฀for฀additional฀information฀on฀
sensing฀mode. the฀application฀and฀ordering฀of฀
•฀฀DGMC-3-PT-FW-30฀crossline฀ relief฀valves.
relief฀module฀(with฀DG4V3-8C฀
directional฀valve)฀for฀electri- Installation฀and฀Start-up
cal฀selection฀of฀dual฀pressure฀
The฀installation฀of฀PVH฀pumps฀
compensation.
must฀be฀in฀accord฀with฀the฀data฀
•฀฀ECGF-02-9-21฀proportional฀ on฀pages฀16฀and฀27.
relief฀valve,฀with฀feedback,฀for฀
Before฀the฀pump฀is฀started,฀fill฀
remote฀control฀of฀pressure฀
the฀case฀through฀the฀uppermost฀
compensation.
drain฀port฀with฀hydraulic฀fluid฀of฀
•฀฀ECG-02-9-30฀proportional฀relief฀ the฀type฀to฀be฀used.฀The฀case฀
valve฀for฀remote฀control฀of฀pres- drain฀line฀must฀be฀connected฀
sure฀compensation. directly฀to฀the฀reservoir฀and฀ter-
minate฀below฀the฀oil฀level.฀
32 EATON
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics Business USA Hydraulics Business Europe Hydraulics Group Asia Paciic
USA Switzerland Changning District, Shanghai
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 200335 China
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 Tel: (+86 21) 5200 0099
www.eaton.com/hydraulics Fax: (+86 21) 2230 7240
© 2013 Eaton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUPI-TM008-E1
October 2013
Table of Contents
M Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic System Design Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model Code Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Model Code Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Specifications and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Performance – Industrial
PVM018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PVM020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
PVM045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
PVM050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
PVM057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PVM063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PVM074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PVM081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
PVM098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PVM106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
PVM131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
PVM141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Dimensions
PVM018/020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
PVM045/050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PVM057/063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PVM074/081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
PVM098/106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
PVM131/141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Mounting Flange Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Shaft Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Input Shaft Selection Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Port Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Operating Requirements and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Installation and Start-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
EATON Industrial Variable Displacement Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM007-E1 March 2014 2

Introduction
Eaton M Series pumps are open circuit, axial pis- BSPP in both tube and lange versions. This pro-
ton designs. A variety of control options allows vides a wide variety of installation opportunities for
the pumps to perform most eficiently in a speciic global machine design.
application. Eficiency of the pump controls allows
Side- or end-ported models are available to facilitate
down-sizing of system cooling needs, saving up
plumbing and help it the pump to your machine
front cost in the machine. Alternatively, cooling
space needs. Multiple drain ports allow many
capacity could be kept the same and the low capa-
mounting orientations, reducing installed costs.
bility of the system increased, thus improving per-
formance and customer satisfaction. M Series pumps are capable of operating with
many types of hydraulic luids used in industrial sys-
The M Series also contains a strong proven rotat-
tems. High-water-content and phosphate ester lu-
ing group allowing the pumps to handle pressures
ids can be accommodated, in addition to the typical
to 280 bar (4000 psi) continuous and 320 bar (4600
petroleum based and synthetic luids.
psi) intermittent – with less maintenance cost.
High-load bearings and a stiff drive shaft help pro-
Typical Applications Features and Benefits
vide a pump life of 8000 hours at rated industrial
• Mining machinery • Long pump life
conditions, reducing operating costs and extending
operating life. • Injection molding machines • Quiet pump operation
• Metal forming machines • Inlet and outlet gauge ports
M Series pumps feature a saddle-type yoke with • Oil and Gas Equipment
and adjustable maximum
steel-backed polymer bearings. The stiff yoke displacement stops –
• Conveyor lines standards
reduces delection and allows even loading of bear- • Primary metals • Astonishingly low 4%
ings, improving life. A single control piston reduces pressure ripple
• Metal cutting equipment
loading on the yoke, resulting in reduced pump size • Low installed and
which allows installation in tighter locations. operating costs
• Reduced maintenance
M Series pumps operate at a level of quietness that
• Flexibility in machine
exceeds the requirements of today’s demanding design
work conditions. The pumps feature a unique three- • Design promotes leak-free
piece envelope (lange, housing and valve block) system
speciically created for low luid-borne and struc-
ture-borne noise levels. Another pump feature – a
bimetal timing plate – improves pump illing charac-
teristics which, in turn, reduce luid-borne noise and
extend pump life.
M Series pumps reduce, or in some cases remove,
the need for damping barriers between the noise
source and the operator. This saves money on the
installed cost of the system while improving cus-
tomer comfort.
An adjustable maximum stop provides a means
of tuning low to your system, while gauge ports
allow monitoring of inlet and outlet conditions.
These standard features reduce system complexity
and cost.
Mounting langes are offered in SAE and ISO con-
igurations, and ports are offered in SAE, ISO, and

Hydraulic System Design
Calculations
Basic Formulas Efficiencies

Volumetric Nv = gpm actual
Output Flow (Q) gpm theorectical
Mechanical Nm = lb-in actual

3
lpm = cm /r x rpm gpm = in3/r x rpm lb-in theorectical
1000 231 Total Nt = Nv x Nm
Input Power (P)
Q
l/min x bar gpm x psi
kW = hp = p
600 1714
n
Shaft Torque (M) P
M
3
N-m = bar x cm /r lb-in = psi x in3/r
62.8 6.28
Shaft Speed (n)
rpm = 1000 x 1/min RPM = 231 x gpm

cm3/r in3/r
Commonly Used Conversions
Output Power (P)
To Convert Into Multiply by
N-m x RPM lb-in x rpm bar psi 14.5
kW = hp =
9549 63,025 cm3 in3 0.06102
˚C ˚F (˚C x 1.8) +32
Volumetric Displacement
gallons (US) liters 3.785
kg lbs 2.205
cm3/r = inlpm
3
/r =x 1000 gpm x 231
rpm rpm kgf/cm2 psi 14.2
kW hp 1.341
liters US Gallons 0.2642
Basic Formulas mm inches 0.03937
2
bar = 10 Newtons/cm N-m lb-in 8.85
gpm = gallons per minute N-m lb-ft 0.7375
hp = horsepower ˚F ˚C (˚F-32)/1.8
lb-in = pound inch hp kW 0.7457
lb-ft = pound feet inch mm 2.54
3 3
kW = kilowatt in cm 16.39
kgf = kilograms force lb-in N-m 0.113
l/min = liters per minute lb-ft N-m 1.356
N-m = Newton meters lbs kg 0.4535
psi = pounds per square inch psi bar 0.06896
rpm = revolutions per minute psi kgf/cm2 .070307
Note: Performance charts can be found on subsequent

pages.
4 EATON Industrial Variable Displacement Piston Pumps V-PUPI-TM007-E1 March 2014

Model Code Selection
PVM 045 E R 01 A E 01 AA A 28 00 00 0 0 A 0 A
1, 2, 3 4, 5, 6 7 8 9,10 11 12 13,14 15,16 17 18,19 20,21 22,23 24 25 26 27 28
Product Series
1, 2, 3 Main Port Location
12 17 Control Torque Limiter
22, 23
PVM – M Series Variable E** – End Ported 0 – None Setting
Piston Pump S**** – Side Ported A – Pressure Compensator 00 – None (Not available on
B – Pressure and Flow M Series)
Compensator with Bleed
4, 5, 6Displacement 13, 14 Main Port Type
Orifice
Twelve displacements 24 Compensator Special
SAE & ISO tube ports and C – Pressure and Flow
available 230 bar and 280 bar 4-bolt flange (Other Compensator with Features
continuous ratings configurations optional) Plugged Orifice 0 – None
E – Industrial Control (57cc
7 Valve Plate through 141 cc only) 25 Auxiliary Mounting Pad
Pump Special
15, 16
E – Industrial Equipment Features 0*** – None
Speeds 18, 19 Pressure
00 – None (Auxiliary mounting available
AA – Adjustable Maximum Compensator Setting on all frame sizes)
8 Input Rotation Displacement Stop 00 – None
R – Clockwise (Righthand) and 07 – 70 bar (Adjustable
single shaft between 40 bar and
26 Paint
L* – Counter-clockwise
(Lefthand) (standard) 130 bar) 0 – No Paint
AB – Double Shaft Seal, 23 – 230 bar (Adjustable A – Standard Blue Paint
Two Way between 130 bar and
9, 10 Input Shaft 320 bar) 27 Customer Identification
Standard SAE and ISO 28 – 280 bar (Adjustable
0 – None (Contact Eaton
splined versions (Other between 130 bar and
for Options)
configurations optional) 320 bar)
20, 21 Flow Compensator 28 Design Code

11 Mounting Flange
Setting A – A (Initial Release)
Thirteen options in SAE and
00 – None
ISO mounts
11 – 11 bar setting
20 – 20-20 bar setting
24 – 24-24 bar setting
* Not available on 074, 081, 098 and 106 End Port

** Not available on 074, 081, 098 and 106 LH
*** Through drive not available on the LH
**** Not available on 018

Model Code Options
4,5,6 Maximum Geometric Displacement
Displacement Code 018 020 045 050 057 063 074 081 098 106 131 141
cm3/r 18,0 21,1 45,1 50,0 57,4 63,1 73,7 81,0 98,3 106,5 131,1 141,0
in3/r 1.1 1.29 2.75 3.05 3.50 3.85 4.50 4.94 6.00 6.50 8.00 8.60
9,10 Shaft-End Type at Electric Motor End
Shaft Code
Description PVM018/020 PVM045/050 PVM057/063 PVM074/081 PVM098/106 PVM131/141
SAE, SAE A, Straight Keyed 01 – – – – –
SAE, SAE 19-1, Straight Keyed 02 – – – – –
SAE, SAE A, 9T Spline 03 – – – – –
SAE, SAE A, 11T Spline 04 – – – – –
SAE, SAE B, Straight Keyed 05 05 – – – –
SAE, SAE B-B, Straight Keyed 06 06 06 – – –
SAE, SAE B, 13T Spline 07 07 07 – – –
SAE, SAE B-B, 15T Spline 08 08 08 – – –
SAE, SAE C, Straight Keyed – – 09 09 09 09
SAE, SAE C-C, Straight Keyed – – – 10 10 10
SAE, SAE C, 14T Spline – – 11 11 11 11
SAE, SAE C-C, 17T Spline – – – 12 12 12
SAE, SAE D, Straight Keyed – – – – – 13
SAE, SAE D, 13T Spline – – – – – 14
ISO E20N,
Straight Keyed 15 – – – – –
ISO E25N,
Straight Keyed, Short Spigot 16 – – – – –
ISO E25N,
Straight Keyed 17 17 17 – – –
ISO E32N,
Straight Keyed, Short Spigot – – 18 18 18 18
ISO E40N,
Straight Keyed, Short Spigot – – – 19 19 19
11 Mounting Flange Specifications
Code Description PVM018/020 PVM045/050 PVM057/063 PVM074/081 PVM098/106 PVM131/141

A SAE A, 2-bolt
B ISO 80A2HW
C SAE B, 2-bolt
D ISO 100A2HW
E SAE C, 2-bolt
F ISO 125-A2HW
G SAE C, 4-bolt
H ISO 125B4HW
J SAE D, 4-bolt
K ISO 160B4HW
= Available
= Not Available

Model Code Options
13,14 Main Port Options
Inlet
Code Description Outlet PVM018/020 PVM045/050 PVM057/063 PVM074/081 PVM098/106 PVM131/141
Inlet –20 –24 –24 – – –
SAE J1926 (End ports only)
01
Tube Ports Outlet –12 –16 –16 – – –
(End ports only)
SAE J518 Inlet 1.25 inch 2.0 inch 2.0 inch 2.0 inch 2.5 inch 2.5 inch
02
Flange Ports Outlet 0.75 inch 1.0 inch 1.0 inch 1.0 inch 1.0 inch 1.25 inch*
Inlet M42 M48 M48 – – –
ISO 6149-1 (End ports only)
03
Tube Ports Outlet M27 M33 M33 – – –
(End ports only)
ISO 6162 Inlet 32mm 51mm 51mm 51mm 64mm 64mm
04
Flange Ports Outlet 19mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 32mm*
British Standard
05 Parallel Pipe – Inlet G 1-1/4 G 1-1/2 – – – –
Tube Ports Outlet G 3/4 G1 – – – –
*SAE Code 62, high pressure series, or ISO 400 bar. Other flange ports are SAE Code 61, standard pressure series, or ISO 25-350 bar.
25 Thru-Drive Options
Code Description PVM018/020 PVM045/050 PVM057/063 PVM074/081* PVM098/106 PVM131/141

O Single pump,
non-thru-drive
A SAE A, 2-bolt,
9T spline
B SAE A, 2-bolt,
11T spline
C SAE B, 2-/4-bolt,
13T spline
D SAE B-B, 2-/4-bolt,
15T spline
E SAE C, 2-/4-bolt,
14T spline
F SAE C-C, 2-/4-bolt,
17T spline
G ISO 80-A2HW,
9T SAE spline
H ISO 80-A2HW,
11T SAE spline
J ISO 100-A2/B4HW,
13T SAE spline
K ISO 100-A2/B4HW,
15T SAE spline
L ISO 125-A2/B4HW,
14T SAE spline
M ISO 125-A2/B4HW,
17T SAE spline
= Available
= Not Available
* Not available on the 074/081 LH

Industrial
Displacement, Pressure and Flow Ratings At 50°C (120°F), SAE 10W oil, 1 bar absolute (0 psig) inlet
Maximum Maximum Flow at 280 bar (4000 psi)*

Geometric Maximum Pressure bar (psi) l/min (USgpm) – Average measured flow rate
Displacement @1800 @1500 @1200 @1000
Model Series cm /r (in /r)
3 3
Continuous Intermittent* Peak** r/min r/min r/min r/min
PVM018 18 (1.1) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 31 (8.2) 26 (7) 21 (5.5) 17 (4.5)
PVM020 21,1 (1.29) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 35 (9) 29 (8) 23 (6) 19 (5)
PVM045 45,1 (2.75) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 76 (20) 65 (17) 49 (13) 42 (11)
PVM050 50,0 (3.05) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 87 (23) 75 (20) 62 (16) 49 (13)
PVM057 57,4 (3.50) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 102 (27) 85 (22.4) 66 (17.4) 54 (14.3)
PVM063 63,1 (3.85) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 111 (29) 93 (24) 74 (19) 60 (16)
PVM074 73,7 (4.50) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 127 (33.5) 106 (28) 86 (22.7) 70 (18.5)
PVM081 81,0 (4.94) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 139 (37) 116 (31) 93 (25) 76 (20)
PVM098 98,3 (6.00) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 170 (45) 141 (37) 112 (29.6) 92 (24.3)
PVM106 106,5 (6.50) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 187 (49) 155 (41) 123 (32) 102 (27)
PVM131 131,1 (8.00) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 215 (57) 178 (47) 141 (37) 118 (31)
PVM141 141,0 (8.60) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 238 (63) 199 (53) 158 (42) 131 (35)
**Less than 10% of duty cycle.
**Momentary system pressure spikes only.
Speed, Input Power and Torque Ratings At 50°C (120°F), SAE 10W oil, 1 bar absolute (0 psig) inlet
Maximum
Maximum Torque at
Operating 280 bar Approximate
Model Speed Maximum Input Power at 280 bar (4000 psi) kw (hp)*@88% M.E. (4000 psi)* Weight
Series r/min @1800 r/min @1500 r/min @1200 r/min @ 1000 r/min Nm (lb-ft) kg (lb)
PVM018 1800 16 (22) 13 (18) 11 (15) 9 (12) 84 (62) 15 (33)
PVM020 1800 14 (18) 11 (15) 9 (12) 8 (10) 73 (54) 15 (33)
PVM045 1800 41 (55) 34 (46) 27 (37) 23 (31) 221 (163) 24 (52)
PVM050 1800 35 (47) 30 (40) 28 (38) 23 (31) 190 (140) 24 (52)
PVM057 1800 52 (70) 44 (59) 36 (49) 29 (39) 272 (201) 36 (79)
PVM063 1800 42 (57) 36 (48) 29 (39) 24 (32) 228 (168) 36 (79)
PVM074 1800 63 (84) 52 (70) 42 (56) 35 (47) 334 (246) 45 (99)
PVM081 1800 56 (75) 46 (62) 35 (47) 28 (37) 286 (211) 45 (99)
PVM098 1800 88 (118) 72 (97) 58 (78) 48 (64) 464 (342) 55 (121)
PVM106 1800 72 (97) 60 (80) 48 (64) 40 (54) 383 (282) 55 (121)
PVM131 1800 113 (152) 94 (126) 75 (101) 63 (85) 596 (440) 66 (145)
PVM141 1800 94 (126) 79 (106) 63 (85) 53 (71) 497 (367) 66 (145)
Standard Response Times* Standard Response Times*
Model Series On Stroke (msec) Off Stroke (msec) Model Series On Stroke (msec) Off Stroke (msec)
PVM018 30 25 PVM074 85 30
PVM020 39 26 PVM081 85 30
PVM045 140 40 PVM098 65 25
PVM050 140 40 PVM106 72 29
PVM057 65 20 PVM131 135 30
PVM063 85 20 PVM141 100 30
* 3300 psi on overbore pumps *Values with pressure compensator control.

Mobile
Displacement, Pressure and Flow Ratings At 93°C (200°F), SAE 10W oil, 1 bar absolute (0 psig) inlet
Geometric Maximum Pressure bar (psi) Maximum Flow at 280 bar (4000 psi)
Displacement Flange Ports Tube Ports
Model Series cm3/r (in3/r) Continuous Intermittent* Peak** l/min (USgpm) @ 1 bar inlet l/min (USgpm) @ 1 bar inlet
PVM018 18,0 (1.10) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 46 (12) @ 2800 r/min 46 (12) @ 2800 r/min
PVM020 20,1 (1.22) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 53 (14) @ 2800 r/min 53 (14) @ 2800 r/min
PVM045 45,1 (2.75) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 115 (30) @ 2600 r/min 106 (28) @ 2400 r/min
PVM050 50,0 (3.05) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 125 (33) @ 2600 r/min 116 (31) @ 2400 r/min
PVM057 57,4 (3.50) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 140 (37) @ 2500 r/min 128 (34) @ 2300 r/min
PVM063 63,1 (3.85) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 150 (40) @ 2500 r/min 140 (37) @ 2400 r/min
PVM074 73,7 (4.50) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 163 (43) @ 2400 r/min –
PVM081 81,0 (4.94) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 181 (48) @ 2400 r/min –
PVM098 98,3 (6.00) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 200 (53) @ 2200 r/min –
PVM106 106,5 (6.50) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 222 (59) @ 2200 r/min –
PVM131 131,1 (8.00) 280 (4000) 320 (4600) 350 (5000) 233 (62) @ 2000 r/min –
PVM141 141,0 (8.60) 230 (3300) 250 (3600) 280 (4000) 258 (68) @ 2000 r/min –
**Less than 10% of duty cycle.
**Less than 0.5 second.
Standard Response Times* Standard Response Times*
Model Series On Stroke (msec) Off Stroke (msec) Model Series On Stroke (msec) Off Stroke (msec)
PVM018 50 20 PVM074 95 30
PVM020 57 22 PVM081 135 30
PVM045 140 40 PVM098 85 24
PVM050 140 23 PVM106 90 25
PVM057 65 20 PVM131 100 30
PVM063 94 20 PVM141 128 28
*Values with pressure compensator control.

Mobile
Speed, Input Power and Torque Ratings At 93°C (200°F), SAE 10W oil, 1 bar absolute (0 psig) inlet
Operating Speed and Pressure r/min Max. Input Power at Max. Torque at
Approximate
1 bar Inlet 0,85 bar Inlet Max. Speed and 280 bar 280 bar (4000 psi) Weight (dry)
Model Series Flange Ports Tube Ports Flange Ports (4000 psi) kW (hp) Nm (lb-ft) kg (lbs)
2800 r/min 24 (32)
PVM018 2800 r/min 24 (32) 82 (60) 15 (33)
2600 r/min 22 (30)
2800 r/min 21 (28)
PVM020 2800 r/min 21 (28) 72 (53) 15 (33)
2600 r/min 20 (27)
2600 r/min 56 (75)
PVM045 2400 r/min 53 (71) 198 (46) 24 (52)
2200 r/min 48 (64)
2600 r/min 51 (68)
PVM050 2400 r/min 48 (64) 204 (150) 24 (52)
2200 r/min 44 (59)
2500 r/min 68 (91)
PVM057 2300 r/min 62 (83) 262 (193) 36 (79)
2100 r/min 56 (75)
2500 r/min 59 (79)
PVM063 2400 r/min 57 (76) 225 (166) 36 (79)
2200 r/min 52 (69)
2400 r/min 84 (113)
PVM074 334 (246) 45 (99)
1900 r/min 69 (93)
2400 r/min 69 (93)
PVM081 276 (204) 45 (99)
1900 r/min 55 (74)
2200 r/min 105 (141)
PVM098 457 (337) 55 (121)
1800 r/min 86 (115)
2200 r/min 87 (117)
PVM106 377 (278) 55 (121)
1800 r/min 70 (94)
2000 r/min 122 (164)
PVM131 581 (429) 66 (145)
1600 r/min 98 (131)
2000 r/min 102 (137)
PVM141 483 (356) 66 (145)
1600 r/min 81 (109)

Control Options
Pressure Compensator
Control – Code A See m odelcode on page xx for
spring (pressure)adjustm entranges.
The pump will provide a con-
tinuously modulated flow to “B” inlet
meet changing load demands
at a pre-adjusted compensa- “F”case drain
tor pressure. At pressures • •
below the compensator set-
ting, the pump will operate “K” inlet •
at maximum displacement. gage port
See model code on page 4 for
compensator pressure ranges.
Warning: The pressure com-
pensator may be adjusted
beyond the rated pressure of
the pump. When adjusting the • •
pressure limiter, install a 0-350
bar (0-5000 psi) gage in the “K”outlet •
outlet gage port and limit the gage port
pressure setting to the con-
tinuous rated pressure for the “C ”outlet
pump displacement shown on
page 7.
To oad
l
Change in
Industrial Pressure Cut-off Pressure A
Characteristics of Code A Q
Outlet Flow
Control at 50°C (120°F), static Change
conditions. in Flow B
Outlet Pressure P
Pressure Cut-off Characteristics of Pressure Compensator Control @ 50°C (120°F), Static Conditions
“P” Outlet
Max. Speed “Q” Outlet Flow Pressure A B
Model Series r/min l/min (USgpm) bar (psi) bar (psi) L/min (USgpm)
PVM018 1800 32 (8.5) 280 (4000) 2,8 (40) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM020 1800 35 (9.25) 230 (3300) 2,8 (40) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM045 1800 76 (20) 280 (4000) 10 (150) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM050 1800 87 (23) 230 (3300) 10 (150) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM057 1800 102 (27) 280 (4000) 3,5 (51) 14 (3.7)
PVM063 1800 113 (29) 230 (3300) 7,4 (107) 7,6 (2.00)
PVM074 1800 127 (33.5) 280 (4000) 1,5 (22) 37 (9.8)
PVM081 1800 141 (37) 230 (3300) 1,5 (22) 37 (9.8)
PVM098 1800 179 (47) 280 (4000) 1,5 (22) 25 (6.6)
PVM106 1800 195 (51.5) 230 (3300) 1,5 (22) 20 (5.3)
PVM131 1800 229 (60.5) 280 (4000) 3,5 (51) 19 (5.0)
PVM141 1800 238 (63) 230 (3300) 3,5 (51) 14 (3.70)

� •
� � •
Control Options
Mobil Pressure Cut-off

Characteristics of Pressure C hange in
Compensator Control at Pressure A
93°C (200°F), static conditions. Q
C hange
O utletFlow in Flow B
O utletPressure P
Pressure Cut-off Characteristics of Pressure Compensator Control @ 93°C (200°F), Static Conditions
“P” Outlet
Rated Speed “Q” Outlet Flow Pressure A B
Model Series r/min l/min (USgpm) bar (psi) bar (psi) L/min (USgpm)
PVM018 2800 42 (11) 280 (4000) 2,8 (40) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM020 2800 52 (14) 230 (3300) 2,8 (41) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM045 2600 115 (30) 280 (4000) 10 (150) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM050 2600 125 (33) 230 (3300) 10 (150) 4,5 (1.2)
PVM057 2500 140 (37) 280 (4000) 3,5 (50) 14 (3.7)
PVM063 2500 159 (42) 230 (3300) 7,4 (107) 11,4 (3.00)
PVM074 2400 174 (46) 280 (4000) 1,5 (20) 37 (9.8)
PVM081 2400 185 (49) 230 (3300) 1,5 (22) 37 (9.8)
PVM098 2200 217 (57) 280 (4000) 1,5 (20) 32 (8.4)
PVM106 2200 234 (62) 230 (3300) 1,5 (22) 24 (6.33)
PVM131 2000 253 (67) 280 (4000) 1,0 (15) 23 (6.0)
PVM141 2000 258 (68) 230 (3300) 7,0 (100) 14 (3.70)

Control Options
Load Sensing and Pressure

Compensator Control – O ptionalbleed-dow n orifice inC ode B
Code B or C control. 0,4mm (.016 in.)O rifice is plugged
The pump will provide power forno bleed dow n incontrolC ode C.
matching of pump output to
system load demand, maximiz- “B”inlet
ing efficiency and improving
load metering characteristics
of any directional control valve “F”case drain
• • •
installed between the pump
and the load.
Load sensing ensures that the “K”inlet • • “J” lo
ad
pump always provides only gage port
the amount of flow needed by sense
the load. At the same time, signal
the pump operating pressure port
adjusts to the actual load pres-
sure plus a pressure differ-
ential required for the control
action. When the system is
not demanding power, the • • •
load sense control will operate “K” outlet
in an energy-saving stand-by gage port • •
mode.
Typically, the differential pres- “C ” outlet
sure is that between the pres-
sure inlet and service port of a
To lo
ad
proportionally controlled direc-
tional valve, or a load sensing
directional control valve. See
the model code on page 4 for
differential pressure settings
for load sensing.
If the load pressure exceeds
the system pressure setting,
the pressure compensator
de-strokes the pump. The
load sensing line must be as
short as possible and can also
be used for remote control
or unloading of the pump
pressure. For remote control
purposes, it is recommended
that you contact your Eaton
representative for the correct
configuration of the control.
Warning: The pressure com-
pensator may be adjusted
beyond the rated pressure of
the pump. When adjusting the
pressure limiter, install a
0-350 bar (0-5000 psi) gage
in the outlet gage port and
limit the pressure setting to
the continuous rated pressure
for the pump displacement
shown on page 7.

Control Options
Industrial Control
Compensator – Code E & F
(Model 057-141 only) With Pressure & Flow Compensator (E)
This pump is intended for
use when multiple, remote, Inlet
or electronically controlled
compensating settings, with
or without load sensing, are Case drain
desired.
Pressure
Pressure compensation is port
obtained when an internal plug
is removed, the load-sense Tank port
signal port is kept plugged,
and internal pilot pressure is
applied to the spring cham-
ber of the control spool. For
pressure compensation with
load sensing, the internal plug
stays, the load-sense signal
port is unplugged, and pilot
pressure is externally applied.
An external relief valve (not Outlet Load sense
supplied) controls spring signal port
chamber pressure. The exter- To load
nally adjustable spring deter-
mines the differential pressure
setting of the control. Outlet
pressure is limited to the valve
of the spring chamber (pres-
sure port) pressure, plus con-
trol differential pressure.
Spring chamber (pilot) pres- Pressure Compensating Without Load Sensing (F)
sure is separated from outlet
pressure by an internal orifice.
Outlet pressure shifts the Inlet
spool when pressure drop
across the orifice reaches the
differential pressure setting, Case drain
and the pump de-strokes.
Pressure
The relief valve can be mount- port
ed to an NFPA-D03/ISO 4401-
03 pad on the pump control, Tank port
or remotely located via tapping
and blanking plates installed
on the pad. See “Ordering
Procedure”, page 27, for more
on valves and plates.
The standard factory-set dif-
ferential pressure setting of
the pump control is 20 bar
(290 psi) and is not specified
Outlet Load sense
in the pump model number.
Any other ordered differential signal port
pressure, within the control’s To load
adjustable pressure range of
17-35 bar (247-508 psi), will
be specified in the model
number.

Performance
Industrial PVM018
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in w ith

Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar Delivery and Efficiency at 1800 r/min
absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge)
66 100
Volumetric iciency
Eff
64 1800 r/m in 90
m ax.flow Overall iciency
Eff
62 80
60 70
y– %
58 60
N oise Level– dBA
icienc
50 40 (11
)
gpm)
56
– l/min (US
1200 r/m in
54 m ax.flow Eff 40
Delivery ective
(eff flow) 30 (8)
52 30
20 (5)
20
Delivery
50
1200 r/m in 10 (3)
48 1800 r/m in m in.flow 10
m in.flow
46 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700)(1500)
(2200)
(2900)(3600)
(4400)
(5000)
Sound pressure data Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
equivalentto NFPA. O utletPressure – bar(psi)

Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar Input Torque and Power at 1800 r/min
absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120
°F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge
62 100 (885)
60 90 (796) Inputorque,
T
Full Stroke
– Nm (in-lb)
1500 r/m in
58 m ax.flow 80 (708)
56 70 (619)
54 1000 r/m in 60 (531)

N oise Level– dBA
m ax.flow
Inputorque
52 50 (442)
– kW (hp)
Input Power,
T
40 (354) Full Stroke20 (27)

50
30 (265) 15 (20)
48
Input Power
1500 r/m in
m in.flow 20 (177) 10 (13)
46
1000 r/m in 10 (88) 5 (7)
44 Inputorque,
T
m in.flow Cut-off
0 0
42 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 (700)(1500)
(2200)
(2900)
(3600) (5000)
(4400)
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM018
Delivery and Efficiency at 1500 r/min Delivery and Efficiency at 1200 r/min
° F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) I 50°C (120
50°C (120 °F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge)
100 100
Volumetric iciency
Eff Volumetric iciency
Eff
90 Overall iciency
Eff 90
Overall iciency
Eff
80 80
70 70
– %
y– %
iciency
60 60
icienc
– l/min (USgpm)
50 50
pm)
ry– l/min (USg
Eff
Eff
40 40
30 Delivery ective
(eff flow)30 (8) 30 30 (8)
Delivery ective
(eff flow)
20 20 (5) 20 20 (5)
Delivery
Delive
10 10 (3) 10 10 (3)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi) Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
Input Torque and Power at

00 15
r/min Input Torque and Power at 1200 r/min
50°C (120°F) and 1.0 bar absolute
i gauge)
(0 ps Inlet 50°C (120
°F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge
100 (885) 100 (885)
Inputorque,
T
– Nm (in.lb.)
90 (796) 90 (796)
Inputorque,
T Full Stroke
– Nm (in.lb.)
80 (708) Full Stroke

80 (708)
70 (619) 70 (619)
60 (531) 60 (531)
Inputorque
50 (442)
– kW (hp)
50 (442)
Inputorque
T
– kW (hp)
T
40 (354) 20 (27)
Input Power, 40 (354) 20 (27)
Full Stroke Input Power,
30 (265) 15 (20) 30 (265) 15 (20)
Input Power
Full Stroke
Input Power
20 (177) 10 (13) 20 (177) 10 (13)
10 (88) 5 (7) 10 (88) 5 (7)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700)(1500)
(2200)
(2900)
(3600) (5000)
(4400)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM018
Delivery and Efficiency at 1000 r/min Case Flow Versus Outlet Pressure at 1800 r/min,
50°C (120
°F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) 50°C (120°F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge
100 1,4 (0.37)
Volumetric iciency
Eff
90
Overall iciency
Eff 1,2 (0.32)
pm)
Case Flow– l/min (USg
80
1,0 (0.26)
70
– %
iciency
60 0,8 (0.21)
– l/min (USgpm)
50
0,6 (0.16)
Eff
40
0,4 (0.11
)
30
20 Delivery ective
(eff flow) 20 (5)
Delivery
0,2 (0.05)
10 10 (3)
0
0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 (700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000
(700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
Input Torque and Power at 1000 r/min Case Flow Versus Outlet Pressure at Cutoff,
50°C (120
°F), and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gaug 50°C (120
°F) and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gau
100 (885)
Inputorque,
T 5 (1.32)
– Nm (in.lb.)
90 (796)
Full Stroke
80 (708)
(USgpm)
4 (1.06)
70 (619)
Input to0rque
Case Flow– l/min
60 (531) 3 (0.79)
50 (442)
– kW (hp)
40 (354) 20 (27) 2 (0.53)
30 (265) 15 (20)
Input Power
Input Power,
Full Stroke 1 (0.26)
20 (177) 10 (13)
10 (88) 5 (7)
0
0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 (700)(1500)
(2200)
(2900) (4400)
(3600) (5000
(700)(1500)
(2200)(2900) (4400)
(3600) (5000)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)

Performance
Mobile PVM018
TypicalN oise Levels D elivery and C ase Flow Versus Speed

Petroleum O il(10W )at93°C (200°F), @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psi)gauge Inlet
1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50 (13.2)
(Sound pressure data equivalentto N FPA)
76 45 (11.9)
2800 r/m in 25 bar(365 psi),
D elivery
72 M ax.Flow 40 (10.6)
D elivery – l/m in (U Sgpm )

68 35 (9.2)
250 bar(3600 psi),
30 (7.9)
N oise Level– dBA
64 D elivery
C ase Flow – l/m in (U Sgpm )

2800 r/m in 25 (5.3)
60
M in.Flow
20 (5.3) 4,0 (1.1)
56
600 r/m in 15 (4.0) 3,0 (.8)
52 M ax.Flow 250 bar(3600 psi),C ase flow
10 (2.6) 2,0 (.5)
48
5 (1.3) 1,0 (.3)
600 r/m in 25 bar(365 psi),C ase flow
44 M in.Flow 0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
40 Speed – r/m in
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
O utletPressure – bar(psi)
O verallEfficiency Versus Speed InputTorque Versus Speed

at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
95 110 (973)
100 (885) 320 bar(4600 psi)
90 (796)
90 280 bar(4000 psi)
InputTorque – N m (in.lb.)
80 (708)
100 bar 250 bar(3600 psi)
(1500 psi) 70 (619)
Efficiency – %
85 150 bar 200 bar(2900 psi)

60 (531)
(2200 psi)
200 bar 50 (442) 150 bar(2200 psi)
80 (2900 psi)
40 (354)
100 bar(1500 psi)
250 bar 30 (265)
(3600 psi)
75 20 (177)
280 bar
(4000 psi) 25 bar(365 psi)
320 bar 10 (88)
(4600 psi)
70 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed – r/m in Speed – r/m in

Performance
Mobile PVM018
InputPow er Versus Speed

@ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
28 (37.5)
320 bar
26 (34.9) (4600 psi)
InputPow er@ FullFlow – kW (hp)

24 (32.2) 280 bar
(4000 psi)
22 (29.5)
250 bar
20 (26.8) (3600 psi)
18 (24.1) 200 bar
16 (21.4) (2900 psi)
14 (18.8)
150 bar
12 (16.1) (2200 psi)
10 (13.4) 100 bar
8 (10.7) (1500 psi)
6 (8.0)
4 (5.4) 25 bar
2 (2.7) (365 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed – r/m in
@ 93°C (200°F),load sense standby

and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet Input Torque and Case Flowersus
V Speed
3 (27) @ 93°C (200
°F), cut-off
and 1.0 bar absolute
InputTorque -N m (in.lb.)
(0 psi gauge) inlet

C ase Flow (l/m in (U Sgpm )
50 (442)
lb.)
45 (398) 280 bar (4000 psi)

Torque – Nm (in.
Inputorque
T
2 (18) 40 (354)
20 bar(300 psi) 35 (310)
differential,
InputTorque 20 bar(300 psi) 30 (265)
differential,
1 (9) C ase Flow 5 (1.32) 25 (221)
11 bar(160 psi) 4 (1.06) 150 bar (2200 psi)
differential, 3 (0.79) 20 (177)Inputorque
T
InputTorque 11 bar(160 psi) 2 (0.53)
Input
differential, 1 (0.26) 15 (135) 9 (2.

0 C ase Flow 280 bar (4000 psi), Case Flo
0 10 (88) 6 (1.
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed – r/m in 5 (45) 150 bar (2200 psi) 3 (0.
0 Case Flow 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/min

Performance
Industrial PVM020
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) Delivery and Efficiency at 1800 °r/min,
C (120
°F),
50
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet
64 100
1800 r/m in Volumetric iciency
Eff
62 M ax.Flow 90
60 Overall iciency
Eff
80
58 1200 r/m in
M ax.Flow 70
56
N oise Level– dBA
– %
60
iciency
– l/min (USgpm)
54
52 50 50 (13)
1800 r/m in
Eff
50 M in.Flow 40 40 (11
)
48 30 Delivery ective
(eff flow) 30 (8)
46
Delivery
20 20 (5)
44
N
1200 r/m in 10 10 (3)

42 M in.Flow
40 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
O utletPressure – bar(psi) Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) Input Torque and Power at 1800 r/min,
°C (120
50
°F),
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet
64 120 (1062)
62 110 (973)
1500 r/m in
– Nm (in.lb.)
60 M ax.Flow 100 (885)

A
58 90 (796)
56 80 (708)
1000 r/m in
N oise Level– dBA
54 M ax.Flow 70 (619)
Input torque
– kW (hp)
60 (531) Inputorque,
T
52 Full Stroke
50 (442) 25 (34)
50
Input Power
1500 r/m in 40 (354) 20 (27)

48 Input Power,
M in.Flow 30 (265) 15 (20)
Full Stroke
46
T 10 (13)
44 1000 r/m in
M in.Flow 10 (88) Cut off 5 (7)
42 0 0
40 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA

Performance
Industrial PVM020
Delivery and Efficiency at 1500 °C

r/min,
(120
°F),
50 Delivery and Efficiency at 1200 °C
r/min,
(120
°F),
50
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet
100 100
Volumetric iciency
Eff Volumetric iciency
Eff
90 90
Overall iciency
Eff Overall iciency
Eff
80 80
70 70
– %
– %
iciency
– l/min (USgpm)
60
iciency
60
– l/min (USgpm)
50 50 (13) 50 50 (13)
Eff
Eff
40 (11
) 40 40 (11
)
40
30 30 (8) 30 30 (8)
Delivery ective
(eff flow)
Delivery
20 Delivery ective
(eff flow) 20 (5)
Delivery
20 20 (5)
10 10 (3) 10 10 (3)
0 0
0 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
Input Torque and Power at 1500 r/min,

°C (120
50
°F), Input Torque and Power at 1200 r/min,
°C (120
50
°F),
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inle and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet
120 (1062) 120 (1062)
110 (973) 110 (973)
– Nm (in.lb.)
– Nm (in.lb.)
100 (885) 100 (885)

90 (796) 90 (796)
80 (708) 80 (708)
70 (619)
Input torque
70 (619)
Input torque
– kW (hp)
T 60 (531) Inputorque,
T – kW (hp)
Full Stroke Full Stroke
25 (34) 50 (442) 25 (34)
50 (442)
40 (354) 20 (27)
Input Power
20 (27)
Input Power
40 (354) Input Power,

30 (265) Full Stroke 15 (20)
30 (265) Input Power, 15 (20)
Full Stroke 20 (177) 10 (13)
20 (177) 10 (13)
10 (88) 5 (7)
10 (88) 5 (7)
0 0
0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)
(700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM020
Delivery and Efficiency at 1000 °C

r/min,
(120
°F),
50 C ase Flow versus O utletPressure at1800 r/m in,FullFlow ,
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet 50°C (120°F),and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 2.5 (0.66)
Volumetric iciency
Eff
90 2.3 (0.59)
Overall iciency
Eff
C ase Flow l/m in – (U Sgpm )

80 2.0 (0.53)
70 1.8 (0.46)
– %
– l/min (USgpm)
1.5 (0.40)
iciency
60
50 50 (13) 1.3 (0.33)
Eff
40 40 (11
) 1.0 (0.26)
30 30 (8) 0.8 (0.20)
Delivery
20 20 (5) 0.5 (0.13)
Delivery ective
(eff flow)
10 10 (3) 0.3 (0.07)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)
Input Torque and Power at 1000 r/min,

°C (120
50
°F), C ase Flow versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in,
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet 50°C (120°F),and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
120 (1062)
10 (2.64)
110 (973)
– Nm (in.lb.)
9 (2.38)
100 (885)
90 (796) 8 (2.11)
80 (708) 7 (1.85)
70 (619)
Input torque
6 (1.59)
– kW (hp)
T
Full Stroke 5 (1.32)
50 (442) 25 (34)
40 (354) 20 (27) 4 (1.06)
Input Power
30 (265) Input Power, 15 (20) 3 (0.79)

20 (177) Full Stroke 10 (13)
2 (0.53)
10 (88) 5 (7)
1 (0.26)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700)(1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outlet Pressure
– bar (psi)

Performance
Mobile PVM020
TypicalN oise Levels at2800 & 600 r/m in w ith Petroleum O il(10W )
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
77
2800 r/m in
74 m ax.flow
71
68 2800 r/m in
m in.flow
N oise Level– dBA

65
62
59
56
53
50 600 r/m in
m ax.flow
47 600 r/m in
m in.flow
44
41
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.
O verallEfficiency versus Speed D elivery and C ase Flow versus Speed at93°C (200°F),
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet FullFlow 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet
100 60 (15.9)

95 55 (14.5)
150 bar
(2200 psi) 50 (13.2)
90
210 bar(3000 psi) 45 (11.9)

50 bar(725
O verallEfficiency (% )
85 100 bar(1500 psi) 40 (10.6) psi)D elivery

80 35 (9.2)
50 bar(700 psi) 210 bar(3000
30 (7.9) psi)D elivery
75
230 bar(3300 psi) 25 (6.6)
70
20 (5.3) 4 (1.06)
65
15 (4.0) 3 (0.79)
60 10 (2.6) 210 bar(3000 psi)C ase Flow 2 (0.53)
55 5 (1.3) 50 bar(725 psi)C ase Flow
1 (0.26)
50 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed – r/m in Speed (r/m in)

Performance
Mobile PVM020
Input Torque versus Speed °C at (200

93 °F), Input Power versus Speed at
°C (200
93 °F),
Full
Full Flow
Flow and
and 1.0
1.0 bar
bar absolute
absolute (0
(0 psi
psi gauge) Full
InletFlow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) I
gauge) Inlet
110 (973) 24 (32)

230 bar (3300 psi)
100 (885)
– Nm (lb.in.)
22 (30)
90 (796) 20 (27)
– kW (hp)
230 210 bar (3000 ps
230 bar
bar (3300
(3300 psi)
psi)
80 (708) 18 (24)
70 (619) 16 (21)
210 bar (3000 psi)
Input Power
60 (531) 14 (19)
Inputorque
150 150 bar (2200 ps

150 bar
bar (2200
(2200 psi)
psi) 12 (16)
50 (442)
T
10 (13)
40 (354) 100
100 bar
bar (1500
(1500 psi)
psi) 100 bar (1500 ps
8 (11
)
30 (265)
50 bar (725 psi) 6 (8)
20 (177) 50 bar (725 psi)
4 (5)
10 (88) 2 (3)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min) Speed (r/min)
Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed at Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed
93°C (200°F), Load Sense Standby and 1.0 bar at 93
°C (200
°F), Pressure Limit Cut-off and
absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet
3.2 (28) 30 (265)
Torque – Nm (lb.in.)
– Nm (lb.in.)
3.0 (27)
2.8 (25) 27 (239) 210 bar (3000 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
ff
. di 24 (212) Inputorque
T
2.6 (23) Inputorque
T
2.4 (21) 21 (186)
2.2 (19)
2 (18) 11 bar (160 psi)
. diff 18 (159)
Inputorque
1.8 (16) Inputorque

T
1.6 (14) Case Flow 15 (133) Case
T
150 bar
Input
l/min Flow l/m

1.4 (12) 12 (106)(2200 psi)
(USgpm) (USgpm)
1.2 1)
(1 Inputorque
T
1 (9) 5.0 (1.32) 9 (80) 9 (2.4)
.8 (7) 11 bar (160 psi) 4.0 (1.06)
. diff 6 (53) 210 bar (3000 psi) Case Flow 6 (1.6)
.6 (5) Case Flow 3.0 (.79)
20 bar (290 psi)
ff
. 2.0di(.53)
.4 (4) Case Flow 3 (27) 150 bar (2200 psi) Case 3Flow
(0.8)
.2 (2) 1.0 (.26)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Industrial PVM045

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) D elivery and Efficiency at1800 r/m in
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
72 100
70 Volum etric Efficiency
90
1800 r/m in O verallEfficiency
68 M ax.Flow
80
66
70
N oise Level– dBA
64
Efficiency – %
62 1800 r/m in
M in.Flow
60
60 50

58 1200 r/m in 40 102 (27)
M ax.Flow
D elivery (effective flow )
56
30 76 (20)
54 1200 r/m in
M in.Flow 49 (13)
20
52
10 27 (7)
50
48 0 0
50 100 1500 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
Sound pressure data O ut
letPressure – bar (psi
) O utletPressure – bar(psi)
equivalentto NFPA

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) InputTorque and Pow er at1800 r/m in
72 240 (2125)
70 1500 r/m in
M ax.Flow 1500 r/m in 210 (1860)
M in.Flow InputTorque,
68 FullStroke
Inputtorque – N m (in.lb.)
1000 r/m in 180 (1595)

M ax.Flow
66
InputPow er,
150 (1325) 50 (67)
N oise Level– dBA
FullStroke
64
InputPow er– kW (hp)

62 120 (1060) 40 (54)
1000 r/m in
60 M in.Flow 90 (795) 30 (40)
58
60 (530) InputTorque, 20 (27)
56 C ut-off
30 (265) 10 (13)
54
52 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
O utletPressure – bar(psi) O utletPressure – bar(psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM045
D elivery and Efficiency at1500 r/m in D elivery and Efficiency at1200 r/m in
50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 100
Volum etric Efficiency Volum etric Efficiency
90 90
O verallEfficiency O verallEfficiency
80 80
70 70
Efficiency – %
Efficiency – %
60 60

50 50
40 102 (27) 40 76 (20)

D elivery (effective flow ) D elivery (effective flow )
30 76 (20) 30 57 (15)
20 49 (13) 20 38 (10)
10 27 (7) 10 19 (5)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) (4400)(5000)
InputTorque and Pow er at1500 r/m in InputTorque and Pow er at1200 r/m in
240 (2125) 240 (2125)
210 (1860) 210 (1860)

InputTorque, InputTorque,
Inputtorque – N m (in.lb.)
180 (1595) FullStroke 180 (1595) FullStroke
150 (1325) 150 (1325)
120 (1060) 40 (54) 120 (1060)

InputPow er,
InputPow er,
FullStroke FullStroke
90 (795) 30 (40) 90 (795) 30 (40)
60 (530) 20 (27) 60 (530) 20 (27)
30 (265) 10 (13) 30 (265) 10 (13)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400) (5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM045
D elivery and Efficiency at1000 r/m in C ase Flow Versus O utletPressure at1800 r/m in,FullFlow
100 2,0 (0.53)
90 O verallEfficiency 1,8 (0.47)
Volum etric Efficiency

80 1,6 (0.42)
70 1,4 (0.37)
Efficiency – %
60 1,2 (0.32)

50 1,0 (0.26)
40 76 (20) 0,8 (0.21)
30 D elivery (effective flow ) 57 (15) 0,6 (0.16)
20 38 (10) 0,4 (0.10)
10 19 (5) 0,2 (0.05)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
InputTorque and Pow er at1000 r/m in C ase Flow Versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in
50°C (120°F),and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
240 (2125) 6 (1.59)
210 (1860)
InputTorque, 5 (1.32)
FullStroke
180 (1595)
4 (1.06)
150 (1325)
120 (1060) 3 (0.79)

90 (795) InputPow er, 30 (40)

FullStroke 2 (0.53)
60 (530) 20 (27)
1 (0.26)
30 (265) 10 (13)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Mobile PVM045

1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 120 (32)
(Sound pressure data equivalentto N FPA)
110 (29)

82 50 bar(700 psi),
2600 r/m in D elivery
M ax.Flow 100 (26)
78 90 (24)
280 bar(4000 psi),
74 80 (21) D elivery
70 (18)
N oise Level– dBA

70 60 (16)
600 r/m in
2600 r/m in M in.Flow 2,5 (.7)
66 50 (13)
M in.Flow
40 (11) 280 bar(4000 psi), 2,0 (.5)
62 C ase flow 1,5 (.4)
30 (8)
20 (5) 1,0 (.3)
58 600 r/m in
M ax.Flow 50 bar(700 psi),
10 (3) C ase flow 0,5 (.1)
54 0
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
50 Speed – r/m in
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400)

at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
95 225 (1991)
210 (1858) 280 bar(4000 psi)
100 bar
(1500 psi) 195 (1726)
250 bar(3600 psi)
90
180 (1593)
150 bar 165 (1460)
(2200 psi) 200 bar(2900 psi)
150 (1327)
Efficiency – %
85 50 bar
135 (1195) 150 bar(2200 psi)
200 bar (700 psi)
(2900 psi) 120 (1062)
105 (929) 100 bar(1500 psi)
80
90 (796)
250 bar 75 (664)
(3600 psi) 50 bar(700 psi)
75 17 bar 60 (531)
280 bar (250 psi) 45 (398) 25 bar(365 psi)
(4000 psi) 30 (265)
17 bar(250 psi)
70 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Mobile PVM045

93°C (200°F),1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
56 (75)
280 (4000)
52 (70)
250 (3600)

48 (64)
44 (59)
Pressure – bar(psi)
40 (54) 200 (2900)
36 (48)
32 (43)
150 (2200)
28 (38)
24 (32)
100 (1500)
20 (27)
16 (21)
12 (16) 50 (700)
8 (11) 25 (365)
4 (5) 17 (250)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed – r/m in
Speed – r/m in
1.C ase Flow at2600 r/m in,FullFlow

6 (1.6)
5 (1.3)
4 (1.1)
3 (0.8)
2 (0.5)
1 (0.3)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
C ase Flow atC utoffat2600 r/m in
42 (11.1)
38 (10.0)
34 (9.0)
30 (7.9)
26 (6.9)
22 (5.8)
18 (4.8)
14 (3.7)
10 (2.6)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400) (5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM050
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in w ith D elivery and Efficiency at1800 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F),
Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
72 100
1800 r/m in Volum etric Efficiency
m ax.flow 90
68 O verallEfficiency
80
64 1200 r/m in
m ax.flow 70
Efficiency – %
N oise Level– dBA
60

60
50 125 (33)
56 1800 r/m in 1200 r/m in 40 100 (26)
m in.flow m in.flow
30 D elivery (effective flow ) 75 (20)
52
20 50 (13)
48 10 25 (7)
0
0
44 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) O utletPressure – bar(psi)

Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar InputTorque and Pow er at1800 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F),
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
72 240 (2124)
m ax.flow 220 (1947)

InputTorque – N m (in-lb)
68 200 (1770)
1500 r/m in
m ax.flow 180 (1593)
64 1000 r/m in InputTorque,
160 (1416) FullStroke
N oise Level– dBA
140 (1239)
60 120 (1062)
100 (885) 50 (67)

56
1500 r/m in 80 (708) InputPow er, 40 (54)
m in.flow 60 (531) FullStroke
30 (40)
52
1000 r/m in 40 (354) InputTorque, 20 (27)
m in.flow C ut-off
20 (177) 10 (13)
48
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
44 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) O utletPressure – bar(psi)
Sound pressure data

Performance
Industrial PVM050
D elivery and Efficiency at1500 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F), D elivery and Efficiency at1200 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F),
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 100
90 90
80 80
70 70
Efficiency – %
Efficiency – %
60 60

50 125 (33) 50 125 (33)
40 100 (26) 40 100 (26)
30 75 (20) 30 75 (20)
20 50 (13) 20 D elivery (effective flow ) 50 (13)
10 25 (7) 10 25 (7)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
InputTorque and Pow er at1500 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F), InputTorque and Pow er at1200 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F),
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
240 (2124) 240 (2124)
220 (1947) 220 (1947)
200 (1770) 200 (1770)
InputTorque,
FullStroke 180 (1593)
InputTorque – N m (in-lb)
180 (1593)
160 (1416) InputTorque,
140 (1239) 140 (1239)
120 (1062) 120 (1062)

100 (885) 50 (67)

100 (885) 50 (67)
InputPow er, 80 (708) 40 (54)
80 (708) 40 (54) InputPow er,
FullStroke 60 (531)
60 (531) FullStroke 30 (40)
30 (40)
40 (354) 20 (27)
40 (354) 20 (27)
20 (177) 10 (13)
20 (177) 10 (13)
0 0
0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)

Performance
Industrial PVM050
D elivery and Efficiency at1000 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F), C ase Flow versus O utletPressure at1800 r/m in,FullFlow ,
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F),and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 1.0 (0.26)
90 0.9 (0.24)
O verallEfficiency
80 0.8 (0.21)

70 0.7 (0.18)
Efficiency – %
60 0.6 (0.16)

50 125 (33) 0.5 (0.13)
40 100 (26) 0.4 (0.11)
30 75 (20) 0.3 (0.08)
20 50 (13)
0.2 (0.05)
10 25 (7)
0.1 (0.03)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
InputTorque and Pow er at1000 r/m in,50¡C (120¡F), C ase Flow versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in,
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F),and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
240 (2124) 10 (2.64)
220 (1947) 9 (2.38)
200 (1770)
8 (2.11)
180 (1593)
InputTorque,
160 (1416) 7 (1.85)
FullStroke
140 (1239) 6 (1.59)
120 (1062) 5 (1.32)
100 (885) 50 (67)

4 (1.06)
80 (708) 40 (54)
60 (531) InputPow er, 30 (40) 3 (0.79)
40 (354) FullStroke 20 (27) 2 (0.53)
20 (177) 10 (13)
1 (0.26)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
O utletPressure – bar(psi) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)

Performance
Mobile PVM050
TypicalN oise Levels at2600 & 600 r/m in

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at93°C (200°F)and
1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet
88
86
84
82
2600 r/m in
N oise Level– dBA

m ax.flow
80
78 2600 r/m in
m in.flow
76
74
72 600 r/m in
m ax.flow
70
68
66 600 r/m in
m in.flow
64
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet FullFlow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet
100

140 (37)
95 130 (34)
100 bar(1500 psi) 120 (32)
90 110 (29) 50 bar(725
psi)D elivery
85 200 bar 100 (26)

(2900 psi) 210 bar(3000
90 (24) psi)D elivery
80 80 (21)
75 70 (18)
210 bar(3000 psi)
60 (16)
70 210 bar(3000
230 bar(3300 psi) 50 (13) psi)C ase Flow 5 (1.32)
65 40 (11) 4 (1.06)
60 30 (8) 3 (0.79)
20 (5) 50 bar(725 psi) 2 (0.53)
55 10 (3) C ase Flow 1 (0.26)
0
50 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Mobile PVM050
Input Torque versus Speed °Cat (200

°C (200
93 °F),
Full Full
Flow Flow and bar
and 1.0 1.0 absolute
bar absolute
(0 psi(0 gauge)
psi gauge) Full Flow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) In
InletInlet
300 (2655) 60 (80)

275 (2434) 55 (74)
– Nm (in.lb.)
230 bar (3300 p

250 (2212) 230 bar 50 (67) 210 bar (3000 p
– kW (hp)
(3300 psi) 200 bar (2900 p
210
225 (1991) bar 45 (60)
(3000 psi)
200 (1770) 40 (54)
Input Power
175 (1549) 35 (47)
200 bar (2900 psi)
Inputorque
150 (1327) 30 (40)

T
100 bar (1500 ps

125 (1
106) 25 (34)
100 (885) 20 (27)
100 bar (1500 psi) 15 (20)
75 (664)
50 (442) 10 (13)
17 bar (250 psi) 17 bar (250 psi
25 (221) 5 (7)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed at Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed
93°C (200°F), Load Sense Standby and 1.0 bar at 93
°C (200
°F), Pressure Limit Cut-off and
absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet
8 (71)
55 (487)
50 (442)
– Nm (in.lb.)
7 (62)
20 bar (300 psi)
. diff 210 bar (3000 psi) Tor
Input
que
Torque – Nm (in.lb.)
Case Flow 45 (398)

Inputorque
T
6 (53) l/min
(USgpm) 40 (354
)
210 bar
5 (44) 5.0 (1.32) 35 (310)(3000 psi)
11 bar (160 psi)
. diff
Inputorque
T 30 (265)Case Flow Case
4.0 (1.06)
Inputorque
4 (35) Flow l/m

25 (221) (USgpm)
T
3 (27) 3.0 (.79) 12 (3.2)

20 bar (300 psi) 20 (177
)
Input
diff
. Case Flow 15 (133
)150 bar (2200 psi) 9 (2.4)
2 (18) 2.0 (.53 Inputorque
T
11 bar (160 psi)
diff
.Case Flow 10 (88) 6 (1.6)
1 (9) 1.0 (.26) 150 bar (2200 psi) Case Flow
5 (44) 3 (0.8)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Industrial PVM057

74 100
1800 r/m in
70 M ax.Flow 80
1800 r/m in
M in.Flow 70
N oise Level– dBA
Efficiency – %
66 60

50 130 (34)
1200 r/m in
M ax.Flow D elivery (effective flow )
62 40 104 (28)
30 78 (21)
58 20 52 (14)
1200 r/m in
M in.Flow 10 26 (7)
54 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
(Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA)

70 300 (2655)

1500 r/m in FullStroke
M ax.Flow
240 (2124)
66
210 (1859)
N oise Level– dBA
1000 r/m in
M ax.Flow 180 (1593) 60 (80)
1500 r/m in
M in.Flow
62 150 (1328) 50 (67)
120 (1062) InputPow er, 40 (54)

FullStroke
90 (797) 30 (40)
58 1000 r/m in
M in.Flow 60 (531) 20 (27)
30 (266) InputTorque, 10 (13)

C ut-off
54 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM057
100 100
90 90
80 80
70 70
Efficiency – %
Efficiency – %
60 60

50 100 (26) 50 100 (26)
40 80 (21) 40 80 (21)
30 60 (16) 30 60 (16)
20 40 (11) 20 40 (11)
10 20 (5) 10 20 (5)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
330 (2921) 330 (2921)
300 (2655) 300 (2655)
270 (2390) 270 (2390)

InputTorque,
InputTorque,
240 (2124) FullStroke 240 (2124) FullStroke
210 (1859) 210 (1859)
180 (1593) 60 (80) 180 (1593)

InputPow er,

FullStroke 150 (1328) InputPow er,
150 (1328) 50 (67)

FullStroke 40 (54)
120 (1062) 40 (54) 120 (1062)
30 (40)
90 (797) 30 (40) 90 (797)
60 (531) 20 (27)
60 (531) 20 (27)
30 (266) 10 (13) 30 (266) 10 (13)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM057
D elivery and Efficiency at1000 r/m in C ase Flow Versus O utletPressure atFullFlow ,1800 r/m in
100 5 (1.32)
90
O verallEfficiency
80 4 (1.06)
70

Efficiency – %
60 3 (0.79)

50
40 80 (21) 2 (0.53)
30 60 (16)
20 D elivery (effective flow ) 40 (11) 1 (0.26)

10 20 (5)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200) (2900) (3600) (4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
330 (2921) 1,1 (0.29)
300 (2655)
270 (2390) 1,0 (0.26)
InputTorque,

210 (1859) 0,9 (0.24)
180 (1593)
0,8 (0.21)
150 (1328)
120 (1062) InputPow er, 40 (54)
FullStroke 0,7 (0.18)
90 (797) 30 (40)
60 (531) 20 (27)
0,6 (0.16)
30 (266) 10 (13)
0 0 0,5 (0.13)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900)(3600) (4400) (5000) (700) (1500) (2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Mobile PVM057

82 140 (37)
50 bar(700 psi),
130 (34)
78 2500 r/m in D elivery
120 (32)
M ax.Flow 2500 r/m in
M in.Flow 110 (29)
74
100 (26)
N oise Level– dBA
90 (24) 280 bar(4000 psi),

70

80 (21) D elivery
66 70 (18)
60 (16) 280 bar(4000 psi),6,0 (1.6)
C ase flow
62 50 (13) 5,0 (1.3)
600 r/m in 40 (11) 4,0 (1.1)
M ax.Flow
58 30 (8) 3,0 (0.8)
600 r/m in 50 bar(700 psi), 2,0 (0.5)
20 (5)
M in.Flow C ase flow
54 10 (3) 1,0 (0.3)
0 0
50 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Speed – r/m in
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400)
(Sound pressure
data equivalentto N FPA)
InputTorque Versus Speed

O verallEfficiency Versus Speed @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
95 320 (2832)
50 bar 320 bar
(700 psi) 300 (2655) (4600 psi)
90 280 (2478)
100 bar 280 bar
260 (1858) (4000 psi)
(1500 psi)
240 (2124) 250 bar

150 bar 220 (1947)
85 (2200 psi) (3600 psi)
200 (1770)
Efficiency – %
200 bar 200 bar

180 (1593) (2900 psi)
80 (2900psi) 160 (1416)
140 (1239) 150 bar
(2200 psi)
120 (1062)
75 100 bar
250 bar 100 (885)
(1500 psi)
(3600 psi) 80 (708)
70 60 (531) 50 bar
280 bar (700 psi)
40 (354)
(4000 psi) 17 bar
20 (177)
65 (250 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Mobile PVM057

78 (105) 320 (4600)
72 (97)

280 (4000)
66 (89)
60 (80) 250 (3600)
54 (72)
200 (2900)
48 (64)
42 (56)
150 (2200)
36 (48)
30 (40)
100 (1500)
24 (32)
18 (24)
50 (700)
12 (16)
6 (8) 17 (250)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in
InputTorque and C ase Flow Versus Speed
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet

6 (53)
20 bar(300 psi)
5 (44) differential,
11 bar(160 psi) InputTorque
4 (35) differential, 8.0 (2.11)
InputTorque
3 (27) 6.0 (1.58)
2 (18) 4.0 (1.06)
11 bar(160 psi)differential,
1 (9) C ase Flow 2.0 (0.53)
20 bar(300 psi)differential,C ase Flow
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in
@ 93°C (200°F),cut-offand 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet
100 (885)
90 (796) 280 bar(4000 psi)

InputTorque
80 (708)
70 (619)
280 bar
60 (531)
(4000 psi)
50 (442) C ase Flow 10 (2.6)
40 (354) 8 (2.1)
30 (265) 150 bar(2200 psi),Case Flow 6 (1.6)
20 (177) 4 (1.1)
150 bar(2200 psi),InputTorque
10 (88) 2 (0.5)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in

Performance
Industrial PVM063
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in.w ith Delivery and Efficienc
y at 1800 r/min,°C (50
120°F),
Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar and 1.0 bar b
asolute(0 psigauge)Inlet
absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency
75
90
1800 r/m in O veral
l Efficiency
m ax.flow 80
70
1200 r/m in 70
– %
Efficiency
1800 r/m in m ax.flow
N oise Level– dBA
m in.flow 60 120 (32)
D elivery – l/min(USg pm )
65 D elivery (eff
ective l
fow )
50 100 (26)
40 80 (21)
60
30 60 (16)
1200 r/m in
m in.flow 20 40 (11)
55
10 20 (5)
0 0
50 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)
TypicalN oise Levels at1500 and 1000 r/m in.w ith InputTorque andPow er at 1800 r/min, °C (120°F)
50 ,
Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar and 1.0 bar b
270 (2390)
240 (2124)
75
InputTorque,
1500 r/m in 210 (1859) FullStr

oke
m ax.flow
70 180 (1593)
1000 r/m in
N oise Level– dBA
m ax.flow 150 (1328) 50 (67)

65
1500 r/m in InputPow er– kW (hp)
120 (1062) 40 (54)
m in.flow
90 (1327) InputPow er, 30 (40)
60 FullStr
oke
1000 r/m in 60 (531) 20 (27)
m in.flow
InputTorque,
55 30 (226) C ut-off 10 (13)
0 0
50 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) OutletPressur e – bar(psi)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.

Performance
Industrial PVM063
Delivery and Efficienc

y at 1500 r/min,°C (50
120°F), Delivery and Efficienc
y at 1200 r/min,°C (50
120°F),
and 1.0 bar b
asolute(0 psigauge)Inlet and 1.0 bar b
100 100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90 90
O veral
l Efficiency O veral
l Efficiency
80 80
70 70
– %
– %
Efficiency
Efficiency
60 60
50 100 (26) 50
D elivery -l/min(USg pm )
100 (26)
40 D elivery (eff
ective l
fow ) 80 (21) 40 80 (21)
30 60 (16) D elivery (eff
ective l
fow )
30 60 (16)
20 40 (11) 20 40 (11)
10 20 (5) 10 20 (5)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi) Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)
InputTorque andPow er at 1500 r/min, °C (120°

50 F), InputTorque andPow er at 1200 r/min, °C (120°F)
50 ,
and 1.0 bar b
270 (2390) 270 (2390)
240 (2124) 240 (2124)

210 (1859) FullStr

oke 210 (1859) FullStr
oke
180 (1593) 180 (1593)
150 (1328) 50 (67) 150 (1328) 50 (67)


120 (1062) 40 (54) 120 (1062) 40 (54)
90 (1327) 30 (40) 90 (1327) 30 (40)

60 (531) InputPow er, 20 (27)
FullStr
oke 60 (531) 20 (27)
InputPow er,
30 (226) 10 (13) FullStr
oke
30 (226) 10 (13)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi) Outl
etPressur e – bar(psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM063

y at 1000 r/min,°C (50
120°F), C ase Flow versus O utletPressure at1800 r/m in,FullFlow ,
and 1.0 bar b
asolute(0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F),and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
5 (1.32)
100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90
O veral
l Efficiency 4 (1.06)
C ase Flow l/m in -(U Sgpm )

80
70
– %
Efficiency
3 (0.79)
60
50 100 (26)
2 (0.53)
40 80 (21)
30 60 (16)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow ) 1 (0.26)
20 40 (11)
10 20 (5)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) O utletPressure -bar(psi)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)
InputTorque andPow er at 1000 r/min, °C (120°F)

50 , C ase Flow versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in,
and 1.0 bar b
12 (3.17)
270 (2390)
11 (2.91)
240 (2124) 10 (2.64)
210 (1859) InputTorque, 9 (2.38)

FullStr
oke
180 (1593) 8 (2.11)
7 (1.85)
150 (1328) 50 (67)
6 (1.59)
120 (1062) 40 (54)

5 (1.32)
90 (1327) 30 (40) 4 (1.06)
3 (0.79)
60 (531) 20 (27)
InputPow er, 2 (0.53)
30 (226) FullStr
oke 10 (13)
1 (0.26)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur e – bar(psi) O utletPressure -bar(psi)

Performance
Mobile PVM063
TypicalN oise Levels at2500 & 600 r/m in w ith Petroleum O il(10W )
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
85
2500 r/m in
m in.flow
80
2500 r/m in
m ax.flow
75
N oise Level– dBA

70
65
600 r/m in
m ax.flow
60
600 r/m in
55 m in.flow
50
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet FullFlow 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
160 (42)
100
95 140 (37)
50 bar(725 psi)
50 bar(725 psi)
90 120 (32) D elivery
100 bar
85
(1450 psi) 100 (26)

80 210 bar(3000 psi) C ase Flow – l/m in (U Sgpm )
80 (21) D elivery
75 150 bar
(2200 psi) 60 (16) 8 (2.11)
70
65 6 (1.59)
230 bar(3300 psi) 40 (11)
210 bar(3000 psi)C ase Flow
60 210 bar 4 (1.06)
(3000 psi) 20 (5)
50 bar(725 psi)C ase Flow 2 (0.53)
55
0
50
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Mobile PVM063
Input Torque versus Speed °C

at (200
°C (200
93 °F),
Full
Full Flow
Flow and
and 1.0
1.0 bar
bar absolute
absolute (0(0
psipsi gauge)
gauge) InletFull Flow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge
Inlet
300 (2655) 100 (134)
90 (121)
– Nm (in.lb.)
250 (2212)
230
230 bar
bar (3300
(3300 psi)80 (107)
psi)
er– kW (hp)
210
210 bar
bar (3000
(3000 psi)
psi) 230 bar (3300
70 (94) 210 bar (3000
200 (1770)
60 (80)
150
150 bar
bar (2200
(2200 psi)
psi)
50 (67)
Inputorque
150 (1327)
Input Pow
150 bar (2200
T
40 (54)
100
100 bar
bar (1500
(1500 psi)
psi)
100 (885)
30 (40) 100 bar (1500
50 bar (725 psi) 20 (27)
50 (442) 50 bar (725 ps
17 bar (250 psi) 10 (13)
17 bar (250 ps
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed
at 93
°C (200
°F), Load Sense Standby and at 93
°C (200
°F), Pressure Limit Cut-off and 1.0 b
1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge) Inlet absolute (0 psi ge)
gau Inlet
8 (71) 20.0 (5.28) 80 (708) 20.0 (5.28)
18.0 (4.76) 210 bar (3000 psi)Tor
Input
que 18.0 (4.76)
70 (619)
Case Flow– l/min (USgpm)
Case Flow– l/min (USgpm)

7 (62)
20 bar (300 psi) 16.0 (4.23) 16.0 (4.23)

210 bar (3000 psi) Case Flow
lb.)
6 (53) 60 (531)
diff
. Input
Torque
Torque – Nm (in.
14.0 (3.70) 14.0 (3.70)

5 (44) 50 (442)
12.0 (3.17) 12.0 (3.17)
150 bar (2200 psi)
40 (354)
4 (35) . 10.0
11 bar (160 psi) diff (2.64) Case Flow 10.0 (2.64)
Inputorque
T
8.0 (2.11
) 30 (265) 8.0 (2.11
)
3 (27)
Input
20 bar (300 psi)

Input
6.0 (1.59) 6.0 (1.59)

diff
. Case Flow 20 (177)
2 (18)
4.0 (1.06) 150 bar (2200 Input
psi) orque
T 4.0 (1.06)
11 bar (160 psi)
. diff
1 (9) Case Flow 10 (88)
2.0 (.53) 2.0 (.53)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Industrial PVM074

76 100
74 1800 r/m in 90
M ax.Flow O verallEfficiency
72 80
1800 r/m in 70
N oise Level– dBA
70 M in.Flow
Efficiency – %
60 150 (40)
68 D elivery (effective flow )

50 125 (33)
66
40 100 (26)
1200 r/m in
64 M ax.Flow 30 75 (20)
62 20 50 (13)
60 1200 r/m in 10 25 (7)
M in.Flow
58 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto NFPA.
TypicalN oise Levels at1500 and 1000 r/m in InputTorque and Pow er at1800 r/m in
w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 400 (3540)
72 InputTorque,
360 (3186)
FullStroke
70 1000 r/m in
M in.Flow 320 (2832)

68 280 (2478)
N oise Level– dBA
66 1500 r/m in 240 (2124)

M ax.Flow
1500 r/m in 200 (1770)
64 InputPow er,
M in.Flow
160 (1416) FullStroke 80 (107)
62
120 (1062) 60 (80)
1000 r/m in
60 M ax.Flow InputTorque, 40 (54)
80 (708)
C ut-off
58 40 (354) 20 (27)
56 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600) (4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM074
100 100
90 O verallEfficiency 90 O verallEfficiency
80 80
70 70
Efficiency – %
Efficiency – %
60 60

50 125 (33) 50 125 (33)
30 75 (20) 30 75 (20)
20 50 (13) 20 50 (13)
10 25 (7) 10 25 (7)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) (4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
InputTorque and Pow er at1500 r/m in

50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet InputTorque and Pow er at1200 r/m in
400 (3540) 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
400 (3540)
360 (3186)
320 (2832) InputTorque, FullStroke
FullStroke 320 (2832)
280 (2478)
280 (2478)
240 (2124)
240 (2124)
200 (1770)
200 (1770)

160 (1416) InputPow er, 80 (107)
FullStroke 160 (1416) 80 (107)
120 (1062) 60 (80) InputPow er,
120 (1062) 60 (80)
FullStroke
80 (708) 40 (54)
80 (708) 40 (54)
40 (354) 20 (27)
40 (354) 20 (27)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 0
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
O utletPressure – bar(psi) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM074
50°C (120°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120° F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 5,0 (1.32)
90 4,5 (1.19)
O verallEfficiency
80 4,0 (1.06)
C ase Flow -l/m in (U Sgpm )

70 3,5 (0.92)
Efficiency – %
60 3,0 (0.79)

50 2,5 (0.66)
40 100 (26) 2,0 (0.53)

30 75 (20) 1,5 (0.40)
20 50 (13) 1,0 (0.26)
10 25 (7) 0,5 (0.13)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600) (4400)(5000)
400 (3540) 12 (3.17)
360 (3186)
InputTorque,
320 (2832) FullStroke 11 (2.91)
280 (2478)
240 (2124) 10 (2.64)
200 (1770)
160 (1416) 80 (107) 9 (2.38)
120 (1062) 60 (80)

InputPow er,
80 (708) FullStroke 40 (54) 8 (2.11)
40 (354) 20 (27)
0 0 7 (1.85)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) (4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900) (3600)(4400)(5000)
O utletPressure -bar(psi)

Performance
Mobile PVM074

(Sound pressure data equivalentto N FPA) 50 bar(700 psi),

160 (42)

84 D elivery
140 (37)
80 120 (32)
2400 r/m in 280 bar(4000 psi),
M in.Flow 100 (26) D elivery
76 80 (21) 8 (2.1)
2400 r/m in
N oise Level– dBA
M ax.Flow 60 (16) 280 bar(4000 psi),Case flow 6 (1.6)

72
40 (11) 4 (1.1)
20 (5) 50 bar(700 psi),C ase flow
68 2 (0.5)
0 0
600 r/m in 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
64 M in.Flow Speed – r/m in
60 600 r/m in
M ax.Flow
56 @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
400 (3540)
52 320 bar(4600 psi)
350 (3097)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 280 bar(4000 psi)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) 300 (2655)
250 bar(3600 psi)
O utletPressure – bar(psi) 250 (2212)
200 bar(2900 psi)
200 (1770)
150 bar(2200 psi)
150 (1327)
100 bar(1500 psi)
O verallEfficiency Versus Speed 100 (885)
50 bar(700 psi)
at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50 (442)
95 17 bar(250 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in
90
50 bar
(700 psi) InputPow er Versus Speed
85 93°C (200°F),1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet

100 bar
(1500 psi) 100 (134)
Efficiency – %
320 (4600)
80 150 bar 90 (121)
(2200 psi) 280 (4000)
80 (107)
200 bar 70 (94) 250 (3600)
75 (2900psi)
60 (80) 200 (2900)
250 bar 50 (67)
70 (3600 psi) 150 (2200)
40 (54)
280 bar
(4000 psi) 30 (40) 100 (1500)
65
20 (27) 50 (700)
320 bar
(4600 psi) 10 (13)
17 (250)
60 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Performance
Mobile PVM074

@ 93°C (200°F),load sense standby and
1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
20 bar(300 psi) differential,

7 (62) InputTorque
6 (53)
5 (44)
8.0 (2.11)

11 bar(160)differential
4 (35) InputTorque
6.0 (1.58)
3 (27) 20 bar(300 psi)differential
C ase Flow
2 (18) 4.0 (1.06)
1 (9) 2.0 (0.53)

11 bar(160 psi)differential
C ase Flow
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in

@ 93°C (200°F),cut-offand
1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
160 (1416)
280 bar(4000 psi),
140 (1239) InputTorque
120 (1062)
100 (885)
80 (708)
150 bar(2200 psi),
InputTorque
60 (531) 30 (7.9)
280 bar(4000 psi),C ase Flow
40 (354) 20 (5.3)
20 (177) 10 (2.6)
150 bar(2200 psi),C ase Flow
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in

Performance
Industrial PVM081
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in.w ith Delivery and Efficienc
y at 1800 r/min, °C (50
120°F),
Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) and 1.0 bar b
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 100
74 Volum etr
ic Efficiency
1800 r/m in 90
m in.flow O veral
l Efficiency
72
80
1800 r/m in
70 m ax.flow 70
– %
Efficiency
N oise Level– dBA
60 150 (40)
68
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow)
50 125 (33)
1200 r/m in
66 m ax.flow 40 100 (26)
1200 r/m in
64 30 75 (20)
m in.flow
20 50 (13)
62
10 25 (7)
60
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
58 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
0 50 100 150 200 250 OutletPressure – bar(psi)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
TypicalN oise Levels at1500 and 1000 r/m in.w ith InputTorque andPow er at 1800 r/min, °C (120°F)
50 ,
Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) and 1.0 bar b
350 (3097)
InputPower– kW (hp)
72
70 300 (2655)
InputTorque,
FullStr
oke
1500 r/m in 250 (2212)
68 m ax.flow
N oise Level– dBA
66 200 (1770)
1500 r/m in
m in.flow
64 150 (1327) 75 (101)
InputPower,
62 FullStr
oke
100 (885) 50 (67)
1000 r/m in
m in.flow
60 1000 r/m in 50 (442) InputTorque, 25 (34)
m ax.flow C ut-off
58 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
56 (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.

Performance
Industrial PVM081

y at 1500 r/min, °C (50
y at 1200 r/min,°C (50
120°F),
and 1.0 bar b
100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency 100
90 Volum etr
ic Efficiency
O veral
l Efficiency 90
80 O veral
l Efficiency
80
70
– %
70
Efficiency
60
– %
Efficiency
60
50 125 (33)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow) 50 125 (33)
40 100 (26)
30 75 (20) 40 100 (26)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow)
20 50 (13) 30 75 (20)
10 25 (7) 20 50 (13)
0 0 10 25 (7)
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
0 0
OutletPressur
e – bar(psi) 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)

50 ,
and 1.0 bar b
350 (3097) 350 (3097)
300 (2655) 300 (2655)
250 (2212) 250 (2212)

FullStr
oke FullStr
oke
200 (1770) 200 (1770)
150 (1327) 75 (101) 150 (1327) 75 (101)
100 (885) 50 (67) 100 (885) 50 (67)

InputPower,
FullStr
oke
50 (442) 25 (34) 50 (442) 25 (34)
InputPower,
FullStr
oke
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)
OutletPressur e – bar(psi) OutletPressure – bar(psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM081

y at 1000 r/min, °C (50
and 1.0 bar b
100 4.0 (1.06)
Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90 O veral
l Efficiency 3.5 (0.92)

80
3.0 (0.79)
70
2.5 (0.66)
60
– %
2.0 (0.53)
Efficiency
50 125 (33)
40 100 (26) 1.5 (0.4)
30 75 (20)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow) 1.0 (0.26)
20 50 (13)
0.5 (0.13)
10 25 (7)
0
0 0 50 100 150 200 250
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) O utletPressure -bar(psi)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)

50 F), C ase Flow versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in,
and 1.0 bar b
350 (3097)
21 (5.55)
20 (5.28)
300 (2655)
19 (5.02)
250 (2212) 18 (4.76)

InputTorque,
FullStr
oke 17 (4.49)
200 (1770)
16 (4.23)
150 (1327) 75 (101) 15 (3.96)
100 (885) 50 (67) 14 (3.70)

InputPower, 13 (3.43)
50 (442) FullStr
oke
25 (34)
12 (3.17)
0 0 11 (2.91)
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
Outl
etPressur e – bar(psi) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)

Performance
Mobile PVM081

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at93°C (200°F)
82
2400 r/m in
m ax.flow
78
2400 r/m in
m in.flow
74
N oise Level– dBA

70
66
600 r/m in
m ax.flow
62 600 r/m in
m in.flow
58
54
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.
O verallEfficiency versus Speed D elivery and C ase Flow versus Speed

at93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute at93°C (200°F),FullFlow 1.0 bar absolute
(0 psigauge)inlet (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 100 bar 200 (53)

150 bar (1450 psi) 50 bar(725 psi)
95 (2200 psi) 180 (48)
160 (42)
90
50 bar(725
140 (37)
85 psi)D elivery
80 120 (32) 210 bar(3000 C ase Flow
230 bar(3300 psi) psi)D elivery l/m in
75 100 (26) (U Sgpm )
70 200 bar 80 (21) 8 (2.11)
210 bar(3000 psi)Case Flow
(2900 psi)
65 60 (16) 6 (1.59)
60 4 (1.06)
40 (11)
55 50 bar(725 psi)C ase Flow 2 (0.53)
20 (5)
50 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Mobile PVM081
Input Torque versus Speed °C

at (200
°C (200
93 °F),
Full Flow
Full Flow and
and 1.0
1.0 bar
bar absolute
absolute (0
(0 psi
psi gauge)
gauge) Inlet
Inlet Full Flow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psi gauge
350 (2655) 100 (134)
300 (2655)
– Nm (in.lb.)
230
230 bar
bar (3300
(3300 psi)
psi) 90 (121)
80 (107)
– kW (hp)
250 (2212) 210 bar
210 bar (3000
(3000 psi)
psi) 230 bar (3300 p
70 (94)
200 bar (2900 p
200 (1770) 150 bar
150 bar (2200
(2200 psi)
psi) 60 (80)
Input Power
150 bar (2200 p
Inputorque
50 (67)
150 (1327)
T
100 bar
100 bar (1500
(1500 psi)
psi) 40 (54)
100 bar (1500 p
100 (885) 30 (40)
50 bar (725 psi) 20 (27) 50 bar (725 psi

50 (442)
17 bar (250 psi) 10 (13) 17 bar (250 psi
0
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed°C at 93 Input Torque and Case Flow versus Speed°C at 9
F), Load
(200°F), Load Sense
Sense Standby
Standby and
and 1.0
1.0 bar
bar absolute
absolute (200°F), Pressure Limit Cut-off and 1.0 bar ab
(0 psi gauge) Inlet (0 psi gauge) Inlet
Case Flow– l/min Sgpm)

80 (708
)
9 (80)
(U
20 bar (300 psi)

– Nm (in.lb.)
8 (71) 70 (619)
diff
. Input
Torque 210 bar (3000 psi) Tor
Input
que
150 bar
7 (62) 60 (531)(2200 psi)
11 bar (160 psi)
. diff Input
6 (53) Inputorque
T Case 50 (442)Torque
Flow
Flow l/min
l/min
5 (44) (USgpm)
40 (354
)
Inputorque
210 bar
4 (35) 10.0
10.0 (2.64)
(2.64) (3000 psi)
T
Input
30 (265)Case 8.0 (2)

20 bar (300 psi) 8.0 (2.11
) Flow
3 (27) 6.0 (1
diff
. Case Flow 20 (177
)
2 (18) 6.0 (1.59)
11 bar (160 psi)
. diff 150 bar 6)
4.0 (1
Case Flow 4.0 (1.06 10 (88)(2200 psi)
1 (9) 2.0 (.5
Case Flow
2.0 (0.53)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Industrial PVM098
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in D elivery and Efficiency at1800 r/m in
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 100
78
1800 r/m in 90 Volum etric Efficiency
76 M ax.Flow O verallEfficiency
1800 r/m in 80
74
M in.Flow
70
72
Efficiency -%
1200 r/m in 60
N oise Level– dBA
70 M ax.Flow
68 50
D elivery -l/m in (U Sgpm )

66 40 D elivery (effective flow ) 200 (53)
64 30 150 (40)
62 20 100 (26)
60
10 50 (13)
58 1200 r/m in
M in.Flow 0 0
56 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) (4400)(5000)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) O utletPressure -bar(psi)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto NFPA)
TypicalN oise Levels at1500 and 1000 r/m in InputTorque and Pow er at1800 r/m in
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 550 (4867)
72
500 (4425)
1500 r/m in InputTorque,
70 M ax.Flow 450 (3982) FullStroke
InputTorque -N m (in.lb.)
68 400 (3540)
1500 r/m in
66 M in.Flow 350 (3097)
N oise Level– dBA
64 1000 r/m in 300 (2655)

M ax.Flow
InputPow er,
InputPow er-kW (hp)
62 250 (2212)
FullStroke
60 200 (1770) 100 (134)
150 (1327) 75 (101)
58
100 (885) 50 (67)
56
50 (442) InputTorque, 25 (34)
54 1000 r/m in C ut-off
M in.Flow 0 0
52 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) O utletPressure -bar(psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM098
100 100
90 90
80 80
70 70
Efficiency – %
Efficiency – %
60 60

50 50
40 200 (53) 40 200 (53)

30 150 (40) 30 150 (40)
20 100 (26) 20 100 (26)
10 50 (13) 10 50 (13)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
550 (4867) 550 (4867)
500 (4425) 500 (4425)
450 (3982) 450 (3982) InputTorque,
FullStroke
InputTorque,
400 (3540) FullStroke 400 (3540)

350 (3097) 350 (3097)
300 (2655) 300 (2655)

250 (2212) 250 (2212)

200 (1770) InputPow er, 100 (134) 200 (1770) 100 (134)
FullStroke InputPow er,
150 (1327) 75 (101) 150 (1327) FullStroke 75 (101)
100 (885) 50 (67) 100 (885) 50 (67)
50 (442) 25 (34) 50 (442) 25 (34)

0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM098
100 5,5 (1.45)
90 5,0 (1.32)
O verallEfficiency
80 4,5 (1.19)

4,0 (1.06)
70
3,5 (0.92)
Efficiency – %
60
3,0 (0.79)

50
2,5 (0.66)
40 200 (53)
2,0 (0.53)
30 150 (40)
D elivery (effective flow ) 1,5 (0.40)
20 100 (26) 1,0 (0.26)
10 50 (13) 0,5 (0.13)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
O utletPressure – bar(psi) O utletPressure -bar(psi)
550 (4867) 25 (6.60)
500 (4425)
24 (6.34)
FullStroke
400 (3540) 23 (6.08)
350 (3097)
22 (5.81)
300 (2655)
21 (5.55)
250 (2212)
200 (1770) 100 (134) 20 (5.28)
150 (1327) 75 (101)
InputPow er, 19 (5.02)
100 (885) FullStroke 50 (67)
50 (442) 25 (34) 18 (4.76)
0 0 17 (4.49)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Mobile PVM098
TypicalN oise Levels at2000 and 600 r/m in D elivery and C ase Flow Versus Speed
w ith petroleum oil(10 W )@ 93°C (200°F) @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet 1.0 barabsolute (0 psi)gauge Inlet
86 220 (58)
84 2000 r/m in 200 (53) 50 bar(700 psi),
M in.flow D elivery
82 180 (48)
2000 r/m in

80 M ax.flow 160 (42)
N oise Level– dBA
78 140 (37) 280 bar(4000 psi),

D elivery

76 120 (32)
74 100 (26)
600 r/m in 280 bar(4000 psi),
72 M ax.flow 80 (21) C ase flow 8 (2.1)
70 600 r/m in 60 (16) 6 (1.6)
M in.flow
68 40 (11) 50 bar(700 psi), 4 (1.1)
C ase flow
66 20 (5) 2 (0.5)
64 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) Speed – r/m in
Sound pressure
data equivalentto N FP

@ 93°C (200°F)and 1.0 barabsolute @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and
(0 psigauge)inlet 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
600 (5310)
95
540 (4779)
320 bar(4600 psi)
480 (4248)
90 280 bar(4000 psi)
420 (3717)
250 bar(3600 psi)
360 (3186)
85 100 bar(1500 psi)
150 bar(2200 psi) 200 bar(2900 psi)
300 (2655)
50 bar(700 psi)
200 bar(2900 psi) 240 (2124) 150 bar(2200 psi)
80
180 (1593) 100 bar(1500 psi)
250 bar(3600 psi) 120 (1062)
75 50 bar(700 psi)
280 bar(4000 psi)
60 (531)
17 bar(250 psi)
320 bar(4600 psi) 0
70
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Performance
Mobile PVM098
InputPow er Versus Speed InputTorque and C ase Flow Versus Speed

@ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and @ 93°C (200°F),cut-offand
1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
130 (174) 240 (2124)
120 (161) 320 bar(4600 psi) 220 (1947) 280 bar(4000 psi)
InputTorque
InputTorque – N m (lb.in.)
110 (148) 200 (1770)
100 (134) 280 bar(4000 psi) 180 (1593)

InputPow er– KW (hp)
250 bar(3600 psi) 160 (1416)

90 (121)
80 (107) 140 (1239)
200 bar(2900 psi) 120 (1062)
70 (94) 280 bar(4000 psi) 30 (7.9)
100 (885) C ase Flow
60 (80) 25 (6.6)
150 bar(2200 psi) 80 (708) 20 (5.3)
50 (67)
60 (531) 150 bar(2200 psi) 150 bar(2200 psi),Case Flow 15 (4.0)
40 (54) 100 bar(1500 psi) 40 (354) InputTorque 10 (2.6)
30 (40)
20 (177) 5 (1.3)
20 (27) 50 bar(700 psi) 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in
10 (13) 17 bar(250 psi)
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 C ase Flow at2200 r/m in,FullFlow
Speed – r/m in 93°C (200°F),1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
16 (4.2)
14 (3.7)
12 (3.2)
10 (2.6)
8 (2.1)
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet 6 (1.6)
11 (77) 4 (1.0)
20 bar(300)differential 2 (0.5)
10 (88)
InputTorque 0
0
9 (80) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) (4400)(5000)
8 (71) O utletPressure – bar(psi)
11 bar(160)differential 9.0 (2.38)
7 (62)
InputTorque C ase Flow at2200 r/m in,M inim um Flow

8.5 (2.25)
935C (2005F),1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet

6 (53) 32 (8.4)
8.0 (2.11)
5 (44) 20 bar(300)differential 28 (7.4)
C ase Flow 7.5 (1.98)
24 (6.3)
4 (35)
7.0 (1.85) 20 (5.3)
3 (27) 6.5 (1.72) 16 (4.2)
11 bar(160)differential
2 (18) C ase Flow 6.0 (1.59) 12 (3.2)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
1 (9) 5.5 (1.45) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600) (4400)(5000)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 O utletPressure – bar(psi)
Speed – r/m in

Performance
Industrial PVM106
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in. Delivery and Efficienc
y at 1800 r/min,°C (50
120°F),
w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at50°C (120°F) and 1.0 bar b
D elivery – l/m in(USg pm )

80 100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency
78 1800 r/m in 90
m ax.flow O veral
l Efficiency
80
76
70
N oise Level– dBA
74
% -
60
1800 r/m in
Efficiency
72 1200 r/m in
m in.flow 50 250 (66)
m in.flow
70
40 200 (53)
68 D elivery (eff
ective l
fow)
30 150 (40)
1200 r/m in
66 20 100 (26)
m ax.flow
64 10 50 (13)
62 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur
e -bar(psi)
TypicalN oise Levels at1500 and 1000 r/m in. InputTorque andPow er at 1800 r/min, °C (120°F)
50 ,
500 (4425)
450 (3982)
76
400 (3540)
74 1500 r/m in InputTorque,
m in.flow 350 (3097) FullStr
oke
72
N oise Level– dBA
300 (2655)
1500 r/m in
70 m ax.flow 250 (2212)
1000 r/m in
68 m in.flow
200 (1770) 100 (134)
66 InputPower,
150 (1327) FullStr
oke 75 (101)
64
1000 r/m in 100 (885) InputTorque, 50 (67)
62 m ax.flow C ut-off
50 (442) 25 (34)
60 0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
58 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) Outl etPressure -bar(psi)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.

Performance
Industrial PVM106

y at 1500 r/min,°C (50
y at 1200 r/min,°C (50
120°F),
and 1.0 bar b
D elivery – l/m in(USg pm )

100 100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90 90
O veral
l Efficiency
80 80
70 70
– %
Efficiency
60
60
50 250 (66)
– %
Efficiency
50 250 (66)
40 200 (53)
40 200 (53)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow) 30 150 (40)
30 150 (40)
20 D elivery (eff
ective l
fow)
100 (26)
20 100 (26)
10 50 (13)
10 50 (13) 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
0 0 (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)
etPressur
Outl e – bar(psi)

50 ,
and 1.0 bar b
500 (4425) 500 (4425)
450 (3982) 450 (3982)

400 (3540) 400 (3540)

350 (3097) FullStr
oke
300 (2655) 300 (2655)
250 (2212) 250 (2212)
200 (1770) 100 (134) 200 (1770) 100 (134)
150 (1327) InputPower, 75 (101) 150 (1327) 75 (101)

FullStr
oke InputPower,
100 (885) 50 (67) 100 (885) FullStr
oke 50 (67)
50 (442) 25 (34) 50 (442) 25 (34)

0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur e – bar(psi) Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM106

y at 1000 r/min,°C (50
and 1.0 bar b
4.0 (1.06)
100
Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90 3.5 (0.92)
O veral
l Efficiency

80 3.0 (0.79)
70
2.5 (0.66)
60
– %
Efficiency
50 250 (66) 2.0 (0.53)

40 200 (53)
1.5 (0.4)
30 150 (40)
20 1.0 (0.26)
100 (26)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow)
10 50 (13) 0.5 (0.13)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressure – bar(psi) O utletPressure – bar(psi)

50 F), C ase Flow versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in,
and 1.0 bar b
500 (4425)
21 (5.55)
450 (3982)
20 (5.28)
400 (3540)
19 (5.02)
InputTorque,
350 (3097) FullStr
oke 18 (4.76)
300 (2655) 17 (4.49)
250 (2212) 16 (4.23)
200 (1770) 100 (134) 15 (3.96)
150 (1327) 75 (101) 14 (3.70)

InputPower,
100 (885) FullStr
oke 50 (67) 13 (3.43)
50 (442) 25 (34) 12 (3.17)

11 (2.91)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250
OutletPressur e – bar(psi) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)

Performance
Mobile PVM106

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at93°C (200°F)
86
82 2200 r/m in
m ax.flow 2200 r/m in
78 m in.flow
N oise Level– dBA

74
70
600 r/m in
m in.flow
66
600 r/m in
62 m ax.flow
58
54
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.
O verallEfficiency versus Speed at D elivery and C ase Flow versus Speed at93°C (200°F),
93°C (200°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)inlet FullFlow 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
240 (63)
100
220 (58)
100 bar 50 bar(725
95 150 bar (1450 psi) 200 (53) psi)D elivery
(2200 psi) 180 (48)
90
85 200 bar 160 (42)

210 bar(3000 Case Flow
(2900 psi) 140 (37) psi)D elivery l/m in
80 50 bar(725 psi)
230 bar(3300 psi) (USgpm )
75 120 (32)
210 bar 100 (26) 10 (2.6)
70 (3000 psi)
65 80 (21) 8 (2.11)
60 60 (16) 210 bar(3000 psi)C ase Flow 6 (1.59)
55 40 (11) 4 (1.06)
50 bar(725 psi)C ase Flow 2 (0.53)
50 20 (5)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Performance
Mobile PVM106
InputTorque versus Speed at93°C (200°F), InputPow er versus Speed at93°C (200°F),
FullFlow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet FullFlow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
450 (3982) 100 (134)
230 bar(3300 psi) 230 bar(3300 psi)
400 (3540)
90 (121) 210 bar(3000 psi)
210 bar(3000 psi)

350 (3097) 200 bar(2900 psi) 80 (107) 150 bar(2200 psi)
300 (2655) 70 (94)

150 bar(2200 psi) 100 bar(1500 psi)
60 (80)
250 (2212)
50 (67)
200 (1770)
100 bar(1500 psi) 40 (54)
150 (1327) 30 (40)
50 bar(725 psi)
100 (885) 50 bar(725 psi) 20 (27)
10 (13) 17 bar(250 psi)
50 (442)
17 bar(250 psi)
0
0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/m in)
Speed (r/m in)
InputTorque and C ase Flow versus Speed at93°C InputTorque and C ase Flow versus Speed at93°C
(200°F),Load Sense Standby and 1.0 bar absolute (200°F),Pressure Lim itC ut-offand 1.0 bar absolute
(0 psigauge)Inlet (0 psigauge)Inlet
12 (106) 140 (1239)

130 (1150)
11 (97) 210 bar(3000 psi)InputTorque
20 bar(300 psi) 120 (1062)
10 (88) diff.InputTorque
(InputTorque – N m (in.lb.)
110 (973)
9 (80)
100 (885)
8 (71) Case Case
Flow l/m in 90 (796)
11 bar(160 psi)diff. Flow l/m in
7 (62) (USgpm ) 80 (708) 150 bar(2200 psi)
InputTorque (USgpm )
InputTorque
6 (53) 9.0 (2.38) 70 (619)
5 (44) 60 (531) 30 (7.9)
8.5 (2.25)
4 (35) 50 (442) 25 (6.6)
8.0 (2.11) 210 bar(3000 psi)Case Flow
3 (27) 20 bar(300 psi) 40 (354) 20 (5.3)
7.5 (1.98)
diff.C ase Flow 11 bar(160 psi)diff. 30 (265) 15 (4.0)
2 (18) C ase Flow 7.0 (1.85) 150 bar(2200 psi)
20 (177) C ase Flow 10 (2.6)
1 (9) 6.5 (1.72)
10 (88) 5 (1.3)
6.0 (1.59)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/m in) Speed (r/m in)

Performance
Industrial PVM131

and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
82 100
80 1800 r/m in Volum etric
M ax.Flow 90 Efficiency
80
76 1800 r/m in
M in.Flow 70
N oise Level– dBA
74
Efficiency – %
60 D elivery (effective flow ) 240 (63)
72
1200 r/m in

50 200 (53)
70 M ax.Flow
1200 r/m in 40 160 (42)
68 M in.Flow
66 30 120 (32)
64 20 80 (21)
62 10 40 (11)
60 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA

76 720 (6372)
1500 r/m in 660 (5841)
74 M ax.Flow
600 (5310)
72 InputTorque
540 (4779)
70
N oise Level– dBA
480 (4248)
68 420 (3717) 140 (188)
66 1000 r/m in 360 (3186) 120 (161)
M ax.Flow
1000 r/m in
64 M in.Flow 300 (2655) InputPow er,100 (134)
FullStroke
240 (2124) 80 (107)
62
1500 r/m in 180 (1593) 60 (81)
60 M in.Flow InputTorque,
120 (1062) C ut-off 40 (54)
58 60 (531) 20 (27)
56 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) (700) (1500)(2200) (2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM131
100 100
Volum etric Volum etric
90 Efficiency 90 Efficiency
80 O verallEfficiency 80 O verallEfficiency
70 70
Efficiency – %
Efficiency – %
60 240 (63) 60 240 (63)

50 D elivery (effective flow ) 200 (53) 50 200 (53)
30 120 (32) 30 120 (32)

20 80 (21) 20 80 (21)
10 40 (11) 10 40 (11)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
720 (6372) 660 (5841)
660 (5841) 600 (5310)
InputTorque
600 (5310) 540 (4779)
InputTorque
540 (4779) 480 (4248)

480 (4248)
420 (3717)
420 (3717)
360 (3186)
360 (3186) 120 (161)

300 (2655) InputPow er, 100 (134)
300 (2655) 100 (134) FullStroke
240 (2124) 80 (107)
240 (2124) 80 (107)
InputPow er, 180 (1593) 60 (81)
180 (1593) FullStroke 60 (81)
120 (1062) 40 (54) 120 (1062) 40 (54)
60 (531) 20 (27) 60 (531) 20 (27)

0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Industrial PVM131
100 8 (2.1)
Volum etric
90 Efficiency 7 (1.8)
O verallEfficiency
80

6 (1.6)
70
5 (1.3)
Efficiency – %
60

50 200 (53) 4 (1.1)
40 160 (42) 3 (0.8)

30 120 (32)
2 (0.5)
20 80 (21)
1 (0.3)
10 40 (11)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
660 (5841) 24 (6.3)
600 (5310)
InputTorque
540 (4779) 20 (5.3)
480 (4248)
16 (4.2)
420 (3717)
360 (3186)
12 (3.2)
300 (2655) 100 (134)
240 (2124) InputPow er, 80 (107)

FullStroke 8 (2.1)
180 (1593) 60 (81)
120 (1062) 40 (54) 4 (1.1)
60 (531) 20 (27)
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

Performance
Mobile PVM131
TypicalN oise Levels at2000 and 600 r/m in D elivery and C ase Flow Versus Speed
w ith petroleum oil(10 W )@ 93°C (200°F) @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet 1.0 barabsolute (0 psi)gauge Inlet
84 260 (69)
2000 r/m in
82 M ax.flow 240 (63) 50 bar(700 psi),
D elivery
80 220 (58)
78 200 (53)

N oise Level– dBA
76 2000 r/m in 180 (48) 280 bar(4000 psi),

M in.flow 600 r/m in D elivery
74 M in.flow 160 (42)

72 140 (37)
70 120 (32)
68 100 (26) 20 (5.3)
66 280 bar(4000 psi), 16 (4.2)
80 (21) C ase flow
600 r/m in
64 M ax.flow 60 (16) 12 (3.2)
62 40 (11) 6 (2.1)
60 20 (5) 50 bar(700 psi),C ase flow 4 (1.1)
58 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (4400) Speed – r/m in
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA
equivalentto N FPA
O verallEfficiency Versus Speed @ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and
@ 93°C (200°F)and 1.0 barabsolute 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
(0 psigauge)inlet 800 (7080)
95
700 (6195)
320 bar(4600 psi)
90
100 bar 600 (5310)

(1500 psi) 280 bar(4000 psi)
85 150 bar 50 bar(700 psi) 500 (4425) 250 bar(3600 psi)

(2200 psi)
400 (3540) 200 bar(2900 psi)
80 200 bar
(2900 psi) 300 (2655) 150 bar(2200 psi)
75 250 bar
(3600 psi) 200 (1770) 100 bar(1500 psi)
280 bar
70 (4000 psi) 100 (885) 50 bar(700 psi)
320 bar 17 bar(250 psi)

(4600 psi) 0
65 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 Speed – r/m in
Speed – r/m in

Performance
Mobile PVM131
InputPow er Versus Speed InputTorque and C ase Flow Versus Speed

@ 93°C (200°F),fullflow and @ 93°C (200°F),cut-offand
1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet
140 (188) 260 (2301)
320 bar(4600 psi) 280 bar(4000 psi)
130 (174) 240 (2124) InputTorque
120 (161) 280 bar(4000 psi)
220 (1947)
110 (148) 250 bar(3600 psi) 200 (1770)
100 (134) 180 (1593)

90 (121) 200 bar(2900 psi) 160 (1416)
80 (107) 140 (1239) 56 (14.8)
70 (94) 150 bar(2200 psi) 120 (1062) 48 (12.7)
60 (80) 150 bar(2200 psi)
100 (885) InputTorque 40 (10.6)
50 (67)
100 bar(1500 psi) 80 (708) 280 bar(4000 psi),C ase Flow 32 (8.5)
40 (54)
60 (531) 24 (6.3)
30 (40)
50 bar(700 psi) 40 (354) 16 (4.2)
20 (27) 150 bar(2200 psi),C ase Flow
20 (177) 8 (2.1)
10 (13) 17 bar(250 psi) 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed – r/m in
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 C ase Flow at2000 r/m in,FullFlow
Speed – r/m in 93°C (200°F),1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
18 (4.7)
16 (4.2)
14 (3.7)
InputTorque and C ase Flow Versus Speed 12 (3.2)
@ 93°C (200°F),load sense standby 10 (2.6)
and 1.0 barabsolute (0 psigauge)inlet 8 (2.1)
18 (159) 6 (1.6)
20 bar(300 psi) 4 (1.0)
16 (142) differential,
2 (0.5)
InputTorque 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
14 (124) (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)

12 (106) 11 bar(160 psi)
C ase Flow at2000 r/m in,M inim um Flow
differential,
Case Flow – l/m in (USgpm )

10 (88) InputTorque
28 (7.4)
8 (71) 7 (1.85) 24 (6.3)
6 (1.58) 20 (5.3)
6 (53) 20 bar(300 psi)differential
C ase Flow 16 (4.2)
4 (35) 5 (1.32) 12 (3.2)
8 (2.1)
2 (18) 11 bar(160 psi)differential 4 (1.06)
Case Flow 4 (1.0)
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 3 (0.79) (700) (1500) (2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 O utletPressure – bar(psi)
Speed – r/m in

Performance
Industrial PVM141
TypicalN oise Levels at1800 and 1200 r/m in Delivery and Efficienc
y at 1800 r/min,°C (50
120°F),
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 100
84 Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90
82 1800 r/m in O veral
l Efficiency
m ax.flow 80
80
78 70
– %
Efficiency
60
N oise Level– dBA
76 300 (79)
1200 r/m in D elivery (eff
ective l
fow )
74 50 250 (66)
m ax.flow
72 40 200 (53)
1800 r/m in
70 m in.flow 30 150 (40)
68
20 100 (26)
66
10 50 (13)
64 1200 r/m in
m in.flow 0 0
62 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
60
0 50 100 150 200 250 Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
TypicalN oise Levels 1500 and 1000 r/m in InputTorque andPow er at 1800 r/min, °C (120°F)
50 ,

and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 600 (5310)
78
550 (4867)
76 500 (4425)
1500 r/m in
74 m ax.flow 450 (3982)

InputTorque,
72 1000 r/m in 400 (3540) FullStr
oke
70 m ax.flow
350 (3097)
N oise Level– dBA
68 300 (2655) 150 (201)

1500 r/m in
66 m in.flow 250 (2212) InputPow er, 125 (168)
FullStr
oke
64 200 (1770) 100 (134)
1000 r/m in 150 (1327) 75 (101)
62 m in.flow
60 100 (885) InputTorque, 50 (67)
50 (442) C ut-off 25 (34)
58
0 0
56 0 50 100 150 200 250
54 (700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.

Performance
Industrial PVM141
Delivery and Efficiency at 1500 r/min,°C (50

120°F), y at 1200 r/min, 50°C (120°F),
and 1.0 bar b
asolute (0
psigauge)Inlet
100 100
Volum etric Efficiency Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90 90
O veral
l Efficiency
80 80
Efficiency – %
70 70
– %
Efficiency
60 300 (79) 60 300 (79)
D elivery –l/min(USg pm )
50 250 (66) 50 250 (66)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow )
40 200 (53) 40 200 (53)
30 150 (40) 30 150 (40)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow )
20 100 (26) 20 100 (26)
10 50 (13) 10 50 (13)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressure – bar(psi) OutletPressure –bar(psi)
InputTorque andPow er at 1500 r/min,°C (120°F)

50 , InputTorque andPow er at 1200 r/min, 50°C (120°F),
and 1.0 bar b
asolute (0
psigauge)Inlet
InputPow er –kW (hp)

600 (5310) 600 (5310)

550 (4867) 550 (4867)
500 (4425) 500 (4425)
InputTorque –N m (in.lb.)
450 (3982) 450 (3982)

400 (3540) FullStr
oke
350 (3097) 350 (3097)
300 (2655) 150 (201) 300 (2655) 150 (201)
250 (2212) 125 (168) 250 (2212) 125 (168)
200 (1770) InputPow er, 100 (134) 200 (1770) 100 (134)
FullStr
oke
150 (1327) 75 (101) 150 (1327) InputPow er, 75 (101)
FullStr
oke
100 (885) 50 (67) 100 (885) 50 (67)
50 (442) 25 (34) 50 (442) 25 (34)
0 0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) (700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Outl
etPressur
e – bar(psi) OutletPressur e –bar(psi)

Performance
Industrial PVM141

y at 1000 r/min, 50°C (120°F C ase Flow Versus O utletPressure atFullFlow ,1800 r/m in
and 1.0 bar b
asolute (0
psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
100 7,6 (2.0)
Volum etr
ic Efficiency
90
O veral
l Efficiency 6,6 (1.75)
80

Efficiency – %
5,7 (1.5)
70
60 300 (79) 4,7 (1.25)
D elivery –l/min(USg pm )
50 250 (66) 3,8 (1.0)
40 200 (53)
D elivery (eff
ective l
fow ) 2,8 (0.75)
30 150 (40)
20 100 (26) 1,9 (0.5)
10 50 (13) 0,9 (0.25)

0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
OutletPressur
e –bar(psi) O utletPressure -bar(psi)
°C (120°F), InputTorque andPow er at 1000 r/min, 50°C (120 C ase Flow Versus O utletPressure atC utoff,1800 r/m in
and 1.0 bar b
asolute (0
psigauge)Inlet 50°C (120°F)and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
22,7 (6)
InputPow er –kW (hp)
600 (5310)
550 (4867)
18,9 (5)
500 (4425)
InputTorque –N m (in.lb.)

400 (3540) FullStr
oke 15,1 (4)
350 (3097)
300 (2655) 150 (201) 11,4 (3)
250 (2212) 125 (168)
200 (1770) 100 (134) 7,6 (2)
150 (1327) InputPow er, 75 (101)
FullStr
oke
100 (885) 50 (67)
3.8 (1)
50 (442) 25 (34)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(700) (1500)(2200)(2900)(3600)(4400)(5000)
OutletPressur e –bar(psi)

Performance
Mobile PVM141

w ith Petroleum O il(10W )at93°C (200°F),and
1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
88
86
84 2000 r/m in
m in.flow
82
N oise Level– dBA

80
78 2000 r/m in
m ax.flow
76
74 1000 r/m in
m in.flow
72
70
1000 r/m in
68 m ax.flow
66
64
0 50 100 150 200 250
(700) (1500) (2200) (2900) (3600)
Sound pressure data
equivalentto N FPA.
O verallEfficiency versus Speed at93°C (200°F), D elivery and C ase Flow versus Speed at
and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet 93°C (200°F),FullFlow and 1.0 bar absolute
(0 psigauge)Inlet
100 280 (74)
95 260 (69)
240 (63) 100 bar
90 100 bar(1500 psi)
220 (58) (1500 psi)

150 bar(2200 psi)
85 D elivery
50 bar 200 (53)
210 bar(3000
80 210 bar(3000 psi) (700 psi) 180 (48) psi)D elivery
230 bar(3300 psi) 160 (42)
75 Case
140 (37) Flow
70 l/m in
120 (32) (USgpm )
65 210 bar(3000 10 (2.6)
100 (26)
psi)C ase Flow
60 80 (21) 8 (2.1)
60 (16) 6 (1.6)
55
40 (11) 4 (1.1)
50 20 (5) 2 (0.5)
100 bar(1500 psi)C ase Flow
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Performance
Mobile PVM141
InputTorque versus Speed at93°C (200°F), InputPow er versus Speed,93°C (200°F),

FullFlow and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet and 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
600 (5310) 120 (161)
230 bar
550 (4867) 110 (148) (3300 psi)
230 bar(3300 psi)
500 (4425) 210 bar
210 bar(3000 psi) 100 (134)
(3000 psi)
450 (3982)

90 (121)
400 (3540) 80 (107) 150 bar
350 (2655) 150 bar(2200 psi) (2200 psi)
70 (94)
300 (2655) 60 (80)
250 (2212) 100 bar
100 bar(1500 psi) 50 (67) (1500 psi)
200 (1770) 40 (54)
150 (1327) 30 (40) 50 bar
(700 psi)
100 (885)
50 bar(725 psi) 20 (27)
50 (442) 17 bar(250 psi) 17 bar
10 (13) (250 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
InputTorque and C ase Flow versus Speed at93°C InputTorque and C ase Flow versus Speed
(200°F),Load Sense Standby and 1.0 bar absolute at93°C (200°F),Pressure Lim itC ut-O ffand
(0 psigauge)Inlet 1.0 bar absolute (0 psigauge)Inlet
14 (124) 110 (973)

13 (115) 100 (885)
12 (106) 20 bar(290 psi)
diff.InputTorque 90 (796)
11 (97) 210 bar(3000 psi)

10 (89) 11 bar(160 psi) 80 (708) InputTorque
diff.InputTorque Case 150 bar(2200 psi)
9 (80) Flow l/m in 70 (619)
InputTorque
8 (71) (USgpm ) 60 (531) Case Flow
7 (62) 6.5 (1.72) l/m in
20 bar(290 psi) 50 (442) (USgpm )
6 (53) 6.0 (1.58)
diff.C ase Flow
5 (44) 5.5 (1.45) 40 (354) 20 (5.3)
4 (35) 5.0 (1.32) 210 bar(3000 psi)
30 (265) C ase Flow 15 (2.6)
3 (27) 4.5 (1.19)
11 bar(160 psi) 20 (177) 150 bar(2200 psi) 10 (4.0)
2 (18) 4.0 (1.06)
diff.C ase Flow C ase Flow
1 (9) 3.5 (0.92) 10 (88) 5 (1.3)
3.0 (0.79) 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

End-ported Models
PVM018/020
Dimensions in millimeters (inches)

Alt. dr
ain por
t“F.”(See options on page 107.)
D rain port“F”(See options on page 107.)
E Load sense por
t“J.”(See options on page 107.)
See shaft optionsting
staron page 102.
72,0 58,0
(2.83) (2.28)
72,0 58,0 73,0 76,0

(2.83) (2.28) (2.87) (2.99)
F
Control position or ight
r f hand
(cloc kwise) shaft rotation, as
vie w ed from shaftend.Position Adjustab
le maxim um displacemen
forlefthand rotation is show n on G (with adj.
max.stop) = 1.1 3cm
stop (1 ntur /re
v).CCW
follow ing page. reduces displacement.
H (without adj.
max.stop) 37,4
(1.47)
165,7
(6.52)
85,1
(3.35)
B Inlet gauge
port“K.”
See options
55,2 on page 107.
(2.17)
23,0 Inlet port“B.”
(.91) See options
D on page 106.
A J 34,5 34,0
C (1.36) (1.34)
D rain port
M M K “F.”See
Outlet por
t“C.”
options on
L See options on page 106.
page 107.

End-ported Models
PVM018/020
37,4
(1.47)
Control position
or ight
r f han
Adjustab
le maxim um displacement rotation (Load sensing
stop (1 ntur /re
= 1.1 3cm v).CCW shown)
reduces displacement.
165,7
(6.52)
Inlet position
or ight
r f hand rotation osition
(P
forlefthand rotation show n below ).
Outlet
34,5 34,0
(1.36) (1.34)
Inlet/Outlet orts and
P C ontrol
Positioned forR ightH and R otation
Control position
or left
f hand
37,5
rotation (Pressure compensated(1.48)
control sho
wn)
140,5
(5.53)
126,3
(4.97)
Inlet position
or left
f hand
rotationosition
(P or fight
r
hand rotationwnsho
above)
Outlet

P C ontrol
Positioned forLeftH and R otation

Side-ported Models
PVM018/020

Load sense por
t“J”
(See options on page 107) M
Outlet por
t“C.”
Alt.dr
ain port“F” E CL outlet See options on page 106.
(See options on page 107) port“C.”
D rain port“F”
(See options on page 107)
See shaft optionsting

star
on page 102.
72,0 M
(2.83) To pilot
mtg. flg.
N
72,0 58,0
(2.83) (2.28)
Adjustab
le maxim um displacement
= 1.1 3cm
stop (1 ntur /re
v).CCW
reduces displacement.
F Outlet por
t“C ”(above).
See options on page 106.
Control position
or ight
r f hand
(cloc
kwise) shaft rotation, w edas vie Inlet por
t“B.”
from shaft end.
Position forlefthand G (with adj.
max.stop) See options on page 106.
rotation iswnsho
on ollo
f wing page .
H (without adj.
max.stop) 114,7
(4.52)
108,8
(4.28)
85,1
(3.35)
B
Outlet
gauge
55,2 port“K.”
(2.17) See
A 23,0
Inlet gauge options
(.91) on page 10
port“K.”
D Alt.dr
ain J
See options 21,9 21,6
C port“F.”See on page 107. (.86)(.85)
K
options on 62,9 62,9
M M page 107. L (2.48) (2.48)

Side-ported Models
PVM018/020

114,7
Adjustab
le maxim um displacement (4.52)
stop (1 ntur
= 1.1 3cm
/rev).CCW Control position
or ight
r f han
reduces displacement. rotation (Load sensing
shown)
Inlet positionor ight

r f hand rotation osition
(P
forlefthand rotation show n below ) Outlet gauge tpor
“K.”
See options on page
107.
Outlet
Inlet gauge tpor
“K.”See
107.
options on page
21,9 21,6
(.86) (.85)
62,9 62,9
(2.48) (2.48)

P C ontrol
Positioned forR ightH and R otation
86,5
(3.41)
72,3
(2.85)
Control position
or left
f hand rotation
(Pressure compensated control
wn) sho
Outlet gauge tpor

“K.”See Inlet gauge tpor
“K.”
107.
options on page Seep options on page
107.
or left
Inlet position f hand
rotationosition
(P or fight
r
hand rotationwnsho
above)
Outlet

P C ontrol
Positioned forLeftH and R otation

Thru-drive Models
PVM018/020
Dimensions in millimeters
hes)
(inc
Load sense port“J” C enterline fo
(See options on page 107) outlet port
164,2
Alt. drain port
“F” (6.46)
124,0 O utlet port
“C .”
(See options on page107) (4.88) See options on page
106
D rain port
“F”
(See options on page
107)
See shaft options starting

on page107.
72,0
(2.83)
to pi
lot 164,2
m tg.flg. (6.46)
72,0 58,0
(2.83)(2.28)
Adjustable m axim um displacem ent

stop(1 utrn= 1.1 cm 3/rev).CC W
26,1 reduces disp lacem ent.
(1.03)
C ontro
l position
forright hand Inlet port
“B.”
(cloc
kwise)shaft otati
r on, asview ed 221,4(8.72) See options
from shaft end
.Position forlefthand w it
h adj.m ax. stop on page106.
rotation how
is ns onfoll
ow ing page. 212,3 (8.36) 114,7
w it
hout adj.m ax. stop (4.52)
108,1
(4.14)
A 85,1
(3.35) 23,0
B (.
91)
60,0
(2.36)
99,0
D (3.90)
C 167,7 62,9 64,2
(6.60) (2.48) (2.53)
M M 223,2 Alt. drain port
“F.”
(8.79) See options on page
107.

Model Code Position 25
Thru-drive Models Description
PVM018/020 A For SAE “A” pad with a 9T, 16/32 DP, 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
B For SAE “A” pad with a 11T, 16/32 DP, 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
G For ISO 80 A2HW pad with a 9T SAE spline
H For ISO 80 A2HW pad with a 11T SAE spline
Dimensions in millimeters (inches) 114,7

(4.52)
Adjustable maximum displacement stop
(1 turn = 1.1 cm CCW reduces
3/rev).
Control position forhand
right
displacement. (Load sensing control
rotation
shown)
Inlet position forhand
right
(Position for left hand
rotation
rotation shown below)
Outlet
Inlet/Outlet Ports and Control

Positioned Right
for Hand Rotation
62,9 64,2
(2.48) (2.53)
Control position for

left hand rotation
(Pressure compensator control shown)
86,5
Output shaft, 21T
32/64, DP (3.41)
30°PA involute spline. 72,3
57,49 (2.85)
(2.26)
40,46 12,25
(1.59) (0.48)
27,00
(1.06)
79,4
(3.13) K (2 places)
Inlet position
leftfor
han
G (Position for
rotation
53,5 hand rotation shown
(2.1
1)
Outlet
89,70 (3.531) Inlet/Outlet Ports and Con
89,60 (3.527) Positioned Left
for Hand Rotation
H H
159,2 2,00 (0.079)
(6.27) 1,90 (0.075)
8,50
(0.33) N (2 places)
20,0 20,0
(0.79) (0.79)
Model Code Position 25 ØG H K N
A,B 82,625 (3.253) 375-16 UNC-2B thd. 375-16 UNC-2B thd.
82,575 (3.251) 53,2 (2.09) 0.75 deep min 0.62 deep min.
G,H 80,046 (3.151) M10 x 1,50 thd. M10 x 1,50 thd.
80,002 (3.150) 54,5 (2.15) 19,05 deep min 15,88 deep min.

Flange Designations
PVM018/020
“A” Pilot Flange

Designation ØA B C D E F G H J K L M
SAE J744-82-2 82,55 11,35/10,97 106,4 53,2

Model Code A (3.25) (.447/.432) (4.19) (2.09) 131,5 33,6 228,9 219,8 106,5 166,7 200,7 65,2
ISO 3019/2-80A2HW 80,00 11,27/11,00 109,0 54,5 (5.18) (1.32) (9.00) (8.65) (4.19) (6.56) (7.90) (2.57)
Model Code B (3.15) (.444/.433) (4.29) (2.15)
“B” Pilot Flange
Designation
SAE J744-101-2 101,60 14,55/14,17 146,0 73,0

Model Code C (4.00) (.572/.557) (5.750) (2.875) 124,0 26,1 221,4 212,3 99,0 159,2 193,9 87,0
ISO 3019/2-100A2HW 100,00 14,27/14,00 140,0 70,0 (4.88) (1.03) (8.72) (8.36) (3.90) (6.27) (7.63) (3.43)
Model Code D (3.937) (.562/.551) (5.512) (2.756)
Pilot Flange Designation ØA B C D
SAE J744-127-2 Model Code C 101,60 (4.00) 14,55/14,17 (.572/.558) 146,0 (5.75) 73,0 (2.87)
ISO 3019/2-100 A2HW Model Code D 100,00 (3.94) 14,27/14,00 (.562/.551) 140,0 (5.51) 70,0 (2.76)

End-ported Models
PVM045/050
hes)
(inc
D rain port“F.”See Alternate

drain port“F”
See shaftoptions start
ing options on page 107.
on page 102. Inletgauge port“K”
80,0 28,0(1.10) 80,0

(3.
15) (3.2
0)
80,0 Adjustable m axim um

(3.
15) 80,0 displacem entstop
(3.2
0) (1 turn= 2 cm 3/rev).
134,3 (5.29)m ax.

36,9 (1.45)
C ontrolposition forleft hand (countercloc kwise) Load sensing contro l

shaft rotation,as view ed from shaftend. (See press urecom pensated
Position forrighthand rotat ion is show n on controlon foll
ow ing page.)
foll
ow ing page.
Load senseport“J.”See
Alternate
load 257,0(10.12)m ax. options on page 107.
senseport“J”
247,0(9.72) Inletport“B.”See
44,6 (1.75) 19,1 options on page 106.
178,6 (7.03)
(0.75)
B
E 130,6
(5.14)
42,0
(1.65)
A
D 135,4 (5.33) 53,0
47,8(1.88) (2.
09)
C 175,0(6.89) 75,1 87,1
87,0 Alternate (3.
43)
212,0(8.350) (2.
96)
(3.
425) drain
port“F” Ou tletport“C .”See
Ou tletgauge port“K.”See options on page 106.
174,0(6.85) options on page 107.

End-ported Models
PVM045/050
hes)
(inc
34,4 (1.35) 121,8(4.80) max.

98,9 (3.89)
4,0 (0.16) C ontrolpositionforri
ght hand
rotation(Pressure com pensated
C ontrolposition
for control show n)
left hand rotation
Non-maximum adjustment 138,5

stop controlcap.See (5.45)
preceding page for adjusta
ble
maximum dis placement sto
p
Inletposition
forright hand O utlet
rotation
(Position
forleft
hand rotationhow
s n below )
53,0 47,8(1.88)
(2.09)
87,1 75,1
(3.43) (2.96)
Inlet
/OutletPortsand C ontrolPositione
d
for Right Hand Rotation
C ontrolposition forleft C ontrolposition

for
hand rotation (Load ri
ght hand rotation
sensin g control show n)
Inletposition
forleft hand
O utlet
rotation
(Position
forright
hand rotationhow
s n above)
Inlet/Outlet
Portsand C ontrolPositioned
for Left Hand Rotation
D imensionshows n onprecedin
g page.

Side-ported Models
PVM045/050
hes)
(inc
Adjustable max. D rainport“F.”See Inletgauge

displacem ent optionson page 107. port“K”
stop(1 turn= 2 See shaft Ou tl
etgauge
81,3 cm 3/rev) 36,9 optionsstartin
g port“K.”
(3.20) (1.45) on page 102. See option
on page 107.
134.3 57,50 (2.26) 50,0 (1.97)

(5.29)
max. 72,5 (2.85) 69,0 (2.72)
81,3
(3.20) View Z-Z
Load sensin
g control (See pressure com pensated
control
on follo
w ing page.) Load sense port
“J.”See options Controlposition
forright hand
Alt
ernate load sense port“J” on page 107. (cloc
kwise)shaft otati
r on,as viewed
257,0 fro
m shaftend.Position forlefthand
(10.12)
max. rot
ationisshow n on follo
w ing page.
247,0 (9.72) 44,6 (1.75)
178,6
(7.03) 19,1 (0.75)
117,6 Z
72,1 B
168,2 (2.84) (4.63)
(6.62) 130,6 E
109,1 (5.14)
(4.30)
75,5 (2.97)
42.0
(1.65) A Z
78,0 D
183,0 135,4 42.0
(7.20) (3.07) C (5.33) (1.65)
208,0 (8.19) 87,0
230,0 (3.425) 191,6 (7.54)
(9.06)
Alt
ernate drain 174,0 (6.850) Alt
ernate drainport“F”
Ou tl
etport“C .”
See options port“F”
Inletport“B.”See
on page 106. optionson page 106.

Side-ported Models
PVM045/050
hes)
(inc
121,8(4.80)m ax. 34,4 (1.35)

Control position leftforhand 98,9 (3.89)
(Pressure com pensated
rotation 4,0 (0.16) Control position ri forhand rotat
ght
controlhows n).Inlet/outl
et port (Inlet/outl
et port positions ghtfor
handr
positions eftforhand
l rotation rotation are show n on preceding page.)
are h
te opposite ofhoset show n N on-maxim um adjustm ent stop control
for ght
ri hand rotation on 138,5 cap.See pr eceding page for adjustable
preceding page. (5.45) m axim um displ acem ent stop
.
O utl
etgauge port
“K.”See options Inletgauge
on page 107. port“K”
57,50 (2.26) 50,0 (1.97)

72,5(2.85) 69,0 (2.72)
Inlet
/Outlet
Portsand C ontrolPositione
d
for Left Hand Rotation
Control position forhand rotation

left
(I
nlet/outl
et port positionsefthand
for l
rot
ation are h
te opposit
e ofhose
t
show n forghtrihand rot
ation on Control position ri
ghtforhand rotation
preceding page.) (Load sensing controlhows n).Inlet/outl
et
port positionsght for
hand
ri rot
ation are
show n on pr
eceding page.
Inletgauge O utl
etgauge port
“K.”See
port“K” options onage
p 107.
Inlet/OutletPortsand C ontrolPositioned
for Right Hand Rotation
D im ensions how
s n on pr
eceding page.

Thru-drive Models
PVM045/050
hes)
(inc Alt.drain port
“F.”See options
121,8 34,4
on page 107. (4.80) (1.35)
See shaftoptions start
ing
on page 102. 197,7 98,9 Control
position
(7.78) (3.89) forR.H. rotatio
135,8
(5.35)
Outlet 138,5
port“C.” (5.45)
See 81,3
options 68,8
(3.20) (2.71)
on
page 106.
183,0 81,3 72,3
(7.20) (3.20) (2.85)
208,0
(8.19)
D rain port“F.”See options Control
position
View “A-A” on page 107. forL.H.rotation
36,9
(1.45) Left Hand Rotation
Flang
e
dependent
133,3 34,1 Adjustable m axim um displa
cem entstop
(5.25) (1.34) (1 turn= 2.1cm 3/rev)
110,8 Load sense port“J.”
(4.36) See options on 249,0 Load sense Load sense
44,6 (9.80)
(1.76) page 107. control
position control
position
178,6 forL.H.rotation
(7.03) forR.H. rotati
11,0
(0.43)
168,2
(6.62)
130,6 117,6
(5.14) (4.63)
A
D
A
78,6 42,0 (1.65)
(3.09)
A
Inletport“B.”
B D rain port“F.” Right Han
d Rotation
See options on
See options on 191,6 page 106. 5,4
(7.54) Outl
etgauge
C page 107. (0.21) port“K”
42,0
87,0 87,0 251,0 (1.65)
(3.43) (3.43) (9.88)
Right Hand Rotation

w ithLoad Sensing C ontroland Tube Ports Inletgauge port“K.”
See options on page 107.
35,0 36,0
(1.38) (1.42)

Thru-drive Models
PVM045/050
Dimensions in millimeters (inches) Model Code Position 25

Description
“A ” Pad 61,74 A For SAE “A” pad with a 9T,
(2.43)
16/32 DP, 30° pressure
40,4 angle, involute spline
(1.59)
12,24 B For SAE “A” pad with a 11T,
(0.482) 16/32 DP, 30° pressure
angle, involute spline
C For SAE “B” pad with a 13T,
89,70 (3.531) 16/32 DP, 30° pressure
G 89,60 (3.527) angle, involute spline
D For SAE “B” pad with a 15T,
16/32 DP, 30° pressure
angle, involute spline
G For ISO 80-A2HW pad
31,75 N (2 places) with a 9T SAE spline
(1.25)
H For ISO 80-A2HW pad
Output shaft 26T, 32/64
, DP with a 11T SAE spline
30° PA involute spline. H H J For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
with a 13T SAE spline
“B ” Pad 263,5
(10.37)
Output shaft 26T, 32/64
, DP
30° PA involute spline.
53,0 53,0
276,0 (2.09) (2.09)
(10.87) L 4
( places)
K (2 places)
86,49
(3.41) 10,28 J (2 places)
(0.40)
J (2 places)
86,0
(3.39)
2 plcs
G
107,90 (4.248) K (2 places)
107,82 (4.244)
86,0 N (2 plac
(3.39)
2 plcs
35,30
2,00 (0.079)(1.39) M (4 places)
1,90 (0.075) H H
11,75
77,47 (0.46)
(3.05)
Model Code Position 25 ØG H J K L M N

A,B 82,58 (3.251) 53.2 .375-16 UNC-2B
– – – –
82,52 (3.249) (2.09) thd. 0.60 deep min.
80,046 (3.15) 54,5 M10 thd. x 1,50
G,H – – – –
80,002 (3.149) (2.15) 15,0 deep min.
.500-13 UNC-2B thd. .500-13 UNC-2B .500-13 UNC-2B
101,65 (4.002) 73,0 44,9 89,8
C,D 24.9 deep min. M12 x thd. thru M10 x thd. thru
101,60 (4.00) (2.87) (1.77) (3.54) 1,50 thd. 24,9 deep min. 1,50 thd. thru M12 x 1,50 thd. thru
100,0 (3.937) 70,0 44,2 88,38 M12 thd. x 1,50 thd. M10 x 1,50 thd. M12 x 1,50 thd.
J,K 99,946 (3.935) (2.76) (1.74) (3.48) 24,9 deep min. thru thru

Flange Designations
PVM045/050
Pilot Flange Designation ØA B C D E

101,60/101,55 9,70/9,19 14,55/14,17
SAE J744-101-2 (4.000/3.998) (.382/.362) 146,0 (5.750) 73,0 (2.875) (.572/.557)
100,00/99,95 9,50/9,00 14,27/14,00
ISO 3019/2-100A2HW (3.937/3.935) (.374/.354) 140,0 (5.512) 70,0 (2.756) (.562/.551)
Pilot Flange Designation ØA B C D

SAE 2-bolt mount 101,60/101,55 (4.000/3.998) 73,0 (2.87) 146,0 (5.750) 14,55/14,17 (.572/.557)
ISO 100 2-bolt mount 100,00/99,95 (3.937/3.935) 70,0 (2.76) 140,0 (5.512) 14,27/14,00 (.562/.551)

End-ported Models
PVM057/063
Dimensions in millimeters hes)

(inc
See mountin g flange options on
page 101.
269,7
See shaft o
ptions arti
st ng onpage 102. (10.62)
w/o adj.m ax. stop
206,2
(8.12)
116,0 82,3
(4.57) (3.24)
82,3
(3.24)
Ou tlet port
“C .” See 32,9 157,0
options on page6.10 Inlet port
“B.” (1.30) (6.18)
See options on
page 106.
168,2
Left Hand Rotation,
Tube Port (6.62)
w ithPressureC om pensator
274,8
SA E 5.00-13 Inlet port
“B.” See options (10.82)
UN C -2B h
td. 1.06 on page 10
6. 292,2w/adj.m ax. stop
deep m in. 254,3 (11.50)
ISO M 12 x 1,75 h
td. (10,0) Load sense port
“J.”
29.0 deep m in. 165,6 See options on
(6.52)
page 107.
Ou tlet port
“C .” See
121,8 38,89 options on
(4.80) (1.53) page 10 6. 39,0
87,0 (1.54)
(3.43)
199,3
(7.85) 52,38
(2.06)
Ou tlet uge
ga port“K.”
77,5 26,19
(3.05) Inlet ga
uge port
“K” on
(1.03) opposite side. See
options on page 107.
SA E 3.75-16
77,78 UN C -2B h
td. 88
.
(3.06) 21,44 13,1 deep m in.ISO M 10 x 1,5 h
td. 102,8
(.84) (.51) (4.05)
23.0 deep m in.
42,88 201,4
(1.69) (7.93)
26,18
88,7 75,7 (1.03) 245,4
(3.49) (2.98) Drain port
“F.” (9.66)
Right Hand Rotation
, Alternate drain“F”
port
on
Flange Portw ithLoad Sensing C ontrol opposite side. See options 107.
on page

Side-ported Models
PVM057/063

(inc
See mountin g flange options on
page 101.
See shaft o
ptions arti
st ng onpage 102.
269,7
(10.62)
198,1 w/o adj
. max. stop
(7.
80)
116,0
(4.57) 82,3
(3.24)
82,3
O utletgauge port Inletgauge port“K.” (3.24)
“K.”See options See options 157,0
on page 107. on page 107. (6.18)
32,9
(1.30)
w ith
Left Hand Rotation 168,2
PressureC om pensator (6.62)
274,8
(10.82)
Load sense port“J.”See 292,2

options on page 107. (11.50)
266,5 w/adj . max. stop
247,9 (10.49)
Adjustable maxim um (9.76) 241,5
O utlet po
rt (9.51)
displacem ent stop Inlet po
rt“B.”
165,6 “C .”See 213,4
1 utrn = 2.98 l/min See options on
(6.52) options on (8.40)
(0.79 US gpm ) page 106. page 106.
38,89 121,8
(1.53) (4.80) 87,0 39,0
199,3 (3.43) (1.54)
(7.
85)
77,78
(3.06)
77,5
(3.05) 26,2
(1.03)
21,44 52,37
SA E .500-13 (2.06) 13,1
(.84) U NC-2B htd. 61,5 (.
51)
57,0 SA E .375-16
42,88 1.06 deep min. (2.42) (2.24) 102,8
224,4 (1.69) U NC-2B htd..88 26,19 (4.05)
(8.83) ISO M 12 1,75 75,0 75,0 (1.03)
deep min.
To mountingface thd.29.0 deep (2.95) (2.95) ISO M 10 x1,5 htd.
m in. 23.0 deep min.
Right Hand Rotationw ith D rain port“F.”Alternate drain port“F” on
Load Sensing C ontrol opposite side.See opt ions on page 107.

Thru-drive Models
PVM057/063

(inc
See pilotflange options on
page 101.
See shaft o ptions arti
st ng onpage 102. 80,1
(3.
15)
44,8
(1.76)
Alternate
drainport“F”
205,0
(8.07) S (See table
116,0 nextpage)
(4.57) 82,3
(3.
24)
82,3
(3.
24)
T1 (2 places) 157,0
(6.18)
32,9
(1.30)
M 12 thd.21,0deep
(4 places)
R 168,2
(6.62)
Left Hand Rotation
and SAE 2-bolt“A ” Flange (noadapter)
Load senseport“J.”See
SAE .500-13 optionson page 107.
UNC- 2B thd. 254,6 292,2
1.06 deep m in. (10,0) Outlet (11.5)
284,4
ISO M 12 x 1,75 thd. port“C .” (11.2)
29.0 deep m in. Inlet port“B.” See options 213,4
165,6
See options (6.52) on page 106. (8.40)
on page 106.
121,8 39,0
(4.80) 87,0 (1.54)
199,3 (3.43)
(7.85)
77,78
(3.
06)
77,5
(3.
05) 52,37
38,89 (2.06)
21,44 (1.53) 26,18 13,1
(.84) (1.03) (.52)
12,0 14,0 102,8
42,88 Inlet
gauge port (.
47) (.55) Outletgauge port 26,2 (4.05)
224,4 (1.69) “K.”See options “K.”See options (1.03)
89,0 92,0 D rainport“F.”Alternate
drai
(8.83) on page 107. (3.50) (3.62) on page 107. SAE .375-16 port“F”on oppositeside.
To m ounting
face UNC- 2B thd..88 See options on page 107.
deep m in.
Right Hand Rotation w ithLoad Sensing C ontrol
ISO M 10 x 1,5 thd.
and SAE 2-bolt“A ” Flange (noadapter)
23.0 deep m in.

Thru-drive Models
PVM057/063
hes)
(inc Coupling Length Code
68,7 SAE “A,” 9T 62,5 (2.46) A,G
(2.70) “S” SAE “B,” 13T 93,0 (3.66) C,J
SAE “B-B,” 15T 93,0 (3.66) D,K
SAE “C,” 14T 93,0 (3.66) E,L
C oupling(see ta
ble) Model Code Position 25
Description
A SAE “A,” 9T, 16/32 DP,
30° pressure angle,
involute spline
C ouplinglength C SAE “B,” 13T, 16/32 DP,
(see table) 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
D SAE “B-B,” 15T, 16/32 DP,
“B ” AdapterFlange 30° pressure angle,
To mounting face involute spline
309,9 E SAE “C,” 14T, 12/24 DP,
(12.20) 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
“T1” with a 9T SAE spline
J For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
K For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
35,0 L For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad
(1.38) “T2” with a 14T SAE spline
(4 plcs)
“V”Support
mountingpoint
297,4 (4 plcs) 92,0
“R ”
(11.70) (3.62)
To mounting face w ithLoad Sensing C ontroland
Right hand rotation
SAE 2-/4-b
olt“B ” adapterflange
Support
Model Code Position 25 Pilot Dia. Pilot Depth 2-bolt 4-bolt Mounting Points
Flange Bolt “R” “S” “T1” “T2” “V”
A,B SAE “A” 2-bolt SAE Ø82,65 (3.25±.001) 8,6/8,1 (.32/.34) .375-16 UNC-2B thd. N/A N/A
G,H ISO 80 ISO Ø80,05 (3.15) 9,0/8,0 (.35/.31) M10 thd. N/A N/A
C,D SAE “B” 2-/4-bolt SAE Ø101,65 (4.002±.001) 12,5/11,5 (.49/.45) .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd.
.98” deep
J,K ISO 100 ISO Ø100,05 (3.94) 12,5/11,5 (.49/.45) M12 thd. M12 thd. M12 thd. x 25,0 deep

Thru-drive Models
PVM057/063
hes)
(inc
“C ” Adap terFlange
To mtg, face
297,4 92,0
(11.70) “R ”
(3.62)
“W ”(4plcs) 107,0
(4.21)
35,0
(1.38)
(4plcs)
“T2”
“T1”
309,9
(12.20)
To mtg. face w ithPressureC om pensatorand
Left hand rotation
SA E 2-/4-b
olt“C ” Adap terFlange
Support
Model Code Position 25 Pilot Dia. Pilot Depth 2-bolt 4-bolt Mounting Points
Flange Bolt “R” “S” “T1” “T2” “V”
E,F SAE “C” 2-/4-bolt SAE Ø127,05 (5.002±.001) 15,5/14,5 (.61/.57) .625-11 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd.
.98” deep
L,M ISO 125 ISO Ø125,05 (4.92) 15,5/14,5 (.61/.57) M16 thd. M12 thd. M12 thd. x 25,0 deep

Side-ported Models
PVM074/081
*Right Hand Only
D imensions in ll
mi
imeters(inches)
See pi
lotflange options on ge
pa101. Liftingpoint.375-16 UNC thd.
See shaft options startin
g on page 102. 10,0 (.39)deep w ith SAE drain
M 10 thd.10,0 (.39)deep w ith S
IO drain
Alt.drainport"F".See
102,0 options on page 107.
Alt.drainport"F".See
(4.02)
Inletport"B". 87,0
O utletport 2X
See options (3.42)
"C ".See
on page 106.
O utletgauge port Inletgauge port

"K".See options "K".See options
on page 107. on page 107. 33,9
Left hand rotation (1.33)
113,6
with Pressure Compensator (4.47)
319,1 w/o max adjstop
(12.56)
334,8
M ax. Adj.stop
. One rotat
ion w ill
change (13.18)
Inletport"B".See displacem ent6,1-6,8l/min
options on page 106. (1.6-1.8 USgpm )at1800 rpm 194,8
(7.67)
143,3 Load sense port"J". 146,1
TO MOUNTING FACE
(5.64) See options on page 107. (5.75)
249,6 4,3
(9.83) Inletgauge (.17) C /G location
port"K".
See options
on page 107.
O utlet 110,0
86,0 gauge (4.33) 33,0
(3.39) port"K". (1.30)
See options
on page 107.
16,8
86,0 (.66)
(3.39)
O utletport
"C ".See
options on
65,0 65,0 page 106.
Alt.drainport"F". 181,6
(2.56) (2.56)
(7.15)
See options on page 107. D rainport
92,0 91,0 "F".See 246,6
(3.62) (3.58) options on (9.71)
page 107. 279,6
114,0 114,0
(4.49) (4.49) (11.01)
288,0
R ight hand rotation
(11.34)
withLoad Sensing Contro
l
PVM074/108 is not available with left hand rotation in any port configuration.

Thru-drive Models
PVM074/081
*Right-hand only
hes)
(inc
Liftingpoint
.375-16 UNC thd.
See pilot flange optionsgeon
101.
pa 10,0 (.39)deep w it
h SAE drain
See shaft options startinggeon
102.
pa M 10 thd.10,0 (.39)deep w it
h S
IO drain
Alt.
drainport"F".See
102,0 Alt.
drainport"F".See on page 107.
options
(4.02) options
on page 107.
O utlet
port"C ". 87,0 2X
See optionson Inlet
port"B". (3.42)
page 106. See options
on page 106.
O utlet
gauge port Inlet
gauge port
"K".See options "K".See options
on page 107. on page 107.
Left hand rotation 33,9
113,6 (1.33)
w ithPressureC ompensator (4.47)
319,1 w/o m ax adjstop
(12.56)
M ax. Adj.stop.One rotationw ill
change 334,8
Inlet
port"B".See
displacem ent6,1-7,4 l/min (13.18)
on page 106.
options
(1.7-1.9 USgpm )at1800 rpm 194,8
Load senseport"J". (7.67)
TO MOUNTING FACE 143,3 See options
on page 107. 146,1
249,6 4,08 (5.64) (5.75)
(9.83) (.16) C /G location
110,0
86,0 2X T1 O utlet
gauge (4.33) 33,0
(3.39) port"K". (1.30)
See options
on page 107.
14.5
86,0 (0.57)
(3.39)
O utlet
port"C ".
See optionson
"A2" 45,0 page 106.
Alt.drainport 181,6
(1.77)
"F".See options Inlet
gauge (7.15)
on page 107. port"K". 92,0 91,0 246,6
See options (3.62) (3.58) D rainport"F". (9.71)
See options 277,6
on page 107. 114,0 114,0
on page 107. (10.93)
(4.49) (4.49) 322.6
R ight hand rotation (12.70)
w ithLoad SensingC ontrol
and 2-bolt
“A ” flange
PVM074/108 is not available with left hand rotation in any port configuration.

Thru-drive Models
PVM074/081
*Right-hand only
hes)
(inc Coupling Length Code
68,3 SAE “A,” 9T 64,5 (2.54) A,G
(2.69) SAE “A,” 11T 65,3 (2.57) B,H
“S” 43,3 SAE “B,” 13T 95,3 (3.75) C,J
(1.70) “S” SAE “B-B,” 15T 95,3 (3.75) D,K
SAE “C,” 14T 95,3 (3.75) E,L
SAE “C-C,” 17T 91,8 (3.61) F,M
“R 3”
“R 3”
“R 1” “R 2" “R 1” “R 2”
C oupling (see ta
ble) Model code Position 25
C oupling (see ta
ble) Description
C oupling length
C oupling length 25,0 (.
98) A SAE “A,” 9T, 16/32 DP,
(see table) 30° pressure angle,
(See ta ble)
involute spline
W ith adapterplate W ithout d
aapterplate B SAE “A,” 11T, 16/32 DP,
involute spline
C SAE “B,” 13T, 16/32 DP,
“B ” Adap terFlange 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
To mtg, face 372,6 D SAE “B-B,” 15T, 16/32 DP,
involute spline
E SAE “C,” 14T, 12/24 DP,
involute spline
4X F SAE “C-C,” 17T, 12/24 DP,
35,0 30° pressure angle,
(1.38) “A1” involute spline
H For ISO 80-A2HW pad
with a 11 T SAE spline
92,0 “T1”
(3.62) J For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
K For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
4X “W ” “T2” with a 15T SAE spline
“A1” L For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad
To mtg, face 335,1 with a 14T SAE spline
(13.19) “A2” M For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad
View rotate
d 90° with a 17T SAE spline
w ithLoad Sensing C ontrol
Right hand rotation
and ISO orSAE 2-/4-bolt“B ” adapterflange
Model Code Position 25 Pilot O-ring O-ring Pilot Support

Flange Bolt Dia. Dia. Depth Depth 2-bolt 4-bolt Mounting Points 4-bolt 2-bolt
“R1” “R2” “R3” “S” “T1” “T2” “W” “A1” “A2”
A,B SAE “A” SAE Ø82,6 Ø89,65 2,00 (.08) 9,0/8,0 375-16 UNC-2B thd. N/A N/A N/A 53,2
G,H 2-bolt (3.25) (3.53) 1,90 (.07) (.35/.31)
ISO 80 ISO Ø80,05 Ø89,75 2,70 (.11) 9,0/8,0 M10 thd. N/A N/A N/A 54,5
(3.15) (3.53) 2,60 (.10) (.35/.31) (2.15)
C,D SAE “B” SAE Ø101,65 Ø108,05 2,00 (.08) 12,5/11,5 .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B 44,9 73,0
J,K 2-/4-bolt (4.00) (4.25) 1,90 (.07) (.49/.45) thd. .98”deep(1.77) (2.87)
ISO 100 ISO Ø100,05 Ø108,75 2,70 (.11) 12,5/11,5 M12 thd. M10 thd. M12 thd. 25,0 deep 44,19 70,0
(3.94) (4.28) 2,60 (.10) (.49/.45) (1.74) (2.76)

Thru-drive Models
PVM074/081
*Right-hand only

“C ” AdapterFlange
To mtg, face 347,6

(13.69)
4X 35,0
(1.38)
“A1”
“T1” 92,0
(3.62)
4X “W ”
“T2”
To mtg, face 335,1 “A1”
(13.19)
“A2”
View rotate
d 90°
Left hand rotation
and ISO orSA E 2-/4-b
olt“C ” AdapterFlange

Flange Bolt Dia. Dia. Depth Depth 2-bolt 4-bolt Mounting Points
“R1” “R2” “R3” “S” “T1” “T2” “W” “A1” “A2”
E,F SAE “C” SAE Ø127,05 Ø133,45 2,00 (.08) 15,5/14,5 .625-11 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B 57,25 90,5
L,M 2-/4-bolt thd. .98” deep (2.25) (3.56)
(4.92) (3.26) 2,60 (.10) (.61/.57) (2.23) (3.54)

Side-ported Models
PVM098/106
D imensions in ll
mi
imeters(inches) Alt. drain port“F”.See opt
ions on page 107.
lotflange options on ge
See pi pa101. Lif
ting point.375-16 U N C h
td.10,0 (.39) deep with
SAE drainM 10 h td.10,0 (.39) deep with ISO drain
See shaft options startin
g on page 102.
Alt. drain port“F”.See
121,0
(4.76)
2X 95,0
(3.74)
Inlet po
rt“B”.
O utlet po
rt See opt ions
“C ”.See options on page 106.
on page 106.
162,0
(6.38)
O utletgauge port Inletgauge
“K”.See options port“K”.See 33,9
on page 107. options on (1.33)
115,5
page 107.
Left hand rotation (4.55)
with Pressure Compensator w/o max adj stop
342,4
(13.48)
357,8
(14.09)
M ax.Adj. stop.O ne rotat

ion will
Inlet po
rt“B”.See
change displacem ent7,9-8, 7 l/min
options on page 106. 214,6
(2.1-2.3 U Sgpm ) at1800 rpm Load s
ense port“J”.
To mountingface (8.45)
170,6 See opt
ions on page 107. 155,7
276,9 Inletgauge
(10.90) 16,4 (6.72) (6.13)
port“K”. (.65) C /G location
See options
on page 107.
107,5 37,0
92,5 O utletgauge (1.46)
port“K”.See (4.23)
(3.64)
options on
page 107.
35,5
90,0 (1.40)
(3.54) O utlet po
rt“C ”.See
Alt. drain port 70,0 70,0 2X 194,5

“F”. See opt ions (2.76) (2.76) (7.66)
266,9
on page 107. 98,0 91,0 Drain port“F”.See (10.51)
(3.86) (3.58) options on page 107. 305,6
119,0 119,0 (12.03)
(4.69) (4.69) 322,6
(12.70)
Left hand rotation
withLoad Sensing Contro
l
PVM098/106 is not available in left hand rotation with rear ports.

Thru-drive Models
PVM098/106
hes)
(inc Alt. drain port"F".
See opt
ions on page 107.
Lifting point.375-16 UNC h td.10,0 (.39) deep with
101.
pa SA E drainM 10 h td.10,0 (.39) deep with ISO drain
102.
pa Alt. drain port"F".
See
347,9
(13.70)
121,0
(4.76)
2X 95,0
(3.74)
O utlet po
rt Inlet po
rt"B".
"C ".See See opt ions
options on on page 106. 162,0
page 106.
(6.38)
33,9
(1.33)
O utletgauge port Inletgauge port 115,5
"K".See options "K".See options (4.55)
on page 107. on page 104. w/o max adj stop
Left hand rotation 342,4
w ithPressureC ompensator (13.48)
357,8
(14.09)
M ax.Adj. stop.O ne rotation will

change
Inlet po
rt"B".See O utletgauge port"K".
displacem ent7,9- 8,7 l/min
(2.1-2.3 U Sgpm ) at1800 rpm See opt ions on page 107. 214,6
To mountingface (8.45)
276,9 170,6 Load s
ense port"J". 164,4
(10.90) 17,3 (6.72) See opt
ions on page 107. (6.47)
(0.68) C /G location
36,6
2X T1
(1.44)
2X
150,0
37,0
(5.91)107,5
92,5 (1.46)
(4.23)
(3.64)
90,0
(3.54) 42,0
(1.65)
O utlet port"C ".
Alt. drain port"F".
See A2* 45,0 See opt ions 2X 194,5
options on page 107. (1.77) on page 106. (7.66)
266,9
98,0 91,0 D rain port"F". (10.51)
Inletgauge port"K".See (3.86) (3.58) See opt ions
options on page 107. 119,0 119,0 on page 107.
(4.69) (4.69)
w ith -b
2olt“A ” flange
and Load SensingC ontrol
PVM098/106 is not available in left hand rotation with rear ports.

Thru-drive Models
PVM098/106
Coupling Length Code

68,3 SAE “A,” 9T 64,5 (2.54) A,G
(2.69) SAE “A,” 11T 65,3 (2.57) B,H
“S” 43,3 SAE “B,” 13T 95,3 (3.75) C,J
(1.70) “S” SAE “B-B,” 15T 95,3 (3.75) D,K
SAE “C,” 14T 95,3 (3.75) E,L
“R 3”
SAE “C-C,” 17T 91,8 (3.61) F,M
“R 3”
“R 1” “R 2” “R 1” “R 2”
C oupling (see ta
ble)
C oupling (see ta
ble) Model Code Position 25
25,0 C oupling length
C oupling length
(.
98) (see ta ble) Description
(see table) A SAE “A,” 9T, 16/32 DP,
W it
h adapterplate W it
hout ada
pterplate 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
B SAE “A,” 11T, 16/32 DP,
“B ” A daptorFlange 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
To mtg,face 372,6 C SAE “B,” 13T, 16/32 DP,
involute spline
D SAE “B-B,” 15T, 16/32 DP,
involute spline
E SAE “C,” 14T, 12/24 DP,
4X 35,0 involute spline
(1.38) F SAE “C-C,” 17T, 12/24 DP,
“A1”
92,0 “T1” involute spline
(3.6
2) G For ISO 80-A2HW pad
4X “W ”Support with a 9T SAE spline
mo unting points “T2” H For ISO 80-A2HW pad
“A1” with a 11 T SAE spline
To mtg,face 360,4
“A2” J For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
(14.19) with a 13T SAE spline
View R otate
d 90° Right hand rotation
with Load Sensing Con K For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad
L For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad
M For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad

Flange Bolt Dia. Dia. Depth Depth 2-bolt 4-bolt Mounting Points 4-bolt 2-bolt
“R1” “R2” “R3” “S” “T1” “T2” “W” “A1” “A2”
A,B SAE “A” SAE Ø82,6 Ø89,65 2,00 (.08) 9,0/8,0 375-16 UNC-2B N/A N/A N/A 53,2
G,H 2-bolt (3.25) (3.53) 1,90 (.07) (.35/.31) thd. 0.59 deep
ISO 80 ISO Ø80,05 Ø89,75 2,70 (.11) 9,0/8,0 M10 thd. N/A N/A N/A 54,5
(3.15) (3.53) 2,60 (.10) (.35/.31) x 18,0 deep (2.15)
C,D SAE “B” SAE Ø101,65 Ø108,05 2,00 (.08) 12,5/11,5 .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B 44,9 73,0
J,K 2-/4-bolt (4.00) (4.25) 1,90 (.07) (.49/.45) thd. .98” deep (1.77) (2.87)
(3.94) (4.28) 2,60 (.10) (.49/.45) (1.74) (2.76)
Thru-drive Models
PVM098/106
hes)
(inc
“C ” Adapter Flange
To mtg, face 372,9

(14.68)
4X 35,0
(1.38)
“T1” “A1”
92,0
(3.62)
4X “W ”Support
mo unting points “T2”
To mtg, face 360,4 “A1”

(14.19) “A2”
View R otate
d 90° w ithPressure Compensator
Left hand rotation
and ISO orSA E 2-/4-bolt“C ” adapter
flange

Flange Bolt Dia. Dia. Depth Depth 2-bolt 4-bolt Mounting Points
“R1” “R2” “R3” “S” “T1” “T2” “W” “A1” “A2”
E,F SAE “C” SAE Ø127,05 Ø133,45 2,00 (.08) 15,5/14,5 .625-11 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B thd. .50-13 UNC-2B 57,25 90,5
L,M 2-/4-bolt thd. .98” deep (2.25) (3.56)
ISO 125 ISO Ø125,05 Ø133,75 2,70 (.11) 15,5/14,5 M16 thd. M12 thd. M12 thd. 56,57 90,0
(4.92) (3.26) 2,60 (.10) (.61/.57) 25,0 deep (2.23) (3.54)
End-ported Models
PVM131/141
D im ensions in
m illi
m eters(inches)
101.
pa
102.
pa
369,4 (14.54)
230,4 (9.07)
131,0
34,0 132,7 (5.16)
(1.34) (5.22) “B”inlet port
172,0
(6.77)
“C ”
outlet
port
115,0
(4.
53) “K” “K”
O utlet Inlet
gage gage
O ptionaldrain port“F” Adjustable maxim um stop option. port port
Torque o lcknutto 37-45 N m (27-33 bl ft). Left hand rotation
O ne turn of sc
rew w il hange
c pum p w ithPressureC om pensator
acement 5,7 cm 3/rev (0.35 in3/rev).
displ
Turn CC W to destroke.
65,0(2.56) 2 plcs
. 55,0(2.17) 2 plcs
. “K”Inlet 132,7 (5.22)
gage port
110,5(4.3 5)R .H .
143,5(5.65) 346,1(13.63)max. e lngth 94,5(3. 72)L.H .
w/o max.adj. stop
111,5 “J”Load sense signal or
pt
(4.39) 122,6 (4.
83) 2 plcs.
2 plcs
. 180,6 (7.11)
“F2”
“B”inlet
port
“B2”4 plcs
.
55,0
(2.17) 106,0 “K”Inlet “K”O utlet
(4.
17) gage port gage port
25,0 “C ”outlet
(0.98) 49,7 (1.95) port
“F3” 192,6 (7.58)
“F”drain port “C 2” 4 plc.
2 plcs .
O ptionaldrain 64,0
port“F” 330,6 (13.02) (2.52)
Lifting point 104,2 91,5
.500-13 UNC-2B thd. (4.10) (3.
60)
18,0(. 709)dp. 2 plcs
.
Right hand rotation
w ith
Load SensingC ontrol
Side-ported Models
PVM131/141
D im ensions in
m illi
m eters(inches)
101.
pa
102.
pa
369,4 (14.54) 131,0
280,4 (11.04) CL outlet (5.16)
172,0 Inletgage
(6.77) 230,4 (9.07) port
port“K”
34,0
(1.34)
132,7
(5.22) Inlet
341,1 (13.43) port“B”
gage portspotface
318,1 (12.52)
gage portspotface
“C ” 280,4 115,0
outlet (11.04) (4.53)
port ref. O utletgage port“K”
100,0(3.94) O utletport“C .”
O ptionaldrain port“F”
Left hand rotation
w ith
“C2”
4 plcs. PressureC om pensator
Adjustable m axim um stop option.
Torque locknutto37-45 N m (27-33 lb ft).
View A -A O utlet port O ne tur
n ofscrew w illchange pum p
displacem ent5,7cm 3/rev (0.35 in3/rev) 132,7(5.22)
110,5 (4.35)R .H .
55,0(2.16) 2plcs.
94,5 (3.72)L.H .
65,0(2.56) 2plcs. 346,1 (13.63)m ax.length
w/o m ax.adj.stop “J”Load sense signalport
111,5
(4.39) 122,6 Inletgage
2 plcs. (4.82) port“K”
2 plcs. 180,6 (7.11)
143,5
(5.70) “F2”
55,0
(2.17) 106,0
(4.17) A
“F”drain port
70,0 O utletgage
“F3” 192,6 (7.58) (2.76)
Lifting point 2 plcs. “B2” port“K”
O ptionaldrain .500-13 UN C -2B thd. 4 plcs. 70,0
port“F” 298.6 (11.76) (2.76)
18.0 (.709)dp. 2plcs.
95.0
Inletport“B” (3.74)
w ith
Load SensingC ontrol
Thru-drive Models
PVM131/141

See pilot flange options on page 101.
See shaft options starting on page 102.
131,0
347,1 (5.16)
(13.67)CLoutlet
280,4
(11.04) port
230,4
(9.07)
34,0
(1.33) 132,7
172,0 (5.22)
(6.77)
Outlet port
“C.” Inlet port
“B.”
See couplingSee options on See options on
code below page 106. page 106.
See output “Q2 ” See
shaft below table below
8,5 (.33) “Q ” See table below
14,0 (.55)
A9 Left Hand Rotation with Pressure Compensator
44,7 19,0 (.75)
A11 and SAE 2-bolt
“A ” Flange (no adapter)
(1.76) 80,0
(3.15)
Drain port
“F.” See options
on page107. Inlet port
“B.” See “J.” SAE .500-13 UNC-2B
Load sense port
369,4 options on page 106. See options on thd. 1.00 deep min. or
(14.54) page 107. ISO M12 x 27.0 deep min.
346,1 SAE port 6,1
11 (4.57)
(13.63)
w/o max. ISO port 150,0 (5.91) Outlet port
“C.”
143,5
(5.65) 122,6 adj. stop 180,6 See options on
(4.83) 111,5
(4.39) (7.11
) page 106.
65,0 280,4
(2.56) 132,7 (11.04)
(5.22)
15,0
(.59) 55,0
(2.16)
55,0 106,0
(2.17) (4.17) 45,0
54,5
(2.15) (1.77)
11,5 313,6
173,0 (.45) 40,0 (12.35)
(6.81) Inlet gage (1.57)
port“K.” See Alt. drain “F.
port
” See
192,6 4,0 options on page 107.
(7.58) options on page 107.
100,0 95,0
(3.94) (3.74) (.16)
298,6 Outlet gage port
“K.” See
305,6 (11.76) SAE .500-13 UNC-2B options on page 107.
(12.03) thd. 1.19 deep min. or
ISO M12 x 31.0 deep min. SAE port 6,1
11 (4.57)
Inlet gage port
“K”
ISO port 150,0 (5.91)
Right Hand Rotation with Load Sensing Control
and SAE 2-bolt
“A ” Flange (no adapter)
Model Code Position 25 “Q1” Thru-drive Flange “Q2” 2-bolt Thread

A,B SAE J744-82-2 .375-16 UNC-2B
Ø82.625/82.575 bore thd. 0.80 deep
G,H ISO 3019/2-80A2 M10 thd. x 18,0 deep
Ø80.075/80.25 bore
Thru-drive Models
PVM131/141
Model Code Position 25

D im ensions inm illi
m eter
s (inches) Description
A For SAE “A” pad with a 9T, 16/32 DP, 30° pressure angle,
69,7(2.74) involute spline
B For SAE “A” pad with a 11T, 16/32 DP, 30° pressure angle,
involute spline
Output shaft 14T 12/24 DP external involute spline
C SAE “B,” 13T, 16/32 DP, 30° pressure angle, involute spline
O -ring(furni
shed) D SAE “B-B,” 15T, 16/32 DP, 30° pressure angle, involute
spline
E SAE “C,” 14T, 12/24 DP, 30° pressure angle, involute spline
F SAE “C-C,” 17T, 12/24 DP, 30° pressure angle, involute
spline
G For ISO 80-A2HW pad with a 9T SAE spline
H For ISO 80-A2HW pad with a 11T SAE spline
J For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad with a 13T SAE spline
Coupling(See table) K For ISO 100-A2/B4HW pad with a 15T SAE spline
L For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad with a 14T SAE spline
M For ISO 125-A2/B4HW pad with a 17T SAE spline
14,0 (.55)
“B ” Adapter Flange
372,1(14.65)
“R 2”-2 places
35,0 (1.3
8)
4 places “R 3”
4 places
“R 4”(4plcs
)
359,6(14.16) “R 1” 92,0 (3.62)

4 place
with SAE 2-/4-Bolt

Right Hand Rotation “B ”
Flange and ISO 100
Adapter Flange
Model Code
Position 25 “R1” Thru-drive Flange “R2” 2-bolt Thread “R3” 4-bolt Thread “R4” Support Mounting Points
C,D SAE J744-101-2 & -4 .500-13 UNC-2B .500-13 UNC-2B .500-13 UNC-2B
Ø101,675/101.625 bore 12,50/11,50 deep 0.98 deep 0.98 deep 0.98 deep
J,K ISO 3019/2-100A2 & B2 M12 M12 M12
Ø100,075/100.025 bore 12,50/11,50 deep 25,0 deep 25,0 deep 25,0 deep
Thru-drive Models
PVM131/141
D im ensions inm illi

m eter
s (inches)
“C ” Adapter Flange
359,6 (14.16)
“S1” 92,0 (3.6
2) 4place
“S4” 4places
35,0 (1.3
8)
4 places
“S3”
4 places
“S2”
372,1 (14.65) 2 places
with SAE 2-/4-bolt

Left Hand Rotation “C ”
and ISO 125
Adapter Flange
Model Code
Position 25 “S1” Thru-drive Flange “S2” 2-bolt Thread “S3” 4-bolt Thread “R4” Support Mounting Points
E,F SAE J744-127-2 & -4 .625-11 UNC-2B .500-13 UNC-2B .500-13 UNC-2B
Ø127,075/127.025 bore 15,50/14,50 deep 0.98 deep 0.98 deep 0.98 deep
L,M ISO 3019/2-125A2 & B4 M16 M12 M12
Ø125,075/125.025 bore 15,50/14,50 deep 25,0 deep 25,0 deep 25,0 deep
Port “B”* “B2” “C”* “C2” “F2” “F3”

2.50 inch dia. SAE J518 .500-13 UNC-2B thd. 1.25 inch dia. SAE J518 .500-13 UNC-2B thd. 146,8 114,9
SAE Code 61, low pressure 1.19 deep minimum Code 62, high pressure 1.00 deep minimum (5.78) (4.52)
64mm diameter. ISO M12 thread 32mm diameter. M12 thread 148,5 116,6
ISO 6162 Type II, 315 bar 31,0 deep minimum ISO 6162, 400 bar 27,0 deep minimum (5.85) (4.59)
*4-bolt flange port. See page 101 for load sensing, drain, and gage port threads.
Mounting Flange Options
hes)
(inc
H
2-bolt“B”Flange G
2-bolt“A,B & C ”Flange
ISO & SAE 4-bolt“C ” or“D ”Flange L
ISO & SAE
F
L
E K
K
G
A H
A
45°
J pilot J pilot
2-bolt or 4-bolt
Series Flange Code Flange Description A E F G H J K L
2-bolt A SAE J744-82-2 Ø11,14 53,2 106,4 Ø82,53 +.02
PVM018 – – -.03 – –
“A” (4.38) (2.09) (4.19) (Ø3.249) +.000
PVM020 – – -.001
2-bolt B ISO 3019/2-80A2HW Ø11,14 54,5 109,0 Ø79,98 +.02
PVM018 – – -.03 – –
“A” (4.38) (2.15) (4.29) (Ø3.15) +.000
PVM020 – – -.001
PVM018
PVM020
PVM045 2-bolt C SAE J744-101-2 14,36 73,0 146,0 – – Ø101,58+.02
PVM050 “B” -.03 – –
PVM057 (.565) (2.87) (5.75) – – (Ø3.999) ±.001
PVM063
PVM018
PVM020
PVM045 2-bolt D ISO 3019/2-100A2HW 14,14 70,0 140,0 – – Ø100,00/99,95 – –
PVM050 “B” (special) (.557) (2.76) (5.51) (Ø3.937/3.935)
PVM057
PVM063
E SAE J744-127-2 (“C”) 17,4 90,5 181,0 – – Ø127,00/126,95
PVM057 (.685) (3.562) (7.125) (Ø5.000/4.998) – –
PVM063 2-bolt
PVM074 “C” F ISO 3019/2-125A2HW 18,0 90,0 180,0 – – Ø125,00/124,95 – –
PVM081 (.709) (3.543) (7.09) (Ø4.921/4.919)
PVM098 G SAE J744-127-4 (“C”) 14,2 57,25 114,50 Ø127,00/126,95
PVM106 – – – –
4-bolt (.559) (2.254) (4.508) (Ø5.000/4.998)
PVM131 “C”
PVM141 H ISO 3019/2-125B4HW 14,0 Ø125,00/124,95 80,0 160,0
– – – –
(.551) (Ø4.921/4.919) (3.150) (6.299)
J SAE J744-152-4 (“D”) 20,6 80,82 161,64 Ø152,40/152,35
– – – –
PVM131 4-bolt (.812) (3.182) (6.364) (Ø6.000/5.998)
PVM141 “D” K ISO 3019/2-160B4HW 18,0 Ø160,00/159,95 100,0 200,0
– – – –
(.709) (Ø6.299/6.297) (3.937) (7.874)
*Flanges for PVM020 and PVM050 are shown on pages 73 and 80, respectively.
Shaft Options
hes)
(inc
C
B spline
SAE Spline
d Shaft
SAE Spline Shaft Max. Input Torque

Model Series Designation Shaft Code A max. B C D Nm (lb. in.)
SAE J744-16-4 03 15,88 (.625) 9T 16/32 DP 37,0 (1.46) 32,0 (1.26) 58 (517)
SAE “A” (9T)
SAE J744-19-4
SAE “A” (11T) 04 19,05 (.750) 11T 16/32 DP 30,0 (1.18) 38,0 (1.50) 123 (1100)
PVM018/020
SAE J744-22-4 07 21,81 (.859) 13T 16/32 DP 33,0 (1.31) 41,0 (1.61) 208 (1850)
SAE “B” (13T)
SAE J744-25-4 08 24,98 (.983) 15T 16/32 DP 38,0 (1.50) 46,0 (1.81) 337 (2987)
SAE “B-B” (15T)
SAE J744-22-4
SAE “B” (13T) 07 21,81 (.859) 13T 16/32 DP 33,0 (1.31) 41,0 (1.61) 208 (1850)
PVM045/050
SAE J744-25-4 08 24,98 (.983) 15T 16/32 DP 38,0 (1.50) 46,0 (1.81) 337 (2987)
SAE “B-B” (15T)
SAE J744-22-4 07 21,81 (.859) 13T 16/32 DP 33,0 (1.31) 41,0 (1.61) 208 (1850)
SAE “B” (13T)
SAE J744-25-4
PVM057/063 08 24,98 (.983) 15T 16/32 DP 38,0 (1.50) 46,0 (1.81) 337 (2987)
SAE “B-B” (15T)
SAE J744-32-4 11 31,22 (1.23) 14T 12/24 DP 48,0 (1.89) 56,0 (2.20) 640 (5660)
SAE “C” (14T)
SAE J744-32-4
SAE “C” (14T) 11 31,22 (1.23) 14T 12/24 DP 48,0 (1.89) 56,0 (2.20) 640 (5660)
PVM074/081
PVM098/106 SAE J744-38-4 12 37,57 (1.479) 17T 12/24 DP 54,0 (2.13) 62,0 (2.44) 1215 (10,750)
SAE “C-C” (17T)
SAE J744-32-4 11 31,22 (1.23) 14T 12/24 DP 48,0 (1.89) 56,0 (2.20) 640 (5660)
SAE “C” (14T)
SAE J744-38-4
PVM131/141 12 37,57 (1.479) 17T 12/24 DP 54,0 (2.13) 62,0 (2.44) 1215 (10,750)
SAE “C-C” (17T)
SAE J744-44-4 14 43,71 (1.721) 13T 8/16 DP 67,0 (2.63) 75,0 (2.95) 1215 (10,750)
SAE “D” (13T)
Shaft Options
hes)
(inc
E key C
SAE K eyed Shaft
B A
Max. Input
SAE Keyed Shaft Shaft Torque
Model Series Designation Code A B C D E Nm (lb. in.)
SAE J744-16-1 58
01 15,88 (.625) 17,73 (.698) 24,0 (.94) 32,0 (1.26) 4,0 (.157)
SAE “A” (517)
SAE J744-19-1 104
SAE “19-1” 02 19,05 (.750) 21,23 (.836) 24,0 (.94) 32,0 (1.26) 4,81 (.189) (918)
PVM018/020
SAE J744-22-1 135
05 22,22 (.875) 25,12 (.989) 33,0 (1.31) 41,0 (1.61) 6,35 (.250)
SAE “B” (1200)
SAE J744-25-1 215
06 25,37 (.999) 28,22 (1.111) 38,0 (1.50) 46,0 (1.81) 6,35 (.250)
SAE “B-B” (1900)
SAE J744-22-1 135
SAE “B” 05 22,22 (.875) 25,12 (.989) 33,0 (1.31) 41,0 (1.61) 6,35 (.250) (1200)
PVM045/050
SAE J744-25-1 215
06 25,37 (.999) 28,22 (1.111) 38,0 (1.50) 46,0 (1.81) 6,35 (.250)
SAE “B-B” (1900)
SAE J744-25-1 215
SAE “B-B” 06 25,37 (.999) 28,22 (1.111) 38,0 (1.50) 46,0 (1.81) 6,35 (.250) (1900)
PVM057/063
SAE J744-32-1 450
09 31,75 (1.25) 35,32 (1.390) 48,0 (1.89) 56,0 (2.20) 7,93 (.312)
SAE “C” (3980)
SAE J744-32-1 450
SAE “C” 09 31,75 (1.25) 35,32 (1.390)48,0 (1.89) 56,0 (2.20) 7,93 (.312) (3980)
PVM074/081
PVM098/106 SAE J744-38-1 765
10 38,10 (1.50) 42,39 (1.67) 54,0 (2.13) 62,0 (2.44) 9,52 (.375)
SAE “C-C” (6770)
SAE J744-32-1 450
09 31,75 (1.25) 35,32 (1.390)48,0 (1.89) 56,0 (2.20) 7,93 (.312)
SAE “C” (3980)
SAE J744-38-1 765
PVM131/141 10 38,10 (1.50) 42,39 (1.67) 54,0 (2.13) 62,0 (2.44) 9,52 (.375)
SAE “C-C” (6770)
SAE J744-44-1 1200
13 44,45 (1.75) 49,46 (1.95) 67,0 (2.63) 75,0 (2.95) 11,11 (.438)
SAE “D” (10,620)
Shaft Options
hes)
(inc
D key
ISO K eyed Shaft
E A
Max. Input
ISO Keyed Shaft Shaft Torque
Model Series Designation Code A B C D E Nm (lb. in.)
ISO 3019/2 E20N 15 19,9 (.786) 8,5 (.335) 36 (1.42) 6 (.236) 22,5 (.886) 113 (1000)
ISO 3019/2 E25N
PVM018/020 Short Spigot 16 25 (.984) 8,5 (.335) 42 (1.65) 8 (.315) 28,0 (1.102) 215 (1900)
ISO 3019/2 E25N 17 25 (.984) 10 (.393) 42 (1.65) 8 (.315) 28,0 (1.102) 215 (1900)
PVM045/050 ISO 3019/2 E25N 17 25 (.984) 10 (.393) 42 (1.65) 8 (.315) 28,0 (1.102) 215 (1900)
PVM057/063 ISO 3019/2 E25N 17 25 (.984) 10 (.393) 42 (1.65) 8 (.315) 28,0 (1.102) 215 (1900)
ISO 3019/2 E32N 18 32 (1.26) 10 (.393) 58 (2.28) 10 (.394) 35,0 (1.378) 450 (3980)
PVM074/081 ISO 3019/2 E32N 18 32 (1.26) 10,5 (.413) 58 (2.28) 10 (.394) 35,0 (1.378) 450 (3980)
PVM098/106 ISO 3019/2 E40N 19 40 (1.57) 10,5 (.413) 82 (3.23) 12 (.472) 43,0 (1.693) 870 (7700)
PVM131/141 ISO 3019/2 E32N 18 32 (1.26) 10 (.393) 58 (2.28) 10 (.394) 35,0 (1.378) 450 (3980)
ISO 3019/2 E40N 19 40 (1.57) 10 (.393) 82 (3.23) 12 (.472) 43,0 (1.693) 870 (7700)
ISO 80mm pilot only – B
(1)
ISO 80mm pilot only – D

(2)
*Torque of non-thru-drive PVM pump, or combined torque of PVM thru-drive pump and thru-driven pump.
NOTE: In those cases where geometric tolerances of mounting are critical, or where specific tolerance ranges are required and not specified,
consult Eaton Engineering for specific limits.
Input Shaft
Selection Data
SAE Splined Shafts
Max. Input Torque† Max. Thru-drive Output Torque‡

Model Series Shaft Designation Shaft Code Nm (lb. in.) Nm (lb. in.)
SAE J744-16-4 (SAE “A,” 9T) 03 58 (513) Exceeds maximum input torque
SAE J744-19-4 (SAE “A,” 11T) 04 123 (1100) Exceeds maximum input torque
PVM018/020
SAE J744-22-4 (SAE “B,” 13T) 07 208 (1850) 123 (1100)
SAE J744-25-4 (SAE “B-B,” 15T) 08 337 (2987) 123 (1100)
SAE J744-22-4 (SAE “B,” 13T) 07 208 (1850) 208 (1850)*
PVM045/050
SAE J744-25-4 (SAE “B-B,” 15T) 08 337 (2987) 337 (2987)
SAE J744-22-4 (SAE “B,” 13T) 07 208 (1850) 208 (1850)*
PVM057/063 SAE J744-25-4 (SAE “B-B,” 15T) 08 337 (2987) 337 (2987)
SAE J744-32-4 (SAE “C,” 14T) 11 640 (5660) 337 (2987)
PVM074/081 SAE J744-32-4 (SAE “C,” 14T) 11 640 (5660) 515 (4560)
PVM098/106 SAE J744-38-4 (SAE “C-C,” 17T) 12 1215 (10,750) 515 (4560)
SAE J744-32-4 (SAE “C,” 14T) 11 640 (5660) 640 (5660)
PVM131/141 SAE J744-38-4 (SAE “C-C,” 17T) 12 1215 (10,750) 640 (5660)
SAE J744-44-4 (SAE “D,” 13T) 14 1215 (10,750) 640 (5660)
SAE Keyed Shafts

SAE J744-16-1 (SAE “A”) 01 58 (513) Exceeds maximum input torque
SAE J744-19-1 (SAE “19-1”) 02 104 (920) Exceeds maximum input torque
PVM018/020
SAE J744-22-1 (SAE “B”) 05 135 (1200) 123 (1100)
SAE J744-25-1 (SAE “B-B”) 06 215 (1900) 123 (1100)
SAE J744-22-1 (SAE “B”) 05 135 (1200) 135 (1200)*
PVM045/050
SAE J744-25-1 (SAE “B-B”) 06 215 (1900) 215 (1900)*
SAE J744-25-1 (SAE “B-B”) 06 215 (1900) 215 (1900)*
PVM057/063
SAE J744-32-1 (SAE “C”) 09 450 (3980) 337 (2987)
PVM074/081 SAE J744-32-1 (SAE “C”) 09 450 (3980) 450 (3980)*
PVM098/106 SAE J744-38-1 (SAE “C-C”) 10 765 (6770) 515 (4560)
SAE J744-32-1 (SAE “C”) 09 450 (3980) 450 (3980)*
PVM131/141 SAE J744-38-1 (SAE “C-C”) 10 765 (6770) 640 (5660)
SAE J744-44-1 (SAE “D”) 13 1200 (10,620) 640 (5660)
ISO Keyed Shafts

ISO 3019/2 E20N (B mount only) 15 113 (1000) Exceeds maximum input torque
PVM018/020 ISO 3019/2 E25N (B mount only) 16 215 (1900) Exceeds maximum input torque
ISO 3019/2 E25N (D mount only) 17 215 (1900) 123 (1100)
PVM045/050 ISO 3019/2 E25N 17 215 (1900) 215 (1900)*
ISO 3019/2 E25N 17 215 (1900) 215 (1900)*
PVM057/063
ISO 3019/2 E32N 18 450 (3980) 337 (2987)
PVM074/081 ISO 3019/2 E32N 18 450 (3980) 450 (3980)*
PVM098/106 ISO 3019/2 E40N 19 870 (7700) 515 (4560)
ISO 3019/2 E32N 18 450 (3980) 450 (3980)*
PVM131/141
ISO 3019/2 E40N 19 870 (7700) 640 (5660)
†Maximum total torque of the thru-drive pump and the thru-driven pump(s).
‡Maximum torque that can be applied to the thru-driven pump(s).
*This value is limited by the maximum input torque.
Port Options
Inlet and Outlet Ports
Inlet/Outlet Port Option Port

Model Series (per model code, page 5) Code Inlet Port “B” Outlet Port “C”
SAE J518 Code 61, standard pressure. SAE J518 Code 61, standard pressure.
Inch Flange 02 1.25 inch diameter, .4375-14 x 1.12 bolt holes 0.75 inches diameter, .375-16 x .88 bolt holes
ISO 6162 Type II, 315 bar. ISO 6162 Type II, 315 bar.
Metric Flange 04
PVM018/020 31,75mm diameter, M10 x 28 bolt holes 19,05mm diameter, M10 x 22 bolt holes
Inch Tube 01 SAE J514 O-ring –20, for 1-1/4 inch O.D. tube SAE J514 O-ring -12, for 3/4 inch O.D. tube
Metric Tube 03 ISO 6149-1, M42 thread ISO 6149-1, M27 thread
British Parallel Pipe 05 ISO 228-1:1994 (E), G 1-1/4 thread ISO 228-1:1994 (E), G 3/4 thread
Inch Flange 02 2.00 inch diameter, .500-13 x 1.06 bolt holes 1.00 inch diameter, .375-16 x .87 bolt holes
ISO 6162 Type II, 315 bar. ISO 6162 Type II, 315 bar.
Metric Flange 04
PVM045/050 51mm diameter, M12 x 27 bolt holes 25mm diameter, M10 x 22 bolt holes
Inch Tube 01 SAE J514 O-ring -24, for 1-1/2 inch O.D. tube SAE J514 O-ring -16, for 1 inch O.D. tube
Metric Tube 03 ISO 6149-1, M48 thread ISO 6149-1, M33 thread
British Parallel Pipe 05 ISO 228-1:1994 (E), G 1-1/2 thread ISO 228-1:1994 (E), G1 thread
Inch Flange 02 2.00 inch diameter, .500-13 x 1.06 bolt holes 1.00 inch diameter, .375-16 x .88 bolt holes
ISO 6162 Type II, 350 bar. ISO 6162 Type, 350 bar.
Metric Flange 04 51mm diameter, M12 x 29 bolt holes 25mm diameter, M10 x 23 bolt holes
PVM057/063
Inch Tube 01 SAE J514 O-ring -24, SAE J514 O-ring
(End ported models only) for 1-1/2 inch O.D. tube -16 for 1 inch O.D. tube
Metric Tube 03 ISO 6149-1, M48 thread ISO 6149–1, M33 thread
(End ported models only)
Inch Flange 02 2.00 inch diameter, .500-13 x 1.19 bolt holes 1.00 inch diameter, .375 -16 x .88 bolt holes
PVM074/081
Inch Flange 02 2.50 inch diameter, .500-13 x 1.19 bolt holes 1.00 inch diameter, .375 -16 x .88 bolt holes
PVM098/106
ISO 6162 Type I, 350 bar. ISO 6162 Type I, 350 bar.
SAE J518 Code 61, standard pressure. SAE J518 Code 62, high pressure.
Inch Flange 02 2.50 inch diameter, .500-13 x 1.19 bolt holes 1.25 inch diameter, .500 -13 x 1.00 bolt holes
PVM131/141
Port Options
Drain, Load Sensing, and Gauge Ports
Inlet/Outlet Port Option Port

Model Series (per model code, page 5) Code Drain Port “F” Load Sensing Port “J” Gauge Port “K”
Inch Flange or Tube 01, 03 SAE J514 O-ring, .50’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .25’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .25’’ tube.
tube. .750-16 UNF 2B thread tube. .4375-20 UNF 2B thread .4375-20 UNF 2B thread
Metric Flange or Tube 03, 04 ISO 6149-1 O-ring ISO 6149-1 O-ring ISO 6149-1 O-ring
PVM018/020 M18 x 1,5 thread M12 x 1,5 thread M12 x 1,5 thread
British Parallel Pipe 05 ISO 228-1:1994 (E) ISO 228-1:1994 (E) ISO 228-1:1994 (E)
G 1/2 thread G 1/4 thread G 1/4 thread
Inch Flange or Tube 01, 03 SAE J514 O-ring, .625’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .250’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. tube.
PVM045/050 M22 x 1,5 thread M12 x 1,5 thread M14 x 1,5 thread
British Parallel Pipe 05 ISO 228-1:1994 (E) ISO 228-1:1994 (E) ISO 228-1:1994 (E)
G 1/2 thread G 1/4 thread G 1/4 thread
Inch Flange or Tube 01, 02 SAE J514 O-ring, .625’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. tube.
PVM057/063
M22 x 1,5 thread M14 x 1,5 thread M14 x 1,5 thread
Inch Flange 02 SAE J514 O-ring, .625’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. tube.
PVM074/83 tube. .875-14 UNF 2B thread tube. .562-18 UNF 2B thread .5625-18 UNF 2B thread
PVM098/106 Metric Flange 04 ISO 6149-1 O-ring ISO 6149-1 O-ring ISO 6149-1 O-ring
Inch Flange 02 SAE J514 O-ring, .625’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. SAE J514 O-ring, .375’’ O.D. tube.
PVM131/141
Metric Flange 04 ISO 6149-1 O-ring ISO 6149-1 O-ring ISO 6149-1 O-ring
Operating Requirements
Inlet Pressure, Case Pressure, and Operating Temperature Requirements
Inlet Pressure Case Pressure Operating Temperature

Rated Minimum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
Absolute bar, absolute Gauge Continuous Intermittent Peak Rated Intermittent
bar (psi) (in. Hg) bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi) °C (°F) °C (°F)
1,0 (14.5) 0,85 (5) 3,5 (50) 0,5 (7) 2 (30) 3,5 (50) 82 (180) 104 (220)
Hydraulic Fluids
Minimum Viscosity @ Max.

Recommended Operating Maximum Viscosity Intermittent Temperature of
Viscosity Range at Startup 104°C (220°F)
Fluid cSt (SUS) cSt (SUS) cSt (SUS)
Use antiwear hydraulic oil, or automotive
type crankcase oil (designations SC, SD, SE, 16 to 40 (83 to 187) 1000 (4550) 10 (90)
or SF) per SAE J183 FEB80
For more information, see Eaton publication 579. For operation on other alternative or environmentally friendly fluids, please contact your Eaton Representative.
Fluid Cleanliness Proper fluid condition is Moment of Inertia (single pump rotating group)
The M Series pumps are rated essential for long and satisfac-
in anti-wear petroleum fluids tory life of hydraulic compo- Model Moment of Inertia
with a contamination level of nents and systems. Hydraulic
fluid must have the correct N-m (sec2) lbf-in (sec2)
20/18/13 (Eaton) or ISO 18/13.
Operation in fluids with levels balance PVM018 0.0012 0.0104
more contaminated than this of cleanliness, materials, and PVM020 0.0012 0.0104
is not recommended. Fluids additives for protection against
wear of components, elevated PVM045 0.0036 0.0320
other than petroleum, severe
service cycles, or tempera- viscosity and inclusion of air. PVM050 0.0034 0.0300
ture extremes are cause for Essential information on the PVM057 0.0052 0.0457
adjustment of these codes. correct methods for treating PVM063 0.0051 0.0447
Please contact your Eaton hydraulic fluid is included in
Representative for specific Eaton publication 561 – PVM074 0.0078 0.0691
duty cycle recommendation. “Eaton Guide to Systemic PVM081 0.0073 0.0643
Eaton M Series pumps, as Contamination Control” –
PVM098 0.0132 0.1165
with any variable displacement Available from your local Eaton
distributor. In this publica- PVM106 0.0123 0.1086
piston pumps, will operate
with apparent satisfaction in tion, filtration and cleanliness PVM131 0.0213 0.1889
fluids levels for extending the life
of axial piston pumps and PVM141 0.0210 0.1856
up to the rating specified here.
Experience has shown, how- other system components are
ever, that pump and hydraulic listed. Included is an excellent
system life is not optimized discussion of the selection of
with high fluid contamination products needed to control
levels (high ISO cleanliness fluid condition.
codes).
Installation and Start-up
Warning: Care should be In those cases where geomet- Start-up Procedure Once the pump is started,
taken that mechanical and ric tolerances of mounting are Make sure the reservoir and it should prime within a few
hydraulic resonances are critical, or where specific toler- circuit are clean and free of seconds. If the pump does not
avoided in the application of ance ranges are required and dirt/debris prior to filling with prime, check to make sure
the pump. Such resonances not specified, consult Eaton hydraulic fluid. that there are no restrictions
can seriously compromise the Engineering for specific limits. between the reservoir and
life and/or safe operation of Fill the reservoir with filtered the inlet to the pump, that
Direction of shaft rotation, oil and fill to a level sufficient
the pump. viewed from the prime mover the pump is being rotated in
enough to prevent vortexing the proper direction, and that
end, must be as indicated in at the suction connection to
Drive Data the model designation on the there are no air leaks in the
pump inlet. It is good practice inlet line and connections.
Mounting attitude can be pump – either right hand to clean the system by flush-
(clockwise) or left hand (coun- Also check to make sure that
either horizontal or vertical, ing and filtering, using an trapped air can escape at the
using the appropriate case terclockwise). external slave pump. pump outlet.
drain ports to ensure that the Direct coaxial drive through
case remains full of fluid at all Caution: Before the pump is After the pump is primed,
a flexible coupling is recom- started, fill the case through
times. Consult your local Eaton mended. If drives imposing tighten the loose outlet con-
Representative if a different the uppermost drain port with nections, then operate for five
radial shaft loads are con- hydraulic fluid of the type to
arrangement is required. sidered, please consult your to ten minutes (unloaded) to
be used. The case drain line remove all trapped air from
Eaton Representative. must be connected directly to the circuit.
the reservoir and must termi-
nate below the oil level. If the reservoir has a sight
gage, make sure the fluid is
clear – not milky.
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics Group USA Hydraulics Group Europe Hydraulics Group Asia Pacific
USA Switzerland Changning District,
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
Fax: (+86 21) 2230 7240
© 2014 Eaton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUPI-TM007-E1
March 2014
Q Series Piston Pumps PVQ10
Variable Displacem ent, Quiet Series for
Industrial Applications
PVQ13 PVQ32
PVQ20 PVQ40
Technical Catalog
PVQ25 PVQ45
Table of
Cont ent s
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PVQ10 and PVQ13
M odel Num ber System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Controls (Com pensators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Perform ance Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Operating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Installation Dim ensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Shaft Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PVQ20 and PVQ32

M odel Num ber System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Controls (Compensators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Perform ance Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Operating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Shaft Torque Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Installation Dim ensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Thru-drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
PVQ25
Controls (Com pensators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Shaft Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
PVQ40 and PVQ45

Controls (Com pensators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Operating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Thru-drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
EATON Vick ers Q Series Piston Pum ps Catalog V-PP-M C-0002-E Decem ber 2002 2
Int roduct ion
PVQ piston pum ps are in-line, variable displacem ent M any PVQ pum ps are available in a thru-drive
units and are available in nine sizes. Displacem ent is configuration to accom m odate a m ultitude of applica-
varied by m eans of pressure and/or flow com pensator tion and installation requirem ents. Thru-drive m odels
controls. An im pressive assortm ent of control options can be coupled to various types and sizes of fixed and
offers m axim um operating flexibility. variable displacem ent pum ps, resulting in a com pact
and versatile package. Such a package offers low er
PVQs operate at quietness levels that m eet today’s
installed cost by reducing the installation size and by
dem anding industrial conditions. The sound level of
requiring only one m ounting pad on the prim e m over.
each unit approaches or is below that of the electric
m otor driving it. Sound is reduced by a patented Quiet PVQs have excellent operating characteristics,
tim ing arrangem ent that also produces low pressure and the pum ps’ m any control and m ounting options
“ pulses” in the outlet flow. This leads to reduced allow choosing the optim um m odel for any appli-
tendencies for noise in system s using PVQs. cation. Additionally, PVQs possess the sam e durability
and long life characteristics expected of the best
The PVQ series is capable of operating w ith m any
industrial products in today’s m arketplace. For over
types of hydraulic fluid. Water-content and phosphate
75 years, the Eaton nam e has been synonym ous w ith
ester fluids can be accom m odated, in addition to the
long trouble-free service.
typical petroleum based and synthetic fluids.
D ISPLA CEM EN T, SPEED , A N D PRESSU RE RATIN GS

Operat ing D at a M aximum Geometric M aximum
M odel Displacement Rated Speed Pressure
Q Series Number System cm3/r (in3/r) r/min bar (psi)
Displacem ent, PVQ10 10,5 (0.643) 1800 210 (3000)
PVQ13 13,8 (0.843) 1800 140 (2000)
Speed, and PVQ20 21,1 (1.290) 1800 210 (3000)
Pressure Ratings PVQ25 25,2 (1.540) 1800 210 (3000)
PVQ32 32,9 (2.010) 1800 140 (2000)
PVQ40 41,0 (2.500) 1800 210 (3000)
PVQ45 45,1 (2.750) 1800 186 (2700)
Application Data
• Fluid Cleanliness
• Hydraulic Fluids and Temperature Ranges
• Fire Resistant Fluids
• Installation and Start-up
• Ordering Procedure
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ10 and
PVQ13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
P V Q 1 0 A 2 R S E 1 S 2 0 C * 2 1 V * 1 1 B D 1 2 S *
Nos Feature Code Description Nos Feature Code Description
1,2,3 Series PVQ P Inline piston pump 15,16 Control type C* * V* * B Pressure compensator C* * , as
V Variable volume above w ith load-sensing.
Q Quiet series Standard load-sensing setting
4,5 Displacement in 10 10,5 cc/rev (0.64 cir), 210 bar is 11 bar (160 psi); range
cc/rev and pressure (3000 psi) 10-17 bar (150-250 psi); w ith
ratings 13 13,8 cc/rev (0.84 cir), 140 bar bleed-dow n orifice.
(2000 psi) Example: C21V11B indicates
PVQ10 compensator w ith
6,7 M ounting flange A2 Flange SAE J744 82-2 (SAE A) 210 bar pressure setting and
specifications MA Flange ISO 3019/2-80A2HW 11 bar load-sense differential.
(available w ith “ N” drive shaft
only) C* * V* * P Pressure compensator w ith
8 Rotation viewed R Right hand (cw ), standard load-sensing as C* * V* * B
from shaft end L Left hand (ccw ), optional above, but w ith bleed-dow n
orifice plugged.
9,10 Ports, type and SE SAE O-ring rear port,
location 1.0625” inlet C**VC**B Pressure compensator w ith
and outlet (standard) load-sensing. Compensator
SS SAE O-ring side port, same as C* * above. Standard
1.3125” inlet and outlet load-sensing setting is 24 bar
(optional) (350 psi), range 17-31 bar
11 Shafts, input 1 Straight keyed SAE “A” (250-450 psi). With bleed-
modified, .75” dia. x 1.75” dow n orifice.
long
3 Splined SAE “A” modified, 9T C**VC**P Pressure compensator w ith
16/32 DP major dia. fit load-sensing. Same as C**VC**B
N Shaft end ISO 3019/2 E20N above, but w ith bleed-dow n
(available w ith “ M A” mount orifice plugged.
only)
CG Pressure compensator
12 Seals S Buna N, standard
modified for hydraulic remote
F Fluorocarbon, optional
control.
13,14 Pump design 20 Design number subject to
number change. Installation CD* * Electric dual range
dimensions remain unchanged compensator. PVQ10: CD21 is
for designs 10-19. standard 210 bar setting of
15,16 Control type C* * Pressure compensator. high range (24-210 bar).
PVQ10: Standard model is PVQ13: CD14 is standard
C21, indicating setting of 210 140 bar setting of high
bar (3000 psi); range is 02-21 range (24-140 bar). Both units
in tens of bar (350-3000 psi). require low range to be set by
PVQ13: Standard model is customer (20-100 bar).
C14, indicating factory setting
of 138 bar (2000 psi); range is UV Unloading Valve for
02-14 in tens of bar accumulator circuits.
(350-2000 psi). See installation details.
CM * * Low pressure compensator.

Standard model is CM 7,
indicating factory setting of
69 bar (1000 psi); range is
02-10 in tens of bar
(350-1500 psi).
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ10 and
PVQ13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
P V Q 1 0 A 2 R S E 1 S 2 0 C * 2 1 V * 1 1 B D 1 2 S *
17,18 Pressure setting 21 210 bar (3000 psi) PVQ10 25,26 Control design 12 O-ring seal design
14 140 bar (2000 psi) PVQ13 27,28 Special pump S2 Shaft up mounting
19,20 Flow control option Blank No flow control option suffixes S3 British Standard Parallel
V Threads Counterbore Ports
VC (ISO R288 threads). Contact
21,22 Load sense Blank No flow control Eaton for available
differential 11 configurations.
pressure setting 24 S9 Special CG compensator for
use w ith electronically
23 Flow control option Blank No flow control modulated relief valves.
B
P
24 Displacement Blank Without adjustable maximum
option displacement stop (standard).
D Adjustable maximum
displacement stop (optional).
RATIN GS
M odel M aximum Geometric Rated M aximum Input Pow er at M ax. Approx.

Number Displacement Speed Pressure Pressure and Rated Speed Weight
System cm3/r (in3/r) r/min bar (psi) kW (hp) kg (lb)
PVQ10 10,5 (0.643) 1800 210 (3000) 7,4 (10) 7,2 (16)
PVQ13 13,8 (0.843) 1800 140 (2000) 6,5 (8.75) 7,2 (16)
Pressure Limits:
Case pressure – 0,35 bar (5 psig) maximum
Inlet pressure – 0,2 bar (5 in. Hg) vacuum to 2 bar (30 psig)
Cont rols
Pressure Compensators Remote Control Pressure Load-sensing and Pressure Standard load-sensing and
The pressure compensator con- Compensator Limiting Compensators pressure limiting control w ith
trol automatically adjusts pump Exactly the same as the “ C” This compensator provides load- 11 bar differential pressure
delivery to maintain volume (pressure compensation option) sensing control under all pres- (standard factory setting).
requirements of the system at a except the machine operator is sure conditions up to the Includes bleed-dow n orifice to
preselected operating pressure. able to change the compensator desired maximum. It automati- exhaust load-sense signal for
M aximum pump delivery is setting through the use of a cally adjusts pump flow in low-pressure standby condition.
maintained to approximately 3,4 remote pilot relief valve, such as response to a remote pressure Same as C* * V11B above, but
bar (50 psi) below the pressure Eaton C-175. signal and maintains outlet pres- w ith bleed-dow n orifice plugged.
setting before being reduced. sure at a level slightly above load Same as C* * V11B, but w ith fac-
The pressure compensator con- Electric Dual Range Pressure pressure. The integral pressure tory differential pressure setting
trol operates on one side of cen- Compensator limiter overrides the load-sens- of 24 bar.
ter and has an adjustment range ing control, reducing pump dis-
as designated in the model num- The dual range pressure com- placement as the preset maxi- Same as C* * V11P, but w ith fac-
bering system. pensator control automatically mum operating pressure is tory differential pressure setting
adjusts pump delivery to main- reached. of 24 bar.
tain volume requirements of the
Pressure Compensator w ith system at either of two prese- Standard load-sense differential
Adjustable M aximum lected operating pressures. pressure settings, by control
Displacement Stop M aximum pump delivery is type, follow. See model number
The adjustable maximum stop maintained to approximately 3,4 system for setting range.
pressure control enables the bar (50 psi) below either pres-
maximum pump delivery to be sure control setting before being
externally adjusted from 25% to reduced.
100% w hile maintaining all of Control type and pressure range
the standard features of a pres- are designated in the model
sure compensated pump. To number system.
assist initial priming, manual
Note: Graphic symbols shown with external
adjustment control setting must
valve(s) and cylinder to illustrate typical
be at least 40% of maximum
usage.
flow position.
(†orifice open)
(†orifice plugged)
Perf orm ance
Curves
PVQ10
Oil type: SAE 10W
Oil temperature: 49°C (120°F)
Inlet: 0.2 bar (5 in. Hg)
Note: To obtain full flow 100%

operation of pump, pres- 210 bar (3000 psi)
140 bar (2000 psi)
Vo lumetric efficiency
sure compensator setting

must be 14 bar (200 psi) 70 bar (1000 psi)
above desired operating 80%
pressure. Full flow curves 35 bar (500 psi)
were obtained with com-
pensator settings 14 bar 60%
(200 psi) above 210 bar
(3000 psi) max. rated pres-
sure.
40%
100%
70 bar (1000 psi) 140 bar (2000 psi)
Overall efficiency
80%
35 bar (500 psi)

60% 210 bar (3000 psi)
40%
l/min USgpm
32
8
24
6
140 bar (2000 psi)

Delivery
Delivery
16 70 bar (1000 psi) 4
35 bar (500 psi)
8 210 bar (3000 psi) 2
0 0
kW hp
15 20
15
10
Input pow er
Input pow er
10
210 bar (3000 psi)
5 140 bar (2000 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi) 5
35 bar (500 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed r/min
Perf orm ance
Curves
PVQ13
Oil type: SAE 10W
Note: To obtain full flow opera- 100%

tion of pump, pressure compen-
sator setting must be 14 bar (200
psi) above desired operating pres- 140 bar (2000 psi)

sure. Full flow curves were 80% 70 bar (1000 psi)
obtained with compensator set- 35 bar (500 psi)
tings 14 bar (200 psi) above 210
bar (3000 psi) max. rated pres- 60%
sure.
40%
100%
140 bar (2000 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
Overall efficiency
80% 35 bar (500 psi)
60%
40%
l/min USgpm
32
8
24
6
Delivery
Delivery
16 4
140 bar (2000 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
8 35 bar (500 psi) 2
0 0
kW hp
15 20
15
10
Input pow er
Input pow er
10
5 140 bar (2000 psi)
5
70 bar (1000 psi)
35 bar (500 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed r/min
Operat ing D at a
PVQ10
and PVQ13
Sound Data
Temperature: 50°C (120°F)
Test Fluid: URSA-ED (10W)
Inlet Pressure: Atmospheric
(0 psig)
SOU N D D ATA
Sound Level dB(A)*

Full Stroke Cutoff
Speed r/min Pressure bar (psi) PVQ10 PVQ13 PVQ10 PVQ13
1000 35 (500) 51 53 43 42
70 (1000) 55 54 48 50
100 (1500) 56 55 50 52
140 (2000) 57 61 51 56
175 (2500) 59 – 51 –
1200 35 (500) 53 54 46 44
70 (1000) 55 54 49 52
100 (1500) 56 58 51 56
140 (2000) 57 65 53 57
175 (2500) 60 – 54 –
1500 35 (500) 56 56 47 44
70 (1000) 59 59 49 51
100 (1500) 59 60 51 55
140 (2000) 60 67 53 56
175 (2500) 62 – 53 –
1800 35 (500) 58 58 52 49
70 (1000) 60 61 53 56
100 (1500) 62 63 55 58
140 (2000) 63 – 57 –
175 (2500) 65 – 57 –
* Sound pressure data equivalent to NFPA Standard.
Note: To ensure maximum noise reduction at full flow conditions, Engineering recommends limiting pressure of PVQ10 to 175 bar (2500 psi) and PVQ13 to
100 bar (1500 psi) at 1800 rpm.
RESPON SE D ATA
PVQ10 PVQ10 PVQ13
and PVQ13 Control Type On stroke Off stroke On stroke Off stroke
Response Data Pressure compensator 0.040 sec. 0.020 sec. 0.048 sec. 0.016 sec.
Yoke response recorded at rated

speed and pressure, 0 psi inlet,
82°C (180°F), SAE 10W oil.
Pressure rise was 6900 bar
(100,000 psi) per second.
Inst allat ion
D im ensions
PVQ10 and
PVQ13 w ith Rear
Ports
M illimeters (inches)
Compensator position Case drain connection

for R.H. rotation models .562-18 UN-2B straight 177 Caution: W hile pump is operating do
(6.97) not back compensator adjustment
thíd for .375 O.D. screw out beyond dimension show n.
tubing 162,8
Compensator (6.41) Outlet connection for R.H.
20,6 rotation models 11/16-12
(0.81)R 108,7
(4.28) UN-2B straight thd. (0.75 28,4
position for 44,4 O.D. tubing) (1.12)
L.H. rotation 69,8
(1.75) (2.75) 28,4 84,8 84,8
models
130 6,3(0.25) 12,7 (1.12) (3.34) (3.34)
(5.12)D 6,1(0.24) (0.50)
M odel number
show n here 79,2
50 (3.12)
(1.97)
82,55 (3.250)
82,50 (3.248) D 38,1 A B
(1.50) 52,3
(2.06)
33,5 16,8
(1.32) (0.66) 21,13 (0.832) 28,6
53,2 47,7 21,00 (0.827) 163,6
Right hand (6.44) (1.125)
(2.09) (1.88)R 11,1 57,1 Alternate
rotation (0.437)D (2.250) case drain
4,79 (0.1885) square 25,4 Compensator 67,8
106,4 2 holes 4,76 (0.1875) (1.00) adjustment connection
(4.188) screw 0.94 hex (2.67)
135,9
19,05 (0.750) (5.35)
19,02 (0.749) D Direction of rotation
show n here Outlet connection for L.H. rotation
models 11/16 -12 UN-2B straight
thd. (0.75 O.D. tubing)
PVQ10 and Outlet connection 1.3125-12

PVQ13 w ith 153,2 UN-2B straight thd. (1.00 O.D.
tubing) for R.H. rotation models
(6.03)
Side Ports
79,2
50 (3.12)
(1.970)
Port Port
A B
38,1 52,3
(1.50) (2.06)
177 82,5
(6.97) (3.250)
Outlet connection 1.3125-12 165,1
UN-2B straight thd. (1.00 O.D. (6.500)
tubing) for L.H. rotation models
Shaf t Opt ions
No. 3 Shaft “N” Shaft w ith “M A” Flange

(Flange and shaft end ISO 3019/2-80A2HW-E20N)
31,7
(1.25)
22,51
22,38 22,00
23,8 (0.886) (0.866)
(0.938) (0.881) 11,27
79,98 (0.444)
0.6249 M ajor 79,93
0.6245 Dia. (3.149)
(3.147) 20,001
19,99 36,0 5,99
(0.788) (1.42) 5,97
(0.787) (0.234)
8,51 (0.235)
SAE standard involute spline flat root (0.335) Square key
major diameter fit. 9 teeth 16/32 pitch 7,24 54,50
diameter ref. .4835/.4725 minor diameter (0.285) (2.15)
109,00
(4.29)
Cont rols Load-sensing

Rem ote w ith Pressure Load sensing comp. control
To mounting face port location for R.H.
Com pensator Lim iting of pump mtg. flg. rotation .4375-20 UNF-2B
Com pensator boss connection
Adjustment 167,39
(6.59)
1. Turn pressure control (such 190,75
as C-175) CCW to minimum (7.51)
setting.
2. Turn compensator adjust-
ment plug to desired
minimum pressure (17 bar,
250 psi or higher).
3. Full pressure range can now Load sensing control port
45,1 19,05
be obtained w ith pressure (1.775) location for L.H. rotation
control. (0.75)
Caution: Effective compensator
28,45
pressure will be compensator
(1.12)
M ax.
control setting (17-69 bar,
250-1000 psig) plus remote
relief valve setting.
.4375-20 UNF-2B Do not operate pump 28,45 D

thread for "CG" w ith this port plugged. (1.12) Compensator adj. knob.
control models. Do not back out adj. knob
Connect to pressure beyond 28,4 (1.12) dim.
control, such as show n w hile pump is
C-175. SAE O-ring operating.
boss connection
.250 O.D. tubing
Shaf t Opt ions
No. 3 Shaft “N” Shaft w ith “M A” Flange

(Flange and shaft end ISO 3019/2-80A2HW-E20N)
31,7
(1.25)
22,51
22,38 22,00
23,8 (0.886) (0.866)
(0.938) (0.881) 11,27
79,98 (0.444)
0.6249 M ajor 79,93
0.6245 Dia. (3.149)
(3.147) 20,001
19,99 36,0 5,99
(0.788) (1.42) 5,97
(0.787) (0.234)
8,51 (0.235)
SAE standard involute spline flat root (0.335) Square key
major diameter fit. 9 teeth 16/32 pitch 7,24 54,50
diameter ref. .4835/.4725 minor diameter (0.285) (2.15)
109,00
(4.29)
Cont rols Load-sensing

Rem ote w ith Pressure Load sensing comp. control
To mounting face port location for R.H.
Com pensator Lim iting of pump mtg. flg. rotation .4375-20 UNF-2B
Com pensator boss connection
Adjustment 167,39
(6.59)
1. Turn pressure control (such 190,75
as C-175) CCW to minimum (7.51)
setting.
ment plug to desired
minimum pressure (17 bar,
250 psi or higher).
3. Full pressure range can now Load sensing control port
45,1 19,05
be obtained w ith pressure (1.775) location for L.H. rotation
control. (0.75)
Caution: Effective compensator
28,45
pressure will be compensator
(1.12)
M ax.
control setting (17-69 bar,
250-1000 psig) plus remote
relief valve setting.
.4375-20 UNF-2B Do not operate pump 28,45 D

thread for "CG" w ith this port plugged. (1.12) Compensator adj. knob.
control models. Do not back out adj. knob
Connect to pressure beyond 28,4 (1.12) dim.
control, such as show n w hile pump is
C-175. SAE O-ring operating.
boss connection
.250 O.D. tubing
8
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
Control
Adjustment
1. With the directional valve de-
energized, loosen locknut “ 5”
and turn the adjusting screw
“ 4” to the desired first stage
pressure setting, then tighten
locknut “ 5.”
2. With solenoid de-energized,
turn adjusting spool “ 1”
counterclockw ise (CCW) until
nut “ 3” is bottomed in
adjusting screw slot. (Second
stage setting is now equal to
first stage pressure setting.) 1. Adjusting spool — sets
288,5
Turn adjusting spool clock- second stage pressure (11.36)
w ise (CW) to desired second
stage pressure requirements.
One complete turn of ad- 2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68)
justing spool equals approxi- across flats
mately 41 bar (600 psi). 3. Locknut — must be
Energize solenoid and check contained w ithin slot of
pressure setting. De-energize adjusting screw as show n
solenoid and re-adjust if nec-
essary. Secure this setting by 4. Adjusting screw 25,4
tightening locknut “ 2.” (1.00) across flats — sets
first stage pressure
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25)
across flats
158,7 158,7
(6.25) (6.25)
50
(1.97)
Position for
Dual range pressure R.H. models
compensator position
Electrical conduit
conn.1/2 NPTF thd.
Inrush amps
Solenoid Data Solenoid current (R.M .S.) Holding amps
(110V AC 50 Hz 115/120V AC 60 Hz -
110V AC 50 Hz 2.0 .54
.64*
and 115/120V AC * M aximum peak inrush amps approximately 1.4 x R.M .S. value show n.
60 Hz) Refer to catalog GB-C-2015B for additional solenoid valve data.
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
w ith M axim um
Displacem ent
Stop
M aximum Flow Adjustment

With the system pressure below
both compensator settings,
loosen maximum stop adjusting
Electrical conduit
screw locknut and adjust screw
connection 1/2
to desired flow position (turning
M inimum delivery NPTF thd.
screw clockw ise decreases flow
and turning screw counterclock- position (flush w ith nut).
Do not adjust below flush. 170,4
w ise increases flow ). To lock (6.71) Position for
screw in position tighten lock- R.H. models
nut. To assist initial priming,
adjust control setting to at least
40% of maximum flow position.
Compensator Control
22,9
1. With the directional valve (0.90)
de-energized, loosen locknut 168,4 168,4
“ 5” and turn the adjusting (6.63)
screw “ 4” to the desired first
50 15,7 (6.63)
(1.97) Locknut 1 1,2 (0.44) across flats (0.62)
stage pressure setting, then M aximum stop (adjusting screw )
tighten locknut “ 5.”
.250-20 UNC thd.
2. With directional valve M aximum delivery position
de-energized, turn adjusting
spool “ 1” counterclockw ise
until nut “ 3” is bottomed in
first stage pressure setting.) 1. Adjusting spool — sets
Turn adjusting spool clock- second stage pressure 212,8
w ise to desired second stage (8.38)
pressure requirements. One
complete turn of adjusting
spool equals approximately
41 bar (600 psi). Energize
solenoid and check pressure 91,4
setting. De-energize solenoid 2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68) (3.60)
and re-adjust if necessary. across flats
Secure this setting by tight- 3. Locknut — must be
ening locknut “ 2.” contained w ithin slot of
adjusting screw as show n
4. Adjusting screw 25,4
(1.00) across flats — sets
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25)
across flats
Cont rols
Unloading Valve
Control
With the unloading valve control Setting Pressures

the variable pump w ill unload at 1. Back out accumulator un-
a preset pressure. The pump w ill loading pressure adjustment
maintain this no flow, low pres- screw to below desired
sure (approximately 14 bar [200 Unload valve
unloading pressure. control port
psi]) standby condition, until sys-
tem pressure drops to about 2. Adjust desired standby
To load
85% of the preset unloading pressure.
pressure. The pump w ill then 3. Set accumulator pressure by
return on stroke and provide full Inlet Check Valve
screw ing in
flow until the preset unloading the accumulator unloading
pressure is reached again. adjustment screw.
With this control, an efficient Accumulator recharge (cut-in) Outlet
accumulator charging circuit is pressure is a function of the
obtained. The pump w ill provide maximum accumulator pres- Drain
full flow to fill the accumulator sure and is not adjustable.
until the maximum charging 4. Check pressure settings and
pressure is reached. The pump re-adjust if necessary.
then goes to a standby condition
until the accumulator pressure
drops to 85% of the desired Standby pressure
maximum. The accumulator is adjustment
then recharged as the cycle Control Port .4375-20
starts over again.
Accumulator unloading UNF-2B thd. SAE O-ring boss
pressure adjustment connection .25 OD tubing
A separate right angle check
valve must be provided to main- 145,5
tain the accumulator hydraulic (5.95)
charge and prevent back flow
w hen the pump is unloaded. The 79,2
check valve’s internal leakage (3.12) 50,0
must not exceed five drops per
(1.97)
minute. The control port must be Port Port
connected to system pressure, A B
dow nstream of the check valve.
Adjustment range
PVQ10 100-210 bar (1500-3000 psi) 56,1
PVQ13 100-140 bar (1500-2000 psi) (2.21)
Cut-in pressure is 85% of unloading pressure,
minimum.
225,3
198,4 (8.87)
(7.82)
164,3
(6.57)
70,6
(2.78)
29,5
52,3 (1.16)
(2.06)
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ20 and
PVQ32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
P V Q 2 0 A 2 R A 9 S E 1 S 2 1 C * 2 1 V * 1 1 B D 1 2 S *
1,2,3 Series PVQ P Inline piston pump CM * * Low pressure compensator.
V Variable volume Standard model is CM 7,
Q Quiet series indicating factory setting of
4,5 Displacement in 20 21,1 cc/rev (1.29 cir), 210 bar 70 bar (1000 psi); range is
cc/rev and pressure (3000 psi) 02-10 in tens of bar
ratings 32 32,9 cc/rev (2.01 cir), 140 bar (350-2000 psi).
(2000 psi) C* * V* * B Pressure compensator C* * , as
above w ith load-sensing.
6,7 Mounting flange B2 Flange SAE J744 101-2 (SAE B) Standard load-sensing setting
specifications MB Flange ISO 3019/2-100A2HW is 11 bar (160 psi); range 10-17
(available with N” drive shaft bar (150-250 psi); w ith bleed-
only) dow n orifice. Example:
8 Rotation viewed R Right hand (cw), standard C21V11B indicates PVQ20
from shaft end L Left hand (ccw), optional compensator w ith 210 bar
pressure setting and
9,10 Thru-drive without Blank No thru-drive 11 bar load-sense differential.
coupling (available A9 SAE J744 82-2 (SAE A) w/9T C* * V* * P Pressure compensator w ith
spline with side ports only) load-sensing as C* * V* * B
A11 SAE J744 82-2 (SAE A) w/11T above, but w ith bleed-dow n
spline orifice plugged.
11,12 Ports, type and SE SAE O-ring rear port, C* * VC* * B
location 1.625” inlet and outlet Pressure compensator w ith
(standard) load-sensing. Compensator
SS SAE O-ring side port, same as C* * above. Standard
1.625” inlet and outlet load-sensing setting is 24 bar
(optional) (350 psi), range 17-31 bar
(250-450 psi). With bleed-
13 Shafts, input 1 Straight keyed SAE “ B”
dow n orifice.
modified, 2.31'' long
C**VC**P Pressure compensator w ith
3 Splined SAE “ B” modified, 13T
load-sensing. Same as
16/32 DP major dia. fit
C* * VC* * B above, but with
N Shaft end ISO 3019/2 E25N
bleed-down orifice plugged.
(available with “ MB” mount only)
CG Pressure compensator
28 26-tooth splined shaft (Eaton).
modified for hydraulic remote
Used in PVQ20/32 single to
control.
mount on PVQ40/45 “ B26”
CD* * Electric dual range compensator.
thru-drive.
PVQ20: CD21 is standard 210
14 Seals S Buna N, standard bar setting of high range
F Fluorocarbon, optional (24-210 bar). PVQ32: CD14 is
15,16 Pump design 21 Design number subject to standard 140 bar setting of high
number change. Installation dimensions range (24-140 bar). Both units
remain unchanged for designs require low range to be set by
10-19. customer (20-100 bar).
UV Unloading Valve for accumultor
17,18 Control type C* * Pressure compensator. PVQ20: circuits. See installation details.
Standard model is C21,
indicating setting of 210 bar (3000
psi); range is 02-21 in tens of bar
(350-3000 psi). PVQ32: Standard
model is C14, indicating factory
setting of 138 bar (2000 psi);
range is 02-14 in tens of bar
(350-2000 psi).
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ20 and
PVQ32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
P V Q 2 0 A 2 R A 9 S E 1 S 2 1 C * 2 1 V * 1 1 B D 1 2 S *
19,20 Pressure setting 21 210 bar (3000 psi) PVQ20 27,28 Control design 12 C* * and CM * *
14 140 bar (2000 psi) PVQ32 12 C* * D and CM * * D
21,22 Flow control option Blank No flow control 13 C* * V(C)* * B and C* * V(C)* * P
V 21 UV, CD* * CG 30
VC 29,30 Special pump S2 Shaft up mounting
23,24 Load sense Blank No flow control option suffixes S3 British Standard Parallel
differential Threads Counterbore Ports
pressure setting (ISO R288 threads). Contact
Eaton for available
25 Flow control Blank No flow control configurations.
optional features B S9 Special CG compensator for
P use w ith electronically
26 Control option Blank Without adjustable maximum modulated relief valves
displacement stop (standard)
D Adjustable maximum
displacement stop (optional)
RATIN GS

PVQ20 21,1 (1.290) 1800 210 (3000) 14,9 (20) 14 (31)
PVQ32 32,9 (2.010) 1800 140 (2000) 15,6 (21) 14 (31)
Pressure Limits:
Cont rols
Pressure Compensator Remote Control Pressure Load-sensing and Pressure Standard load-sensing and pres-
Controls Compensator Limiter Compensator Control sure limiting control w ith 11 bar
The pressure compensator con- Exactly the same as the “ C” This compensator provides differential pressure (standard
trol automatically adjusts pump (pressure compensation option) load-sensing control under all factory setting). Includes bleed-
delivery to maintain volume except the machine operator is pressure conditions up to the dow n orifice to exhaust load-
requirements of the system at a able to change the compensator desired maximum. It automati- sense signal for low-pressure
preselected operating pressure. setting through the use of a cally adjusts pump flow in standby condition.
M aximum pump delivery is remote pilot relief valve, such as response to a remote pressure Same as C* * V11B above, but
maintained to approximately 75 Eaton C-175. signal and maintains outlet pres- w ith bleed-dow n orifice plugged.
psi (PVQ20) or 100 psi (PVQ32) sure at a level slightly above load Same as C* * V11B, but w ith fac-
below the pressure setting Electric Dual Range Pressure pressure. The integral pressure tory differential pressure setting
before being reduced. The pres- Compensator Control limiter overrides the load-sens- of 24 bar.
sure compensator control oper- ing control, reducing pump dis-
ates on one side of center and The dual range pressure com- placement as the preset maxi- Same as C* * V11P, but w ith fac-
has an adjustment range as des- pensator control automatically mum operating pressure tory differential pressure setting
ignated in the model numbering adjusts pump delivery to main- is reached. of 24 bar.
system. tain volume requirements of the
system at either of two prese- Standard load-sense differential
lected operating pressures. pressure settings, by control
Pressure Compensator Control type, follow. See model number
w ith Adjustable M aximum M aximum pump delivery is system for setting range.
Displacement Stop maintained to approximately 75
psi (PVQ20) or 100 psi (PVQ32)
The adjustable maximum stop below either pressure control
pressure control enables the setting before being reduced.
maximum pump delivery to be
externally adjusted from 25% to Control type and pressure range
100% w hile maintaining all of are designated in the model
the standard features of a pres- number system.
sure compensated pump. To Note: Graphic symbols shown with external
assist initial priming, manual valve(s) and cylinder to illustrate typical
adjustment control setting must usage.
be at least 40% of maximum
flow position.
(†orifice open)
Perf orm ance
Curves
PVQ20
Oil type: SAE 10W
Note: To obtain full flow oper-

ation of pump, pressure com- 100%
35 bar (500 psi)

pensator setting must be 14
bar (200 psi) above desired
70 bar (1000 psi)
operating pressure. Full flow 80% 140 bar (2000 psi)
curves were obtained with 210 bar (3000 psi)
compensator settings 14 bar
(200 psi) above 210 bar 60%
(3000 psi) max. rated pressure.
100%
70 bar (1000 psi)

Overall efficiency
80% 140 bar (2000 psi)

210 bar (3000 psi)
35 bar (500 psi)
60%
40%
l/min USgpm
40
10
32
8
24
6
Delivery
Delivery
35 bar (500 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
16 4
140 bar (2000 psi)
210 bar (3000 psi)
8 2
0 0
kW hp
15 20
210 bar (3000 psi) 15

10
Input pow er
Input pow er
140 bar (2000 psi)

70 bar (1000 psi) 10
35 bar (500 psi)
5
5
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed r/min
Perf orm ance
Curves
PVQ32
Oil type: SAE 10W
Note: To obtain full flow oper-

ation of pump, pressure com- 100%
35 bar (500 psi)
pensator setting must be 14
bar (200 psi) above desired 70 bar (1000 psi)

operating pressure. Full flow 80% 140 bar (2000 psi)
curves were obtained with
compensator settings 14 bar
(200 psi) above 140 bar (2000
60%
psi) max. rated pressure.
40%
100%
140 bar (2000 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
35 bar (500 psi)
Overall efficiency
80%
60%
40%
l/min USgpm
76
20
57
15
Delivery
Delivery
38 10
140 bar (2000 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
19 35 bar (500 psi) 5
0 0
kW hp
15 20
15
10
Input pow er
Input pow er
140 bar (2000 psi) 10

5 70 bar (1000 psi)
35 bar (500 psi) 5
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed r/min
Operat ing D at a
PVQ20
and PVQ32
Sound Data
(0 psig)
SOU N D D ATA
Sound Level dB(A)*

Full Stroke Cutoff
Speed r/min Pressure bar (psi) PVQ20 PVQ32 PVQ20 PVQ32
1000 35 (500) 53 58 43 47
70 (1000) 56 59 47 50
140 (2000) 57 61 52 54
210 (3000) 59 – 54 –
1200 35 (500) 55 61 43 47
70 (1000) 58 62 48 51
140 (2000) 59 63 52 54
210 (3000) 61 – 55 –
1500 35 (500) 57 63 47 50
70 (1000) 59 65 51 54
140 (2000) 61 65 56 55
210 (3000) 62 – 59 –
1800 35 (500) 60 66 50 53
70 (1000) 62 67 53 56
140 (2000) 63 68 58 62
210 (3000) 64 – 58 –
RESPON SE D ATA
PVQ20 PVQ20 PVQ32
and PVQ32 Control Type On stroke Off stroke On stroke Off stroke
Response Data Pressure compensator 0.070 sec. 0.023 sec. 0.080 sec. 0.020 sec.
load-sense compensator 0.090 sec. 0.015 sec. 0.100 sec. 0.018 sec.
Yoke response recorded at
rated speed and pressure, 0 psi
inlet, 82°C (180°F), SAE 10W oil.
Shaf t Torque
D at a
PVQ20/32A9 and
PVQ20/32A11
Thru-drive Shaft Torque Data THRU -D RIV E SHA FT TORQU E D ATA
Any deviation from these M odel M aximum Input M aximum Thru-drive

Number Torque Total Torque Output
maximum torque values must System* Input Shaft Code Nm (lb. in.) Nm (lb. in.)
be approved by Eaton
engineering. PVQ20/32A9 1 135 (1200)
3 208 (1850) 58 (517)
N 337 (2987)
PVQ20/32A11 1 135 (1200)
3 208 (1850) 123 (1100)
N 337 (2987)
* SAE “ B” 4 inch thru-drive pilot not available in PVQ20/32 frame size.
Inst allat ion

D im ensions
Vertical
“ Shaft-up”
Installation –
“ S2” Drain Port
Option
29,2
Additional drain port, (1.15)
3/4"-16 UNF-2B
Inst allat ion
D im ensions
Rear Ports,
“ C” and “ CM ”
Controls,
No. 1 Shaft
208
(8.19) Compensator
Case drain 189 position for R.H. Compensator
connection 58,7 (7.44) rotation models 66,5 position for L.H.
.7500-16 146 (2.62)
(5.750) (2.31) 123,7 84,8 rotation models
UNF-2B (4.87) 33,3 (3.34)
straight thd. 73 (1.31) 28,4
9,5 74,7 28,4 (1.12)D
(for 0.50 (2.88) (.375) (2.94)
6,4 (0.251) (1.12)
O.D. tubing) 6,3 (0.250) Sq. key 82,5
(3.25)
45,7 101,6 (4.000) A B
(1.80) 101,5 (3.998) 65
52,3
(2.06) (2.56)
22,9
(0.90) 25,1 (0.989) 12,7 93,5 Outlet connection for
120,6 (3.68) R.H. rotation models –
14,3 (0.562)D (4.75)D 24,9 (0.979) (0.50) 193,8 186,9 1.6250-12 UN-2B thd.
2 holes (for mounting) 22,22 (0.875) D (7.63) Outlet connection for (7.36) (for 1.25 O.D. tubing)
Right hand rotation 22,20 (0.874) L.H. rotation models –
1.6250-12 UN-2B thd. Alternate case drain connection
(for 1.25 O.D. tubing) .7500-16 UNF-2B straight thd.
(for 0.50 O.D. tubing)
Caution – w hile pump is operating
do not back compensator adjustment
screw out beyond dimension show n.
Inst allat ion
D im ensions
Side Ports Case drain connection

.7500-16 UNF-2B straight thd.
(for 0.50 O.D. tubing) 28,4 61 108,7
174,5
(6.87) (1.12) (2.40) (4.28)
52,4
(2.062)
82,5
(3.25)
31,7 65
(1.25) (2.56)
1.6250-12 UN-2B thd. inlet or Outlet connection for 98,5

Outlet connection for
outlet connection – 2 places L.H. rotation models 196,8 (3.88) R.H. rotation models
(for 1.25 O.D. tubing) (7.75)
Alternate case drain connection
.7500-16 UNF-2B straight thd.
(for 0.50 O.D. tubing)
No. 3 Shaft 22,2
31,7
(1.25)
22,1
(0.873) 28,01
(0.872) 23,8 27,71
M ajor (0.938) (1.103
Dia. (1.09
100
99,95 D
(3.937)
(3.935) 2
2
(0
(0
SAEstandard involute spline flat root major

diameter fit. 13 teeth 16/32 pitch 0.8125 pitch
diameter (ref.) 0.7335/0.7225 minor diameter
“ N” Shaft w ith 8,00

7,96
“ M B” Flange (0.315)
(0.314)
(Flange and shaft end ISO 28,01 Square key
3019/21000A2HW-E25N) 27,71
(1.103)
(1.091) 14,25
(0.56)
100
99,95 D
(3.937)
(3.935) 25,006
24,994 D 42,0
(0.9845) (1.65)
(0.9840)
or 10,5
itch (0.413) 70,00
9,25
eter (0.364) (2.76)
140,00
(5.51)
Cont rols
Rem ote Load-sensing

Com pensator w ith Pressure
Adjustment
Lim iter
To mounting face
1. Turn pressure control (such of pump mtg. flg.
as C-175) CCW to minimum
setting.
Load sensing comp. control
2. Turn compensator adjust- port location for R.H.
ment plug to desired mini- rotation .4375-20 UNF-2B
mum pressure (17 bar, 167,39
(6.59) boss connection
250 psi or higher). 190,75
3. Full pressure range can now (7.51)
be obtained w ith pressure
control.
Caution: Effective compensator pressure
will be compensator control setting
(17-69 bar, 250-1000 psig) plus remote relief
valve setting.
45,1 Load sensing control port
(1.775) 19,05 location for L.H. rotation
(0.75)
28,45
(1.12)
M ax.
.4375-20 UNF-2B Do not operate pump 28,45 D Compensator adj. knob.

thread for "CG"control models. w ith this port plugged. (1.12) Do not back out adj. knob
Connect to pressure control, such as beyond 28,4 (1.12) dim.
show n w hile pump is
C-175. SAE O-ring boss connection operating.
.250 O.D. tubing
Pressure M inimum delivery position

(screw flush w ith nut) do
Com pensator not adjust below flush. 70,9 118,7 28,4
Control w ith 265,7 (2.79) (4.66) (1.12)
(10.46)
Adjustable M ax. 226,1 28,4
(1.12) D
23,9
(0.94)
(8.90)
Displacem ent 17,3
(0.68)
Stop 90,2
52,3 (3.55)
Adjustment (2.06)
Loosen locknut on adjusting A B
rod. Turn adjusting rod clockw ise 25,1
(CW) to decrease maximum (0.99)
pump delivery or counter-
clockw ise (CCW) to increase Locknut 1 — 1,2 (0.44) Adjusting rod
maximum pump delivery until across flats (Approx. cc/rev Adjustable maximum stop
desired setting is obtained. change per turn: pressure compensator control
Secure this setting by tightening PVQ20 – 1.88 position on left hand models
locknut. PVQ32 – 2.82)
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
Control
Adjustment
pressure setting, then tighten 1. Adjusting spool — sets 318,2
locknut “ 5.” second stage pressure (12.53)
counterclockw ise (CCW) until 2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68)
nut “ 3” is bottomed in across flats
3. Locknut — must be
contained w ithin slot of
first stage pressure setting.)
Turn adjusting spool clock-
w ise (CW) to desired second 4. Adjusting screw 25,4
stage pressure requirements. (1.00) across flats — sets
One complete turn of adjust- first stage pressure
ing spool equals approxi-
mately 41 bar (600 psi).
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25) 134,9 158,7
across flats (5.31) (6.25)
Energize solenoid and check
pressure setting. De-energize
solenoid and re-adjust if nec-
essary. Secure this setting by
tightening locknut “ 2.” 52,3
(2.06)
Dual range pressure

Position for
compensator position
L.H. models
Electrical conduit
conn. 1/ 2 NPTF thd.
Inrush amps
(110V AC 50 Hz 115/120V AC 60 Hz –
110V AC 50 Hz 2.0 .54
.64*
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
w ith M axim um
Displacem ent
Stop

With the system pressure below
and turning screw counterclock-
w ise increases flow ). To lock
screw in position, tighten lock-
nut. To assist initial priming, 201,7
adjust control setting to at least (7.94) Position for
40% of maximum flow position. L.H. models
Compensator Control
25,1
(0.99)
locknut “ 5.” 23,9
52,3 (0.94) Electrical conduit
2. With directional valve de- (2.06) Locknut 1 – 1,2 (0.44) across flats
energized, turn adjusting connection 1/2 NPTF thd.
M inimum delivery M aximum stop (adjusting screw )
spool “ 1” counterclockw ise position (flush w ith
until nut “ 3” is bottomed in nut). Do not adjust .250-20 UNC thd.
adjusting screw slot. (Second below flush. M aximum delivery position
first stage pressure setting.)
w ise to desired second stage
pressure requirements. One
complete turn of adjusting
spool equals approximately
41 bar (600 psi). Energize
solenoid and check pressure 1. Adjusting spool — sets
setting. De-energize solenoid second stage pressure
and re-adjust if necessary.
Secure this setting by tight- 215,1
ening locknut “ 2.” (8.47)
2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68)
across flats 93,5
(3.68)
3. Locknut — must be
contained w ithin slot of
144,5 192,3
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25) (5.69) (7.57)
across flats
Cont rols
Unloading Valve
Control
With the unloading valve control Adjustment range

the variable pump w ill unload at PVQ20 100-210 bar
a preset pressure. The pump w ill (1500-3000 psi)
maintain this no flow, low pres- PVQ32 100-140 bar Unload valve
sure (approximately 14 bar [200 (1500-2000 psi) control port
tem pressure drops to about Cut-in pressure is 85% of To load
85% of the preset unloading unloading pressure, minimum.
pressure. The pump w ill then Inlet
return on stroke and provide full Setting Pressures Check Valve
flow until the preset unloading 1. Back out accumulator unload-
pressure is reached again. ing pressure adjustment
With this control, an efficient screw to below desired Outlet
accumulator charging circuit is unloading pressure.
obtained. The pump w ill provide Drain
2. Adjust desired standby
full flow to fill the accumulator pressure.
until the maximum charging
pressure is reached. The pump 3. Set accumulator pressure by
then goes to a standby condition screw ing in the accumulator
until the accumulator pressure unloading adjustment screw.
drops to 85% of the desired Accumulator recharge (cut-in)
maximum. The accumulator is pressure is a function of the
maximum accumulator pres-
246,4
then recharged as the cycle (9.70)
starts over again. sure and is not adjustable.
174,5
A separate right angle check 4. Check pressure settings and (6.87)
valve must be provided to main- re-adjust if necessary. 174,5
tain the accumulator hydraulic (6.87)
w hen the pump is unloaded. The
check valve’s internal leakage
minute. The control port must be
connected to system pressure, 65,0
dow nstream of the check valve. (2.56)
Standby pressure
Accumulator unloading adjustment
pressure adjustment Control Port .4375-20
UNF-2B thd. SAE O-ring boss
connection .25 OD tubing
145,5
(5.95)
82,5
(3.25) 52,4
(2.06)
56,1
(2.21)
Thru-drives
PVQ20/32
“A9” and “A11”
SAE “A”
No. 1 shaft. Input torque not to exceed 73 Nm (650 lb. in.)

plus tabulated auxiliary pump torque w ith no overhung load.
Applications requiring overhung load capability or other
shaft ends are subject to approval by Vickers Engineering.
Note: Ports are reversed for L.H. rotation.
Control location same for both L.H. and
R.H. rotation.
101,6 (4.00)
101,5 (3.998) 6,4 (0.251)
6,3 (0.250)
22,22 (0.875)
22,20 (0.874) 20,6 20,6
(0.81) (0.81)
174,7
(6.88)
Caution: W hile pump is operating,
do not back compensator adj. out
Construction plug. Do not remove. beyond 28,4 (1.12) dim. show n.
Drain port .7500-16 UNF-2B thd. SAE
O-ring boss conn. .500 O.D. tubing. 129,3
166,1 (5.09)
11,2 (6.54) 7,9 28,4
(0.44) Drain port .7500-16
47,5 123,4 UNF-2B thd. SAE O-ring (0.31) (1.12)
(1.87) (4.86) boss conn. .500 O.D. tubing
82,5 .375-16 UNC-2B thd. 110,2

(3.25) 18,3 (0.72) deep 96 (4.34)
(3.78)
18,7 (0.738) 76,7

18,5 (0.729) (3.02) Outlet port R.H.
9,6 see note.
25,1 (0.989) (0.39) 12,7 106,4 1.6250-12 UN-2B
74,7 (0.50) Inlet port R.H. see (4.19) thd. SAE O-ring
24,9 (0.979) note. 1.6250-12 98,5
(2.94) (3.88) boss connection
162 UN-SAE str . thd.
(6.38) 196,8 1.250 O.D. tubing
230,6 SAE O-ring boss (7.75)
(9.08) connection 1.250
O.D. tubing
Alternate drain port .7500-16 UNF-2B
thd. SAE O-ring boss connection
.500 O.D. tubing
Thru-drives
PVQ20/32
“A9” and “A11”
SAE “A”
187
(7.36)
93,5
(3.68)
120,6
(4.75) Note: Ports are reversed for L.H. rotation.
Control location same for both L.H. and
4,8 R.H. rotation.
(0.188) 31,7
(1.25)
14,3
(0.562)
2 places
73,1
(2.88)
146,05
(5.75)
Output spline
(see table)
Thru-Drive 82,6
Cutaw ay View (3.252)
Use O-ring AS568-042 at interface
of auxiliary pump mounting
A
See table
B
PV Q2 0 /3 2 “ A 9 ” A N D “ A 1 1 ” SA E “ A ”
Installation Dimensions mm (in)

M ax. Torque
M odel Number System Spline Data Nm (in. lb.) A B Coupling Kit
“ A9” ASA B5.15-1960
9 teeth 16/32 DP 58 (517) 16,7 (0.66) 33,0 (1.30) 02-136810
Flat root side fit
“ A11” ANS B92.1-1970
11 teeth 16/32 DP 123 (1100) 18,5 (0.73) 39,1 (1.54) 02-306041
Flat root side fit
Note: O-ring included w ith pump. Coupling kit, cap screw s, and w ashers must be ordered separately to mount rear pump.
Typical TY PICA L REA R PU M PS (WITH SHA FT COD ES) FOR PV Q2 0 /3 2 THRU -D RIV ES
M odel Series Typical Rear Pump Rear Pump Shaft Code Thru-drive Coupling Kit
Rear Pum ps PVQ10/13 3
(w ith shaft codes) “ A9”
PVB5/6 S124 suffix
02-136810
V10 11
for PVQ20/32 V20 62
Thru-drives Note: “ A11” (not listed above) is intended for special application only.
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
P V Q 2 5 A R 1 1 A A 1 0 B 1 1 2 4 0 0 A 2 0 0 1 A P C 9 0 1
1,2 Code title PV Open circuit piston pump 13 Diagnostic pressure 0 No diagnostic pressure point
3,4,5,6 Displacement Q25A 25.2cm 3/r [1.54 in3/r] point
7 Input shaft rotation L Left-hand rotation (CCW) 14 Controller type C Electric dual range pressure
R Right-hand rotation (CW) Compensator with directional
control valve
8,9 Front mounting and 01 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) with E Unloading valve (accumulator
input shaft 22.2 [.88] DIA straight keyed circuits)
shaft (SAE J744-22-1), key G Adjustable pressure
included compensator
05 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) with H Adjustable pressure and flow
13T 16/32DP 41.1 [1.62] long compensator
splined shaft J Adjustable hydraulic remote
09 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) with control pressure compensator
26T 32/64DP splined shaft
10 Shaft-2 Bolt VDMA A with 25.0 15,16 Pressure comp./ 07 65.5-72.4 bar [950-1050 lbf/in2]
[.984] DIA straight keyed shaft, unloading valve 33 206.8-213.7 bar
key included setting [3000-3100 lbf/in2]
10,11 Main ports AU End ports; tube ports per 17,18 Flow comp. setting 00 No flow compensator setting
location and size SAE J514, suction 1.625-12 or unload VLV 11 9.65-12.41 bar [140-180 lbf/in2]
UN-2B, pressure – 1.0625-12 standby 24 22.75-25.51 bar [330-370
UN-2B SAE lbf/in2]
AV End ports; tube ports per 19,20 Secondary 00 No secondary compensator
ISO 6149-1, suction M42 x 2, compensator setting setting
pressure – M27 x 2 04 186.2-193.1 bar [2700-2800
12 Drain port size 6 M18 metric O-ring port – top (D1) lbf/in2]
7 M18 metric O-ring port – 21 Control special 0 No special features
bottom (D2) features A Bleed dow n orifice –
8 M18 mertic O-ring port – shaft up B External manual stroke
B .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring adjustment
port – top (D1) 22 M aximum 1 Standard displacement
C .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring displacement option 2 Adjustable maximum displace-
port – bottom (D2) ment (set at maximum)
D .750-16 UNF-2B SAE O-ring
port – shaft up
Note: Consult an Eaton representative for additional settings
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
P V Q 2 5 A R 1 1 A A 1 0 B 1 1 2 4 0 0 A 2 0 0 1 A P C 9 0 1
Nos Feature Code Description
23,24 Auxiliary mounting 00 No auxiliary mounting or
and output shaft output shaft
25 Shaft seals 0 No shaft seal
1 Standard shaft seal (nitrile)
Vitron option
3 Flurocarbon
4 HNBR shaft seal luster
glycol fluids
26,27 Special features AP Cast iron housing and industrial
timing
28,29 Paint 00 No paint
CD Blue primer
30 Customer and unit 0 STD – mark assembly
identification Number and build data
Code on plate
31 Design code A First
RATIN GS

PVQ25 25,2 (1.54) 1800 210 (3000) 16 (24) 14 (31)
Pressure Limits:
Cont rols
“G” Option “J” Option “H” Option Standard load-sensing and pres-
Pressure Compensator Remote Control Pressure Load Sensing and Pressure sure limiting control w ith 11 bar
Controls Compensator Limiter Compensator Control differential pressure (standard
factory setting). Includes bleed-
The pressure compensator con- Exactly the same as the pres- This compensator provides dow n orifice to exhaust load-
trol automatically adjusts pump sure compensation option, load-sensing control under all sense signal for low-pressure
delivery to maintain except the machine operator is pressure conditions up to the standby condition.
volume requirements of the sys- able to change the compensator desired maximum. It automati-
tem at a preselected operating setting through the use of a cally adjusts pump flow in Other Standard Load
pressure. M aximum pump deliv- remote pilot relief valve, such as response to a remote pressure Sense Options:
ery is maintained to ap- Eaton C-175. signal and maintains outlet pres-
proximately 75 psi (PVQ025) sure at a level slightly above load 1. Bleed-dow n orifice plugged.
below the pressure setting “C” Option pressure. The integral 2. Factory differential pressure
before being reduced. The pres- pressure limiter overrides the setting of 24 bar.
sure compensator control Electric Dual Range Pressure load-sensing control, reducing
operates on one side of center Compensator Control pump displacement as the
and has an adjustment range The dual range pressure com- preset maximum operating pres-
as designated in the model num- pensator control automatically sure is reached.
bering system. adjusts pump delivery to main- Standard load-sense differential
tain volume requirements of the pressure settings, by control
Pressure Compensator Control system at either of two pre- type, follow. See model number
w ith Adjustable M aximum selected operating pressures. system for setting range.
Displacement Stop M aximum pump delivery is
The adjustable maximum stop maintained to approximately
pressure control enables the 75 psi (PVQ025) below either
maximum pump delivery to be pressure control setting before
externally adjusted from 25% to being reduced.
100% w hile maintaining all of Control type and pressure
the standard features of a pres- range are designated in the
sure compensated pump. To model number system.
assist initial priming, manual Note: Graphic symbols shown with external
adjustment control setting must valve(s) and cylinder to illustrate typical
be at least 40% of maximum usage.
flow position.
“G” Option “J” Option “H” Option “C” Option
(†orifice open)
PV Q2 5
Perf orm ance
Curves
Performance at 1800 r/min
Oil type: SAE 10W
Oil temp: 50°C (120°F)
Inlet pressure: 0 psi
100%
Volumetric efficiency
90%
kW (hp)
80% Overall efficiency 16,8 (22.5)
Efficiency
70% 14,9 (20.0)
60% 13,0 (17.5)

Input pow er
50% 11,2 (15.0)
Input pow er
9,3 (12.5)
l/min (USgpm)
Delivery
47,3 (12.5) 7,5 (10.0)
Delivery
37,9 (10.0) 5,6 (7.5)

Input pow er pump compensated
28,4 (7.5) 3,7 (5.0)
1,9 (2.5)
0
0 35 70 100 140 175 210
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000)
Outlet pressure – bar (psi)
PV Q2 5
Operat ing D at a
Sound Data
(0 psig)
SOU N D D ATA
Sound Level dB(A)*

Speed Pressure Full
r/min bar (psi) Stroke Cutoff
1000 35 (500) 56.5 54.9
70 (1000) 57.7 58.3
100 (1500) 58.6 60.0
140 (2000) 59.5 61.3
175 (2500) 60.9 62.0
210 (3000) 66.6 63.1
1200 35 (500) 60.9 56.9
70 (1000) 62.4 60.1
100 (1500) 63.1 62.3
140 (2000) 63.3 63.6
175 (2500) 63.8 64.5
210 (3000) 63.8 65.5
1500 35 (500) 61.9 57.7
70 (1000) 63.5 61.9
100 (1500) 64.2 62.7
140 (2000) 65.3 63.3
175 (2500) 65.1 64.7
210 (3000) 65.9 65.3
1800 35 (500) 64.0 59.0
70 (1000) 65.2 62.0
100 (1500) 66.0 63.4
140 (2000) 67.1 64.4
175 (2500) 67.5 65.7
210 (3000) 67.4 66.6
Control Type On stroke Off stroke

Response Data Pressure compensator 0.030 sec. 0.012 sec.
Yoke response recorded at rated Load sense compensator 0.040 sec. 0.012 sec.
82°C (180°F), SAE 10W oil.
Inst allat ion
D raw ings
PVQ25 w ith Pressure Compensator Control
Note: Ports are reversed for Outlet port "B " (see note) 1.0625-12 UN-2B thd.
R.H. rotation L.H. rotation 196,6
(7.74) SAE O-ring boss connection .750 O.D. tubing
25,0 (Show n for R.H. rotation)
167,5
(0.98) (6.59) 44,0 44,0
14,53 9.4 (1.73) (1.73) Drain port "D2"
14,15 14,0 R 2 places (0.37)
(0.55 R) .750-16 UNF-2B thd.
(0.572) 0,8 max. R 14,0 47,0 SAE O-ring boss
(0.557) (0.03) (0.55) (1.85) connection .500
O.D. tubing
73,0 70,0 60,0
(2.87) (2.76) 101,60 30 56,0
(2.36) ( 2.20) 2 places
140,0 101.55
146,0 (5.51) (4.000) 28,4
51,5 52,0 70,1
(5.75) (2.03) (3.998) 83,1 ( 1.12) (2.05) (2.76) 73,4
(3.27) (2.89)
1.5 x 45
120,6 (0.06) 162,5
30,0
#2 shaft 77,0
(4.75) (6.40) (3.03)
(1.18) 114,1
19,5 R 19,0
(0.77 R) 186,1 (4.49) 154,0
(0.75) (7.33)
33,3 (6.06)
(1.31) Compensator position for R.H. rotation
41,1 (Reverse for L.H. rotation)
(1.62) Inlet port "A " (see note) 1.625-12 UN-2B thd.
SAE O-ring boss connection 1.250 O.D. tubing
(Show n for R.H. rotation)
29,5
(1.16) Construction plugs
Do not remove
85,1
(3.35) 27,0
(1.06)
170,2
(6.70)
Alternate drain port "D1 "

.750-16 UNF-2B thd.
153,5 SAE O-ring connection
(6.04) .500 O.D. tubing
Shaf t Opt ions
No. 1 Shaft No. 10 M ounting and Input Shaft

SAE “ B” Straight keyed (Flange and shaft end ISO 3019/21000A2HW-E25N)
22,225 6,375
22,200 6,350 x 31,75 lg. key
(0.8750) (0.251) (1.250) 8,00
(0.8740) (0.250) 7,96
25,12 58,6 (0.315)
(2.31) 28,01 (0.314)
24,87 27,71 Square key
(0.989) (1.103)
(0.979) (1.091)
100
99,95 D
(3.937)
(3.935) 14,25
#1 shaft 25,006
1.5 24,994 D 42,0 (0.56)
(0.06)x 45 50.8 (0.9845) (1.65)
(2.00) (0.9840)
10,5
(0.413) 70,00
9,25
(0.364) (2.76)
140,00
(5.51)
Cont rols
Load Sensing
w ith Pressure of pump mtg. flg.
Lim iter
167,39 port location for R.H.
(6.59) rotation .4375-20 UNF-2B
190,75 boss connection
(7.51)
Load sensing control port

19,05 location for L.H. rotation
(0.75) 28,45
(1.12)
M ax.
28,45 D Compensator adj. knob.

(1.12) Do not back out adj. knob
beyond 28,4 (1.12) dim.
show n w hile pump is
operating.
Rem ote
Com pensator
Adjustment 45,1
(1.775)
1. Turn pressure control (such
as C-175) CCW to minimum
setting.
ment plug to desired mini-
mum pressure (17 bar,
250 psi or higher). .4375-20 UNF-2B Do not operate pump
3. Full pressure range can now thread for "CG" w ith this port plugged.
be obtained w ith pressure control models.
Connect to pressure
control. control, such as
Caution: Effective compensator pressure C-175. SAE O-ring
will be compensator control setting boss connection
(17-69 bar, 250-1000 psig) plus remote relief .250 O.D. tubing
valve setting.
Cont rols
Pressure
Com pensator
Control w ith 52,0
72,6 (2.05)
Adjustable M ax. (2.86) 90,1
28,4 (3.55)
Displacem ent (1.12)
Stop Locknut
11,2 (0.44) across flats
Adjustment 63,8 28,4 Adjusting screw
(2.51) (1.12) 23,8 (0.90) across flats
Loosen locknut on adjusting rod.
Turn adjusting rod clockw ise
(CW) to decrease maximum 123,8 30,0 11,0 M ax.
pump delivery or counterclock- (0.43) Control position for
(4.87) (1.18) right hand rotation
w ise (CCW) to increase maxi- M aximum stop
mum pump delivery until adjusting rod
desired setting is obtained. (Approx. 2.22 cc/rev
Secure this setting by tightening change per turn)
locknut.
252,1
220,2 (9.93)
196,2 (8.67)
(7.72)
Control position for
left hand rotation
Dimensions
to flange face
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
Control
Adjustment
1. With the directional valve
Dimension from
de-energized, loosen locknut flange face
“ 5” and turn the adjusting
screw “ 4” to the desired first
stage pressure setting, then
tighten locknut “ 5.”
nut “ 3” is bottomed in
stage setting is now equal to 1. Adjusting spool — sets 312,1
first stage pressure setting.) (12.29)
second stage pressure
w ise (CW) to desired second
stage pressure requirements. 2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68)
One complete turn of across flats
adjusting spool equals ap-
proximately 41 bar (600 psi). 3. Locknut — must be
Energize solenoid and check contained w ithin slot of
pressure setting. De-energize adjusting screw as show n
solenoid and re-adjust if nec- 4. Adjusting screw 25,4
essary. Secure this setting by (1.00) across flats — sets
tightening locknut “ 2.” first stage pressure
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25) 126,6 186,6
across flats (4.98) (7.35)
52,0
(2.05)
Dual range pressure Position for

compensator position R.H. models
Electrical conduit
conn.1/2 NPTF thd.
Inrush amps
(110V AC 50 Hz 115/120V AC 60 Hz –
110V AC 50 Hz 2.0 .54
.64*
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
w ith M axim um
Displacem ent
Stop

Dimension from
With the system pressure below flange face
and turning screw counterclock- 196,2
w ise increases flow ). To lock (7.72) Position for
screw in position, tighten lock- L.H. models
nut. To assist initial priming,
adjust control setting to at least
40% of maximum flow position.
Compensator Control 25,1

1. With the directional valve (0.99)
de-energized, loosen locknut 30,0
“ 5” and turn the adjusting (1.18)
52,3 Electrical conduit
screw “ 4” to the desired first (2.06) Locknut 1 – 1,2 (0.44) across flats connection 1/2 NPTF thd.
stage pressure setting, then M inimum delivery M aximum stop (adjusting screw )
tighten locknut “ 5.” position (flush w ith M aximum stop
nut). Do not adjust .250-20 UNC thd. adjusting rod
2. With directional valve below flush. M aximum delivery position (Approx. 2.22 cc/rev
de-energized, turn adjusting change per turn)
spool “ 1” counterclockw ise
until nut “ 3” is bottomed in
adjusting screw slot.
(Second stage setting is now
equal to first stage pressure
setting.) Turn adjusting spool 1. Adjusting spool — sets 213,4
clockw ise to desired second second stage pressure (8.40)
stage pressure require-
ments. One complete turn
of adjusting spool equals
approximately 41 bar (600
psi). Energize solenoid and 2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68)
check pressure setting. across flats 93,5
De-energize solenoid and re- (3.68)
adjust if necessary. Secure 3. Locknut — must be
this setting by tightening contained w ithin slot of
locknut “ 2.” adjusting screw as show n
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25)
across flats
136,3 196,3
(5.37) (7.73)
Cont rols
Unloading Valve
Control – “ E”
Option

the variable pump w ill unload at PVQ25 100-210 bar (1500-
a preset pressure. The pump w ill 3000 psi)
maintain this no flow, low pres- Unload valve
sure (approximately 14 bar [200 Cut-in pressure is 85% of
control port
psi]) standby condition, until sys- unloading pressure, minimum.
tem pressure drops to about To load
85% of the preset unloading Setting Pressures
pressure. The pump w ill then 1. Back out accumulator un- Inlet Check Valve
return on stroke and provide full loading pressure adjustment
flow until the preset unloading screw to below desired
pressure is reached again. unloading pressure.
With this control, an efficient Outlet
2. Adjust desired standby pres-
accumulator charging circuit is sure.
full flow to fill the accumulator 3. Set accumulator pressure by
until the maximum charging screw ing in the accumulator
pressure is reached. The pump unloading adjustment screw.
then goes to a standby condition Accumulator recharge (cut-in)
until the accumulator pressure pressure is a function of the
maximum accumulator pres- 196,6
drops to 85% of the desired (7.74)
maximum. The accumulator is sure and is not adjustable. 167,5
then recharged as the cycle 4. Check pressure settings and (6.59)
starts over again. re-adjust if necessary.
A separate right angle check
valve must be provided to main-
tain the accumulator hydraulic
41,1
(1.62)
minute. The control port must be
connected to system pressure,
dow nstream of the check valve. 162,5
(6.40)
272,8
(10.74)
Control Port .4375-20

Accumulator unloading UNF-2B thd. SAE O-ring boss
pressure adjustment connection .25 OD tubing
Standby pressure
adjustment
52,0
(2.05)
145,5
(5.95)
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ40 and
PVQ45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
P V Q 4 0 A R 1 1 A A 1 0 B 1 1 2 4 0 0 A 1 A A 1 A F C D 0 1
1,2 Code title PV Open circuit piston pump 12 Drain port size 1 .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring port–top (D1)
3,4,5,6 Displacement Q40A 41.0cm 3/r [2.50 in3/r] and location 2 .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring port –
Q45A 45.1cm 3/4 [2.75 in3/r] bottom (D2)
3 .875-14 UNF-2B SAE O-ring port –
7 Input shaft L Left-hand rotation (CCW) shaft up
rotation R Right-hand rotation (CW) 6 M18 X 1.5 metric O-ring port – top (D1)
8,9 Front mounting 01 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) w ith 7 M18 X 1.5 metric O-ring port – bottom (D2)
and input shaft 22.2 [.88] DIA straight key shaft 8 M18 X 1.5 metric O-ring port – shaft up
(SAE J744-22-1) (key included) 13 Diagnostic 0 No diagnostic pressure port
02 2 Bolt B-B (SAE J744-101-2) w ith 25.4 pressure port 1 .4375-20 UNF-2B SAE O-ring port –
[1.00] DIA straight key shaft plugged
(SAE J744-25-1) (key included) 2 M 14 X 1.5 metric O-ring port – plugged
05 2 Bolt B-B (SAE J744-101-2) w ith 13T
16/32DP 41.1 [1.62] long splined shaft 14 Controller type C Electric dual range pressure compensator
08 2 Bolt B-B (SAE J744-101-2) w ith 15T w ith directional control valve
16/32DP splined shaft E Unloading valve (accumulator circuits)
09 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) w ith 26T G Adjustable pressure compensator
32/64DP splined shaft H Adjustable pressure and flow compensator
10 Shaft-2 Bolt VDM A A w ith25.0 [.984] J Adjustable hydraulic remote control
DIA straight keyed shaft, key included pressure compensator
10,11 M ain ports AA Side ports; tube ports per SAE J514, 15,16 Pressure comp./ 07 65.5-72.4 bar [950-1050 lbf/in2]
location and size suction – 1.875-12 UN-2B, pressure – unloading valve 18 182.7-189.6 bar [2650-2750 lbf/in2]
1.3125-12 UN-2B 33 206.8-213.7 bar [3000-3100 lbf/in2]
AB End ports; tube ports per SAE J514, 17,18 Flow comp. setting 00 No flow compensator setting
suction – 1.875-12 UN-2B, pressure – or unload valve 11 9.65-12.41 bar [140-180 lbf/in2]
1.3125-12 UN-2B standby 14 12.41-15.17 bar [180-220 lbf/in2]
AC Side ports; SAE J518 flange, suction – 24 22.75-25.51 bar [330-370 lbf/in2]
1.500 SAE 4-bolt split flange port (code 19,20 Secondary 00 No secondary compensator setting
61); pressure – 1.000 SAE 4-bolt split comp. setting 04 186.2-193.1 bar [2700-2800 lbf/in2]
flange port (code 61)
AD End ports; SAE J518 flange, suction – 21 Control special 0 No special features
1.500 SAE 4-bolt split flange port (code features A Bleed dow n orifice
61); pressure – 1.000 SAE 4-bolt split B External manual stroke adjustment
flange port (code 61) 22 M aximum 1 Standard displacement
AE Side ports; ISO 6149-1 tube, suction – displacement 2 Adjustable maximum displacement
M 48 X 2, pressure – M 33 X 2 option (set at maximum)
AF End ports; ISO 6149-1 tube, suction –
M 48 X 2, pressure – M 33 X2
AS End ports; ISO 6162 flange, suction –
1.500 SAE 4-bolt split flange port w ith
M 12 X 1.75 threads; pressure – 1.000
SAE 4-bolt split flange port w ith
M 10 X 1.5 threads
M odel N um ber
Syst em
PVQ40 and
PVQ45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
P V Q 4 0 A R 1 1 A A 1 0 B 1 1 2 4 0 0 A 1 A A 1 A F C D 0 1
Nos Feature Code Description
23,24 Auxiliary mounting 00 No auxiliary mounting or output shaft 25 Shaft seals 0 No shaft seal
output shaft AA 2 Bolt A (SAE J744-82-2) w / 9T 1 Standard shaft seal (fluorocarbon)
16/32DP external splined shaft 8 HNBR shaft seal (water glycol)
AB 2 Bolt A (SAE J744-82-2) w / 11T 26,27 Special features AP Cast iron housing and industrial timing
16/32DP external splined shaft
AC 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) w / 13T 28,29 Paint 00 No paint
16/32 DP internal splined coupling CD Blue primer
AD 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) w / 15T 30 Customer and unit 0 STD – mark assembly number,
16/32DP internal splined coupling full model code and build date code
AE 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) w / 26T on plate
32/64DP external splined shaft
AH 2 Bolt A (SAE J744-82-2) w / 9T 31 Design code A First design
16/32DP internal splined coupling
AJ 2 Bolt A (SAE J744-82-2) w / 11T
AK 2 Bolt B (SAE J744-101-2) w / 26T
RATIN GS

PVQ40 41,5 (2.500) 1800 210 (3000) 27,6 (37) 20,6 (45.4)
PVQ45 45,1 (2.750) 1800 186 (2700) 28,3 (38) 20,6 (45.4)
Pressure Limits:
Case pressure – 0,35 bar (5 in. Hg) maximum
Note: Integral relief valve limits case pressure peaks to 0,7 bar (10 psi) higher than inlet pressure to protect pump. Flow from valve is returned directly to pump inlet.
Use of case drain line required to limit steady-state case pressure.
Cont rols
“G” Option “J” Option “H” Option Standard load-sensing and pres-
Pressure Compensator Remote Control Pressure Load Sensing and Pressure sure limiting control w ith 11 bar
Controls Compensator Limiter Compensator Control differential pressure (standard
factory setting). Includes bleed-
This control automatically varies Exactly the same as the “ C” This compensator provides load- dow n orifice to exhaust load-
pump displacement to meet the (pressure compensation option) sensing control under all pres- sense signal for low-pressure
system flow demand for a con- except the machine operator is sure conditions up to the standby condition.
stant system pressure. able to change the compensator desired maximum. It automati-
Displacement starts to reduce to setting through the use of a cally adjusts pump flow in Other Standard Load Sense
zero w ithin 14 bar (200 psi) of remote pilot relief valve. response to a remote pressure Options:
the compensator setting. Power signal and maintains outlet pres-
draw-off is minimized, therefore, “C” Option sure at a level slightly above load 1. Bleed-dow n orifice plugged.
system relief valves should not pressure. The integral pressure 2. Factory differential pressure
be required. Electric Dual Range Pressure limiter overrides the load-sens-
Compensator Control setting of 24 bar.
ing control, reducing pump dis-
Pressure Compensator Control The dual range pressure com- placement as the preset maxi-
w ith Adjustable M aximum pensator control automatically mum operating pressure is
Displacement Stop adjusts pump delivery to main- reached.
tain volume requirements of the Standard load-sense differential
The adjustable maximum stop system at either of two prese-
pressure control enables the pressure settings, by control
lected operating pressures. type, follow. See model number
maximum pump delivery to be
externally adjusted from 25% to M aximum pump delivery is system for setting range.
100% w hile maintaining all of maintained to approximately
the standard features of a pres- 3,4 bar (50 psi) below either
sure compensated pump. To pressure control setting before
assist initial priming, manual being reduced.
adjustment control setting must Control type and pressure range
be at least 40% of maximum are designated in the model
flow position. number system.
Note: Graphic symbols shown with external
valve(s) and cylinder to illustrate typical
usage.
“G” Option “J” Option “C” Option “H” Option
( †orifice open)
( †orifice plugged)
Perf orm ance
Curves
PVQ40
Oil type: SAE 10W
Inlet: 0 psi

140 bar (2000 psi)

must be 14 bar (200 psi)
above desired operating 80% 70 bar (1000 psi)
(3000 psi) max. rated pres-
sure.
40%
100%
140 bar (2000 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
Overall efficiency
80%
35 bar (500 psi)
210 bar (3000 psi)
60%
40%
USgpm
l/min
76 20
57 15
Delivery
Delivery
38 10
35 bar (500 psi)
70 bar (1000 psi)
19 140 bar (2000 psi) 5
210 bar (3000 psi)
0 0
kW hp
45 60
45
30
Input pow er
Input pow er
30
210 bar (3000 psi)
15 140 bar (2000 psi)
15
70 bar (1000 psi)
35 bar (500 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed r/min
M odel Series
PVQ45
Oil type: SAE 10W
Inlet: 0 psi

70 bar (1000 psi)

must be 14 bar (200 psi)
above desired operating 80% 35 bar (500 psi)
(2700 psi) max. rated
pressure.
40%
100%
Overall efficiency
35 bar (500 psi)

80% 70 bar (1000 psi)
140 bar (2000 psi)
186 bar (2700 psi)
60%
USgpm
l/min
95 25
76 20
57 15
Delivery
Delivery
35 bar (500 psi)
38 70 bar (1000 psi) 10
140 bar (2000 psi)
186 bar (2700 psi)
19 5
0 0
kW hp
45 60
45
30
Input pow er
Input pow er
30
186 bar (2700 psi)
15 140 bar (2000 psi)
15
70 bar (1000 psi)
35 bar (500 psi)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Speed r/min
Operat ing D at a
PVQ40
and PVQ45
Sound Data
(0 psig)
SOU N D D ATA
Sound Level dB(A)*

Speed Pressure Full
r/min bar (psi) Stroke Cutoff
1000 35 (500) 60 58
70 (1000) 61 61
140 (2000) 63 65
210 (3000)* 65 65
1200 35 (500) 61 60
70 (1000) 62 62
140 (2000) 65 65
210 (3000)* 66 68
1500 35 (500) 65 61
70 (1000) 67 64
140 (2000) 68 67
210 (3000)* 68 69
1800 35 (500) 68 60
70 (1000) 69 65
140 (2000) 69 68
210 (3000)* 71 70
* * PVQ40 at 210 bar (3000 psi) and PVQ45 at 186 bar (2700 psi)
* * Sound pressure data equivalent to NFPA Standard.
Control Type On Stroke Off Stroke

Response Data Pressure compensator 0.050 sec. 0.020 sec.
Yoke response recorded at rated Load sense compensator 0.040 sec. 0.010 sec.
82°C (180°F), SAE 10W oil.
Cont rols
Side Port
Controls,
No. 2 M ounting
and Input Shaft
M illimeters (inches)
Drain port "D1" .875-14 UNF-2B thd. SAE Outlet port "B" see note.
O-ring boss connection .625 O.D. tubing 1.3125-12 UN-2B thd. SAE
191,00 O-ring boss connection
(7.52) 1.000 O.D. tubing. Show n
41,56 for R.H. rotation.
(1.64) Construction plug.
Do not remove.
95,25
97,28 (3.75)
(3.83) 50,04
194,56 (1.97) 190,5
(7.66) (7.50)
Note: Ports are reversed for L.H. rotation
25,37 (0.999) 25,4
25,35 (0.998) (1.00)
14,22 25,45 M ax.

(0.56) (1.12)
176,28
(6.94) Caution – W hile pump is operating
do not back compensator
Inlet port "A" see note. adjustment screw out
1.875 –12 UN – 2B thd. SAE beyond dimension show n.
O-ring boss connection Plug show n for industrial
1.500 O.D. tubing. Show n models.
for R.H. rotation
Compensator position
6,35 (0.250) x 31.75 (1.250) Lg. key for L.H. rotation
6,38 (0.251) Compensator position
R.H. for R.H. rotation 118,11
58,67 (4.65)
Rotation (2.31) 211,07 173,74
28,22 (8.31) (6.84) 86,87
34,04 9,53 (3.42)
(1.34) (1.111) 28,45
120,65 27,97 (.375)
20,32 (0.80)R (4.75) (1.101) (1.12)
56,90 (2.24) 93,2
84,84 (3.67)
101,6 63,5 (3.34) 55,63
(4.00) (2.50) (2.19)
101,5
(3.998) 63,5
91,44
12,7 (0.50) 88,1 (2.50) (3.60)
Typ. (3.47)
14,15 184,91
(0.557) 50,8 (7.28) 98,30
73,03 (2.00) 52,83
14,53 (2.875) 218,19 (3.87) (2.08)
(0.572) (8.59) 196,60
146,05 (7.74)
(5.750) Alternate drain port "D2"
Date of assembly .875-14 UNF-2B thd. SAE
stamped on flange O-ring boss connection
.625 O.D. tubing
Cont rols
Rear Ports Inlet port "A" see note.

173,74
(6.84)
Note: Ports are reversed
1.875-12 UN-2B thd. SAE 86,87 for L.H. rotation
O-ring boss connection (3.42)
47,7 47,7
1.500 O.D. tubing. Show n (1.88) (1.88)
for R.H. rotation
84,8 91,4 96,8

(3.34) (3.60) (3.81)
3 84,8 73,7 3,8

(0.12) (3.34) (2.90) (0.15) 91,4
(3.60)
Outlet port "B " see note.
1.3125-12 UN-2B thd. SAE
Alternate drain port "D2 " O-ring boss connection
221,2 .875-14 UNF-2B thd. SAE
(8.71) 1.000 O.D. tubing. Show n
O-ring boss connection for R.H. rotation
.625 O.D. tubing
No. 08 M ounting
No. 05 Shaft and Input Shaft
No. 1 Shaft: SAE “ B” Straight Keyed SAE “ B” Splined SAE “ B-B” Splined
44,45 45,97
(1.75) 44,45 (1.81)
25.12 22,225 (1.75)
(0.989) (0.8750) 6,375
24,87 22,200 (0.251) x 31,75 lg. key 33.3 38,1
(0.979) (0.8740) y (1.31) (1.50)
6,350 (1.250)
(0.250) 23,75
(0.935)
101,6 (4.00)
101,5 (3.99) 30
1.5 x 45 1,52
(0.06) (0.06) x 45
9,52 9,4
33,32 (0.375)
(1.312) (0.37) 5,8
Spline: SAE "B " Involute,, 13T Spline: SAE " B-B" Involute, (0.23)
16/32 DP flat root side fit 15T, 16/32 DP flat root side fit
No. 10 M ounting
10,50
and Input Shaft 100 (3.937)
(4.30)
99,95 (3.935) 42,0
w ith VDM A (1.65)
Flange Sq. key

8,00 (0.315)
7,96 (0.314) 11,27
(Flange and shaft end ISO (0.444)
3019/2-100A2HW-E25N)
28,01 (1.103) 25,006 (0.9845)

27,71 (1.091) 24,994 (0.9840)
9,25
(0.364) 70
(2.75)
140,0
(5.51)
Cont rols
Pressure Com pensator Rem ote

w ith Load Sensing Control

215,90 port location for R.H. rotation
(8.50) .4375-20 UNF-2B thd. SAE 211,32
O-ring boss connection .250 (8.32)
239,27 O.D. tubing
(9.42)
6,60 22,35
63,5 (2.6) (0.88)
(0.250)
Load sensing control 118,88

131,57 port location for L.H. 50,8
(5.18) (4.68) Comp. control
rotation (2.00)
74,68 port for L.H.
28,45 10,92 79,25 rotation
(2.94) (0.43) (3.12)
19,05 (1.12) 28,45
(0.75) (1.12)
M ax.
55,63 55,63
(2.19) (2.19)
Compensator adj. knob.
Do not back out adj. knob
beyond 28,45 (1.12)
dimension show n w hile
pump is operating.
Comp. control port location for
R.H. rotation .4375-20
connection .250 O.D. tubing
Cont rols
Pressure
Com pensator
Control w ith
Adjustable
M axim um
Displacem ent
Stop
Adjustment
Loosen locknut on adjusting
rod. Turn adjusting rod clockw ise
(CW) to decrease maximum
pump delivery or counter-
clockw ise (CCW) to increase
maximum pump delivery until
desired setting is obtained.
Secure this setting by tightening
locknut. To assist initial priming,
manual adjustment control set-
ting must be at least 40%
of maximum flow position.
This control enables the maxi- 219,4
mum pump delivery to be (8.64)
externally adjusted from 25% 279,1
to 100% w hile maintaining all (10.99)
of the standard features of a
pressure compensated pump.
Note: Not available with thru-drive models.
M aximum stop
adjusting screw
.250-20 UNC thd.
13,9 (Approx. cc/rev
59,7 (0.59) change per turn:
(2.35) PVQ40 – 3.22
M inimum delivery position PVQ45 – 3.55)
(screw flush w ith nut)
34 M aximum delivery position
(1.34)
28,4 127,7 28,4

23,87 across flats (1.12) (5.03)
(0.94) (1.12)
M ax.
Compensator adj. knob.

Do not back adj. knob
beyond 28,4 (1.12) 97,2
dimension show n w hile (3.83) 55,6
pump is operating. (2.19)
Locknut 1 1,7 (0.44)

across flats
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
w ith M axim um
Displacem ent
Stop
See preceding page and

follow ing page for adjustment
procedures.
279,1
(10.99)
2 lead w ires from
solenoid, approx. 152 mm
(6.00 in) long w ith M 3 (#6)
219,4 size terminals provided for
(8.64) customer connection.
Control position show n
for L.H. rotation
15
(0.59) M ax.
M in. delivery delivery
Control position position
show n for R.H. position (screw
rotation flush w ith nut) 34
(1.34) 180,6
Solenoid Datau 131,8
(5.19)
(7.11)
M ax. stop adj. screw
(110V AC 50 Hz (.250-20 UNC thd.)
and 115/120V AC 73,41
(2.89) Electrical conduit
60 Hz) 17,53 connection
(0.69) 1/2 NPT thread
Inrush
amps Holding
Solenoid current (R.M .S.) amps
115/120V AC 60 Hz - 2.0 .54 M anual
110V AC 50 Hz .64* actuator
* M aximum peak inrush amps approxi- 1. Adjusting spool — sets
mately 1.4 x R.M .S. value show n. second stage pressure
Refer to catalog GB-C-2015B for addi- Locknut 218,9
tional solenoid valve data. 11,2 (0.44) 195,1 (8.62)
u
Note: Any sliding spool valve, if across flats
held shifted under pressure for long 150,4 (7.68)
periods of time, may stick and not 2. Locknut — 17,3 (0.68) (5.92)
spring return due to fluid residue for- across flats
mation and, therefore, should be 3. Locknut — must be
cycled periodically to prevent this 55,6
from happening. contained w ithin slot of (2.19)
5. Locknut — 31,7 (1.25)
across flats
Cont rols
Electric Dual
Range Pressure
Com pensator
Control
Adjustment
locknut “ 5.”
nut “ 3” is bottomed in 214,6
adjusting screw slot. (Second (8.45)
stage setting is now equal to 268
first stage pressure setting.) (10.55)
w ise (CW) to desired second 1. Adjusting spool – sets 312,7
stage pressure requirements. second stage pressure (12.31)
One complete turn of adjust- 335,2
ing spool equals approximate- (13.2)
ly 41 bar (600 psi). Energize
solenoid and check pressure 2. Locknut – 17,3 (0.68)
setting. across flats
De-energize solenoid and re- M anual
adjust if necessary. Secure 3. Locknut – must be actuator
this setting by tightening contained w ithin slot of
locknut “ 2.” adjusting screw as show n
Electrical conduit
4. Adjusting screw 25,4 connection
(1.00) across flats – sets 1/ 2 NPT thread
5. Locknut – 31,7 (1.25)
Solenoid Datau across flats
(110V AC 50 Hz
and 115/120V AC 122,2 190,2
60 Hz) Control position (4.81) 83 (7.49)
show n for R.H. (3.27)
rotation
Inrush
amps Holding
Solenoid current (R.M .S.) amps
115/120V AC 60 Hz - 2.0 .54
110V AC 50 Hz .64* 55,6
(2.19)
* M aximum peak inrush amps approxi-
mately 1.4 x R.M .S. value show n.
Control position
Refer to catalog GB-C-2015B for addi- show n for L.H.
tional solenoid valve data.
rotation
u
Note: Any sliding spool valve, if
held shifted under pressure for long
periods of time, may stick and not
spring return due to fluid residue for- 2 lead w ires from
mation and, therefore, should be
cycled periodically to prevent this solenoid, approx. 152 mm
from happening. (6.00 in) long w ith M 3 (#6)
size terminals provided for
customer connection.
Cont rols
Unloading
Valve Control –
“ E” Option

the variable pump w ill unload at PVQ40 100-210 bar
a preset pressure. The pump w ill (1500-3000 psi)
maintain this no flow, low pres- PVQ45 100-186 bar Unload valve
sure (approximately 14 bar [200 (1500-2700 psi) control port
tem pressure drops to about Cut-in pressure is 85% of To load
85% of the preset unloading unloading pressure, minimum.
pressure. The pump w ill then Inlet
return on stroke and provide full Setting Pressures Check Valve
flow until the preset unloading 1. Back out accumulator un-
pressure is reached again. loading pressure adjustment
With this control, an efficient screw to below desired Outlet
accumulator charging circuit is unloading pressure.
2. Adjust desired standby
full flow to fill the accumulator pressure.
until the maximum charging
pressure is reached. The pump 3. Set accumulator pressure by
then goes to a standby condition screw ing in the accumulator
until the accumulator pressure unloading adjustment screw.
drops to 85% of the desired Accumulator recharge (cut-in)
maximum. The accumulator is pressure is a function of the 219,4
then recharged as the cycle maximum accumulator pres- (8.64)
starts over again. sure and is not adjustable. 184.9
A separate right angle check 4. Check pressure settings and (7.28)
valve must be provided to main- re-adjust if necessary.
tain the accumulator hydraulic
minute. The control port must be 91.4
connected to system pressure, (3.60)
dow nstream of the check valve.
Standby pressure
Control Port .4375-20 adjustment
connection .25 OD tubing
Accumulator unloading
pressure adjustment 145,5
(5.95)
74,7
(2.94) 55,6
(2.19)
Thru-drives
PVQ40 and
PVQ45 SAE “A”
28,22
(1.11) 6,35 (0.251)
27,97 6,30 (0.250) Sq. key 147,57
(1.10) (5.81) A (see table on next page)
25,37 31,75 Output spline – see

(0.999) (1.25) thru-drive table on next
25,35 page
97,28 (0.998)
(3.83) 25,4
(1.00)
194,56 82,55 87,38
(7.66) (3.253) (3.44)
No. 2 shaft
50.8 Drain port "D1". .875-14 UNF-2B thd.
(2.00) SAE O-ring boss connection .825
1,42 (0.056) O.D. tubing
22,61 1,32 (0.052)
58,67 151,13 (0.89)
(2.31) (5.95) 12,7
12,7 (0.50)
191,26 (0.500)
(7.53) 50,8
(2.00)
Load sensing control port Note: Ports are reversed .375-16 UNC-2B thd.
.4375-20 UNF-2B thd. SAE for L.H. rotation. .88 deep – 4 places
28,45 O-ring boss connection .250 Outlet port "B".
(1.12) O.D. tubing See note. 1.00
Do not back out comp. Inlet port "A". See note
adjusting knob beyond M ax. 1.50 diameter inlet. SAE diameter inlet.
this dimension w hile J518 4-bolt flange. SAE J518 4-bolt
pump is operating. Standard pressure series flange. Standard
pressure series
.500-13 UNC-2B thd. 95,25 52,37
45,97 84,84 1.06 deep – 4 places (3.75) (2.062)
38,1 (1.81) (3.34) .375-16 UNC-2B Outlet port
(1.50) "B" face 26,18
thd. .72 deep – (1.031)
2 holes
84,84
23,75 (3.34)
101,6 (4.00) (0.935) 69,85
101,5 (3.99) (2.75)
73,6
1,52 (0.06) x 45 (2.90) 91,44
34,935 88,1 (3.60) 13,1
(1.375) (3.47) (0.516)
14,48
9,4 (0.57) 17,86 26,2
(0.37) 35,7 (0.703) 53,09 (1.031)
"A" flange
242,06 (1.406) (2.09) 105,43
(9.53) Alternate drain (4.19)
port "D2" 91,95 91,95
(3.62) (3.62)
Thru-drives
PVQ40 and
PVQ45 SAE “ B”
191,0 Outlet port "B " see note.

(7.52) 1.3125-12 UN-2B thd SAE O-ring
142,4 boss connection 1.00 O.D. tubing
41,6 (5.61)
A (see below )
(1.64)
5,8
No. 4 shaft 98,5 (0.23)
M odified (3.88)
involute spline
– SAE BB
197,3 107,2 (4.221)
(7.77) 1,52 107,1 (4.219)
(0.06)
x 45
101,7 (4.003)
101,6 (4.001)
1,45 (0.057)
23,75 Drain port 1.30 (0.051)
38,10 (0.935) 12,7
(1.500) 176,3 (0.50)
45,9 (6.94) 57,2
(1.81) (2.25)
Donot back out comp. adjusting knob
beyond this dimension w hile pump is Note: Ports are reversed for L.H. rotation.
operating. 28,45
(1.12) Load sensing control port
M ax. .4375-20 UNF-2B thd. SAE 25,4
O-ring boss connection (1.00)
9,7 .250 O.D. tubing
No. 2 shaft (0.38) 120,65
6,35 x 31,75 lg. key 14,5 Inlet port "A" see note. 1.875-12 (4.75) .500-13
(0.25) (1.250) (0.57) UN-2B thd. SAE O-ring boss UNC-2B th
connection 1.500 O.D. tubing .88 deep –
2 holes
28,2 (1.110)
27,9 (1.100)
101,6
(4.00)
25,1 63,50
(0.999) (2.50)
50,8
(2.00)
73,03 146,05
56,7 254,8 (2.875) (5.750)
(2.31) (10.03) 95,25
95,25
(3.75) (3.75)
98,30
(3.87)
196,6
(7.74)
Thru-drive M ax. Torque Dimension A Thru-drive
Shaft Spline Data Nm (in. lb.) mm (in.) Coupling Type Coupling
ASA B5.15-1960
AA 9 teeth 16/32 DP 58 (517) 10,92 (0.43) 9T/9T 864224
Flat root side fit
ANS B92.1-1970
AB 11 teeth 16/32 DP 118 (1050) 12,57 (0.495) 11T/11T 864325
Flat root side fit
Special Eaton 24,89 (0.98) 26T/26T 627168
AE 26 teeth 32/64 DP 179 (1587) 10,92 (0.43) 26T/13T 864307
Flat root side fit 20,56 (0.81) 26T/15T 475134
Note: Coupling, screw s, and w ashers must be ordered separately to mount rear pump. “A” O-ring (AS568-042) and “B”
O-ring (AS568-155) are included w ith each thru-drive pump. Couplings for “B26” are step type for 13 and 15 tooth as show n.
Thru-drives
Shaft Torque Data
PVQ40/45
THRU -D RIV E SHA FT TORQU E D ATA
M aximum Input M aximum Thru-drive

Torque Total Torque Output
Shaft Input Shaft Code Nm (lb. in.) Nm (lb. in.)
2 215 (1900)
5 208 (1850)
9T 58 (517)
8 337 (2987)
2 215 (1900)
5 208 (1850)
11T 123 (1100)
8 337 (2987)
2 215 (1900)
5 208 (1850)
26T 179 (1587)
8 337 (2987)
Note: Both input and output limits must be met.
TY PICA L REA R PU M PS (WITH SHA FT COD ES) FOR PV Q4 0 /4 5 THRU -D RIV ES

Typical Rear
Pum ps (w ith Thru-drive shaft Typical Rear Pump Rear Pump Shaft Code Thru-drive Coupling
PVQ10/13 3
Shaft Codes) PVB5/6 S124 suffix
9T 864224
for PVQ40/45 V10 11
V20 62
Thru-drives 2 864307
PVE012
28 627168
3 864307
PVQ20/32
28 627168
3 864307
26T
PVQ40/45 4 475134
28 627168
V2010 OR V2020 11 864307
20V 151 864307
2520V 166 475134
Note: 11T (not listed above) is intended for special application only.
Thru-drives
PVQ40
and PVQ45
Pum p Support
Bracket
An optional support bracket

should be used w hen a heavy
second pump is mounted to a
thru-drive PVQ40 or PVQ45.
The support bracket (627179),
two screw s (199740), and two
washers (427700) must be
ordered separately.
171,45
(6.75)
11,68 147,83
(0.46) (5.820)
85,85 10,41 (0.410) 2 holes 85,85
(3.38) 10,29 (0.405) (3.38)
33,78
(1.33) 17,27 12,85 (0.506) 2 holes
55,37 (0.68) R 12,73 (0.501)
82,55 (2.18)
(3.25)
19,05
(0.75)
19,05
19,05 (0.75)
(0.75)
28,575 114,30 28,575
(1.125) (4.500) (1.125)
A pplicat ion
D at a
Fluid Cleanliness
Proper fluid condition is essen- Eaton publication 561 “ Eaton levels in the system and are than those described. Other
tial for long and satisfactory life Guide to Systemic Contamina- coded in the chart below. Fluids manufacturers w ill often recom-
of hydraulic components and tion Control” available from your other than petroleum, severe mend levels above those speci-
systems. Hydraulic fluid must local Eaton distributor or by con- service cycles, or temperature fied. Experience has show n,
have the correct balance of tacting Eaton. Recommenda- extremes are cause for adjust- however, that life of any
cleanliness, materials, and tions on filtration and the selec- ment of these cleanliness hydraulic component is short-
additives for protection against tion of products to control fluid codes. See Eaton publication ened in fluids w ith higher clean-
wear of components, elevated condition are included in 561. 561 for exact details. liness codes than those listed
viscosity, and inclusion of air. Recommended cleanliness lev- Eaton products, as any com- below. These codes have been
Essential information on the cor- els, using petroleum oil under ponents, w ill operate w ith proven to provide a long, trou-
rect methods for treating common conditions, are based apparent satisfaction in fluids ble-free service life for the
hydraulic fluid is included in on the highest fluid pressure w ith higher cleanliness codes products show n, regardless of
the manufacturer.
System Pressure Level

bar (psi)
Product <70 (<1000) 70-210 (1000-3000) 210+ (3000+)
A pplicat ion
D at a
Hydraulic Fluids Fire Resistant Installation Ordering

and Tem perature Fluids and Start-up Procedure
Ranges All pumps can be used w ith (Com m issioning) Order pumps by the full model
water glycol and polyol ester flu- designation. Pump displace-
Use antiwear hydraulic oil, or ids. All pumps can be operated Before a pump is started, fill ment, mounting flange type,
automotive type crankcase oil to 140 bar (2000 psi) w ith these the case through the uppermost direction of rotation, pump
designations SC, SD, SE or SF fluids, except PVQ13 and PVQ32 drain port w ith hydraulic oil of configuration, shaft end type,
per SAE J183FEB80. w hich are limited to the type to be used. The case seals, pressure adjustment
Select a viscosity grade that 105 bar (1500 psi). Input speed drain line must be connected to range, and specific control
w ill allow optimum viscosity, should not exceed 1800 r/min. the reservoir below oil level. functions are all specified in the
between 40 cSt (180 SUS) and System temperature should not For multiple pump arrangements full model number system.
16 cSt (80 SUS), to be achieved exceed 54°C (130°F). Inlet vac- that include non-PVQ sections, Couplings, O-rings, capscrew s
w ithin the optimum perfor- uum should not exceed the requirements of the non- and washers must be ordered
mance envelope show n below. 101,6 millibar (3 in. Hg). For PVQ units must be considered. separately for all thru-drive
more information, refer to Eaton pumps.
For further information, see
publication 579.
Eaton data sheet B-920 or
I-286-S.
Viscosity
SUS cSt
2300 500
Extreme performance envelope
Typical SAE 10W Optimum performance

viscosity grade oil envelope
250 54
70 13
–20 10 38 65 82 ˚C
–4 50 100 150 180 ˚F

Temperature
Eaton Eaton Eaton
14615 Lone Oak Road 20 Rosamond Road 46 New Lane, Havant
Eden Prairie, M N 55344 Footscray Hampshire PO9 2NB
USA Victoria 3011 England
Tel: 952 937-9800 Australia Tel: (44) 23 92 486 451
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (44) 23 92 487 110
w w w.hydraulics.eaton.com Fax: (61) 3 9318 5714

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Vickers
Document No. V-PP-M C-0002-E
Supercedes 11-06-0002-EN-0801
December 2002
Vickers® Vane Pumps
High Performance Intravane Pumps
V Series - Low Noise Vane Pumps For Industrial Applications
The Power of One Eaton
HANSEN™
GROMELLE™
There’s a certain energy at Eaton. It’s the power of integrating

the competencies of some of the world’s most respected
names to build a brand you can trust to meet every
power management need. The energy created supports
our commitment to powering business worldwide.
As the world’s demand for high-efficiency hydraulic
systems for mobile and stationary applications increase,
Eaton is helping to solve these challenges more reliably,
efficiently, and sustainably. Our goal is simple; to provide
unique solutions across a wide range of markets that
keep businesses on the leading edge of change. Visit
Eaton.com/hydraulics/fusion.
That’s the power of One Eaton.
Serving eight key segments - sharing one focus
Alternative Energy Discrete Manufacturing Oil & Gas Processing

Making energy sources technically Produce at peak efficiency with As the oil & gas industry continues Whatever your industry, no matter
practical and economically sound the superior precision and to face further globalization which processes you manage,
requires the kind of control repeatability of Eaton products. and consolidation, large-scale Eaton parts and systems help
made possible by high-quality Eaton hydraulic components organizations that can meet your keep you up and running. Our
components. When Eaton is on provide the precise control and needs in every corner of the world components make equipment more
the inside, you will experience the consistent operation required are more difficult to find. At Eaton, efficient and easier to use, so you
reliable, consistent performance for virtually every step in your our portfolio of products is only get optimal machine performance
to create and capture energy— manufacturing operation. With surpassed by our tremendous and maximum productivity.
making renewable energy an Eaton, we’ll help you redefine reach.
every-day energy. the meaning of raw productivity.
Agriculture & Forestry Commercial Vehicles Material Handling Construction & Mining
There’s a reason farming and Eaton technologies can make Eaton hydraulic systems provide When you work on a large scale,
forestry are called “working the your driving operation more the precise control and even the details are big. You
land.” These segments involve successful. Greater comfort consistent operation required need to trust every part of the
some of the hardest work and and productivity help increase for material handling and utility equipment that lets you handle
longest hours of any sector in driver retention, while reduced work. With a broad selection of construction and mining jobs.
the economy. Your productivity emissions, leaks, and noise products and solutions built in, For reliable components that
and profitability depend on the improve environmental Eaton helps make you a master deliver consistent performance in
way you manage time and tasks. performance. Increased of your domain. extreme conditions, turn to Eaton.
efficiencies overall mean lower
costs and higher net revenue.
Eaton is a leading diversified Eaton provides reliable,

efficient and safe power
power management company management for a growing

number of industries.
Understanding and helping our customers succeed Our strength is global reach with local responsiveness
and support
• Listening and understanding to requirements and
business drivers • Customers served in more than 150 countries
• Delivering solutions with value propositions to solve the • Diverse channels ensure reliable availability and support
critical business needs
• Design and engineering teams provide support for
Knowing what’s important to our customers and standard products and custom solutions
integrating that knowledge into the fabric of our business
• Eaton experts offer eficient product and application
• …to deliver innovative, quality products training
• …to respond fast
• …to provide dedicated customer service and support
around the globe
Introduction
Vickers offers the most complete line of hydraulic intravane • Twelve vane system provides low amplitude flow pulsa-
pumps for industrial applications. A wide variety of single tions resulting in low system noise characteristics.
and multiple configurations enables you to select the precise • Hydraulic balancing, designed to prevent internally-in-
pump or combination best suited for your application. duced radial shaft and bearing loads, provides long life.
Your choice of pump is backed by more than 70 years of Vick- • Double pumps and thru-drive arrangements save installa-
ers engineering and manufacturing skill. tion space and cost by eliminating double shaft extension
electric motors or by reducing the number of motors and
Performance
drive couplings.
These cost–effective pumps provide volumetric efficiencies • Thru-drive models provide valuable circuit design flex-
of more than 90% and sound levels as low as 62 dB(A) with ibility, such as having fixed and variable displacement
operating pressures to 207 bar (3000 psi). models on a single input drive.
General Description • Sixteen flow displacements and high operating pressure
capabilities provide optimum selection and single-source
Intravane pumps provide longer life, increased productivity capability for your complete range of flow and pressure
and application versatility. Extremely low sound levels are requirements.
compatible with the most demanding industrial applications.
• Factory tested cartridge kits provide new pump perfor-
Compact size and ease of service allow maximum equipment mance upon installation.
design flexibility. Pumps are available in single, double and
thru-drive configurations. • The cartridge kit design offers fast and efficient field ser-
viceability. The cartridge is independent of the drive shaft,
Features and Benefits allowing for easy change of flow capacity and servicing
without removing the pump from its mounting.
• High operating pressure capabilities in compact packages
provide high power to weight ratios and lower installed • Inlet and outlet ports can be oriented in four different
costs. positions relative to each other, providing greater installa-
tion flexibility and ease of machine design.
• Low noise characteristics inherent in intravane design
enhance operator comfort.
4 EATON Vickers® Vane Pumps V Series - Low Noise Vane Pumps 560 November 2011
Table of Contents
Model Maximum Rated Maximum

Geometric Speed Pressure
Displacements r/min bar (psi)
cm3/r (in3/r)
Single Pumps Installation
20V 45 (2,8) 1800 207 (3000) ...................................... 21
25V 67 (4.1) 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 22
35V 121 (7.4) 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 22
45V 193 (11.7) 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 22
Double Pumps Installation
2520V 67 (4.1) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 23
45 (2.8) cover end 1800 207 (3000)
2525V 67 (4.1) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 24
67 (4.1) cover end 1800 172 (2500)
3520V 121 (7.4) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 23
45 (2.8) cover end 1800 207 (3000)
3525V 121 (7.4) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 23
67 (4.1) cover end 1800 172 (2500)
4520V 193 (11.7) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 23
45 (2.8) cover end 1800 207 (3000)
4525V 193 (11.7) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 23
67 (4.1) cover end 1800 172 (2500)
4535V 193 (11.7) shaft end 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 24
121 (7.4) cover end 1800 172 (2500)
Thru-Drive Pumps Installation
25VT 67 (4.1) 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 26
35VT 121 (7.4) 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 26
45VT 193 (11.7) 1800 172 (2500) ...................................... 26
Thru-drive Rear Mountings ........................................................................................................................... 27-30
Performance Data ......................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Model Code ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7-9
Operating Data ........................................................................................................................................................................... 10
Application Data ......................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Performance Characteristics ................................................................................................................................................ 12-20
Installation Data .................................................................................................................................................................... 21-30
Optional Shafts ...................................................................................................................................................................... 31-32
ISO Pilot Flange Mounting Options .......................................................................................................................................... 33
Torque Loading & Drives ........................................................................................................................................................... 34
Foot Mounting Bracket Option ................................................................................................................................................. 36
Weights & Mounting Options ................................................................................................................................................... 37
Ordering & Service Information ................................................................................................................................................ 37
EATON Vickers® Vane Pumps V Series - Low Noise Vane Pumps 560 November 2011 5
Performance Data Single, Double &
Thru-Drive Vane Pumps
Pressure limits, inlet port - bar (psi):

Minimum -0,17 bar (5” Hg) for anti-wear oil
-0,10 bar (3” Hg) for water containing fluids
and phosphate esters
Maximum 1,4 bar (20 psi) all fluids
Range 0 to 0,35 bar (0 to 5 psi) all fluids
Maximum continuous pressures in bar (psi), outlet ports

Using anti-wear oil or Using water-in-oil Using water
Model Code phosphate ester fluid* emulsions glycol fluid
20V 2 138 (2000) 69 (1000) 138 (2000)

20V 5,8,11 207 (3000) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
**20V 12 159 (2300) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
**20V 14 138 (2000) 69 (1000) 138 (2000)
25V 10,12,14,17,21 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
25VT 12,14,17,21 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
25**V 12,14,17,21 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
**25V 12,14,17,21 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
35V 25,30,35,38 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
35VT 25,30,35,38 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
35**V 25,30,35,38 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
**35V 25,30,35,38 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
45V 42,45,50,60 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
45VT 42, 50, 60 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
45**V 42, 50, 60 172 (2500) 69 (1000) 159 (2300)
* A transient (peak) pressure 10% over the continuous pressure rating for 0.5 seconds or less duration is allowed.
Speed limits
Minimum speed, all models and fluid combinations ........................... 600 rpm
Maximum speed - standard models using anti-wear fluid ................... 1800 rpm
Standard models using synthetic and water-in-oil emulsions.............. 1200 rpm*
Models using water glycol fluid ........................................................... 1500 rpm*
* See Vickers brochure #579.
Single Pump Model Code
(F3) - **V (M) ** A (M) (F) - * * 22 *-***
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 F3 - Viton Seals 4 Geometric Displacement 7 Mounting
Omit if not required Rated capacity (USgpm) at 1200 rpm, Omit - Flange mounting
6,9 bar (100 psi) F – Foot mounting
Frame Code
2 Series Designation Size (USgpm) cm3/r in3/r
20V 2 7 0.43 8 Shafts

20V – 7 to 45 cm3/r (0.43 to 2.78 in3/r) 5 18 1.10
25V – 33 to 67 cm3/r (2.0 to 4.1 in3/r) 8 27 1.67 Std. Pilot Shafts
9 30 1.85
35V – 81 to 121 cm3/r (4.9 to 7.4 in3/r) 11 36 2.22 Str. HD Str.
45V – 138 to 193 cm3/r (8.4 to 11.6 in3/r) 12 40 2.47 Model Key Key Spline
14 45 2.78 20V 1 N/A 151
25V 10 33 2.01 25V thru 45V 1 86 11
12 39 2.47
3 Pilot Designation
14 45 2.78 “S” SAE Pilot & “M” Metric ISO Pilot Shafts
17 55 3.39 HD Metric
Omit - Standard pilot 21 67 4.13 Str. Str. Str.
S – SAE per ISO 3019/1 (SAE J744) Model Key Key Key Spline
35V 25 81 4.94
(N/A on 20V pump). 30 97 5.91 25VS - 45VS 202 203 N/A 297
35 112 6.83 25VM - 45VM N/A N/A 292N N/A
M – Metric per ISO 3019/2 100A2HW
38 121 7.37
codes (N/A on 20V pump).
45V 42 138 8.41
45 147 8.95
50 162 9.85
9 Outlet Postions
60 193 11.75
(Viewed from cover end of pump)
A – Opposite inlet port
5 Port Connections B – 90° CCW from inlet
C – Inline with inlet
A – SAE 4-bolt flange D – 90° CW from inlet
6 Port Connection Modifier 10 Design
Omit – Inch thread port connection

(4-bolt flange). 11 Rotation
M – Metric port connection (Viewed form shaft end of pump)

(4-bolt flange - N/A on 20V) L – Left hand for counterclockwise
R – Right hand for clockwise
12 Special Suffix
167 – 2-bolt, 5.00” dia. pilot

(25V only - N/A for VS or VM
models)
Note: For options other than listed in the model code, i.e. shafts, ports,
displacements and mountings, contact your Vickers representative.
Double Pump Model Code
(F3) - ****V (M) ** A (M) ** (F) - * ** 22 * - ***
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 F3 - Viton Seals 6 Port Connection Modifier AD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW from inlet
With No.1 outlet 90 CCW from inlet:
Omit if not required Omit - Inch thread port connection BA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW from inlet
(4-bolt flange) BB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW from inlet
M- Metric port connection BC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from inlet
2 Series Designation (4-bolt flange) BD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW from inlet
Displacements cm3/r (in3/r) With No.1 outlet inline with inlet:
Model Shaft End Cover End 7 Geometric Displacement - CA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW from inlet
2520V - 33 - 67 7 - 45 Cover End Pump CB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW from inlet
(2.0 - 4.1) (0.45 - 2.8) CC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from inlet
2525V - (2.0 - 4.1) 33 - 67 Rated capacity (USgpm) at 1200 rpm, CD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW from inlet
(0.45 - 2.8) 33 - 67 6,9 bar (100 psi) With No.1 outlet 90 CW from inlet:
3520V - (2.0 - 4.1) 81 - 121 DA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW from inlet
Frame Code
(2.0 - 4.1) 7 - 45 Size (USgpm) cm3/r in3/r DB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW from inlet
3525V - (4.9 - 7.4) 81 - 121 **20V 2 7 0.43
DC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from inlet
(0.45 - 2.2) 33 - 67 5 18 1.1 DD - No. 2 outlet 135 CW from inlet
4520V - (4.9 - 7.4) 138 - 193 8 27 1.7
9 30 1.9 Series 2525V & 4535V
(2.0 - 4.1) 7 - 45 11 36 2.2 With No.1 outlet opposite inlet:
4525V - (8.4 - 11.8) 138 - 193 12 40 2.5 AA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
(0.45 - 2.2) 33 - 67 14 45 2.8 AB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW from inlet
4535V - (8.4 - 11.8) 138 - 193 **25V 10 33 2.0 AC - No. 2 outlet inline with inlet
(2.0 - 4.1) 81 - 121 12 40 2.5 AD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from inlet
(8.4 - 11.8) (4.9 - 7.4) 14 45 2.8
17 55 3.4
With No.1 outlet 90 CCW from inlet:
21 67 4.1 BA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
4535V 25 81 4.9 BB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW from inlet
3 Pilot Designation
30 97 5.9 BC - No. 2 outlet inline with inlet
Omit - Standard pilot 35 112 6.8 BD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from inlet
S – SAE per ISO 3019/1 (SAE J744) 38 121 7.4 With No.1 outlet inline with inlet:
(N/A on 2525V) CA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
M – Metric per ISO 3019/2 100A2HW CB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW from inlet
8 Mounting
(N/A on 2525V) CC - No. 2 outlet inline inlet
Omit - Flange mounting CD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from inlet
F – Foot mounting With No.1 outlet 90 CW from inlet:
4 Geometric Displacement - DA - No. 2 outlet opposite inlet
Shaft End Pump DB - No. 2 outlet 90 CCW from inlet
9 Shaft DC - No. 2 outlet inline with inlet
Rated capacity (USgpm) at 1200 rpm, DD - No. 2 outlet 90 CW from inlet
Std. Pilot Shafts
6,9 bar (100 psi)
Str. HD Str.
Frame Code Model Key Key Spline
Size (USgpm) cm3/r in3/r
25**V - 45**V 1 N/A 151
11 Design
25**V 10 33 2.0
12 40 2.5
14 45 2.8 “S” SAE Pilot & “M” Metric
ISO Pilot Shafts 12 Rotation
17 55 3.4
Str. HD Metric
21 67 4.1 Model Key Str. Key Str. Key Spline
(Viewed form shaft end of pump)
35**V 25 81 4.9 25**VS - 45**VS 202 203 N/A 297
L – Left hand for counter clockwise
30 97 5.9 25**VM - 45**VM N/A N/A 292N N/A R – Right hand for clockwise
35 112 6.8
38 121 7.4
45**V 42 138 8.4
10 Port Orientation
13 Special Suffix
45 147 9.0 (Viewed from cover end of pump)
50 162 9.9 167 – 2-bolt, 5” dia. pilot
60 193 11.8
All series except 2525V & 4535V
With No. 1 outlet opposite inlet:
(25**V only - N/A for VS or
5 Port Connections AA - No. 2 outlet 135 CCW from inlet VM models)
AB - No. 2 outlet 45 CCW from inlet
A - SAE 4-bolt flange AC - No. 2 outlet 45 CW from inlet
Thru-Drive Pump Model Code
(F3) - **VT * S ** A (M) - 2 * * * 22 *
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 F3 - Viton Seals 6 Port Connections 10 Outlet Postions
Omit if not required A – SAE 4-bolt flange (Viewed from cover end of pump)
A – Opposite end
B – 90° CCW from inlet
2 Series Designation 7 Port Connection Modifier C – Inline with inlet
D – 90° CW from inlet
25VT – 33 to 67 cm3/r (2.0 to 4.1 in3/r) Omit – Inch thread port connection
35VT – 81 to 121 cm3/r (4.9 to 7.4 in3/r) (4-bolt flange).
45VT – 138 to 193 cm3/r M – Metric port connection 11 Thru-Drive Adapter Orientation
(8.4 to 11.8 in3/r) (4-bolt flange)
(Viewed from cover end of pump)
SAE - A Adaptor
8 Thru-Drive Coupling A - Rotate 45° CW with respect to
3 Rear Pump Mounting
pump mounting flange
2 – Coupling with pump (included) B - Rotate 45° CCW with respect to
SAE (ISO 3019/1) 2-bolt
Pump Tail shaft pump pump mounting flange
A – SAE “A” Series Requirements SAE - B, BP or C adaptor
B – SAE “B”
**VTA SAE “A” size w/30 involute A – Inline with pump mounting flange
C - SAE “C” (35VT & 45VT only) spline, 9T 16/32 D.P. B – Rotate 90 with respect to pump
BP - SAE “B” to mount **VTB SAE “B” size w/30 involute mounting flange
PVE12/19/21 piston pump spline, 13T 16/32 D.P.
**VTC SAE “C” size w/30 involute
spline, 14T 12/24 D.P. 12 Design
4 Pilot Designation
M – Metric per ISO 3019/2 100A2HW 9 Shaft 13 Rotation
S – Standard pilot per ISO 3019/1
SAE Str. ISO Str. SAE HD Str. (Viewed form shaft end of pump)
(SAE J744) Model Key Key Spline Key
L – Left hand for counterclockwise
25VT 202 292N 297 203
35VT N/A 292N 297 203 R – Right hand for clockwise
5 Geometric Displacement 45VT N/A 292N 297 203
Rated capacity (USgpm) at 1200 rpm,

6,9 bar (100 psi)
Frame Code
Size (USgpm) cm3/r in3/r
25VT 10 33 2.01
12 40 2.47
14 45 2.78
17 55 3.39
21 67 4.13
35VT 25 81 4.94
30 97 5.91
35 112 6.83
38 121 7.37
45VT 42 138 8.41
45 147 8.95
50 162 9.85
60 193 11.75
Operating Data
Sound Levels than the respective minimum Inlet and outlet ports remain larly important if the pump is
Average sound levels are at values listed for each series the same regardless of the above the fluid level of the
138 bar (2000 psi) using SAE of pumps. Temperatures direction of shaft rotation. reservoir.
10W (26 cSt) – (128 SUS) oil should not exceed 99° C Assembly change of internal When initially starting the
at 50°C (120°F). (210° F) because the life ex- parts is necessary, when pump, remove all trapped air
pectancy of cartridge kits and change of shaft rotation is from the system. This can be
- dB(A) - elastomers will decrease. required.
1200 1500 1800 accomplished by loosening
Model rpm rpm rpm
the pump outlet fittings or
20V 62 64 66 Water-in-oil Emulsions Pump Drive
connections before starting
25V 63 65 67 Water-in-oil emulsions may Direct coaxial drive is recom- the pump or by using an air
35V 64 66 69 be used. However, they mended. If drives imposing bleed valve. All inlet con-
45V 67 69 71 require careful selection and radial shaft loads are connections must be tight to
monitoring of the fluid. For sidered, please consult your prevent air leaks.
Sound levels for double
assistance contact your Vick- Vickers representative. Once the pump is started it
pumps are on the average 1
ers representative. Soluble should prime within a few
to 3 dB(A) higher when both Air Bleed
oil-in-water solutions are not seconds. If the pump does
pumping sections are pres-
recommended. At the time of first-starting, not prime, check to make
surized.
if the pump does not im- sure that there are no restric-
Sound levels are per NFPA Synthetic Fire Resistant Fluids
mediately prime, air should tions between the reservoir
T3.970.12 test standards.
Phosphate esters and their be bled from the pump and the inlet to the pump,
blends with operating viscos- delivery line. This may be and that there are no air leaks
Hydraulic Fluids
ity of the petroleum oil de- accomplished by loosening in the inlet line and connec-
Use antiwear industrial scribed above may be used. a connection in the deliv- tions. Also check to make
hydraulic oils or automotive These fluids are generally ery line close to the pump sure that trapped air can
crankcase oils having letter compatible with fluorocarbon until oil flows – indicating escape at the pump outlet.
designations SC, SD, SE or and silicone elastomers. Add the pump has primed. An air After the pump is primed,
SF with viscosity grades of F3 prefix to the model code bleed valve is available for tighten the loose outlet con-
32 to 68 cSt at 40° C (140° for special seals. this purpose. nections, then operate for
F). Preferred viscosity at
For operating conditions CAUTION: – No Case Drain The five to ten minutes unloaded
rated speed and pressures:
exceeding recommendations pump is drained internally into its to remove all trapped air from
Minimum 13 cSt (70 SUS) listed in this section, consult inlet. System pressure at the pump the circuit.
Maximum 54 cSt (251 SUS) your Vickers representative. inlet connection may not exceed 1,4 If reservoir has a sight gage,
For details, refer to Vickers bar (20 psi). make sure the fluid is clear –
Minimum 49°C (120°F) data sheet I-286-S, M-2950-S CAUTION: – Low Outlet Pressure Do not milky.
Maximum 65°C (150°F)
or GB-B-920, “Hydraulic Fluid not run a pump with the outlet pres-
and Temperature Recom- Add fluid to the reservoir to
sure lower than the inlet pressure. bring it up to the proper fill
Cold Starts mendations.” This causes operating noise and level.
vane instability.
When operating with SAE Filtration Requirements
10W oil in the 860 to 54 cSt
For satisfactory service life of Start-up Procedure
(4000 to 251 SUS) range, the
components, use full flow fil- Make sure the reservoir and
speed and pressure should
tration to provide fluid cleanli- circuit are clean and free of
be limited to 50% or less of
ness conforming to ISO code dirt/debris prior to filling with
their respective rated values
(see next page). Vickers OFP, hydraulic fluid.
until the system has warmed
OFR and OFRS series filters
up. Extreme caution must Fill the reservoir with filtered
are recommended. Contact
be used when starting units oil and fill to a level sufficient
your Vickers representative
when fluid viscosities are enough to prevent vortex-
for further filtration advice.
greater than 860 cSt (4000 ing at suction connection to
SUS). Care should be exer- Drive Data pump inlet. It is good practice
cised to warm up the entire to clean up the system by
system, including remote Pumps are assembled for flushing and filtering using an
cylinders and motors. CW or CCW rotation. Right external slave pump.
hand or clockwise rotation
High Temperature and left hand or counterclock- Before starting the pump,
wise rotation is viewed from fill with fluid through one
Viscosities must not be less of the ports. This is particu-
the shaft end.
Application Data
Fluid Cleanliness levels in the system and are coded in the chart below. Fluids
Proper fluid condition is essential for long and satisfactory other than petroleum, severe service cycles, or temperature
life of hydraulic components and systems. Hydraulic fluid extremes are cause for adjustment of these cleanliness
must have the correct balance of cleanliness, materials, and codes. See Vickers publication 561 for exact details.
additives for protection against wear of components, elevated Vickers products, as any components, will operate with ap-
viscosity, and inclusion of air. parent satisfaction in fluids with higher cleanliness codes
Essential information on the correct methods for treating than those described. Other manufacturers will often recom-
hydraulic fluid is included in Vickers publication 561 “Vickers mend levels above those specified. Experience has shown,
Guide to Systemic Contamination Control” available from however, that life of any hydraulic component is shortened in
your local Vickers distributor or by contacting Vickers, Incor- fluids with higher cleanliness codes than those listed below.
porated. Recommendations on filtration and the selection of These codes have been proven to provide a long, trouble-free
products to control fluid condition are included in 561. service life for the products shown, regardless of the manu-
facturer.
Recommended cleanliness levels, using petroleum oil under
common conditions, are based on the highest fluid pressure
Product System Pressure Level bar (psi)
<70 ( <1000) 70-207 (1000-3000) 207+ ( 3000+)

Vane Pumps – Fixed 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13
Vane Pumps – Variable 18/16/14 17/15/13
Piston Pumps – Fixed 19/17/15 18/16/14 17/15/13
Directional Valves 20/18/15 20/18/15 19/17/14
Pressure/Flow Control Valves 19/17/14 19/17/14 19/17/14
CMX Valves 18/16/14 18/16/14 17/15/13
Servo Valves 16/14/11 16/14/11 15/13/10
Proportional Valves 17/15/12 17/15/12 15/13/11
Cylinders 20/18/15 20/18/15 20/18/15
Vane Motors 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13
Axial Piston Motors 19/17/14 18/16/13 17/15/12
Radial Piston Motors 20/18/14 19/17/13 18/16/13
Fluids and Seals

Flourocarbon seals are available and are suitable for use with
phosphate ester type fluids or their blends, water glycol,
water-in-oil emulsion fluids and petroleum oil.
20V Performance Characteristics
20V Cartridge Performance

Typical flows at 50° C (120° F), 10W oil (26cSt) - (128 SUS),
0 psi inlet at specified speeds
20V Cartridge Performance

Typical flows at 50° C (120° F), 10W oil (26cSt) - (128 SUS),
0 psi inlet at specified speeds
25V(T), 25**V, & **25V
Performance Characteristics
25V(T), 25**V, & **25V
35V(T), 35**V, & **35V
35V(T), 35**V, & **35V
45V(T), 45**V
45V(T), 45**V
20V Installation Dimensions
20V Series Single Pumps

22,2
(.875) 35,7 2,36
(1.41) (.093)
1,11 17,9
.375-16 UNC-2B or M10-.750 thd., 4 holes (.44) (.07)
Uses FL1-6 series flange.
23,8
(.94) 101,6 (4.00)
70 101,5 (3.99)
(2.75)
34,9
(1.38)
47,6
(1.87)
19 (.75) outlet 38,1 (1.50) #1 Shaft shown
inlet For shaft options see pages 31 & 32 .
.500-13 UNC-2B 21 (.83) deep, 4 holes.
Uses FL1-12 series flange.
155,4
(6.12) 58,7
14,2 through 2 holes 132,6
(5.22) 63,5 (2.31)
(.56) 146
C (2.5)
9,5 4,75 x 31.5 (5.75)
(.375) (.187 x 1.25) key
76,2 22,3 (.875)
(3.0) 22,2 (.874)
B D
55,4 50,8
(2.2) (2.0) 27,9 (1.10)
27,6 (1.09)
25,5 (.966)
12,7 24,4 (.961)
A (.50)
Alternate cover positions
For mounting bracket dimensions see page 36.
25V, 35V, 45V
25V, 35V and 45V Single Pumps

Millimeters (inches) A Outlet C, SAE flange pad with 4 mounting holes.
B
K F:
25V pumps use FL-8 flange
H J D
F
Inlet G, SAE flange pad with
four mounting holes. E
K:
45V pumps use FL-24 flange For mounting bracket dimensions see page 36.
Q
For shaft options see pages 31 & 32.
L For metric pilot flange dimensions see page 33
M T
X
S
N
RU
R V
P
W
Model ø F x full thread ø K x full thread

depth, 4 holes depth, 4 holes
25V(*)-**AM M10 x 19,0 (0.75)) deep M12 x 23,8 (0.94) deep

25V(*)-**A 3
⁄8”-16UNC-2B x 19 (0.75) deep 1
⁄2”-13UNC-2B x 23,8 (0.94) deep
35V(*)-**AM M12 x 22,3 (0.88) deep M12x22,3 (0.88) deep
35V(*)-**A 0.43”-14UNC-2B x 22,3 (0.88)deep 1
⁄2 ”-13UNC-2B x 22,3 (0.88) deep
45V(*)-**AM M12 x 23,8 (0.94) deep M16 x 30 (1.18) deep
45V(*)-**A 1
⁄2”-13UNC-2B x 23,8 (0.94) deep 5
⁄8”-11UNC-2B x 30 (1.18) deep
L for (**VS P for P for

Model A B øC D E øG H J L & **VM) M øN P (**VS) (**VM)
25V 35,7 26,2 25,4 52,4 12,7 38,1 118 69,9 121 149 38,1 101,6 (4.00) 9,53 9,53 9,25
(1.41) (1.03) (1.00) (2.06) (0.50) (1.50) (4.62) (2.75) (4.76) (5.88) (1.50) 101,5 (3.99) (0.38) (0.38) (.364)
35V 42,9 30,2 31,8 58,7 16 50,8 140 77,8 125,5 133,4 38,1 127,0 (5.00) 9,53 12,7 9.11
(1.69) (1.19) (1.25) (2.31) (0.63) (2.00) (5.50) (3.06) (4.94) (5.25) (1.50) 126,9 (4.99) (0.38) (0.50) (.359)
45V 61,9 35,7 38,1 69,9 16 76,2 159 106,4 153 164 43 127,0 (5.00) 12,7 12,7 9.11
(2.43) (1.41) (1.50) (2.75) (0.63) (3.00) (6.25) (4.19) (6.03) (6.44) (1.69) 126,9 (4.99 (0.50) (0.50) (.359)
Model Q Q for (**VS) Q for (**VM) R S øT RU øV øW øX
25V 162,1 171,7 171,7 63,5 76,2 146 14 14,2 175 121
(6.38) (6.76) (6.76) (2.50) (3.00) (5.75) (0.55) (0.56) (6.88) (4.76)
35V 185 193 193 69,9 82,6 181 16 17,5 213 148
(7.28) (7.59) (7.59) (2.75) (3.25) (7,13) (0.63) (0.69) (8.38) (5.83)
45V 216 226 226 82,6 93,7 181 16 17,5 213 148
(8.50) (8.91) (8.91) (3.25) (3.69) (7.13) (0.63) (0.69) (8.38) (5.83)
2520V, 35**V, 452*V
2520V, 35**V and 452*V Double Pumps

Millimeters (inches) C
Inlet H B
J E F
Outlet No. 2 K A
Outlet No. 1 D
See port flange kits and mountigs for G
double pumps on page 25.
Y
Z
X
45 S
N P Q U
R
L T
D
RW
M
For mounting bracket dimensions see page 36. V
G for G for
Model A B C øD E øF G (****VS) (****VM) øH J øK øL M N
2520V 50,8 26,2 12,7 25,4 52,4 101,6 (4.0) 9,53 9,53 9,25 63,5 88,9 19,1 14,2 76,2 88,1
(2.00) (1.03) (0.50) (1.00) (2.06) 101,5 (3.9) (0.38) (0.38) (.364) (2.50) (3.50) (0.75) (0.56) (3.00) (3.47)
3520V 62 30,1 15,9 31,7 58,7 127 (5.00) 9,53 12,7 9,12 76,2 106,3 19,1 17,5 76,2 99,6
(2.44) (1.19) (0.62) (1.25) (2.31) 126 (4.99) (0.38) (0.50) (.359) (3.00) (4.19) (0,75) (0.69) (3.00) (3.92)
3525V 62 30,1 15,9 31,7 58,7 127 (5.00) 9,53 12,7 9,12 76,2 106,3 25,4 17,5 74,7 109,5
(2.44) (1.19) (0.62) (1.25) (2.31) 126 (4.99) (0.38) (0.50) (.359) (3.00) (4.19) (1.00) (0.69) (2.94) (4.31)
4520V 69,9 35,7 15,9 38,1 69,9 127 (5.00) 12,7 12,7 9,12 88,9 120,6 19,1 17,5 76,2 102
(2.75) (1.41) (0.62) (1.50) (2.75) 126 (4.99) (0.50) (0.50) (.359) (3.50) (4.75) (0.75) (0.69) (3.00) (4.72)
4525V 69,9 35,7 15,9 38,1 69,9 127 (5.00) 12,7 12,7 9,12 88,9 120,6 25,4 17,5 74,7 136
(2.75) (1.41) (0.62) (1.50) (2.75) 126 (4.99) (0.50) (0.50) (.359) (3.50) (4.75) (1.00) (0.69) (2.94) (5.35)
P for (***VS S for S for

Model P & VM) Q R S (***VS) (***VM) T øU øV RW øX Y Z
2520V 101,6 111,3 (4.38) 38,1 76,2 250 259 259 85,3 146,1 175 14 174,7 22,2 47,6
(4.00) (1.50) (3.00) (9.81) (10.2) (10.2) (3.38) (5.75) (6.88) (0.55) (6.88) (0.88) (1.88)
3520V 114,3 122,2 (4.81) 38,1 82,6 273,3 285 282 88,9 181 148 16 213 22,2 47,6
(4.50) (1.50) (3.25) (10.8) (11.2) (11.1) (3.50) (7.13) (5.83) (0.63) (8.38) (0.88) (1.88)
3525V 114,3 122,2 (4.81) 38,1 82,6 287,3 260 254 88,9 181 148 16 213 26,2 52,4
(4.50) (1.50) (3.25) (9.81) (10.2) (10.0) (3.50) (7.13) (5.83) (0.63) (8.38) (1.03) (2.06)
4520V 119,4 129,7 (5.11) 42,9 93,7 303,5 314 310 102,4 181 148 16 213 22,2 47,6
(4.70) (1.69) (3.69) (11.95) (12.4) (12.2) (4.03) (7.13) (5.83) (0.63) (8.38) (0.88) (1.88)
4525V 119,4 129,7 (5.11) 42,9 93,7 325 336 332 102,4 181 148 16 213 26,2 52,4
(4.70) (1.69) (3.69) (12.8) (13.2) (13.1) (4.03) (7.13) (5.83) (0.63) (8.38) (1.03) (2.06)
 Nominal port size, also see next page “port flange kits and mountings for double pumps.
2525V, 4535V
2525V and 4535V Series Double Pumps

A C
B
See port flange kits and mountigs for E
double pumps on the next page.
Z
J F
Outlet No. 1
1.31 ” -12 UNC-2B
str. thds.
Outlet No. 2 K Y
B
Inlet H
Outlet No. 1 D
S X
Outlet No. 2
1.31 ” -12 UNC-2B str. thds. M U
N P Q
148
(5.83)
T R L
G For shaft options see pages 31 & 32.
For mounting bracket dimensions see page 36.

Nominal port size, also see next page port “flange kits and mountings for double pumps.
Model A B C øD E øF G øH J øK øL M N
2525V 50,8 26,2 12,7 25,4 52,4 101,6 (4.0) 9,53 63,5 88,9 25,4 14,2 76,2 97,5
(2.00) (1.03) (0.50) (1.00) (2.06) 101,5 (3.9) (0.38) (2.50) (3.50) (1.00) (0.56) (3.00) (3.84)
4535V 77,8 35,7 15,9 38,1 69,9 127 (5.00) 12,7 101,6 130,2 31,7 17,5 101,6 148,3
(3.06) (1.41) (0.62) (1.50) (2.75) 126 (4.99) (0.50) (4.00) (5.13) (1.25) (0.69) (4.00) (5.84)
4535VM 9,12
(.359)
Model P Q R S T øU øV RW øX Y Z
2525V 101,6 38,1 76,2 263 84 146,1 175 14 174,7 26,2 52,4
(4.00) (1.50) (3.00) (10.4) (3.31) (5.75) (6.88) (0.55) (6.88) (1.03) (2.06)
4535V 133,3 42,9 93,7 353 102,4 181 148 – 213 30,2 58,7
(5.25) (1.69) (3.69) (13.9) (4.03) (7.13) (5.83) (8.38) (1.19) (2.31)
4535VS & 144 364
4535VM (5.66) (14.3)
Port Flange Kits /Mtg
for Double Pumps
 Port Flange Kits and Mountings for Double Pumps
Pump Inlet Outlet No. 1, Shaft end Outlet No. 2, Rear end
Mounting Bolt Tap Mounting Bolt Tap Mounting Bolt Tap

& Full Thread & Full Thread & Full Thread
Flange Kits Depth Flange Kits Depth Flange Kits Depth
2520V-**AM- N/A from Vickers M12 x 23,8 (0.94) N/A from Vickers M10 x 20,1 (0.79) N/A from Vickers M10 x 20,1 (0.79)
2520V-**A- FL1-20- .50” - 13UNC-2B x FL1-8- .375” - 16UNC-2B x FL1-6 .375” - 16UNC-2B x
23,8 (0.94) 20,1 (0.79) 20,1 (0.79)
2525V-**A- FL1-20- .50” - 13UNC-2B x FL1-8- .375” - 16UNC-2B x FL1-8- .375” - 16UNC-2B x
23,8 (0.94) 20,1 (0.79) 20,1 (0.79)
30,0 (1.18) 30,0 (1.18) 20,1 (0.79)
30,0 (1.18) 30,0 (1.18) 20,1 (0.79)
30,0 (1.18) 23,8 (0.94) 20,1 (0.79)
30,0 (1.18) 23,8 (0.94) 20,1 (0.79)
30,0 (1.18) 23,8 (0.94) 30,0 (1.18)
**VT Thru Drives
33.
X Inlet port
T
Z Outlet port
U W
27 & 30. V
Model A B C øD E F G øH J K L M N
25VT See 111,1 38,1 174,8 87,4 76,2 84,1 101,6 (4.00) 52,4 26,2 50,8 88,9 44,5
page . (4.38) (1.50) (6.88) (3.44) (3.00) (3.31) 101,5 (3.99) (2.06) (1.03) (2.00) (3.50) (1.75)
35VT See 122 38,1 213 106,2 82,6 88,9 127,0 (5.00) 58,7 29,4 61,9 106,4 53,2
page . (4.81) (1.50) (8.38) (4.18) (3.30) (3.50) 126,9 (4.99) (2.31) (1.16) (2.44) (4.19) (2.09)
45VT See 129,9 42,9 213 106,2 93,7 102,3 127,0 (5.00) 69,9 34,9 69,9 120,7 60,3
page . (5.11) (1.69) (8.38) (4.18) (3.69) (4.03) 126,9 (4.99) (2.75) (1.38) (2.75) (4.75) (2.38)
Model P Q R S T U øV øW øX Y øZ AA
25VT 9,52 12,7 26,2 13,1 25,4 73 146 120,6 63,5 .500-13 UNC-2B 25,4 .375-16 UNC-2B
(0.375) (0.50) (1.03) (0.52) (1.00) (2.88) (5.75) (4.75) (2.50) or M12 thd. 23,8 (1.00) or M16 thd. 20,1
(.938) deep (0.79) deep
4 holes 4 holes
35VT 12,5 15,7 30,2 15,1 30,9 90,5 180,9 147,6 76,2 .625-11 UNC-2B 31,8 .437-14 UNC-2B
(0.49) (0.62) (1.19) (0.59) (1.22) (3.56) (7.13) (5.81) (3.00) or M16 thd. 30,0 (1.25) or M16 thd. 30,0
(1.18) deep (1.18) deep
4 holes 4 holes
45VT 12,5 15,7 35,7 17,9 35,9 90,5 181 147,6 88,9 .625-11 UNC-2B 38,1 .500-13 UNC-2B
(0.49) (0.62) (1.41) (0.70) (1.38) (3.56) (7.13) (5.81) (3.50) or M16 thd. 30,0 (1.50) or M12 thd. 22,2
(1.18) deep (.875) deep
4 holes 4 holes
**VT Thru–Drive Rear Mountings
Dimension “A” NOTE: This unit accepts a hydraulic pump which conforms to flange and
Pump Dimension shaft codes specified in ISO 3019/1 (SAE J744 JuI88).
Model **VTAS Models **VTAM Models “L”*
Flange Shaft SAE
32,6/31,0 Code Code J744C (Ref)
(1.28/1.22)
33,0 (1.30) 82-2 16-4 A
25VTA 236,5 (9.3) 236,5 (9.3) Maximum
32,6/31,0
(1.28/1.22) **VTA
35,6 (1.40)
35VTA 259,1 (10.2) 259,1 (10.2) Maximum The following Vickers shaft selection will comply with the
32,6/31,0
above:
(1.28/1.22)
35,3 (1.39) Rear Pump
45VTA 291,6 (11.5) 321,8 (12.7) Maximum Model Shaft
* Caution: Dimension “L” is important and must be observed. V10 Vane pump 11
V20 Vane pump 62
PVB5/6 Piston pump S124
Pump Dimension shaft codes specified in ISO 3019/1 (SAE J744 JuI88).
Model **VTBS Models **VTBM Models “L”*
42,3/39,9 Flange Shaft SAE
(1.67/1.57) Code Code J744C (Ref)
45,2 (1.78) 101-2 22-4 B
25VTB 245,8 (9.67) 245,8 (9.67) Maximum
42,3/39,9
(1.67/1.57) **VTB
46,7 (1.84)
35VTB 268,2 (10.56) 268,2 (10.56) Maximum The following Vickers shaft selection will comply with the
42,3/39,9 above:
(1.67/1.57)
46,2 (1.82)
Rear Pump
45VTB 300,7 (11.84) 331,0 (13.03) Maximum Model Shaft
* Caution: Dimension “L” is important and must be observed.
PVB10/15 Piston pump S124
V2010/2020 Double pump 11
20V Vane pump 151
25V Vane pump 11
2520V Double pump 11
Dimension “A” NOTE: These units accept a Vickers pump as below which conforms to
Pump Dimension flange code 101-2 in ISO 3019/1 (SAE J744C Ju188) and has a Vickers
Model **VTBPS **VTBPM “L”* type 9 shaft
45,6/43,2
(1,80/1.70)
25VTBP 261,9 (10,31) 261,9 (10,31) Not SAE std. **VTBP
45,6/43,2
(1,80/1.70) The following Vickers shaft selection will comply with the
35VTBP 284,5 (11,20) 284,5 (11,20) Not SAE std. above:
45,6/43,2
(1,80/1.70) Rear Pump
45VTBP 317,0 (12.48) 347,2 (13,67) Not SAE std. Model Shaft
* Caution: Dimension “L” is important and must be observed. PVE12/19/21 Piston pump 9
**VT Thru Drive Rear Mountings
Pump Dimension shaft codes specified in ISO 3019/1 (SAE J744 JuI88),
Model **VTCS Models **VTCM Models “L”*
56,6/54,2 Flange Shaft SAE
(2,23/2,13) Code Code J744C (Ref)
61,2 (2.41) 127-2 32-4 C
35VTC 275,8 (10,86) 275,8 (10,86) Maximum
56,6/54,2
(2,23/2,13) **VTC
61,5 (2.42)
45VTC 308,4 (12,14) 338,6 (13,33) Maximum The following Vickers shaft selection will comply with the
above:
* Caution: Dimension “L” is important and must be observed.
Rear Pump
Model Shaft
35V Vane pump 11

3520/3525V Double pumps 11
45V Vane pump 11
Optional Shafts
Straight Key Shafts

Thru-drive shafts, see pages 34.
1,5 (.06) x 45
C
A
Pump Shaft F key width

Code A B C øD E x length
20V 1 59 (2.32) 9,53 (.375) 12,1 (.476) 22,23 (.875) 24,5 (.966) 4,75 (.817)
22,20 (.874) 24,4 (.961) x 32 (1.25)
25V 1 59 (2.32) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.435) 22,23 (.875) 24,5 (.966) 4,75 (.817)
2520V 22,20 (.874) 24,4 (.961) x 32 (1.25)
25V 86 78 (3.06) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.435) 25,37 (.999) 28,3 (1.11) 6,36 (.250)
252*V 25,35 (.998) 28,1 (1.10) x 50,8 (2.00)
25VM 292N 52,3 (2.06) 9,25 (.364) 10,4 (.41) 25,02 (.985) 28,02 (1.10) 8,00 (.314)
252*VM 25,00 (.984) 27,81 (1.09) x 28 (1.10)
25VT*M
25VT*S 202 71,4 (2.81) 9,53 (.375) 7,9 (.310)  22,23 (.875) 25,15 (.990) 6,36 (.250)
25VS 22,20 (.874) 24,90 (.980) x 50,8 (2.00)
252*VS 203 77,7 (3.06) 9,53 (.375) 7,9 (.310)  25,40 (1.00) 28,20 (1.11) 6,36 (.250)
25,35 (.998) 27,94 (1.10) x 50,8 (2.00)
35V 1 73,2 (2.88) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.435) 31,75 (1.25) 35,36 (1.39) 7,94 (.313)
352*V 31,70 (1.24) 34,10 (1.38) x 38,1 (1.50)
86 86 (3.88) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.435) 34,90 (1.374) 38,6 (1.52) 7,92 (.312)
34,87 (1.373) 38,3 (1.51) x 54 (2.13)
35VM 292N 68,4 (2.70) 9,12 (.359) 10,4 (.41) 37,01 (1.457) 35,00 (1.378) 10 (.394)
352*VM 36,75 (1.447) 34,80 (1.370) x 45 (1.77)
35VT*M
35VS 202 84,1 (3.31) 12,7 (.50) 10,4 (.41) 31,75 (1.25) 35,36 (1.39) 7,94 (.313)
352*VS 31,70 (1.24) 34,10 (1.38) x 45 (1.77)
35VT*S 203 84,1 (3.31) 12,7 (.50) 7,9 (.310)  34,90 (1.374) 38,56 (1.518) 7,92 (.312)
35VS 34,87 (1.373) 38,30 (1.508) x 54 (2.125)
352*VS
45V 1 62 (2.44) 12,7 (.500) 14,22 (.560) 31,75 (1.25) 35,36 (1.39) 7,92 (.312)
45**V 31,70 (1.24) 34,10 (1.38) x 28,5 (1.12)
86 87,4 (3.44) 12,7 (.500) 14,22 (.560) 38,07 (1.499) 42,4 (1.67) 9,53 (.375)
38,05 (1.498) 42,1 (1.66) x 50,8 (2.00)
45VS 202 84,1 (3.31) 12,7 (.500) 14,22 (.560) 31,75 (1.25) 35,36 (1.39) 7,94 (.313)
45**VS 31,70 (1.24) 34,10 (1.38) x 63 (2.48)
45VM 292N 92 (3.62) 9,12 (.359) 10,0 (.394) 40,01 (1.575) 43,0 (1.693) 12 (.472)
452*VM 39,99 (1.574) 42,8 (1.685) x 63 (2.48)
45VT*M
45VT*S 203 87,4 (3.44) 9,14 (.360) 7,9 (.310)  38,07 (1.499) 42,4 (1.67) 9,53 (.375)
45VS 38,05 (1.498) 42,1 (1.66) x 57,1 (2.25)
45**VS
 Shaft shoulder inside recess in pilot.
Optional Shafts
Splined Shafts
D
E
See spline data table below
Shaft Spline Data

Pump Code A B C D øE (see below)
20V 151 41,1 (1.62) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.437) 3,9 (.156) 27,8 (1.09) A
25V 11 44,5 (1.75) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.437) 3,9 (.156) 27,8 (1.09) A
2520V
2525V 174 59,9 (2.36) 9,53 (.375) 17,3 (.68) 3,0 (.12) 29,2 (1.15) B
25VT*S 297 41,1 (1.62) 9,14 (.36) 7,9 (.31) 4,1 (.16) 27,8 (1.09) C
25VS
252*VS
35V 11 58,7 (2.31) 9,53 (.375) 11,1 (.437) 6,35 (.25) 35,1 (1.38) D
352*V
35VT*S 297 55,5 (2.19) 9,14 (.360) 7,9 (.310) 5,5 (.21) 35,1 (1.38) E
35VS
352*VS
45V 11 61,9 (2.44) 12,7 (.500) 14,3 (.565) 9,7 (.38) 39,6 (1.56) D
45**V
45VT*S 297 55,5 (2.19) 9,14 (.360) 7,9 (.310) 9,7 (.38) 39,6 (1.56) E
45VS
45**VS
Spline Data Table

(Involute splines from above chart)
Spline Data Number of

Reference Teeth Pitch Major Diameter Form Diameter Minor Diameter Minor Diameter
A 13 16/32 22,17 (.873) 22,15 (.872) 19,03 (.749) 18,63 (.734) 18,35 (.723) Major dia. fit
B 14 12/24 31,22 (1.23) 31,11 (1.22) 27,48 (1.08) 27,0 (1.063) 26,7 (1.05) Side fit
C 13 16/32 22,2 (.875) 21,7 (.853) 19,03 (.749) 18,4 (.725) Side fit
D 14 12/24 31,7 (1.25) 31,67 (1.247) 27,2 (1.07) 26,99 (1.06) 26,64 (1.05) Major dia. fit
E 14 12/24 31,6 (1.25) 31,1 (1.22) 27,48 (1.08) 26,7 (1.05) Side fit
Optional Shafts
Optional ISO 3019/2 Metric Pilot Flange Mounting Options for Pilot diameter
“VM” & “VT*M” Pumps
A
25 and 35 Size Pumps
Model A ØB ØC Pilot diameter
25VM Single Pumps

25VT*M Thru-drive Pumps 14,27 140 175 100,0 (3.937)
25**VM Double Pumps (.562) (5.51) (6.87) 99,95 (3.935)
ØB
35VM Single Pumps
35VT*M Thru-drive Pumps 18,34 180 212 125,02 (4.922)
Stamped
35**VM Double Pumps (.722) (7.09) (8.33) 124.97 (4.920)
“M”
ØC
45 Size Pumps
45VM Single Pumps
45VT*M Thru-drive Pumps
45**VM Double Pumps
To end of “A”
pump body
73,2
(2.88) 266,7
(10.5)
45VM Adapter Flange 200,2
(7.88)
See Shaft Options
on pages 31 & 32.
22,0 (.866)
9,12 thru 2 places Stamped “M”
23,8 (.36)
(.94) 224,0
(8.82)
160,0 (6.299)
Ø 159,9 (6.297)
45VT** Thru-drive Pumps Dimension “A”
Rear Mounting Type 45VT*S Pumps 45VT*M Pumps

A 291,6 (11.48) 321,8 (12.67)
B 300,7 (11.84) 331,0 (13.03)
BP 317,0 (12.48) 347,2 (13.67)
C 308,4 (12.14) 338,6 (13.33)
Torque Loading for Direct Drives
Single pumps (not thru–drive models) All listed shafts are Table 1 Example:
satisfactory up to maximum pressures in “Pressure and Single & Double Pumps Shaft
Torque Ratings
A 3525V38A17 pump oper-
speed limits” in operating data for each series. ating at 172 bar (2500 psi)
Double pumps Maximum input front section and 138 bar
Where both cartridges are to be on-load together, check
Pump torque (2000 psi) rear section will
Model Shaft No. Nm (Ib-in)
that the sum of their separate torques, taken from the graph require over 450 Nm (4000
1 250 (2200) Ib-in) input torque. There-
below (right), does not exceed the torque limit in shaft torque 11 250 (2200)
Table 1. 25V or 86 400 (3560) fore, all listed shafts are
25**V 174 550 (4900) acceptable except No.1.
Thru–drive pumps **VT* models Where both the thru-drive 292N 316 (2800)
pump and its rear–mounted pump are to be on-load together, 1 400 (3560)
check that the sum of the torques generated will never ex- 35V or 11 580 (5100)
ceed the torque limit in shaft torque Table 2. Also check that 35**V 86 600 (5300)
292N 400 (3560)
the torque required on the rear-mounted pump never exceeds
the thru-drive torque limit in shaft torque Table 2. 1 400 (5300)
45V or 11 820 (7200)
45**V 86 820 (7200)
292N 820 (7200)
Table 2 Thru-Drive Pumps

Shaft Torque Ratings
Max. Input Max. Thru-drive

Pump Shaft Torque Thru-drive Torque
Model No. Nm (Ib-in)* connection Nm (Ib-in)
202 250 (2200) A 131 (1160)

B 250 (2200)
25VT*S 203 400 (3560) A 131 (1160)
25VS B 316 (2800)
242*VS 297 316 (2800) A 131 (1160)
B 316 (2800)
292N 316 (2800) A 131 (1160)
B 316 (2800)
292N 400 (3560) A 131 (1160)
B 316 (2800)
C 400 (3560)
35VT*S 203 600 (5300) A 131 (1160)
35VS B 316 (2800)
352*VS C 437 (3870)
297 790 (7000) A 131 (1160)
B 316 (2800)
C 437 (3870)
292N 904 (8000) A 131 (1160)
B 384 (3400)
C 702 (6210)
45VT*S 203 810(7200) A 131 (1160)
45VS B 384 (3400)
45**VS C 702 (6210)
297 1020 (9000) A 131 (1160)
B 384 (3400)
C 702 (6210)
* Combined torque of Vickers “VT” pump and thru-drive pump.
Drives
Recommended Drives Mounting Dimensions

Vickers units are designed for use on direct coaxial drives
Requirements
using spline connections and/or flexible couplings. If drives
imposing radial and/or axial loads, or key drives are being Dimensional control requirements of the customer’s mount-
considered, consult your Vickers representative for additional ing pad to which the pump or motor is affixed are as follows.
information.
Pilot Diameter
Drive Alignment
Concentricity of the customer’s female pilot diameter relative
Concentricity and angular alignment of shafts are important to to the effective axis of the female drive must be within .10
pump life. Misalignment can induce heavy loads on bearings, mm (.004”) total indicator reading. The clearance between
causing premature failure. Flexible coupling halves must be the male and female pilot diameters must be +.0127 to .0508
aligned according to the coupling manufacturer’s recommen- mm (+.0005 to +.0020 inch).
dations.
Mounting Face
Universal Joints
The customer’s mounting face to which the pump or motor is
When using double universal joint couplings, the shafts must affixed must be square to the axis of the female drive within
be parallel and the yokes must be in line. The offset should .04 mm per 25 mm (.0015 inch per inch).
be kept as low as possible. Maximum allowable offset will, of
course, vary with application conditions. The pump shaft to Shafts
universal joint diametral fit should be close (major diameter Dimensions of keyed shaft receivers must be between
fit) with no appreciable looseness. +.002554 and +.0254 mm (+.0001 and +.0010) of the maxi-
mum shaft diameter shown on the respective Vickers installa-
Mounting Pad Accessory Drives
tion drawing.
A splined shaft is recommended on applications where the
pump shaft is coupled directly into a transmission or gear box.
Spline drives should be lubricated. The possibility of interfer-
ence between the shaft and transmission splines, due to
tolerance stack-up, can exist. To reduce this possibility, side
tooth spline fits should be used. A side tooth fit and short
length of engagement permits more flexibility and less ten-
dency for side loading than does a major diameter fit spline or
long spline engagement.
Foot Mounting Bracket Option
(Not suitable for thru-drive pumps)

Salts for mounting pump are supplied with bracket.
Part No. A B C D E F G H J
422583 171 178 92 181 93 98 17,4 13 146

(6.75) (7.00) (3.625) (7.125) (3.656) (3.858) (.687) (.50) (5.750)
422584 265 212 109,5 216 129 164 19 16 235
(10.43) (8.37) (4.312) (8.50) (5.06) (6.46) (.750) (.62) (9.250)
Part No. K øL øL1 øN øP rQ R
422583 50,8 101,6 11,1 146 1/2”-13 UNC 51 13

(2.00) (4.00) (.593) (5.750) (2.00)
422584 76,2 127 17,5 180,7 3/8”-11 UNC 64 19
(3.00) (5.00) (.68) (7.125) (2.52)
422583 for use with frame sizes 20, 25 and .2520 pumps. Weighs 2,7 kg (6 Ibs.)
422584 for use with frame sizes 35, 45, 35** and 45** pumps. Weighs 5,9 kg (13 Ibs.)
Application Data
Moment of Inertia Service Information

Moment
Model Nm/sec2 Ib-in-sec2
Refer to specific Vickers part drawing or overhaul manual
(below) for service information or consult your Vickers repre-
25V 0,000757 (.00670)
sentative.
35V 0,001395 (.01235)
45V 0,003073 (.02720) Service Literature:
2520V 0,001309 (.01159)
20V 1-3195-5
2525V 0,001469 (.01300)
3520V 0,001629 (.01495) 25V 1-3196-5
3525V 0,002042 (.01807) 35V 1-3197-5
4520V 0,003186 (.02820)
45V 1-3199-5
4525V 0,003732 (.03303)
4535V 0,004554 (.04031) 2520V 1-3200-5
2525V 1-3212-5
Vane Pump Approximate Weights 3520V 1-3202-5
Frame size kg (Ibs.) 3525V 1-3203-5
20V 12.0 (26) 4520V 1-3204-5
25V 14.8 (33) 4525V 1-3208-5
25V(T) 19.4 (43) 4535V 1-3209-5
35V 22.7 (50)
25VT 1-3154-5
35V(T) 28.7 (63)
35VT 1-3149-5
45V 34.0 (75)
45V(T) 38.1 (84) 45VT 1-3151-5
2520V 20.5 (45)
Overhaul Manuals:
2525V 23,1 (51)
3520V 34.0 (75)
25V 1-3157-5
3525V 34.5 (76) 25VT 1-3157-5
4520V 43.0 (95) 35V 1-3157-5
4525V 46.0 (101) 35VT 1-3157-5
4535V 53.5 (118)
45V 1-3157-5
45VT 1-3157-5
Mounting Options
2520V 1-3155-5
Mounting attitude of all pumps is unrestricted except for any
limitations in respect to rear-end pumps to be titled to **VT 3520V 1-3155-5
pumps. Such limitations will be found in the technical litera- 3525V 1-3155-5
ture for those specific pumps. 4520V 1-3155-5
Ordering Procedure 4525V 1-3155-5
State full model designation(s) when ordering pumps. Port 4535V 1-3155-5
flange kits are available from Vickers and must be ordered as
separate items.
Specify “BP” adapter when coupling PVE12119/21 as second
pump on thru-drives.
Existing “B” thru-drives can be converted to “BP” using the
following kits:
25VT: 941295 Adapter kit
452865 Coupling
35VT/45VT: 941295 Adapter kit only
Note: Adaptor kit and couplings are included with unit when ordered with
“BP” designation in model code.
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics Group USA Hydraulics Group Europe Hydraulics Group Asia Pacific
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 1110 Morges 4th Floor, No. 3 Lane
USA Switzerland 280 Linhong Rd. Changning District
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 Shanghai 200335
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 China
Fax: (+86 21) 5200 0400

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. 560
November 2011
V20D
Technical Focus
DG Ready Vane Pump

Introduction
V20D Vane Pumps Features Benefits

• Four cover orientations, • Quiet, reliable, long life
Compact two choices of tank and consistent high
ports performance overlife
Simple • Less leakage points • Cost savings
• Durable cast-iron • Installation labor savings
Flexible structure • No need for sub-plate for
Reliable • Space saving – only 2.8 valve mount
inch longer than • Eliminate hose/pipe
standard pump connection between
Durable
• Popular standard pump and valves
Cost Savings cartridge valves • Easy maintenance/repair
• Modular pump design • Flexible installation
DG Ready
Ea
14
Ed
US
Te
Fa
Standard V20 Vane Pump Special Pump Cover Block ww
Displacement: 16 – 42cc D03 and D05 DG Valve

SAE A & B mount Interface
NPT, Straight Tread, and Screw-in Cartridge Relief Valve
2 Bolt Ports Optional Check Valve
Key, Spline, Key Thread and Gauge Ports
Woodruff Shafts
V20D Cover Block
Cover Block - Circuity

Model Codes
V20D Pump
V20D 1 S 13 S 1 A K 11 R 129
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 Pump Name 5 Outlet Port 7

Cover position 9 Design code
S – SAE O ring port (J514) (View from cover end)
2 Pump Mount A, B port: 3/4” – 16 A – DG interface opposite of 10 Rotation
1 – SAE A mount Tank port: 1-1/16” – 12 inlet (View from shaft end)
6 – SAE B mount Gauge port: 7/16 – 20 B – DG interface 90˚ CCW L – Left hand
from inlet R – Right hand
3 Inlet Port 6 Shaft C – DG interface in line with
S – 1-5/8”–12 1 – Key inlet 11 Suffix
P – 1-1/4” NPT thread 62 – Spline 9T D – DG interface 90˚ CW from 129 – D05 w/o check
E – 1-1/2” 2 bolt flange 38 – Spline 11T inlet 130 – D05 w/ check
B – G (BSP) 1-1/4” 39 – Spline 13T 136 – D03 w/o check
8
Relief Valve Setting
3 – Key tread 137 – D03 w/ check
4 Flow 22 – Woodruff A – 250psi G – 1750psi
13 – US gpm (1200 rpm & B – 500psi H – 2000psi
100psi) 5, 6,7,8,9,11,12,13 C – 750psi J – 2250psi
D – 1000psi K – 2500psi
E – 1250psi L – 2750psi
F – 1500psi M – 3000psi
Basic Dimensions
Why Use Vane
Pumps?
Design Benefits
Flexible Displacement Flexible Porting

Change • Easy installation
• Easy repair or
reconfiguration Vane Self-wear
Compensation
Ball Bearing • No performance
• Long life degradation over life
Hydraulic Balanced Cast Iron Structure

Design • Durable
• No shaft fatigue caused
by side load Floating Rotor
• Less chance of side
Low pressure ripple plate smearing
• Quiet operation
Ring profile generates Pressure

smooth pressure transition balanced rotor
for the oil trapped between
the adjacent two vanes
Vickers Vane Pump Family

Reliable, Quiet, Compact, Long Life
Economical Comprehensive Tough
V10/V20 Square V/VQ(H) VMQ

• 3000psi [210 Bar] • Up to 3500 psi [240 Bar] • Up to 4250psi [280 Bar]
• 0.2in3 [3.3cc] - 2.59in3 [42cc] • 1.1in3 [18cc] – 20.9in3 [343cc] • 0.6in3 [10cc] – 13.1in3 [215cc]
• Single, Double Pumps • Cartridge-kit Design • Cartridge-kit Design
• Optional integral valves • Industrial V and Mobile VQ(H) • Bi-metal wafer plate
• Single, Double and Thru-Drive Pumps • Single, Double and Thru-Drive Pumps
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (49) 7221 682-788

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUVN-MC002-E
June 2006
VVS/VVP Series Vane Pumps
Technical Catalog
Variable Displacement,
For Industrial
Applications
Contents
Introduction................................................................................................................................................................. Page 3
Sectional Views and Functional Symbols................................................................................................................ Page 4
Series VVS Pumps
Model Code.............................................................................................................................................. Page 5
Technical Data........................................................................................................................................... Page 6
VVS0............................................................................................................................................... Page 7
VVS1............................................................................................................................................... Page 8
VVS2............................................................................................................................................... Page 9
VVS3............................................................................................................................................... Page 10
VVS0............................................................................................................................................... Page 11
VVS1............................................................................................................................................... Page 12
VVS2 & VVS3.................................................................................................................................. Page 13
Series VVP Pumps
Model Code.............................................................................................................................................. Page 15
Technical Data........................................................................................................................................... Page 16
Controls
Pressure Regulation........................................................................................................................Page 17
Load Sensing and Pressure Regulation.......................................................................................... Page 18
Pressure Regulation with Torque Sensing......................................................................................Page 20
VVP1............................................................................................................................................... Page 21
VVP2............................................................................................................................................... Page 22
VVP3............................................................................................................................................... Page 23
VVP1............................................................................................................................................... Page 24
VVP2 & VVP3.................................................................................................................................. Page 25
Series VVS and VVP Pumps
Installation Dimensions - Base Mounted Pumps......................................................................................Page 27
Combined Pumps
Pump Combinations................................................................................................................................. Page 28
Torque Requirements............................................................................................................................... Page 30
Installation Dimensions.............................................................................................................................Page 31
Key Lock Adjustment..................................................................................................................................................Page 35
Mounting, Shaft and Port Dimensions..................................................................................................................... Page 36
Installation Instructions..............................................................................................................................................Page 37
2 EATON Vickers VVS/VVP Variable Displacement Vane Pumps V-PUVN-TM002-E August 2004
Introduction
Description (1) Body Features and Benefits

Maximum displacements to (2) One-piece shaft and rotor • Long pump life resulting from
100 cm3/r (6.1 in3/r). (3) Vanes manufacturing material char-
Maximum pressures to 160 bar acteristics, hydrodynamic
(4) Pressure ring that changes lubrication of bearings, and
(2300 psi). the eccentricity and hydrostatic balancing of distri-
Vickers variable displacement therefore the displacement bution plates.
vane pumps are available in of the pump, at hydrostatic
four nominal sizes (0-1-2-3) and axial compensation • Quiet pump operation from
are divided into three displace- 55 to 73 dB(A).
(5) Pressure plate stator to
ments. Each size, while retain- provide the passage of oil • Simplifies hydraulic circuit by
ing the same pump body, is from the suction port to eliminating maximum pres-
available in two versions: low the pressure port sure relief valves and heat
pressure VVS (100 bar, 1500 exchangers. Pumps can be
psi) with mechanical pressure (6) Guide block balancing supplied with various pres-
regulator, and high pressure adjustment screw sure regulators to control the
VVP (160 bar, 2300 psi) with (7) Displacement adjustment maximum system pressure.
hydraulic pressure regulator. piston that regulates the • Standard ISO and SAE
The rotor shaft of Vickers maximum pressure mountings.
pumps is pre-arranged for compensated flow
mounting an additional pump. • Combinations of standard
By removing the rear cover, the (8) Maximum volume pumps provide flexibility and
secondary pump can be easily adjustment screw (optional cost effective pump pack-
attached (see items A and B on feature - see model code ages.
page 4). Combining standard pages 5 and 15).
pumps eliminates the need for (9) Pressure regulator
many “special application”
pumps. (10) Pressure regulator
As shown in the cross-sectional adjustment
views, pumps consist of:
Modular Construction VVS mechanical

pressure compensator
VVP hydraulic pressure compensator

for pressure and flow controls
Basic pump
EATON Vickers VVS/VVP Variable Displacement Vane Pumps V-PUVN-TM002-E August 2004 3
Sections and
Symbols
VVP Pump
See description on page 3.
VVS Pump
See description on page 3.
Model Code
VVS Series
1 Variable Vane Pump 5 Mounting Flange / Port Connections 8 Pump Design Number
Code Frame Size Mounting flange Port connections 30 - All models except
R Size 0 or 1 ISO 3019/2 with straight G (BSPF) thread. Subject to change. Installation
2 Frame Size / Max. keyed shaft (size 0 is only dimensions remain unaltered for
Pressure available as a single or designs *0-*9.
0 - 6.3, 10, 12.5 cm3/r secondary pump)
Max. pressure 150 bar RF Size 2 or 3 ISO 3019/2 with straight SAE 4-bolt flange with
(2200 psi) keyed shaft metric mounting bolts 9 Pressure Control
1 - 16, 20, 25 cm3/r PS Size 0 ISO 3019/2 with straight C - Standard pressure
Max. pressure 100 bar keyed shaft (for size compensator
(1500 psi) 0 pumps only). Size 0 is
2 - 31.5, 40, 50 cm3/r only available as a single
Max. pressure 100 bar or secondary pump. SAE UNF thread.
10 Control Pressure Setting
(1500 psi) Size 1 SAE B 4-bolt with straight
3 - 63, 80, 100 cm3/r keyed shaft (for size 1 A - 15-50 bar (215-700 psi)
Max. pressure 80 bar pumps only) (all frame sizes)
(1200 psi) PF Size 2 or 3 SAE C 2-bolt with straight SAE 4-bolt flange with B - 30-80 bar (430-1200 psi)
keyed shaft (only available UNC mounting bolts (frame size 3)
on a primary or single C - 30-100 bar (430-1500 psi)
pump) (frame sizes 0, 1 and 2)
3 Nominal Size /
Geometric Displacement PX Size 2 or 3 ISO 3019/2 with straight SAE 4-bolt flange with D - 80-150 bar
keyed shaft (available UNC mounting bolts (1200-2200 psi)
06 - 6.3 cm /r (0.38 in /r)
3 3
only on secondary pump) (frame size 0)
10 - 10 cm3/r (0.61 in3/r) B Sizes 1, 2 or 3 Base plate mounting O-ring sealed
12 - 12.5 cm3/r (0.76 in3/r) (available only as
single pump)
16 - 16 cm3/r (0.98 in3/r) 11 Adjustment Device
20 - 20 cm3/r (1.22 in3/r) W - Screw with locknut
25 - 25 cm3/r (1.53 in3/r) Note: See page 36 for detailed dimensional listing for mounting flanges, KL - Screw with key lock
32 - 31.5 cm3/r (1.92 in3/r) shafts and ports.
40 - 40 cm3/r (2.44 in3/r) 6 Rotation Viewed From
Shaft End
12 Control Design Number
50 - 50 cm3/r (3.05 in3/r)
R - Right hand 10 - For all models.
63 - 63 cm3/r (3.84 in3/r)
(clockwise) only Subject to change. Installation
80 - 80 cm3/r (4.88 in3/r) dimensions remain unaltered for
100 - 100 cm3/r (6.10 in3/r) designs 10-19.
7 Fluid Compatibility
4 M - Mineral oil 13
Adjust. Max. Special Features Suffix
Displacement Stop E - Phosphate esters
S - With stop
(Omit if not required.)
Technical Data
VVS Series
Nominal size Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3

Displacement according to ISO 3662 - cm3/r (in3/r) 6.3 (0.384) 16 (0.976) 31.5 (1.922) 63 (3.844)
10 (0.610) 20 (1.220) 40 (2.441) 80 (4.882)
12.5 (0.763) 25 (1.526) 50 (3.051) 100 (6.102)
Actual displacement - cm3/r (in3/r) 6.9 (0.421) 17.9 (1.092) 34.5 (2.105) 69 (4.211)
11 (0.671) 22.1 (1.349) 42.8 (2.612) 86.2 (5.260)
13.1 (0.799) 26.9 (1.642) 53.1 (3.240) 105.5 (6.438)
Mounting flange type (See model code, page 5.) ISO 3019/2 ISO 3019/2 ISO 3019/2 ISO 3019/2
4-bolt 4-bolt SAE C 2-bolt SAE C 2-bolt
Base plate Base plate Base plate
Maximum working pressure - bar (psi) 150 (2200) 100 (1500) 100 (1500) 80 (1200)
Allowed maximum drain port pressure - bar (psi) 1 (14.5)
Inlet pressure (absolute) - bar (psi) 0.8-1.5[11.6-21.8]
Speed range - r/min 800 to 1800
Rotation direction (viewed from shaft end) Right-hand (clockwise)
Loads on drive shaft No radial or axial loads allowed
Maximum torque on primary shaft - Nm (lbf-in) 110 (974) 197 (1744) 400 (3540) 740 (6550)
(See pages 28 and 30 for torque requirements of
combined pumps.)
Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil - HM according to ISO 6743/4 - HLP according
to DIN 51524/2
Organic ester HFD-V according to ISO 6743/4 (QUINTOLUT-
SRIC N822-300)
Viscosity range at working temperature - mm2/s (cSt) 23 to 68
Recommended viscosity - mm2/s (cSt) at 50°C (122°F) 32
Viscosity index 100 minimum
Fluid temperature range - °C (°F) -10/+50 [14/122]
Maximum fluid contamination level Class 9 per NAS 1638, or class 18/16/13 per ISO 4406
Weight - kg (lb) 6.5 (14.3) 12 (26.5) 32 (70.5) 44 (97)
In case of different operating conditions, contact Eaton Hydraulics.
Performance
Characteristics
VVS0
Performance with: Power consumption with

Speed 1450 r/min maximum flow
Oil per ISO 6743/4 Power consumption with zero
Viscosity 32 mm2/s (cSt) flow setting
Temperature 50°C (122°F)
VVS0-06 VVS0-06, -10, -12

Values established with zero flow setting
14 (3.70)
2.5 (0.66)
12 (3.17)
6-10-12
drainage l/min (USgpm)
Input power - kW (hp)
Flow - L/min (USgpm)
10 (2.64) 2 (0.53)
8 (2.11) 4 (5.36) 1.5 (0.40)

6 (1.59) 3 (4.02)
1 (0.26)
4 (1.06) 2 (2.68)
0.5 (0.13)
2 (0.53) 1 (1.34)
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0

25 50 75 100 125 150
(350) (700) (1100) (1500) (1850) (2200) (363) (725) (1088) (1450) (1813) (2176)
Operating pressure - bar (psi) pressure bar (psi)
VVS0-10 VVS0-06, -10, -12
Maximum noise level measured with sound-level meter placed at
21 (5.55) 1 meter [39.37”] from pump, flexible coupling.
18 (4.76) 68
6-10-12
15 (3.96) 66
12 (3.17) 6 (8.05) 64
dB(A)
9 (2.38) 4.5 (6.03) 62

6 (1.59) 3 (4.02) 60
3 (0.79) 1.5 (2.01)
58
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 56

(350) (700) (1100) (1500) (1850) (2200) 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
(363) (725) (1088) (1450) (1813) (2176)
Operating pressure - bar (psi)
pressure bar (psi)
VVS0-12 VVS0-06, -10, -12
Response time and pressure peak
21 (5.55)
18 (4.76) 250 (3626)
15 (3.96) 6-10-12
pressure bar (psi)
200 (2901)
12 (3.17) 6 (8.05)
9 (2.38) 4.5 (6.03) 150 (2176)
6 (1.59) 3 (4.02) 100 (1450)

3 (0.79) 1.5 (2.01)
50 (7250
0 25 50 75 100 125 150

(350) (700) (1100) (1500) (1850) (2200) 0
time ms 50 ms
Performance
Characteristics
VVS1

VVS1-16 VVS1-16, -20, -25

30 (7.93)
2.5 (0.66)
25 (6.60) 16-20-25

2 (0.53)
20 (5.28)
6 (8.05)
1.5 (0.40)
15 (3.96) 5 (6.71)
4 (5.36) 1 (0.26)
10 (2.64) 3 (4.02)
2 (2.68) 0.5 (0.13)
5 (1.32)
1 (1.34)
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100
(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500) (290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450)
VVS1-20 VVS1-16, -20, -25
70
30 (7.93)
16-20-25
7 (9.39) 68
25 (6.60)
6 (8.05)
5 (6.71) 66
20 (5.28)
dB(A)
4 (5.36) 64
15 (3.96) 3 (4.02)
2 (2.68) 62
10 (2.64)
1 (1.34) 60
0 20 40 60 80 100 58
(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500) 0 20 40 60 80 100
(290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450)
pressure bar (psi)
VVS1-25 VVS1-16, -20, -25
40 (10.57)
8 (10.73) 250 (3626)
16-20-25
pressure bar (psi)
30 (7.93) 7 (9.39)
200 (2901)
6 (8.05)
20 (5.28) 5 (6.71) 150 (2176)
4 (5.36)
3 (4.02) 100 (1450)
10 (2.64) 2 (2.68)
1 (1.34) 50 (725)
0 20 40 60 80 100
(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500) 0
time ms 50 ms
Performance
Characteristics
VVS2

VVS2-32 VVS2-32, -40, -50

60 (15.85)
3.75 (0.99)
50 (13.21) 32-40-50

12 (16.09) 3 (0.79)
40 (10.57)
10 (13.41)
2.25 (0.59)
30 (7.93) 8 (10.73)
6 (8.05) 1.5 (0.40)
20 (5.28)
4 (5.36)
10 (2.64) 0.75 (0.20)
2 (2.68)
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100
(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500) (290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450)
VVS2-40 VVS2-32, -40, -50
60 (15.85) 14 (18.77) 72
32-40-50
12 (16.09) 70
50 (13.21)
10 (13.41)
68
40 (10.57) 8 (10.73)
dB(A)
6 (8.05) 66
30 (7.93)
4 (5.36) 64
20 (5.28)
2 (2.68)
62
0 20 40 60 80 100 60
(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500) 0 20 40 60 80 100
(290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450)
pressure bar (psi)
VVS2-50 VVS2-32, -40, -50
90 (23.78)
250 (3626)
75 (19.81) 32-40-50
17 (22.80) 200 (2901)

pressure bar (psi)
60 (15.85)
14 (18.77)
150 (2176)
45 (11.89) 11 (14.75)
8 (10.73) 100 (1450)
30 (7.93)
5 (6.71)
15 (3.96) 50 (725)
2 (2.68)
0 20 40 60 80 100 0
(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500) time ms 50 ms
Performance
Characteristics
VVS3

VVS3-63 VVS3-63, -80, -100

120 (31.70)
5 (1.32)
100 (26.42) drainage l/min (USgpm) 63-80-100
18 (24.14) 4 (1.06)
80 (21.13)
15 (20.12)
3 (0.79)
60 (15.85) 12 (16.09)
9 (12.07) 2 (0.53)
40 (10.57)
6 (8.05)
20 (5.28) 1 (0.26)
3 (4.02)
0
0 20 35 50 65 80 20 40 60 80
(300) (500) (700) (900) (1200) (290) (580) (870) (1160)
VVS3-80 VVS3-63, -80, -100
125 (33.03) 74
63-80-100
23 (30.84)
100 (26.42) 72
19 (25.48)
75 (19.81) 15 (20.12) 70
dB(A)
11 (14.75) 68
50 (13.21)
7 (9.39)
66
25 (6.60)
3 (4.02)
64
0 20 35 50 65 80 62
(300) (500) (700) (900) (1200) 0 20 40 60 80
Operating pressure - bar (psi) (290) (580) (870) (1160)
pressure bar (psi)
VVS3-100
VVS3-63, -80, -100
180 (47.55)
260 (3771)
150 (39.63)
63-80-100
30 (40.23)
200 (2901)
pressure bar (psi)
120 (31.70)
25 (33.53)
90 (23.76) 20 (26.82) 140 (2031)
60 (15.85) 15 (20.12)
80 (1160)
10 (13.41)
30 (7.93) 20 (290)
5 (6.71)
0 20 35 50 65 80 0
(300) (500) (700) (900) (1200) time ms 50 ms
VVS0
With ISO
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)
All mounting flange, port and

shaft options are listed on 3rd angle
page 36. projection
“C” Control
With “W” Adjustment
30 [1.181] max.
35 [1.378]
45 [1.772] 55 [2.165]
Pressure adjustment screw
E
C Drain port
115 [4.528]
8 [0.315]
180 [7.087]
Ø9 [0.354] B Outlet port

F
¯ØD
¯ØK
¯ØL
60 [2.362]
Volume adjustment screw
7 [0.276] 90 [3.543]
65 [2.559]
70 [2.756]
28 [1.102]
113 [4.449] 90 [3.543]

94 [3.701]
H A Inlet port
“C” Control
60 [2.362]
With “KL” Adjustment
Pressure
adjustment knob.
170 [6.693]
Turning clockwise
increases pressure.
MOUNTING FLANGE
AND PORTS CODE▲ B C F G ØD A H E ØK ØL
R 3/8” BSP 1/4” BSP 6 22.5 20 3/4” BSP 157 44 80 103

(0.236) (0.886) (0.787) (6.18) (1.73) (3.150) (4.055)
PS 0.750-16 0.500-20 4.76 17.9 15.88 1.063-12 136 32 80 103
UNF-2B UNF-2B (0.187) (0.705) (0.625) UNF-2B (5.35) (1.25) (3.150) (4.055)
▲ See model code, page 5.
VVS1
With ISO or SAE
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)

page 36. projection
“C” Control
Pressure 30 66 (2.60) 66 (2.60)

adjustment (1.18) JJ 70 (2.76)
screw. max.
Turning Ø CC 10 (0.39)
clockwise Identification plate Case
increases Inlet port
131 “DD” thread drain port
pressure. “J” thread
Outlet port (5.16) Ø AA
“D” thread
213 N
(8.38) 120 Ø BB
(4.72)
W 82 ØV
(3.23)
26 7 x 7 (0.28 x 0.28) 26
(1.02) 34 adjuster of maximum (1.02)
displacement stop 182
(1.34)
70 (optional feature - 9 (3.23)
max. 120 (4.72)
(2.75) 80 (3.15) see model code) (0.35) 159 (6.25)
GG
“C” Control Pressure adjustment 60 (2.36)

With “KL” Adjustment knob. Turning clockwise
increases pressure.
191
(7.52)
MOUNTING FLANGE
AND PORTS CODE ▲ D J N ØV W AA Ø BB Ø CC DD GG JJ
R (ISO) 3/4” BSP 3/8” BSP 8 125 28 25 100 11 1” BSP 205 46

(0.315) (4.921) (1.102) (0.984) (3.937) (0.43) (8.07) (1.81)
PS (SAE) 1.0625-12 0.5625-18 6.35 127 28.17 25.4 101.6 14.3 1.3125-12 207 48
UNF-2B UNF-2B (0.250) (5.000) (1.109) (1.000) (4.000) (0.56) UNF-2B (8.15) (1.89)
VVS2 and VVS3
With ISO
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)

page 36. projection
“C” Control
K K
EE Pressure adjustment
40 (1.57) max. 63 (2.48)
screw. Turning
clockwise increases
JJ pressure.
Identification plate
10 (0.39) Case drain “J” thread
Outlet port
ØD G
ØM T
F N BB
W A R AA Z
H ØV
E 9 (0.35)
10 x 10 P
(0.39 x 0.39)
adjuster of maximum
B R displacement stop X Inlet port
45 (1.77) Ø DD
C U (optional feature - Y
see model code) FF
GG
“C” Control 60 (2.36)
With “KL” Adjustment Pressure
adjustment knob.
Turning clockwise
increases
pressure.
LL
MODEL A B C ØD E F G H J K ØM N P R
VVS2 52.4 26.2 30 25

M10 or 285 175 110 1/2” BSP or 95 14 10 M12 or 150
(2.06) (1.03) (1.18) (0.98)
0.375-16 (11.22) (6.89) (4.33) 0.875-14 (3.74) (0.55) (0.39) 0.500-13 (5.91)
UNC-2B ▲ UNF-2B ▲ UNC-2B ▲
VVS3 58.7 30.2 35 32 M10 or 305 185 120 1/2” BSP or 105 18 12 M12 or 185
(2.31) (1.19) (1.378) (1.26) 0.4375-14 (12.01) (7.28) (4.72) 0.875-14 (4.13) (0.71) (0.47) 0.500-13 (7.28)
▲ See mounting flange/port connections codes RF and PX, page 5.
MODEL T U ØV W X Y Z Ø AA Ø BB Ø DD EE FF GG JJ LL
VVS2 115 114 160 35 35.7 40 70 32 125 38 91 219 279 60 235

(4.53) (4.488) (6.30) (1.38) (1.41) (1.58) (2.76) (1.26) (4.92) (1.50) (3.58) (8.62) (10.98) (2.36) (9.25)
VVS3 125 123 200 43 43 46 77.8 40 160 51 105 245 313 68 245
(4.92) (4.84) (7.87) (1.69) (1.69) (1.81) (3.06) (1.57) (6.30) (2.01) (4.13) (9.65) (12.32) (2.68) (9.65)
VVS2 and VVS3
With SAE
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)

page 36. projection
“C” Control
K K
63 EE
Identification 40 (1.57)
plate (2.48)
max. 58 (2.28) Case drain
10 (0.39) 0.875-14 UNF-2B
Key 6,35
Outlet port Ø D 18
(0.25) wide
(0.71)
Ø 31,75
34,5 G (1.25)
(1.36) 210 T
F (8.27)
A Z
Ø 181
(7.13)
H
E thread Ø 127
(5.00)
B X 0.500-13 UNC-2B
45 (1.77)
U 9 (0.35) Inlet port
C Y Ø DD
10 x 10 (0.39 x 0.39) adjuster
of maximum displacement stop FF
(optional feature - see model code) GG
“C” Control Pressure

With “KL” Adjustment adjustment knob.
Turning clockwise 60
increases (2.36)
pressure.
LL
MODEL A B C ØD E F G H K T
VVS2 52.4 26.2 27 25 0.375-16 UNC-2B 285 175 110 95 115

(2.06) (1.03) (1.06) (0.98) (11.22) (6.89) (4.33) (3.74) (4.53)
VVS3 58.7 30.2 35 32 0.4375-14 UNC-2B 305 185 120 105 125
(2.31) (1.19) (1.38) (1.26) (12.01) (7.28) (4.72) (4.13) (4.92)
MODEL U X Y Z Ø DD EE FF GG LL
VVS2 114 35.7 40 70 38 91 219 279 235

(4.49) (1.41) (1.58) (2.76) (1.50) (3.58) (8.622) (10.984) (9.25)
VVS3 123 43 46 77.8 51 105 245 303 245
(4.84) (1.69) (1.81) (3.06) (2.01) (4.13) (9.65) (11.93) (9.65)
Model Code
VVP Series
1 Variable Vane Pump 6 Rotation Viewed From 9 Pump Controls 11 Control Pressure Setting
Shaft End
C - Standard pressure B - 30-160 bar (430-2300 psi)
R - Right hand (clockwise) compensator (frame sizes 1 and 2)
2 only
Frame Size / CR - Remote controlled C - 30-150 bar (430-2200 psi)
Max. Pressure pressure control (frame size 3)
1 - 16, 20, 25 cm3/r CD1 - Dual pressure control
Max. pressure 160 bar 7 Seal Type with non-adjustable min.
(2300 psi) M - Buna N pressure 12 Adjustment Device
2 - 31.5, 40, 50 cm3/r E - Viton CD2 - Dual adjustable pressure Omit for CR, CE, CVPR, CVTD,
Max. pressure 160 bar control CVPCE and CVTCE pump controls.
(2300 psi)
CE - Proportional pressure K - Micrometer knob
3 - 63, 80, 100 cm3/r control (standard)
Max. pressure 150 bar 8 Pump Design Number
CVP - Load sensing KL - Micrometer knob with
(2200 psi) 30 - All models compensator key lock
Subject to change. Installation CVPR - Remote controlled load
dimensions remain unaltered for sensing control
3 Nominal Size / designs 30-39.
Geometric Displacement CVPD1 - Load sensing control with 13 Maximum Power Setting
dual pressure with fixed In kW
16 - 16 cm /r (0.98 in /r)
3 3
minimum pressure
Applies to CVT pump control only.
20 - 20 cm3/r (1.22 in3/r) CVPD2 - Load sensing control with
dual adjustable pressure ** - Factory setting of power
25 - 25 cm3/r (1.53 in3/r) limit in kilowatt; for
control
32 - 31.5 cm3/r (1.92 in3/r) example 04 = 4 kW
CVPCE - Load sensing control with
40 - 40 cm3/r (2.44 in3/r) proportional pressure
50 - 50 cm3/r (3.05 in3/r) control
CVT - Torque limiter 14 Maximum Pressure
63 - 63 cm3/r (3.84 in3/r) Setting
80 - 80 cm3/r (4.88 in3/r) CVTR - Remote controlled torque
limiter Applies to CVT pump control only.
100 - 100 cm3/r (6.10 in3/r) ** - Factory setting of
CVTD - Torque control with dual
adjustable pressure pressure for zero flow in
control 10 bar increments; for
example 15 = 150 bar
4 Adjust. Max. CVTCE - Torque control with
Displacement Stop proportional pressure
S - With stop control
15 Control Design Number
(Omit if not required.)
10 - For all models. Subject to
10 Electrical Rating And change. Installation
Wiring Connection dimensions remain
5 Mounting Flange / Port Connections unaltered for designs
For CD*, CVPD*, CVTD pump con- 10-19.
Code Frame Size Mounting flange Port connections trols, five options below apply; for
R Size 1 ISO 3019/2 with straight G (BSPF) thread CE, CVPCE, CVTCE, only option 03
keyed shaft applies.
16 Special Features Suffix
RF Size 2 or 3ISO 3019/2 with straight SAE 4-bolt flange with 00 - No control valve fitted
keyed shaft metric mounting bolts 01 - 220V AC 50 Hz with DIN
PS Size 1 SAE B 4-bolt with straight SAE UNF thread 43650 plug connection
keyed shaft 02 - 115V AC 60 Hz with
1/2" NPT conduit box
PF Size 2 or 3 SAE C 2-bolt with straight SAE 4-bolt flange with
keyed shaft (only available UNC mounting bolts 03 - 24V DC with DIN 43650
on a primary or single plug connection
pump)
04 - 115V AC 60 Hz with DIN
PX Size 2 or 3 ISO 3019/2 with straight SAE 4-bolt flange with 43650 plug connection
keyed shaft (available UNC mounting bolts
only on secondary pump) (Omit if not required.)
B All Base plate mounting O-ring sealed
(available only as
single pump)
Note: See page 36 for detailed dimensional listing for mounting flanges,
shafts and ports.
Technical Data
VVP Series
Nominal size Size 1 Size 2 Size 3

Displacement according to ISO 3662 - cm3/r (in3/r) 16 (0.976) 31.5 (1.922) 63 (3.844)
20 (1.220) 40 (2.441) 80 (4.882)
25 (1.526) 50 (3.051) 100 (6.102)
Actual displacement - cm3/r (in3/r) 17.9 (1.092) 34.5 (2.105) 69 (4.211)
22.1 (1.349) 42.8 (2.612) 86.2 (5.260)
26.9 (1.642) 53.1 (3.240) 105.5 (6.438)
Mounting flange type (See model code, page 15.) ISO 3019/2 ISO 3019/2 ISO 3019/2
SAE 4-bolt SAE C 2-bolt SAE C 2-bolt
Base plate Base plate Base plate
Maximum working pressure - bar (psi) 160 (2300) 160 (2300) 150 (2200)
Allowed maximum drain port pressure - bar (psi) 1 (15)
Inlet pressure (absolute) - bar (psi) 0.8 to 1.5 [11.6 to 21.8]
Speed range - r/min 800 to 1800
Rotation direction (viewed from shaft end) Right-hand (clockwise)
Loads on drive shaft No radial or axial loads allowed
Maximum torque on primary shaft - Nm (lbf-in) 197 (1744) 400 (3540) 740 (6550)
(See pages 28 and 30 for torque requirements of
combined pumps.)
Hydraulic fluid Mineral oil - HM according to ISO 6743/4 - HLP according
to DIN 51524/2
Organic ester HFD-U according to ISO 6743/4
(QUINTOLUBRIC N-822-300)
Viscosity range at working pressure - mm2/s (cSt) 22 to 68
Recommended viscosity - mm2/s (cSt) at 50°C (122°F) 32
Viscosity index 100 minimum
Fluid temperature range - °C (°F) -10/+50 [14/122]
Maximum fluid contamination level Class 9 per NAS 1638, or class 18/15 per ISO 4406
Weight - kg (lb) 13 (28.7) 33 (72.8) 45 (99.2)
In case of different operating conditions, contact Eaton Hydraulics.
Controls for
VVP Pumps
VVP pumps offer a wide selec- The load sensing compensator The load sensing control pro-
tion of electrohydraulic controls control receives a signal pres- duces a notable reduction in
for the regulation of pressure sure directly after an external displaced power and is recom-
and volume. throttle and before an actuator. mended for use in applications
In addition to the various pres- When a variation in pressure is where there are notable varia-
sure regulating controls, a sensed (with a fixed fall in pres- tions in torque (or force) and
hydraulic load-sensing control is sure ∆p = 20 bar (300 psi), the speed.
available to provide pumps with control will automatically
maximum flexibility for use in change the pump’s displace-
energy saving systems. ment independent of pressure
variations that occur in the circuit.
Pressure Regulation Q
Pump With Standard

Model Code “C”
Pump With Q
Remote Pressure Control
Model Code “CR”
Remote max. pressure relief valve from 0 to 5 L/min (0 to 1.3 USgpm) not supplied.
Length of pilot line between compensator and relief valve should not exceed 5m (16 ft).
Pump With Two Stages of Q

Pressure of Which One With
Fixed Setting (At Minimum
Pressure Level of Pump)
Model Code “CD1”
Controls for
VVP Pumps
(continued)
Pump With Two Adjustable Q

Stages of Pressure
Model Code “CD2”
Pump With Q
Proportional Pressure Control
Model Code “CE”
Load Sensing and Standard load Manual or Q

sense device electroproportional throttle
Pressure Regulation (not supplied)
Load Sensing Pump for
Standard Flow Control
Model Code “CVP”
P
Load Sensing Pump With Double pressure Manual or Q

Remote Pressure Control load sense electroproportional throttle
Model Code “CVPR” device (not supplied)
Max. pressure relief valve from 0 to 5 L/min (0 to 1.3 USgpm) not supplied.
Length of pilot line between compensator and relief valve should not exceed 5m (16 ft).
Controls for
VVP Pumps
(continued)

Two Stages of Pressure of load sense electroproportional
Which One With Fixed device throttle (not supplied)
Setting (At Min. Pressure
Level of Pump)
Model Code “CVPD1”
P

Two Adjustable Stages of load sense electroproportional
Pressure device throttle (not supplied)
Model Code “CVPD2”

Proportional Pressure Control load sense electroproportional
Model Code “CVPCE” device throttle (not supplied)
Pressure Q
Regulation with
Torque Sensing
Torque Limiter P
Model Code “CVT”
Controls for
VVP Pumps
(continued)
Remote Controlled Torque Q

Limiter
Model Code “CVTR”
Remote max. pressure relief valve from 0 to 5 L/min (0 to 1.3 USgpm)

not supplied. Length of pilot line between compensator and relief valve
should not exceed 5m (16 ft).
Torque Control With Dual Q

Pressure Control
Model Code “CVTD”
(Fixed Minimum Pressure)
Torque Control With Double pressure Manual or Q

Proportional Pressure Control load sense electroproportional
device throttle
Model Code “CVTCE”
(not supplied)
Performance
Characteristics
VVP1

VVP1-16 VVP1-16, -20, -25

30 (7.93) 5 (1.32)
16-20-25

25 (6.60) 4 (1.06)
20 (5.28) 8 (10.73)
3 (0.79)
15 (3.96) 6 (8.05)
2 (0.53)
10 (2.64) 4 (5.36)
1 (0.26)
5 (1.32) 2 (2.68)
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
(300) (600) (900) (1200)(1500)(1750) (2000)(2300) (290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450) (1740) (2031) (2321)
VVP1-20 VVP1-16, -20, -25
35 (9.25)
1 meter [39.37”] from pump, flexible coupling.
74
30 (7.93)
16-20-25
12 (16.09) 72
25 (6.60) 10 (13.41)
70
20 (5.28) 8 (10.73)
dB(A)
6 (8.05) 68
15 (3.96)
4 (5.36) 66
10 (2.64)
2 (2.68)
64
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 62
(300) (600) (900) (1200)(1500)(1750)(2000)(2300) 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Operating pressure - bar (psi) (290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450) (1740) (2031) (2321)
pressure bar (psi)
VVP1-25
VVP1-16, -20, -25
40 (10.57)
280 [4061]
16-20-25
30 (7.93) 12 (16.09)
220 [3191]
pressure (bar) [psi]
10 (13.41)
20 (5.28) 8 (10.73) 160 [2321]
6 (8.05)
100 [1450]
10 (2.64) 4 (5.36)
2 (2.68) 40 [580]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0

(300) (600) (900) (1200)(1500)(1750)(2000)(2300) time ms 50 ms
Performance
Characteristics
VVP2

VVP2-32 VVP2-32, -40, -50

60 (15.85) 7.5 (1.98)
drainage l/min (USgpm) 32-40-50
50 (13.21) 6 (1.59)
18 (24.14)
40 (10.57) 15 (20.12) 4.5 (1.19)
30 (7.93) 12 (16.09)
3 (0.79)
9 (12.07)
20 (5.28)
6 (8.05) 1.5 (0.40)
10 (2.64) 3 (4.02)
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
(300) (600) (900) (1200)(1500)(1750) (2000)(2300) (290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450) (1740) (2031) (2321)
VVP2-40 VVP2-32, -40, -50
1 meter [39.37”] from pump, flexible coupling.
70 (18.49)
21 (28.16) 76
60 (15.85) 32-40-50
18 (24.14) 74
50 (13.21)
15 (20.12)
72
40 (10.57) 12 (16.09)
dB(A)
9 (12.07) 70
30 (7.93)
6 (8.05) 68
20 (5.28) 3 (4.02)
66
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 64

(300) (600) (900) (1200) (1500)(1750) (2000)(2300) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Operating pressure - bar (psi) (290) (580) (870) (1160) (1450) (1740) (2031) (2321)
pressure bar (psi)
VVP2-50
VVP2-32, -40, -50
90 (23.76)
75 (19.81) 280 (4061)

24 (32.18) 32-40-50
60 (15.85) 220 (3191)
20 (26.82)
pressure bar (psi)
45 (11.89) 16 (21.46)
160 (2321)
12 (16.09)
30 (7.93)
8 (10.73) 100 (1450)
15 (3.96)
4 (5.36)
40 (580)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
(300) (600) (900) (1200)(1500)(1750) (2000)(2300) 0
Operating pressure - bar (psi) time ms 50 ms
Performance
Characteristics
VVP3

VVP3-63 VVP3-63, -80, -100

120 (31.70) 12 (3.17)
100 (26.42)
35 (46.94) 63-80-100

10 (2.64)
30 (40.23)
80 (21.13) 25 (33.53) 8 (2.11)
60 (15.85) 20 (26.82) 6 (1.59)
40 (10.57) 15 (20.12)
4 (1.06)
10 (13.41)
20 (5.28) 5 (6.71) 2 (0.53)
0 30 60 90 120 150 0
30 60 90 120 150
(400) (900) (1300) (1700) (2200) (435) (870) (1305) (1740) (2176)
VVP3-80 VVP3-63, -80, -100
125 (33.03) 42 (56.32) 76
63-80-100
36 (48.28)
74
100 (26.42)
30 (40.23)
72
75 (19.81) 24 (32.18)
dB(A)
18 (24.14) 70
50 (13.21)
12 (16.09) 68
25 (6.60)
6 (8.05)
66
0 30 60 90 120 150 64
(400) (900) (1300) (1700) (2200) 0 30 60 90 120 150
Operating pressure - bar (psi) (435) (870) (1305) (1740) (2176)
pressure bar (psi)
VVP3-100
VVP3-63, -80, -100
180 (47.55) Response time and pressure peak
150 (39.63) 49 (65.71) 280 (4061)

42 (56.32) 63-80-100
120 (31.70) 220 (3191)
pressure bar (psi)
35 (46.94)
90 (23.76) 28 (37.55) 160 (2321)
60 (15.85) 21 (28.16)
14 (18.77) 100 (1450)
30 (7.93)
7 (9.39)
40 (580)
0 30 60 90 120 150
(400) (900) (1300) (1700) (2200) 0
Operating pressure - bar (psi) time ms 50 ms
VVP1
With ISO or SAE
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)

page 36. projection
“C” Control
With “K” Adjustment
“KL” adjustment is shown on
page 35.
32.5 (1.28)
26.6 (1.05)
16.3 (0.64)
19 (0.79) 6 (0.24)
ISO 4401, size 3 T P
X (NFPA D03)
Pressure setting knob. Turning 31 (1.22) 40.5 (1.59)
clockwise increases pressure. control
mounted here
140 (5.51) 66 66
Identification (2.60) (2.60) JJ 70 (2.75)
plate 10 (0.39)
Inlet port. “DD” thd.
Outlet port 118.5 Ø AA
“D” thread (4.67) Ø CC 96
N (3.78)
200.5
(7.89)
120
82 (4.72)
W
(3.23)
Ø BB
ØV
Case drain “J” thread
26 (1.02) 26 (1.02)
70 28 120 (4.72) 82 (3.23)
(2.75) (1.102) 80 (3.15) 9 (0.35) 159 (6.25)
7 x 7 (0.28 x 0.28) adjuster of maximum GG
displacement stop; suitable for handwheel.
(Optional feature - see model code)
Thread for remote control connection, type CR = dimension “F”.

Thread for load sense connection, type CV* = dimension “F”.
MOUNTING FLANGE
AND PORTS CODE ▲ D F J N ØV W Ø AA Ø BB Ø CC DD GG JJ
R (ISO) 3/4” BSP 1/4” BSP 3/8” BSP 8 125 28 25 100 11.0 1” BSP 205 46
(0.315) (4.921) (1.102) (0.984) (3.937) (0.433) (8.07) (1.81)
PS (SAE) 1.0625-12 0.500-20 0.5625-18 6.35 127 28.17 25.4 101.6 14.3 1.3125-12 207 48
UNF-2B UNF-2B UNF-2B (0.250) (5.000) (1.109) (1.000) (4.000) (0.56) UNF-2B (8.15) (1.89)
VVP CONTROL CR CD1 CD2 CE CVP CVPR CVPD1 CVPD2 CVPCE CVT(*)
Dimension “X” 20.0 100.0 ◆ 146.0 ◆ 125.5 ◆ 20.0 40.0 120.0 ◆ 166.0 ◆ 145.5 ◆ 115.0
(0.79) (3.94) ◆ (5.75) ◆ (4.94) ◆ (0.79) (1.57) (4.72) ◆ (6.54) ◆ (5.73) ◆ (4.55)
◆ Includes 13 (0.51) for removal of DIN connector.
VVP2 and VVP3
With ISO
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)

page 36. projection
“C” Control
“KL” adjustment is shown on
page 35.
32.5 (1.28)
26.6 (1.05)
19 16.3 (0.64)
(0.79) 6 (0.24)
T P
X ISO 4401, size 3
(NFPA D03) 31 (1.22) 40.5 (1.59)
K K control
mounted here Case drain
140 (5.51) max. 67 (2.64) “J” thread
JJ EE
10 (0.39)
Outlet port Ø D
NN T
ØM
N
W A MM R Z
BB AA
H ØV
“E” thread 9 (0.35)
4 places “P” thread
10 x 10 (0.39 x 0.39) 4 places
B R adjuster of maximum Inlet port
45 (1.77) X
C U displacement stop. Ø DD
Optional feature - Y
EE FF
see model code.
GG
Thread for remote control or load sense connection, type CR or

CV* = 1/4” BSP.
MODEL A B C D E H J K ØM N P R T
VVP2 52.4 26.2 30 M10 or25 110 3/4” BSP or 95 14 10 M12 or 150 123
(2.06) (1.03) (1.18) (0.98)
0.375-16 (4.33) 1.0625-12 (3.74) (0.55) (0.39) 0.500-13 (5.91) (4.84)
VVP3 58.7 30.2 35 32 M10 or 120 3/4” BSP or 105 18 12 M12 or 185 133
(2.31) (1.19) (1.378) (1.26) 0.4375-14 (4.72) 1.0625-12 (4.13) (0.71) (0.47) 0.500-13 (7.28) (5.24)
▲ See mounting flange/port connections codes RF and PX, page 15.
MODEL U ØV W X Y Z Ø AA Ø BB Ø DD EE FF GG JJ MM NN
VVP2 114 160 35 35.7 40 70 32 125 38 91 219 279 60 255.5 145.5

(4.49) (6.30) (1.38) (1.41) (1.58) (2.76) (1.26) (4.92) (1.50) (3.58) (8.62) (10.98) (2.36) (10.06) (5.728)
VVP3 123 200 43 43 46 77.8 40 160 51 105 245 313 68 275.5 155.5
(4.84) (7.87) (1.69) (1.69) (1.81) (3.06) (1.57) (6.30) (2.01) (4.13) (9.65) (12.32) (2.68) (10.85) (6.12)
Dimension “X” 20.0 100.0 ◆ 146.0 ◆ 125.5◆ 20.0 40.0 120.0 ◆ 166.0 ◆ 145.5 ◆ 115.0
(0.79) (3.94) ◆ (5.75) ◆ (4.94) ◆ (0.79) (1.57) (4.72) ◆ (6.54) ◆ (5.73) ◆ (4.55)
VVP2 and VVP3
With SAE
Mounting Flange
in mm (in)

page 36. projection
“C” Control
“KL” adjustment is shown on 32.5 (1.28)
page 35.
26.6 (1.05)
16.3 (0.64)
19 (0.79) 6 (0.24)
T P
ISO 4401, size 3 40.5 (1.59)
(NFPA D03) 31 (1.22)
X control
K K mounted here
Case drain
18 67 58 (2.28) EE 1.0625-12 UNF-2B
140 Identification plate (2.64) thread
(0.71) 10 (0.39)
(5.51) max.
Outlet port Key 6,35 (0.25) wide
ØD Ø 31.75
NN (1.25)
34.5 T
(1.36) 210
(8.27)
MM Ø 127
A Z
181 (5.00)
(7.13)
H
E thread
4 places
B 0.500-13 UNC-2B
X
45 (1.77) thd. 4 places
C U 10 x 10 (0.39 x 0.39) 9 (0.35)
adjuster of maximum Y Inlet port
EE Ø DD
displacement stop. FF
Optional feature -
see model code. GG
Thread for remote control or load sense connection, type CR or

CV* = 0.500-20 UNF-2B
MODEL A B C D E H K T U
VVP2 52.4 26.2 27 25 0.375-16 110 95 123 114
(2.06) (1.03) (1.06) (0.98) UNC-2B (4.33) (3.74) (4.84) (4.49)
VVP3 58.7 30.2 35 32 0.4375-14 120 105 133 123
(2.31) (1.19) (1.38) (1.26) UNC-2B (4.72) (4.13) (5.24) (4.84)
MODEL X Y Z Ø DD EE FF GG MM NN
VVP2 35.7 40 70 38 91 219 279 256 145.5

(1.41) (1.58) (2.76) (1.50) (3.58) (8.62) (10.98) (10.08) (5.73)
VVP3 43 46 77.8 51 105 245 303 275.5 155.5
(1.69) (1.81) (3.06) (2.00) (4.13) (9.65) (11.93) (10.85) (6.12)
Dimension “X” 20.0 100.0 ◆ 146.0 ◆ 125.5 ◆ 20.0 40.0 120.0 ◆ 166.0 ◆ 145.5 ◆ 115.0
(0.79) (3.94) ◆ (5.75) ◆ (4.94) ◆ (0.79) (1.57) (4.72) ◆ (6.54) ◆ (5.73) ◆ (4.55)
VVS and VVP
Based Mounted
in mm (in)
3rd angle
projection
Flow adjustment screw (upon request).

Turning clockwise decreases flow.
25 (0.98)
max. B C Y max.
E (VVP)
N 140 (5.51)
max. (VVP)
W Ø AA
G
H
Pressure setting
screw (VVS).
ØM ØM Turning clockwise A
2.2 (0.09) K Z L BB
ØP increases pressure.
GG
Ø J drain port (VVS1, R R
VVP1, VVS3 and Pressure adjustment knob (VVP)
VVP3 only) Turning clockwise increases pressure.
Ø D outlet port
Ø DD inlet port
Ø CC
S T
U
V
X Ø J drain port (VVS2 and VVP2 only)
MODEL A B C ØD E F G H ØJ K L ØM N ØP
VVS1 25 82 131 14 118.5 80 54 13 6 32 52.5 32.5 5 14

VVP1 (0.98) (3.23) (5.16) (0.55) (4.67) (3.15) (2.13) (0.51) (0.24) (1.26) (2.07) (1.28) (0.20) (0.55)
VVS2 31 110 175 24 145.5 113 75 20 10 50 68 45.5 10 20.5
VVP2 (1.22) (4.33) (6.89) (0.94) (5.73) (4.45) (2.95) (0.79) (0.39) (1.97) (2.68) (1.79) (0.39) (0.81)
VVS3 53.5 120 185 28 155.5 123 114 21 13 47 57.5 48 6.35 28
VVP3 (2.11) (4.72) (7.28) (1.10) (6.12) (4.84) (4.49) (0.83) (0.51) (1.85) (2.26) (1.89) (0.25) (1.10)
MODEL R S T U V W X Y Z AA BB Ø CC Ø DD GG
VVS1 25.5 46 25.5 121 140 21 - 30 27 19 89.5 11 21 201

VVP1 (1.00) (1.81) (1.00) (4.76) (5.51) (0.83) (1.18) (1.06) (0.75) (3.52) (0.43) (0.83) (7.91)
VVS2 38 57 30 159 190 35 12.5 40 33 32 129 11 32 280
VVP2 (1.50) (2.24) (1.18) (6.26) (7.48) (1.38) (0.49) (1.57) (1.30) (1.26) (5.08) (0.43) (1.26) (11.02)
VVS3 57 76 51 247.5 273 27.5 - 40 55.5 25.37 140 13 35 300
VVP3 (2.24) (2.99) (2.01) (9.74) (10.75) (1.08) (1.57) (2.19) (1.00) (5.51) (0.51) (1.38) (11.81)
Combined
Pumps
The rotor shaft of Vickers(™) Vickers(™) combined standard For solutions other than those
variable vane pumps is pre- pumps (see table below) elimi- shown in the table, contact
arranged for mounting an addi- nate the need for many “spe- your Eaton representative.
tional pump. Simply take off cial application” pumps.
the rear cover to easily attach
the secondary pump. (See
items A and B on sectional
view, page 4.)
Typical Pump
Combinations Check valves required
(not supplied) if flows
are combined
Combined pumps
Components for PRIMARY SECONDARY ADAPTER

MAX. TORQUE ON
DRIVE SHAFT FOR
Combining Pumps PUMP PUMP KIT PART NO. SECONDARY PUMP
VV*1-***-R/PS VVS0-R AK-VVS/VVP1-0-R 02-358847 55 Nm (487 lbf-in)

VVS0-PS AK-VVS/VVP1-0-PS 02-358848
VV*1-R AK-VVS/VVP1-1-R 02-358849
VV*1-PS AK-VVS/VVP1-1-PS 02-358850
SAE A 2-bolt ▲ AK-VVS/VVP1-SAE-A 02-358851
VV*2/3-RF/PF VVS0-R AK-VVS/VVP2/3-0-R ● 02-358852 110 Nm (974 lbf-in)
VVS0-PS AK-VVS/VVP2/3-0-PS ● 02-358853
VV*1-R AK-VVS/VVP2/3-1-R ● 02-358717
VV*1-PS AK-VVS/VVP2/3-1-PS ● 02-358854
VV*2-RF/PX AK-VVS/VVP2/3-2-RF/PX ● 02-358855
SAE A 2-bolt ▲ AK-VVS/VVP2/3-SAE-A ● 02-358856
SAE B 2-bolt ▲ AK-VVS/VVP2/3-SAE-B ● 02-358857
VV*3-RF/PF VV*3-RF/PX AK-VVS/VVP3-3-RF/PX 02-358858 180 Nm (1593 lbf-in)
▲ SAE A and B 2-bolt are generic interfaces. Secondary pump with SAE A or B mount should conform to dimensions on
the following page.
● Adapter kits for same displacements within frame sizes 2 and 3 primary pumps are identical.
Ordering Combined Order pumps and coupling unit in progressive order of coupling.
Pumps Example:
One (1) VVP1-20-RR-M-30-CVTCE03B-15-10 Primary Pump
One (1) AK-VVS/VVP1-0-R Adapter Kit
One (1) VVS0-10-RR-M-40-CCW-10 Secondary Pump
Combined
Pumps
(continued)
Secondary pumps with SAE

A or B 2-bolt mounts should
conform to the dimensions
below. Dimensions in mil-
limeters (inches). D
ØA C ØB
2-BOLT FLANGE
PRIMARY OF SECONDARY
PUMP PUMP ▲ ADAPTER KIT ØA ØB C D E MAX. F
VVS1 SAE A AK-VVS/VVP1-SAE-A 82.5 19.05 21.1 4.8 50 7

VVP1 (3.25) (0.75) (0.83) (0.19) (1.97) (0.28)
VVS2 SAE A AK-VVS/VVP2/3-SAE-A 82.5 19.05 21.1 4.8 60 7
VVP2 (3.25) (0.75) (0.83) (0.19) (2.36) (0.28)
VVS3 SAE B AK-VVS/VVP2/3-SAE-B 101.6 22.2 25.1 6.375 9.5
VVP3 (4.00) (0.87) (0.99) ● (0.25) ● (0.37)
25.5 4.8
(1.00) ● (0.19) ●
▲ Secondary pumps with ISO mounting flange are listed on page 28.
● Both shafts are accommodated within same coupling.
Torque
Requirements
Combined
Pumps
Combined pumps must be

installed in decreasing order of
displacement. Torque require-
ments and limitations of single
and combined pumps must not
exceed the values shown in the
tables below.
Drive shaft of Drive shaft for

primary pump secondary pump
MAXIMUM TORQUE ON
Pump Frame Size 1 REQUIRED TORQUE DRIVE SHAFT FOR
FOR PRIMARY PUMP SECONDARY PUMP
PUMP TYPE Nm (lbf-in) Nm (lbf-in)
VVS1-16 30 (266)
VVS1-20 37 (327)
VVS1-25 46 (407) 55 (487)
VVP1-16 47 (416)
VVP1-20 58 (513)
VVP1-25 73 (646)
Pump Frame Size 2 REQUIRED TORQUE

MAXIMUM TORQUE ON
DRIVE SHAFT FOR
VVS2-32 57 (504)
VVS2-40 73 (646)
VVS2-50 91 (805) 110 (974)
VVP2-32 92 (814)
VVP2-40 117 (1036)
VVP2-50 146 (1292)
MAXIMUM TORQUE ON
Pump Frame Size 3 REQUIRED TORQUE DRIVE SHAFT FOR
VVS3-63 92 (814)
VVS3-80 117 (1036)
VVS3-100 146 (1292) 180 (1593)
VVP3-63 172 (1522)
VVP3-80 219 (1938)
VVP3-100 273 (2416)
30 EATON Vickers VVS/VVP Variable Displacement Vane Pumps V-PUVN-TM002-E August

2004
Dimensions
Combined
Pumps
in mm (in)
MOUNTING FLANGE
VVS1 or VVP1 207 [8.150] 159 [6.260] & PORT CODE A
Primary Pump With R 46 (1.81)
VVS1 or VVP1 PS 48 (1.89)
Secondary Pump
46
[1.811] 207 [8.150]
26
[1.024]
MOUNTING FLANGE
VVS1 or VVP1 & PORT CODE A
Primary Pump With R 46 (1.81)
VVS0 Secondary PS 48 (1.89)
Pump
46 26
[1.811] [1.024] 269 [10.591]
205 [8.071] 113 [4.449]
Dimensions
Combined
Pumps
(continued)
in mm (in)
MOUNTING FLANGE
VVS2 or VVP2 115 (4.53) VVS
123 (4.84) VVP 115 (4.53) VVS & PORT CODE A
Primary Pump With 123 (4.84) VVP RF 60 (2.36)
VVS2 or VVP2 30 (1.18) 275 (10.83)
91 (3.58) 91 (3.58) PF 58 (2.28)
Secondary Pump
A 275 (10.83)
40 (1.57) 275 (10.83)
495 (19.49)
MOUNTING FLANGE
VVS2 or VVP2 30 (1.18) 256 (10.08) & PORT CODE A
Primary Pump With 91 (3.58) RF 60 (2.36)
VVS1 or VVP1 115 (4.53) VVS
PF 58 (2.28)
Secondary Pump 123 (4.84) VVP
A 260 (10.24) 56
40 (1.57) 246 (9.69) (2.20)
419 (16.50)
Dimensions
Combined
Pumps
(continued)
in mm (in)
MOUNTING FLANGE
Primary Pump With RF 60 (2.86)
VVS0 Secondary PF 58 (2.28)
Pump
40
[1.575] 308 [12.126]
60
[2.362] 258 [10.157] 113 [4.449]
MOUNTING FLANGE
VVS3 or VVP3 125 (4.92) VVS & PORT CODE F
Primary Pump With 133 (5.24) VVP
36 (1.42) RF 68 (2.68)
VVS3, VVP3, VVS2 or A
105 (4.13) B PF 58 (2.28)
VVP2 Secondary
Pump
F D
46 (1.81) A
E
SECONDARY
PUMP A B C D E
VVS3, VVP3 315 105 125 (4.92) VVS3 315 560

(12.40) (4.13) 133 (5.24) VVP3 (12.40) (22.05)
VVS2, VVP2 294 91 115 (4.53) VVS2 300 520
(11.57) (3.58) 123 (4.84) VVP2 (11.81) (20.47)
Dimensions
Combined
Pumps
(continued)
in mm (in)
MOUNTING FLANGE
VVS3 or VVP3 36 (1.42) 275 (10.83) & PORT CODE A
Primary Pump With 105 (4.13) RF 68 (2.68)
VVS1 or VVP1 125 (4.92) VVS PF 58 (2.28)
Secondary Pump 133 (5.24) VVP
A 285 (11.22)
56
46 (1.81) 265 (10.43) (2.20)
444 (17.48)
MOUNTING FLANGE
Primary Pump With RF 68 (2.68)
VVS0 Secondary PF 58 (2.28)
Pump
35
[1.378]
68 46 [1.811] 338 [13.307]
[2.677] 283 [11.142] 113 [4.449]
Key Lock
Adjustment for
VVP Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
projection
“KL” Adjustment For 166 (6.54) max.

VVP1, VVP2 and VVP3 82 (3.23)
Single Pumps
Pressure setting
knob. Turning
clockwise
increases pressure.
“KL” Adjustment For PUMP A B C
VVP1, VVP2 and VVP3 ISO 4401, size 3 VVP1 162 162 139
(NFPA D03) (6.38) (6.38) (5.47)
Combined Pumps A max. VVP2 155 189 166
control
Note: Because of length, con- 82 mounted here (6.10) (7.44) (6.54)
trols on combined pumps are (3.23) VVP3 155 199 176
mounted perpendicular to pump (6.10) (7.83) (6.93)
shaft.
Pressure setting knob. B

Turning clockwise
increases pressure. C
Mounting, Shaft
and Port Options
in mm (in)
Mountings and Shafts

MTG. ISO MOUNTING FLANGE SAE MOUNTING FLANGE
FLANGE
FRAME & PORTS BOLT BOLT FRONT END SHAFT REAR END SHAFT
SIZE CODE PILOT DIA. CIRCLE DIA. PILOT DIA. CIRCLE DIA. DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH
0 R 80 (3.15) 103 (4.06) - - 20 (0.79) 36 (1.42) - -

PS 80 (3.15) 103 (4.06) - - 15.88 (0.625) 24 (0.938) - -
1 B - - - - 19 (0.75) 32 (1.26) - -
R 100 (3.94) 125 (4.92) - - 25 (0.98) 36 (1.42) 20 (0.79) 26 (1.02)
PS - - 101.6 (4.000) 127 (5.000) 25.4 (1.00) 38 (1.50) 20 (0.79) 26 (1.02)
2 B - - - - 32 (1.26) 50 (1.97) - -
RF 125 (4.92) 160 (6.30) - - 32 (1.26) 50 (1.97) 28 (1.10) 45 (1.77)
PF - - 127 (5.000) 180 (7.09) 31.75 (1.25) 48 (1.88) 28 (1.10) 45 (1.77)
PX 125 (4.92) 160 (6.30) - - 32 (1.26) 50 (1.97) 28 (1.10) 45 (1.77)
3 B - - - - 25.37 (1.00) 47 (1.85) - -
RF 160 (6.30) 200 (7.87) - - 40 (1.57) 58 (2.28) 28 (1.10) 45 (1.77)
PF - - 127 (5.000) 180 (7.09) 31.75 (1.25) 48 (1.88) 28 (1.10) 45 (1.77)
PX 160 (6.30) 200) (7.87) - - 40 (1.57) 58 (2.28) 28 (1.10) 45 (1.77)
Ports
REMOTE PRESSURE
MTG. CONTROL, LOAD
FLANGE SENSING AND
FRAME & PORTS DRAIN PORT DRAIN PORT DUAL-PRESSURE
SIZE CODE INLET PORT OUTLET PORT VVS PUMPS VVP PUMPS LOAD SENSING PORTS
0 R G 3/4” BSP G 3/8” BSP G 1/4” BSP - -

PS 1.0625-12 UNF-2B 0.750-16 UNF-2B 0.500-20 UNF-2B - -
1 B 21 (0.83) 14 (0.55) 6 (0.24) 6 (0.24) -
R G 1” BSP G 3/4” BSP G 3/8” BSP G 3/8” BSP G 1/4” BSP
PS 1.3125-12 UNF-2B 1.0625-12 UNF-2B 0.5625-18 UNF-2B 0.5625-18 UNF-2B 0.500-20 UNF-2B
2 B 32 (1.26) 24 (0.94) 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39) -
RF 1.50 SAE 4-bolt 1.00 SAE 4-bolt G 1/2” BSP G 3/4” BSP G 1/4” BSP
flange with flange with
M12 x 45 deep M10 x 35 deep
mounting holes mounting holes
PF 1.50 SAE 4-bolt 1.00 SAE 4-bolt 0.875-14 UNF-2B 1.0625-12 UNF-2B 0.500-20 UNF-2B
PX flange with 0.500 flange with 0.375-16
UNC x 1.75 deep UNC x 1.50 deep
3 B 35 (1.38) 28 (1.10) 13 (0.51) 13 (0.51) -
RF 2.00 SAE 4-bolt 1.25 SAE 4-bolt G 1/2” BSP G 3/4” BSP G 1/4” BSP
flange with flange with
M12 x 45 deep M10 x 40 deep
PF 2.00 SAE 4-bolt 1.25 SAE 4-bolt 0.875-14 UNF-2B 1.0625-12 UNF-2B 0.500-20 UNF-2B
PX flange with 0.500 flange with 0.375-16
UNC x 1.75 deep UNC x 1.75 deep
Installation
Instructions
1) Pump frame sizes 0 and 1 components and to have a be made with a self-aligning put to the delivery side)
can be mounted in any posi- low re-cycle speed. To coupling with convex teeth must occur within a few sec-
tion. Pump frame sizes 2 ensure maximum pump and with cam in polyamide onds, otherwise the pump
and 3 must be mounted working life, inlet oil temper- material. When assembling, must be turned off and the
with horizontal axis and the ature must never be above maximum attention must be operation repeated.
compensator device upward 50°C (122°F). In the systems given to the distance Subsequent start-ups in zero
( see figure). When the where the pump runs for a between the two half-cou- flow setting conditions are
pump is installed over the long time in zero flow set- plings which must impera- admissible only with pres-
tank oil level, it is recom- ting condition, it is recom- tively fall within the value sure not exceeding 30 bar
mended to pay attention to mended to install a heat specified in the diagram (435 psi), and at condition
the inlet pressure. The mini- exchanger in the drain line. below (detail "A"). Other that the system and pump
mum section of the inlet The pressure on the drain types of motor - pump cou- be completely filled up with
pipe must be equal to the port must never be in plings are not permitted. No oil. During the starting opera-
section of the thread inlet excess of the specified induced RADIAL or AXIAL tions, both the first and the
port of the pump. The inlet value. The drain pipe must LOADS are allowed on the followings, the difference
pipes should be as short as always be independent of pump shaft. between the oil temperature
possible, with a small num- other return lines, connected 4) During the first installation, and the environment tem-
ber of bends and without directly to the tank and the pump must be run in perature (body pump tem-
inside section changes. extended sufficiently inside maximum flow condition (P perature) must not exceed
2) All return and drain pipes the tank so as to be below connected to T), with the oil by more than 20°C (68°F).
must be placed so that the the minimum oil level in flowing directly into the tank,
oil will be not re-sucked order to avoid generating thus to induce air bleeding.
directly from the pump (see foam. Moreover, the drain For sizes 2 and 3 there is an
figure). The oil tank must be pipe must be free of restric- air bleed placed on the com-
suitably sized in order to tions and as far as possible pensator device. This phase
exchange the thermal power away from the inlet pipe. must go on for several min-
generated to the system 3) Motor-pump coupling must utes. Pump priming (oil out-
4 - 7 [0.157 - 0.276]
DETAIL A
A 0.05 A
OUT
200 [8] min
100 [4] min
45∞
50 [2] min
DRAIN
IN
300 [12] min 150 [6] min
Eaton Eaton Eaton
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (49) 7221 682-788

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUVN-TM002-E
August 2004
Single-10 (0.62) to 240 cm3/r (14.65 cm3/r) Fixed Displacement
Double-20 (1.23) to 398 cm3/r (24.29 in3/r) Industrial and
Vickers VMQ Vane Pumps
®
Triple-110 (6.71) to 488 cm3/r (29.78 in3/r) Mobile Applications
Table of
Contents
Introduction and Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Notes on Installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Typical Section Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
What is a Vane Pump? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Operational Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fluid Cleanliness Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fluid Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Moments of Inertia and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Conversion Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Performance Data
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Sound Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Model Code
Single and Thru-Drive Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Double Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Triple Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Output Flow
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Input Power
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Single Pumps - Installation Dimensions
VMQ1 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
VMQ1 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
VMQ1 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Thru-Drive Pumps - Installation Dimensions
VMQT1 25T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
VMQT1 35T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
VMQT1 45T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Pumps Rear Mount/Coupling Details VMQ1 35T/45T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Selection of Pumps for Mounting on Thru-Drive Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Double Pumps - Installation Dimensions
VMQ2 2525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
VMQ2 3525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
VMQ2 4525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
VMQ2 4535 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Triple Pumps - Installation Dimensions
VMQ3 352525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
VMQ3 453525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Shaft Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Theoretical Permissible Equivalent Radial Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Spline Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Torque Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Water Glycol Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Pressure & Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2 EATON Vickers VMQ Series Vane Pumps V-PUVN-TM001-E5 February 2009

Introduction Performance
Eaton’s Vickers® VMQ pumps
• Increased power density
• Common inlet allowing for
VMQ Series meet global SAE and ISO stan-
dards. Three single-pump and
fewer ports and reducing the
cost of redundant hose and
three thru-drive frame sizes are fittings.
available in 20 displacements, • Twenty-two displacements
ranging from 10 cm3/r (0.62 in3/r) allow selection of the best
to 240 cm3/r (14.65 in3/r). Four flow output for optimum use
double-pump configurations of energy.
offer combined displacements
from 20 cm3/r (1.23 in3/r) up • Interchangeable cartridges
to 398 cm3/r (24.29 in3/r). Two between single, thru-drive,
triple-pump configurations can double and triple pumps, sim-
combine displacements from plify cartridge selection and
110 cm3/r (6.71 in3/r) to 488 reduce inventory.
cm3/r (29.78 in3/r). • High volumetric efficiencies,
Continuous outlet pressure rat- which increases productivity
ings reach 293 bar (4250 psi), and reduces energy and oper-
with permissible peak pressures ating costs.
up to 310 bar (4500 psi). • Compatible with a wide vari-
ety of fluids, including fire
resistant and biodegradable
fluids.
• Hydraulically balanced design • Shaft seal options: single seal
(no internal radial forces) design for “dry mount” appli-
gives almost limitless shaft cations, or double seal design
and bearing life. for fluid separation in “wet
The latest state-of-the-art Vickers® VMQ fixed displacement • Extremely low noise levels mount” applications such as
enhance operator comfort. gearboxes or where lubri-
vane pumps from Eaton set new standards of performance and
• Shafts easily handle maxi- cant is always present. (Wet
efficiency for both industrial and mobile applications. The new mount applications extend
mum pressures, ensuring
VMQ series features design enhancements in all areas, result- exceptionally long shaft life. shaft life.)
ing in a unique combination of higher pressure capabilities and
• Unique bi-metallic wafer plate
outstanding low noise levels. allows for cold start-ups. Applications
Vickers VMQ pumps provide continuous pressure ratings up
® • Efficient design means • Oil and Gas
pumps perform under
to 293 bar (4250 psi) for the 25 frame size and displacements • Metal Cutting
the harshest speed, tem-
up to 488 cm3/r (29.78 in3/r) with the triple pump version. In perature and cyclical loading • Dump Truck
addition, further reductions in noise levels of an intrinsically conditions. • Wheel Loader
quiet design offer real possibilities in traditional internal gear • Removable cartridges, usually • Plastic Injection Molding
pump applications. with pump in-line, facilitate
maintenance or flow changes.
The highly seizure-resistant surface of the bronze wafer plate is
particularly forgiving in cold start-up applications.
EATON Vickers VMQ Series Vane Pumps V-PUVN-TM001-E5 February 2009 3

Notes on
Installment
Pump Characteristics pump instability could occur. Mounting Pad Accessory Pilot Diameter
If unloading pump at rates Drives
Minimum Speed Concentricity of the customer’s
over 5,171 bar/sec (75,000 A splined shaft is recommended female pilot diameter relative to
Minimum recommended start- psig/sec), make sure inlet
ing speed, under fluid conditions on applications where the pump the effective axis of the female
pressure does not fall below shaft is coupled directly into a drive must be within 0,10 mm
stated on page 7, is 0.83 bar (12 psi) absolute.
generally 600 r/min. However, transmission or gearbox. Spline (0.004 in.) total indicator reading.
the pump size, system charac- Drive Alignment drives should be lubricated. The clearance between the male
teristics and environmental con- Concentricity and angular align- The possibility of interference and female pilot diameters must
ditions can raise or lower this ment of shafts are important between the shaft and transmis- be +0,01 to +0,05 mm (+0.0005
speed. A lower speed can often to pump life. Misalignment can sion splines, due to tolerance to +0.0020 in.).
be achieved after the pump has induce heavy loads on bear- stack-up, can exist. Mounting Face
primed. ings, causing premature failure. To reduce this possibility, side The customer’s mounting face
If low starting or operating Flexible coupling halves must tooth spline fits should be used. to which the pump or motor is
speeds are required, consult be aligned according to the A side tooth fit and short length affixed must be square to the
your Eaton Hydraulics represen- coupling manufacturer’s recom- of engagement permits more axis of the female drive within
tative. mendations. flexibility and less tendency for 0,0381 mm per mm (0.0015
Rated Pressure Universal Joints side loading than does a major inch per inch).
diameter fit spline or long spline
Pumps should not be operated When using double universal Shafts
engagement. As a general rule,
at or near rated pressures at idle joint couplings, the shafts must Dimensions of keyed shaft
the minimum spline engagement
speeds for extended periods. be parallel and the yokes must receivers must be between
should not be less than 85%
Localized overheating and dam- be in line. The offset should +0,003 and +0,03 mm (+0.0001
of the spline pitch diameter to
age can result. be kept as low as possible. and +0.0010 in.) of the maxi-
ensure maximum shaft torque
Maximum allowable offset will, mum shaft diameter shown on
Never assume pumps in a rating.
of course, vary with application pages 68 and 70.
double, triple or thru-drive pump conditions. The pump shaft Mounting Dimensions
assembly can be simultaneously to universal joint diametral fit Requirements
loaded to rated pressure. Shaft should be close (major diameter
loading must be checked for Dimensional control require-
fit) with no looseness. ments of the customer’s mount-
excessive torque. Never load or
unload a VMQ pump at rates ing pad to which the pump or
greater than 10,342 bar/sec motor is affixed are as follows.
(150,000 psig/sec), because

Typical Sections
Single pump example Thru-drive pump example
Double pump example
Triple pump example

Description
General Assembly and Construction

Pumps in this series are used to All units are designed so that The pump illustrated in Figure inlet and outlet support plate,
develop hydraulic fluid flow for the direction of rotation, pump- 1 is representative of all single two wafer side plates, and
the operation of Industrial and ing capacity and port positions pumps in this series. The unit 10/12 vanes and 10/12 pins
Mobile equipment. The positive can be readily changed to suit consists principally of an inlet fitted to the rotor slots. Fluid
displacement pumping cartridg- particular applications. cover, outlet body, driveshaft enters the cartridge through the
es are of the rotary vane type and pumping cartridge. inlet port in the cover and is dis-
with shaft side loads hydrauli- The principal components of the charged through the outlet port
cally balanced. The flow rate cartridge are an elliptical cam in the body.
depends on the pump size and ring, a slotted rotor splined to
the speed at which it is driven. the driveshaft, an
What is a Vane Pump?

Pumping Cartridge
The action of the cartridge is Radial movement of the vanes An additional inlet fluid path Fluid is trapped between the
illustrated in Figure 2. The rotor and turning of the rotor causes exists through a drilled hole in vanes and carried past a seal-
is driven within the ring by the the chamber volume between the cam ring. This hole connects ing land to the outlet section of
driveshaft, which is coupled to the vanes to increase as the the inlet port directly to the inlet the ring. As the outlet section
a power source. As the rotor vanes pass the inlet sections areas of the cam ring and pro- is approached, the chamber
turns, centrifugal force on the of the ring. This results in a low vides an additional flow path for volume decreases and the fluid
vanes, aided by under-vane pressure condition which allows fluid to get into the cartridge. is forced out into the system.
pressure fed from the outlet atmospheric pressure to force System pressure is fed under
port, causes the vanes to fluid into the chambers. the vanes, assuring their sealing
follow the elliptical inner surface contact against the ring during
of the ring. normal operation.
Outlet
Inlet
Shaft
Vane
Outlet Outlet
Inlet
Cam ring Rotor
Inlet
Pump rotation
Figure 1 Figure 2

Operational
Recommendations
Cold Starts Drive Data Before starting the pump, fill CAUTION:
When operating with a fluid vis- Pumps are assembled for right with fluid through one of the Low Outlet Pressure.
cosity of over 54 cSt in industrial hand (clockwise) rotation or left ports. This is particularly impor-
tant if the pump is above the The minimum pres-
conditions, the outlet pressure hand (counterclockwise) rota- sure differential
should not exceed 50% of the tion. Rotation is viewed from fluid level of the reservoir.
between the outlet
•
maximum rating for the VMQ the shaft end. Inlet and outlet When initially starting the and inlet must be 6.9
pump until the system has ports remain the same regard- pump, remove all trapped air bar (100 psig), otherwise, the
warmed up. When operating less of the direction of shaft from the system. This can be pump may fail prematurely.
with a fluid viscosity of over rotation. accomplished by loosening the
100cSt in mobile conditions, pump outlet fittings or connec- Once the pump is started,
Pump Drive
the speed and outlet pressure tions before starting the pump it should prime within a few
should not exceed 50% of the Direct coaxial drive is recom- or by using an air bleed valve. seconds. If the pump does
maximum ratings for the VMQ mended. Refer to pages 71-72 All inlet connections must be not prime, check to make sure
pump until the system has if imposing radial shaft loads are tight to prevent air leaks. An air that there are no restrictions
warmed up. required. bleed valve is available for this between the reservoir and the
Start-up Procedure purpose. inlet to the pump, and that there
Example for industrial are no air leaks in the inlet line
conditions: (Refer to catalog 690.)
Make sure the reservoir and and connections. Also check to
10 wt. oil at 90ºF (32ºC) will circuit are clean and free of CAUTION:
make sure that trapped air can
have a viscosity of 55 cSt. dirt/debris prior to filling with No Case Drain. escape at the pump outlet.
When the system fluid has a hydraulic fluid. • These pumps are After the pump is primed, tight-
viscosity lower than 55 cSt, it Fill the reservoir with filtered drained internally into en the loose outlet connections,
is considered warmed up. oil and fill to a level sufficient their inlet. System pressure at then operate for five to ten
Extreme caution must be used enough to prevent vortexing the pump inlet connection may minutes unloaded to remove all
when starting pumps with fluid at suction connection to pump not exceed 1,4 bar (20 psi). trapped air from the circuit.
viscosities greater than 860 cSt inlet. It is good practice to clean Also, the inlet hose should be
up the system by flushing and If the reservoir has a sight gage,
(4000 SUS). Care should be sized large enough to provide make sure the fluid is clear - not
exercised to warm up the entire filtering using an external slave a fluid velocity no greater than
pump. milky.
system, including remote cylin- 2.44 m/s (8 ft/sec)
ders and motors.
High Temperatures
Viscosities must not be less than
the minimum values shown in the
table below. Temperatures should
not exceed 99ºC (210ºF) because
the life expectancy of cartridge
kits and elastomers will decrease.
Operating Inlet Pressure and Operating Temperature Requirements

Guidelines Minimum Inlet Recommended Maximum Maximum Maximum
Pressure Operating Inlet Positive Inlet Continuous Intermittent
Absolute Pressure - Gage Pressure - Gage Operating Temp. Operating Temp.
bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) ˚C (˚F) ˚C (˚F)
Industrial 0.83 (12.0) 0 to 0.35 (0 to 5.0) 1.4 (20) 66 (150) 74 (165)
Mobile 1.0 (14.5) 0 to 0.35 (0 to 5.0) 1.4 (20) 82 (180) 99 (210)

Fluid Cleanliness
Recommendations
Proper fluid condition is essen- Eaton products, as any compo- Experience has shown, how-
tial for long and satisfactory life nents, will operate with apparent ever, that life of any hydraulic
of hydraulic components and satisfaction in fluids with higher components is shortened in
systems. Hydraulic fluid must cleanliness codes than those fluids with higher cleanliness
have the correct balance of described. Other manufacturers codes than those listed above.
cleanliness, materials and addi- will often recommend levels These codes have been proven
tives for protection against wear above those specified. to provide a long trouble-free
of components, elevated viscos- service life for the products
ity and inclusion of air. shown, regardless of the
Recommendations on contami- manufacturer.
nation control methods and the
selection of products to control
fluid condition are included in
publication 9132 or 561, “Guide
to Systemic Contamination
Control”. The book also includes
information on the concept of
“ProActive Maintenance”. The
following recommendations are
based on ISO cleanliness levels
at 2 µm, 5 µm and 15 µm.
Product System Pressure Level

bar (psi)
<140 (<2000) 140-210 (2000-3000) 210+ (3000+)
Vane pumps, fixed 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13

Vane pumps, variable 18/16/14 17/15/13
Piston pumps, fixed 19/17/15 18/16/14 17/15/13
Piston pumps, variable 18/16/14 17/15/13 16/14/12
Directional valves 20/18/15 20/18/15 19/17/14
Proportional valves 17/15/12 17/15/12 15/13/11
Servo valves 16/14/11 16/14/11 15/13/10
Pressure/Flow controls 19/17/14 19/17/14 19/17/14
Cylinders 20/18/15 20/18/15 20/18/15
Vane motors 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13
Axial piston motors 19/17/14 18/16/13 17/15/12
Radial piston motors 20/18/14 19/17/13 18/16/13
Hydraulic Fluid Viscosity Requirements

Minimum Minimum Optimum Maximum Viscosity Range Maximum
Recommendations Intermittent
Viscosity
Continuous
Viscosity
Operating
Viscosity Range
Viscosity at
Full Pressure
Requiring <50%
Outlet Pressure
Viscosity at
Startup
cSt cSt cSt cSt cSt cSt
Industrial 10 13 16-40 54 54-860 860
Mobile 6.5 9 16-40 100 100-2000 2000

Fluid Selection
Fluid in a hydraulic system A good quality fluid from Moments of Inertia

performs the multiple func- reputable sources will provide Pump Moment Of Inertia
tions of transmission of power, these characteristics. N*M*SEC2 (LB*IN*SEC2)
lubrication of components, and Two specific types of oil meet VMQ125 0,00075 (0.0066)
cooling. It is a vital factor in a the requirements of modern (10-32 cm3r)
hydraulic system and proper hydraulic systems: VMQ125 0,00103 (0.0091)
selection is a necessity for (40-80 cm3/r)
satisfactory operation and life • Anti-wear type hydraulic oils
of components. that comply with the pump VMQ135 0,0025 (0.022)
wear tests of ASTM-D-2882 VMQ145 0,0050 (0.0441)
Basic requirements of a good
petroleum oil for hydraulic • Automotive crankcase oils VMQ22525 0,0019 (0.017)
systems are: having the letter designations VMQ23525 0,0043 (0.038)
“SC”, “SD”, “SE”, “SF” or VMQ24525 0,0059 (0.0522)
1. sufficient anti-wear “SG” per SAE J183 JUN89.
additives, VMQ24535 0,0072 (0.0637)
For additional information on
2. proper viscosity at the the correct viscosity and
VMQ3352525 0,00403 (0.0354)
operating temperature, proper selection of fluids VMQ3453525 0,00773 (0.0679)
and for hydraulic systems, refer to
3. adequate rust and Eaton publication 694.
oxidation inhibitors. Weights
Size KG (LB)
25 20,4 (45)
35 34,0 (75)
45 54,4 (120)
25T 27,2 (60)
35T 45,4 (100)
45T 63,5 (140)
2525 36,3 (80)
3525 49,9 (110)
4525 72,6 (160)
4535 79,4 (175)
352525 79,4 (175)
453525 102,1 (225)

Additional Data
Conversion Factors
To Convert Into Multiply By
Into To Convert Divide By
Unit Symbol Unit Symbol Factor

Atmospheres Atm bar bar 1,013250
BTU/hour Btu/h kilowatts kW 0,293071 x 10-3
Cubic centimeters cm3 litres l 0,001
Cubic centimetres cm3 millilitres ml 1,0
Cubic feet ft3 cubic metres m3 0,0283168
Cubic feet ft3 litres l 28,3161
Cubic inches in3 cubic centimetres cm3 16,3871
Cubic inches in3 litres l 0,0163866
Degrees (angle) ˚ radians rad 0,0174533
Fahrenheit ˚F Celsius (centigrade) ˚C ■
Feet ft metres m 0,3048
Feet of water ft H2O bar bar 0,0298907
Fluid ounces, UK UK fl oz cubic centimetres cm3 28,413
Fluid ounces, US US fl oz cubic centimetres cm3 29,5735
Foot pounds f ft lbf joules J 1,35582
Foot pounds/minute ft lbf/min watts W 81,3492
Gallons, UK UK gal litres l 4,54596
Gallons, US US gal litres l 3,78531
Gallons, US US gal cubic inches in3 231
Horsepower hp BTU/min BTU/min 42,2
Horsepower hp foot pounds/minute ft lb/min 33,000
Horsepower hp kilowatts kW 0,7457
Inches of mercury in Hg millibar mbar 33,8639
Inches of water in H20 millibar mbar 2,49089
Inches in centimetres cm 2,54
Inches in millimetres mm 25,4
Kilogramme force kgf newtons N 9,80665
Kilogramme f. metre kgf m newton metres Nm 9,80665
Kilogramme f./sq. centimetre kp/cm2 bar bar 0,980665
Metric horsepower* * kilowatts kW 0,735499
Microinches µin microns µm 0,0254
Millimetres of mercury mm Hg millibar mbar 1,33322
Millimetres of water mm H2O millibar mbar 0,09806
Newtons/square centimetre N/cm2 bar bar 0,1
Newtons/square metre N/m2 bar bar 0.00001
Pascals (newtons/sq metre) Pa bar bar 0.00001
Pints, UK UK pt litres l 0,568245
Pints, US US liq pt litres l 0,473163
Pounds (mass) lb kilogrammes kg 0,4536
Pounds/cubic foot lb/ft3 kilogrammes/cubic metre kg/m3 16,0185
Pounds/cubic inch lb/in3 kilogrammes/cubic centimetre kg/cm3 0,0276799
Pounds force lbf newtons N 4,44822
Pounds f. feet lbf ft newton metres Nm 1,35582
Pounds f. inches lbf in newton metres Nm 0,112985
Pounds f./square inch lbf/in2 bar bar 0,06894
Revolutions/minute r/min radians/second rad/s 0,104720

Additional Data
(cont.)
Conversion Factors (cont.)
To Convert Into Multiply By
Into To Convert Divide By
Unit Symbol Unit Symbol Factor

Square feet ft
2
square metres m 2
0,092903
Square inches in2 square metres m2 6,4516 x 10-4
Square inches in2 square centimetres cm2 6,4516
■ ˚C = 5 (˚F - 32)/9
* In German, Pferdestarke (PS)
In French, cheval vapeur (ch) or (CV)
Fluid Power Equivalents Practical Hydraulic Formula

1 bar = 10 N/m
5 2
Geometric flow rate l/min = cm3/r x r/min
1 bar = 10 N/cm = 1 dN/mm
2 2 (pumps and motors) 1000
1 pascal = 1 N/m2 USgpm = in3/r x r/min

231
1 litre = 1000 cm3
Theoretical shaft torque Nm = cm3/r x bar
1 centistoke (cSt) = 1 mm2/s (pumps and motors) 20π
1 joule = 1 wattsecond (Ws) lbf in = in3/r x psi
1 US gallon = 231 in 3 2π
Hertz (Hz) = cycles/second Hydraulic power kW = l/min x bar
600
Atmospheric pressure at sea level = 1,01 bar (14.7 psi).
Atmospheric pressure decreases approximately 0,028 bar hp = USgpm x psi
(0.41 psi) for each 305m (1000 feet) of elevation to 7015m 1714
(23000 feet) Velocity of fluid in pipe m/s = l/min x 21,22
Pressure (bar) = head (m) x 0.1 x specific gravity D2
Pressure (psi) = head (ft) x 0.433 x specific gravity where D= inside diameter
of pipe in mm
Specific gravity of petroleum-based oil is approximately 0.85
ft/s = 0.4084 x USgpm
D2
where D= inside diameter
of pipe in inches
Volumetric efficiency (pump) = Output l/min (USgpm)
x 100
Theoretical l/min (USgpm)
(motor) = Theoretical l/min (USgpm)
Input l/min (USgpm) x 100
Overall efficiency Output kW (hp)

Input kW (hp)

Typical
Performance
Data - Industrial
49ºC (120ºF), SAE 10W oil,
26 cSt (128 SUS)
Frame Displacement Pressure Rating Maximum Speed Outlet Flow at Input Power at
Size (Maximum) Rating at 0 bar 1800 r/min 1800 r/min
(0 psig) inlet 210 bar 210 bar
(3000 psi) (3000 psi)
Continuous Peak ■
cm3/r (in3/r) bar (psi) bar (psi) r/min l/min (USgpm) kW (hp)
25 10 (0.62) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 14,3 (3.8) 6,6 (8.9)
16 (0.98) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 24,9 (6.6) 10,4 (14.0)
20 (1.23) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 32,7 (8.6) 13,1 (17.6)
25 (1.58) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 42,7 (11.3) 16,8 (22.6)
32 (1.96) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 53,3 (14.1) 20,9 (28.1)
40 (2.44) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 61,6 (15.9) 25,8 (34.4)
45 (2.75) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 71,0 (18.3) 29,1 (38.8)
50 (3.05) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 80,0 (20.6) 32,2 (43.0)
63 (3.84) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 103,9 (26.8) 40,6 (54.1)
71 (4.33) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 118,7 (30.6) 45,8 (61.0)
80 (4.88) 293 (4250) 310 (4500) 1800 136,1 (35.1) 51,6 (68.8)
90 (5.49) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 153,9 (40.65) 71,9 (96.5)
35 90 (5.49) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 149,7 (38.6) 58,7 (78.3)
100 (6.10) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 168,1 (43.4) 65,2 (87.0)
112 (6.83) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 190,1 (49.1) 73,0 (97.4)
125 (7.63) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 214,3 (55.3) 81,6 (108.8)
135 (8.24) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 233,9 (60.4) 88,1 (117.5)
140 (8.47) 220 (3200) 241 (3500) 1800 240,0 (63.42) 92,8 (124.4)
158 (9.64) 220 (3200) 241 (3500) 1800 272,6 (72.02) 109,7 (147.1)
45 140 (8.54) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 232,0 (60.0) 92,5 (123.3)
160 (9.76) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 269,3 (69.5) 105,7 (141.0)
180 (10.98) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 306,2 (79.0) 118,9 (158.6)
195 (11.89) 262 (3800) 276 (4000) 1800 332,0 (86.0) 128,8 (171.7)
215 (13.12) 220 (3200) 241 (3500) 1800 362,6 (95.8) 139.7 (187.4)
240 (14.65) 68.9 (1000) 75.8 (1100) 1800 435.7* (115.1)* 55.9* (75)*
■฀Peak pressure < 0.5 seconds
* Outlet pressure = 1000 psig

Typical
Performance
Data - Mobile
9 cSt (55 SUS)
Frame Displacement Pressure Rating Maximum Speed Outlet Flow at Input Power at
Size (Maximum) Rating at 0 bar Maximum r/min, Maximum r/min,
(0 psig) inlet 210 bar 210 bar
(3000 psi) (3000 psi)
Continuous Peak ■
cm3/r (in3/r) bar (psi) bar (psi) r/min l/min (USgpm) kW (hp)
25 10 (0.62) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 3000 21,1 (5.6) 11,1 (14.8)
16 (0.98) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 3000 38,8 (10.3) 17,6 (23.4)
20 (1.23) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 3000 51,1 (13.5) 22,0 (29.4)
25 (1.58) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 3000 68,3 (18.0) 28,3 (37.7)
32 (1.96) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 3000 88,4 (23.4) 35,1 (46.8)
40 (2.44) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 2600 77,4 (20.4) 38,1 (50.1)
45 (2.75) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 2600 90,6 (23.9) 42,9 (57.6)
50 (3.05) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 2600 103,3 (27.3) 47,6 (63.5)
63 (3.84) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 2600 137,0 (36.2) 59,9 (79.9)
71 (4.33) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 2600 157,9 (41.7) 67,6 (90.1)
80 (4.88) 280 (4060) 310 (4500) 2600 182,3 (48.2) 77,3 (102.9)
90 (5.49) 248 (3600) 276 (4000) 2200 172,5 (48.57) 85,8 (115.0)
35 90 (5.49) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2400 180,2 (47.6) 79,1 (105.4)
100 (6.10) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2400 204,2 (53.9) 87,9 (117.2)
112 (6.83) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2400 232,9 (61.5) 98,4 (131.2)
125 (7.63) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2400 264,4 (69.8) 109,9 (146.5
135 (8.24) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2200 259,0 (68.4) 113,5 (144.8)
140 (8.47) 210 (3000) 220 (3200) 2200 275,1 (72.66) 112,9 (151.5)
158 (9.64) 210 (3000) 220 (3200) 2200 326,2 (86.18) 134,4 (180.2)
45 140 (8.54) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2200 268,2 (70.9) 113,5 (151.4)
160 (9.76) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2200 312,1 (82.5) 129,8 (173.0)
180 (10.98) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2200 356,1 (94.1) 146.0 (194.6)
195 (11.89) 250 (3625) 276 (4000) 2200 379,7 (100.3) 158,1 (210.8)
215 (13.12) 220 (3200) 241 (3500) 2200 425,5 (112.4) 171,5 (230)
■ Peak pressure < 0.5 seconds

Typical Sound
Data
49˚C (120˚F), SAE 10W oil,
0 bar (0 psig) inlet
Frame size 25
Outlet pressure (bar)
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275
72
70
2600 r/min
68
2400 r/min
dB(A)
66
64 1800 r/min
1500 r/min
62
60
1200 r/min
58
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Outlet pressure (psi)
Frame size 35
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275
74
72
70
2200 r/min
68
dB(A)
1800 r/min
66
1500 r/min
64
1200 r/min
62
1000 r/min
60
58
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Frame size 45
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275
75
73
2200 r/min
71
69
1800 r/min
dB(A)
67
65
1500 r/min
63 1200 r/min
61
59 1000 r/min
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

Model Code -
Single and
Thru-Drive Pumps
VMQ1 ** * *** * * ** ** * * * * * * 00 * 0 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
1234 Series Designation B – (All frame sizes) 13 14 Input Shaft Type* 17 Inlet Port Type
SAE C 2-bolt
VMQ1 – Vane Pump Single 01 – SAE J744 keyed A – SAE J518 4-bolt split flange
Series 127,00 (5.000) x 12,4
(0.49) pilot Frame size 25: B – ISO 6162 4-bolt split flange
25,40 (1.000)
5 6 Frame Size 17,6 (0.69) slots on
181,0 (7.13) bolt circle Frame size 35: 18 Outlet Port Type
25 – 10-90 cm3/r 31,75 (1.250) A – SAE J518 4-bolt flange
C – (Frame size 25 only)
(0.62-5.49 in3/r) Frame size 45: B – ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
ISO 3019/2 100A2HW 38,10 (1.500)
35 – 90-158 cm3/r 2-bolt
(5.49-9.64 in3/r) 02 – SAE J744 splined 19 Outlet Port Position
100,00 (3.937) x 9,2
45 – 140-240 cm3/r (0.36) pilot Frame size 25: B-B Viewed from cover end
(8.54-14.65 in3/r) Frame size 35: C of pump (Adapter end for
14,1 (0.56) slots on Frame size 45: C-C
140,0 (5.51) bolt circle thru-drive units)
7 Pump Type 03 – ISO 3019/2 keyed A – Opposite inlet port
D – (Frame sizes 35 & 45 only)
S – Single Frame size 25: B – 90° CCW to inlet port
ISO 3019/2 125A2HW 25,00 (0.984)
T – Thru-drive 2-bolt C – In-line with inlet port
(Options at model codes Frame size 35:
125,00 (4.921) x 9,2 D – 90° CW to inlet port
12 and 15 16 must be 32,00 (1.260)
(0.36) pilot
specified for thru-drive Frame size 45: 20 Shaft Seal
18,1 (0.71) slots on
units) 180,0 (7.09) bolt circle 40,00 (1.575) A – Single, primary
05 – SAE J744 keyed B – Double, secondary (spring
8 9 10 Displacement 12 Rear Mounting Flange
Frame size 25: side out) Recommended
Frame size 25 and Orientation 31,75 (1.250) for wet mount applications
010 – 10 cm 3/r (0.62 in 3/r) Viewed from cover end Frame size 35:
016 – 16 cm 3/r (0.98 in 3/r) of pump (Adapter end for 38,10 (1.500) 21 Seal Type
thru-drive units, model
020 – 20 cm 3/r (1.23 in 3/r Frame size 45: N – Buna N
code 7 = T) 44,45 (1.750)
025 – 25 cm 3/r (1.58 in 3/r) V – Viton
032 – 32 cm 3/r (1.96 in 3/r) 0 – None (non thru-drive) 06 – SAE J744 splined W – Buna N with Viton shaft
040 – 40 cm 3/r (2.44 in 3/r) SAE A Frame size 25: C seal(s)
045 – 45 cm 3/r (2.75 in 3/r) A – In-line with mounting Frame size 35: C-C
050 – 50 cm 3/r (3.05 in 3/r) flange (frame sizes Frame size 45: D 22 Shaft Rotation
063 – 63 cm 3/r (3.84 in 3/r) 25 & 45) 07 – ISO 3019/2 keyed Viewed from shaft end
B – 90° to mounting flange of pump
071 – 71 cm 3/r (4.33 in 3/r) Frame size 25: 32,00 (1.260)
(frame sizes 25 & 45) Frame size 35: 40,00 (1.575) L – Left hand (CCW)
080 – 80 cm 3/r (4.88 in 3/r)
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) C – 45° CCW to mounting 09 – SAE J744 splined R – Right hand (CW)
flange (frame size 35)
Frame size 35 Frame size 25: B
D – 45° CW to mounting Frame size 45: C 23 24 Special Features
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) flange (frame size 35) (Not available on 00 – None
100 – 100 cm 3/r (6.10 in 3/r) SAE B thru-drive units)
112 – 112 cm 3/r (6.83 in 3/r) 25 Paint
E – In-line with mounting
125 – 125 cm 3/r (7.63 in 3/r) flange (frame sizes 15 16 Output Shaft Coupling
0 – None
135 – 135 cm 3/r (8.24 in 3/r) 25, 35 & 45) Thru-drive units, model A – Blue
140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.54 in 3/r) F – 90° to mounting flange code 7 = T
158 – 158 cm 3/r (9.64 in 3/r) (frame sizes 25 & 45) 00 – None (non thru-drive) 26 Customer Identification
Frame size 45 G – 45° CCW to mounting 16 – SAE J744 16-4 0 – None
140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.54 in 3/r) flange (frame size 35) A-spline shaft
160 – 160 cm 3/r (9.76 in 3/r) H – 45° CW to mounting flange 22 – SAE J744 22-4 27 28 Design Code
180 – 180 cm 3/r (10.98 in 3/r) (frame size 35) B-spline shaft 32 – 32 design
195 – 195 cm 3/r (11.89 in 3/r) SAE C 25 – SAE J744 25-4 Installation dimensions
215 – 215 cm 3/r (13.12 in 3/r) J – In-line with mounting flange B-B-spline shaft remain unchanged for
240 – 240 cm 3/r ( 14.65 in 3/r) (frame sizes 35 & 45) 32 – SAE J744 32-4 design numbers 30 to 39
K – 90° to mounting flange C-spline shaft inclusive.
(frame size 35) (frame sizes 35 & 45 only)
11 Front Flange Mounting Style
L – 45° CCW to mounting
A – (Frame size 25 only) flange (frame size 45)
SAE B 2-bolt
M – 45° CW to mounting flange
101,60 (4.000) x 9,4 (frame size 45)
(0.37) pilot
14,4 (0.57) slots on
146,0 (5.75) bolt circle
* Verify shaft torque ratings meet or exceed input torque requirements (see pg. 74).

Model Code -
Double Pumps
VMQ2 ** ** S *** *** * 0 ** 00 * * * * * * * * 00 * 0 32
1฀฀2฀฀3฀฀4 5฀฀6 7฀฀8 9 10฀฀11฀฀12 13฀฀14฀฀15 16 17 18฀฀19 20฀฀21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30฀฀31 32 33 34฀฀35
1฀฀2฀฀3฀฀4 Series Designation 020 – 20 cm 3/r (1.23 in 3/r) 02 – SAE J744 splined B – 45° CCW to inlet port
(not available with 2525)
VMQ2 – Vane Pump Double 025 – 25 cm 3/r (1.58 in 3/r) Frame size 25: B-B
C – 45° CW to inlet port
Series 032 – 32 cm 3/r (1.96 in 3/r) Frame size 35: C (not available with 2525)
040 – 40 cm 3/r (2.44 in 3/r) Frame size 45: C-C D – 135° CW to inlet port
5฀฀6฀ Frame Size (front section) (not available with 2525)
045 – 45 cm 3/r (2.75 in 3/r) 03 – ISO 3019/2 keyed
25 – 10-90 cm3/r 050 – 50 cm 3/r (3.05 in 3/r) E – Opposite inlet port
(0.62-5.49 in3/r) Frame size 25: (2525 only)
063 – 63 cm 3/r (3.84 in 3/r) 25,00 (0.984)
35 – 90-158 cm3/r F – 90° CCW to inlet port
(5.49-9.64 in3/r) 071 – 71 cm 3/r (4.33 in 3/r) Frame size 35: (2525 only)
32,00 (1.260)
45 – 140-240 cm3/r 080 – 80 cm 3/r (4.88 in 3/r) G – In-line with inlet port
(8.54-14.65 in3/r) 090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) Frame size 45: (2525 only)
40,00 (1.575)
Frame size 35 H – 90° CW to inlet port
7฀฀8 Frame Size (rear section) 05 – SAE J744 keyed (2525 only)
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r)
25 – 10-90 cm3/r Frame size 25:
(0.62-5.49 in3/r) 100 – 100 cm 3/r (6.10 in 3/r) 31,75 (1.250) 27 Shaft Seal
35 – 90-158 cm3/r 112 – 112 cm 3/r (6.83 in 3/r) Frame size 35: A – Single, primary
(5.49-9.64 in3/r) 125 – 125 cm 3/r (7.63 in 3/r) 38,10 (1.500) B – Double, secondary (spring
135 – 135 cm 3/r (8.24 in 3/r) Frame size 45: side out)
9 Pump Type 44,45 (1.750) Recommended for wet
140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.54 in 3/r) mount applications
S – Standard 06 – SAE J744 Splined
158 – 158 cm 3/r (9.64 in 3/r)
10฀11฀12 Displacement Frame size 25: C 28 Seal Type
(Front Section) 16 Front Flange Mounting Style Frame size 35: C-C N – Buna-N
Frame size 25 A – (Frame size 25 only) Frame size 45: D
SAE B 2-bolt V – Viton
010 – 10 cm 3/r (0.62 in 3/r) 07 – ISO 3019/2 Keyed W – Buna-N with Viton
101,60 (4.000) x 9,4
016 – 16 cm 3/r (0.98 in 3/r) (0.37) pilot Frame size 25: shaft seal(s)
020 – 20 cm 3/r (1.23 in 3/r 32,00 (1.260)
14,4 (0.57) slots on 29 Shaft Rotation
025 – 25 cm 3/r (1.58 in 3/r) 146,0 (5.75) bolt circle Frame size 35:
032 – 32 cm 3/r (1.96 in 3/r) 40,00 (1.575) Viewed from shaft end of pump
B – (All frame sizes)
040 – 40 cm 3/r (2.44 in 3/r) SAE C 2-bolt 09 – SAE J744 Spline L – Left Hand (CCW)
045 – 45 cm 3/r (2.75 in 3/r) 127,00 (5.000) x 12,4 Frame size 25:B R – Right Hand (CW)
050 – 50 cm 3/r (3.05 in 3/r) (0.49) pilot Frame size 45° C
30฀฀31 Special Features
063 – 63 cm 3/r (3.84 in 3/r) 17,6 (0.69) slots on
181,0 (7.13) bolt circle 20฀฀21 Output Shaft Coupling 00 – None
071 – 71 cm 3/r (4.33 in 3/r)
C – (Frame size 25 only) 00 – None (standard
080 – 80 cm 3/r (4.88 in 3/r) double pump) 32 Paint
ISO 3019/2 100A2HW
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) 2-bolt O – None
22 Inlet Port Type
Frame size 35 100,00 (3.937) x 9,2 A – Blue
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) (0.36) pilot A – SAE J518 4-split flange
B – ISO 6162 4-bolt flange 33 Customer Identification
100 – 100 cm 3/r (6.10 in 3/r) 14,1 (0.56) slots on
140,0 (5.51) bolt circle O – None
112 – 112 cm 3/r (6.83 in 3/r) 23 Front Outlet Port Type
125 – 125 cm 3/r (7.63 in 3/r) D – (Frame sizes 35 & 45 only) 34฀฀35 Design Code
A – SAE J518 4-bolt flange
135 – 135 cm 3/r (8.24 in 3/r) ISO 3019/2 125A2HW 32 – 32 design
2-bolt B – ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.54 in 3/r) Installation dimensions
125,00 (4.921) x 9,2 24 Rear Outlet Port Type remain unchanged for
158 – 158 cm 3/r (9.64 in 3/r) (0.36) pilot design numbers 30 to 39
Frame size 45 A – SAE J518 4-bolt flange inclusive.
18,1 (0.71) slots on
140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.54 in 3/r) 180,0 (7.09) bolt circle B – ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
160 – 160 cm 3/r (9.76 in 3/r) 25 Front Outlet Port Position
17 Adapter Flange
180 – 180 cm 3/r (10.98 in 3/r) Viewed from cover end of pump
0 – None (standard
195 – 195 cm 3/r (11.89 in 3/r) double pump) A – Opposite inlet port
215 – 215 cm 3/r (13.12 in 3/r) B – 90° CCW to inlet port
18฀฀19 Input Shaft Type*
240 – 240 cm 3/r (14.65 in 3/r) C – In-Line with front
01 – SAE J744 keyed inlet port
13฀14฀15 Displacement
Frame size 25: D – 90° CW to inlet port
(Rear Section) 25,40 (1.000)
Frame size 25 Frame size 35: 26 Rear Outlet Port Position
010 – 10 cm 3/r (0.62 in 3/r) 31,75 (1.250)
Viewed from cover end of pump
016 – 16 cm 3/r (0.98 in 3/r) Frame size 45:
38,10 (1.500) A – 135° CCW to inlet port
(not available with 2525)
* Verify shaft torque ratings meet or exceed input torque requirements (see page 74).

Model Code -
Triple Pumps
VMQ3 ** ** 25 *** *** *** * ** * * * * * * * 00 * 0 32
1฀฀2฀฀3฀฀4 5฀฀6 7฀฀8 9฀฀10 11฀฀12฀฀13 14฀฀15฀฀16 17฀฀18฀฀19 20 21฀฀22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30฀฀31 32 33 34฀฀35
1฀฀2฀฀3฀฀4 Series Designation

Frame size 35 05 – SAE J744 keyed 453525 units
VMQ3 – Vane pump triple series 090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) Frame size 35: E – Opposite inlet port
100 – 100 cm 3/r (6.10 in 3/r) 38,10 (1.500) F – 90° CCW to inlet port
5฀฀6 Frame Size (Front Section) 112 – 112 cm 3/r (6.83 in 3/r) Frame size 45: G – In-line with inlet port
35 – 90-158 cm 3/r 125 – 125 cm 3/r (7.63 in 3/r) 44,45 (1.750) H – 90° CW to inlet port
(5.49-9.64 in 3/r)
(Compatible with 25 135 – 135 cm 3/r (8.24 in 3/r) 06 – SAE J744 splined
middle section frame size 140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.47 in 3/r) Frame size 35: C-C 27 ฀ Shaft Seal
below) A – Single, primary
158 – 158 cm 3/r (9.64 in 3/r) Frame size 45: D
45 – 140-240 cm 3/r B – Double, secondary (spring
(8.54-14.65 in 3/r) 07 – ISO 3019/2 keyed
17฀18฀19 Displacement side out) Recommended
(Compatible with 35 middle Frame size 35: for wet mount applications
(Rear Section)
section frame size below) 40,00 (1.575)
Frame size 25
28 Seal Type
7฀฀8 Frame Size (Middle Section) 010 – 10 cm 3/r (0.62 in 3
/r) 23 Port Type
N – Buna N
25 – 10-90 cm 3/r 016 – 16 cm 3/r (0.98 in 3
/r) A – Inlet: SAE J518 4-bolt
(0.62-5.49 in3/r) flange V – Viton
020 – 20 cm 3/r (1.23 in 3
/r)
35 – 90-158 cm 3/r Front outlet: SAE J518 W – Buna N with Viton
(5.49-9.64 in 3/r) 025 – 25 cm 3/r (1.58 in 3
/r) shaft seal(s)
4-bolt flange
032 – 32 cm 3/r (1.96 in 3
/r)
9฀฀10฀฀฀฀ Frame Size (Rear Section) Middle outlet: SAE J518 4- 29 Shaft Rotation
040 – 40 cm 3/r (2.44 in 3
/r) bolt flange
25 – 10-90 cm 3/r 045 – 45 cm 3/r (2.75 in 3
/r) Rear outlet: SAE J518 Viewed from shaft end of pump
(0.62-5.49 in3/r) 4-bolt flange L – Left hand (CCW)
050 – 50 cm 3/r (3.05 in 3
/r)
063 – 63 cm 3/r (3.84 in /r) B – Inlet: ISO 6162 4-bolt R – Right hand (CW)
3
flange
(Front Section) 071 – 71 cm 3/r (4.33 in 3
/r)
Front outlet: ISO 6162 30฀฀31 Special Features
Frame size 35 080 – 80 cm 3/r (4.88 in 3
/r) 4-bolt flange
00 – None
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3/r) 090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3
/r) Middle outlet: ISO 6162
4-bolt flange
100 – 100 cm 3/r (6.10 in 3/r) 32 Paint
20 ฀ Front Flange Mounting Style Rear outlet: ISO 6162
112 – 112 cm 3/r (6.83 in 3/r) 4-bolt flange 0 – None
A – SAE C 2-bolt
125 – 125 cm 3/r (7.63 in 3/r) SAE J744 127-2 A – Blue
135 – 135 cm 3/r (8.24 in 3/r) 127,00 (5.000) x 12,4 24 ฀ Front Outlet Port Position
(0.49) pilot 33 Customer Identification
158 – 158 cm 3/r (9.64 in 3/r) 17,6 (0.69) slots on 0 – None
A – Opposite inlet port
Frame size 45 181,0 (7.13) bolt circle
B – 90° CCW to inlet port 34฀฀35 Design Code
140 – 140 cm 3/r (8.54 in 3/r) B – ISO 3019/2 125A2HW
2-bolt C – In-line with inlet port 32 – 32 design
160 – 160 cm 3/r (9.76 in 3/r) D – 90° CW to inlet port Installation dimensions
125,00 (4.921) x 9,2
180 – 180 cm 3/r (10.98 in 3/r) (0.36) pilot remain unchanged for
195 – 195 cm 3/r (11.89 in 3/r) 18,1 (0.71) slots on 25 ฀ Middle Outlet Port Position design numbers 31 to
180,0 (7.09) bolt circle 39 inclusive.
240 – 240 cm 3/r (14.65 in 3/r) 21฀22 ฀ Input Shaft Type* A – Opposite inlet port
01 – SAE J744 keyed B – 90° CCW to inlet port
(Middle Section) Frame size 35: C – In-line with inlet port
31,75 (1.250) D – 90° CW to inlet port
Frame size 25
010 – 10 cm 3/r (0.62 in 3
/r) Frame size 45:
26 ฀฀฀฀Rear Outlet Port Position
016 – 16 cm 3/r (0.98 in 3
/r) 38,10 (1.500)
02 – SAE J744 splined Viewed from cover end of pump
020 – 20 cm 3/r (1.23 in 3
/r
025 – 25 cm 3/r (1.58 in 3
/r) Frame size 35: C 352525 Units
032 – 32 cm 3/r (1.96 in 3
/r) Frame size 45: C-C A – 135° CCW to inlet port
040 – 40 cm 3/r (2.44 in 3
/r) 03 – ISO 3019/2 keyed B – 45° CCW to inlet port
045 – 45 cm 3/r (2.75 in 3
/r) Frame size 35: C – 45° CW to inlet port
050 – 50 cm 3/r (3.05 in 3
/r) D – 135° CW to inlet port
32,00 (1.260)
063 – 63 cm 3/r (3.84 in 3
/r)
Frame size 45:
071 – 71 cm 3/r (4.33 in 3
/r)
080 – 80 cm 3/r (4.88 in 3
/r) 40,00 (1.575)
090 – 90 cm 3/r (5.49 in 3
/r)
* Verify shaft torque ratings meet or exceed input torque requirements (see page 74).

Typical
Output Flow -
Industrial
26 cSt (128 SUS)
Frame size 25: 10 and 25 cm 3/r bar (psi)

50
7 (100)
45 12 70 (1000)
140 (2000)
210 (3000)
40 293 (4250)
10
35
Flow (US gpm)

025
Flow (l/min)
30 8
25 bar (psi)
6
7 (100)
20 70 (1000)
140 (2000)
15 4 210 (3000)
293 (4250)
10
010 2
5
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)
Frame size 25: 16 cm 3/r bar (psi)

30
7 (100)
70 (1000)
7 140 (2000)
25 210 (3000)
293 (4250)
6
20
5
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
15 4
3
10
2
5
1
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)
16

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)

60 7 (100)
70 (1000)
14 140 (2000)
50 210 (3000)
293 (4250)
12
40 7 (100)
032 10
Flow (US gpm)

70 (1000)
Flow (l/min)
140 (2000)
210 (3000)
30 8 293 (4250)
6
20
020
4
10
2
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)

140
35 7 (100)
70 (1000)
120 140 (2000)
30 210 (3000)
293 (4250)
100
071 25
Flow (l/min)
80 7 (100)
Flow (US gpm)
20 70 (1000)
140 (2000)
60 210 (3000)
15 293 (4250)
40 10
040
20 5
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)
80 7 (100)
20 70 (1000)
70 140 (2000)
210 (3000)
60 293 (4250)
15
Flow (US gpm)

50
Flow (l/min)
40 10
30
20 5
10
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)

160
40 7 (100)
140 70 (1000)
35 140 (2000)
210 (3000)
120 293 (4250)
30
100
Flow (US gpm)
080 7 (100)
Flow (l/min)
25
70 (1000)
80 140 (2000)
20 210 (3000)
293 (4250)
60 15
050
40 10
20 5
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)
Frame฀size฀25:฀63฀cm 3/r
bar (psi)
120
30 7 (100)
70 (1000)
100 140 (2000)
25 210 (3000)
293 (4250)
80
Flow (US gpm)

20
Flow (l/min)
60 15
40 10
20 5
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)
Frame฀size฀25:฀90฀cm3/r
170 45 bar (psi)
7 (100)
151 40 58.9 (1000)
137.9 (2000)
132 35 206.8 (3000)
275.8 (4000)
114 30
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
95 25
76 20
57 15
38 10
19 5
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900

Speed (r/min)
Frame฀size฀35:฀90฀cm 3/r
180 bar (psi)
45 7 (100)
160 70 (1000)
40
140 140 (2000)
35 210 (3000)
Flow (US gpm)
120 262 (3800)

30
Flow (l/min)
100
25
80 20
60 15
40 10
20 5
0 0
600 900 1200 1500 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)

200
50 7 (100)
180
70 (1000)
160 140 (2000)
40 210 (3000)
140 262 (3800)
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
120
30
100
80 20
60
40 10
20
0 0
600 900 1200 1500 1800
Speed (r/min)

220
200 7 (100)
50 70 (1000)
180 140 (2000)
160 210 (3000)
40 262 (3800)
Flow (US gpm)

140
Flow (l/min)
120 30
100
80 20
60
40 10
20
0 0
600 900 1200 1500 1800
Speed (r/min)

240 (100)
60 7
220 70 (1000)
200 140 (2000)
50 210 (3000)
180 262 (3800)
160
Flow (US gpm)
40
Flow (l/min)
140
120 30
100
80 20
60
40 10
20
0 0
600 900 1200 1500 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)

250 7 (100)
60 70 (1000)
225 140 (2000)
200 210 (3000)
50 262 (3800)
175
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
150 40
125
30
100
75 20
50
10
25
0 0
600 900 1200 1500 1800
Speed (r/min)
Frame size 35: 140 cm 3/r

bar (psi)
300 80
7 (100)
70 70 (1000)
250 140 (2000)
60 210 (3000)
241 (3500)
200
50
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
150 40
30
100
20
50
10
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)

bar (psi)
75
275 70 7 (100)
58.9 (1000)
250 65 137.9 (2000)
206.8 (3000)
225 60 241.3 (3500)
55
200
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
50
175 45
150 40
35
125
30
100 25
20
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)

275
70 7 (100)
250 70 (1000)
140 (2000)
225 60 210 (3000)
262 (3800)
200
50
175
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
150 40
125
30
100
75 20
50
10
25
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

300 80 7 (100)
70 (1000)
140 (2000)
70 210 (3000)
250 262 (3800)
60
200
50
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
150 40
30
100
20
50
10
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Industrial
(cont.)
bar (psi) bar (psi)

7 (100) 7 (100)
70 (1000 ) 70 (1000)
140 (2000 ) 140 (2000)
210 (3000 ) 210 (3000)
Frame size 45: 180 cm3/r 262 (3800 ) Frame size 45: 215 cm3/r
350 262 (3800)
90 420
300 80 360
70 90
250 80
300
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
Flow (US gpm)

60
Flow (l/min)
200 70
50 240
60
150 40 50
180
30 40
100
20 120 30
50 20
10
60
0 0 10
600 1200 1800 0 0
Speed (r/min) 600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)
bar (psi)
7 (100)
70 (1000) bar (psi)
140 (2000) 6.9 (100)
210 (3000) 51.7 (750)
Frame size 45: 195 cm3/r 262 (3800) Frame size 45: 240 cm3/r
360 82.7 (1200)
90 450 120
80 110
300 400
100
70
240 350 90
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
60
300 80
Flow (l/min)
50
Flow (US gpm)

180 70
40 250
60
120 30 200 50
20 150 40
60
10 100 30
0 0 20
600 1200 1800 50
Speed (r/min) 10
0 0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
Speed (r/min)
100
80
Flow (US gpm)
60
40
20

0
Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
82˚C (180˚F), SAE 10W oil,
9 cSt (55 SUS)

35
9
7 (100)
8 70 (1000)
30
140 (2000)
7 210 (3000)
25 280 (4060)
6
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
20
5
15 4
3
10
2
5
1
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)

120
30 7 (100)
70 (1000)
100 140 (2000)
25 210 (3000)
280 (4060)
80
20
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
045
60 7 (100)
15 70 (1000)
140 (2000)
40 210 (3000)
10 280 (4060)
20 5
016
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)
140
35 7 (100)
70 (1000)
120 14 (2000)
30 0 (3000)
28 (4060)
100
25
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
80
20
050
60 7 (100)
15 70 (1000)
14
40 10 210 (3000)
28 (4060)
020
20 5
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)
180
45
7 (100)
160 70 (1000)
40
(2000)
140 210 (3000)
35
280 (4060)
120
30
Flow (l/min)
100
25 7 (100)
063
70 (1000)
80 20 (2000)
210 (3000)
60 15 280 (4060)
40 10
025
20 5
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)

200
50 7 (100)
180
7 (1000)
160
40 210 (3000)
140
Flow (US gpm)

280 (4060)
Flow (l/min)
120 30
100 7 (100)
071
80 7 (1000)
20 140
60 210 (3000)
40 280 (4060)
032 10
20
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)
Frame size 25: 40 and 80 cm 3/r

210 bar (psi)
50
180 7 (100)
7 (1000)
150 40 140 (2000)
210 (3000)
Flow (US gpm)

280 (4060)
120
Flow (l/min)
080 30
90 7 (100)
20 7 (1000)
140 (2000)
60
210 (3000)
040 10 280 (4060)
30
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)

bar (psi)
210 55
34.5
50
180 68.9 (1000)
45
150 40 206.8 (3000)
275.8 (4000)
35
Flow (US gpm)
120
Flow (l/min)
30
90 25
20
60 15
30 10
5
0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)
240 7 (100)
60 70 (1000)
(2000)
200 0 (3000)
50 25 (3625)
160
Flow (US gpm)

40
Flow (l/min)
120
30
80 20
40 10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)
240 7 (100)
60 70 (1000)
14 (2000)
200 210 (3000)
50
25 (3625)
160
40
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
120
30
80 20
40 10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)

280
70 7 (100)
70
240
60 140 (2000)
21
200 250 (3625)
50
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
160
40
120
30
80 20
40 10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)
300 7 (100)
7 (1000)
70 140 (2000)
250 210 (3000)
60 250 (3625)
200
50
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
150 40
30
100
20
50
10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)

300 7 (100)
70 (1000)
70 140 (2000)
250 210 (3000)
60 250 (3625)
Flow (US gpm)

200
Flow (l/min)
50
150 40
30
100
20
50
10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

bar (psi)
90
7 (100)
300 80 70 (1000)
140 (2000)
70 210 (3000)
250 240 (3500)
60
Flow (l/min)
Flow (US gpm)

200 50
150 40
30
100
20
50 10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

bar (psi)
95
350 6.9 (100)
85 68.9 (1000)
137.9 (2000)
300 206.8 (3000)
75 241.3 (3500)
250
Flow (l/min)
65
Flow (US gpm)
200 55
45
150
35
100 25
15
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)

320
80 7 (100)
280 70 (1000)
70 140 (2000)
210 (3000)
240 250 (3625)
60
Flow (US gpm)

Flow (l/min)
200
50
160 40
120 30
80 20
40 10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

350 90 7 (100)
70 (1000)
80 140 (2000)
300 210 (3000)
70 250 (3625)
250
Flow (US gpm)

60
Flow (l/min)
200 50
150 40
30
100
20
50
10
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

400 7 (100)
100 70 (1000)
350 140 (2000)
210 (3000)
300 80 250 (3625)
Flow (US gpm)
Flow (l/min)
250
60
200
150 40
100
20
50
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Output
Flow - Mobile
(cont.)
Frame size 45: 195 cm3/r

450 bar (psi)
7 (100)
400 70 (1000)
100 140 (2000)
350 210 (3000)
250 (3625)
300 80
Flow (l/min)
Flow (US gpm)

250
60
200
150 40
100
20
50
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

500 bar (psi)
7 (100)
450 70 (
400
100
350 250 (3625)
300 80
Flow (l/min)
Flow (US gpm)
250
60
200
150 40
100
20
50
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
Frame size 25: 10 cm 3/r bar (psi) code

10
293 (4250) 010
9 12
8
10
7
210 (3000) 010
Power (hp)
6 8
Power (kW)
5
140 (2000) 010
6
4
3 4
70 (1000) 010
2
2
1
7 (100) 010
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)
Frame size 25: 16 and 45 cm 3/r bar (psi) code
45 60
293 (4250) 045
40
50
35
30 40 210 (3000) 045

Power (hp)
Power (kW)
25
30
20 140 (2000) 045
15 20 293 (4250) 016

210 (3000) 016
70 (1000) 045
10
10 140 (2000) 016
5 70 (1000) 016
7 (100) 045
7 (100) 016
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)
Frame 25: 20 and 50 cm 3/r bar (psi) code
50
45 60 293 (4250) 050
40
50
35
210 (3000) 050
30 40
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
25 140 (2000) 050
30
20 293 (4250) 020
15 20 210 (3000) 020

70 (1000) 050
10 140 (2000) 020
10 70 (1000) 020
5 7 (100) 050
7 (100) 020
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)
60 80
293 (4250) 063
70
50
60
210 (3000) 063
40
50
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
140 (2000) 063

30 40 293 (4250) 025
30
20 210 (3000) 025
70 (1000) 063
20
140 (2000) 025
10
10 70 (1000) 025
7 (100) 063
7 (100) 025
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)

70
90 293 (4250) 071
60 80
70
50
210 (3000) 071
60
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
40
50
140 (2000) 071
30 40 293 (4250) 032
30 210 (3000) 032

20
70 (1000) 071
20 140 (2000) 032
10 70 (1000) 032
10
7 (100) 071
7 (100) 032
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

80
100
70 293 (4250) 080
60 80
50 210 (3000) 080

Power (kW)
60
Power (hp)
40
293 (4250) 040
140 (2000) 080
30 40
210 (3000) 040
20 70 (1000) 080
20 140 (2000) 040
10 70 (1000) 040
7 (100) 080
0 0 7 (100) 040
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

130 bar (psi) code
90 120 275.8 (4000) 090
80 110
100 206.8 (3000) 090
70 90
60 80
Power (kW)
70 137.9 (2000) 090

50
Power (hp)
60
40 50 68.9 (1000) 090
30 40
34.5 (500) 090
30
20
20
10 10
0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
0 Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)
90 120
80 105
262 (3800) 090
70
90
60 210 (3000) 090
75
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
50
60
140 (2000) 090
40
45
30
30 70 (1000) 090
20
10 15
7 (100) 090
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)
90 120
262 (3800) 100
80 105
70
90 210 (3000) 100
60
75
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
50
60 140 (2000) 100
40
45
30
70 (1000) 100
30
20
10 15
7 (100) 100
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)
100 135
90 262 (3800) 112
120
80 105
210 (3000) 112
70
90
60
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
75
50 140 (2000) 112
60
40
45
30 70 (1000) 112
20 30
10 15
7 (100) 112
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)
140 262 (3800) 125

100
120
80 210 (3000) 125
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
60 80
140 (2000) 125
60
40
40 70 (1000) 125
20
20
7 (100) 125
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)

120 160
262 (3800) 135
140
100
120 210 (3000) 135
80
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
60 80 140 (2000) 135
60
40
70 (1000) 135
40
20
20
7 (100) 135
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

120 160
240 (3500) 140
140
100
210 (3000) 140
120
80
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
140 (2000) 140
60 80
60
40
70 (1000) 140
40
20
20
7 (100) 140
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
Speed (r/min)

241.3 (3500) 158
120 160
206.8 (3000) 158
140
100
120
80
Power (kW)
100 137.9 (2000) 158

Power (hp)
60 80
60 68.9 (1000) 158
40
40 34.5 (500) 158
20
20
0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)

120 160
262 (3800) 140
140
100
210 (3000) 140
120
80
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
140 (2000) 140
60 80
60
40
70 (1000) 140
40
20
20
7 (100) 140
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

bar (psi) code
140
180 262 (3800) 160
120 160
140 210 (3000) 160
100
120
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
80
100 140 (2000) 160
60 80
60
40 70 (1000) 160
40
20
20
7 (100) 160
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

160
200 262 (3800) 180
120 160 210 (3000) 180

Power (hp)
Power (kW)
120
80 140 (2000) 180
80
70 (1000) 180
40
40
7 (100) 180
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Industrial
(cont.)
bar (psi) code
240
262 (3800) 195
160 210 (3000) 195
200
140 (2000) 195
70 (1000) 195
120 160
7 (100) 195
Power(kW)
Power(hp)
120
80
80
40
40
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)

240 bar (psi) code
160 262 (3800) 215
200 210 (3000) 215
140 (2000) 215
120 160 70 (1000) 215
Power(kW)
7 (100) 215
Power(hp)
120
80
80
40
40
0 0
600 1200 1800
Speed (r/min)
100
135 bar (psi) code
90 82.7 (1200) 240
120
68.9 (1000 240
80
105 51.7 (750 240
70 34.4 (500 240
90
60 17.2 (250) 240
75 6.9 (100) 240
50
Power (hp)
Power (kw)
60
40
45
30
30
20
15
10
0 0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900
Speed (r/min)
Typical Input
Power - Mobile

18 24
21 280 (4060)
15
18
12
15 210 (3000)
Power (hp)
Power (kW)
9 12
140 (2000)
9
6
70 (1000)
6
3
3
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)
25 280 (4060)
30
20
25
210 (3000)
15 20
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
140 (2000)
15
10
10 70 (1000)
5
5
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

30 40 280 (4060)
35
25
30 210 (3000)
20
25
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
140 (2000)
15 20
15
10 70 (1000)
10
5
5
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)
40
280 (4060)
50
35
30 40
210 (3000)
25
30
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
20 140 (2000)
15 20
70 (1000)
10
10
5
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

50
280 (4060)
45 60
40
50
35 210 (3000)
30 40
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
25 140 (2000)
30
20
70 (1000)
15 20
10
10
5 7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Speed (r/min)
60 80
70 280 (4060)
50
60
40
50 210 (3000)
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
30 40
140 (2000)
30
20
20 70 (1000)
10
10
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

60 80
280 (4060)
70
50
60
210 (3000)
40
50
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
30 40 140 (2000)
30
20
70 (1000)
20
10
10
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

70
90
280 (4060)
60 80
70
50 210 (3000)
60
Power (kW)
40
Power (hp)
50
140 (2000)
30 40
30
20 70 (1000)
20
10
10
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)
80 280 (4060)
100
70
60 80 210 (3000)
50
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
60
40 140 (2000)
30 40
70 (1000)
20
20
10
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

90 120 280 (4060)
80
100
70 210 (3000)
60 80
Power (hp)
Power (kW)
50
60 140 (2000)
40
30 40
70 (1000)
20
20
10
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

120 160
140 280 (4060)

100
120
80 210 (3000)
Power (kW)
100
Power (hp)
60 80
140 (2000)
60
40
40 70 (1000)
20
20
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

120 160
275.8 (4000)
140
100
120 206.8 (3000)
80
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
137.9 (2000)
60 80
60 68.9 (1000)
40
40 34.5 (500)
20
20
0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300
Speed (r/min)

100 135
250 (3625)
90 120 210 (3000)
80 105
70
90
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
60
75 140 (2000)
50
60
40
45
30 70 (1000)
20 30
10 15
7 (100)
0 0
600 1200 1800 2400
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

120 160
250 (3625)
140
100 210 (3000)
120
80
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
60 80 140 (2000)
60
40
70 (1000)
40
20
20
7 (100)
0 0
600 1200 1800 2400
Speed (r/min)

120 160 250 (3625)
210 (3000)
140
100
120
80
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
140 (2000)
60 80
60
40 70 (1000)
40
20
20
7 (100)
0 0
600 1200 1800 2400
Speed (r/min)

135 180 250 (3625)
120 160 210 (3000)
105 140
90 120
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
75 100 140 (2000)
60 80
45 60 70 (1000)
30 40
15 20
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

140
180 250 (3625)
120 160 210 (3000)
140
100
120
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
80
100 140 (2000)
60 80
60
40 70 (1000)
40
20
20
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed (r/min)

200
140
180 240 (3500)
120 160
210 (3000)
140
100
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
120
80 140 (2000)
100
60 80
60 70 (1000)
40
40
20
20
7 (100)
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

220
160 241.3 (3500)
200
140 206.8 (3000)
180
120 160
140
Power (hp)
100
Power (kW)
137.9 (2000)
120
80 100
60 80
68.9 (1000)
40 60
40 34.5 (500)
20 20
0
0 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

140
180 250 (3625)
120 160
210 (3000)
140
100
120
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
80 140 (2000)
100
60 80
60 70 (1000)
40
40
20
20
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

160 250 (3625)
200
140
210 (3000)
120 160
Power (kW)
Power (hp)
100
120 140 (2000)
80
60 80
70 (1000)
40
40
20
7 (100)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

Typical Input
Power - Mobile
(cont.)

180 240 bar (psi )
160 250 (3625)

200 210 (3000)
140
140 (2000)
120 160
Power (kW)
70 (1000)
100
120 7 (100)
Power (hp)
80
60 80
40
40
20
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)
Frame size 45: 195 cm3/r bar (psi )

210 280
250 (3625)
180 240 210 (3000)
140 (2000)
150 200
70 (1000)
Power (kW)
120 160 7 (100)
Power (hp)
90 120
60 80
30 40
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)
Frame size 45: 215 cm3/r bar (psi )

210 280
250 (3625)
180 210 (3000)

240
140 (2000)
150 200 70 (1000)
120 7 (100)
160
Power (hp)
Power (kW)
90 120
60 80
30 40
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Speed (r/min)

VMQ1 25
Single Pumps
in mm (in) 3rd angle
projection
For shaft dimensions see "M" is marked if metric port threads
pages 68-70. 15,4/14,6 No marking if inch port threads
In-line port arrangement (0.607/0.575)
illustrated.
For alternative port arrange- Outlet port
ments see Model Code 19 (dimensions below)
Inlet port
(dimensions below)
39,6
(1.56)
133,5
"M" on pilot face if metric flange, (5.25)
174,0 Model Code "C" 184,8/182,4
(6.85) No stamp if SAE flange (7.23/7.18)
87,0 Model Code "A"
(3.43) (see Model Code 11)
82,5
(3.25)
151,1
B4 (5.95)
(2 places) øB1
Full rad.
B3 B3 B2
137,4
(5.41)
26,19 35,71
(1.031) (1.406)
13,09
17,86
(0.515)
(0.703)
ø25,4
52,37 (1.00 dia.) ø38,1
(2.062) 69,85 (1.50 dia.)
(2.750)
26,19
(1.031)
34,925
(1.375)
Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange
Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
Threads: Threads:
Code A: 3 /8"-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87) min. depth Code A: 1 /2 "-13UNC-2B, 27,0 (1.06) min. depth
Code B: M10 x 1.5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth Code B: M12 x 1.75, 19,5 (0.77) min. depth
Model Code 11 Flange Type Ø B1 B2 B3 B4
A SAE 101-2 101,55/101,6 9,19/9,70 73,00 14,17/14,55

(3.998/4.000) 0.362/0.382) (2.874) (0.558/0.573)
C ISO 3019/2 99,946/100,0 9,00/9.50 70,00 14,00/14,27
100A2HW (3.935/3.937) (0.354/0.374) (2.756) (0.551/0.562)

VMQ1 35
Single Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
projection
For shaft dimensions see
pages 68-70. 17,7/16,7 "M" is marked if metric port threads
In-line port arrangement (0.682/0.678) No marking if inch port threads
illustrated.
Outlet port
For alternative port arrangements (dimensions below)
see Model Code 19
Inlet port
(dimensions below)
"M" on pilot face if metric flange,
Model Code "D"
No stamp if SAE flange
Model Code "B" 36,7
(see Model Code 11) (1.44) 154,2
(6.07)
213,0 209,7/202,7
(8.39) (8.26/7.98)
106,50
(4.19)
96,5 93,0
(3.80) (3.66) Inlet
Outlet
181,2
øB1 (7.13)
Full rad.
B4
(2 places)
B3 B3 B2
169,4
(6.67)
30,18 42,88
(1.188) (1.688)
15,09 21,44
(0.594) (0.844)
ø31,8 ø50,8
58,72 (1.25 dia.) 77,77 (2.00 dia.)
(2.312) (3.062)
29,36
(1.156) 38,89
(1.531)

Threads: Threads:
Code A: 7/16 "-14UNC-2B, 28,4 (1.12) min. depth Code A: 1 /2 "-13UNC-2B, 27,0 (1.06) min. depth
Code B: M10 x 1.5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth Code B: M12 x 1.75, 20,0 (0.79) min. depth
Model Code 11 Flange Type ØB1 B2 B3 B4
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ1 45
Single Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
For shaft dimensions see projection
pages 68-70.
In-line port arrangement
22,6/21,8
illustrated. "M" is marked if metric port threads
(0.890/0.858)
No marking if inch port threads
For alternative port arrange-
ments see Model Code 19 Outlet port
(dimensions below)

Model Code "D" Inlet port
No stamp if SAE flange (dimensions below)
Model Code "B"
(see Model Code 11) 49,4
(1.94)
173,5
(6.83)
213,0 240,9/238,5
(8.39) (9.48/9.39)
106,50
(4.195)
116,0
(4.57) 105,0
Inlet (4.13) Outlet
214,4
øB1 (8.44)
Full rad. B4
(2 places)
196,8
B3 B3 (7.75)
B2
36,50 61.93
(1.437) (2.43)
18,25 30,96
(0.719) (1.219)
ø38,1 ø76,2
79,38 (1.50 dia.) (3.00 dia.)
106,38
(3.125)
(4.118)
39,69
(1.563) 53,19
(2.094)

Threads: Threads:
Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 35,0 (1.38) min. depth Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth
Code B: M16 x 2,0, 25,5 (1.00) min. depth Code B: M16 x 2,0, 28,5 (1.12) min. depth
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ1 25T
Thru-Drive
Pumps
248,8/246,4 projection
133,5 (9.80/9.70)
Illustration shows assembly
39,6 (5.25)
with port configuration C "M" is marked if metric port threads
(outlet in line with inlet) as (1.56) No marking if inch port threads
per Model Code 19 15,4/14,6
(0.607/0.575)
For shaft dimensions see
pages 68-70.
øB1

Model Code "C"
Model Code "A" Rear Mount Pumps
(see Model Code 11) For list of suitable fixed and variable
Outlet port Inlet port displacement Vickers™ pumps, see page 56.
For details of rear mount and coupling
options, see next page.
82,5 (3.25)
Inlet and
Outlet
B4
(2 places)
Full rad.
B3 B3 B2
26,19 35,71
(1.031) (1.406)
13.09 17,86
(0.515) (0.703)
ø25,4
52,37 (1.00 dia.)
ø38,1
(2.062) 26,19 69,85 (1.50 dia.)
(1.031) (2.750)
34,93
(1.375)

Threads: Threads:
Code A: 3/8 "-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87) min. depth Code A: 1/2"-13UNC-2B, 27,0 (1.06) min. depth
A SAE 101-2 101,55/101,60 9,19/9,70 73,00 14,17/14,55

(3.998/4.000) 0.362/0.382) (2.874) (0.558/0.573)
C ISO 3019/2 99,946/100,00 9,00/9,50 70,00 14,00/14,27
100A2HW (3.935/3.937) (0.354/0.374) (2.756) (0.551/0.562)
53

VMQ1 25T
Thru-Drive
Pumps Rear
Mount/ 3rd angle
Coupling Details projection
in mm (in)
Detail of SAE A flange 248,8/246,4 (9.80/9.70)

per Model Code 12 = A to front mounting flange face 2 holes tapped 3/8" - 16UNC - 2B thread
L (distance to snap-ring), see table 19,0 (0.75) min. depth
(SAE flange in line with
mounting flange.) S see table
10,25
Coupling options per (0.404)
Model Code 15 16 and
details are given in Coupling, see table
table below.
53,19
134,9 (2.094)
(5.31)
82,62/82,58 106,38
(3.253/3.251) (4.188)
ø95.7
(3.77 dia.)
AS-568-152 O-ring
248,8/246,4 (9.80/9.70)
to mounting flange face
Detail of SAE B flange
per Model Code 12 = E
(SAE B flange in line with L (distance to snap-ring), see table 2 x 1/2" - 13UNC- 2B thru
mounting flange.) S see table
Coupling options per 13,0
(0.512)
Model Code 15 16 and
details are given in
Coupling, see table
table below.
73,03
173,9 (2.875)
(6.85)
101,67/101,63 146,05
(4.003/4.001) (5.750)
ø119,4
(4.7 dia.)
87,0
AS-568-155 O-ring (3.42)
Coupling Code Description Shaft Extension S L
16 For pump shaft of 32,8/31,2 (1.263/1.257) 33,5 (1.32) min.

SAE “A” size with 30˚ involute
splined shaft (per SAE std J744 JUL88)
9T 16/32 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)
22 For pump shaft of 41,8/40,2 (1.64/1.58) 42,5 (1.67) min.
SAE “B” size with 30˚ involute
13T 16/32 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)
25 For pump shaft of SAE “B-B” size with 30˚ 46,8/45,2 (1.84/1.78) 47,4 (1.87) min.
involute splined shaft (per SAE std J744 JUL88)
15T 16/32 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)

VMQ1 35T
Thru-Drive
Pumps
279,7/277,3
(11.01/10.91) projection
36,7 154,2
Illustration shows assembly (6.07)
with port configuration C (1.44)
"M" is marked if metric port threads
(outlet in line with inlet) as 17,7/16,7
No marking if inch port threads
per Model Code 19 (0.70/0.66)
For shaft options see

pages 68-70.
ø81
Model Code "D"
Model Code "B"
(see Model Code 11)
Rear Mount Pumps
For list of suitable fixed and variable
Outlet port Inlet port displacement Vickers™ pumps, see page 56.
213,0 For details of rear mount and coupling
(8.39) options, see pages 54 and 55.
106,5
(4.19)
96,5 93,0
(3.80) (3.66)
Outlet Inlet
B4
(2 places)
Full rad. B2
B3 B3 42,88
(1.688)
24,44
30,18
(0.844)
(1.188)
15,09
(0.594)
ø50,8
ø31,8 (2.00 dia.)
58,72 (1.25 dia.) 77,77
(2.312) (3.062)
38,89
(1.531)
29,36
(1.156)

Threads: Threads:
Code A: 7/16 "-14UNC-2B, 28,4 (1.12) min. depth Code A: 1/2"-13UNC-2B, 27,0 (1.06) min. depth
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ1 45T
Thru-Drive
Pumps
projection
332,9/330,5
Illustration shows assembly (13.11/13.01)
174,7/172,3
with port configuration C 49,4 "M" is marked if metric port threads
(6.88/6.78)
(outlet in line with inlet) as (1.94) No marking if inch port threads
per Model Code 19 22,6/21,8
(0.89/0.86) [
For shaft options see

pages 68-70.
ø81

Model Code "D" ¯
No stamp if SAE flange Rear Mount Pumps

Model Code "B" For list of suitable fixed and variable
(see Model Code 11) displacement Vickers™ pumps, see page 56.
For details of rear mount and coupling
options, see pages 54 and 55.
213,0
(8.39)
106,5
(4.19)
116,0 105,0
(4.57) (4.13)
B-B
B4
(2 places)
]
Full rad.
B3 B3 B2
61,93
30,96 (2.438)
36,50 (1.219)
(1.437)
18,25
(0.719)
ø76,2
79,38 ø38,1 106,38 (3.00 dia.)
(3.125) (1.50 dia.) (4.118)
53,19
39,69 (2.094)
(1.563)

Threads: Threads:
Code A: 5 /8 "-11UNC-2B, 35,0 (1.38) min. depth Code A: 5 /8 "-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ1 35T/45T
Thru-Drive Pumps
Rear Mount/Coupling
Details 3rd angle
Installation Dimensions projection
in mm (in)
To front mounting flange face

35T: 279,7/277,3 (11.01/10.91)
45T: 332,9/330,5 (13.11/13.01) 2 holes tapped 3/8" - 16UNC - 2B thread
Detail of SAE A flange L (distance to snap-ring), see table 19,0 (0.75) min. depth
53,19
per Model Code 12 = D S see table (2.094)
10,25 106,38
(SAE A flange at 45˚ CW (4.188)
to mounting flange.) (0.404)
Coupling, see table
172,6
(6.80)
82,61/82,57
(3.253/3.251)
AS-568-152 O-ring
130,6
(5.14)
65,3
45˚ (2.57)

35T: 279,7/277,3 (11.01/10.91)
45T: 332,9/330,5 (13.11/13.01)
2 x1/2" - 13UNC - 2B thru
73,02
Detail of SAE B flange L (distance to snap-ring), see table (2.875)
per Model Code 12 = H
(SAE B flange at 45˚ CW S see table
146,05
to mounting flange.). 13,0 (5.750)
(0.512)
Coupling, see table
ø101,67/101,63
(4.003/4.001 dia.)
ø119,4
(4.70 dia.)
173,9
(6.85)
87,0
AS-568-155 O-ring (3.42)
45˚

VMQ1 35T/45T
Thru-Drive Pumps
Rear Mount/
Coupling Details 3rd angle
Installation Dimensions projection
in mm (in)

35T: 279,7/277,3 (11.01/10.91)
45T: 332,9/330,5 (13.11/13.01) 2 x 5/8" - 11UNC - 2B thru
L (distance to snap-ring), see table
S see table 180,98 90,49
16,0 (7.125) (3.563)
(0.630)
Coupling, see table
ø127,07/127,03
(5.003/5.001 dia.)
106,6
(4.20)
AS-568-159 O-ring
213,1
(8.39)
45˚
S L
Coupling Code Description Shaft Extension 35T 45T
16 For pump shaft of SAE “A” size with 30˚ involute 32,8/31,2 (1.29/1.23) 33,3 (1.31) min. 34,2 (1.35) min.
9T 16/32 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)
22 For pump shaft of SAE “B” size with 30˚ involute 41,8/40,2 (1.64/1.58) 42,3 (1.67) min. 43,2 (1.70) min.
13T 16/32 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)
25 For pump shaft of SAE “B-B” size with 30˚ 46,8/45,2 (1.84/1.78) 47,4 (1.87) min. 48,3 (1.90) min.
15T 16/32 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)
32 For pump shaft of SAE “C” size with 30˚ 56,8/55,2 (2.23/2.17) 58,5 (2.30) min. 58,8 (2.31) min.
14T 12/24 DP (per ANSI B92.1a 1976)

Selection of
Vickers™ Pumps
for Mounting
on Thru-Drive
Models
VMQ1 Thru-drive Model Mating Pump Mating Pump Shaft Code
25VMQT V10 11
V20 62
PVB5/6 piston pump S124
PVM018/020 03
V2010/2020 double pump 11
20V(Q) 151
25V(Q) 167
2520V(Q) double pump 167
PVM018, 020, 045, 050, 057 07
VMQ125 09
35VMQT V10 11
V20 62
PVM018/020 03
20V(Q) 151
25V(Q) 11
VMQ125 09
35V(Q) 11
35**V(Q) double pump 11
45V(Q) 11
PVM057, 063, 131, 141 11
VMQ135 02
45VMQT V10 11
V20 62
PVM018/020 03
20V(Q) 151
25V(Q) 11
VMQ125 09
VMQ22525 double pump 02
35V(Q) 11
45V(Q) 11
PVM057, 063, 131, 141 11
VMQ135 02
VMQ145 09
VMQ23525 double pump 02
VMQ245** double pump 09

VMQ2 2525
Double Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
For shaft dimensions projection
see pages 68-70.
The inlet/outlet configuration 324,6/317,6
of the illustration is: (12.78/12.50) 294,2
(11.60) "M" is marked if metric flange
Model code 25 = C No marking if SAE flange
167,4
Model code 26 = B (6.59)
39,6
(1.56)
M
136,1
ø81
(5.36)
Model Code "C"
Model Code "A"
(see Model Code 16) Port dimensions below
174,0
(6.85) 15,4/14,6
(0.607/0.575) A
87,0
(3.43)
90,0 82,5
(3.54) (3.25) 82,5 (3.25)
M Inlet Outlet Outlet
port port port
158,1
B4 (6.22)
(2 places) Full rad.
B3 B3 A
61,93
30,96 (2.438)
26,19
(1.219) (1.031)
13,09
(0.515)
ø76,2 ø25,4
(3.00 dia.) 52,37 (1.00 dia.)
106,38
(2.062)
(4.188)
26,19
(1.031)
53,19
(2.094) Inlet port Front and rear outlet ports Rear view "A-A"
Threads: Threads:
Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth Code A: 3/8 "-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87) min. depth
A SAE 101-2 101,55/101,60 9,19/9,70 73,00 14,17/14,55

(3.998/4.000) 0.362/0.382) (2.874) (0.558/0.573)
C ISO 3019/2 99,946/100,00 9,00/9.50 70,00 14,00/14,27
100A2HW (3.935/3.937) (0.354/0.374) (2.756) (0.551/0.562)

VMQ2 3525
Double Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
see pages 68-70.
342,5
The inlet/outlet configuration (14.65) max. 312,7 "M" is marked if metric flange
of the illustration is:
(12.31) No marking if SAE flange
Model code 25 = C 183,1
36,7 (7.21) 172,8
Model code 26 = B (1.44) (6.80)
17,7/16,7 45˚
(0.7/0.66)
82,5
(3.25)
1
ø81 172,8
(6.80)
A

Model Code "D" A
Port dimensions below
Model Code "B"
(see Model Code 16)
213,0
(8.39)
106,5
(4.19)
96,5 (3.80) 96,0 (3.78)

B4
Full rad. (2 places)
B3 B3
B2 26,19
61,93
30,18 (2.438) (1.031)
(1.188) 30,96
15,09 (1,219) 13,09
(0.594) (0.515) ø25.4
ø31,8 (1.00 dia.)
(1.25 dia.) ø76.2
58,72 (3.00 dia.) 52.37
(2.312) (2.062)
106,38
(4.188)
29,36 26,19
(1.031) (1.031)
53,19
(2.094)
Front outlet port Inlet port Rear outlet port (view "A-A")
Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange
Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
Threads: Threads: Threads:
Code A: 7/16 "-14UNC-2B, 28,4 (1.12) min. depth Code A: 5 /8 "-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth Code A: 3 /8 "-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87) min. depth
Code B: M10 x 1,5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth Code B: M16 x 2,0, 25,4 (1.00) min. depth Code B: M10 x 1,5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ2 4525
Double Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
see pages 68-70.
379,1
The inlet/outlet configuration (14.93) max. "M" is marked if metric flange
351,2
of the illustration is: (13.83) No marking if SAE flange
199,7
Model code 25 = C 49,4 (7.86)
Model code 26 = B (1.94)
22,6/21,8
(0.89/0.86)
ø81

Model Code "D"
Model Code "B"
(see Model Code 16) Port dimensions below
213,0
(8.39) 82,5
106,5 A
(4.19) (3.25)
116,0 (4.57)
113,0 (4.45) A 45˚
Outlet
Inlet
port
port
172,8
B4 (6.80)
Full rad. (2 places)
B2 172,8
B3 B3
(6.80)
36.50 26,19
69,85 (1.031)
(1.437) (2.750)
18,25 34,93 13,09
(0.719) (1.375) (0.515)
ø25,4
ø38,1 ø88,9
79,38 (1.00 dia.)
(1.50 dia.) 120,65 (3.50 dia.) 52,37
(3.125) (2.062)
(4.750)
39,69 26,19
(1.563) 60,33 (1.031)
(2.375)
Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 35,0 (1.38) min. depth Code A: 5 /8 "-11UNC-2B, 33,0 (1.31) min. depth Code A: 3/8"-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87) min. depth
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ2 4535
Double Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
see pages 68-70. 411,4 (16.20) max.
The inlet/outlet configuration 388,1 (15.28) "M" is marked if metric flange
of the illustration is: 206,3 (8.12) No marking if SAE flange
Model code 25 = C 49,4
(1.94)
Model code 26 = B 22,6/21,8
(0.89/0.86)
ø81

Model Code "D"
Port dimensions below
Model Code "B"
(see Model Code 16)
213,0
(8.39) 106,5
(4.19) A
116,5 112,0
(4.57) (4.41)
Outlet port A
Inlet port 208,7
(8.22)
B4 45˚
Full rad. (2 places) 96,5
(3.80)
B2 208,7
B3 B3 (8.22)
36,50 77,77 30,18

(1.437) (3.062) (1.188)
18,25 38,89 15,09
(0.719) (1.531) (0.594)
ø31,8
ø38,1 ø101,6 (1.25 dia.)
79,38 (1.50 dia.) 130,18 (4.00 dia.) 58,72
(3.125) (5.125) (2.312)
39,69 29,36
(1.563) 65,09
(1.156)
(2.563)
Code A: 5 /8"-11UNC-2B, 35,0 (1.38) min. depth Code A: 5 /8 "-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 28,4 (1.12) min. depth
B SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
D ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ3 352525
Triple Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
For shaft dimensions 490,9 (19.33) max. projection
see pages 68-70. 467,4 (18.40)
The inlet/outlet configuration 327,1 (12.88)
204,4 (8.05)
of the illustration is: 36,7 "M" is marked if metric flange
(1.44) No marking if SAE flange
Model code 25 = C
17,7/16,7
Model code 26 = B (0.70/0.66)
ø81

Model Code "B"
No stamp if SAE flange Port dimensions below
Model Code "A"
(see Model Code 20)
213,0 92,0 (3.62) Middle section outlet port

(8.39) 108,0 (4.25) Inlet port
106,5 96,5 (3.80)
(4.19) Front section A
Outlet port
194,4
(7.65)
A
B4
45˚
(2 places)
Full rad. 82,5
(3.25) 172,8
B3 B3 (6.80)
B2 77,77
30,18 (3.062)
26,19
(1.188) 38,89 (1.031)
(1.531)
15,09 13,09
(0.594) (0.515)
ø101,6
ø31,8 130,18 (4.00 dia.) ø25,4
(1.25 dia.) (5.125) (1.00 dia.)
58,72 52,37
(2.312) (2.062)
65,09
29,36 (2.563)
26,19
(1.156) (1.031)
Outlet port, front section Inlet port Outlet port, middle section and
outlet port, rear section (view "A - A")
Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange
Threads: Threads: Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
Code A: 7/16 "-14UNC-2B, 28,4 (1.12) min. depth Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth Threads:
Code B: M10 x 1,5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth Code B: M16 x 2,0, 25,4 (1.00) min. depth Code A: 3/8"-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87) min. depth
Code B: M10 x 1,5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth
A SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
B ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

VMQ3 453525
Triple Pumps
in mm (in)
3rd angle
see pages 68-70.
The inlet/outlet configuration 543,6 (21.40) max.
of the illustration is: 513,7 (20.22) max.
Model code 25 = C
375,5 (14.78)
Model code 26 = B "M" is marked if metric flange
220,1 (8.67) No marking if SAE flange
49,4
(1.94)
22,6/21,8
(0.89/0.86)
M
ø81

Model Code "B"
No stamp if SAE flange Port dimensions below
Model Code "A" 105,0 (4.13)
(see Model Code 20) Middle section outlet port
213,0 116,0 (4.57)
(8.39) 82,5 (3.25)
106,5 Front section
Rear section outlet port
(4.19) outlet port
108,0 (4.25)
Inlet port
B4
(2 places) 68,1
(2.68)
B3 B3 136,1
B2 (5.36)
Full rad.
36,50 77,77 30,18 26,19

(1.437) (3.062) (1.188) (1.031)
18,25 38,89 15,09 13,09
(0.719) (1.531) (0.594) (0.515)
ø31,8
ø38,1 ø101,6 (1.25 dia.) ø25,4
79,38 (1.50 dia.) 130,18 (4.00 dia.) 58,72 52,37 (1.00 dia.)
(3.125) (5.125) (2.312) (2.062)
39,69 29,36 26,19

(1.563) 65,09
(1.156) (1.031)
(2.563)
Outlet port, front section Inlet port Outlet port, middle section Outlet port, rear section
Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange Code A: SAE J518 4-bolt flange
Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange Code B: ISO 6162 4-bolt flange
Threads: Threads: Threads: Threads:
Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 35,0 (1.38) min. depth Code A: 5/8"-11UNC-2B, 30,2 (1.19) min. depth Code A: 7/16 "-14UNC-2B, 28,4 (1.12) min. depth Code A: 3/8"-16UNC-2B, 22,0 (0.87 ) min. depth
Code B: M16 x 2,0, 25,4 (1.00) min. depth Code B: M16 x 2,0, 25,4 (1.00) min. depth Code B: M10 x 1,5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth Code B: M10 x 1,5, 17,0 (0.67) min. depth
A SAE 127-2 126,95/127,00 12,19/12,70 90,50 17,37/17,75

(4.998/5.000) (0.480/0.500) (3.563) (0.684/0.699)
B ISO 3019/2 124,94/125,00 9,00/9,50 90,00 18,00/18,27
125A2HW (4.919/4.921) (0.354/0.374) (3.543) (0.709/0.719)

Shaft Options
Straight, Keyed Shafts
8,01/5.99
(0.316/0.236) E
D øC
Pump Shaft Shaft A B ØC D E

Size Code Designation Key Width X Length
25(T) 01 SAE J744 70,00 (2.756) 8,84/7,22 25,40/25,36 28,23/27,99 6,363 (0.2505)
(0.348/0.284) (1.000/0.998) (1.112/1.102) x 49,23 (1.938)
03 ISO 3019/2 42,00 (1.654) 11,04/9,42 25,013/24,911 27,97/27,73 7,982 (0.3142)
(0.435/0.371) (0.9848/0.9839) (1.102/1.092) x 18,00 (0.709)
05 SAE J744 76,00 (2.992) 8,84/7,22 31,75/31,71 35,33/35,09 7,950 (0.3130)
(0.348/0.284) (1.250/1.248) (1.391/1.381) x50,80 (2.000)
07 ISO 3019/2 58,00 (2.283) 11,04/9,42 32,027/32,003 34,99/34,75 9,982 (0.3930)
(0.435/0.371) (1.2609/1.2599) (1.378/1.368) x 34,00 (1.339)
35(T) 01 SAE J744 76,00 (2.992) 8,81/7,19 31,75/31,71 35,33/35,09 7,950 (0.3130)
(0.347/0.283) (1.250/1.248) (1.391/1.381) x 50,80 (2.000)
03 ISO 3019/2 58,00 (2.283) 11,01/9,39 32,027/32,003 34,99/34,75 9,982 (0.3930)
(0.434/0.370) (1.2609/1.2599) (1.378/1.368) x 34,00 (1.339)
05 SAE J744 83,00 (3.268) 8,81/7,19 38,10/38,06 42,40/42,16 9,538 (0.3755)
(0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.665/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
07 ISO 3019/2 82,00 (3.228) 11,01/9,39 40,027/40,003 42,98/42,71 11,979 (0.4716)
(0.434/0.370) (1.5759/1.5749) (1.693/1.682) x 56,00 (2.205)
45(T) 01 SAE J744 83,00 (3.268) 8,82/7,20 38,09/38,05 42,40/42,16 9,538 (0.3755)
(0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.669/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
03 ISO 3019/2 82,00 (3.228) 11,02/9,40 40,027/40,003 43,03/42,79 11,979 (0.4716)
(0.434/0.370) (1.5759/1.5749) (1.695/1.685) x 56,00 (2.205)
05 SAE J744 92,00 (3.622) 8,82/7,20 44,45/44,41 49,43/49,19 11,125 (0.4380)
(0.347/0.283) (1.750/1.748) (1.947/1.937) x 57,15 (2.250)
2525 01 SAE J744 70,00 (2.756) 8,84/7,22 25,40/25,36 28,23/27,99 6,350 (0.2500)
(0.348/0.284) (1.000/0.999) (1.112/1.102) x 49,23 (1.938)
03 ISO 3019/2 42,00 (1.654) 11,04/9,42 25,013/24,99 27,97/27,73 7,964 (0.3135)
(0.435/0.371) (0.9848/0.9838) (1.102/1.092) x 18,00 (0.709)
05 SAE J744 76,00 (2.992) 8,84/7,22 31,75/31,71 35,33/35,09 7,938 (0.3125)
(0.348/0.284) (1.250/1.248) (1.391/1.381) x 50,80 (2.000)
07 ISO 3019/2 58,00 (2.283) 11,04/9,42 32,027/32,003 34,99/34,75 9,964 (0.3923)
(0.435/0.371) (1.2609/1.2599) (1.378/1.368) x 34,00 (1.339)
3525 01 SAE J744 76,00 (2.992) 8,81/7,19 31,75/31,71 35,33/35,09 7,950 (0.3130)
(0.347/0.283) (1.250/1.248) (1.391/1.381) x 50,80 (2.000)
03 ISO 3019/2 58,00 (2.283) 11,01/9,39 32,027/32,003 34,99/34,75 9,982 (0.3930)
(0.434/0.370) (1.2609/1.2599) (1.378/1.368) x 34,00 (1.339)
05 SAE J744 83,00 (3.268) 8,81/7,19 38,10/38,06 42,40/42,16 9,538 (0.3755)
(0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.669/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
07 ISO 3019/2 81,99 (3.228) 11,02/9,40 40,037/40,003 42,98/42,71 11,98 (0.472)
(0.434/0.370) (1.5759/1.5749) (1.693/1.682) x 56,00 (2.205)

Shaft Options
(cont.)
Straight, Keyed Shafts (cont.)
Pump Shaft Shaft A B ØC D E

Size Code Designation Key Width X Length
4525 01 SAE J744 83,00 8,82/7,20 38,10/38,06 42,40/42,16 9,538(0.3755)

(3.268) (0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.669/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
03 ISO 3019/2 82,00 11,02/9,40 40,27/40,003 43,03/42,79 11,979 (0.4716)
(3.228) (0.434/0.370) (1.5759/1.5749) (1.695/1.685) x 56,00 (2.205)
05 SAE J744 92,00 8,82/7,20 44,45/44,41 49,43/49.19 11,125 (0.4380)
(3.622) (0.347/0.283) (1.750/1.748) (1.947/1.937) x 57,15 (2.250)
4535 01 SAE J744 83,00 8,82/7,20 38,10/38,06 42,40/42,16 9,538 (0.3755)
(3.268) (0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.669/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
03 ISO 3019/2 82,00 11,02/9,40 40,027/40,003 43,03/42,79 11,979 (0.4716)
(3.228) (0.434/0.370) (1.5759/1.5749) (1.695/1.685) x 56,00 (2.205)
05 SAE J744 92,00 8,82/7,20 44,45/44,41 49,43/49,19 11,125 (0.4380)
(3.622) (0.347/0.283) (1.750/1.748) (1.947/1.937) x 57,15 (2.250)
352525 01 SAE J744 76,00 8,81/7,19 31,75/31,71 35,33/35,09 7,950 (0.3130)
(2.992) (0.347/0.283) (1.250/1.248) (1.391/1.381) x 50,80 (2.000)
03 ISO 3019/2 58,00 11,01/9,39 32,027/32,003 34,99/34,75 9,982 (0.3930)
(2.283) (0.434/0.370) (1.2609/1.2599) (1.374/1.368) x 34,00 (1.339)
05 SAE J744 83,00 8,81/7,19 38,10/38,06 42,40/42,16 9,538 (0.3755)
(3.268) (0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.669/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
453525 01 SAE J744 83,00 8,82/7,20 38,10/38,06 42,40/42,16 9,538 (0.3755)
(3.268) (0.347/0.283) (1.500/1.498) (1.669/1.659) x 57,15 (2.250)
03 ISO 3019/2 82,00 11,02/9,40 40,027/40,003 43,03/42,79 11,979 (0.4716)
(3.228) (0.434/0.370) (1.5759/1.5749) (1.695/1.685) x 56,00 (2.205)
05 SAE J744 92,00 8,78/7,16 44,45/44,41 49,43/49,19 11,125 (0.4380)
(3.622) (0.346/0.282) (1.750/1.748) (1.947/1.937) x 57,15 (2.250)

Shaft Options
(cont.)
Splined Shafts
øC
Pump Shaft Shaft Type

Size Code A B ØC D (See Page 68)
25(T) 02 38,00 8,84/7,22 24,99 28,00 B-B

(1.496) (0.348/0.284) (0.984) (1.102)
06 48,00 8,84/7,22 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.348/0.284) (1.229) (1.496)
25 09 33,00 8,37/7,70 21,28 23,00 B
(1.299) (0.330/0.303) (0.859) (0.906)
35(T) 02 48,00 8,81/7,19 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.347/0.283) (1.229) (1.496)
06 54,00 8,81/7,19 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
45(T) 02 54,00 8,82/7,20 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
06 48,00 8,82/7,20 43,71 57,00 D
(1.890) (0.347/0.283) (1.721) (2.244)
09 48,00 8,70/7,30 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.28/0.34) (1.229) (1.496)
2525 02 38,00 8,84/7,22 24,99 28,00 B-B
(1.496) (0.348/0.284) (0.984) (1.102)
06 48,00 8,84/7,22 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.348/0.284) (1.229) (1.496)
09 33,00 8,37/7,70 21,28 23,00 B
(1.299) (0.330/0.303) (0.859) (0.906)
3525 02 48,00 8,81/7,19 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.347/0.283) (1.229) (1.496)
06 54,00 8,81/7,19 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
4525 02 54,00 8,82/7,20 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
06 67,00 8,82/7,20 43,71 57,00 D
(2.638) (0.347/0.283) (1.721) (2.244)
09 48,00 8,70/7,30 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.28/0.34) (1.229) (1.496)
4535 02 54,00 8,82/7,20 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
06 67,00 8,82/7,20 43,71 57,00 D
(2.638) (0.347/0.283) (1.721) (2.244)
09 48,00 8,70/7,30 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.28/0.34) (1.229) (1.496)
352525 02 48,00 8,81/7,19 31,22 38,00 C
(1.890) (0.347/0.283) (1.229) (1.496)
06 54,00 8,81/7,19 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
453525 02 54,00 8,82/7,20 37,57 44,00 C-C
(2.126) (0.347/0.283) (1.479) (1.732)
06 67,00 8,82/7,20 43,71 57,00 D
(2.638) (0.347/0.283) (1.721) (2.244)

Theoretical
Permissible
Equivalent
Radial Load
82˚C (180˚F), SAE 10W oil,
9 cSt (55 SUS)
01 Keyed Shaft shown
F
Note: Graphs based on B-10 life of 3000 hours
Frame฀size฀25
500 lb 2000
N
400 1600
300 1200
Load F (N)
Load F (lb)
200 800
100 400
0 0
600 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000
Speed (r/min)
Frame฀size฀2525
700 lb 2800
600 N 2400
500 2000
Load F (N)
Load F (lb)
400 1600
300 1200
200 800
100 400
0 0
600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200
Speed (r/min)

Theoretical
Permissible
Equivalent
Radial Load
(cont.)
Frame฀size฀35,฀3525,฀352525
600 3000
lb
N
500 2500
400 2000
Load F (N)
Load F (lb)
300 1500
200 1000
100 500
0 0
600 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600
Speed (r/min)
Frame฀size฀45,฀4525,฀4535,฀453525
1000 5000
lb
N
800 4000
600 3000
Load F (N)
Load F (lb)
400 2000
200 1000
0 0
600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200
Speed (r/min)

Spline Data
External involute spline toler- Shaft No.of Pitch Major Form Minor Base
ance class 7 ANSI B921A-1976 Type Teeth Pitch Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. (Max) Dia.
30˚ pressure angle, flat root, B 13 16/32 20,637 22,23/22,17 19,02 18,16 17,87
side fit. (0.8125) (0.875/0.873) (0.749) (0.715) (0.7036)
B-B 15 16/32 23,812 24,99/24,80 22,15 21,38 20,62
(0.9375) (0.984/0.978) (0.872) (0.840) (0.8119)
C 14 12/24 29,63 32,22/31,06 27,48 26,41 25,66
(1.1667) (1.229/1.223) (1.082) (1.040) (1.0104)
C-C 17 12/24 35,98 37,57/37,41 33,76 32,77 31,16
(1.4167) (1.479/1.473) (1.329) (1.290) (1.2269)
D 13 8/16 41,27 43,71/43,56 38,13 36,63 35,75
(1.6250) (1.721/1.715) (1.501) (1.442)฀ ฀ (1.4073)

Torque Loading
for Direct Drives
Single Pumps Thru-drive Pumps Example:

(not thru-drive models) (VMQ1**T models) A VMQ2 3525 135 040 operat-
All listed shafts are satisfactory Where both the thru-drive pump ing at 240 bar (3480 psi) front
up to maximum pressures in and its rear-mounted pump are section and 280 bar (4060
“Typical performance data” for to be on-load together, check psi) rear section will require
each series. that the sum of the torques over 700 Nm (6196 lb.in) input
generated will never exceed the torque. Therefore, all listed
torque limit in Table 2. shafts for the VMQ2 3525 will
Double and Triple Pumps Also check that the torque be acceptable.
Where multiple cartridges are required on the rear-mounted
to be on-load together, check pump never exceeds the thru-
that the sum of their separate drive torque limit in Table 2.
torques, taken from the graph
on next page, does not exceed
the torque limit in Table 1.
Table 1
Single, Double and Triple Pumps Shaft Torque Ratings
Frame Size Shaft Type SAE Size No. Of Torque Rating

Type Code Mm Teeth Nm (Lb. In.)
25, 2525 01 Keyed 25,40 N/A 407 (3600)

25, 2525 02 Splined B-B 24,99 15 621 (5500)
25, 2525 03 Keyed 25,00 N/A 407 (3600)
25, 2525 09 Splined B 21,82 13 328 (2900)
25, 2525 05 Keyed 31,75 N/A 814 (7200)
25, 2525 06 Splined C 31,22 14 814 (7200)
25, 2525 07 Keyed 32,00 N/A 814 (7200)
35, 3525, 352525 01 Keyed 31,75 N/A 814 (7200)
35, 3525, 352525 02 Splined C 31,22 14 1017 (9000)
35, 3525, 352525 03 Keyed 32,00 N/A 814 (7200)
35, 3525, 352525 05 Keyed 38,10 N/A 1130 (10000)
35, 3525, 352525 06 Splined C-C 37,57 17 1130 (10000)
35, 3525, 352525 07 Keyed 40,00 N/A 1130 (10000)
45, 45**, 453525 01 Keyed 38,10 N/A 1130 (10000)
45, 45**, 453525 02 Splined C-C 37,57 17 1808 (16000)
45, 45**, 453525 03 Keyed 40,00 N/A 1130 (10000)
45, 45**, 453525 05 Keyed 44,45 N/A 1638 (14500)
45, 45**, 453525 06 Splined D 43,71 13 1808 (16000)
45, 45**, 453525 09 Splined C 31,22 14 1017 (9000)
Table 2
Thru-Drive Pumps Shaft Torque Ratings
Pump Shaft Max. Input Torque Max. Thru-drive Torque

Nm (Lb. In.) Nm (Lb. In.)
VMQ125T 01 407 (3600) 350 (3100)

02 621 (5500) 350 (3100)
03 407 (3600) 350 (3100)
05 814 (7200) 350 (3100)
06 814 (7200) 350 (3100)
07 814 (7200) 350 (3100)
VMQ135T 01 814 (7200) 678 (6000)
02 1017 (9000) 678 (6000)
03 814 (7200) 678 (6000)
05 1130 (10000) 678 (6000)
06 1130 (10000) 678 (6000)
07 1130 (10000) 678 (6000)
VMQ145T 01 1130 (10000) 1130 (10000)
02 1808 (16000) 1130 (10000)
03 1130 (10000) 1130 (10000)
05 1638 (14500) 1130 (10000)
06 1808 (16000) 1130 (10000)

Torque Loading
for Direct Drives
(cont.)
Input Torque Requirement

Pressure (psi)
Displacement
Code
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
900 195
180
800 7000 160
140
700 135
6000 125
600 112
5000 100
90
Input Torque (Nm)
500
Input Torque (lb.in)

80
4000
71
400
63
3000 50
300 45
2000 40
200 32
25
100 1000 20
16
0 0 10
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Pressure (bar)
Note
To realize the high input (Eaton ships keyed shafts Spline shaft ends (nos. 02, 06
torque levels for keyed shafts with the corners of the key and 09) must be lubricated by
(nos. 01, 03, 05 and 07), the already chamfered.) Also, gearbox lubricant or anti-sei-
corners of the key must be the key must be installed in zure grease to prevent spline
chamfered 0,76 to 1,02 mm the keyway 8,01/5,99 mm wear and fretting.
(0.030 to 0.040 in) x 45° to (0.316/0.236 in) back from the
clear the radii in the keyway. end of the shaft as shown on
page 68.
Water Glycol Guidelines
Viscosity & Speed Requirements
Minimum Minimum Optimum Maximum Viscosity Range Maximum Maximum/

Intermittent Continuous Operating Viscosity at Requiring < 50% Viscosity Minimum
Viscosity Viscosity Viscosity Range Full Pressure Outlet Pressure at Startup
Operating Speed
cSt cSt cSt cSt cSt cSt RPM
Industrial 18 20 20-54 54 54-860 860 1800/900
Pressure & Operating Temperature Requirements
Minimum Recommended Maximum Max. Continuous Max. Transient Max. Steady Max. Transient
Inlet Pressure Operating Inlet Positive Inlet Operating Operating State Outlet Outlet Pressure
Absolute Pressure - Gage Pressure - Gage Temperature Temperature Pressure - Gage (<0.5s) - Gage
bar (PSI) bar (PSI) bar (PSI) C (F) C (F) bar (PSI) bar (PSI)
Industrial 0.9 (13.2) 0 to 0.36 1.4 55 60 228 (3300)-25VMQ 250 (3625)-25VMQ
1.0 (14.7)- (0 to 5.0) (20) (131) (140) 207(3000)- 228 (3300)-
45VMQ 35&45VMQ 35&45VMQ

Eaton Eaton Eaton
Hydraulics Business USA Hydraulics Business Europe Hydraulics Business Asia Pacific
14615 Lone Oak Road Route de la Longeraie 7 11th Floor Hong Kong New World Tower
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 1110 Morges 300 Huaihai Zhong Road
USA Switzerland Shanghai 200021
Tel: 952-937-9800 Tel: +41 (0) 21 811 4600 China
Fax: 952-294-7722 Fax: +41 (0) 21 811 4601 Tel: 86-21-6387-9988
www.eaton.com/hydraulics Fax: 86-21-6335-3912

All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Document No. V-PUVN-TM001-E5
Supersedes V-PUVN-TM001-E4
February 2009
Hydrokraft Transmission Piston Pumps
Technical Catalog
TVW
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
M odel Code
Form Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Basic Pum p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ES Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DP Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SM Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Com bination Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Exam ples for Com bination units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Pum p Specifications
US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
M etric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Perform ance Curves
130 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
180 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
250 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
360 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
500 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
750 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Hydraulic Transm ission Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
With Charge Flow Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Without Charge Flow Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Com bination of Tw o Pum ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Controls
Electric M otor Displacem ent Control ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Controls for Position/Displacem ent DP, SP, SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pressure Signal Displacem ent Control DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Exam ple for TVW... - DP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Proportional Valve Displacem ent Control SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Control Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SP Control w ith Pressure and Pow er Lim itation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Servo Adjustm ent Displacem ent Control w ith M echanical Feedback SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2 EATON Vick ers Hydrokraft Transm ission Piston Pum ps V-PUPI-TM 002-E February 2003
Table of Contents
(cont.)
Pum p Dim ensions

TVWS 130/180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
TVWS 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
TVWS 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
TVWS 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TVWS 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Control Dim ensions
TVWS 250/360/500/750 ES Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
TVWS 130/180 SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
TVWS 250/360/500/750 SP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
TVWS 130/180 DP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
TVWS 250/360/500/750 DP Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
TVWS 130/180 SM Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
TVWS 250/360/500/750 SM Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
TVWS Position of Center Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
TVWS... Swash Angle/Flow Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Fluid Recom m endations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
EATON Vick ers Hydrokraft Transm ission Piston Pum ps V-PUPI-TM 002-E February 2003 3
Introduction
AVAILABLE DISPLACEM ENT

• Axial piston pumps • Special design for • Through drive enable SIZES
w ith swash plate closed loop multiple pump
design for reliable application. installation from a 130 ccm
operation and long life. • Oversize shaft and single shaft. M ultiple 180 ccm
• Rotating and pressure shaft bearings. pump combinations
are also available. 250 ccm
loaded parts are • Standard available
pressure balanced. • Pressure up to 420 360 ccm
transmission circuits 500 ccm
• Wide range of available w ith integrated valves bar. Rated speed up to
integrated charge and and filters to build 1800 rpm. Higher 750 ccm
pilot pressure pump complete closed loop speeds possible.
combinations for single system. For charge • Large charge flow
and combination units. flow and flushing. rates for low system
temperature.
• Fast response times.
Displacement controls: Typical Section of Transmission Pump

ES - Electric motor pical section of transm ission pum p
displacement control Control
HG - Handw heel Flushing Block
displacement control Control M anifold
(Special feature)
control (Special feature) Control Piston
SP, SM - Displacement Thru-Drive
signal
Sw ash Angle
DP - Displacement Sensor/Indicator
signal
Extra functions available

for SP, SM & DP:
Pressure Limitation
and/or power control
overriding function.
Shaft
Sw ash Piston Cylinder Valve Port Charge/Pilot

Plate Block Plate Plate Pum p
Dimensional information listed in this catalog is subject to change w ithout notice.
M odel Code
Transm ission Pum ps
"W" Series
Form Page
The follow ing 55-digit coding system has been In the model code string below some characters are
developed to identify all of the configuration options already filled out and show n on this and the
for the "W" Series Transmission (Closed Loop) follow ing pages. For such characters there is no
pumps. Use this model code to specify a unit w ith option available.
the desired features. All 55-digits must be present Explanation for each character can be found as
w hen ordering. You may want to photocopy the follow s:
matrix below to ensure, that each number is entered CHARACTER PAGE
in the correct box. If adjustments other than the
standard settings (character 47...50) or special Basic Pump M odel Code 1.......27 6
features (character 51...53) are needed, please Control Options 28.....46 7 - 10
provide the information w hen ordering. At the end of Customer Adjustment Specification 47.....50 7 - 10
this section you may need to provide an additional Special Features 51.....53 11
model code if a combination unit is needed. In case Design Number 54.....55 11
of a combination unit, each single pump section Combination M odel Code 1..... 39 12
must be specified separately using this or other
Eaton catalog information.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
T V W – M 1 R S V
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
1 0
SPECIFY NON STANDARD ADJUSTM ENT BELOW
M odel Code
"W" Series - Basic Pum p
T V W * — * * * M * * * * * * * * 1 R * * S V * * * * #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
1 Pump 10 11 Mounting flange 14 15 16 17 Thru-Drive 20 21 Main Drive Shaft End
T – Transmission Pump 05 – ISO 3019/2 - 160B4HW Options 01 – ISO straight key

(130 and 180 cm3/r) 0000 – None 02 – ISO spline
2
Displacement 07 – ISO 3019/2 - 200B4HW 000A – SAE A
(250 and 360 cm3/r) 000B – SAE B 22 Drive Shaft Seal
V – Variable displacement
08 – ISO 3019/2 - 250B4HW 000C – SAE C Configuration
3
Pump Series (500 and 750 cm3/r) 000D – ISO 3019/2 - S – Single shaft seal
W – “ W” Series 125A2HW
12 Rotation Direction 000E – ISO 3019/2 - 23
(was 30 design) Seal Material
R – Right hand [CW] 160A2HW V – Viton*
4 Configuration L – Left hand [CCW] 000F – ISO 3019/2 - * Viton is a trademark of E.I. Dupont
S – Single Unit 125B4HW (other materials available, contact your
13 Adjustment stop 000G – ISO 3019/2 - Eaton Representative)
F – Front Unit
M – M iddle Unit 0 – No adjustment stop 160B4HW
R – Rear Unit 4 – Fixed mechanical 000H – ISO 3019/2 - 24 Yoke Position Indicator
Adjustment stop side A 200B4HW
0 – No position indicator
5
Separator 5 – Fixed mechanical 000J – ISO 3019/2 -
V – Visual position indicator
Adjustment stop side B 250B4HW
– – Separator P – Position sensor
6 – Fixed mechanical 000P – Pilot pump (8 cm3/r)
L – Position limit sw itch
6 7 8 Displacement Size Adjustment stop side A 000T – Charge pump M – Position sensor and
and B (~25% of unit visual indicator
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] displacement size)
180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] 00TP – Charge pump (~25% 25Housing surface finish
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] of unit displacement
360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev] size) and Pilot pump A – Blue painted
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] (8 cm3/r) 26Transmission Circuit
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] 00PP – Double pilot pump
(8 cm 3/r + 8 cm 3/r) 0 – No transmission circuit
9
Basic standard 1 – Block filter, optical dirt
M – M etric 18 Main Ports indicator
1 – SAE Port - M etric bolts 2 – Block, filter, electrical dirt
indicator
19Main Port Orientation 3 – Block w ithout filter
R – Radial (side ports) 27 Zero Position Valve
0 – No Zero Position Valve
28 Add Control M odel
Code
Code (characters 28...50) on
the follow ing pages
M odel Code
"W" Series - ES Control
E S * 0 0 * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29 Control type 35 Pressure Control Options 45 Electric Motor Type 47 48 49 50 Customer
ES – Electric motor 0 – Not available 2 – M otor w ith brake (IP54) Adjustment Specification
displacement control 3 – M otor w ithout brake 0000 – None
36 37 38 39 40 41
Power (Explosion proof)
30 Displacement Control Options ???? – Yes (final number w ill
Adjustment Options 46 Control Voltage of Zero be assigned by Eaton.
000000 – Not required Specify on table
M – Electric M otor - Fast Position Valve and
below )
response 42 Pilot Oil Filter Directional Control Valve
N – Electric M otor - M edium 0 – Not required 0 – Not applicable
response 51 Special Features - Add
B – 110 AC 50 Hz/120 AC
P – Electric M otor - Slow 43 Fail Safe Valve 60 Hz special feature description
response 0 – Not required D – 220 AC 50 Hz/240 AC (characters 51...55) on page
60 Hz 11 if required.
31 32 Electronic Controls 44 Position Monitoring G – 12 VDC
00 – Not required A – 4 limit sw itches H – 24 VDC

B – 8 limit sw itches
P – 4 limit sw itches +
A – Single side of center “A” sensor
C – Over center T – 8 limit sw itches +
sensor
34 Extra Functions
0 – Not available
Response Time (sec) for Zero to M ax. Displacement

SIZE 13 0 18 0 250 360 50 0 750
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Fast 10 8 10 8 8 7 11 9 10 8 14 12
M edium 20 17 20 17 20 17 27 23 24 20 35 29
Slow 50 42 50 42 40 33 55 46 48 40 70 58
CUSTOM ER ADJUSTM ENT SPECIFICATIONS UNIT STANDARD SETTING CUSTOM ER ADJUSTM ENT OPTION REM ARKS
All Revolution Adjustments below set at ... rpm 1500 –

Charge Pressure Relief Valve bar 20 –
Flushing (Low ) Pressure Relief Valve bar 10 –
M echanical Adjustment Stop Side A L/min Qmax
M echanical Adjustment Stop Side B L/min Qmin
Displacement Adjusted to ... L/min -50% Qmax Side A
Position M onitoring Sw itch 1 L/min 0 from A
Position M onitoring Sw itch 2 L/min 95% Qmax Side A > 95% not possible
Position M onitoring Sw itch 3 L/min 0 from B
Position M onitoring Sw itch 4 L/min 95% Qmax Side B > 95% not possible
Position M onitoring Sw itch 5 L/min –
M odel Code
"W" Series - DP Control
D P * 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * 0 0 0 * * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29 Control type 5 – Pressure limiter and 36 37 38 39 40 41 Power 47 48 49 50 Customer

power control overriding Control Options Adjustment Specification
DP – Pressure signal function side B
displacement control 6 – Pressure limiter and 000000–Not required for this 0000 – None
power control overriding control type
30 Displacement ???? – Yes (final number w ill
function side A and B ???000– ??? kW at 1500
Adjustment Options be assigned by Eaton.
7 – Pressure limiter function RPM Side A
Specify on table
G – M ounting interface side A and B 000???– ??? kW at 1500
below )
Cetop 3 only power control function RPM Side B
H – Remote port G 1/4 side A 42 Pilot Oil Filter 51 Special Features - Add
J – Proportional relief inc. 8 – Pressure limiter function
electronics side A and B 0 – Not applicable special feature description
K – Proportional relief inc. power control function V – Filter w ith visual (characters 51...55) on page
electr. & dir. control side B indicator 11 if required
E – Filter w ith electrical
31 32Electronic Controls 35 Pressure Control indicator
00 – Not required Options
43 Fail Safe Valve
33
0 – Not required for this
Yoke Displacement Zone control type 0 – Not applicable
A – Single side of center “A” F – Remote port, only side A 44 Position Monitoring
C – Over center G – Remote port, only side B
H – Remote port, only side A 0 – No position monitoring
34 Extra Functions and B
45 Electric Motor Type
0 – Not required for this A – Electro Proportional
control type Relief Valve Side A 0 – No electric motor
1 – Pressure limiter B – Electro Proportional
overriding function side A Relief Valve Side B 46 Control Voltage of Zero
2 – Pressure limiter K – Electro Proportional Position Valve and
overriding function side B Relief Valve Side A and B Directional Control Valve
3 – Pressure limiter 0 – Not applicable
overriding function side A B – 110 AC 50 Hz/120
and B AC 60 Hz
4 – Pressure limiter and D – 220 AC 50 Hz/240
power control overriding AC 60 Hz
function side A G – 12 VDC
H – 24 VDC

Pilot Pressure Size 130, 180, 250, 360 bar 60 –
Pilot Pressure Size 500 & 750 bar 80 –
M ax. Stop by Control Side A L/min 95% Qmax
M ax. Stop by Control Side B L/min 95% Qmax
Pressure Override Side B bar 90
M odel Code
"W" Series - SP Control
S P * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 0 0 * * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29 Control type 5 – Pressure limiter and 36 37 38 39 40 41 Power 46 Control Voltage of Fail

power control overriding Control Options Safe Valve
SP – Proportional valve function side B
displacement control 6 – Pressure limiter and 000000– Not required for 0 – Not applicable
power control overriding this control type B – 110 AC 50 Hz/120
30 Displacement ???000– ??? kW at 1500 AC 60 Hz
function side A and B
Adjustment Options 7 – Pressure limiter function RPM Side A D – 220 AC 50 Hz/240
C – With Cetop 3 valve side A and B 000???– ??? kW at 1500 AC 60 Hz
KDG4V S power control function RPM Side B G – 12 VDC
F – With Cetop 5 side A H – 24 VDC
42 Pilot Oil Filter
Proportional valve 8 – Pressure limiter function 47 48 49 50
Customer
side A and B 0 – Not applicable
31 32 Electronic Controls power control function V – Filter w ith visual Adjustment Specification
03 – ER 9.3 - 10 (Cetop 3) side B indicator 0000 – None
04 – ER 9.4 - 10 (Cetop 5) E – Filter w ith electrical
35 indicator ???? – Yes (final number w ill
Pressure Control Options be assigned by Eaton.
0 – Not required for this 43 Fail Safe Valve Specify on table
A – Single side of center “A” control type below )
C – Over center F – Remote port, only side A 0 – Not applicable
G – Remote port, only side B 1 – With solenoid valve
Extra Functions H – Remote port, only side A
0 – Not required for this and B Add special feature
control type A – Electro Proportional 0 – No position monitoring description (characters
1 – Pressure limiter Relief Valve Side A 51...55) on page 11 if required
45 Electric Motor Type
overriding function side A B – Electro Proportional
2 – Pressure limiter Relief Valve Side B 0 – No electric motor
overriding function side B K – Electro Proportional
3 – Pressure limiter Relief Valve Side A and B
overriding function side A
and B
4 – Pressure limiter and
power control overriding
function side A

Pilot Pressure Size 130, 180, 250, 360 bar 60 –
Pilot Pressure Size 500 & 750 bar 80 –
M ax. Stop by Control Side A L/min 95% Qmax
M ax. Stop by Control Side B L/min 95% Qmax
Ramp Time 0 _ A sec 0 El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual
Ramp Time A _ 0 sec 0 El. Card Adjustment Done by Customer Refer to El.
card manual
M odel Code
"W" Series - SM Control
S M 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * #
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
28 29Pump 34 Extra Functions 35Pressure Control Options 44Position Monitoring

SM – El. servo displacement 0– Not required for this con- 0 – Not required for this con- 0 – Not required for this
control - mechanical trol type trol type control type
feedback 1– Pressure limiter overrid- F – Remote port, only side A
ing function side A G – Remote port, only side B 45 Electric Motor Type
30 Displcement 2– Pressure limiter overrid- H – Remote port, only side 0 – Not required for this
Adjustment Option ing function side B A and B control type
0 – Not required for this 3– Pressure limiter overrid- A – Electro Prop. Relief
control type ing function side A and B Valve Side A 46 Control Voltage of Zero
4– Pressure limiter and B – Electro Prop. Relief Position Valve
31 32 Electronic Controls power control overriding Valve Side B 0 – Not required for this
00 – Not required for this function side A K – Electro Prop. Relief control type
control type 5– Pressure limiter and Valve Side A and B
power control overriding 47 48 49 50 Customer
function side B 36 37 38 39 40 41 Power
33 Yoke Displacement Zone Adjustment Specification
6– Pressure limiter and Control Option
A – Single side of center “A” 0000 – None
power control overriding 000000 – Not required for
C – Over center
function side A and B this control type ???? – Yes (final number w ill
7– Pressure limiter function ???000 – ??? kW at 1500 be assigned by Eaton.
side A and B RPM Side A Specify on table
power control function 000??? – ??? kW at 1500 below )
side A RPM Side B
8– Pressure limiter function 51
side A and B 42
Special Features
Pilot Oil Filter
power control function Add special feature
0 – Filter has to be installed description (characters
side B by customer 51...55) on page 11 if
43 required
Fail Safe Valve
0 – Not required for this
control type
All Adjustment below set at ... RPM 1500 -

Charge Pressure Relief Valve bar 20 -
Flushing (low ) Pressure Relief Valve bar 10 -
Pilot Pressure Size 130, 180, 250, 360 bar 60 -
Pilot Pressure Size 500 and 750 bar 80 -
M ax. M echanical Stop Side A l/min Qmax
M ax. M echanical Stop Side B l/min Qmax
M odel Code
"W" Series -
Special Features
* * * 1 0
51 52 53 54 55
000 - None
* * * - Defined by Eaton
54 55 Design Number
10 - Design Number
M odel Code
Com bination Units
* * * C — * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
H C 8 1 * * * * * * * * * *
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
P – Pump Displacement cm3/ r 00 – No Control (for Fixed 00 – No Control (for Fixed

T – Transmission Pump 066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev] Displacement Only) Displacement Only)
M – M otor 090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DF – Pressure Compensator DF – Pressure Compensator
2 Displacement 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev] ES – Electric M otor Control ES – Electric M otor Control
F – Filled 250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev] HG – Handw heel HG – Handw heel
W – “ W” Series SM – Servo Adjustment SM – Servo Adjustment
(was 30 design)
X – “ X” Series 00 – No Control (for Fixed M ech Feedback M ech Feedback
ES – Electric M otor Control Displacement Control Displacement Control
C
HG – Handw heel
21 22 23 Fourth 26 27 28 29 Assembly
FE – Screw Adjustment Displacement cm 3/ r Numbers
Displacement cm3/ r SM – Servo Adjustment 066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev]
Displacement Control - 090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev] M ech Feedback 130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] Assembly Numbers
090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] DP – Pressure Signal 180 – 180 cm3/r [11.0 in3/rev]
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev] 16 17 18 Third
750 – 750 cm3/r [45.8 in3/rev] Displacement cm3/ r
066 – 66 cm 3/r [4.0 in3/rev] two or more units fill through drive option
090 – 90 cm 3/r [5.5 in3/rev] out this Combination must be specified on
Displacement Only)
130 – 130 cm3/r [7.9 in3/rev] M odel Code. the rear unit of the
250 – 250 cm3/r [15.3 in3/rev]
• Start w ith the biggest
360 – 360 cm3/r [22.0 in3/rev]
HG – Handwheel
500 – 500 cm3/r [30.5 in3/rev]
Displacement Control separate model code follow ing unit in the
Mech Feedback
DP – Pressure Signal • Character 26 to 39 w ill
Displacement Control number w ill be defined
in the order
acknow ledgement.
M odel Code
Exam ples for
Com bination Units
of two closed loop pumps
M odel Code Front Unit TVWF-500M 08R0000H1R02SVM A20SPC03C00000000E100H000000010
M odel Code Rear Unit TVWR-250M 07R000PP1R02SVM A20SPC03C00000000E100H000000010
M odel Code Combination Unit TVWC-500SP250SP0000000000HC81* * * * * * * * * *
two open loop pumps
(For open loop model code
refer to the according
catalog)
M ode Code Front Unit TVWF-500M 08R0000H1R02SVM A20SPC03C00000000E100H000000010
M odel Code M iddle Unit PVWM -250M 07R00E1R02SV0ADF000A0000000000000000010
M odel Code Rear Unit PFXR-130M 02R00P1A02SV0A00000A0000000000000000010
M odel Code Combination Unit TVWC-500SP250DF1300000000HC81* * * * * * * * * *
Pum p
Specifications -
US
M OD EL TV W 1 3 0 TV W 1 8 0 TV W 2 5 0 TV W 3 6 0 TV W 5 0 0 TV W 7 5 0
Design Sw ash plate - Axial piston pump

Pipe connection SAE/Flange B psi 1-1/4"-6000 1-1/4"-6000 1-1/2"-6000 1-1/2"-6000 2"-6000 2"-6000
A
Speed range n min rpm 150
n max 1800 15001)
max 122
Weight m lb 353 364 518 529 926 1014
M ass of inertia J lb ft 2 1.07 1.07 3.46 3.61 11.9 13.1

Input pressure p 1min psi 58 abs
p 1max psi Pressure can be applied to the pump inlet but the sum of p1 and p2 must not exceed the maximum
value of 6090 psi
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °F -13
max 194
max cSt 150
M ax. permissible start viscosity max cSt 10002)
M aximum geometric displacement Vg in 3 7.9 11 15.2 22 30.5 45.7
M ax. geom. n= 1500 rpm Qg USgpm 51.5 71 99 142 198 297
pump flow n= 1800 rpm 62 85.5 119 171 238 2971
Case pressure p v max psi max. 7.2 psi over p1. pmax = 58 psi abs.
HY D RA U LIC CHA RA CTERISTIC OF CHA RGE A N D PILOT PU M P
Displacement charge pump Vg Sp in 3 2.44 2.44 3.91 4.88 7.63 12.2

Charge pressure p N Sp psi 145/290 145/290 145/290 145/290 174/290 232/348
Input pressure charge & pilot pump p min Sp/St psi 11.6 absolute
Displacement pilot pump Vg St in 3 0.5
Pilot pressure p St psi 870 870 870 870 1160 1160
D RIV E
M ax. driving torque - single unit M 1 Single lb.ft. 642 888 1232 1774 2463 3688
(p2 max., h= 100%)
M ax. pow er consumption - single unit P1 Single hp 220 304 422 608 845 10551
(p2 max., h= 100%; n= 1800 rpm)
M ax. driving torque - comb. unit M 1 Comb. lb.ft. 2x642 2x888 2x1232 2x1774 3688 3688
1) TVW - 750 at 1800 rpm reduced to 38.1 in 3
2) W hen pressure below 1450 psi and flow below 25% of max. flow
Pum p
Specifications -
M etric
M OD EL TV W 1 3 0 TV W 1 8 0 TV W 2 5 0 TV W 3 6 0 TV W 5 0 0 TV W 7 5 0
Design Sw ash plate - Axial piston pump

Pipe connection SAE/Flange B psi 1-1/4"-6000 1-1/4"-6000 1-1/2"-6000 1-1/2"-6000 2"-6000 2"-6000
A
Speed range n min min -1 150
n max 1800 15001)
max 50
Weight m kg 160 165 235 240 420 460
M ass of inertia J kg m 2 0,045 0,045 0,146 0,152 0,5 0,55

Input pressure p 1min bar 4
p 1max bar Pressure can be applied to the pump inlet but the sum of p1 and p2 must not exceed the maximum
value of 420 bar
Hydraulic fluid temperature range min °C -25
max 90
max cSt 150
M ax. permissible start viscosity max cSt 10002)
M aximum geometric displacement Vg cm 3 130 180 250 360 500 750
M ax. geom. n= 1500 min -1 Qg l/min 195 270 375 540 750 1125
pump flow n= 1800 min -1 234 324 450 648 900 11251
Case pressure p v max bar max. 0,5 bar over p1. pmax = 4 bar abs.
HY D RA U LIC CHA RA CTERISTIC OF CHA RGE A N D PILOT PU M P
Displacement charge pump Vg Sp cm 3 40 40 64 80 125 200

Charge pressure p N Sp bar 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 12/20 16/24
Input pressure charge & pilot pump p min Sp/St bar 0,8 absolute
Displacement pilot pump Vg St cm 3 8
Pilot pressure p St bar 60 60 60 60 80 80
D RIV E
M ax. driving torque - single unit M 1 Single Nm 870 1204 1670 2405 3340 5000
(p2 max., h= 100%)
M ax. pow er consumption - single unit P1 Single kW 164 227 315 454 630 7871
(p2 max., h= 100%; n= 1800 min -1)
M ax. driving torque - comb. unit M 1 Comb. Nm 2x870 2x1204 2x1670 2x2405 5000 5000
1) TVW - 750 at 1800 min -1 reduced to 625cm 3
2) W hen pressure below 100 bar and flow below 25% of max. flow
Perform ance
Curves -
130 Series

performance curve
100 200 106
η vol (%) η tot for 100% Vg

η tot (%) L 10[h]
η tot for 50% Vg
80
V=Vmax
η tot for 25% Vg 105
[kw ]
60
Pow erP1P1[kw]
p1at n=1800 rpm n=1500 rpm

Input Power
100
n=1800 rpm
104
Input
40
p1at n=1500 rpm
20 40
103
0 0
p2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
p2 psi
p2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800

units. (V )
max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
180 Series

performance curve
100 200 106
η
vol for 100% Vg
η tot (%) L 10[h]
η tot for 50% Vg
80
V=Vmax
η tot for 25% Vg
105
60
p at n=1800 rpm
1
Input Pow er P1 [kw ]
100
p1at n=1500 rpm

40 104
n=1500 rpm
n=1800 rpm
20 40
103
0 0
p2 bar 0 100 200 300 400
p2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 p2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

units. (V )
max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
250 Series

performance curve
100 400 106

η tot (%)
η tot for 50% Vg L 10 [h]
80
V=V max
60
200
n=1500 rpm
p1at n=1800 rpm
40 104 n=1800 rpm
p1at n=1500 rpm
20
103
0 0
p2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
p 2 psi

units. (V )
max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
360 Series

performance curve
100 500 106

η tot (%)
η tot for 50% Vg L 10 [h]
80
V=V max
60 300
p1at n=1800 rpm
p1at n=1500 rpm 104

40 200
n=1500 rpm
n=1800 rpm
20 100
103
0 0
p2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 p2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800

units. (V )
max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
500 Series

performance curve
100 500 106

η tot (%) L 10 [h]
η tot for 50% Vg
80
V=V max
105
η tot for 25% Vg
60 300
104
40 200
20 100
103
0 0
p 2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p 2 psi 0 2900 4350 p 2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
1450 5800

units. Only the torque M 1
is limited to 5000 Nm.
(V )
max
3
Perform ance
Curves -
750 Series

performance curve
100 1000 106

η tot (%) L 10 [h]
η tot for 50% Vg
80
V=V max
60 600
p1at n=1800 rpm

104
40 400 n=1500 rpm
20 200
103
0 0
p2 bar 0 100 200 300 400 p 2 bar 50 100 200 300 400
p2 psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 p 2 psi 725 1450 2900 4350 5800
For reduced swash-angle:

1
V
(V )
max
3
Hydraulic
Transm ission
Circuit
CONTROL
A St B St T p St
p St1
M St
p Sp1 p Sp2 p St2
L5
L3
L3.1
2
A B L1/ L2 p ac1 M Sp L4 L6 MB S
Acumulator recommended
in case of short pressure
build up time
A, B System port L4 Return line charge M Sp Gauge port charge pSt2 Pilot pump outlet
ASt, BSt Control flow pressure port
L1, L2 Drain port L5 Oil filling plug M St Gauge port pilot S Suction port for
L6 Return line charge pressure charge and pilot
L3 Ventilation port for pump
vertical mounting flow pac1 Accumulator port
MA, MB Gauge port system pSp1, pSp2 Port for external T Tank port
L3.1 Air bleeding port for
vertical mounting pressure charge flow
pSt1 Port for pilot flow
pSt Port for pilot flow to
control
Hydraulic
Transm ission
Circuit
w ith Charge
Flow Filter
Size 130 ..... 500.

(Not available for 750)
A St B St T p St
p St1
6.1
M St
2.3 2.4
6 p Sp1 p Sp2 p St2
2.1 2.2
3.2
1.1 3.1
L5
L3
L3.1 2.1
1 2 3 7
A, B System port MA, MB Gauge port system S Suction port for 2.4 Clogging indicator
ASt, BSt Control pressure charge and pilot for charge flow filter
M Sp Gauge port charge pump 3 Flushing block
L1, L2 Drain port
pressure T Tank port 3.1 Low pressure relief
L3 Ventilation port for
vertical mounting M St Gauge port pilot 1 Basic pump valve
pressure 1.1 High pressure relief 3.2 Flushing flow
vertical mounting pac1 Accumulator port valve shuttle valve
L4 Return line charge pSp1, pSp2 Port for external 2 Charge block 6 M anifold
flow charge flow 2.1 Charge check valve 6.1 Pilot pressure relief
L5 Oil filling plug pSt1 Port for pilot flow 2.2 Charge pressure valve
L6 Return line charge pSt Port for pilot flow to relief valve 7 Charge/pilot pump
flow control 2.3 Charge flor filter
pSt2 Pilot pump outlet
port
Hydraulic
Transm ission
Circuit
w ithout Charge Flow Filter
Size 130 ..... 750
2.4
Items 2.3 & 2.4
p St provided by customer
A St B St T
p St1 2.3
6.1
M St
6
p Sp1 p Sp2 p St2
2.1 2.2
3.2
1.1 3.1
L5
L3
L3.1 2.1
1 2 3 7
A, B System port MA, MB Gauge port system S Suction port for 3 Flushing block
ASt, BSt Control pressure charge and pilot 3.1 Low pressure relief
M Sp Gauge port charge pump valve
L1, L2 Drain port
pressure T Tank port 3.2 Flushing flow
L3 Ventilation port for
vertical mounting M St Gauge port pilot 1 Basic pump shuttle valve
pressure 1.1 High pressure relief 6 Control M anifold
vertical mounting pac1 Accumulator port valve 7 Charge/pilot pump
L4 Return line charge pSp1 Port for external 2 Charge block (option)
flow charge flow 2.1 Charge check valve
L5 Oil filling plug pSt1 Port for pilot flow 2.2 Charge pressure
L6 Return line charge pSt2 Pilot pump outlet relief valve
flow port
Hydraulic
Transm ission
Circuit
Com bination of Tw o Pum ps
A St BStT p St A St B StT p St
p St1 p St1
6.1 MSt 2.4
6.1 MSt 2.4
2.3 2.3
6 p Sp1 MA 6 pSp1 MA p Sp2 p Sp2p St2 p St2
2.2 2.2
2.1 3.2 2.1 3.2
1.1 3.1 1.1 3.1
2.1 2.1
1 2 3 1 2 3
L5 L3.1 B p ac1 MSp L4 L6 MB L5 L3.1 B p ac1 MSp L4 L6 MB S S S S

L3 A L1/ L2 L3 A L1/ L2
A, B System port MA, MB Gauge port system pSt2 Pilot pump outlet 2.2 Charge pressure
A ,B
St St Control pressure port relief valve
L1, L2 Drain port M Sp Gauge port charge S Suction port for 3 Flushing block
pressure charge and pilot 3.1 Low pressure relief
L3 Ventilation port for pump
vertical mounting M St Gauge port pilot valve
pressure T Tank port 3.2 Flushing flow
vertical mounting pac1 Accumulator port 1 Basic pump shuttle valve
L4 Return line charge pSp1 Port for external 1.1 High pressure relief 6 Control manifold
flow charge flow valve 6.1 Pilot pressure relief
L5 Oil filling plug pSp2 Charge pump outlet 2 Charge block valve
pump 2.1 Charge check valve
L6 Return line charge
flow pSt1 Port for pilot flow
Controls –
Electric M otor
Displacem ent
Control ES
The unit is used for The response times No pressure/power

stepless flow adjustment. from zero to maximum limiter possible.
It has a three phase depends on the chosen Explosion protection
electric servo motor, ratio and the speed of version are also
worm gearing and a the servo motor (this available.
switch box with 4 and 8 means that during
limit switches for 4 or 8 operation the response
positions. A potentiometer times are not variable.
is also available.
100%
cw
servo motor
off
0
ccw
100%
THEORETICAL RESPONSE TIM E (SEC) FOR M AX . DISPLACEM ENT
Size 130 180 250 360 500 750

Freq. Hz 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60
Fast 10 8 10 8 8 7 11 9 10 8 14 12
M edium 20 17 20 17 20 17 27 23 24 20 35 29
Slow 50 42 50 42 40 33 55 46 48 40 70 58
Response time from 0 to +Qmax or 0 to -Qmax
Controls –
Controls for
Position/
Displacem ent
DP, SP, SM
The electro or pressure proportional hydraulic

displacement control w ill operate a hydrostatic drive
in all four quadrants and work w ithout throttle
losses w ithin either electrically or hydraulically
adjustable limits. This done by controlling delivery
flow respect; ie. swash angle. D
The displacement of the axial piston unit is
proportional to the swash plate angle and can be y y
adjusted by a spring centered servo piston.
The servo piston is controlled by the required input
signal w ith a mechanical, hydraulic or electrical A B
control device.
Economical and energy saving drives can be
produced w ith the "building block" principle for open
loop and closed circuits as well.
Note: setting the pressure compensator or a control or a
constant power, lower than the adjusted pilot oil pressure
ps min= 60/80 bar (870/1160 psi), is not possible.
Pressure Limitation: Power Limitation

Each of the servo in a flyw heel, the pump (Torque Control):
controls DP, SM and SP goes over-center thus An additional power High Flow - Low
can be combined w ith a acting as a motor limitation valve can be Pressure
hydromechanical delivering mechanical used in conjunction w ith
energy to the drive, as in Low Flow - High
pressure limitation the pressure limitation
a mooring control Pressure
control. This destrokes control. This senses the
the swash plate w hen function. position of the pump The power level, a
the system pressure For each of the system actuator piston w hich is function of the product
reaches a control setting. sides, A and B, a proportional to the of flow and pressure, is
The response time for separate pressure swash plate angle. In hence adjustable.
de-stroking the the control is required. This accordance w ith the
pump is much faster control consist of a main swash plate angle the
than that of the servo stage valve conducting pressure adjustment is
control alone. the system pressure to set to a determined level
The pressure limitation the pump actuator piston to follow a hyperbolic
control can also operate a pressure relief valve relationship between
the unit in the motor w here the pressure is flow and pressure.
mode of operation. This set. The minimum
means w hen the setting of this valve
hydraulic motor delivers cannot be lower than the
energy to the system pilot pressure.
e.g. from energy stored
Controls –
Pressure Signal
Displacem ent
Control DP
The output flow of the A separate pilot oil For exchange w ith: The pressure
pump is proportional to circuit is necessary w ith Pressure limiting valve proportional adjustment
the pilot pressure. Each pmin 60/80 bar, QSt = 12 (mechanical or can also be supplied
of the two pilot ports is l/min (3.17 USgpm). proportional) from P to T w ith a pressure and/or
responsible for an output From this the control line and throttle in P line power limitation.
flow direction. pressure is reduced to 0,8 Dia. (0.03)
the desired set value by
means of a suitable
circuit.
+100%
Pilot pressure
40 bar 30 20 10
10 20 30 40 bar
Pilot pressure
pSt T ASt BSt Cetop NG6
-100%
M St
P T
pSt1
A B
pSt
A L B S
RESPONSE TIM E* (S)

Pressure proportional
RESPONSE TIM E (S) PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT PRESSURE P ST
adjustment DP SIZE 12 L/M IN DESTROKING BAR
The output flow of the 130/180 0.8 0.07 60
pump is proportional to
250/360 1.0 0.08 60
the pilot pressure. Each
of the two pilot ports is 500/750 2.2 0.110 80
responsible for an output * Measured with a 2m pressure line of diameter 50 mm
flow direction.
Controls –
Exam ple for TVW
- DP Control
w ith Pressure - & Pow er
Lim iter
DP - With mounting interface DP - With remote port DP - With proportional

CETOP3 control
(T)
(p)
P A
11 B A R B
p T A B 4xG1/ 4"
Cetop NG6 p St T ASt BSt p St T A St 10 BSt p St T ASt BSt
p T MSt
A B
XB XA
8.1 8.1
8 ASt BSt T p St
p St 2.3 2.4
MSt p Sp1 p Sp2 p St2
6.1 MA
2.1 2.2
9.1 9.1 3.1 3.2
2.1
1 2 1.1 3
L5 L3 L3.1 A B L1/ L2 p ac1 MSp L4 L6 MB S
A, B System port MA, MB Gauge port system S Suction port for 2.3 Filter
ASt, BSt Control pressure charge and pilot 2.4 Clogging indicator
M Sp Gauge port charge pump
L1, L2 Drain port 3 Flushing block
pressure T Tank port
L3 Ventilation port for 3.1 Low pressure relief
vertical mounting M St Gauge port pilot XA, XB Pilot port pressure valve
pressure control
L3.1 Air bleeding port for 3.2 Flushing flow shuttle
vertical mounting pac1 Accumulator port 1 Basic pump valve
L4 Return line charge pSp1 Port for external 1.1 High pressure 6 Control manifold
flow charge flow relief valve
6.1 Pilot pressure relief valve
L5 Oil filling plug pSt1 Port for pilot flow 2 Charge block
7 DP-Control
L6 Return line charge pSt1.1 Port for pilot flow 2.1 Charge check valve
8.1 Pressure limiter 100 to
flow pSt2 Pilot pump outlet 2.2 Charge pressure 350 bar
port relief valve
Controls –
Proportional Valve
Displacem ent
Control SP
The electro hydraulic This is done by servo valve and servo

displacement control controlling delivery flow piston transform the
w ill operate a hydrostatic w ith swash plate angle output signal of the
drive in all four feedback. control card to the
quadrants and work All control valves are desired setting.
w ithout throttle losses recorded as an electrical This results in a very
w ithin electrically signal and lead back to precise and dynamic
adjustable limits. the control card. The control +100 %
proportional valve or
M St
p St1 10V electric input signal 0

P T 0 electric input signal 10V
A B
Electrohydraulic servo
adjustment SP
The electro hydraulic
displacement control w ill
operate a hydrostatic -100 %
drive in all four quadrants
and work w ithout
throttle losses w ithin
electrically adjustable
limits. This is done by
controlling delivery flow
swash plate angle
feedback
A B L1/ L2
PROPORTION A L VA LV E
CON TROL CON TROL RESPON SE
N OM IN A L FLOW PRESSU RE PST ELECTRON ICS TIM E U N IT SIZE SERV O PISTON V OLU M E
L/M IN AT ∆P 0 < > VM AX D IA M ETER STROKE
(U SGPM ) BA R (PSI) BA R (PSI) [M S] CM 3 (IN 3 ) M M (IN ) M M (IN ) CM 3 (IN 3 )
M edium 12 (3.17) 10 (150) 60 (870) ER 9.3 -10 250 to 800 130 (7.9) 60 (2.36) 21 (.83) 59 (3.60)
response to
60 (870) 180 (11) 60 (2.36) 21 (.83) 59 (3.60)
(CETOP 3) 12 (3.17) 10 (150) 80
to (1160) 250 to 800 250 (15.2) 75 (2.95) 18 (.71) 79 (4.82)
ER 9.0 - 10
80 (1160) 360 (22) 75 (2.95) 25 (.98) 110 (6.71)
500 (30.5) 75 (2.95) 22 (.87) 97 (5.92)
750 (45.7) 75 (2.95) 30 (1.18) 132 (8.06)
High 40 (11) 70 (1000) 80 (1160) ER9.4 -10 40 to 150 130 (7.9) 60 (2.36) 21 (.83) 59 (3.60)
response to to 180 (11) 60 (2.36) 21 (.83) 59 (3.60)
40 (11) 80 (1160)
(CETOP 5) 80 (21) 100 (1450) 250 (15.2) 75 (2.95) 18 (.71) 79 (4.82)
to 70 (1000) to ER 9.4 - 10 40 to 150
360 (22) 75 (2.95) 25 (.98) 110 (6.71)
80 (21) 100 (1450)
500 (30.5) 75 (2.95) 22 (.87) 97 (5.92)
750 (45.7) 75 (2.95) 30 (1.18) 132 (8.06)
Controls – Control Cards
The ER 9.3 - 10 and ER 9.4
Control Cards - 10 Digital control cards are
available and optimized for
SP - Control w ith Pressure use w ith the SP - Control.
and Pow er Lim itation Software is available for
parameter setting and
storing (Database function).
Contact Eaton to request
the free of charge manual-
and software CD.
SP - Control w ith pressure

and power limitation
M1
(Nm)
200
XB XA TVW* -500...750
160
pSt1
120
80
TVW* -250...360
40
TVW* -130...180
A B L1/ L2 0
p2bar 0 100 200 300 400
p2psi 0 1450 2900 4350 5800
Drive torque "compensated"
1
1 Pressure limiter setting The patented circuit provides
extremely short response
times for the pressure
3 2 Power limiter setting compensator regardless of
2
Motor Pump the servo control used:
3 SP Displacement control The response time is
flow from B independent from the
flow from A particular flow characteristic!
Pump Motor
3 FRAM E SIZE RESPONSE TIM E WHEN COM PENSATING FROM +/- V M AX — 0

2
130/180 80 ms
250/360 90 ms
1 500/750 110 ... 130 ms
Controls –
SP Control w ith
and w ithout
Pressure
Lim itation
Exam ple for TVWS
... SPC03C0 ... ... SPC03C3 ...
10
7
p T
A B
9
7 XB XA
p T
A B
PB PA T A B T T p St 8.1 8.1
p St1 PB PA T A B T T p St
p St1.1
6.1 MSt
2.3 2.4
6 A St B St T MA p Sp2 p St2
2.1
2.2 3.1 3.2
L5
L3 2.1 4 5
L3.1
1 2 1.1 4
A B L1/ L2 MSp p ac1 PSp1 MSp L4 L6 MB S
A, B System port M Sp Gauge port charge S Suction port for 3.1 Low pressure relief
ASt, BSt Pilot oil port pump pressure charge and pilot valve
side A, B M St Gauge port pilot pump 3.2 Flushing flow shuttle
L1, L2 Drain port pressure T Tank port valve
L3 Ventilation port for pac1 Accumulator port XA, XB Pilot port pressure 4 Charge pump
vertical mounting pSp1 External port charge control 5 Pilot pump
L3.1 Air bleeding port flow 1 Basic pump 6 Connection plate for
L4 Drain port pSp2 Additional charge 1.1 High pressure relief SP-Control
(charge oil) pump outlet port valve 6.1 Pilot pressure relief
L5 Oil filling plug pSt1 Port for pilot 2 Charge block valve
pressure 2.1 Charge check valve 7 Proportional valve
L6 Drain port
(flushing oil) pSt1.1 Port for pilot 2.2 Charge pressure 8.1 Pressure limiter 100 to
pressure relief valve 350 bar
L7 Port for return line
of control circuit pSt2 Piston pump outlet 3 Flushing block 9 Fail safe valve
port intermeditate plate
MA, MB Gauge port system
pressure 10 Pilot oil filter
Controls –
Servo Adjustment
Displacement
Control with
Mechanical
Feedback SM
• Servo control w ith • Available in explosion proof

integrated mechanical class Eex i II version for
feedback of swash plate hazardous duty.
position. M ainly used in • Pressure/power limitation
hazardous environments. available
• No electronic control card
necessary
• Input signal ± 50 mA (linear
coil connection) ; ± 100 mA
(parallel coil connection)
• Hysteresis, repeatability:
8% of end value
+100%
0
-Voltage +Voltage
-100%
B A
p St
Pum p
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
Dimensions in mm
Feedback
Proportional (potentiometer)
control valve with visual
401
404
315
463
203
L9 340 indicator
55
Fail safe valve
18
Spring centering
0
243
121.2 intermediate plate
L6 High pressure relief valve MB
p Sp2 (double acting) ML
Setting range 100...350 bar Shuttle and low pressure
MB relief valve
MA Setting range
92 12...30bar
Charge pressure 20 MA
relief valve L3 p Sp2
55 9
169 10 L3.1 (L8)
163.5 A
140 A L1 42
47 "X" 20
66 85
53.5
72 42
B M Sp 31.75 90
B
p Sp1 L2
S Center bore 82 4xM12-18deep S
176 44 Ø32
DM16 DIN332 68 80 156 66.7
240 110 M14-20deep
W50x1.25x10a DIN 5480
451.5 51 M St M Sp
119 p Sp1
el. contamination
Adjustment pilot indicator for
L5 charge pressure
oil relief valve
L8 Port S
438 L4 SAE 1 1/ 4", 3000psi
ML
250
326 clockwise
L1 130 Ø50 k6 72 Ø34 58.7
48.5 L2 -V
M10-15-deep
Ø200 Ø160 f7 +V
30.2
113 14h9
L2
L1 Charge and pilot pump
200 L3 (40/ 8ccm)
200 18
113
210 L3.1 Flushing block
220 260 105 139
View "X" (596)
DIRECTION OF ROTATION RANGE OF SWASH ANGLE INPUT OUTPUT

To - Vmax A B
For left hand rotation a special setup of charge and pilot pump is required!
A System pressure L4 Drain port G 3/4” (M B) Gauge port system pSp2 Additional charge
port SAE 1 1/4”, (charge oil) pressure G 1/4” pump outlet port
6000 psi L5 Oil filling plug (M L) Gauge port of case G 3/4” (closed)
(L1) Drain port 1 1/16” - 1 1/16” - 12 UNF-2B pressure G 1/4” S Suction port of
12 UNF-2B L6 Drain port G 3/4” (M ) Sp Gauge port of charge and pilot
(according to (flushing oil) charge pressure pump SAE 1 1/4”,
mounting position G 1/4” 3000 psi
use upper port) (L8) Air bleeding port (common port)
G 1/4” (M St) Gauge port of pilot
L2 Drain port G 1” pressure G 1/4”
(according to (L9) Drain port for low
pressure relief valve pSp1 External port of (...) Normally plugged
mounting position
use upper port) G 1/4” charge pressure
(M A) Gauge port system G 3/4”
(L3) Ventilation port for
vertical mounting pressure G 1/4”
G 3/8” (shaft
upwards)
Pum p
Dim ensions -
TVWS 250
Dimensions in mm
Proportional Fail safe valve

control valve intermediate plate
Adjustment pilot oil
486 relief valve
532.5
464 L9
412
457
471
230
355
64
393.5
0
361 Feedback (potentiometer) MB
with visual indicator
L6
L6 High pressure relief
valve (doubleacting Charge pressure
MB relief valve
Setting range 115 MA
10 100...350 bar 20 p Sp2
341 8 p Sp1 p ac1
240 L3.1 (L8) p St2
160 Charge pressure 10 L3 A
120 A relief valve 85
50 L1 100
X 69 B
B pac1 75 36.6 90
32
Center bore L2
pSp1 DM20 DIN332 105 M Sp
200 pSp1 38 S Charge and 112
238 135 80 196 79.4 pilot pump (64/ 8ccm)
M16-22deep
90 4xM1-18deep Port S
View X 242.5 SAE 2", 3000psi
29 W62x48x1.25x10a
DIN5480 51 77.8
Spring centering 80
L8 L5 MA
Stroke limitation ML M12-18deep
50...100% of Vmax MB 42.9
494 Port p Sp2
18 h9 81
403.5 41.7 SAE 1", 3000psi
ø200 f7 Screw plug M10-15deep
382.5 L2 L1 M 27x2
ø65 m6 p St 2 52.4
250 p Sp2
125 L1 L2 A/ B
L3.1
Shuttleand low 26.2
233 L3 pressure relief valve
228 22 300 110 163.5 L9
L4
234 573.5
(688.5)

To - Vmax A B
A System pressure (L3) Ventilation port for (L9) Drain port for low (pSp1) External port of
port SAE 1 1/2”, vertical mounting pressure relief valve charge pressure
6000 psi G 3/8” (shaft G 1/4” G 3/4”
B System pressure upwards) (M A) Gauge port system (pSp2) Additional charge
port SAE 1 1/2”, (L3.1) Port G 1/8” pressure G 1/4” pump outlet port
6000 psi L4 Drain port G 1” (M B) Gauge port system M 27x2
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8” - (charge oil) pressure G 1/4” pSt2 Pilot pump outlet
12 UNF-2B (L5) Oil filling plug (M L) Gauge port of case port G 3/8”
(according to 1 1/16” - 12 UNF-2B pressure G 1/4” S Suction port of
mounting position charge and pilot
use upper port) L6 Drain port G1” (M Sp) Gauge port of
(flushing oil) charge pressure pump SAE 2”,
L2 Drain port G 1 1/4” G 1/4” 3000 psi
(according to (L8) Air bleeding port (common port)
mounting position G 1/4” (pac1) Accumulator port
use upper port) G 1”
(...) Normally plugged
Pum p
Dim ensions -
TVWS 360
Dimensions in mm
Proportional control valve Fail safe valve intermediate plate
L9
493 Adjustment pilot oil relief valve
548.5
MB
428
371
473
230
487
478
64
Feedback (potentiometer)
0
375 with visual indicator L6
393.5
High pressure relief valve
L6 (double acting)
MB Charge pressure
Setting range (115) relief valve MA
10 100..350bar 20 p Sp2
341 L3.1 (L8) 8 p Sp1 p ac1
240 p St2
160 Charge pressure 10 L3 A
120 A relief valve
50 L1 66 85
X 69 100
pac1 75 B
B 36.6 90
32
L2
pSp1 105 S MSp
Center bore 112
200 38 Charge and
pSp1 DM20 DIN332 4xM16-18deep
pilot pump (80/ 8ccm)
238 135
80 196 79.4
242.5 W62x48x1.25x10a M16-22deep
p St1 DIN5480 90
29 Port S
View X SAE 2", 3000psi
Spring centering 51 77.8
80
L8 L5 MA
Stroke limitation M12-18deep
50...100% of Vmax ML MB 42.9
494 Port p Sp2
18 h9 81
403.5 41.7 SAE 1", 3000psi
Ø200 f7 Screw plug
382.5 L2 L1 M27x2
Ø65 m6 52.4
p St2
250 p Sp2
125 L1 L2 A/ B
L3.1 26.2
233 L3 Shuttle and low
22 316 110 163.5 pressure relief valve
L4 228 589.5 L9
234 (704.5)

To - Vmax A B
A System pressure (L3) Ventilation port for (MA) Gauge port system (pSp2) Additional charge
port SAE 1 1/2”, vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4” pump outlet port
6000 psi 3/8” (shaft upwards) (MB) Gauge port system M 27x2
B System pressure (L3.1) Port G 1/8” pressure G 1/4” pSt2 Pilot pump outlet
port SAE 1 1/2”, L4 Drain port G 1” (ML) Gauge port of case port G 3/8”
6000 psi (charge oil) pressure G 1/4” S Suction port of
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8” - (L5) Oil filling plug 1 1/16” (M Sp) Gauge port of charge and pilot
12 UNF-2B - 12 UNF-2B charge pressure pump SAE 2”,
(according to G 1/4” 3000 psi (common
mounting position L6 Drain port G 1” port)
use upper port) (flushing oil) (pac1) Accumulator port
(L8) Air bleeding port G 1”
L2 Drain port G 1/4” (...) Normally plugged
(according to G 1/4” (pSp1) External port of
mounting position (L9) Drain port for low charge pressure
use upper port) pressure relief G 3/4”
valve G 1/4”
Pum p
Dim ensions -
TVWS 500
Dimensions in mm
Proportional control valve Fail safe valve intermediate plate
466.5
607.5
680.5
Spring centering
191.5
605
300
L6 523 Stroke limitation
0
420 p St1 Feedback (potentiometer) 50...100% of Vmax
with visual indicator MB Port p Sp1
Charge pressure 115 MA SAE 1", 3000psi
relief valve 10 M10-16deep
L8 25 L6
L4 52 pSp2 52.4
400 pSp1 L3
566 270186 Center bore 40 pSt2 Ø25
L1 45 L2 M Sp DM20 DIN332 A 40
L1 26.2
145 18 125
X 18 85 Port p Sp2
74 120
B SAE 1 1/ 4", 3000psi
201 115 L2 90
G1" M12-18deep
L2 L1 44.5
High pressure S 58.7
relief valve 105
4xM16-29deep 50 Charge and pilot pump
S 180 64.5 (double acting) (125/ 8 ccm/ U)
Setting range 100..350bar 95 255 30.2
426 96.8 M20-25deep
105
95
W80x3x25x MSp SAE 2", 3000psi
View X 10a DIN5480 L4
L5 Ø51 77.8
View Y - Port L4, M Sp , p Sp1 ML p Sp1
only charge block with filter L8 L2/L1
42.9
L4 402 Charge pressure relief valve
L2 L1 186 L4
clockwise Ø250 f7
p ac1
Y M Sp p St2
247 Ø70m6 20 h9
315 166 p Sp2
38 201
L1 L2 50 166 L3 40 Shuttle and low
L1/ L2 40 pressure relief valve
300 100 MA
310 391.5 150 180
MB
116 320 (836.5)

To - Vmax A B
A System pressure (L3) Ventilation port for (M A) Gauge port system (pSp2) Additional charge
port SAE 2”, vertical mounting G pressure G 1/4” pump outlet port
6000 psi 3/8” (shaft upwards) (M B) Gauge port system M 27x2
B System pressure (L3.1) Port G 1/8” pressure G 1/4” pSt1 Port of pilot
port SAE 2”, L4 Drain port G 1” (M L) Gauge port of case pressure G 1/2”
6000 psi (charge oil) pressure G 1/4” pSt2 Pilot pump outlet
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8” - (L5) Oil filing plug 1 (M Sp) Gauge port of port G 3/8”
12 UNF-2B 1/16” - 12 UNF-2B charge pressure
(according to G 1/4” S Suction port of
mounting position L6 Drain port G 1”
(flushing oil) (M ) Gauge port of pilot charge and pilot
use upper port) St
pump SAE 2”,
(L8) Air bleeding port pressure G 1/4”
L2 Drain port G 1/2” 3000 psi
(according to G 1/4” (pac1) Accumulator port (common port)
mounting position (L9) Drain port for low G 1”
use upper port) pressure relief (pSp1) External port of
valve G 1/4” charge pressure (...) Normally plugged
G 3/4”
Pum p
Dim ensions -
TVWS 750
Dimensions in mm
532.5
495.5
Spring centering
198.5
660.5
55.5
462.5
496
307
756
462 Stroke limitation
0
Feedback (potentiometer)
with visual indicator 50...100% of Vmax
pSt1 Flushing block
p 115 L6 M Sp
L6 St Charge pressure
pSp2(closed) L4
relief valve pac1
45 pSp1 (closed) 32 pSt2
ML
273 MSp 40 380
L1 L8 40 A 118
145 pac1 L3 L1 75
(85) 18 125 66 85 39
120
X 0
(90) 239 B 90
18 115 44.5
Center bore
L2 DM24 DIN332
L1
105 S Charge and pilot pump
4xM16-29deep
S 180 62 (200/ 8 ccm/ U)
101.5 255
425 Ø50 96.8 M20-25deep
Proportional control valve pac1 MSp pSp1(closed)
pSt1.1 pSt1 MSt Port p Sp2 (closed)
View X L7 Fail safe valve Shuttle and low
565 intermediate plate L2/ L1 pressure relief valve 35.7
L5 Setting range 12...30bar
ML 69.8
184.5 L6
pSp2 (closed)
MSp MAB
W90x3x28x9g 95 pSt2 Port S
567 pac1 L2 cw L1 -V SAE 3", 3000psi
188.5 41
422.5 478 DIN5480
+V 72 80 Ø73 106.3
Ø250 f7
166
Ø315 L2 L3/ L8 A/ B 62
L1 9
L1/ L2
180 106.5 High pressure relief valve
26 420.5 150 226
300 Setting range 100..350bar
110.5 316 (796.5)

To - Vmax A B
A System pressure L6 Drain port G 1 1/4” (pac1) Accumulator port pSt2 Pilot pump outlet
port SAE 2”, (flushing oil) G 1 1/4” port G 3/8” * * *
6000 psi L7 Port G 3/8” for (pac2) Accumulator port S Suction port of
B System pressure return line of control G1 1/4” (optional) charge and pilot
port SAE 2”, circuit (pSp1) External port of pump SAE 3”, 3000
6000 psi (L8) Air bleeding port charge pressure psi (common port)
(L1) Drain port 1 5/8” - G 1/4” G 1” (Port of charge
12 UNF-2B* (M AB) Gauge port system pressure internal) (...) Normally plugged
L2 Drain port G 1 1/2” * pressure G 1/4” (pSp2) Additional charge *) According to
(L3) Ventilation port for (M L) Gauge port of case pump outlet port mounting position
vertical mounting pressure G 1/4” G 1/4” use upper port
G 3/8” * * (M Sp) Gauge port of pSt1 Port of pilot **) Shaft upwards
L4 Drain port G 1 1/4” charge pressure pressure
G 1/2” * * * ***) Piping by
(charge oil) G 1/4” HYDROKRAFT
(L5) Oil filling plug (M St) Gauge port of pilot (pSt1.1) Port of pilot (alternatively pSt1 or
1 1/16” - 12 UNF-2B pressure G 1/4” pressure G 3/8” * * * pSt1.1)
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
130/180/250/360/
500/750
ES Control
Dimensions in mm
L1
Ø138
L2
View X
3 optional B1 alternative
orientations (3x90°) location
477
22 p Sp2
102 H1
H2 A H3
clockwise
View Y
B
S
42
51 L3
112.5
153.5
View X
View Y
p Sp2
El. motor
L1 L2 L3 B1 H1 H2 H3 D ISPLA CEM EN T (CCM )
130* 365 203 216,5 256 192 120 130 Pump Size Charge Pump
180* 365 203 216,5 256 192 120 130 130 40
250 410 230 222 271 236 135 160 180 40
360 426 230 222 285 236 135 160 250 63
500 541,5 300 222 330 267,5 172 186 360 87
750 571 307 222 372 270 172 188,5 500 125
* Only alternative location possible. 750 200
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
SP Control
Dimensions in mm
SP - With Prop. Valve SP - With Prop. Valve

CETOP 3 CETOP 3 + Fail safe valve
View X
256
365
180
203 29
75.5
13
42
50
42
p Sp2 swash angle indicator
114
p St2 192
A 130
120 93.5
clockwise
View Y
B
36 S
39
98
SP - With pressure limiter 139 SP - With pressure limiter
overriding function overriding function
94
127.8
128
94
122
38
138
SP - With pressure limiter SP - With pressure limiter

and power control overriding and power control overriding
function function
pressure
limitation
setting
44.75
power
limitation 52
setting 108.3
124
120
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
SP Control
Dimensions in mm
SP - With Prop. Valve CETOP SP - With Prop. Valve CETOP

3 + filter w ith el. indicator 3 + filter w ith visual indicator
+ fail safe valve
306
173 242.5
48
40 40.5
fail safe valve

pilot oil filter
spacer to be
used with filter
and pressure
control only!
View Y
p Sp2
p St2
M St
p St1
charge & pilot

pump 40/ 8ccm
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
250/360/500/750
SP Control
Dimensions in mm
SP - With Prop. Valve SP - With Prop. Valve

CETOP 3 View Z CETOP 3 + Fail safe valve
L1 B1
L2 242.5
79 29
13
50 45
40.5
42
p Sp2
150
p St2
H1
A
H2 H3
View Y
96.5
132 B
S
47
61
122.5
SP - With pressure limiter SP - With pressure limiter
overriding function overriding function
122 94
142
47.6
140
SP - With pressure limiter and SP - With pressure limiter and

power control overriding power control overriding
function function
47.75
pressure limitation
122 setting 88.3
103
power limitation L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
setting
250 410 230 271 236 135 160
360 426 230 285 236 135 160
500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
250/360/500/750
SP Control
Dimensions in mm
SP - With Prop. Valve CETOP SP - With Prop. Valve CETOP

3 + filter w ith el. indicator 3 + filter w ith visual indicator
+ fail safe valve
306
242.5
173
fail safe valve
48
40.5
40
pilot oil filter
spacer to be used
with filter and pressure
control only!
View Y
View Z
p St 1
p Sp2
M St
p St 2
p St1.1
D ISPLA CEM EN T FOR CHA RGE PILOT PU M PS (CCM )
Pump Size Charge Pump Pilot Pump

250 64 8
360 80 8
500 125 8
750 200 8
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
DP Control
Dimensions in mm
DP - With remote control
365
203
130 View X
96
A St 40 B St
20 12
View X
123
40 24
p Sp2
p St2
120 A
View Y
B
36 S
39
98
DP - With pressure limiter 139
overriding function
127.8
138
DP - With pressure limiter
and power control overriding
function
pressure
limitation
setting
power
124 limitation
setting
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
DP Control
Dimensions in mm
DP - With mounting interface DP - With prop. relief

CETOP 3
256
240 Prop. pressure
180 valve NG6
96.5
42
swash angle indicator

114
192
clockwise 130
93.5

overriding function
94
View Y
128
94 p Sp2
122 p St2
38

function
S
charge & pilot pump 40/ 8ccm
44.75
52
108.3
120
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
250/360/500/750
DP Control
Dimensions in mm
DP - With remote port

L1
L2
130 View X
96
A St 40 B St
20
View X
123 12
24
40
p Sp2
22
p St2
A
H2
View Y
13 2 B
S
47
DP - With pressure 61
limiter overriding function 122.5
122
140
DP - With pressure
limiter and power
pressure
limitation
setting
L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
122 250 410 230 271 236 135 160

360 426 230 285 236 135 160
power limitation setting 500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
250/360/500/750
DP Control
Dimensions in mm
DP - With mounting interface DP - With prop. relief

CETOP 3
B1
24 0
96 .5 Prop. pressure valve NG6
45
swash angle indicator

15 0
H1
H3
96 .5
View Y
p Sp2
DP - With pressure p St2
limiter overriding function
94
14 2
47 .6
S
DP - With pressure
limiter and power
47 .7 5
88 .3
D ISPLA CEM EN T FOR CHA RGE PILOT PU M PS (CCM )
10 3
250 64 8
360 80 8
500 125 8
750 200 8
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
SM Control
Dimensions in mm
View X
365
20 3
50
12 9
73 .5
65
40
p Sp2
p St 2
12 0 A
View Y
36 S
39
98
SM - With pressure limiter
overriding function 13 9
12 7. 8

and power control overriding 138
function
pressure limitation
setting
power limitation
setting
12 4
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS 130/180
SM Control
Dimensions in mm
256
18 0
52. 1
90 View X
p St 1
42 cable connector
pilot pressure
PS
t adjustment
sw ash angle indicator
11 4
19 2
clockwise 13 0 PS
t
93 .5
p St 1 : G 1 / 2 "
M St : G1 / 4 "

overriding function
94
View Y
p Sp 2
94 12 8 p St 2
122
38

function
ch arge & pilo t pump 4 0 / 8 ccm
44 .7 5
52
108 .3
120
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
250/360/500/750
SM Control
Dimensions in mm
View X
L1
L2
139 50
73.5
65
40
p Sp2
22
p St 2
A
H2
View Y
132 B
S
47
SM - With pressure limiter 61
overriding function 122. 5
122
140
SM - With presure limiter and
power control overriding
function
L1 L2 B1 H1 H2 H3
250 410 230 271 236 135 160

122 pressure
limitation 360 426 230 285 236 135 160
setting 500 541,5 300 330 267,5 172 186
power
750 571 307 372 270 172 188,5
limitation
setting
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
250/360/500/750
SM Control
Dimensions in mm
B1
180
90 52.1
45 p St 1
View X
PS
t pilot pressure
swash angle indic ator adjustment cable connector
150
H1
H3
96.5
p St 1: G1/ 2"
M St : G1/ 4"
View Y
p Sp2
p St 2
overriding function
94
142
47.6 S
SM - With presure limiter

function
47.75 D ISPLA CEM EN T FOR CHA RGE PILOT PU M PS (CCM )

250 64 8
360 80 8
88.3 500 125 8
103 750 200 8
Control
Dim ensions -
TVWS
Position of
Center of Gravity
130/180/250/360/500/750
SP - DR
Dimensions in mm
HS
LS
TV W SIZE WEIGHT KG LS M M HS M M
130 160 205 55

180 165 205 55
250 235 233 63
360 240 250 63
500 420 306 55
750 460 318 65
TVW -
Swash Angle/
Flow Direction
Dimensions in mm
swash angle / flow direction
cw
pressure
optically indicated control setting (for side A)
swash angle Port A
+V -V
stop for side B

(Flow from Port B)
stop for side A
(Flow from Port A)
pressure
control setting for side B outlet inlet
Port B
Port A (upper)
Port B (lower)
rotation direction: cw, ccw requires aspezial setup for charge and pilot pump
ACTUATOR PISTON
STOP A STOP B
(+V) (-V)
Inlet port B A
Outlet port A B
Application Data
Installation position
Installation position is
optional however note
bearing lubrication w ith
respect to mounting
Shaft horizontal Shaft pointed dow nw ards
Pump can be rotated freely Use ventilation line L4 L4
about the lateral axis Prime main case drain connection
L1 L2 (L1) w ith 0,2 bar (2.9 psi)
Use the highest case drain
connection L1 or L2 L1 L2
L2

Shaft pointed upw ards Vertically mounted Internal connection to be
closed w ith pin no.
HC46082101401
L3
Use ventilation line L3 L2 L1 Internal connection close
w ith plug G 1/8”
Pre load drain port case drain Horizontally mounted
connection L2 (L1) w ith
0.2 bar (2.9 psi)
Internal connection open
L3 plugged
L3
LB
L3
PV500...750
PV130...360
Application Data
Fluid Recom m endations
Case Flushing Fluids are cause for adjustment In this publication,

Requirements Pumps in the catalogue of these codes. Please filtration and cleanliness
A check valve must not are primarily designed to contact your Eaton levels for extending the
be used in the drain operate w ith representative for special life of axial piston pumps
pipe. The drain pipe must conventional petroleum duty cycle and other system
interminate below the oil based hydraulic oil. recommendations. components are listed.
level in the reservoir. Alternative fluids and Eaton pumps, as well as Included is an excellent
restrictions: any variable discussion of the
For all other conditions selection of products
w ith low pressure < 20 • Fluid maintenance is displacement piston
critical to the durability pumps, w ill operate w ith needed to control fluid
bar (<300 psi) and low condition.
flow (<10% of Qmax) of all hydraulic apparent satisfaction in
case flushing is required. components, and fluids up to the rating
particularly so w ith specified here. Ordering Procedure
For operation w ith Experience has show n,
special fluids HFB and hydraulic pumps. This When ordering please
becomes even more of however, that pump and specify full model
HFC, case flushing is hydraulic system life is
recommended. a factor w hen designation of items
alternative fluids are not optimised w ith high required; see "M odel
used. All types of fluid contamination Codes" section of this
Flushing Flow alternative fluids levels (high ISO catalogue..
Flushing flow via the require extensive cleanliness codes). Note the follow ing:
pump case should be maintenance in order Proper fluid condition is
>1% of maximum pump to maintain proper • Designation of variable
essential for long and displacement pumps
flow. M aximum flushing levels of water satisfactory life of
flow depends on case content, acidity, hydraulic components must include the
pressure. viscosity and and systems. Hydraulic supplementary
contamination. fluid must have the designation of the
Notes: correct balance of required control
• All listed ratings are Fluid Cleanliness cleanliness, materials,
based on the use of a These pumps are rated and additives for
good quality fluid. for anti-wear petroleum protection against wear
• Alternative fluids have fluids w ith a of inclusion of air.
a reduced tolerance for contamination level of Essential information on
contamination over 18/15/13 per ISO 4406. the correct methods for
petroleum base fluids. Operation in fluids w ith treating hydraulic fluid is
Good filtration is levels more included in Eaton
therefore critical. contamination than this publication 561- "Vickers
• The pumps w ill provide is not recommended and Guide to Systemic
may reduce the life of Contamination Control"-
exceptional life w hen the pump components. available from your local
used w ith a good Fluids other than Eaton distributor.
quality clean fluid at petroleum, severe
the pump ratings service cycles, or
specified for that fluid. temperature extremes
FLU ID S
M AX . M AX . RECOM M ENDED M AX
TYPE CLASSIFICATION BAR RPM M ATERIAL TEM PERATURE °C LIFE

* Refer to the general specifications for the displacement speed limitation
Eaton Eaton Eaton
14615 Lone Oak Road 20 Rosamond Road Dr.-Reckew eg-Str. 1
Fax: 952 974-7722 Tel: (61) 3 9319 8222 Fax: (49) 7221 682-788

All rights reserved
Printed in USA
Vickers Document No. V-PUPI-TM 002-E

February 2003

Eaton Series e Modelos Product Branded PDF 56e2cff9633ec 75

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Eaton Series e Modelos Product Branded PDF 56e2cff9633ec 75

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eaton Series e Modelos Product Branded PDF 56e2cff9633ec 75

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3500 PSI Fixed Displacement Mobile Vane Pumps

VQH Series (Supplement to Catalog 353)

Single 35VQH Double 3525VQH

DELIVERY TYPICAL DEL. TYPICAL INPUT

2 EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004

Shaft End Pump

EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004 3

Cover End Pump

4 EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004

(F3)-25VQH (S) 21 A (S)-11 C 30 (L)

1F3 - Viton seals 5 Port Connections 7 Shaft type 8 Outlet positions

EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004 5

(F3)-2520VQH (S) 12 A 11 (S)-123 CC 30 (L)

6 EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004

(F3)-2520VQH (S) F 12 E 11 (S)- 297 CC 6 D 30(L)

1 F3 - Viton seals 7 Geometric displacement - 10 Port orientation 11 Controlled flow rate

EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004 7

1 F3 - Viton seals 5Geometric displacement - 6 SAE Port connections 12 Adapter mounting

8 EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004

EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004 9

10 EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004

EATON Vickers VQH Series V-PUVN-MC001-E February 2004 11

© 2004 Eaton Corporation

Axial Piston Pumps

Basic characteristicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.3

With pressure With pressure compensator With CVP load sensing

P * B ** - (F)- (M) * * (F) (X) (*)-** - ** - (C) - (G) - (L) - ** - ****

1 Basic models 9 Shaft type 13 Pressure compensator variations

Pressure and Speed Limits

Basic model Geometric Maximum shaft Maximum outlet

PFB5 10,55 (0.64) 3600 210 (3000)

PVB5 10,55 (0.64) 210 (3000) 140 (2000) 140 (2000)

Maximum Inlet Pressure

Minimum Inlet Pressure

PFB5 and PVB5 PVB6

psi bar bar psi psi bar bar psi

1,8 0,8 1,8 0,8

30 1,6 0,6 30 1,6 0,6

1,4 0,4 1,4 0,4

PFB10 and PVB10 PVB15

PFB20 PVB20 and PVB29

1,6 0,6 2,2 1,2

PVB6 US gpm L/min

PVB15 US gpm L/min kW hp Nm lbf in

PVB29 US gpm L/min

Installation Dimensions in mm (inches)

Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed

Key: 4,8 (0.19) Square

57,2 7,6 6,4

View on rear end of pump Detail of shaft, key

Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed

Installation Dimensions in mm (inches)

Installation Dimensions in mm (inches)

Caution: While pump is operating do Key: 4,8 (0.19) Square

84,8 28,4 21,13/21,00

Inlet/outlet ports (see table): Shaft Inlet Outlet

Installation Dimensions in mm (inches)

4,77/4,75 (0.188/0.187) Outlet port for RH rotation models;

Installation Dimensions in mm (inches) Optional foot bracket, shown in dashed

P * B ** - (F)- (M) * * (F) (X) (*)- - - (C) - (G) - (L) - - **